Showing fragments matching your search for: <strong>""</strong>

No matching fragments found in this document.



                                     The

                             Technical Bulletins

                                     of

                          Dianetics and Scientology








                                     by

                               L. Ron Hubbard

                    FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY








                                   Volume

                                    VIII

                                  1972-1976







_____________________________________________________________________


































           I will not always be here on guard.
                 The stars twinkle in the Milky Way
           And the wind sighs for songs
                 Across the empty fields of a planet
           A Galaxy away.


           You won't always be here.
                 But before you go,
           Whisper this to your sons
                 And their sons -
           "The work was free.
                 Keep it so."


                                  L. RON HUBBARD
                                                                       [pic]


                                                              L. Ron Hubbard
                                        Founder of Dianetics and Scientology









                                EDITORS' NOTE


    "A chronological study of  materials  is  necessary  for  the  complete
training of a truly top grade expert in these lines.  He  can  see  how  the
subject progressed and so is able to see which are  the  highest  levels  of
development. Not the least advantage in this is the defining  of  words  and
terms for each, when originally used,  was  defined,  in  most  cases,  with
considerable exactitude, and one is not left with any misunderstoods."


                                                             -L. Ron Hubbard


    The first eight volumes of the Technical  Bulletins  of  Dianetics  and
Scientology  contain, exclusively, issues written by L.  Ron  Hubbard,  thus
providing a chronological time track of the  development  of  Dianetics  and
Scientology. Volume  IX,  The  Auditing  Series,  and  Volume  X,  The  Case
Supervisor Series, contain Board Technical Bulletins that are  part  of  the
series. They are LRH data even though compiled or written by another.


    So that the time track of the subject may be studied in  its  entirety,
all HCO Bs have been included, excluding only those  upper  level  materials
which will be found on courses to which they apply. If  an  issue  has  been
revised, replaced, or canceled, this has been indicated in the upper  right-
hand corner along with  the  page  number  of  the  issue  which  should  be
referred to.


    The points at which Ron gave tape recorded lectures have been indicated
as they occurred. Where they were given as  part  of  an  event  or  course,
information  is  given  on  that  event  or  course  on  the  page  in   the
chronological volumes  which  corresponds  to  the  date.  The  symbol  "**"
preceding  a  tape  title  means  that  copies  are  available   from   both
Publications Organizations. A tape preceded by "*" means that it  will  soon
be available. No asterisk (*) means that neither  Publications  Organization
nor Flag has a master copy of that lecture. If you have, or know anyone  who
has, copies of these tapes, please contact the Flag Audio  Chief,  P.O.  Box
23751, Tampa, Florida, 33623, U.S.A. The number in the tape title is a  code
for the date; example: 5505C07-55 = year, 1955; 05 = month, May; C  =  copy;
07 = day, 7th; 7 May 1955. The abbreviation tells what group the tape  is  a
part of. For an explanation of the abbreviations see Volume X, page 539.


    At the back of this  volume  is  a  Subject  Index  covering  only  the
material in this volume. Use the index to locate the LRH source material  in
context, don't just get data from the index. This index  has  been  combined
with indexes from other volumes to form the Cumulative  Index  which  is  in
Volume X, starting on page 287.
                             TECHNICAL BULLETINS
                                  1972-1976


                                  CONTENTS


                                    1972

      1     Jan.RA     L IX Hi-Lo TA List Revised (revised & reissued 20
Nov. 1974)
      2     Jan. WC1 Comes First (W/C Series 30)   10
      3     Jan. C/Sing Checklist (C/S Series 69 Addition)    11
      7     Jan. Training and Interning Staff Auditors   12
      14    Jan. Study Correction List (canceled-see Vol. IX, 329)  16
      20    Jan. PTS RD Addition  19
      22    Jan. Drugs & Trippers (reissue of 23 Sept. 1968)  Vol.-258
      3     Feb. R6EW-OT III No Interference Area  20
      15    Feb. False TA Addition 2    24
      16    Feb. Talking the TA Down Modified (C/S Series 74) 25
      18    Feb. False TA Addition 3    26
      22    Feb. Word Clearing Method 4 (WIC Series 32R) (revised 26 Mar.
1972)
                 (revised-see 301)      28
      24    Feb. Word Clearing OCAs (C/S Series 71A)     30
      26    Feb. Word Clearing Series 15R    32
      26    Feb. LRH Model Tape Sessions (26 Feb. 1972)  33
      29    Feb.R      False TA Checklist (revised 23 Nov. 1973) (revised-
see 417)    34
      1     Mar. Establishment Officer Series Lectures (1 Mar.-6 Mar. 1972)
36
      13    Mar. Production and Establishment-Orders and Products
                 (EstO Series 5) (HCO PL)    37
      16    Mar. What is a Course-High Crime (HCO PL)    41
      23    Mar. Full Product Clearing Long Form (EstO Series 11) (HCO PL)
44
      24    Mar. HAS Specialist and Establishment Officer Auditing Program
                 (Revised) (revision of 20 Nov. 1971)    50
      26    Mar. Word Clearing Method 4 (W/C Series 32R) (revision of
                 22 Feb. 1972) (revised-see 301)   28
      27    Mar.R      Course Supervisor Correction List-Study Corr List 2R
                 (revised 3 Dec. 1974)  52
      27    Mar.RA Auditor Correction List-Auditor Recovery (Study Corr
List 3RA)
                 (revised & reissued 17 Dec. 1974) 60
      30    Mar. Primary Correction Rundown-First Cramming Correction
                 (Study Series 5) (revised-see 133)      65
      30    Mar. Expanded Dianetics Lectures (30 Mar.-7 A pr. 1972) 67
      31    Mar. Expanded Dianetics Series 1 (revised-see 87) 68
      2     Apr.RB     L3 EXD RB-Expanded Dianetics Repair List (Exp. Dn.
Series 3RB)
                 (revised 17 Mar. 1974) 70
      3     Apr.       Re: Study Series 5                           see
footnote- 67
                                1972 (cont.)
      3     Apr. Primary Rundown Note (Study Series 6)   75
      4     Apr. Tech Div Primary Rundown (revised-see 135)   76
      4     Apr. Ethics (EstO Series 14) (HCO PL)  78
      7     Apr.R      Touch Assists-Correct Ones (BTB)(revised & reissued
                 23 June 1974)    Vol.. IX-502
      9     Apr. Correct Danger Condition Handling (HCO PL)   82
      10    Apr. PreOTs Don't C/S (C/S Series 75, Solo C/S Series 13)
85
      15    Apr. Expanded Dianetics Series 1R      87
      16    Apr. PTS RD Correction List 89
      17    Apr. C/Sing a PTS Rundown (C/S Series 76)    91
      19    Apr. "Quickie" Defined (C/S Series 77) 93
      20    Apr. Suppressed Pcs and PTS Tech (Exp. Dn. Series 4)    95
      20    Apr.       Product Purpose and Why and WC Error Correction (C/S
Series 78)  96
      24    Apr. PTS Interviews (C/S Series 79, Exp. Dn. Series 5)  98
      26    Apr. The Glib Student (Study Series 8) 99
      3     May  Ethics and Executives (Exec. Series 12) (HCO PL)   100
      3     May  Havingness  105
      4     May  Six Basic Processes    107
      4     May  Assists-A Flag Expertise Subject (correction of
                 23 July 1971)    Vol..  VII-335
      5     May R      The Remedy of Havingness (revised 17 Jan. 1973)
112
      6     May  Remedy of Havingness-The Process  115
      7     May  Expanded Gita    120
      8     May  The Importance of Havingness      123
      8     May  Old Lists Are Not To Be Copied (reissue of
                 19 Sept. 1968)   Vol. VI-256
      8     May  Lists (reissue of 30 Sept. 1968)  Vol. VI-263
      10    May  Robotism    127
      11    May  Standard C/S for Word Clearing in Session-Method 1
                 (W/C Series 8RB) (revision of 30 June 1971)  131
      12    May  Training and CCH Processes (reissue of 11 June 1957)
Vol. III- 61
      30    May  The Primary Correction Rundown Revised (Study Series 5R)
                 (revision of 30 Mar. 1972)  133
      30    May  Primary Rundown (Revised) (revision of 4 Apr. 1972)
135
      30    May  Super-literacy (LRH ED 178 Int)   see-314
      2     June L4BR-For Assessment of All Listing Errors (revision of
                 15 Dec. 1968)    138
      3     June R     PTS Rundown, Final Step (revised 15 Oct. 1974)
141
      9     June Grammar (W/C Series 36)     143
      10    June Bypassed Charge (reissued 21 Sept. 1974)     144
      12    June Length of Time to Evaluate (Data Series 26, EstO Series
18)
                 (HCO PL)    145
      15    June "Dog Pcs" (C/S Series 80)   147
                                1972 (cont.)
      16    June R     Auditor's Rights Modified (C/S Series 81R) (revised
27 Feb. 1975)    149
      19    June Dinky Dictionaries (W/C Series 37)      151
      21    June Method 5 (W/C Series 38)    152
      21    June Method 6 (W/C Series 39)    153
      21    June Method 7 (W/C Series 40)    154
      21    June Method 8 (W/C Series 41)    155
      25    June Recovering Students and Pcs (HCO PL)    see-193
      20    July Primary Correction Rundown Handling     157
      20    July Distractive and Additive Questions and Orders      160
      10    Aug. Dianetic HCO B-Interest (C/S Series 82, Exp. Dn. Series 6)
                 (amended & reissued 28 Mar. 1974) 161
      13    Aug.R      Fast Flow Training (corrected & reissued 15 Aug.
1972) 162
      15    Aug. Fast Flow Training (corrected reissue of 13 Aug. 1972)
162
      16    Aug. Flubless C/Sing (C/S Series 84)   164
      17    Aug. Method 4 Notes (W/C Series 42) (revised-see 305)   166
      18    Aug. Grammar Definition (W/C Series 43)      167
      3     Sept.      Honest TRs (LRH ED 180 Int) see- 33
      13    Sept.      Catastrophes From and Repair of "No Interest" Items
(C/S Series 85,
                 Exp. Dn. Series 7) (amended & reissued 28 Mar. 1974)
169
      5     Oct. Continuous PT Overts (reissue of 25 Sept. 1968)    Vol. VI-
260
      2     Nov. How To Get Results In an HGC (C/S Series 56, Aud. Admin
            Series 2) (reissue of 25 Aug. 1971)                     Vol.
         VII-365
      6     Nov. Illiteracy and Work (W/C Series 44)     170
      6     Nov. Auditor's Worksheets (C/S Series 66, Aud. Admin Series 15)
            (reissue of 3 Nov. 1971 )                         Vol. VII-433
      12    Nov.       Johannesburg Security Check-Revised (HCO PL)
(revision of
            7 Apr. 1961 )                                see footnote-422
      15    Nov. Students Who Succeed   172
      13    Dec.R      Integrity Processing Questions Must Be F/Ned (I/P
Series 10R)
                 (revised & reissued 1 Nov. 1974)  175
      14    Dec.R      Generalities Won't Do (I/P Series 11R) (reissued 1
Nov. 1974)  176
      15    Dec.R      Withholds, Missed and Partial (I/P Series 12R)
(revised
                 1 Nov. 1974)     178
      16    Dec. Help the Pc (I/P Series 13) (reissued 7 Nov. 1974) 180
      17    Dec. Havingness (I/P Series 14) (reissued 7 Nov. 1974)  181
      30    Dec. Confronting (Study Series 2) (corrected reissue of
                 2 June 1971)     Vol. VII-264


                                    1973

      4     Jan. Confront (Study Series 9) (reissued 6 Apr. 1974)   182
      17    Jan. The Remedy of Havingness (revision of 5 May 1972)  112
      28    Jan. Keeping Scientology Working (HCO PL) (reissue of
                 7 Feb. 1965)     Vol. VI- 4
      6     Mar. False TA Addition (revision of 12 Nov. 1971) Vol. VII-438
                                1973 (cont.)
      6     Mar. VIII Actions (C/S Series 13R) (revision of
                 30 June 1970)    Vol. VII-100
      30    Mar. Step Four-Handling Originations (reissued 21 Sept. 1974)
183
      5     Apr. Axiom 28 Amended (reissued 19 Sept. 1974)    185
      7     Apr.R      Gradients in TRs (revised 15 Nov. 1974)      186
      15    May  Code of a Scientologist (HCO PL) (revision of
            5 Feb. 1969)                                 OEC Vol. 0- 25
      10    JuneRA Cramming (Cramming Series 10RA) (reissued 19 Sept. 1974)
188
      26    June Student Rescue Intensive (revision of 23 Nov. 1969)
Vol. VI-451
      11    July Assist Summary   189
      21    July Recovering Students and Pcs (Qual Flub Catch Series 4)
193
      25    July F/N Everything (corrected reissue of 14 Mar. 1971) Vol.
VII-196
      29    July Art, More About (Art Series 2)    196
      30    July Scientology, Current State of the Subject and Materials
201
      2     Aug. Pep   207
      10    Aug. PTS Handling     209
            Sept.      Mission Into Time     212
      15    Oct. Nulling and F/Ning Prepared Lists (C/S Series 87)  213
      21    Oct. Pc Completions-Second Revision (revision of 30 Aug. 1971)
see-214
      23    Oct. Pc Completions-Second Revision (revision of 30 Aug. 1971 )
see-214
      11    Nov. Preclear Declare? Procedure 218
      15    Nov.R      Fear of People List-R (revised 4 Dec. 1973)  219
      20    Nov. Reissued from 21st Advanced Clinical Course Training
Drills
                 -Anti-Q and A TR 221
      20    Nov. F/N What You Ask or Program (C/S Series 89)  222
      21    Nov. The Cure of Q and A-Man's Deadliest Disease  223
      23    Nov. Dry and Wet Hands Make False TA (revised-see 415)  226
      23    Nov. False TA Checklist (revision of 29 Feb. 1972)
                 (revised-see 417)      34
      24    Nov. Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S (C/S Series 53 RF) (reissued
                 25 Nov. 1973) (canceled-see 398)  228
      25    Nov.       Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S (C/S Series 53 RF)
(reissue of
                 24 Nov. 1973) (canceled-see 398)  228
      4     Dec. Fear of People List-R (revision of 15 Nov. 1973)   219
      5     Dec. The Reason for Q and A 230
      6     Dec. The Primary Failure (C/S Series 90)     233
      15    Dec.       The Continuous Missed W/H and Continuous Overt with
Data on
                 Degraded Beings and False PTS Conditions     235


                                    1974

      6     Jan. Assist Summary Addition     237
      23    Jan. The Technical Breakthrough of 1973 ! The Introspection RD
                 (revised-see 346)      239

                                1974 (cont.)

      27    Jan. Dianetics-R3R Commands Have Background Data  243
      28    Jan. L3RC-Dianetics and Ext RD Repair List (revision of
                 11 Apr. 1971) (revised-see 265)   245
      6     Feb. Pc Completions-Second Revision (revision of 30 Aug. 1971)
214
      10    Feb. The Technical Breakthrough of 1973! The Introspection RD
                 (revision of 23 Jan. 1974) (revised-see 346)  249
      15    Feb. Service Facsimile Theory and Expanded Dianetics (Exp. Dn.
Series 20)
                 (amended & reissued 28 Mar. 1974) 257
      17    Feb. Mutual Out Ruds (C/S Series 91)   259
      20    Feb. Introspection RD-Additional Actions     260
      5     Mar. Overt-Motivator Sequence (corrected reissue of
                 20 May 1968)     Vol. VI-231
      6     Mar. Introspection RD-Second Addition-Information to C/Ses-
                 Fixated Attention      262
      8     Mar. L3RD-Dianetics and Int RD Repair List (revision of 11 Apr.
1971) 265
            Mar. Organization Executive Course and Management Series
269
      17    Mar. L3 EXD RB-Expanded Dianetics Repair List (Exp. Dn. Series
3RB)
                 (revision of 2 Apr. 1972)   70
      17    Mar. TWC Checksheets-TWC, Using Wrong Questions   270
      18    Mar. E-Meters-Sensitivity Errors 271
      21    Mar. End Phenomena    272
      24    Mar. Use of Dianetics (C/S Series 32RA) (revision of 4 Apr.
1971) 274
      28    Mar. Dianetic HCO B-Interest (C/S Series 82, Exp. Dn. Series 6)
                 (amended reissue of 10 Aug. 1972) 161
      28    Mar. Catastrophes From and Repair of "No Interest" Items
                 (C/S Series 85, Exp. Dn. Series 7) (amended reissue of
                 13 Sept. 1972)   169
      28    Mar. Service Facsimile Theory and Expanded Dianetics
                 (Exp. Dn. Series 20) (amended reissue of 15 Feb. 1974)
257
      28    Mar. Expanded Dianetics Developments Since the Original
Lectures
                 (Exp. Dn. Series 21 )  276
      28    Mar. Security of Data (HCO PL) (amended reissue of
                 11 Aug. 1971)    Vol. VI-105
      30    Mar. Interiorization Summary (C/S Series 23RA) (revision of
                 17 Dec. 1971)    279
      4     Apr. Tone Scale in Full (revision of 25 Sept. 1971)     Vol.
VII-404
      4     Apr. Scales (correction of 18 Sept. 1967)    Vol. VI-200
      4     Apr.       Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S (C/S Series 53RG)
(reissue of
                 24 Nov. 1973) (canceled-see 398)  282
      6     Apr. Use of Dianetics (C/S Series 28RA) (revision of 7 Mar.
1971) 284
      6     Apr. Confront (Study Series 9) (reissue of 4 Jan. 1973) 182
      8     Apr. Triple Reruns (C/S Series 33 RA) (revision of 5 Apr. 1971
)     286
      8     Apr. Dianetics (C/S Series 36RB) (revision of 21 Apr. 1971)
289
      10    Apr. Stage Manners (Art Series 3)      293
        19    Apr. CCHs 5, 6 & 7 (amended reissue of 30 Sept. 1971)   Vol.
                                   VII-408
                                1974 (cont.)

      20    Apr. Introspection RD-Third Addition-Additional
                 Introspection RD Steps 295
      23    Apr. Expanded Dianetics Requisites (Exp. Dn. Series 22)
                 (revised-see 372)      297
      25    Apr. Rhythm (Art Series 4)  298
      8     May  Thirty-Six New Presessions (revision of 6 Oct. 1960)
Vol. IV-156
      10    May  Objectives-An Early Release (revision of 2 Nov. 1957)
see-393
      14    May  Int Rundown Correction List-Revised (revision of
                 29 Oct. 1971 )   Vol. VII-429
      31    May  Unhandled Drugs and Ethics  300
      6     June Quads Canceled (C/S Series 28R, 32R, 33R, 36R, 49R)
                 (revision of 15 July 1971 ) (canceled-see 3 73)    Vol.
VII-324
      8     June Assists (C/S Series 49R) (revised reissue of 5 July 1971)
Vol. VII-322
      8     July Word Clearing Method 4 (W/C Series 32RA) (revision of
                 22 Feb. 1972)    301
      8     July R     Clear to F/N (W/C Series 53R) (revised 24 July 1974)
303
        8     July R     Word Clearing Errors (C/S Series 92R) (revised 24
                               July 1974)  304
      8     July Method 4 Notes (W/C Series 42R, T/C Series 10)
                 (revision of 17 Aug. 1972)  305
      17    July XDN Case B (Exp. Dn. Series 23)   307
      24    July Clear to F/N (W/C Series 53R) (revision of 8 July 1974)
303
      24    July Word Clearing Errors (C/S Series 92R) (revision of 8 July
1974) 304
      30    Aug. Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S (C/S Series 53 RH)
                 (revised reissue of 24 Nov. 1973) (canceled-see 398)
308
      31    Aug. New Grade Chart (C/S Series 93)   311
      7     Sept.      Superliteracy and the Cleared Word (W/C Series 54)
314
      17    Sept.      Green Form (HCO PL) (revision of 7 Apr. 1970)
see-321
      19    Sept.      Exteriorization (reissue of 22 Oct. 1971)    Vol.
VII-420
      19    Sept.      Change Brackets and Commands (reissue of
                 30 Apr. 1961)    Vol. IV-258
      19    Sept.      Obnosis and the Tone Scale (reissue of 26 Oct. 1970)
Vol. VII-148
      19    Sept.      Interiorization Errors (C/S Series 35RA) (revision
of
                 16 Dec. 1971)    Vol. VII-456
      19    Sept.      Cramming (Cramming Series 10RA) (reissue of 10 June
1973) 188
      19    Sept.      Axiom 28 Amended (reissue of 5 Apr. 1973)    185
      21    Sept.      Assists in Scientology (reissue of 21 Oct. 1971)
Vol. VII-415
      21    Sept.      Resistive Cases-Former Therapy (reissue of
                 25 Nov. 1971)    Vol. VII-449
      21    Sept.      End Phenomenas (reissue of 5 Dec. 1971)      Vol.
VII-451
      21    Sept.      Bypassed Charge (reissue of 10 June 1972)    144
      21    Sept.      Step 4-Handling Originations (reissue of 30 Mar.
1973) 183
      21    Sept.      Tapes, How to Use (W/C Series 25R, T/C Series 6R)
                 (revision of 10 Nov. 1971)  Vol. VII-434
      21    Sept.      Dianetics (C/S Series 36RB) (reissue of 21 Apr.
1971) 289
                                1974 (cont.)
      25    Sept.      Reduction of Refunds-C/Ses and Overload (C/S Series
94)   318
      26    Sept.      Handling Flubbed Pcs  320
      29    Sept.      Green Form (HCO PL) (revision of 7 Apr. 1970)
321
      6     Oct.       The Vital Information Rundown-The Technical
Breakthrough
                 of 1974     327
      9     Oct. HC Out-Point Plus-Point Lists RA (revision of
                 28 Aug. 1970)    Vol. VII-132
      15    Oct. PTS Rundown, Final Step (revision of 3 June 1972)  141
      15    Oct. PTS Rundown (revision of 9 Dec. 1971 ) (revised-see 338)
330
      15    Oct. Cramming Over Out Ruds (Cramming Series 14)  334
      19    Oct. The Dramatization of Withholds on Vital Information
                 Lines (HCO PL)   336
      21    Oct. F/N and Erasure (revision of 1 Aug. 1970)    Vol. VII-117
      21    Oct.       Summary of How to Write an Auditor's Report and
Worksheets
                 for HQS Co-Audit (revision of 5 Apr. 1971 )  Vol. VII-215
      21    Oct. PTS Rundown (revision of 9 Dec. 1971 )  338
      23    Oct. Course Translation to Tape (T/C Series I ) (reissue of
                 20 Nov. 1971)    Vol. VII-441
      23    Oct. Teaching a Tape Course (T/C Series 3R) (revision of
                 21 Nov. 1971)    Vol. VII-446
      24    Oct. Method 4 Notes (W/C Series 42R, T/C Series 10) (reissue of
                 17 Aug. 1972)    305
      1     Nov.       Integrity Processing Questions Must Be F/Ned (I/P
Series 10R)
                 (revised reissue of 13 Dec. 19 72)      175
      1     Nov. Generalities Won't Do (I/P Series 11 R) (reissue of 14
Dec. 1972)  176
      1     Nov. Withholds, Missed and Partial (I/P Series 1 2R)
                 (revision of 15 Dec. 1972)  178
      1     Nov. Rock Slams and Rock Slammers      344
      1     Nov. The Technical Breakthrough of 1973! The Introspection RD
                 (revision of 23 Jan. 1974)  346
      5     Nov. Drugs, More About      354
      7     Nov. Help the Pc (I/P Series 13) (reissue of 16 Dec. 1972)
180
      7     Nov. Havingness (I/P Series 14) (reissue of 17 Dec. 1972)
181
      12    Nov. Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S (C/S Series 53RI) (revised
                 reissue of 24 Nov. 1973) (canceled-see 398)  356
      15    Nov. Student Rehabilitation List 359
      15    Nov. Gradients and TRs (revision of 7 Apr. 1973)  186
      20    Nov. L IX Hi-Lo TA List Revised (revised reissue of 1 Jan.
1972) 1
      25    Nov. Barriers to Study (W/C Series 3 R) (revision of
                 25 June 1971)    Vol. VII-293
      26    Nov. Post Purpose Clearing (revision of 4 Aug. 1971 )   363
      29    Nov. The Communication Cycle in Auditing (B/A Series 5R)
                 (revision of 23 May 1971)   Vol. VII-248
      30    Nov. Supervisor Two-Way Comm and the Misunderstood Word
                 (W/C Series 4R) (revision of 26 June 1971)   Vol. VII-299
      1     Dec. Word Clearing Lists for Prepared Lists  366
                                1974 (cont.)
      1     Dec. Expanded GF 40 RB (revision of 30 June 1971 )      Vol.
VII-304
      1     Dec. The Three Important Communication Lines (B/A Series 3)
                 (revision of 23 May 1971)   Vol. VII-243
      2     Dec. Supervisor Two-Way Comm Explained (W/C Series 5 R)
                 (revision of 27 June 1971)  Vol. VII-302

      3     Dec. Course Supervisor Correction List-Study Corr List 2R
                 (revision of 27 Mar. 1972)  52
      4     Dec.       Communication Cycles Within the Auditing Cycle (B/A
Series 4R)
                 (revision of 23 May 1971)   Vol. VII-244
      4     Dec. Recognition of Rightness of the Being (B/A Series 10R)
                 (revision of 23 May 1971 )  Vol. VII-257
      4     Dec. The Magic of the Communication Cycle (B/A Series 1 R)
                 (revision of 23 May 1971)   Vol. VII-238
      5     Dec. Overts-Order of Effectiveness in Processing (I/P Series
6R)   see-370
      6     Dec. The Two Parts of Auditing (B/A Series 2R) (revision of
                 23 May 1971)     Vol. VII-240
      8     Dec. TR 0-Notes on Blinking 369
      9     Dec. Effectiveness of Overts in Processing (I/P Series 6RA)
370
      14    Dec. Expanded Dianetic Requisites (Exp. Dn. Series 22R)
                 (revision of 23 Apr. 1974)  372
      17    Dec.       Auditor Correction List-Auditor Recovery (Study Corr
List 3RA)
                 (revised reissue of 27 Mar. 1972) 60


                                    1975

      12    Jan. Quads Reinstated 373
      13    Jan. Use of Quadruple Dianetics (C/S Series 28RA-1) (reissue of
                 7 Mar. 1971 )    374
      13    Jan. Use of Quad Dianetics (C/S Series 32RA-1R) (addition to
                 4 Apr. 1971, revised 22 Feb. 1975)      377
      13    Jan. Triple and Quad Reruns (C/S Series 33RA-1) (reissue of
                 5 Apr. 1971)     380
      13    Jan. Quadruple Dianetics-Dangers of (C/S Series 36RB-1R)
                 (addition to 21 Apr. 1971, revised 22 Feb. 1975)   383
      16    Jan. Past Life Remedies     388
            Jan. Hymn of Asia     390
      23    Jan. The Purpose of Class VIII   391
      29    Jan. What is a Course? (HCO PL) (revision of 16 Mar. 1971)
Vol. VII-198
      31    Jan. Six Zones of Action (revision of 17 Sept. 1968)    Vol. VI-
252
      31    Jan. Teaching the Class VIII (revision of 22 Oct. 1968) Vol. VI-
276
      31    Jan. Case Supervisor-Class VIII-The Basic Processes (revision
of
                 2 Nov. 1968)     Vol. VI-278
      14    Feb. L10 Prerequisites      392
      22    Feb. An Objective Rundown (revision of 2 Nov. 1957)     393
      22    Feb. Use of Quad Dianetics (C/S Series 32RA-1R) (revision of
                 4Apr.1971-1)     377

                                   1975 (cont.)
      22    Feb. Quadruple Dianetics-Dangers of (C/S Series 36RB-1R)
                 (revision of 21 Apr. 1971-1 )     383
      24    Feb. Mutter TR (revision of 1 Oct. 1965)     395
      27    Feb. Auditor's Rights Modified (C/S Series 81R) (revision of
                 16 June 1972)    149
      28    Feb. Green Form, S & D (addition to 10 Sept. 1968)      Vol. VI-
250
            Mar. Dianetics Today  396
      7     Mar. Ext and Ending Session 397
      18    Mar. Meter Use in Qual (Cramming Series 15)  397
      22    Mar. Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S (C/S Series 53 RJ)
                 (revised reissue of 24 Nov. 1973) 398
      25    Mar. Diet, Theory of a Natural Diet    401
      29    Mar. Anti-biotics, Administering of    403
      19    Apr. Out Basics and How to Get Them In 409
      23    Apr. Vanishing Cream and False TA      414
      23    Apr. Dry and Wet Hands Make False TA (revision of 23 Nov. 1973)
415
      23    Apr. False TA Checklist (revision of 29 Feb. 1972)      417
      30    May  Johannesburg Confessional List-Revised (HCO PL) (revision
                 of 7 Apr. 1961)  419
      10    June Drug Data (corrected reissue of 29 Aug. 1968)      Vol. VI-
244
            June Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary     423
      23    Oct. Technical Queries      424
      26    Oct. "Failed" Cases (C/S Series 95)    426
      26    Oct.       PC Application Form for Any Major Auditing Action
(HCO PL)
                 (revision of 4 Feb. 1970)   Vol. VII-16


                                    1976

      1     Jan. The Auditor's Code (HCO PL) (revision of 14 Oct. 1968)
Vol. VI-269
      27    July PTS Rundown and Vital Info RD Position Corrected   428
      29    July PTS Rundown (revision of 9 Dec. 1971RA) 429
      29    July       The Vital Information Rundown-The Technical
Breakthrough
                 of 1974 (revision of 6 Oct. 1974) 436
      10    Aug. R/Ses, What They Mean  440
      24    Oct. Delivery Repair Lists (C/S Series 96)   445
      26    Oct. Auditing Reports, Falsifying of (C/S Series 97)    450
      28    Oct. Auditing Folders, Omissions In Completeness
                 (C/S Series 98)  452
                 Subject Index    454
                 Alphabetical List of Titles 482
                                LONG CONTENTS



HCO B 1 Jan. 1972RA L IX HI-LO TA LIST REVISED,  1

      Hi-Lo TA Assessment,

Word Clearing Series 30
HCO B 2 Jan. 1972 WCl COMES FIRST, 10

      Don't do Word Clearing Method 2 before Method 1, 10
      Word Clearing Method 2 EP, 10

C/S Series 69 Addition
HCO B 3 Jan. 1972 C/SING CHECKLIST, 11

      Go back in the folder to where the case was running well and come
      forward, 11

HCO B 7 Jan. 1972 TRAINING AND INTERNING STAFF AUDITORS, 12

      Recruiting staff auditors, 12
      Interne Supervisor, 12
      Staff auditor trainee programming, 12
      Interne Supervisor has authority over auditor trainee, 13
      Sending auditors to upper orgs for training, 13
      SH or AO program of auditor classification and interneships, 13
      Interne Supervisor admin, 14
      Paid students, 15
      Part-time study on next level while auditing is a failure, 15

HCO B 14 Jan. 1972 STUDY CORRECTION LIST, 16 [CANCELED]

HCO B 20 Jan. 1972 PTS RD ADDITION, 19

      The only reasons a PTS RD does not work, 19
      Remedies for PTS Rundown errors, 19

HCO B 3 Feb. 1972 R6EW-OT III NO INTERFERENCE AREA, 20

      Why there is a No Interference Area between R6EW and OT III, 20
      Solo auditing set-up, 20
      Drug Rundown is a must before Solo, 21
      Grade Chart steps before Solo, 21
      OCA/APA test, 22
      Ideal Solo program, 22
      Explanation of sequence of OT III, OT VII, OT IIIX, 23
      Availability of auditing materials, 23

HCO B 15 Feb. 1972 FALSE TA ADDITION 2, 24

      Wrong ways to get a pc to read between 2.0 and 3.0 on an E-Meter, 24
      Commonest sources of low and high TA, 24

C/S Series 74
HCO B 16 Feb. 1972 TALKING THE TA DOWN MODIFIED, 25

      Right way to handle high TA, 25
      There is no need to talk a TA down; it is faster to directly locate
      the reason it is up, 25

HCO B 18 Feb. 1972 FALSE TA ADDITION 3, 26

      The honesty of the auditor determines his results, 26
      Low TAs, 26

Word Clearing Series 32R
HCO B 22 Feb. 1972 WORD CLEARING METHOD 4, 28 [REVISED]

      Use of Word Clearing Method 4, 28
      Word Clearing Method 4 procedure, 28
      Supervisor's use of Word Clearing Method 4, 29

C/S Series 71A
HCO B 24 Feb. 1972 WORD CLEARING OCAs, 30

      Why question sheets for tests must not be word cleared, 30
      Testing musts, 30 Examiner attest check, 30
      Test line is a check on C/S and auditing quality, 31

Word Clearing Series 15R
HCO B 26 Feb. 1972 WORD CLEARING SERIES 15R, 32

      Word clearing any words on any test at any time is a High Crime, 32
      Foreign language persons, 32
      Mis Us on tests, 32

26 Feb. 1972 LRH MODEL TAPE SESSIONS, 33

      Honest TRs, 33
      Result of poor TRs, 33
      Use of LRH Model Auditing Tapes, 33

HCO B 29 Feb. 1972R FALSE TA CHECKLIST, 34 [REVISED]

Establishment Officer Series 5
HCO PL 13 Mar. 1972 PRODUCTION AND ESTABLISHMENT-ORDERS AND PRODUCTS, 37

      People not knowing their products require constant orders, 37
      Hat survey for orders, 37
      Disestablishment, 38
      Hatting for product, 38
      Right direction to hat, 38
      Steps to clear "product", 39
      "Quickie" Product Clearing, 39
      Disagreements Check, 40
      Product Officers, 40

HCO PL 16 Mar. 1972 WHAT IS A COURSE-HIGH CRIME, 41

      Cause of Supervisor failure, 41
      Course Super's primary tech, 42
      Reason for student queries, 42
      Product of Supervisor, 43

Establishment Officer Series 11
HCO PL 23 Mar. 1972 FULL PRODUCT CLEARING LONG FORM, 44

      TA and Product Clearing, 49

HCO B 20 Nov. 1971 HAS SPECIALIST AND ESTABLISHMENT OFFICER AUDITING
                  PROGRAM (Revised), 50

      HAS Rundown, 50

HCO B 27 Mar. 1972R COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST
                       -STUDY CORR LIST 2R, 52

      Course Supervisor Correction Form-additional actions required, 59


HCO B 27 Mar. 1972RA AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST-AUDITOR RECOVERY
                       -STUDY CORR LIST 3RA, 60
Study Series 5
HCO B 30 Mar. 1972 PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN-FIRST
      CRAMMING CORRECTION, 65 [REVISED]

      Cramming a person is a waste of time if he never learned to study, 65
      Primary Correction Rundown, 65
      Auditing interlude, 65
      Study tech section, 66
      Cramming actions, 66

Expanded Dianetics Series 1
HCO B 31 Mar. 1972 EXPANDED DIANETICS SERIES 1, 68 [REVISED]

      Expanded Dianetics vs. Standard Dianetics, 68
      Expanded Dianetics is very specifically adjusted to the pc, 68
      Expanded Dianetics training, 68
      Hubbard Graduate Dianetic Specialist, 69
      Charges for Expanded Dianetics, 69
      Auditor prerequisite for Expanded Dianetics, 69

Expanded Dianetics Series 3RB
HCO B 2 Apr. 1972RB L3 EXD RB-EXPANDED DIANETICS REPAIR LIST, 70

Study Series 6
HCO B 3 Apr. 1972 PRIMARY RUNDOWN NOTE, 75

      Primary Rundown handling of Study Tapes, 75

HCO B 4 Apr. 1972 TECH DIV PRIMARY RUNDOWN, 76 [REVISED]

      Primary Rundown actions in HGC are case handling and Word Clearing
      Method 1, 76
      Primary Rundown in Dept of Training, 76
      Study Tapes and Student Hat, 76
      Primary Rundown product, 77

Establishment Officer Series 14
HCO PL 4 Apr. 1972 ETHICS, 78

      Exchange flows and out-ethics, 78
      Criminality, 78
      Ethics Tech Admin sequence, 78
      Exchange and criminality, 79
      Production, morale and exchange factor, 80
      Exchange by Dynamics, 80
      Conditions by Dynamics, 81

HCO PL 9 Apr. 1972 CORRECT DANGER CONDITION HANDLING, 82

      Danger Formula, 82
      First Dynamic Danger Formula, 82
      Junior Danger Formula, 82
      Trouble Area Assessment, 83
      Trouble Area Short Form, 84
      Ending a Danger Condition, 84

C/S Series 75,
Solo C/S Series 13
HCO B 10 Apr. 1972  PRE-OTS DON'T C/S, 85

      Solo C/Sing line, 85
      Solo auditing admin, 85
      Worst features of a Pre-OT doing his own C/Sing, 86
      Pre-OTs do not C/S their own folders, 86


Expanded Dianetics Series 1R
HCO B 15 Apr. 1972  EXPANDED DIANETICS SERIES 1R, 87

      Expanded Dianetics vs. Standard Dianetics, 87
      Expanded Dianetics is very specifically adjusted to the pc, 87
      Expanded Dianetics training, 87
      Hubbard Graduate Dianetic Specialist, 88
      Charges for Expanded Dianetics, 88
      Auditor prerequisite for Expanded Dianetics, 88

HCO B 16 Apr. 1972  PTS RD CORRECTION LIST, 89

C/S Series 76
HCO B 17 Apr. 1972  C/SING A PTS RUNDOWN, 91

      The whole point of a PTS Rundown is to make a person not PTS any
      longer, 91
      PTS results in illness and roller-coaster and is the cause of illness
      and roller-coaster, 91
      Steps of handling PTS pc, 91
      PTS data, 92
      PTS situations, 92
      End phenomenon of the PTS RD is attained when the person is well and
      stable, 92

C/S Series 77
HCO B 19 Apr. 1972  "QUICKIE" DEFINED, 93

      Definitions of "quickie", 93
      Examples of quickie actions, 93
      Complete is the reverse of quickie, 93
      Necessity of clearing words in commands, 94
      Remedies for the quickie impulse, 94

Expanded Dianetics Series 4
HCO B 20 Apr. 1972  SUPPRESSED PCS AND PTS TECH, 95

      Characteristics of PTS persons, 95
      Administrative tech of PTS Rundown, 95

C/S Series 78
HCO B 20 Apr. 1972  PRODUCT PURPOSE AND WHY AND WC ERROR
                 CORRECTION, 96

      C/S must be sure all Why finding and Word Clearing papers and
           worksheets get into pc's folders, 96
      Listing out of session, 96
      Self-auditing, 96
      List error reaction, 97
      Symptoms of out lists, 97
      Alternate wordings for "PTS", 97
      Wrong lists or upset people can occur in an org where untrained people
           are also using meters, 97

C/S Series 79, Expanded Dianetics Series 5
HCO B 24 Apr. 1972  PTS INTERVIEWS, 98

      PTS Interview questions, 98
      Required actions of PTS Interview, 98

Study Series 8
HCO B 26 Apr. 1972 THE GLIB STUDENT, 99

      Glib student can confront the words and ideas; he cannot confront the
           physical universe or people around him and so cannot apply, 99
      Handling the glib student, 99

Executive Series 12
 HCO PL 3 May 1972 ETHICS AND EXECUTIVES, 100

      Danger Rundown, 3 May PL, 100
      Definition of executive, 100
      Responsibility of executives to handle out-ethics, 100
      Ethics and organization, 100
      Examples of ethics offenses, 101
      Technical aspect of out-ethics, 101
      Danger Rundown steps, 102
      Step 1: Inform the person personally he is in Danger Condition, 102
      Step 2: Ethics is gotten in by definition on the person, 102
      Step 3: Ask the person what out-ethics situation he or she is involved
      in, 103
      Step 4: Have the person work out how the out-ethics situation is a
      betrayal of the group, 103
      Step 5: First Dynamic Danger Formula, 103
      Step 6: Review the person and his stats and appearance and personal
      life, 104

HCO B 3 May 1972 HAVINGNESS, 105

      Thetan's relation to energy, 105
      Dwindling spiral of the mest universe, 105
      Remedy of havingness, 105

HCO B 4 May 1972 SIX BASIC PROCESSES, 107

      Two-way Communication, 107
      Elementary Straightwire, 107
      Opening Procedure of 8-C, 107
      Opening Procedure by Duplication, 108
      Remedy of Havingness, 108
      Spotting Spots, 108
      Training required on the six basic processes, 108
      Precision definition of communication lag, 108
      "Value" of energy, 109
      Duplication, 109
      Opening Procedure by Duplication, 109
      Auditor's willingness to duplicate, 109
      Training and duplication, 110
      Goal of auditor and pc, 110

HCO B 5 May 1972R THE REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS, 112

      Thetan cuts down knowingness to create a game, 112
      Know to Mystery Scale described, 112
      Game conditions, 113

HCO B 6 May 1972 REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS-THE PROCESS, 115

      Definition of Remedy of Havingness, 115
      Expanded GITA related to Remedy of Havingness, 115
      How to run Remedy of Havingness, 116
      Reason for dropped havingness, 117
      End of Cycle Processing, 118

HCO B 7 May 1972 EXPANDED GITA, 120

      Theory of Expanded GITA, 120
      Item list for Expanded GITA, 120
      Present Time Differentiation; Exteriorization by Scenery, 121
      ARC Straight Wire using next-to-last list of Self Analysis in
      Scientology, 121
      Run psychotic cases on Present Time Differentiation, 121

HCO B 8 May 1972 THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVINGNESS, 123

      Indicators of dropped havingness, 123
      Repair of Havingness vs. Remedy of Havingness, 124
      Sacrifices and genetic entity, 125
      Chronic somatics, 126

HCO B 10 May 1972 ROBOTISM, 127

      Primary human failing is an inability to function as himself or
           contribute to group achievements, 127
      Robot band of determinism scale, 127
      Mechanism of needing orders, 127
      Perception related to overts and withholds, 128
           Overt products, 128
      Slowness, 128
      Group justice, 128
      No real malice in the robot, 128
      False reports, 129
      Robot goes into morale declines easily, 129
      Physical inertia, 129 PTS and robots, 129
      Basic Why for needing orders, being inactive, incompetent and
           unproductive, 130
      Remedy of robot condition, 130
      End product of robotism handling, 130

Word Clearing Series 8RB
HCO B 30 June 1971 R STANDARD C/S FOR WORD CLEARING IN SESSION -METHOD 1,
                   131

      Word Clearing Method 1 procedure, 132
      Word Clearing Method 1 end phenomena, 132

Study Series 5R
HCO B 30 Mar. 1972R THE PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN REVISED, 133

      When the Primary Correction Rundown is given, 133
      Primary Correction Rundown checklist, 134

HCO B 4 Apr. 1972 PRIMARY RUNDOWN (REVISED), 135

      Primary Rundown consists of word clearing and study tech; it makes a
           student super-literate, 135
      Keynote of Primary Rundown is honesty, 135
      Primary Rundown steps, 136
      No Interference Zone, 137
      Primary Correction Rundown takes care of people who have trouble on
           the PRD, 137
      Students who are or have been on drugs need a Drug Rundown before
           tackling Word Clearing Method 1, 137

HCO B 15 Dec. 1968R L4BR-FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING
      ERRORS, 138

HCO B 3 June 1972R PTS RUNDOWN, FINAL STEP, 141

      Can't Have Rundown, 141
      SPs are SPs because they deny Hav and enforce unwanted Hav, 141
      PTS RD two-way comm question converted to Listing and Nulling, 142

Word Clearing Series 36
HCO B 9 June 1972 GRAMMAR, 143

      Grammatical words and small words should be looked up in a simple
      grammar textbook, 143
      Grammar textbooks, 143
      Grammar Course before Word Clearing, 143

HCO B 10 June 1972 BYPASSED CHARGE, 144

      Mechanism of BPC (By-Passed-Charge), 144

Data Series 26,
Establishment Officer Series 18
HCO PL 12 June 1972 LENGTH OF TIME TO EVALUATE, 145

      Assessment for individual Why of evaluator taking a long time to
      evaluate, 145

C/S Series 80
HCO B 15 June 1972 "DOG PCs", 147

      Remedy for an auditor with "dog pcs", 147
      Remedy for a C/S who is agreeing there are "dog pcs", 147
      Errors behind "dog pcs", 148



C/S Series 81R
HCO B 16 June 1972R AUDITOR'S RIGHTS MODIFIED, 149

      Major Why of falling hours, incomplete programs and other confusions,
      149
      Auditor's right to choose pcs modified, 149 "Dog pcs" are problems in
      repair, 149
      Stats of C/Ses and auditors, D of P and Dir of Tech Services, 150
      The road to truth is begun with honesty, 150

Word Clearing Series 37
HCO B 19 June 1972 DINKY DICTIONARIES, 151

      Small dictionaries are very often a greater liability than they are a
      help, 151
      Which are the best dictionaries, 151

Word Clearing Series 38
HCO B 21 June 1972 METHOD 5, 152

      Word Clearing Method 5 is called Material Clearing, 152
      Word Clearing Method 5 procedure, 152

Word Clearing Series 39
HCO B 21 June 1972 METHOD 6, 153

      Word Clearing Method 6 is called Key Word Clearing, 153
      Word Clearing Method 6 procedure, 153
      Post trouble remedied by Word Clearing Method 6, 153

Word Clearing Series 40
HCO B 21 June 1972 METHOD 7, 154

      Word Clearing Method 7 is reading aloud, 154
      Word Clearing Method 7 procedure, 154

Word Clearing Series 41
HCO B 21 June 1972 METHOD 8, 155

      Word Clearing Method 8 is an action used in the Primary Rundown, 155
      Word Clearing Method 8 procedure, 155

HCO B 20 July 1972 PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN HANDLING, 157

      Who PCRDs are given to, 157
      The purpose of the PCRD is to get the person through the PRD, 157
      Folder study, 157 Outlists, 157
      Idle student, 158
      Resistive students, 158
      Pre-PCRD steps, 158
      End phenomena of a Primary Correction Rundown, 159

HCO B 20 July 1972
DISTRACTIVE AND ADDITIVE QUESTIONS AND ORDERS, 160

      Auditor distracting pc, 160
      Auditor evaluation, 160
      All auditors talk too much, 160
      Muzzled auditing means stating only the Model Session patter and
      commands and TRs, 160

C/S Series 82,
Expanded Dianetics Series 6
HCO B 10 Aug. 1972 DIANETIC HCO B-INTEREST, 161

      On Drugs and Evil Purposes or Intentions one does not ask the pc if he
           is interested in running the item, 161
      Dianetic "no interest" items, 161

HCO B 13 Aug. 1972R FAST FLOW TRAINING, 162

      Fast flow student, 162
      Fast flow student passes courses by attestation, 162
      Provisional certificate, 162
      Provisional certificates expire after one year if not validated, 162
      Fast flow prerequisites, 163
      Non-PRDs, 163
      Drug cases get Drug RD before Word Clearing Method 1 , 163
      Fast flow student designation, 163

C/S Series 84
HCO B 16 Aug. 1972 FLUBLESS C/SING, 164

      C/S makes sure tech courses are taught well, 164
      C/S makes sure Qual has a Cramming Officer, 164
      C/S standard handling of auditors, 164
      Cramming, retread and retrain, 164
      A falsified auditing report puts the auditor at once at retrain, 164
      OT TR 0 and TR 0 are the keys to good auditing, 164
      Electronic attest, 165

Word Clearing Series 42
HCO B 17 Aug. 1972 METHOD 4 NOTES, 166 [REVISED]

      Break down the materials when doing Word Clearing Method 4, 166
      Word Clearing Method 4 of tapes and books, 166
      Errors in Word Clearing Method 4, 166

Word Clearing Series 43
HCO B 18 Aug. 1972 GRAMMAR DEFINITION, 167

      Grammar is a systematic description of the ways in which words are
           used in a particular language, 167
      Word classes, 167
      Rules of grammar, 167
      Types of grammars, 168

C/S Series 85,
Expanded Dianetics Series 7
HCO B 13 Sept. 1972 CATASTROPHES FROM AND REPAIR OF "NO INTEREST" ITEMS,
                  169

      Drug Rundown can fail by asking for interest on items, 169
      Don't ask for interest on intentions, evil purposes and drug items,
           169 Repair of "no interest" items, 169

Word Clearing Series 44
HCO B 6 Nov. 1972 ILLITERACY AND WORK, 170

      Educating illiterate or semi-literate populations, 170
      Example of educating a primitive culture, 170
      Education mustn't skip gradients in culture or in training, 171


HCO B 15 Nov. 1972 STUDENTS WHO SUCCEED, 172

      Honesty of a student, 172
      Ethics must be in to get tech in, 172
      Justice and ethics, 172
      Symptoms of students who are withholding, 173
      Pilot courses, 173
      Confessionals on students, 173
      Honest student is the most successful student, 174

Integrity Processing Series 10R
HCO B 13 Dec. 1972R INTEGRITY PROCESSING QUESTIONS MUST BE
                 F/Ned, 175

      Main danger of Integrity Processing is not probing a person's past but
           failing to do so thoroughly, 175
      Never leave an Integrity Processing question unflat, 175
           How to prevent Integrity Processing being left unflat, 175

Integrity Processing Series 11R
HCO B 14 Dec. 1972R GENERALITIES WON'T DO, 176

      Best way to "miss" Integrity Processing question is to let the pc
           indulge in generalities or "I thought........", 176
      Handling general withholds and other people's withholds, 176
      How to get withholds off an "irresponsible pc", 176
      "Don't know" version of withhold pulling, 176

Integrity Processing Series 12R
HCO B 15 Dec. 1972R WITHHOLDS, MISSED AND PARTIAL, 178

      Natterings, upsets, ARC breaks, critical tirades, lost students,
           ineffective motions are restimulated but missed or partially
           missed withholds, 178
      Knowledge to the average person is only this: a knowledge of his
           withholds, 178
      Wild animal reaction that makes Man a cousin to the beasts, 178
      Handling critical, upset, ARC breaky pc, 179

Integrity Processing Series 13
HCO B 16 Dec. 1972 HELP THE PC, 180

      Use of steering in withhold pulling, 180
      Pc is always willing to reveal, 180
      If pc knew all the answer it wouldn't read on the E-Meter, 180

Integrity Processing Series 14
HCO B 17 Dec. 1972 HAVINGNESS, 181

      Havingness is the concept of being able to reach; no-havingness is the
           concept of not being able to reach, 181
      Havingness must be run to get the benefit of having pulled most
           withholds, 181

Study Series 9
HCO B 4 Jan. 1973 CONFRONT, 182

      Definitions of confront, 182
      If one can confront he can be aware; if one is aware one can perceive
      and act, 182

HCO B 30 Mar. 1973 STEP FOUR-HANDLING ORIGINATIONS, 183

      What is an origination of the preclear, 183
      Three steps in handling an origin, 183

HCO B 5 Apr. 1973 AXIOM 28 AMENDED, 185

      Axiom 28, 185
      Formula of communication, 185

HCO B 7 Apr. 1973R GRADIENTS IN TRs, 186

      How to do TRs, 186
      Going over and over TR 0-4, 186

Cramming Series 10RA
HCO B 10 June 1973RA CRAMMING, 188

      Qual does not take orders on what to do to correct, 188

HCO B 11 July 1973 ASSIST SUMMARY, 189

      Medical examination and treatment and assists, 189
      Causes of predisposition, precipitation and prolongation of injury and
      illness, 189
      Physical facts of injuries, illnesses and stresses, 190
      Role of assists, 190
      Don't confine handling of injuries to Touch Assist, 190
      Actions of ministers, 191
      Assist Summary steps, 191
      Drug "five days" rule need not apply to assists, 192
      Assist given over drugs, how to handle later, 192
      Pc illness during grade auditing, 192
      There is no conflict between minister and medical doctor, 192

Qual Flub Catch Series 4
HCO B 21 July 1973 RECOVERING STUDENTS AND PCS, 193

      Five main reasons for student blows, 193
      Reasons for pc blows, 194
      Handling the blown student or pc, 194

HCO B 29 July 1973 ART, MORE ABOUT, 196

      How good does a work of art have to be to be good, 196
      Art for self-satisfaction vs. audience, 196
      Technique of art, 197
      Art to be good must have technical expertise itself adequate to
           produce an emotional impact, 198
      What is technical expertise, 198
      "Technical expertise adequate to produce an emotional impact" and
           "message", 199
      Art quality and form, 199
      Living itself is an art form, 199

HCO B 30 July 1973 SCIENTOLOGY, CURRENT STATE OF THE SUBJECT AND MATERIALS,
                 201

      Extent of Scientology materials, 201
      Scientology archives, 201
      Development of Scientology, 201
      Uses of Scientology, 202
      Scientology's relation to healing, 203
      Nutrition and biochemistry, 204
      Physical ailments can resist spiritual improvement, 205
      OT behavior, 206

HCO B 2 Aug. 1973 PEP, 207

      Change of man's diet, 207
      Sugar vs. protein, 207
      Result of heavy intake of sugar and carbohydrates, 207
      Proper diet, 208


HCO B 10 Aug. 1973 PTS HANDLING, 209

      Cause of illness, 209
      Three basic actions of handling PTS conditions, 209
      Relation of PTS person to psychotic, 209
      Apparent reasons for illness besides being PTS, 209
      Predisposition, precipitation and prolongation of illness, 210
      PTS handling by steps, 210
      PTS "unburdening", 211

C/S Series 87
HCO B 15 Oct. 1973 NULLING AND F/Ning PREPARED LISTS, 213

      Auditor outnesses causing a null prepared list, 213
      The use of suppress and invalidate buttons and misunderstood word tech
      on the list, 213
      A prepared list either reads or F/Ns, 213

HCO B 30 Aug. 1971RC PC COMPLETIONS-SECOND REVISION, 214      [REPLACED]

      Pc completion points, 214

HCO B 11 Nov. 1973 PRECLEAR DECLARE? PROCEDURE, 218

      Examiner Declare? procedure, 218


HCO B 15 Nov. 1973R FEAR OF PEOPLE LIST-R, 219

      Terminals list, 219
      Emotions list, 219
      Handling steps, 220

HCO B 20 Nov. 1973 Reissued from 21st ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE TRAINING
                  DRILLS, 221

      Anti-Q and A TR, 221

C/S Series 89
HCO B 20 Nov. 1973 F/N WHAT YOU ASK OR PROGRAM, 222

      Auditor Q and A, 222
      The auditor must F/N the original action, 222
      Results of auditor Q and A, 222
      Results of C/S Q and A, 222


HCO B 21 Nov. 1973 THE CURE OF Q AND A-MAN'S DEADLIEST
      DISEASE, 223

      The disease of Q and A, 223
      Administrator Q and A, 223
      C/S Q and A, 223
      Q and A remedy steps, 224

HCO B 23 Nov. 1973 DRY AND WET HANDS MAKE FALSE TA, 226 [REVISED]

      TA depends on normally moist hands, 226
      Use of hand cream for dry hands, 226
      Use of anti-perspirants for wet hands, 227
      F/N and false TA, 227
      Conditions that make an auditor mess up a pc's TA, 227

C/S Series 53RF
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973 SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S, 228 [CANCELED]

HCO B 5 Dec. 1973 THE REASON FOR Q AND A, 230

      What is meant by Q and A, 230
      Q and A examples, 230
      Q and A is simply postulate aberration, 230
      State of person who Qs and As, 231
      Body Q and A, 231
      Cure for Q and A with a body, 232

C/S Series 90
HCO B 6 Dec. 1973 THE PRIMARY FAILURE, 233

      Most common reason for failed sessions, 233
      Remedy for an auditor who can't get reads on lists, 233
      Requirements for making a list read, 234
      Primary cause of C/S failure, 234

HCO B 15 Dec. 1973 THE CONTINUOUS MISSED W/H AND CONTINUOUS OVERT WITH DATA
                 ON DEGRADED BEINGS AND FALSE PTS CONDITIONS, 235

      The continuous missed W/H, 235
      The continuous overt, 235
      Degraded beings, 23 6
      Handling of continuous missed withhold and overt, 236
      Motion slowness, 236
      False PTS, 236

HCO B 6 Jan. 1974 ASSIST SUMMARY ADDITION, 237

      Assist Summary addition steps, 237

HCO B 23 Jan. 1974 THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973!
      THE INTROSPECTION RD, 239 [REVISED]

      What is a psychotic break, 239
      Wrong indication and psychotic break, 239
      Theory of Introspection Rundown, 240
      Auditor requirements, 240
      Steps of the Introspection Rundown, 240
      End phenomena of Introspection Rundown, 241

HCO B 27 Jan. 1974 DIANETICS-R3R COMMANDS HAVE BACKGROUND DATA, 243

      Basics of engram running, 243
      Inadequacy of a completely rote system, 244

HCO B 11 Apr. 1971R L3RC-DIANETICS AND EXT RD REPAIR LIST, 245
      [REVISED]

HCO B 23 Jan. 1974R THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973!
      THE INTROSPECTION RD, 249 [REVISED]

      What is a psychotic break, 249
      Wrong indication and psychotic break, 249
      Theory of Introspection Rundown, 250
      Auditor requirements, 250
      Steps of the Introspection Rundown, 250
      End phenomena of Introspection Rundown, 256

Expanded Dianetics Series 20
HCO B 15 Feb. 1974 SERVICE FACSIMILE THEORY AND EXPANDED DIANETICS, 257

      Service Facs by Dynamics, 257
      Service facsimile theory, 257
      Service facsimile handling, 258

C/S Series 91
 HCO B 17 Feb. 1974 MUTUAL OUT RUDS, 259

      Definition of "mutual out ruds", 259
      C/S checks for mutual out ruds, 259
      Handling of mutual out ruds, 259

HCO B 20 Feb. 1974 INTROSPECTION RD-ADDITIONAL ACTIONS, 260

      Responsibility step, 260
      Programming Introspection Rundown to fit the pc, 260
      The cleared cannibal factor, 260
      Isolation of person in psychotic break, 260
      C/S action-cleared cannibal step, 261

HCO B 6 Mar. 1974 INTROSPECTION RD-SECOND ADDITION-INFORMATION TO C/SES-
                FIXATED ATTENTION, 262

      Fixated attention case, 262
      Introversion and attention, 262
      Anatomy and remedy of fixated attention, 262
      Steps of handling fixated attention, 262
      Release from isolation after psychotic break, 263
      Additional cleared cannibal step, 263
      C/Sing and auditing psychos, 264
      Integrity of rundowns, 264

HCO B 11 Apr. 1971RA L3RD-DIANETICS AND INT RD REPAIR LIST, 265

HCO B 17 Mar. 1974 TWC CHECKSHEETS-TWC, USING WRONG QUESTIONS, 270

      Don't use a listing question in two-way comm, 270
      What two-way comm questions must be limited to, 270
      Examples of correct and incorrect two-way comm questions, 270

HCO B 18 Mar. 1974 E-METERS-SENSITIVITY ERRORS, 271

      An auditor must set the sensitivity of an E-Meter exactly right for
      each pc, 271
      Too low sensitivity, 271
      Too high sensitivity, 271
      E-Meter sensitivity setting for individual cases, 271

HCO B 21 Mar. 1974 END PHENOMENA, 272

      Definition of end phenomena, 272
      Types of EPs, 272
      Dianetic end phenomena, 272
      Scientology end phenomena, 272
      F/N abuse, 272
      End phenomena errors, 272
      OTs and EPs, 273
      Remedy of auditor errors in handling end phenomena, 273

C/S Series 32RA
HCO B 4 Apr. 1971RA USE OF DIANETICS, 274

      Tripling earlier Dianetics, 274
      Full Flow Table, 274
      Definitions of Flows 1, 2, 3 and 0, 274
      Flow Zero command for the Introspection RD, 275
      When to Triple narrative items or multiple somatic items, 275
      Completing unfinished flows in Full Flow Dianetics, 275
      Result of Full Flow Dianetics, 275
      Offering FFD, 275
      OT warning, 275

Expanded Dianetics Series 21
HCO B 28 Mar. 1974 EXPANDED DIANETICS DEVELOPMENTS SINCE THE ORIGINAL
                 LECTURES, 276

      Expanded Dianetics programming, 276
      Expanded Dianetics set-ups, 276
      Pc trouble on engrams, 276
      Ex Dn rundowns, 276
      Class VIII C/S-6 list, 276
      Intentions in AEI Treble Assessments, 277
      Evil purposes, 277
      R/S Handling, also called the Responsibility RD, 277
      The Wants Handled Rundown, 277
      The Multiple-Flow E. Purp Rundown, 277
      Ex Dn program is designed for an individual, 278

C/S Series 23RA
HCO B 17 Dec. 1971R INTERIORIZATION SUMMARY, 279

      Quads canceled, 279
      When is Int RD unnecessary, 279
      When is Int RD overrun, 280
      Repair of Int RD, 280
      Two-way comm step, 280
      C/Sing Int RD, 280
      Int RD is a remedy, 280
      Disability of auditor in running Int RD, 281
      What the C/S does to win, 281
C/S Series 53RG
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973 SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S, 282 [CANCELED]

C/S Series 28RA
HCO B 7 Mar. 1971RA USE OF DIANETICS, 284

      How to C/S a case for Triple Dianetics, 284
      Dianetic Full Flow Table, 284
      Int-Ext RD and Full Flow Table, 285
      R3R flubs, 285
      Results of Triple Dianetics, 285
      Dianetic remedies and Triple Flows, 285

C/S Series 33RA
HCO B 5 Apr. 1971 RA TRIPLE RERUNS, 286

      By-passed flows and mass, 286
      The source of high TA, 286
      Liability of rehabs, 286
      Massy thetans, 286
      Getting in all flows, 287
      High TA and Triple Flows, 287
      Pc not in trouble, 287
      Pc in trouble, 287
      Running Zero Flows, 288
      Getting in Triple Flows-rehab or run, 288
      Results of All Flows Rundown, 288

C/S Series 36RB
HCO B 21 Apr. 1971 RB DIANETICS, 289

      Reason for TRs, 289
      Rehabbing chains, 289
      How to handle flubbed chains, 290
      Use of L3RD, 290
      Overrun and Full Flow Dianetics, 290
      How to handle firefights, 291
      Who can run Dianetics, Dianetic Triples, and Int-Ext RD, 291
      C/S responsibility, 292
      Risk involved in Full Flow Dianetics, 292
      Introducing FFD, 292

Art Series 3
HCO B 10 Apr. 1974 STAGE MANNERS, 293

      Basics of appearing before an audience, 293
      Stage manners rules, 293
      Stage manners drills, 294

HCO B 20 Apr. 1974 INTROSPECTION RD-THIRD ADDITION-ADDITIONAL INTROSPECTION
                 RD STEPS, 295

      Introspection RD has as its dominant flow, Flow 0, 295
      Additional steps, 295
      Introspection Rundown caution, 296

Expanded Dianetics Series 22
HCO B 23 Apr. 1974 EXPANDED DIANETICS REQUISITES, 297 [REVISED]

      Ex Dn set-up checklist, 297

Art Series 4
HCO B 25 Apr. 1974 RHYTHM, 298

      Definition of rhythm, 298
      Six distinct types of rhythm in music, 298
      Usage, 298
      Repetition, 298
      Rapport, 298
      Impingement, 299
      Rhythm in art forms, 299

HCO B 31 May 1974 UNHANDLED DRUGS AND ETHICS, 300

      Drugs must be handled first in auditing, 300

Word Clearing Series 32RA
HCO B 22 Feb. 1972RA WORD CLEARING METHOD 4, 301

      Use of Word Clearing Method 4, 301
      Word Clearing Method 4 procedure, 301
      Supervisor use of Word Clearing Method 4, 302

Word Clearing Series 53R
HCO B 8 July 1974R CLEAR TO F/N, 303

      TA must be in normal range to start Word Clearing on meter, 303
      All words must be F/Ned in Word Clearing on meter, 303
      Word Clearing red tabs, 303

C/S Series 92R
HCO B 8 July 1974R WORD CLEARING ERRORS, 304

      All words must be F/Ned, 304
      Word Clearing worksheets must be placed in folders, 304
      Case trouble and Word Clearing, 304
      Word Clearing errors are red tabbed, 304
      Handling of TA trouble at start of Word Clearing, 304

Word Clearing Series 42R
Tape Course Series 10
HCO B 17 Aug. 1972R METHOD 4 NOTES, 305

      Too generalized a question in using Word Clearing Method 4 defeats its
      use, 305
      Break down the materials, 305
      Word Clearing Method 4 of tapes, 305
      Word Clearing Method 4 of books, 305
      Errors in Word Clearing Method 4, 305

Expanded Dianetics Series 23
HCO B 17 July 1974 XDN CASE B, 307

      Further data on XDn Series 9, 307
      Drug Rundown is a must before Ex Dn, 307
      Headache and Int-Ext, 307

C/S Series 53RH
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973R SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S, 308 [CANCELED]

C/S Series 93
HCO B 31 Aug. 1974 NEW GRADE CHART, 311

      Changes in the Grade Chart, 311
      Drug Rundown and Life Repair, 311
      Expanded Dianetics, 311
      Grade II, 311
      Solo set-ups, 312
      The full list of Grades showing where the various RDs now offered fit,
      312
      The Grade Chart and programming, 313

Word Clearing Series 54
HCO B 7 Sept. 1974 SUPERLITERACY AND THE CLEARED WORD, 314

      Education and superliteracy, 314
      What is superliteracy, 314
      Action of superliterate illustrated, 316
      Cleared words, 317

C/S Series 94
HCO B 25 Sept. 1974 REDUCTION OF REFUNDS-C/Ses AND OVERLOAD, 318

      Overloaded C/Ses-cause of out tech and huge refund ratio, 318
      Irreducible minimum C/S postings, 318
      Additional types of C/Ses, 318
      What is overload, 319

HCO B 26 Sept. 1974 HANDLING FLUBBED PCS, 320

      Tech corrects its own flubbed pcs; it does not send them to Qual, 320
      Tech action, 320
      Red tag handling, 320
      Qual action, 320

HCO PL 7 Apr. 1970RA GREEN FORM, 321

HCO B 6 Oct. 1974 THE VITAL INFORMATION RUNDOWN-THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH
                OF 1974, 327

      Overt of withholding vital information, 327
      Research, 327
      Withholding vital information in orgs, 327
      Peculiarity of mechanism of withholding vital information, 328
      When the Vital Information Rundown is given, 328
      Vital Info RD by steps, 328

HCO B 9 Dec. 1971R PTS RUNDOWN, 330  [REVISED]

      PTS phenomena, 330
      Who does PTS Rundown, 330
      Only PTS situation that is serious and lasting and can cause a roller-
           coast it comes from having known the person before this life,
           330
      Four points of breakdown of the PTS Rundown, 331
      PTS Rundown end phenomena, 331
      The four parts of PTS Rundown, 331
      Flows of PTS Rundown, 332
      Re-dos if pc does not recover, 332
      The commands of PTS Rundown, 332

Cramming Series 14
HCO B 15 Oct. 1974 CRAMMING OVER OUT RUDS, 334

      Result of cramming over out ruds, 334
      Don't cram over out ruds, 334
      Cramming Officer flubs, 334
      Incomplete handling, 334
      Maxim of Cramming, 335

HCO PL 19 Oct. 1974 THE DRAMATIZATION OF WITHHOLDS ON VITAL INFORMATION
                  LINES, 336

      Dramatization of withholds, 336
      Vital information, 336
      Different ways to dramatize withholds, 336
      An org's main product, 337
      Remedy for the dramatization of withholds, 337

HCO B 9 Dec. 1971RA PTS RUNDOWN, 338

      PTS phenomena, 338
      Who does PTS Rundown, 338
      Only PTS situation that is serious and lasting and can cause a roller-
           coaster comes from having known the person before this life, 339


      Four points of breakdown of the PTS Rundown, 339
      Behavior of PTS RD, 339
           PTS Rundown end phenomena, 340
      Flows of PTS RD, 340
      PTS Rundown re-dos, 340
      PTS Rundown references, 340
      PTS Rundown steps, 340
      Past S&Ds, 340
      Past PTS Interviews, 342
      New S&Ds (3 S&Ds), 342
      Troubled/worried, 342
      Been after, 343
      Planets, 343 PTS
      Rundown repair, 343

HCO B 1 Nov. 1974 ROCK SLAMS AND ROCK SLAMMERS, 344

      Definition of rock slam, 344
      Rock slammers, 344
      Checklist to assist identification of R/Sers, 344
      Pcs who R/S, 345
      Rock slammer is different from someone with a rock slam, 345

HCO B 23 Jan. 1974RA THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973! THE INTROSPECTION
                    RD, 346

      What is a psychotic break, 346
      Wrong indication and psychotic break, 346
      Theory of Introspection Rundown, 347
      Auditor requirements, 347
      Steps of the Introspection Rundown, 347
      End phenomena of the Introspection Rundown, 353

HCO B 5 Nov. 1974 DRUGS, MORE ABOUT, 354

      Withdrawal symptoms, 354
      How to handle drug withdrawal symptoms, 354
      Cal-Mag formula, 354
      Cal-Mag replaces any tranquilizer, 355

C/S Series 53RI
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973RA SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S, 356 [CANCELED]

HCO B 15 Nov. 1974 STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST, 359

HCO B 4 Aug. 1971R POST PURPOSE CLEARING, 363

      Instant Purpose Clearing, 363
      Full Post Purpose Clearing, 363
      Admin of Post Purpose Clearing, 363
      Post Purpose Clearing steps, 364

HCO B 1 Dec. 1974 WORD CLEARING LISTS FOR PREPARED LISTS, 366

      List of prepared lists with their word clearing lists, 366

HCO B 8 Dec. 1974 TR 0-NOTES ON BLINKING, 369

      There is no such thing as blinkless TR 0, 369
      Points on confronting, 369

Integrity Processing Series 6RA
HCO B 9 Dec. 1974 EFFECTIVENESS OF OVERTS IN PROCESSING, 370

      ARC breaks, 370
      Why overts work, 370

Expanded Dianetics Series 22R
HCO B 23 Apr. 1974R EXPANDED DIANETICS REQUISITES, 372

      Ex Dn set-up checklist, 372

HCO B 12 Jan. 1975 QUADS REINSTATED, 373

      Quad Dianetics materials are reissued, 373
      Quad rules, 3 73
      Who to run on Quad, 373

C/S Series 28RA-1
HCO B 7 Mar. 1971 USE OF QUADRUPLE DIANETICS, 374

      How to C/S a case for Quadruple Dianetics, 374
      Dianetic Full Flow Table, 3 74
      Int-Ext RD and Full Flow Table, 375
      Auditor requirements for Quad Dianetics, 375
      R3R flubs, 375
      C/Sing Quad Dianetics, 376
      Promotion of Quad Dianetics, 376
      Upper level auditors, 376
      Results of Quad Dianetics, 376
      Dianetic Remedies, 3 76

C/S Series 32RA-1R
HCO B 4 Apr. 1971-1R USE OF QUAD DIANETICS, 377

      Tripling earlier Dianetic items, 377
      Quadrupling earlier Dianetic items, 377
      Int Rundown, 377
      Reason to handle missing flows, 377
      Full Flow Table, 378
      Definitions of Flows 1, 2, 3 and 0, 378
      Flow Zero command, 3 78
      When to triple or quad narrative items or multiple somatic items, 378
      Completing unfinished flows in Full Flow Dianetics, 378
      Result of Full Flow Dianetics, 379
      Offering FFD, 3 79
      Quadruple Dianetics on Clears and OTs, 379

C/S Series 33RA-1
HCO B 5 Apr. 1971 TRIPLE AND QUAD RERUNS, 380

      By-passed flows and mass, 380
      The source of high TA, 380
      Liability of rehabs, 380
      Massy thetans, 380
      Getting in all flows, 381
      High TA and Quad Flows, 381
      Pc not in trouble, 382
      Pc in trouble, 382
      Running Zero Flows, 382
      Getting in Zero Flows-rehab or run, 382
      Results of All Flows Rundown, 382

C/S Series 36RB-1R
HCO B 21 Apr. 1971-1R QUADRUPLE DIANETICS-DANGERS OF, 383

      Auditor errors in running Quad Dianetics, 383
      Requirements to run Quad Dianetics, 383
      Reason for TRs, 383
      Rehabbing chains, 384
      How to handle flubbed chains, 384
      Use of L3RD, 384
      Overrun and Full Flow Dianetics, 385
      How to handle firefights, 385
      Interiorization RD, 386
      Who can run Dianetics, Dianetic Quads, and Int-Ext RD, 386
      C/S responsibility, 386
      Risk involved in Full Flow Dianetics, 386
      Introducing FFD, 386

HCO B 16 Jan. 1975 PAST LIFE REMEDIES, 388

      Imaginary incidents, 388
      AESPs that "would make one unwilling to go earlier than this life",
      388
      Drugs can prevent going backtrack, 388
      Pc in recent shock of having died won't go backtrack, 388
      Remedy for invalidation of past lives, 388
      Children as cases, 388
      Unburdening cases of children, 389
      How to handle pc stuck in upsetting incidents from movies or books,
      389
      Scientology Review action to make pc go backtrack, 389

HCO B 23 Jan. 1975 THE PURPOSE OF CLASS VIII, 391

      Purpose of Class VIII Course, 391
      The original Class VIII Course has returned, 391
      Training and skill of a Class VIII auditor, 391
      How a Class VIII gets in standard tech, 391
      Class VIII handling of lower level auditors, 391

HCO B 14 Feb. 1975 L10 PREREQUISITES, 392

      Prerequisites to L10 are a completed Drug RD and Expanded Grades, 392

HCO B 2 Nov. 1957RA AN OBJECTIVE RUNDOWN, 393

      Objective vs. subjective processes, 393
      Objective Rundown steps, 393

HCO B 1 Oct. 1965R MUTTER TR, 395

      Purpose, commands, position and training stress of Mutter TR, 395
      Note on TR 2 and TR 4, 395

HCO B 7 Mar. 1975 EXT AND ENDING SESSION, 397

      How to end session when pc exteriorizes on a good win, 397

Cramming Series 15
HCO B 18 Mar. 1975 METER USE IN QUAL, 397

      Cramming actions done in Qual must be done on a meter, 397

C/S Series 53RJ
HCO B 24 Nov. 1973RB SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S, 398

HCO B 25 Mar. 1975 DIET, THEORY OF A NATURAL DIET, 401

      Importance of food, 401
      The human body, 401
      Search for the natural diet of man, 401
      The necessary first steps to discover man's correct diet, 401
      How to find the elements of a natural diet, 402 Food supply, 402

HCO B 29 Mar. 1975 ANTI-BIOTICS, ADMINISTERING OF, 403

      Definition of anti-biotics, 403
      Germs and virus, 403
      Bringing down temperature with anti-biotics, 403
      How to administer anti-biotics, 404
      Anti-biotics and temperature, 404
      The general rule when administering anti-biotics, 405
      Anti-biotics taking effect, 405
      Past maladministration of anti-biotics, 405
      Person on anti-biotics is given vitamins before session, 405
      Key procedure, 405 Side effects of anti-biotics, 405
      Disease cycles, 406 Sulfa drugs, 406 Penicillin, 407
      Oral penicillin is worthless, it has to be shot with a needle, 407
      Types of anti-biotics, 407
      Vitamins and anti-biotics, 407
      Intestinal bacteria, 408

HCO B 19 Apr. 1975 OUT BASICS AND HOW TO GET THEM IN, 409

      List of the out basics and references to correct them, 409
      Auditing preclears in a bad and noisy environment, 409
      Auditor not assessing and handling an ARC break that came up in
      session, 409
      False reads on W/Hs and asking for some W/Hs more than once will ARC
      break the pc, 409
      Auditing the pc over false TA, 409
      Auditing over pc out of session, 410
      Auditing the pc over Int-Ext misunderstoods, 410
      Auditing the pc over misunderstoods on basic words, 410
      Auditor calling the pc's attention to the meter or TA or his hands in
      session, 410
      Auditor F/Ning a question on something else, not the question asked,
      410
      Auditor carrying on past exterior and good win and asking "say or
      ask", 410
      Lack of knowledge of Flows, doing F0s on a Triple pc, 410
      Auditor C/Sing in the chair, 411
      Auditor doing 2WCs without a C/S, 411
      False TA, 411
      Auditor not getting false TA handled before session, 411
      Auditor applying hand cream during a session, 411
      Auditor overrunning due to false TA, 411
      Auditor not writing down on worksheet what was done, 411
      Auditor not writing down vital information in the worksheets, 412
      Auditor having poor handwriting, illegible worksheets, 412
      C/S not using the D of P for interview to get data after a failed
      session, 412
      C/S repairing the pc instead of the auditor, 412
      Pc doesn't want auditing, 412
      C/S agreeing with pc's demands for the next Grade despite all contrary
      indicators, 412
      C/S trying to fix "no EP" on one rundown by trying to run another
      rundown, 413
      C/S failing to call for an FES when he doesn't know after a failed
      rundown, 413
      C/S not reading the worksheets or missing corny errors and not
      correcting the auditor, 413

HCO B 23 Apr. 1975 VANISHING CREAM AND FALSE TA, 414

      Why vanishing cream doesn't work, 414
      Hand creams for dry hands, 414
      A note on footplates, 414
      False TA handling, 414
      False TA must be handled before session, 414

HCO B 23 Nov. 1973R DRY AND WET HANDS MAKE FALSE TA, 415

      TA depends on normally moist hands, 415
      Use of hand cream for dry hands, 415
      Use of anti-perspirant for wet hands, 416
      F/N and false TA, 416
      Conditions that make an auditor mess up a pc's TA, 416

HCO B 29 Feb. 1972RA FALSE TA CHECKLIST, 417

HCO PL 7 Apr. 1961 RA JOHANNESBURG CONFESSIONAL LIST
      -REVISED, 419

      Joburg Confessional List, 419


HCO B 23 Oct. 1975 TECHNICAL QUERIES, 424

      Cause of technical queries, 424
      Handle technical queries by reference and cramming, 424

C/S Series 95
HCO B 26 Oct. 1975 "FAILED" CASES, 426

      There are no failed cases; there are only failed C/Ses and auditors,
      426
      Prepared lists clear up "failed cases", 426
      Auditors who can't assess lists, 426
      What it takes to make a real auditor, 426
      Source of out tech, 426
      Test of C/Ses and auditors, 427

HCO B 27 July 1976 PTS RUNDOWN AND VITAL INFO RD POSITION
                 CORRECTED, 427-A

      Restricting PTS handling and Vital Info RD to Expanded Dianetics is a
           false position, 428
      The actual position on the grade chart or in classes of the PTS
           Rundown, 428

HCO B 9 Dec. 1971RB PTS RUNDOWN, 429

      PTS phenomena, 429
      Who does PTS Rundown, 429
      Only PTS situation that is serious and lasting and can cause a roller-
           coaster comes from having known the person before this life, 430
      Four points of breakdown of the PTS Rundown, 430
      The prerequisites for a PTS RD, 430
      PTS RD is not restricted to Ex Dn but is a separate RD developed
           before Ex Dn, 430
      Behavior of PTS RD, 431
      PTS Rundown end phenomena, 431
      Flows of PTS RD, 431
      PTS Rundown re-dos, 431
      PTS Rundown references, 431
      PTS Rundown steps, 432
      Past S&Ds, 432
      Past PTS Interviews, 432
      New S&Ds (3 S&Ds), 432
      Troubled/worried, 432
      Been after, 433
      Planets, 434
      PTS Rundown repair, 434

HCO B 6 Oct. 1974R THE VITAL INFORMATION RUNDOWN THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH
                 OF 1974, 435

      Overt of withholding vital information, 435
      Research, 435
      Withholding vital information in orgs, 435
      Peculiarity of mechanism of withholding vital information, 436
      When the Vital Information Rundown is given, 436
      The Prerequisite for public is Drug RD, 436
      Vital Info RD by steps, 436

HCO B 10 Aug. 1976 R/SES, WHAT THEY MEAN, 440

      The term was taken from a process in the '50s, 440
      A "Rockslam" can be caused sometimes by leaving rings on the pc's
           fingers or by a short circuit in the meter or by the cans
           (electrodes) touching something like a dress, 440
      One must always report a rockslam in the auditing report, 440
      The rockslam is the most important needle manifestation, 440
      You don't ever indicate rockslams or theta bops to the pc, 441
      Rocket read, 441
      A rockslam means a hidden evil intention on the subject or question
           under discussion or auditing, 441
      Two things underlie insanity, 441
      One rockslam doesn't make a psychotic, 442
      When R/Ses most easily turn on, 442
      How you can turn off an R/S and mistakenly think it is handled, 442
      What then DOES HANDLE an R/S?, 443
      Expanded Dianetics handling of R/Ses, 443
      What do you do when you see an R/S, 443


C/S Series 96
HCO B 24 Oct. 1976 DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS, 445
           There's nothing wrong with your CF, your pc, your student, staff
           member or your delivery that a prepared list won't handle, 445
      The "Prepared Lists" system, 445
      The only reason ever found for prepared lists not working, 445
      Qual "Okay to Audit" Checksheets, 445
      A C/S must know what lists to use, 446
      Prepared lists for preclears, 446
      Prepared lists for students, 447
      Prepared lists for staffs, 448
      Word lists for prepared lists, 449
      Translated lists for non-English speaking orgs, 449


C/S Series 97
HCO B 20 Oct. 1976 AUDITING REPORTS, FALSIFYING OF, 450


      There are many ways of falsifying an auditing report, 450
      The person whose auditing reports have been falsified is easy to spot
           in folders and reports, 450
      The penalty for knowingly falsifying an auditing report, 451


C/S Series 98
HCO B 28 Oct. 1976 AUDITING FOLDERS, OMISSIONS IN
                 COMPLETENESS, 452


      Omissions from folders and complete loss of folders is a very serious
           matter, 452
      The commonest (and most senseless) omissions from folders, 452
      Loss of a pc's folder and omissions from a pc's folder shall be
           actionable by a Committee of Evidence, 453




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 1 JANUARY 1972RA
                REVISED & REISSUED AS HCO B 20 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
Auditors    CANCELS
Class III   BTB OF 1 JANUARY 1972R
and above   SAME TITLE


                          LIX HI-LO TA LIST REVISED

                   (Cancels earlier list HCO Bs 17 Feb 71
                 and 22 Feb 71 and 25 Feb 71 and 3 March 71
                       and 13 March 71 and 1 Jan 72.)


    This assessment has been developed to detect all the reasons  for  high
and low TA. There is  nothing  unusual  about  the  processes  necessary  to
handle these points. This is the full list and is used  when  a  C/S  Series
53RI has been done and the high or low TA persists.


    Interiorization or a flubbed Interiorization R/D that must be run  with
WENT IN is the usual reason. Listing errors and out  rudiments  are  another
reason.


    The list is assessed Method 5. Handle the reads in the order  given  on
HCO B 10 June 71, C/S Series 44R. Any reading questions must be  carried  to
F/N by major action or 2-Way Comm. Can be taken to full F/Ning list.


    Must be done by an Auditor who can make a list read with Cramming on TR
1 and Cramming on HCO Bs 28 Feb 71 C/S Series 24, 9 June 71 C/S  Series  41,
20 Dec 71 C/S Series 72, 15 June 72 C/S Series 80, 15 Oct 73 C/S Series  87,
20 Nov 73 C/S Series 89, 6 Dec 73 C/S Series 90 and BTB 16 June  71R,  Issue
I (formerly HCO B 16 June 71 R, Issue II).

                             HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT

1A.   IS YOUR INT R/D UNFLAT?     _________
    If the pc has had an Int R/D, do an Int R/D Correction List and  handle
    the reads. (HCO B 29 Oct 71, Revised 14 May 74.) If the  pc  has  never
    had an Int R/D, then give him a standard Int  R/D  providing  you  have
    checked out on the Int-Ext pack and have drilled the procedure.


2A.   WAS YOUR INT R/D MESSED UP?       _________
      Int R/D Correction List.


3A.   IS YOUR INT R/D OVERRUN?    _________
      Int R/D Correction List.


4A.   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER EXTERIOR?   _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.


5A.   ARE YOU TRAPPED?       _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.


6A.   YOU WENT IN.     _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.


7A.   GO IN.     _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.
8A.   ARE YOU OUT AND CAN'T GET IN?     _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.


9A.   ARE YOU IN AND CAN'T GET OUT?     _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.


10A   ARE YOU URGENTLY TRYING TO LEAVE? _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.


11A   DO YOU WANT TO GET OUT?     _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.


12A   WERE YOU KICKED OUT OF SPACES?    _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.


13A   YOU CAN'T GO.    _________
      Int R/D Correction List or Int R/D.


                                  _________


1B.   IS THERE A LIST ERROR? _________
    Do an L4BR on the earliest lists  you  can  find  that  have  not  been
    corrected. Lacking these, do an L4BR in general. You  can  go  over  an
    L4BR several times handling each read to F/N until the whole L4BR gives
    nothing but F/Ns.


2B.   HAS A LIST BEEN OVERLISTED? _________
      Find out which and handle with an L4BR.


3B.   WERE YOU GIVEN A WRONG ITEM?      _________
     L4BR and handle.


4B.   ARE YOU UPSET WITH GIVING ITEMS TO THE AUDITOR?    _________
     L4BR and handle.


5B.   WERE YOU GIVEN A WRONG INDICATION?     _________
     L4BR and handle.


6B.   WERE YOU GIVEN A WRONG WHY? _________
     L4BR on the Why Finding. Get the correct Why.


7B.   HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN A WRONG PTS ITEM?  _________
    L4BR on that PTS Interview. Watch for earlier out PTS Interviews and if
    they exist, L4BR the earliest one. Watch for earlier S&Ds and  if  out,
    correct the earliest of each kind with an L4BR.


8B.   ARE YOU NOT SATISFIED WITH AN ITEM FOUND ON
      THE LIST?  _________
     L4BR. Correct the List.


9B.   HAVE READING ITEMS BEEN LEFT CHARGED UP?     _________
    L4BR and handle if L&N lists otherwise spot  them  and  clean  them  by
    taking to F/N.
                                  _________


1C.   DO YOU HAVE SOME SORT OF WITHHOLD?     _________
     Pull it (them) E/S to F/N. Use "Who" if discreditable.


2C.   ARE YOU WITHHOLDING SOMETHING?    _________
    Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N. Use "Who" if discreditable.
3C.   IS ANOTHER WITHHOLDING SOMETHING FROM YOU?   _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


4C.   ARE OTHERS WITHHOLDING SOMETHING FROM OTHERS?      _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


5C.   HAS ANOTHER COMMITTED OVERTS ON YOU?   _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


6C.   HAVE YOU COMMITTED ANY OVERTS?    _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


7C.   HAVE OTHERS COMMITTED OVERTS ON OTHERS?      _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


8C.   ARE YOU NOT-ISING OVERTS?   _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


9C.   YOU'RE NOT SAYING?     _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


1OC   HAVE YOU COMMITTED CRIMES?  _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


11C   ARE YOU COMMITTING CRIMES IN PT?  _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


12C   ARE YOU PROTESTING?    _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


13C   ARE YOU HIDING?  _________
     2wc E/S to F/N.


14C   YOU DON'T LIKE IT.     _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


15C   ARE THERE UNDISCLOSED PROBLEMS?   _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


16C   IS THERE A LIE?  _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


I 7C  ARE THERE CONSIDERATIONS NOT MENTIONED?      _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


18C   DO YOU HAVE OPINIONS YOU DON'T DARE SAY?     _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


19C   ARE YOU HERE FOR UNDISCLOSED REASONS?  _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


20C   ARE YOU NOT TELLING YOUR AUDITOR YOUR COG-
     NITIONS?     _________
     Get what. 2wc E/S to F/N.


21C   ARE YOU WITHHOLDING YOUR ACTUAL CASE STATE?  _________
     2wc E/S to F/N.


22C   ARE YOU UNWILLING TO TALK TO THE AUDITOR?    _________
     2wc on things he can't say E/S to F/N.
23C. ARE THERE DISAGREEMENTS?     _________
    Run 2wc E/S to F/N: Fl. Tell me about others' disagreements  with  you.
    F2. Tell me about your disagreements with others.  F3.  Tell  me  about
    others' disagreements with others.


24C   HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER AN     ARC BREAK? _________
            PROBLEM?   _________
            WITHHOLD?  _________
      Indicate it and handle E/S to F/N.


25C   DO YOU FEEL SAD?       _________
      Handle the ARC Break as an ARC Break of Long Duration.

26C   DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK?   _________
      Handle the ARC Break.

27C   DO YOU FEEL UPSET?     _________
      Handle the ARC Break.

28C   DO YOU FEEL RUSHED?    _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

29C   DO YOU FEEL TIRED?     _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

30C   YOU CAN'T GET IT.      _________
      Find out what and 2wc E/S to F/N.


                                  _________


1D. ARE YOU TAKING OR SMOKING DRUGS?    _________
    2wc to F/N. Rehab releases on each "Drug" taken to F/N. If pc has had a
    Drug R/D, do L3RD on it and handle. Program the pc for a  Drug  R/D  or
    verification of it if it is  incomplete  or  there  are  "No  Interest"
    items.

2D.   DID YOU ONCE TAKE DRUGS?    _________
    2wc to F/N. Rehab releases on each drug to F/N. L3RD on Drug R/D if  he
    had one. Program for Drug R/D or verification if incomplete.

3D.   HAVE YOU TAKEN LSD?    _________
    2wc to F/N. Drug Rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D if he had  one.  Program  for
    full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.

4D.   HAVE YOU DRUNK ALCOHOL?     _________
    2wc to F/N. Drug/Alcohol Rehabs. L3RD  on  Drug  R/D  if  he  had  one.
    Program for full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.

5D.   HAVE YOU SMOKED POT?   _________
    2wc to F/N. Drug Rehabs. L3RD on Drug R/D if he had  one.  Program  for
    full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.

6D.   ARE YOU TAKING MEDICINE?    _________
    2wc to F/N. Drug/Medicine Rehabs. L3RD on  Drug  R/D  if  he  had  one.
    Program for full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.

7D.   DID YOU ONCE TAKE MEDICINE?       _________
    2wc to F/N. Drug/Medicine Rehabs. L3RD on  Drug  R/D  if  he  had  one.
    Program for full Drug R/D or verification if unflat.
1E.   IS THERE AN ENGRAM IN RESTIMULATION?   _________
      Find out which and do L3RD and handle per its instructions.

2E.   ARE THERE UNFLAT CHAINS?    _________
      Find out what chains and L3RD on each.

3E.   DO YOU HAVE A STUCK PICTURE?      _________
    Indicate it. Do an L3RD on it. You can also unstick it  by  having  him
    recall a time before it and recall a time after it. D/L  if  necessary.
    C/S can order Pictures and Masses Remedy Dn done  after  this  list  is
    handled-if necessary.

4E.   DO YOU HAVE PICTURES IN RESTIMULATION? _________
      L3RD and handle. Pictures and Masses Remedy Dn.

5E.   DO YOU HAVE MASSES IN RESTIMULATION?   _________
      L3RD and handle. Pictures and Masses Remedy Dn.

6E.   HAS THE SAME ENGRAM BEEN RUN TWICE?    _________
      L3RD and handle.

7E.   YOU CAN'T SEE ENGRAMS TOO WELL.   _________
    Do L3RD Method 5 and handle. Program for L3RD Rundown if necessary.

8E.   IS IT INVISIBLE? _________
      Spot the invisible field or picture. L3RD on it and handle.

9E.   IS IT ALL BLACK? _________
      Spot the black field or picture. L3RD on it and handle.

10E   HAS THERE BEEN A LOSS? _________
    Do L3RD on it and handle. Run it out R3R Triple  if  not  run  out  and
    still not handled.

11E   HAVE YOU LOST ANYTHING?     _________
    Do L3RD on it and handle. If not yet run out and  still  unhandled  run
    R3R Triple.
                                  _________


1F.   HAS THE SAME THING BEEN RUN TWICE?     _________
      Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.

2F.   HAS THE SAME ACTION BEEN DONE BY ANOTHER AUDI-
      TOR?  _________
      Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.

                                  _________

1G.   ARE YOU DOING SOMETHING WITH THE MIND BETWEEN
      SESSIONS?  _________
    Find out what it is. If Yoga or Mystic exercises or some such, 2wc  E/S
    to first time done, find out what upset had occurred before that and if
    TA now down, do L1C on that period of pc's life.

2G.   ARE YOU INVOLVED IN SOME OTHER PRACTICE?     _________
    Find out what it is. If Yoga or Mystic exercises or some such, 2wc  E/S
    to first time done, L1C on the prior upset or period of pc's life  just
    before that.
1H.   ARE THERE WORD CLEARING ERRORS?   _________
      Do a Word Clearing Correction List, handle all reads.

2H.   ARE THERE STUDY ERRORS?     _________
    2wc E/S to F/N and add a Student Rehabilitation List (HCO B 15 Nov  74)
    or full Study Correction List (BTB 4 Feb 72RC) to the pc's Program.
                                  _________

1I.   HAVE YOU EVER HAD TROUBLE WITH YOUR TA OR F/Ns?    _________
    Use HCOBs 24 Oct 71, 12 Nov 71, 18 Feb 72, 29 Feb 72, 23 Nov 73, all on
    False TA. Then clean up the bypassed charge with  1)  Assess  for  best
    read a) TA worries b) F/N worries. 2) Then 2wc  times  he  has  worried
    about (item) E/S to  F/N.  3)  Rehab  any  overruns  due  to  False  TA
    obscuring F/Ns.

2I.   HAVE YOU HAD A FALSE TA? Handle as in 1I.    _________

3I.   ARE YOU USING THE WRONG SIZED CANS? Handle as in 1I.    _________

4I.   DO YOUR HANDS GET TIRED IN AUDITING? Handle as in 1I.   _________

5I.   ARE YOUR HANDS DRY? Handle as in 1I.   _________

6I.   ARE YOUR FEET DRY? Handle as in 1I.    _________

7I.   ARE YOUR HANDS WET? Handle as in 1I.   _________

8I.   ARE YOUR FEET WET? Handle as in 1I.    _________

9I.   DO YOU LOOSEN YOUR GRIP ON THE CANS? Handle as in 1I.   _________

10I   ARE YOU USING THE WRONG HAND CREAM? Handle as in 1I     _________

                                  _________


1J.   HAVE YOU BEEN SELF AUDITING?      _________
    2wc to first time. L1C on the prior upset or  if  prior  upset  was  in
    auditing use the appropriate correction list and an L1C on that time.

2J.   WAS A WRONG OVERRUN FOUND?  _________
    Correct it to F/N by indication and rehabbing the right overrun.

3J.   HAS THERE BEEN AN OVERRUN IN LIFE?     _________
      Locate, indicate, rehab to F/N.

4J.   HAS THERE BEEN AN OVERRUN IN AUDITING?       _________
      Locate, indicate, rehab to F/N.

5J.   HAS THERE BEEN SOMETHING WRONG WITH F/Ns?    _________
      Indicate. 2wc E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.
 6J.  HAVE F/Ns BEEN OVERRUN?     _________
      Indicate. 2wc E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.

7J.   HAVE F/Ns NOT BEEN INDICATED?     _________
      Indicate. 2wc E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.

8J.   HAVE F/Ns BEEN MISSED? _________
      Indicate. 2wc E/S to F/N. Rehab if necessary.

9J.   HAVE AUDITING QUESTIONS NOT BEEN UNDERSTOOD? _________
    2wc, get them properly understood with Word Clearing, E/S if needed  to
    F/N.

1OJ   HAVE ITEMS NOT REALLY READ? _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

11J   DID YOU SAY SOMETHING MUST HAVE READ?  _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

12J   WERE YOU STILL UPSET WHEN SOMEBODY THOUGHT IT
      WAS HANDLED?     _________
      Find and handle to F/N.

13J   HAVE YOU HAD BAD AUDITING?  _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

14J   ARE THERE INCOMPLETE ACTIONS?     _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

15J   HAS THERE BEEN ANY INVALIDATION?  _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

16J   HAS THERE BEEN ANY EVALUATION?    _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

17J   COULDN'T YOU GET AUDITING?  _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

18J   HAVE THERE BEEN INTERRUPTIONS?    _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

19J   DOES YOUR AUDITOR OVERWHELM YOU?  _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

20J   DO YOU FEEL ATTACKED?  _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

21J   ARE YOU SCARED OF WHAT MIGHT HAPPEN IN AUDIT-
      ING?  _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

22J   ARE YOU TALKING TO OTHERS ABOUT YOUR CASE?   _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

23J   ARE YOU LISTENING TO OTHERS TALK ABOUT THEIR
      CASES?     _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.

24J   HAVE YOU BEEN LOOKING AT OR LISTENING TO TECH
      MATERIALS YOU SHOULDN'T?    _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.
25J   ARE YOU WAITING FOR SOMETHING TO HAPPEN?     _________
      2wc E/S to F/N.
                                  _________


1K.   SOME SORT OF CAN'T HAVE?    _________
      Find correct Havingness process and remedy.

2K.   IS YOUR HAVINGNESS LOW?     _________
      Find correct Havingness process and remedy.

                                  _________

1L.   IS SOMEONE OR SOMETHING HOSTILE TO YOU?      _________
    Check for SP with a PTS Interview or get a full PTS R/D programmed.

2L.   ARE YOU PTS?     _________
      PTS Interview or get a full PTS R/D programmed.

3L.   ARE YOU CONNECTED TO SOMEONE HOSTILE TO DIA-
      NETICS OR SCIENTOLOGY? _________
      PTS Interview or get a full PTS R/D programmed.

4L.   DO YOU FEEL SUPPRESSED?     _________
      PTS Interview or get a full PTS R/D programmed.

                                  _________

1M.   HAS SOMETHING GONE ON TOO LONG?   _________
    Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N on each (or  date  to
    blow, locate to blow if qualified).

2M.   YOU WENT ON BY A RELEASE POINT?   _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

3M.   HAS SOMETHING BEEN OVERRUN? _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

4M.   THE AUDITOR KEPT ON GOING.  _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

5M.   HAS THERE BEEN ANY OVER-REPAIR?   _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

6M.   ARE YOU PUZZLED ABOUT WHY THE AUDITOR KEEPS
      ON?   _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

7M.   ARE THERE STOPS? _________
      Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N or D/L.

                                  _________

1N.   HAVE YOU SEPARATED OUT?     _________
    2wc E/S to F/N. Then Triple  Expanded  Grade  Two  or  L10  on  Advance
    Program.

2N.   ARE YOU SOMEBODY ELSE? _________
      2wc E/S to F/N. Program for LX Lists.
3N.   DO YOU THINK SOMETHING ELSE IS WRONG?  _________
    2wc to find what. Note BD item. If BD item is covered  by  one  of  the
    other questions on the list, handle per instructions. Otherwise, GF  M5
    and handle.

4N.   ARE YOU PHYSICALLY ILL?     _________
    2wc to find what. Note  BD  item.  2wc  to  F/N  and  get  further  C/S
    instructions for handling if necessary.


                                  _________

1O.   ARE WE REPAIRING A TA THAT ISN'T HIGH? _________
    Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct, then indicate to  F/N.
    Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first. If False TA, handle  per  1I
    above.

2O.   ARE WE REPAIRING A TA THAT ISN'T LOW?  _________
    Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct, then indicate to  F/N.
    Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first. If False TA, handle  per  1I
    above.

3O.   IS THE METER FAULTY?   _________
    Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct, then indicate to  F/N.
    Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first.

4O.   IS THERE NOTHING WRONG?     _________
    Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct, then indicate to  F/N.
    Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first.

                                  _________

1P.   WAS THERE A FALSE EXAM REPORT?    _________
      Indicate and 2wc to F/N.

2P.   HAVE YOU HAD TO WAIT AT THE EXAMINER?  _________
      Indicate and 2wc to F/N.

3P.   HAVE YOU BEEN UPSET BY THE EXAMINER?   _________
      Indicate and 2wc to F/N.




                                       L. RON HUBBARD
                                       Founder


LRH: nt .rd
Copyright � 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JANUARY 1972
Remimeo

                           Word Clearing Series 30


                               WC1 COMES FIRST


    Don't try to Word Clear Materials by Word Clearing Method 2 before  the
person has had a Word Clear Method 1.


    Actual experience shows that doing WC2 without WC1 restimulates earlier
charge on words that have been misunderstood in the past.


    When a person has not had Word Clear Method I  and  tries  to  do  Word
Clear Method 2 on materials, it can go very  slowly,  the  student  (due  to
earlier charge on words) can become quite misemotional.


    Using Method 3 (going back to  find  the  misunderstood  word)  is  all
right. And using common ordinary "Look up, don't  go  past  a  misunderstood
word" is all right.

                                 METHOD 2 EP

    The End Phenomena (what occurs at the end) of Word Clearing Method 2 is
a continuing F/N on the materials.


    When the person is  constantly  F/Ning  on  the  materials  being  word
cleared Method 2, that is the time to end off. The "EP" has been reached.


    When the word clearer forces the student to  go  on  beyond  this,  the
reads gotten are often false or are from protest.


    Reads that  are  false  come  from  cognitions  (realizations)  on  the
material. Protest reads come from just plain annoyance  with  having  to  go
on.


    When the EP of 2 is reached on a specific set of materials, the student
is then permitted to go on by himself, looking up words he doesn't  know  or
going back to find one that was missed.


    A person who enters a new subject or a new branch of a  subject  should
be given WC2 on it. A person who begins a higher level of a  subject  should
be given WC2 on it.


    If thereafter there is any bog or failure to  understand  or  apply  or
pass an exam on the subject, a WC Correction List can be done on it and  the
bog found and handled.


    This EP is only valid if the person has had WC Method 1 before  the  WC
Method 2 was begun.


    The EP of Method 2 can be many times repeated on different subjects  or
branches of subjects.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JANUARY 1972

Remimeo
Auditors
Interns
C/Ses

                           C/S Series 69 ADDITION



                              C/SING CHECKLIST

                       (If a copy of C/S Series 69 is
                    posted on the wall, also post this.)


    Nothing in this checklist for C/Sing relieves the auditor or  C/S  from
full knowledge of the entire C/S  Series.  Nothing  in  the  C/S  Series  is
changed by this checklist.

                                  ADDITION

    No. 10. Add. The time-honored way of seeing what has to be repaired  in
a Case not running well is:


    GO BACK IN THE FOLDER TO WHERE THE  CASE  WAS  RUNNING  WELL  AND  COME
FORWARD.


    The major error or departure is in the very next  session  after  that.
The bugs after the high point should be repaired as the fast action  to  set
the case going again.


    The repair and handling of bogged cases is the finest skill of  a  C/S.
Really it is why he is there.


    To do this he has to know the  C/S  Series  thoroughly,  know  all  the
materials of all levels he is C/Sing better than the auditor.


    The use of prepared lists, WC Correction List, Green Form, C/S 53,  Hi-
Lo TA, GF 40  RR,  Int-Ext  Corr  List,  L1C  and  others,  including  "Have
Examiner ask the pc what happened in session" are used  to  get  information
and correct as well as folder studies. KNOW BEFORE YOU GO.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:nt rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 7 JANUARY 1972
Remimeo
EDs
HAS
Dept 1
Qual Secs
Interne Supers
Ds of P
Cramming officers
C/Ses

                    TRAINING AND INTERNING STAFF AUDITORS


    First and foremost WHEN YOU  START  OUT  TO  TRAIN  AN  AUDITOR  REALLY
HONESTLY DO IT.


    Don't monkey about with it, or half do it, or brush  it  off.  Actually
GET IT DONE. Get a finished capable able to audit in high volume  with  high
quality AUDITOR.


    Each auditor is an individual. You can't train a mass of auditors.  You
can train individual auditors. This has to be kept in sight  despite  having
a lot of students in a class.


    In other words you take this person and push him on through and get the
job of training DONE.


    HCO


    To begin a staff auditor trainee is selected because he wants to be  an
auditor, has a fair study record, has  NO  serious  Ethics  history  and  No
psychiatric background. If you violate these points  you  will  not  get  an
auditor and if you select one with an actual  insane  history  you  will  be
violating the Auditor's Code.


    HCO Dept I is the recruiting point for auditors. If HCO fails, it's  up
to the D of P or even the Executive Director to get auditor trainees.


    In recruiting staff auditors it is done 1 for 1 with Admin hirings.


    Usually already existing staff and Dianetic Course or Academy  students
are the personnel pools for auditor trainees.


    When field auditors are brought into the org who have  never  done  org
interneships they go this same route, regardless of their class. If  already
classed, such as VIII, they are simply faster to make into staff auditors.

                             INTERNE SUPERVISOR

    The moment someone is designated as a staff auditor  trainee  he  comes
under the Interne Supervisor. He remains under the control  of  the  Interne
Supervisor throughout his entire span as long as he is in the org and  until
he has his final HGC okay to audit for the class of that org.


    If the org sends him off for higher classes,  he  is  again  under  the
Interne Supervisor.


    The Interne Supervisor is in Qual Division V. In  a  small  org  it  is
combined with Cramming Officer. In a tiny org it is combined  with  Cramming
Officer and Qual Sec. But if this last is done there must  also  be  a  word
clearer-programmer in Qual.

                                 PROGRAMMED

    The moment the trainee comes under the Interne Super he is PROGRAMMED.


    The Programming is standard. It is varied only to take account of  what
the trainee
has already done in the way of Basic Staff Hat, Staff Status, word  clearing
and formal courses in auditing.

    All trainees into an org begin at the bottom regardless of class.


    A typical standard program would be:


    WC1 .


    WC2 earliest materials read or heard.


    Staff Status I.


    Basic Staff Hat (Vol 0 OEC).


    SS II Tech Div.


    Problems Of Work WC2 star rate and clay demo.


    This HCOB.


    Interne HCOBs and P/Ls.


    Student Hat.


    HDC in the Dianetics Course (no auditing required for provisional  cert
        for a staff trainee).


    HDC  Interne  Pack  in  Interneship  for  preliminary  okay  to   audit
        Dianetics.


    Dianetic Auditing as an Interne under D of P and/or C/S.


    High Hour Flubless Record achieved on Dianetics resulting in final  HGC
        okay to audit Dianetics-a fully validated Dianetic Cert.


    Academy 0 to IV study to Provisional Class IV full time on Academy.


    0-IV Interne Pack study.


    0-IV preliminary HGC okay to audit. Auditing under D of P and/or C/S.


    High Hour Flubless Record achieved on 0-IV resulting in final HGC  okay
        to audit and fully validated HGC Class IV.


    In a Class IV org the program would be just as above.


                                  AUTHORITY

    All this time, the trainee's top boss is the Interne  Supervisor.  This
does not diminish the authority of a Course Super over the trainee  when  he
is on a course or the Cramming Officer when he is in Cramming.


    When he has his final HGC okay  for  Dianetics  he  could  be  off  the
Interneship if he were just to go on with Dianetics. But in an org this  has
its limitations. A C/S has trouble getting a program done where  an  auditor
cannot fly ruds or do a correction list so it is best to carry on  to  Class
IV HGC final okay to audit.

                                 UPPER ORGS

    In a Saint Hill or an Advanced Org the standard program goes  right  on
up as follows.


    In a Class IV org where a staff auditor is sent to  a  higher  org,  he
comes again under his own org Interne Supervisor even though he is gone.  It
used to be that the Staff Training Officer kept track of students gone to  a
higher org for training but this  has  not  worked.  It  is  best  that  the
Interne Super carries on and keeps track of him and gets him DONE and back.



Before a trainee is sent at org expense he has to sign a five-year  contract
beginning the five years after he  returns.  He  is  liable  for  full  cost
personally if contract broken plus penalty charges.


    Class V in the SHSBC.


    Class VI in the SHSBC.


    Class VII SHSBC. His previous org Interneship is credited and  he  goes
        into Power auditing. If no previous Interneship he does  the  whole
        trip as above up to this point.


    Class V, VI, VII Interne Pack under upper org Interne Super.


    Class V, VI, VII Interne auditing under D of P of upper org.


    High Hour Flubless auditing resulting in final HGC ok to audit in upper
        org and validated cert.


    Class VIII Course.


    Class IX Course.


    Class VIII and IX Interneship Pack under Interne  Super  of  the  Class
        VIII org.


    Class VIII and IX Auditing under D of P of higher org.


    High Hour Flubless auditing resulting in an HGC okay to audit and fully
        validated Class IX certificate.


    Special C/S Course including AO lines.


    C/S Interneship in the higher org.


    Flubless C/Sing resulting in an HGC okay to C/S.


    Class X Course.


    Class X Interne Pack.


    Class X Auditing under D of P.


    High Hour Flubless Class X auditing resulting in a Class X HGC okay  to
        audit and a fully validated certificate.


    Class XI and XII Course.


    Class XI and XII Interne Pack.


    Class XI and XII Auditing under D of P.


    High Hour Flubless Class XI and XII auditing resulting in an  HGC  okay
        to audit Class XI and XII and fully validated cert.


    Flag Class XII and Solo C/S Course.


    Flag Programming and repair of all omissions under Interne Super.


    Flubless C/Sing on all lines.


                                 HIGHER ORG

    Where a trainee for an org goes to a higher org he is under the Interne
Super of the higher org to whom the Interne  Super  of  the  lower  org  can
write. This line is to speed up such trainees.

                                    ADMIN

    To get such points DONE, accurate admin is vital.


    A checklist of all points in the above program  is  made  up  with  the
trainee's name on it and is kept up, with dates by the  Interne  Supervisor.
This is kept in an Auditor  Interne  File,  which  files  are  kept  by  the
Interne Supervisor. Thus at any time he can catch up any  fall-off-the-lines
and get the trainee going again.


    A vertical Auditor Trainee  Progress  Board  is  kept  by  the  Interne
Supervisor. This has a space under each of  the  headings,  left  to  right.
Boxes along the top, left to right, serve to indicate the exact  action  the
trainee is doing.


    The trainee's name is on a tab that is pinned to the  space.  The  name
tab is newly dated each time it is moved to  the  right.  Thus  the  Interne
Super can chase up any faltering student.


    Various bugs occur-the student is held in the HGC as an auditor because
of HGC hours stat. The  course  gets  flubby  and  3  weeks  becomes  4.  Or
somebody has illegally put the student on a special  project  and  he's  off
the course. HCO begins to use the students as a personnel  pool,  etc,  etc.
Or the student bogs for lack of cramming or case repair.


    The Interne Super's stat is COMPLETIONS of  steps  on  the  board.  One
point for each left to right move of a trainee's name.


    Thus the Interne Super has a vested interest in recruiting trainees  or
his stats will collapse.

                                PAID STUDENTS

    It is wise to greatly prefer  that  students  pay  for  their  training
before being recruited.


    Purely for free services have a bad history in orgs.


    As this Interneship is ALSO the same Interneship  for  paying  students
only a portion should be staff trainees as such. The difference is that  the
staff trainee must be contracted to the org and  must  continue  on  in  the
HGC.


    Only the very best, most ethical fast study  trainees  should  ever  be
sent to a higher org. The percentage of losses is too high otherwise. It  is
too hard on the org's income otherwise.


    If somebody else just must go to a higher org, let him pay his own way.
Don't make your org a subject of freeloading. It hurts your own pay.

                                  PART TIME

    Part-time study, by which an HGC auditor  part-time  studies  the  next
level while still auditing IS A COMPLETE  FAILURE.  By  actual  record  they
just never make it.


    Do the steps fully with full attention on each while it is being  done.
Don't have the trainee finishing the  last  one  and  doing  the  next  one.
You'll rarely get a product.


    Sharply and efficiently and crisply get each  step  of  the  horizontal
board full and industriously DONE each in turn.


    And you'll make splendid auditors and make them fast.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH: ne.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 14 JANUARY 1972

Remimeo

                            STUDY CORRECTION LIST


        Ref:     HCO B 9 Nov 67   Revision of Remedy A, Remedy B and S  and
        Ds
           HCO B 14 Aug 68  Remedy B-Environment and "New Style"
           HCO B 23 Nov 69  Student Rescue Intensive
           HCO B 30 June 71 W/C Series 8RR
           HCO B 12 Oct 71  Method No. 2 Word Clearing Form
           HCO B 21 July 71 Word Clearing Correction List
           HCO B 1 Dec 71   Rising Scale Processing Issue III
           HCO B 1 Dec 71   Effort Processing Issue IV
           HCO B 9 Dec 71   PTS Rundown
           HCO B 1 Aug 68   The Laws of Listing and Nulling
           HCO B 19 Mar 71  List-1-C
           HCO B 1 Dec 71   Triple Ruds Long Duration Issue II
           HCO B 19 Jan 66  Danger  Conditions-Technical  Data  for  Review
        Auditors



1.    Has there been an upset about study?   _________

      Fly all ruds triple, "In study has there been______?"


2.    Has there been a Misunderstood Word?   _________

      Find it, get it looked up and correct it.


3.    Have there been upsets in getting Words Cleared up?     _________

      WC Corr List and handle.


4.    Have there been misunderstood subjects?      _________

    Give person Word Clear 1 or get the Word Clear 1  already  done  redone
    with the missing subjects added to the WC 1 Standard C/S.


5.    Have you ever been punished because you wouldn't learn? _________

      R3R Narrative Triple.

6.     Have  you  been  taught  by  someone  you  didn't  like   or   hated?
_________

    PTS Rundown with an additional S&D in step (a); L&N "Who has  tried  to
    teach you that you didn't like?" + L&N "Who have you  taught  that  you
    didn't like?" Use remaining PTS steps on the names.

7.     Have  you  ever  gotten  in  trouble  because  you  knew   something?
_________

      R3R Triple.

8.    Would knowledge make you too powerful? _________

    Run (1) "What have  you  done  with  knowledge?"  (2)  "What  have  you
    withheld?" Alternate repetitive.  (By  an  upper  level  auditor,  Evil
    Purpose RD or L9S as case may R/S.)

9.    Have you studied the same subject more than once?  _________

    "Why did you have to study the same subject more than once?" 2wc E/S to
    F/N.


10.   Have you failed to complete courses you took?      _________

    2wc "What courses have you failed to complete?" E/S to F/N. Followed by
    WC 1 Actions on courses named.


11.   Have you continued  to  study  a  subject  you  had  already  grasped?
   _________


    Find the point of win. Rehab it.  (Upper  level  auditor,  date  locate
    point of win.)


12.   Do you try to get out of classrooms or schools?    _________

    R3R Triple on Fl "Locate a time when you were made to go to  school  or
    class." F2 "Locate a time when you made someone go to school or class."
    F3 "Locate a time when another made others go to school or class." R3R.
    (Quad would be F0, "Locate a time when you made yourself go  to  school
    or class."-F0 not necessary.)


13.   Are you trying to do something else with study?    _________

    L&N to BD F/N item, "What are you trying  to  do  with  study?"  (Upper
    level auditor, date to blow locate to blow item.)


14.   Have you pretended to have studied things you hadn't?   _________

      2wc E/S to F/N.


15.   Have you  pretended  to  have  qualifications  you  did  not  actually
   attain? _________


      2wc E/S to F/N.


16.   Have you ever lied to a teacher?  _________

    2wc E/S to F/N.


17.   Have you ever cheated on an exam? _________

      2wc E/S to F/N.


18.   Have you ever committed overts on students?  _________

      2wc E/S to F/N.


19.   Have you ever damaged study materials or books?    _________

      2wc E/S to F/N.


20.   Have you ever failed to apply what you learned?    _________

      2wc E/S to F/N.

21.   Have there been upsets in study?  _________

      L1C "On study _______" each reading item to F/N.



22.   Are you trying to solve some Mystery?  _________

    L&N "What Mystery are you trying to solve?"  to  BD  F/N  item.  (Upper
    level auditor date to blow locate to blow. )


23.   Has anyone ever considered that you were stupid?   _________

    PTS RD. Step (a) add L&N "Who has considered  you  stupid  or  mentally
    retarded?" L&N "Whom have you considered stupid?" L&N "Whom have others
    considered stupid?" Then handle as in PTS RD.

24.   Do you have bad eyesight or eyestrain? _________

    Effort Processing and Rising Scale.  (Upper  level  auditors,  if  this
    persists, L10.)

25.   Are you trying to forget something?    _________

    L&N "What are you trying to forget?"  to  BD  F/N  item.  (Upper  level
    auditors then date to blow, locate to blow.)

26.   Would someone else win if you did become educated? _________

    2wc to F/N. (In extreme cases showing misemotion on this add to PTS  RD
    (a).)

27.   Do you have disagreements in study?

    2wc E/S to F/N then "What do you agree with in study?" 2wc E/S to F/N.

28.   Do you invalidate yourself in study?   _________

    2wc to F/N followed by "What confusion came before that?"  2wc  E/S  to
    F/N.

29.   There is some other reason not given?  _________

      2wc to F/N.

30.   There was  really  nothing  wrong  with  study  in  the  first  place?
_________

      Indicate to pc.

31.   Repairing study was an unnecessary action.   _________

      Indicate to pc. Rehab when he felt okay about study.


                                       L. RON HUBBARD
                                       Founder




LRH:nt.ih
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[This HCO B was canceled by HCO B 4 February  1972,  Study  Correction  List
Revised, which was revised four times, the most recent revision being BTB  4
February 1972RD, Study Correction  List  Revised,  which  may  be  found  as
number 7 in the Study Series, Volume IX, page 329.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JANUARY 1972

Remimeo
                               PTS RD ADDITION
                      (Refers to PTS RD HCOB 9 Dec 71)


    The only reasons a PTS RD does not work are:


    C/S Error: 1. Not doing one at all.


    C/S Error: 2. Doing one in the middle of another RD.


    C/S Error: 3. Doing one without set-up.


    C/S Error:  4.  The  person  was  not  PTS-which  is  to  say  was  not
chronically ill or roller coaster and the items didn't read.


    Auditor Error: 5. The RD was  badly  run  auditor-wise.  R3R  was  bad,
metering poor, ruds not correctly or fully done.


    Auditor & C/S Error: 6. The RD was quickie, only  doing  step  (a)  and
brushing


    C/S Error: 7. Even though the whole RD was done fully,  there  remained
on the case an undetected additional person or thing to  which  the  pc  was
PTS.


    The rules of PTS are


    A PERSON WHO ROLLER COASTERS IS ALWAYS PTS.


    A PERSON WHO IS CHRONICALLY ILL ALWAYS IS PTS.


    A PTS RUNDOWN THAT DOES NOT WORK HAS NOT BEEN DONE AS PER 1 TO 7 ABOVE.


    The remedies to the above are


1.    Do it.

2.    Pgm it in correct sequence.

3.    Set the case up properly  so  it  is  running  well  and  past  errors
    handled.

4.    Establish how well the person holds his gains before  Pgming  one.  If
    any Q at all, do the RD.

5.    Cram the auditor on TRs, Metering, R3R drills and  ruds.  Do  L4B,  GF
    Method 5 Handle, L3B on the pc and redo accordingly.

6.    Complete the RD.

7.    2wc "What is your attention on?" to  F/N.  On  PTS  RD  fly  all  ruds
    single; L&N "On the PTS Rundown what being or thing was  missed?";  R3R
    Triple on it; fly all ruds and overts on it triple;  if  all  not  very
    okay now 2wc "What other subject or people might have  been  overlooked
    on the PTS RD?" Handle with R3R Triple and Ruds Triple plus overts.


    A PTS RD always works. If it works with a relapse there is an error  in
it as in the numbered paras above.


       THIS IS VITAL TECH TO THE PC. IT MAKES THE MOST DIFFICULT CASES  FLY
IF IT IS DONE RIGHT.

LRH:mes.bh  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1972  Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 3 FEBRUARY 1972
Remimeo
Franchise
Registrars  IMPORTANT
BPI
Advance Mag

                      R6EW-OT III NO INTERFERENCE AREA


    Note:   (The following HCO B is broadly released despite the fact  that
it contains technical terms and upper level tech programs. A person  who  is
taking this route has a right to know  where  he  should  go  and  where  he
shouldn't.


    The amount of improvement a person can receive  is  so  great  that  it
takes a long series of actions  to  do  it.  As  for  "handling  bad  mental
conditions" this is too simple and is not the business we are  in.  Just  by
handling the current upsets, problems, overts and withholds of a  person  in
an hour's session, Scientology can make more case advance than was  possible
in any past  century.  So  there  is  a  vast  difference  between  handling
disturbed people and obtaining all the advance of which a person is  capable
of obtaining.


    The data in this HCO B is issued to  straighten  out  a  current  error
being made in routing some cases.)


    A long series of tests  and  many  case  results  have  for  some  time
demonstrated that there is a NO INTERFERENCE AREA between R6EW and OT III.


    A study of many cases and their results demonstrated conclusively  that
one does NOT audit Dianetics or Lower Scientology Grades on a  pre-clear  or
pre-OT (Operating Thetan) AFTER he has begun Solo VI (the 1st Solo step)  or
BEFORE he has reached OT III (a higher Solo step per grade chart).


    Upsets of varying degree were found in ALL cases tampered with  in  the
NO INTERFERENCE AREA.


    Repair actions to repair errors made by the Solo Auditor are  all  that
can be beneficially audited on a person between R6EW and OT III.


    Even the powerful L10, when done between R6EW and  OT  III  will  fail.
Above and below the No Interference Area L10 is fantastically successful.


    Nothing is superior to the Solo Grades.


    THEREFORE, it is vital that a case be fully  set  up  before  beginning
actual Solo Auditing.


    For information, the following list, taken from HCO B 8 Jan  72,  Issue
II, is what constitutes a "set-up".


    1.      C/S Series 54 (former injuries, illnesses,  etc.,  run  out  by
        Dianetics) completed?


    2.      GF40XRR (Resistive Cases List) assessed? Engrams of it handled?


    3.      Dianetics Full Flow Table run? To Dn Completion?


    4.      Full Drug, Alcohol, medicine handling done?


    5.      Dianetics ran well? To End Phenomena?


    6.      All Grades run, single, triple or Expanded?


    7.      Green Form (case repair) items handled?


    8.      Attained End Phenomena of each grade?
        9.       Interiorization Rundown done? INT is okay?


    10.     C/S Series 53 (any abnormal Tone Arm positions) handled?


    11.     Power to End Phenomena. Single? Triple? Power Plus?


    12. Tone Arm Range okay?


    13.     Power, no illness after?


    14.     Power, no ethics troubles after?


    15.     Success stories okay?


    16.     Director of Processing Interview okay? Pc not wanting something
        handled?


    17.     Graph of Oxford Capacity Analysis Personality Test (or American
        Personality Analysis Test) with no point below middle of graph?


    A. Pc set up and okay to go to R6EW Solo?


    B. Pc needs further set-up and repair before Solo?


    The above is a checklist used by Solo Course Case Supervisors.  (It  is
NOT the program sequence by which the case is handled. This is given in  the
Grade Chart.) These are the points checked.


    Once onto Solo, whether these points are in or not,  that's  it,  HANDS
OFF.


    Once on Solo the pc is into the Non Interference Area. He may not  have
Dianetics or Grades. He may only have the lists and repairs  given  to  Solo
Auditors.


    Of all these actions a full thorough drug-medicine-alcohol  rundown  is
the most important. People who have been on heavy drugs,  pot,  etc  or  who
have been alcoholics get things turned  on  in  their  banks  and  sometimes
become terrified of them and will not Solo.  They  are  unable  to  confront
their pictures.


    The remedy is to have a thorough drug-alcohol-medicine rundown.


    The ONLY people who can't Solo are these poor devils who got onto these
psychiatric type drugs.


    These can be handled by a competent drug rundown.


    The ideal program appears on the Grade Chart, displayed  in  most  orgs
and often sent out.


    The chart has many symbols on it. A full glossary of these symbols  and
terms exists in HCO B 20 Aug 71, Issue  II,  "Classification  and  Gradation
Chart, Abbreviations  Explained",  which  should  be  posted  alongside  the
chart.


    A fast summary of the steps would be


      C/S 54 (handling illnesses, accidents, injuries)


      Dianetics


      ARC Straightwire


      OBJECTIVE Processes


      Grades 0-IV

            POWER


      POWER PLUS.
Into this program can be placed the engram  handling  GF40RR  for  resistive
cases, past practices, etc.


    A Drug Rundown would occur in the area of Dianetics.


    An Interiorization-Exteriorization Rundown would be given after the  pc
exteriorized. This usually occurs early on  in  processing  and  has  to  be
handled.


    A C/S 53 (for TA misbehavior) could be given anywhere.


    The actual program run on the pc varies  according  to  what  the  Case
Supervisor requires, but it follows the Grade Chart.

                                    TEST

    The Oxford Capacity Analysis (OCA) or the American Personality Analysis
(APA) is a graph which shows desirable and undesirable characteristics in  a
case.


    The points on the graph are moved up by processing. And  Dianetics  and
Scientology processes below R6EW are very capable  of  moving  these  points
into desirable range.


    Above R6EW, the first Solo step, the graph can change but the person is
moving out of the normal range of humanity  and  the  Solo  grades  are  not
designed to change a human test  graph  and  in  fact  these  tests  do  not
measure the OT band of abilities.


    The test graph should be in normal range before Solo is begun.


    Auditing below Solo is quite capable of handling the graph  points  and
bringing them up to desirable range.

                                SOLO PROGRAM

    The Ideal Solo Program is as follows:

    1.      Set-up done and all items on the checklist okay.


    2.      Good training as a Solo Auditor. Can include  the  Professional
        Route of Class VI. Or the Social Counselor Course plus Solo. Or (at
        this time) the Solo Course only. One Solo Audits as well as  he  is
        trained and no better.


    3.      R6EW Solo Auditing to End Phenomena and attest.


    4.      Clearing Course Solo to CLEAR.


    5.      Operating Thetan I to attest.


    6.      Operating Thetan II to attest.


    7.      Operating Thetan III to attest.


    8.      Operating Thetan VII (audited by an auditor level) to attest.


    9.      OT III Expanded to attest.


    10.     OT IV.


    11.     OTV.


    12.     OT VI.


    13.     OT VIII as released.


    After 7 above (OT III) or after 9 above (OT III Expanded) one  can  run
more Dianetics, Expanded Grades, GF40, the famous L10 or do any  other  case
action. One cannot profitably do these actions between Solo R6 and  OT  III.
That's just the way the bank is.
You will note that "OT VII" is apparently out  of  sequence.  It  originally
went OT III, OT IV, OT V, OT VI, OT VII. Then it was found that there was  a
level OT III Expanded. So it can go OT III, OT VII, OT IIIX, OT  IV,  OT  V,
OT VI or it can go OT III, OT IV, OT V, OT VI, OT VII,  OT  IIIX.  One  gets
the most out of it by taking VII after OT III and then OT IV, OT  V  and  OT
VI really bite. Many persons were too nervous of OT III to do it well  until
a drug rundown and OT VII were done. Others thought OT III was  endless  and
OT VII handled that.


    The actual materials of these levels are held under tight  security  at
Advanced Orgs because when they are shown to persons who  haven't  moved  up
the grades, they usually cave in. Thus the materials are only  available  in
Advanced Orgs.

                                AVAILABILITY

    Auditing at levels  below  Power  is  available  from  field  auditors,
Franchises and Scientology Orgs.


    Power is available at Saint  Hill  Orgs  in  LA,  Saint  Hill  UK,  and
Denmark.


    All Solo levels are only available at Advanced Organizations.


    A person goes from Field Auditor to Franchise to Scientology Org  to  a
Saint Hill Org to an Advanced Org to obtain  auditing  of  the  whole  Grade
Chart.


    Going from Clear back to lower grades-or from an Advanced Org back to a
Franchise within the No Interference band-is liable to upset his case as  it
is being run out of sequence. He could go to a Franchise  or  a  Scientology
Org after OT III for Dianetics,  Drug  Rundown  or  other  actions  but  not
between R6 and OT III.


    Processing and the mind  is  a  technical  subject.  In  Dianetics  and
Scientology, the answers have been found.


    Like all technical material, you can't apply it poorly or backwards and
expect results.


    I try-and very successfully in most cases-to hold  the  lines  straight
and keep the materials purely and workably applied.


    In the past year alone, fantastic tech advances have been made and  are
available in terms of refined application within the existing  framework  of
the Grade Chart.


    But the fundamentals do not change, the progress of the person  up  the
Grade Chart must be regular and on course. Otherwise  he  will  not  receive
full benefits.


    It is my job to do all  I  can  to  make  sure  that  full  benefit  is
received. This is not always easy to do on a rather  aberrated  planet.  But
if it weren't so aberrated we wouldn't be here  doing  something  about  it.
Right?


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:ne.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 15 FEBRUARY 1972

Remimeo
All Tech
Qual Terminals


                             FALSE TA ADDITION 2

        Reference:     HCO B 24 Oct 71 False TA
           HCO B 12 Nov 71  False TA Addition
           C/S Series 53    HI-LO TA Assessment
                 Int Ext Correction List



    There is an infinity of wrong ways to get a pc to read between 2.0  and
3.0 on an E-Meter.


    One method would be to shoot him. Dead bodies read between 2.0 and 3.0.


    Another way is to throw the trim knob off.


    Yet another wrong way is to use HAND CREAM to make the TA go lower  and
call "F/Ns" at 4.0 on an actual read.


    An auditor who is not very expert is apt to find  strange  ways  to  do
things because the usual is beyond his skill.


    A GOOD auditor handles low and high TAs  with  HCO  B  24  Oct  71  and
Addition 12 Nov 71 and this HCO B "False TA", C/S Series 53  and  the  Hi-Lo
TA Assessment.


    The  commonest  sources  of  high  TA  are  PROTEST,  OVERRUN  and  out
INTERIORIZATION RD and too big or too small cans.


    The commonest sources of low TA are overwhelming  auditor  TRs  or  wet
sweaty hands.


    The subject is not open to experimentation. If a pc's TA is low or high
and you don't correct it with the usual remedies  mentioned  above,  the  pc
goes into the soup.


    GOOD AUDITORS KNOW THEIR TECH AND USE IT TO REMEDY HIGH AND LOW TAs.


    GOOD AUDITORS DO HONEST WORKSHEETS AND HONEST AUDITING.


    BE A GOOD AUDITOR.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH: ne.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 16 FEBRUARY 1972
Remimeo
All Tech
Terminals   C/S Series 74
All Auditors
Franchise
                        TALKING THE TA DOWN MODIFIED


    The expertise of talking the TA down  should  be  preserved.  It  is  a
skill.


    But we have had high and low TAs solved for nearly  a  year  and  don't
have to talk them down anymore as a constant action.


    Auditors SHOULD know how to do it, and then use it as a rare action.


    The right way to handle a high TA is to:


    Do HCO B 24 Oct 71, HCO B 12 Nov 71, HCO B 15 Feb 72, each named  FALSE
TA if it has not been done by the auditor on the pc.


    THEN if TA is high don't talk it down or do unusual solutions, do a C/S
Series 53 or a Hi-Lo TA Assessment and handle. The Int-Ext  Correction  List
is done as indicated and so is the Word Clearing Correction List.


    As far as a C/S is concerned, when the pc's TA is seen to  be  high  at
session start, he should order as follows: "Check as per False  TA  HCO  Bs"
then when that is done he orders "C/S Series 53 Assess and  return  to  me".
Or "Hi-Lo TA Assessment and  return  to  me".  He  then  rapidly  C/Ses  the
required actions.


    He should have a standing order with all his auditors:

                            IF TA IS HIGH OR LOW
                             AT SESSION START DO
                              NOT CONTINUE THE
                            SESSION BUT SEND FOR
                                   A C/S.

    An auditor should not in fact talk a TA down, we know now, as he may be
auditing over an Out Interiorization Rundown, either not done or botched.


    It therefore saves time if other auditing is not done when  the  TA  is
high.


    In general practice it will now be considered standard for an  auditor,
Dianetic or upper class, to not start a session over a high TA but  to  call
for a C/S.


    And where there is no  C/S  it  will  be  considered  standard  for  an
auditor, seeing a high TA, to at once do a C/S 53  Method  5  (assessing  it
all), and then handling.

                               THERE ARE EXACT
                              REASONS FOR A TA
                               BEING HIGH AND
                               THESE TODAY ARE
                               EASILY HANDLED.

There is no need to talk a TA down. It is  faster  to  directly  locate  the
reason it is up.

     Smoothly handling such situations is the mark of an expert.



LRH:ne.bh                                    L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972                                   Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 18 FEBRUARY 1972
                                   Issue I

Remimeo


                             FALSE TA ADDITION 3


           (There are now four False TA HCO Bs including this one.
               These were issued as more data was uncovered.)
                          HCO B 24 Oct 71 False TA
                      HCO B 12 Nov 71 False TA Addition
                     HCO B 15 Feb 72 False TA Addition 2
                                and this one
                     HCO B 18 Feb 72 False TA Addition 3




    A meter is a meter.


    Meters are used to measure water, natural gas, and many other things.


    An E meter is used to measure a pc.


    If you rig a meter up so as to  falsify  its  reads  you  get  a  wrong
result.


    You could rig up a water meter so it read that twice as much water  had
flowed and then sit around and wonder all week why the swimming  pool  never
filled up.


    The ACCURACY of a meter depends upon its  being  honestly  set  up  and
honestly used.


    The HONESTY of the auditor determines his results.


    The whole field of psychotherapy was dishonest from the days  of  witch
doctors to psychiatry. Falsified data came from lack  of  knowledge  of  the
mind. This made its practitioners DISHONEST.


    We do not and must not follow that fatal road.


    The technology we have WORKS to definite positive predictable results.


    Results are obtained if the auditor has honestly studied and understood
his materials and honestly applies them.


    Falsifying study leads to falsifying meters and this gives bad  results
on pcs.


    HONEST use of the materials and the meter gives an honest result.


    One who does not know his materials and who cannot do his  drills  then
thinks he has to make a meter cheat.


    HONEST use of the meter by an HONEST  auditor  is  the  route  to  GOOD
RESULTS.

                                   LOW TAs

    A bad practice has arisen to "beat" the low TA.



This is to have the pc wipe his hands every few minutes to  get  the  TA  up
above 2.0.


    Not only does this distract the pc and yank him out of session, but  it
is by inference putting his attention on the meter, a thing a  good  auditor
does NOT do in a formal session. The pc's attention must be on his own  case
in a session, not on the meter or his hands.


    An answer to low TA because of wet hands is foot plates.


    But the best answer is to get the  pc  up  scale  so  he  doesn't  have
perspiring hands.


    Overwhelming TRs is the commonest reason for low TAs. Not all the  hand
wiping in the world will cure poor TRs.


    Some auditors "spook" (leap off the road like  a  horse  frightened  by
something blowing along) at the very thought of high or  low  TAs.  This  is
because they haven't got the TRs to handle a low TA nor the tech  to  handle
a high one.


    Making a meter read falsely low with cream or falsely high with  talcum
powder or wiping hands continually will not handle the pc's CASE.


    That is what the auditor is there to do,  not  make  his  session  look
good!


    The funniest one I have ever heard was a Solo auditor who had  high  TA
trouble. So he used to fill up a  bathtub  with  scalding  water,  fill  the
bathroom full of clouds of steam and then sit in the bath, holding onto  his
electrodes "Solo auditing".


    It gave him a lower TA but it sure didn't give him any case result.


    We maybe ought to have a contest as to who can come up  with  the  most
comical actual instances of falsifying meter reads.


    One "auditor" "solved it" by just calling F/Ns whenever she  got  tired
of the pc regardless of TA position. After a year or more of  this  she  saw
the light and put herself in Ethics.


    The funny part is that her co-auditor had been doing the same thing  on
her!


    HONEST TA IS THE BEST POLICY.



                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH: ne.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 22 FEBRUARY 1972

Remimeo     (Revised 26 March 1972
All Supervisors  Changes in this type style)
Student's Hat
HPCSC Word Clearing Series 32R
Mini Crse
Super Crse  URGENT- IMPORTANT- URGENT
Word Clearing
Crse  Vital for all Supervisors,
Est Off Crse     Est-Os, and Cramming Officers
Dept 13 Personnel
                           WORD CLEARING METHOD 4

    Tech and Admin Cramming Officers, Word Clearers and Course  Supervisors
use Method 4 Word Clearing when  fishing  for  a  misunderstood  word.  E.g.
Cramming Officers use it to fish for  misunderstood  words  concerning  what
the person is being crammed on. Word Clearers use it  on  Interns  when  the
Intern needs a retrain  or  retread  or  even  if  the  Intern  is  sent  to
Cramming. Course Supervisors use it in the Classroom  CONTINUOUSLY  ON  Non-
F/N STUDENTS or queries.


    The whole idea is the person requiring the Method 4 Word Clearing has a
Cramming Order or is not an F/Ning student because of confusion as a  result
of a misunderstood  word,  as  per  Word  Clearing  Series  16R  or  omitted
materials.


    Method 4 fishes for the misunderstood word, finds it, clears it,  looks
for another in the area until there are no more, at which point  one  should
get  F/N VGIs, then moves  to  another  area,  handles  that-eventually  the
misunderstoods that resulted in the Cramming Order or  non-F/N  student  are
handled.


         It requires no C/S OK for it  to  be  done.  Method  1  is  not  a
prerequisite to Method 4.


    E-Meter Drill No. 21 is the E-Meter Drill to be drilled  on  Method  4.
It's the method of fishing for a cognition.


    Requires proper application of TRs and metering. All Supervisors,  Est-
Os, and Dept 13 personnel to check out on, drill, and  apply  this  tech  AS
IT IS VITAL STUDY TECH.


                           METHOD 4 WORD CLEARING


1.    Give person the cans, state, ''I am not auditing you. ''

2.    Ask while watching the meter:

      "Is there any part of what you're studying you did not fully get?''

      Trace the read. Use "fishing for a cog'' drill (per HCO B 25 June  70,
    Iss III) if needed.

      If no read the question may be varied, e.g.

      ''Is there any part of the  materials  you're  studying  you  disagree
    with?''

      or ''Is there any part of what you're studying you feel you could  not
    apply?''

       or  "In  (material  being  checked)  is  there  anything  you  didn't
    understand?"

      Let the student tell you  briefly. Do NOT tell him the data.

      Verify that his study Pack is complete as the  data  might  have  been
    omitted. Also he might never have read the pack at all.

      If the data was missing do not go on to Step 3. See that he  gets  the
    complete pack and reads it Then repeat Method 4

      I f the person just has not read the materials do not go on to  3  but
    get him to read the materials. Then repeat Method 4.
     3.     Get what it is then ask:

      ''What  word was misunderstood just before that?''

      Meter reads, Word Clearer finds the word, never accepting a confusion
but finds the word giving the read (SF, F, LF, BD), gets it looked up  in  a
dictionary and used in sentences until it can be  seen  from  the  sentences
that the student now understands the word. This enables Method 4 to be  done
on a high or low TA as the word found doesn't have to be taken to F/N,  just
cleared to where it's obvious understanding has been attained on  the  word.
If you did get an F/N on clearing  the  word,  that's  fine;  now  look  for
another.

4.    Repeat 2 & 3 until the materials are fully cleared up and any and  all
    misunderstoods or confusions handled.

5.    If the action bogs when used in the  classroom  the  student  must  be
    sent to Qual for  handling  and  Supervisor  to  Cramming  on  TRs  and
    metering and drilling on this procedure.

      The correct action is a WC CORRECTION LIST DONE  ON  THE  STUDENT  AND
    HANDLED.


    Of course if the above Question F/Ns  on  asking,  there  would  be  no
misunderstoods  on  the  material  being  checked,  but  the  person  is  in
Cramming, not  an  F/Ning  student  or  whatever,  so  there  obviously  are
misunderstood words to be found and handled.


    Look at HCO PL 16  Feb  72  "The  Purpose  of  the  Dept  of  Personnel
Enhancement". It says this Dept "reaches and looks  for  business  all  over
the org and brings it in".  So  someone  with  stats  down-student  or  post
stats, confusion about what to do, overloaded, can't seem to handle it,  how
do you do this, etc, etc, are all  indicators of misunderstood words as  the
person is saying confusion, confusion. Well, underneath the confusion  is  a
misunderstood word just as Word Clearing 16R says.


    Method 4 Word Clearing is what is  used  in  doing  and  achieving  the
purpose of the Dept of Personnel Enhancement, HCO PL 16 Feb 72.


    One of the ways the Word Clearers in this Dept  do  the  job  is  using
Method 4 Word Clearing.


    METHOD 4 IS USED BY COURSE SUPERVISORS TO HANDLE  ALL  STUDENT  QUERIES
ABOUT CONTENTS OF COURSE   MATERIALS.


    The reason students ask questions about "What is meant'' is because  of
omitted pack materials from their checksheet,  failure  to  read  what  they
have OR BECAUSE OF A MISUNDERSTOOD WORD JUST BEFORE THEY GOT CONFUSED.


    The Super has to know only where the materials are and BE SMART  ENOUGH
TO DO METHOD 4 INSTEAD OF GlVING THE STUDENT ALTER-ISED  ANSWERS  THAT  STOP
SCIENTOLOGY WORKING.


    Word Clearing, especially Method 4, is how to get in HIGH CRIME HCO  PL
7 Feb 1965, Reissued 15 June 70, "KEEPING SCIENTOLOGY WORKING''


    SUCCESSFUL COURSE SUPERVISION  AND  SUCCESSFUL  CRAMMING  REQUIRE  THIS
ACTION BE FULLY KNOWN AND U - S - E - D.


                               **K *E *E *P**
                    **S *C *l *E *N * T*O *L *O *G * Y**
                           **W *O *R *K *l *N *G**



      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:sb.bh
Copyright �1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 24 FEBRUARY 1972
Remimeo
Div 6 Personnel
Tech Personnel   C/S Series 71A
Qual Personnel


                             WORD CLEARING OCAs


    An illegal practice has been uncovered in which the words on the Oxford
Capacity Analysis, American Personality Analysis and other tests  have  been
word cleared by testers and Directors of Processing.


    Example: Pc does an OCA (or any test) that shows a  state  of  case  in
July. He gets auditing. He takes another test that shows what  the  auditing
did by August. If somewhere along this line a  test  I/C  or  D  of  P  word
clears him on the test, the test-will change. Entering this  variable  wipes
out any possibility of establishing what the auditing did for the case.


    Example: If a child is measured as to height and then fed certain foods
to see if he will grow and then someone changes or  stretches  the  tape  by
which he was measured, you can't find out if the food did any good.


    In science this is known as holding a constant.


    We don't give a hoot in hell if the pc understands the test or not. The
next time he takes it he'll probably have the same misunderstoods but  he'll
have a change of opinion or even have a new cleverness or better memory  and
the test will change.


    Therefore none of these things may ever be done:

    1.      Never tell the pc the right answers to a test.


    2.      Never tell a  pc  to  look  up  words  on  a  test  he  doesn't
    understand.


    3.      Never word clear the question sheet for a pc on any test.


    4.      Never answer a pc's question as to what a question means.

                               DO THESE THINGS

A.    Be sure any test person grasps this HCO B fully so  he  knows  what  a
    test is and why we test people.

B.    Never let a person who falsely reports routinely near a test line.

C.    Safeguard test answer sheets from being known or seen by  unauthorized
    personnel.

D.    Use 2nd test and 3rd test question sheets,  each  different  from  the
    1st one. (Tests are issued this way.)

E.    Give other tests (Aptitude or OTIS etc) to compare with the second  or
    third OCA or APA if it is in doubt to see if the  OCA  has  been  "word
    cleared" or falsified.

F.    Groove in Examiners:  Give  a  meter  check  on  ALL  ATTESTS  at  the
    Examiner. "Do you have any doubts or reservations concerning  attesting
    to (whatever the attest is) ?" Note any INSTANT read  (a  latent  surge
    can occur as a protest). This
    question is asked before the question asking him if he wants to attest.
    E.g. "Do you have any doubts or reservations  concerning  attesting  to
    Word Clearing Method I complete?" No instant read. Then ask the  attest
    question "Would you like to attest to______?"

      Never let an Examiner permit any attest or pass to even be  asked  for
    if the meter tone arm is high or low or not F/Ning. If an INSTANT  read
    is gotten on the first question above, the Examiner does  not  ask  the
    second question, and sends the folder back to the C/S.

G.    Require a meter check at Success  with  the  TA  position  and  needle
    behavior noted on the Success form. Those with high or  low  TA  and/or
    not F/Ning are not valid success stories. The success person makes  the
    meter check after the story is written, notes it without pc  seeing  it
    and smiles and acks. He does not refuse the story as it will ARC  Break
    the pc. But he must call it to the attention of the Dist Sec  and  Qual
    Sec that a false attestation and poor result came from Div  IV  and  it
    must be taken off Div IV's stat.

H.    Both Examiner and Success must know of the False TA  HCO  Bs  so  they
    don't put the pc on wrong cans  or  use  cans  when  the  auditor  used
    footplates.


    This safeguards our test line.


    The test line is a check on C/S and auditing quality. We are not trying
to find out if Dianetics and Scientology work. We know that. We  are  trying
to find out by test, Examiner and Success if it  is  being  properly  taught
and applied in Div IV and Dept of Pers Enhancement.


    HONESTY is a primary requirement on test lines. PR types  that  falsify
to attain status or seem good fellows need not apply  for  these  posts  and
shouldn't be on them.


    THE PC OR STUDENT DEEP DOWN KNOWS WHETHER HE HAS MADE IT OR NOT.


    If you or tests tell him he's made it when he  hasn't  he  will  get  a
false opinion of you and doubt you.


    If you tell him he hasn't made it when he  has  he  will  get  a  false
opinion of you.


    He will think you don't know your business and blow.


    SANITY is basically HONESTY and TRUTH.


    When false data or altered data is entered this is ABERRATION.


    So be honest  and run a sane  D of P, Examiner, Success and TEST line.


                                        L. RON HUBBARD
                                        Founder


 LRH: ne.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 26 FEBRUARY 1972

Remimeo


                          Word Clearing Series 15R

                   (Cancels HCO B 21 Aug 71, the original
                    WC Series 15 by a Testing personnel)

                  Reference HCO B 19 Dec 71, C/S Series 71,
                          "D of P Operates by OCAs"

                       HCO B 24 Feb 72, C/S Series 71
                                 Additional



    WORD CLEARING ANY WORDS ON ANY TEST AT ANY TIME IS A HIGH CRIME.


    It suppresses tech results and obscures them.


    The whole of HCO B 24 Feb 72, C/S Series 71A, explains  fully  why  one
never word clears tests or even  tells  a  person  being  tested  to  use  a
dictionary.


                          FOREIGN LANGUAGE PERSONS

    When testing persons who speak a different language than that in  which
the test is written, GET A TRANSLATED TEST INTO THEIR LANGUAGE OR  TRANSLATE
THE TEST WITHOUT ANY WORD CLEARING.


                               MIS Us ON TESTS

    Where a person has a misunderstood word on a test, it  usually  remains
misunderstood on the second test. Thus the test  remains  VALID  as  nothing
has changed in it.


    If the person's IQ rises during processing he may very well also figure
out the misunderstood word now on the second test  and  improve  the  graph.
But that is a valid  PROCESSING  result,  not  a  false  one  introduced  by
clearing test words.


                                   SUMMARY

    Auditing works when properly done and it does not need a side action of
word clearing a test to better the graph.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: ne.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                          LRH MODEL AUDITING TAPES
                              26 February 1972

    "These tapes were made to be used. They are practical demonstrations of
real live TRs.


    "Some orgs have their own ideas about TRs, consider TRs as demonstrated
in these tapes to be 'old-we don't  do  it  that  way  any  more'  and  have
substituted their own versions such as a rote TR-4 'Thank  you  I'll  repeat
the auditing command.' 'Thank you I'll repeat the auditing command.'


    "That is NOT TR-4.


    "The TRs are exactly as given in HCO B 16 Aug 1971, Issue II, 'Training
Drills Modernized' [Vol. VII-348]. PAB  151  'Handling  Originations'  [Vol.
III -370] further amplifies this, clearly points out  that  TR-4  is  NOT  a
rote command, and gives examples of its correct use. The LRH Model  Auditing
Tapes are  models of  the  correct   use  of  TRs.  They  are  not  open  to
interpretation by supervisors. Any opinion that they are the  'old'  way  of
doing TRs and not to be used in modern auditing comes under the  heading  of
Technical Degrade and is an ethics offense.


    "Poor TRs throw pcs out of session, cause student blows  from  courses,
bring about ARC Breaks and an inability to handle people and  situations  in
life. TRs are therefore a most vital and basic skill.


    "They can be mastered but only by an honest study of  the  TRs  HCO  B,
getting all misunderstood words on the HCO B cleared, listening to  the  LRH
Model Auditing tapes without  one's  own  preconceived  ideas  of  what  TRs
should sound like and without interpretation by others, and then by  a  very
honest drilling of each TR from Zero on up.


    "Only those auditors or students  who  glossed  over  TRs  0-3  without
mastering them would ever demand or expect a rote command to be  substituted
for real TR-4.


    "It's all in the HCO B and correctly  demonstrated  in  the  LRH  Model
Auditing tapes. So how about getting them read, listened to and applied  and
watch the resulting upsurge in personnel effectiveness and  soaring  student
and auditing stats!"

                                             L. RON HUBBARD

                                             "Honest TRs"
                                             LRH ED 180 Int
                                             3 September 1972


      ** 7202C26 LRH/MTS-1   CCH: Steps 1-4 Demo [5707C07 FC-15]

      ** 7202C26 LRH/MTS-2   Demo of an Assist [5911C09 1MACC-2]

      * * 7202C26      L R H/MTS-3      Patching Up Two 3 DXX Cases
                 [6205C16 SH TVD-5 A&B]

      ** 7202C26 LRH/MTS-4   Check on "What" Questions and Havingness Probe
                 [6205C23 SH TVD-6]

      ** 7202C26 LRH/MTS-5   Fish and Fumble-Checking Dirty Needles
                 [6205C23 SH TVD-7]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 29 FEBRUARY 1972R

                          REVISED 23 NOVEMBER 1973
Remimeo
All Levels
All Auditors
All Tech Checksheets

                             FALSE TA CHECKLIST

                 Ref:  HCO B 24 Oct 71  False TA
                 HCO B 12 Nov 71  False TA Addition
                 HCO B 15 Feb 72  False TA Addition 2
                 HCO B 18 Feb 72  False TA Addition 3
                 HCO B 24 Jan 73  Examiner and False TA
                 HCO B 24 Nov 73  C/S 53RF
                 HCO B 23 Nov 73  Dry and Wet Hands
                                                   Make False TA

    The following are the items to be checked by an auditor on any  pc.  It
need only be done once unless the check itself is  suspected  false,  or  if
conditions of the pc's hands, etc change.


    The checklist is kept in the pc folder and is  entered  on  the  folder
summary as an action done.


    The  value  of  operating  with  correct  can  size   should   not   be
underestimated, the reference HCO Bs state why.


    The auditor signs and answers the following points  on  the  checklist,
and gets answers from the pc where needed.
                                  _________


    R-Factor to pc: "We are going to check the cans and adjust them to  get
the best accuracy."

1.    Is the meter charged fully? _________

2.    Is the meter trimmed correctly?   _________

3.    Are the leads connected to the meter and cans?     _________

4.    Are the cans rusty?    _________

5.     Are  pc's  hands   excessively   dry   requiring   vanishing   cream?
_________

6.    Are the pc's hands excessively wet requiring powder?    _________

7.     The  pc  is  NOT    being  told  continually  to  wipe   his   hands?
_________

8.    The pc's grip on the cans is NOT   being continually checked by the
      auditor in a way that interrupts the pc?     _________

9.    TA position on large cans?  _________
            Size approx 4 7/8 inches by 2 5/8 inches or 12 1/2 cm by 7 cm

10.   TA position on medium cans? _________
            Size approx 3 3/4 inches by 2 1/8 inches or 9 cm by 5 cm

 11.  TA position on small cans?  _________
            Size approx 2 inches by 1 3/16 inches or 5 cm by 3 cm

12.   Are the cans too large for pc?    _________

13.   Are the cans too small for pc?    _________

14.   Are the cans just right in size?  _________

15.   Are the cans cold?     _________

16.   Are the pc's hands dry or calloused?   _________

17.   Does the pc have arthritic hands? _________

18.   TA position on foot plates? _________

      (Foot plates are used and TA checked on them when the answer to
      16 & 17 is affirmative.)

19.   Are the pc's feet calloused or excessively wet or dry?  _________

20.   Does the pc loosen his grip on the cans?     _________

21.   Check the pc's grip, does he hold the cans correctly? (See E-Meter
      Drill 5.)  _________

22.   Is the pc hot?   _________

22a.  Is the pc well slept?  _________

23.   Is the pc cold?  _________

23a.  Is the pc hungry?      _________

24.   Is it too late at night?    _________

25.   Is auditing being done not in the pc's  normal  regular  awake  hours?
_________

26.   Are there rings on the pc's hands?     _________

27.   Is the pc wearing tight shoes?    _________

28.   Is the pc wearing tight clothes?  _________

29.   Is it actually chronic High or Low TA case condition?   _________

30.   Has the pc gone into despair over his TA?    _________

    The handling of these points is stated in the reference HCO Bs.


    The handling of high or low TA after checking these points  is  by  C/S
53RF, Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S.


    The way to be sure of a C/S 53RF or  Hi-Lo  TA  list  is  by  continued
assessment and handling of  these  lists  until  an  F/N  on  assessment  is
gotten.


    So standard tech handles the high and low TA. The C/S Series gives more
data on the subject.


      Compiled by Flag XIIs
      for
      Training & Services Bureau
LRH:BL:JW:clb.rd
Copyright �1972, 1973  Revised by
by L. Ron Hubbard      L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED    Founder
                    ESTABLISHMENT OFFICER SERIES LECTURES
                               Flagship Apollo
                               1-6 March 1972


** 7203C01  ESTO-1     Estos Instant Hat, Part I
** 7203C01  ESTO-2     Estos Instant Hat, Part II
** 7203C02  ESTO-3     Evaluation and Handling of Personnel, Part I
** 7203C02  ESTO-4     Evaluation and Handling of Personnel, Part II
** 7203C03  ESTO-5     Handling Personnel, Part I
** 7203C03  ESTO-6     Handling Personnel, Part II
** 7203C04  ESTO-7     Hold the Form of the Org, Part I
** 7203C04  ESTO-8     Hold the Form of the Org, Part II
** 7203C05  ESTO-9     Revision of the Product/Org System, Part I
** 7203C05  ESTO-10    Revision of the Product/Org System, Part II
** 7203C06  ESTO-11    F/Ning Staff Members, Part I
** 7203C06  ESTO-12    F/Ning Staff Members, Part II
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MARCH 1972

Remimeo
                       Establishment Officer Series 5


                        PRODUCTION AND ESTABLISHMENT
                             ORDERS AND PRODUCTS

    The situation one often finds in an org, after one has, to some degree,
conquered Dev-T, is that PEOPLE REQUIRE ORDERS.


    For years I wondered why this was so. Well, I found it.


    WHEN PEOPLE DO NOT CLEARLY KNOW WHAT THEIR PRODUCTS  ARE  THEY  REQUIRE
CONSTANT ORDERS.


    To the Establishment Officer, this reflects most visibly in  trying  to
get Program targets DONE.


    Some people have to be ordered and ordered and ordered  and  threatened
and howled at. Then, in a bewildered way, they do a target, sometimes  half,
sometimes nearly all.


    Behind this apparent blankness lies an omitted datum. When they're like
that they don't know what their product is or what it adds up  to.  Or  they
think it's something else or should be.


    That blankness can invite overts.


    It is very seldom that malice or resentment or  refusal  to  work  lies
behind the inaction. People are seldom that way.


    They usually just don't understand what's wanted or why.


    Because they don't know what a PRODUCT is!


    A whole Ad Council of a downstat org was  unable  even  to  define  the
word.


    They had required orders, orders, orders and  even  then  didn't  carry
them out.

                            HAT SURVEY FOR ORDERS

    A staff member who requires orders may also think that any order  is  a
policy and lasts forever. If you look into hats you will  even  find  casual
"close the  door"  type  of  orders,  given  on  one  occasion  to  fit  one
circumstance, are converted  over  into  STANDING  (continual)  ORDERS  that
forever keep a certain door closed.


    An Est O surveying the hats of a unit may very well find all manner  of
such oddities.


    It is a standard Est O action to survey hats.


    In hats you will find  despatches  giving  specific  orders  or  quoted
remarks preserved instead of notes on what one has  to  know  to  produce  a
product.


    In auditors' hats,  directions  for  1   specific  pc  in  1960,  never
published and from no tape or correct source, held onto like death  like  it
was to be applied to every pc in the world!


    A dishwashing hat may have orders in it but  not  how  to  wash  dishes
rapidly and well.


    This is all a symptom of a unit or activity that does not know what its
products are.

                              DISESTABLISHMENT

    Where you find lots of  orders  kicking  around,  you  will  also  find
disestablishment by by-pass, command channels not  held  and  staff  members
like to take their orders from anyone but those  in  authority-any  passerby
could give them orders.
    This is rampant where an executive has not been well on post.


    By counting such orders up  and  seeing  who  they  are  from  one  can
determine  the  unhattedness  of  staff,  their  org   bd   weaknesses   and
principally their lack of knowledge of their products.

                             HATTING FOR PRODUCT

    If an Est O is to hat so as to get the staff member to get his  product
out, then the Est O has to know how to clear up "products".


    Now an Est O is an Establishment Officer? There are  product  officers.
The Product of an Est O is the Establishment. Then what  is  he  doing  with
Products?


    Well, if he doesn't hat so staff members get out Products then the  org
will be a turmoil, unhappy and downstat.


    Production is the basis of morale.


    Hattedness is a basic of 3rd Dynamic sanity.


    But if you don't HAT SO AS TO GET THE  STAFF  MEMBER  YOU  ARE  HATTING
PRODUCING YOU WILL HAT AND HAT AND IT WILL ALL BE IN VAIN. The person  won't
stay hatted unless he is hatted so as to be able to produce.


    The Product Officer should be working to get the products out.


    So if you don't hat for the product then the staff member will  be  tom
between two sets of orders, the Est O's and the Product Officer's.


    Only when you hat to get product will you get  agreement  with  product
officers.


    If you are in disagreement with product officers, then the Est O is not
hatting to get production.

                                RIGHT WAY TO

    There is a right direction to hat. All others are incorrect.


    1.      CLEAR UP WHAT THE PRODUCT IS FOR THE POST. AND HAT FROM THERE.


    2.      HAT FROM THE TOP OF THE DIVISION (OR ORG) DOWN.


    These are the two right directions.


    All other directions are wrong.


    These two data are so important that the failure of an Est O can  often
be traced to violation of them.


    You can have a senior Exec going almost livid, resisting  being  hatted
unless you hat by 1st establishing what the product is. If PRODUCT is  first
addressed and cleaned up then you can also hat from the top down.


    If this is not done, the staff will not know where they  are  going  or
why and you will get silly unusual situations like  "A11  right.  So  you're
the Establishment Officer. Well, I give  up.  The  division  can  have  2l/2
hours a day Establishment time and then get the hell out  of  here  so  some
work can be done . . . !" "Man, you got these people all tied up, stats  are
down! Can't you understand ...."


    Well, if you don't do one and  two  above  you'll  run  into  the  most
unusual messes and "solutions" you ever heard of, go sailing off policy  and
as an Est O wind up at your desk doing Admin instead  of  getting  your  job
done in the Division. And an Est O who is not on his  feet  working  in  the
Division is worth very little to anyone.


    So see where the basic errors lead and


    Hat on Product before doing anything else and


    Hat from the top down.
                          STEPS TO CLEAR "PRODUCT"

    This is a general rundown of the sequence by which Product  is  cleared
and re-cleared and re-cleared again.


    This can be checklisted for any Exec or staff member and should be with
name and date and kept in the person's "Est  O  file  folder"  for  eventual
handing to his new Est O when the person is transferred out of the  division
or in Personnel Files if he goes elsewhere.

1.    Clear the word PRODUCT.

2.    Get what the Product or Products of the post should be. Get it or  any
    number of products he has fully fully stated, not brushed off.

3.    Clear up the subject of Exchange. (See HCO PL 27 Nov 71 Exec Series  3
    and HCO PL 3 Dec 71 Exec Series 4.)

4.    Exchange of the product Internal in the org. For what valuable?

5.    Exchange External of the valuable with another group  or  public.  For
    what valuable? (Person must come to F/N VGIs  on  these  above  actions
    before proceeding or he goes to an auditor to get his mis  Us  and  out
    ruds very fully handled.)

6.    Does he want the product? Clean this up fully to F/N VGIs or  yourself
    get E/S to F/N or get an auditor to unsnarl this.

7.    Can he get the products (in 2 above) out? How will he? What's he  need
    to know? Get him fully settled on this point.

8.    Will it be in volume? What volume? Is that enough to  bother  with  or
    will it have to be a greater volume? Or is he being optimistic?  What's
    real? What's viable?

9.    What quality is necessary? What would he have to do  to  attain  that?
    To attain it in volume?

10.   Can he get others to want the product or products  (as  in  2  above)?
    What would he have to do to do this?

11.   How do his products fit into the unit  or  section  or  department  or
    division or the org? Get this all traced.

12.   Now trace the blocks or barriers he may believe are on this line.  Get
    what HE can do about these.

13.   What does he  have  to  have  to  get  his  product  out?  (Alert  for
    unreasonable have to have before he can do blocks.)

14.   Now does he feel he can get his product or products out?




                                Signature of Est O or Clearer.


    NOW  he really can be hatted.


                                  ________




                                  BRUSH-OFF

    Quickie handling is a very very bad fault. "Quickie" means a  brush-off
"lick and a promise" like wiping the windshield on the  driver's  side  when
really one would have to work at it to get a whole clean car.


    So don't "quickie" Product. If this is poorly done on them  there  goes
the old balloon. Hatting won't be possible.


    Orders will have to be poured in on this terminal. Dev-T will generate.
Overt products will occur, not good ones. And it won't be worthwhile.
                                DISAGREEMENT

    There can be a lot of disagreement amongst Product Officers and Est  Os
on what products are to be hammered out.


    In such a case, or in any case, one can get a Disagreements Check  done
in Dept of Personnel Enhancement (who should look up how to do one).


    This is a somewhat extreme way to settle an argument and should only be
a "when all else fails".


    It is best to take the whole product pattern of the org apart with  the
person, STARTING FROM THE BIGGEST PRODUCT OF THE ORG  AND  WORKING  BACK  TO
THE PERSON'S PRODUCT.


    Almost always there will be an outpoint in reasoning.


    An Exec who only wants GI can be a trial as he is  violating  EXCHANGE.
As an org is paid usually before it delivers, it is easy to get the  org  in
trouble by backlogs or bad repute for non-delivery. An org that  has  credit
payments due it that aren't paid maybe  didn't  deliver.  But  Div  III  may
soften up collections for some reason like that and  then  where  would  the
org be?


    Vol 0 of the OEC Course gives an excellent background of  how  a  basic
org works. As one goes to higher orgs,  lower  orgs  are  depended  upon  to
continue to flow upward to them. (See HCO PL 9  Mar  72,  Issue  I,  Finance
Series 11, "Income Flows and Pools".)


    A study of Vol 0 OEC and a full understanding of its  basic  flows  and
adapting these to higher  orgs  will  unsnarl  a  lot  of  odd  ideas  about
Product.


    The Est O has to be very clear on these points or he  could  mis-hat  a
person.


    Usually however this is very obvious.

                              PRODUCT OFFICERS

    Heads of Orgs and divisions have had to organize so long they get stuck
in it.


    They will try to order the Est O.


    This comes about because they do not know their products or the  Est  O
is not following 1 and 2 above and does not know his own product.


    The Product Officer may try to treat the Est O as a sort of "organizing
officer" or a "program officer" if


    A.      The Est O is not hatting to get production.


    B.      The Product Officer is not cleared on Product.


    So it comes back to the 1 and 2 first mentioned.

    You can look over it now and see that if one is  not  doing  these  two
things, Dev-T, non-viability and orders will occur.


    So where you have Dev-T, down stats and orders flying around  you  know
one thing that will resolve it:


    SOMETHING WILL HAVE TO BE IRONED OUT ABOUT PRODUCT.


    When it all looks impossible, go to this point and get to work on  1  &
2.

LRH:ne.rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[This HCO PL is modified by HCO PL 9 May  1974,  Prod-Org,  Esto  and  Older
Systems Reconciled, which is in the Management Series 1970-1974, page 438.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 MARCH 1972
                                   Issue V
Remimeo
Cse Supers
Cse Super
Checksheets HIGH CRIME
LRH Comm to
Enforce
                              WHAT IS A COURSE
                                 HIGH CRIME


    The amendment HCO PL 26 Jan 72 What is a Course PL is CANCELED.


    The Original WHAT IS A COURSE PL, HCOPL  16  Mar  71,  is  restored  AS
WRITTEN.


    The added script line in the 26 Jan 72  revision  is  canceled  as  not
written by myself and is a false datum.


    The incorrect line states ''to be on the ball  one  should  be  oneself
fully trained on the level one is supervising. It is by  far  preferable  to
be a Class VIII with full grasp of Standard Tech.''


    This is an alter-is of Study Tech.


    Careful investigation has found that WHEN SUPERVISORS  FAIL  THEY  FAIL
BECAUSE OF IGNORANCE OF SCN STUDY TECH AND FAILURE TO USE IT.


    In Course Supervision it is OUT TECH to fail  to  know  and  USE  Study
Tech.


    If an auditor were to say, "I have to know all about minds but I  don't
have to know anything about TRs, Meters or processes," you  would  think  he
was as crazy as a psychiatrist !


    He would become so involved with the figure-figure of  the  patient  he
WOULD NOT KNOW HOW TO HANDLE HIM.


    A Super who does not know or use Study Tech as  a  tech  and  does  not
heavily apply it to get the student through is an OUT TECH Super.


    The real WHY of any failed or blowing students or students  who  cannot
or do not apply the data is


    WHY: THE COURSE SUPERVISOR DOES NOT KNOW OR USE STUDY TECH  BUT  THINKS
HE HAS TO KNOW THE SUBJECT TAUGHT SO HE CAN TEACH IT.


    Example: A Course Super standing staring at his  Class.  One  half  his
students not using demo kits, one student listening to a  tape  and  reading
an HCO B at the same time but doping off, one third of the students  boiling
off. Challenged about this states, "But I don't know the materials they  are
studying."


    If a railway engineer were to say, "I have to  know  all  the  tech  of
building a railroad and not how to run  this  train,"  you'd  think  he  was
batty.


    If a housewife said, "I can't run my house because I have never taken a
course on how to run my husband's business," you'd think she was crazy.
A Course Super who does  not  respect,  know  and  USE  Study  Tech  on  his
students is guilty of practicing OUT TECH.


    If an auditor did not know how to start and stop a session, how to read
a meter, his TRs, his processes or handle a session he  would  have  nothing
but failed preclears.


    IN THE SAME FRAME OF REFERENCE, A COURSE SUPER WHO DOES NOT KNOW HOW TO
START AND STOP A STUDENT, CLEAR WORDS, ENFORCE DEMOS AND DOES NOT GET  STUDY
TECH APPLIED CONTINUALLY WILL HAVE FAILED STUDENTS.


    A Course Super's primary tech is Study Tech and its  application  to  a
student. If he can keep that student on the  rails  and  F/Nng  and  rapidly
covering his materials he is doing the WHOLE JOB OF SUPERVISING.


    It is therefore a High Crime for a person to  Supervise  a  Course  who
does not know, apply and continually use his Study Tech on every  individual
student.


    It is also a HIGH CRIME for a Director of Training or a Tech Sec or  an
Est O to have anyone supervising without FULL USE OF STUDY TECH.


    Just as it's a HIGH CRIME to continue to use HGC auditors who smash  up
pcs through non-use of Auditing Tech, it is a HIGH CRIME to continue to  use
Course Supervisors who do not know that Study Tech  exists,  that  it  is  a
tech and that it is the "tools of his trade" and who does  not  use  it  and
thus smashes up students.


    The society knows  nothing  about  Study  Tech.  It  thinks  a  teacher
"teaches the subject and must know the  subject!"  Thus  it  alter-ises  the
subject, almost never makes a competent person and routine  school  teaching
is looked upon by  Industry  as  a  huge  failure.  All  manner  of  unusual
solutions are in progress in every  country  to  remedy  this  inability  of
students to learn.


    WE MUST NOT CONTINUE TO INHERIT THE IDIOCY THAT A TEACHER ONLY  HAS  TO
KNOW THE SUBJECT AND KNOW NOTHING ABOUT STUDY TECH.


    It is Study Tech that gets the student of any subject through.


    The thing that breaks the Super down is ignorance of just ONE point:


    A STUDENT WITH A MISUNDERSTOOD WORD WILL POUR OUT A TORRENT OF  QUERIES
ABOUT THE SUBJECT!


    The Super is a complete ignorant  fool  if  he  answers  one  of  these
questions. The Super's knowledge of the subject is not what  is  needed!  If
the Super knew and practiced Misunderstood Word tech he'd know that  student
has misunderstood words and he would find and handle. HE  WOULD  NOT  ANSWER
OR EVEN TRY TO ANSWER THOSE QUERIES. It would do NO good  if  he  did.  This
query-happy student has passed by a Mis-U word !


    Such a student can get misemotional. He is upset.  He  thinks  data  is
being denied him. He wants to blow.


    What kind of a Super is it that doesn't grab a meter and find the word?
An SP? Or What?


    Just like an "auditor" is not an auditor  who  lets  pcs  blow  without
handling so is a Super no Super at all who  cannot  handle  a  student  with
Study Tech.


    So let's knock off the wog world inheritance and get on  the  ball  and
REALIZE STUDY TECH IS THE TECH A SUPER KNOWS AND USES.
Just because a Super was himself mistaught by old Mrs. Zilch  in  the  third
grade- who knew arithmetic but not how to teach a subject-is  no  reason  he
has to go on laying an egg in a Scientology classroom.


    A Course Super is a technician, a specialist in Study Tech.


    And just to help it out, IT IS A HIGH CRIME TO FAIL TO USE  STUDY  TECH
IN A CLASSROOM.


    Any time a student blows or later fails to be able to apply  his  data,
the Super who taught him will be Comm Eved for OUT TECH.


    We must have no blows and no failures.


    The product of a Super is a Graduate from his course who knows and  can
successfully apply the subject that was taught.


    This is his true stat. Points measure only quantity. The record of  the
individual student measures quality.  The  Exchange  value  of  the  student
after a course (not his fee) measures viability.


    It may be a crazy planet. Course  Supers  don't  have  to  teach  crazy
courses where Study Tech is not used.


    WHAT IS A COURSE is answered by one where the elements of the  original
HCO PL 16 Mar 71 are in use AND:


    Where Study Tech is in full and continual application to every  student
in that course!


                                       L. RON HUBBARD
                                       Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MARCH 1972
Remimeo
                       Establishment Officer Series 11


                            FULL PRODUCT CLEARING
                                  LONG FORM

                        (Reference HCO P/L 13 Mar 72
                             Est O Series No. 5)

                          MUST BE DONE ON AN EST O
                         BEFORE HE DOES IT ON STAFF.

    If you ask some people  what  their  product  is,  you  usually  get  a
DOINGNESS.


    There are three conditions of existence. They are BE, DO and HAVE.


    All products fall under HAVE.


    The oddities you will get instead of a proper product are many.


    Thus it is possible to "clear products" without any real result.


                            PRODUCT CLEARING FORM


_____________________  _____________________
      Org                                    Person's Name

      _____________________
                                                   Date

      _____________________
                                                   Post

    The 14 Points of Est O Series 5 are done in this fashion, with a  meter
used to check words.

                                  STEP ONE

    DO NOT TAKE FOR GRANTED THAT THE PERSON KNOWS WHAT "PRODUCT" MEANS. GET
IT AND EVERY WORD IN THE DEFINITION LOOKED UP.

(a)   Clear the Word PRODUCT. Dictionaries give a  variety  of  definitions.
    Make sure you get a useable definition that the person understands  AND
    WHICH HE UNDERSTANDS ALL THE WORDS IN. He can be hung up on  "that"  or
    "is" in the definition itself believe it or not.

(b)   Have the person USE the word PRODUCT 10 times in sentences of his  own
    invention and use it correctly each time.

(c)   Now clear up BE, DO, HAVE, the Conditions of Existence.  People  often
    think a BE is a product or a DO. It is  always  something  someone  can
    HAVE.

      Clear the words BE, DO, HAVE by dictionary, especially HAVE.

(d)   Write these on a sheet of paper

                 BE
                 DO
      HAVE.


    Tell the person to name a product out in the world (a car,  a  book,  a
    cured dog, etc).


    Put an arrow into the word DO if he gives you a "do", into BE if he
      gives you a "be" instead of a HAVE.

      Mark HAVE with an arrow each time he gives a right HAVE product.

      When he can rapidly name a product that  is  something  that  one  can
    HAVE, without a comm lag, go on to next step.

(e)   Clear up this question on a meter Method 4 (see HCO B 22 Feb 72,  Word
    Clearing Series 32, "Word Clearing Method 4"):

      "Have I used any word so far you did not understand?"

      Get it clean.

(f)   Now give the person a copy of HCO P/L 29 October 70 Org Series 10.

      Have him read the policy letter.

(g)   Clear by Method 4 Word Clearing this question:

      "Are there any words in the policy letter you did not understand?"

      Get it cleaned up. If there were  any,  have  him  reread  the  policy
    letter until he says he has it.

(h)   Drill the pc on Products 1, 2, 3 and 4.

    Write:


      Product 1  Product 2

      Product 3  Product 4


    on a sheet of paper.


    Let him retain and consult the HCO P/L 29 Oct 70 Org Series 10.


    Put the point of your pen on one of the products (Product 1 or 2  or  3
    or 4) and say, "Name a Product 1." "Name a Product 3." "Name a  Product
    4." "Name a Product 2." Do this until pc has it.


    Now take the P/L away from him and repeat the drill.


    When your Product 1, etc is all blacked up with  ball-point  spots  and
    the person is quick at it, thank him. Tell him he has it and go  on  to
    next step.


                                  STEP TWO

(a)   Look up the hat and org board of the post of the person being  product
    cleared and get some idea of what the post's product would have  to  be
    to fit in with the rest of the scene. It won't necessarily be in former
    hat write-ups. What the post produces must be worked  out.  Write  down
    what it possibly may be.

(b)   Get the person to tell you what his post produces. Have him  work  the
    wording around until it is totally  satisfactory  to  him  and  is  not
    incorrect by Step 2 (a).

      Be very  careful indeed that you don't get  a  wrong  product  or  you
    could throw the whole line-up of the org out.

      Beware of "a high stat" or "a  bonus"  or  "GI"  as  these  are  items
    received in Exchange, not the person's produced product.

      Once more resort to    BE
                       DO
                       HAVE

      to be sure he is not giving a doingness. And point this out  until  he
    actually has a HAVE.

      Write down the product on the worksheet.
    (c)     Ask if there are any more products to the post. If  the  person
    is wearing several hats, he would have a product  for  each  hat.  List
    each hat and get the product of each hat written after it.

 (d)  Now take the principal product of the post and see  if  it  is  really
    three products of different degrees or kinds. (Example: an auditor  has
    [A] A well pc [one who has been gotten over  a  psychosomatic  illness]
    [B] A person who is physically active and well and will continue to  be
    well, and [C] A being with greatly increased abilities. A Super has [A]
    A trained student, [B] A Course graduate, [C] A person who successfully
    applies the skills taught.) (Note: The above are rough wordings.)

      The A, B, C you will notice fit roughly  into  (A)  BE,  (B)  DO,  (C)
    HAVE.
      If the person has trouble  with  this,  write  BE,  DO,  HAVE  on  the
    worksheet.

(e)   Find out if the person has had these confused one with another  or  if
    he is trying for A when his product was C, or any other mix-up.

      See if he has to first get a BE, then a DO to finally achieve a  HAVE.
    When he has all this straight he should cognite on what product  he  is
    going for on his post, with VGIs.

(f)   Tell the person that's it for the step and verify the products with  a
    Product Officer. (Be sure it's  a  Product  Officer  who  has  had  his
    Product Clearing. If this is THE Product Officer of the org, see if  it
    compares to the Valuable Final Products of an Org [see HCO  P/L  8  Nov
    73RA, revised 9 Mar 74, "The VFPs and  GDSs  of  the  Divisions  of  an
    Org''] .) If the products are not all right check the person on a Meter
    for Mis Us and do steps 1 and 2 again. If okay, proceed to Step 3.

                                 STEP THREE

(a)   Give the person HCO P/L 27 Nov 71, Executive Series No. 3 and HCO  P/L
    3 Dec 71 Executive Series 4. Have him read them.

(b)   Return and do Method 4 on the P/Ls  and  clean  up  any  Misunderstood
    Word. If these are found and looked up and used, then have  the  person
    read the P/Ls again.

(c)   Now that the person has it, exchange objects with him.  Have  him  now
    explain exchange until he sees clearly what it is.


                                  STEP FOUR

(a)   Now write his product on the left-hand  side  of  your  worksheet  and
    draw an arrow from it to the right:

      His Product      ------------------------>
      And one to the left below it      <------------------------

      Have him tell you what,  internally  in  the  org,  he  could  get  in
    exchange for producing his product and getting it out.

      Have him clear up why he might not get that.

(b)   Have him look at a worksheet picture:

            Overt Act------------------->    Injury
            Injury <----------------------   Overt Act
      SELF  No Product----------------->     OTHERS
                 Nothing <-------------------      Nothing

      as a cycle. Be sure he grasps that.

(c)   Have him look at a worksheet picture:
           Overt Product -------------------->     Upset
           Upset <------------------------------   Overt

      And have him grasp that cycle.

(d)   Now have him draw various such cycles having to do with  the  products
    he has been getting out. Such as:

      Bad product ----------------> Dissatisfied
      Bad feelings <---------------     Ethics

      But using various versions of products.

      Do this until he has it untangled and feels good.
(e)   Have him write down his product on the left, arrow to the right,  what
    comes back on the right and what occurs on the left.

      If he has this now, tell him that's fine.

                                  STEP FIVE

                           (All in Big Clay Demos)

(a)   Have him work out what theft is in terms of Exchange, and arrows.

(b)   Have him show how his product contributes to the org's product.

(c)   Have him work out how the org's product as relates to his division  is
    then exchanged with society outside the org and Scn  and  what  society
    exchanges back to the org.

(d)   Have him work  out  how  his  product  contributes  to  org's  product
    outward and outside the org and Scn and then from the  society  outside
    back to the org and org back to him.

      This may have more than two vias each way.

(e) Have him work out the combined staff products into an  org  product  and
    then out into the society and then the exchange back into the  org  and
    to CLOs and upper management and to org staff.

(f) When the Demos are all okay and BIG tell him that's fine and  go  on  to
    next step.

                                  STEP SIX

                                  (Metered)

(a)   Find out if person wants his product?  (not the Exchange).

      If not find out who might suppress it? and E/S times.

      Who might invalidate it? and earlier times.

      2wc it to F/N Cog VGIs.

(b)   Establish now if the person wants his product.

      (If bogs turn over to a C/S and auditor for ruds and completion.)

                                 STEP SEVEN

                                  (Metered)

(a)   Can the person get his product out?

(b)   Handle by 2wc E/S to F/N.

                                 STEP EIGHT

                                  (Metered)

(a)   What will his product be in volume?

      Is that enough to bother about or  will  it  have  to  be  in  greater
    volume?

      What would be viable as to volume?

      Clean up RUSHED or Failures.

      To F/N Cog VGIs.
                                  STEP NINE

                                  (Metered)

(a)   What quality would be necessary?

      Get various degrees of quality stated.

      What would he have to do to attain that quality?

      What volume could he attain?

      What would he have to do to attain that?

      To F/N Cog VGIs.

                                  STEP TEN

                                  (Metered)

(a)   Can he get others to want the products he put out?

      What would he have to do to attain this?


                                 STEP ELEVEN

                                (In BIG Clay)

                      (This is a progressive Clay Demo
                           added to at each step!)


(a)   How does his product  or  products  fit  into  the  framework  of  his
    section? Requires he work out the section product if  his  is  not  it.
    Then fit his to it.

(b)   How does his product fit into the Department?  Requires  he  work  out
    the Department's product and fit his to it if his  is  not  the  Dept's
    product.

(c)   How does his product fit into the Division's products?  He  will  have
    to work out the Div's product or consult HCO P/L 8 Nov 73FA  revised  9
    Mar 74, "The VFPs and GDSs of the Divisions of an Org".

(d)   How does the Division's Product exchange  with  the  Public?  And  for
    what?

(e)   What happens to the org on this exchange?


                                 STEP TWELVE

                                (In Big Clay)

(a)   What blocks might he encounter in getting out his product?

(b)   What can HE do about these?

                                STEP THIRTEEN

                                   (2 wc)

(a)   What does he have to have to get his product out? (Beware of too  much
    have before he can do. Get him to cut it back so he is more causative.)

                                STEP FOURTEEN

                               (Written by Pc)

(a)   What is his product on the 1st Dynamic-self?

      How does it fit in with what he is doing?
     (b)    What is his product on the 2nd Dynamic-family and sex?

      How does it fit in with what he is doing?

(c)   What is his product on the 3rd Dynamic-Groups?

      How does it fit in with what he is doing?

(d)   What is his product on the 4th Dynamic-Mankind?

      How does it fit in with what he is doing?

(e)   What is his product on the 5th Dynamic-animal and vegetable kingdom?

      How does it fit in with what he is doing?

(f)   What is his  product  on  the  6th  Dynamic-the  Universe  of  Matter,
    Energy, Space and Time?

      How does it fit in with what he is doing?

(g)   What is his product on the 7th Dynamic-beings as spirits-thetans?

      How does it fit in with what he is doing?

(h)   What is his  product  on  the  8th  Dynamic-God  or  the  Infinite  or
    religion?

      How does it fit in with what he is doing?

(i)   What is his post Product?

(j)   Can he get it out now?


                          Est O or Product Clearer


    Note this long form has to be run on leading executives and  eventually
on all staff. The short form in Est O Series  5,  14  points,  series  as  a
rapid action. Where there is any hang-up on the short form, send the  person
to an auditor. Where there is a hang-up on the long form,  send  the  person
to an auditor. The auditing action is to fly ruds on the RD and  assess  any
key words the pc is upset about and do an 18 button prepcheck carrying  each
prepcheck button to F/N.

                                     TA

    Where the TA is already high do not attempt the short or long form.


    Where the person turns on a rockslam check for rings on the  hands.  If
so, remove rings. Note if R/S continues.


    In either case the person should be programmed for TA trouble with  C/S
53RRR and handled, and then given a GF40RR Method 3  (F/Ning  each  Question
that reads) and then running the engrams with drugs run first.


    Product Clearing is best done after Word Clearing No. 1 is successfully
done.


    An Est O who can use a meter and Method 4 WCing and knows Clay  Demoing
can do it.


    HCO Bulletins are planned to be issued on this RD to handle it on rough
ones or repair it as needed in the hands of an expert auditor.


LRH: mes.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[This HCO PL is modified by HCO PL 9 May  1974,  Prod-Org,  Esto  and  Older
Systems Reconciled, which is in the Management Series 1970-1974, page 438.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 20 NOVEMBER 1971
                   (Revises HCO BULLETIN OF 20 AUGUST 1971
                                  ISSUE 1)
Remimeo
Div IV HGC
Dept 13
                            Revised 24 MARCH 1972
                       With W/Clearing Corrn List and
                           Study Corrn List Added)



                  HAS SPECIALIST AND ESTABLISHMENT OFFICER
                         AUDITING PROGRAM (Revised)

                        (Reference HCO PL 20 Aug 71,
                          Issue I, "HAS TROUBLES")

                      (This Program has been revised to
                       improve results and stability.)


    The HAS (HCO Area Secretary), any HCO  Executive  Secretary,  HCO  Cope
Officer, HCO Org Officer, Tech Establishment Officer, any HAS Deputy OR  any
Executive or Divisional Head  or  staff  member  who  shows  a  tendency  to
transfer or unstabilize staff members or who fails to hat  others,  must  be
processed especially in order to be totally stable on post.


    The HAS and Establishment Officers are peculiarly subject to efforts to
unstabilize them. These require the Program to be done in any  case  whether
stable or not.


    Executives or staff members who show signs of obsessive transfer of the
staff or org are also greatly benefited.


    The HAS Specialist Rundown consists of  processes  which  increase  the
ability to hold a position.


    THE RUNDOWN MAY ONLY BE DONE WHEN NO EXISTING AUDITING PROGRAM IS  ONLY
PARTIALLY DONE. COMPLETE THE EXISTING CYCLE FIRST.

                                 HAS RUNDOWN

Action 1.   C/S Series 53RRR Handle     _________

Action 2.   Word Clearing Corrn List Handle  _________

Action 3.   Study Corn List Handle      _________

Action 4.   GF M5 Handle     _________

Action 5.   TR Course to Full EP  _________

Action  6.    Admin  TRs  or  Upper  Indoc  if  Admin  TRs   not   available
         _________


Action 7.   GF 40XRR Method 3     _________

Action 8.   C/S Series 54 and Handle    _________
      (Includes GF 40 Engrams)
Action 9.   L3B on Early  Dn 1-80 to F/N List      _________

Action 10.  PTS RD Steps A, B, C, D     _________

            WARNING: RUN ONLY IF REQUIRED PER  READS IN 3 OR 7 ABOVE.


Action 11.  CCHs (Run or verify and rehab)   _________

Action 12.   Hold  It  Still.  (HCO  B  23  July  71,  Page  2  Version  B.)
_________
      (Run or verify and rehab.)

Action 13.  Start-Change-Stop (SCS) on an object. (Run or     _________
      verify and rehab. )

Action 14.  Start-Change-Stop. (Run or verify and rehab.)     _________

Action 15.  Op Pro By Dup (Book and Bottle). (Run or verify   _________
      and rehab.)

Action 16.  Effort Processing.    _________

Action 17.  Rising Scale.    _________

Action 18.  Verify  Int RD,  run  if  not  run  in  No.1  or  date  to  blow
_________
      locate to blow if not done.

Action 19.  Fly all ruds and overts recently.      _________

Action 20.  Program for further auditing in own org on Grade  _________
      Chart.

                                  _________

    Caution: Do not repeat Processes already done on the pc.


    PACK: HCO B 20 Nov 71 (Revising HCO B 20 Aug 71, Issue  II,  Checklist)
is auditor's checksheet for the above, giving all materials. It is  done  by
Tr and Serv Aide. Packs can be locally assembled or procured from CLO  A/CS-
2. Most of these materials occur in Level I PABs SHSBC.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH: nt .sb .mes.rd
Copyright � 1971, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED














[The 24 March 1972 revision added Actions 2, 3, 9 and  10,  and  added  "and
Establishment Officer" to the title. ]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MARCH 1972R
                                  Issue II
                           REVISED 3 DECEMBER 1974
Remimeo



                      COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST
                             STUDY CORR LIST 2R

                         (Reference LRH ED 174 INT)


    The  Supervisor  Correction  List  is  designed  to  help  locate   the
individual reasons a supervisor has for not fully applying  the  study  tech
in supervision.


    The list is normally done in Qual but may also be done by a D/T on  his
supervisors. It merely assists a D/T or Qual Personnel in  finding  why  the
supervisor is not using study tech.


    The list is assessed Method Five and handled  as  indicated.  A  second
bracket in the handling shows the further actions to be done after the  list
has been F/Ned on all reading items.

NAME:                             DATE:______________

AUDITOR: __________________________________________________________

0.    DID YOU GO THROUGH EACH STUDY TAPE ONCE CLEARING EVERY  DEFINITION  OF
        EACH WORD AND THEN LISTEN TO IT FOR UNDERSTANDING AND A THIRD  TIME
        IF THERE WERE ANY MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS ON THE SECOND AND DID YOU  DO
        THE SAME ON THE STUDENT HAT?
            (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for PRD or PRD retread.)

00.   DO YOU HAVE A REASON YOU ARE NOT USING THE STUDY TECH?
      (L&N "What reason do you have for not using study  tech?'')  (Pgm  for
        PRD retread or PRD after Cramming on the Why.)

000.  HAS A WRONG WHY BEEN FOUND FOR YOUR NOT USING STUDY TECH?
      (L4BR and handle. Find the right Why.) (Pgm for  PRD  retread  or  PRD
        after Cramming on the Why.)

0000.       HAVE YOU DONE ALL THESE THINGS ALREADY AND  STILL  HAVE  TROUBLE
        WITH STUDY?
            (Do Student Rehabilitation List HCO B 15 Nov 74.)

00000.      HASN'T  A WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST BEEN DONE?
            (Get  it done. )

1.    DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK ON COURSE?
      (Find what, ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)

2.    DO YOU HAVE PROBLEMS WITH SUPERVISION?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
        3.       DO YOU HAVE OVERTS ON STUDENTS?
      (Get them, E/S to F/N.)

4.    DO YOU HAVE OVERTS ON STUDY?
      (Get them, E/S to F/N.)

5.    ARE YOU SUPERVISING OVER WITHHOLDS?
      (Pull them, E/S to F/N.)

6.    ARE YOU AFRAID OF BEING FOUND OUT?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

7.    DID YOU FALSIFY YOUR STATS?
      (2wc E/S to F/N) (Get them corrected.)

8.    HAVE YOU NEVER DONE A SUPERVISOR'S COURSE?
      (Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Get person onto supervisor course.)

9.    HAVE YOU NEVER STUDIED THE STUDY TECH?
      (Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Get it studied.)

10.   HAVE YOU NEVER LISTENED TO THE STUDY TAPES?
      (Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Get them studied.)

11.   DO YOU HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS ON THE  STUDY  MATERIALS?  (Method  4  word
        clear.) (And retread.)

12.   DON'T YOU KNOW HOW TO SUPERVISE?
      (Find out what areas he doesn't know. WC Method 4.) (And retread. )

13.   DOING OTHER WORK IN CLASS TIME?
      (Get the W/H off E/S to F/N.)

14.   ARE YOU AFRAID OF CONSEQUENCES?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

15.   ARE YOU AFRAID OF TEACHING THEM WRONG?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

16.   HAS THE STUDY TECH NOT WORKED ON YOU?
      (Find what didn't work, correct it to F/N and a win.)

17.   DON'T YOU KNOW IF THE SUPERVISOR TECH WORKS?
      (Find misunderstoods and handle.)

18.   DO YOU THINK YOU SHOULD  KNOW THE MATERIALS INSTEAD OF STUDY TECH?
      (2wc E/S considerations to F/N.)  (Find  what  study  tech  he  didn't
        understand, word clear Method 4.)

19.   ARE YOU UNABLE TO REFER STUDENTS TO THEIR  MATERIALS?  (Find  why  and
        handle. E.g. no materials, materials out of order, thinks he has to
        know the materials instead of the study tech.)

20.   ARE YOU GlVING VERBAL TECH?
      (Get off the W/H E/S to F/N. Find out why he felt he had to do it  and
        clean it up.( (Forbid it and make it an Ethics offense.)
         21.     ARE YOU INTERPRETING BULLETINS?
      (Get off the W/H E/S to F/M Find out why he felt he had to do  it  and
        clean it up.) (Forbid it and make it an Ethics offense.)

22.   DO YOU FAIL TO MAKE MATERIALS AVAILABLE?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for Vital Info R/D.)

23.   DON'T YOU HAVE THE COURSE MATERIALS?
      (Find out what he could do about that, 2wc to F/N.)

24 .  DON'T YOU KNOW HOW TO GET THE MATERIALS?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Hat on relevant materials.)

25.   DON'T KNOW WORD CLEARING TECH?
      (Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Find out if ever studied it  in  the  first
        place. If not get it studied, if so clean up misunderstoods.)

26.   NEVER USING M9?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

27.   CAN'T USE A METER?
      (Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Cram and drill on metering.)

28.   USING NO STUDY LISTS?
      (2wc E/S to F/M)

29.   AFRAID OF DOING IT WRONG?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

30.   TRs NOT GOOD ENOUGH?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Method 4 TRs HCO B, TRs including Admin TRs.)

31.   INTERRUPTING STUDENTS WHO ARE F/Ning.
      (2wc E/S to F/N 3-way Help/3-way Failed Help.)

32.   CAN'T CONFRONT STUDENTS?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (2 hrs confronting full classroom of students. )

33.   CAN'T CONFRONT A CLASSROOM?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (2 hrs confronting  classroom,  reach  and  withdraw
        from a classroom.)

34.   DON'T LIKE PEOPLE?
      (O/W on people.)

35.   DON'T LIKE STUDENTS?
      (O/W on students.)

36.   USING DURESS ON STUDENTS?
      (2wc E/S to F/M Find Why by L&N)

37.   HAD LOSSES ON HELPING STUDENTS?
      (3-way Help, 3-way Failed Help.)

38.   DON'T BELIEVE STUDENTS CAN BE HELPED?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

39.   CONSIDER IT IS WRONG TO CONTROL STUDENTS?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Objective processes especially SCS.)
        40.      3RD PARTYING STUDENTS?
      (Handle as an overt E/S to F/N)

41.   OVERWHELMED BY LOTS OF STUDENTS?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (2 hrs confront on classroom full of students. )

42.   AFRAID THAT IF STUDENTS GRADUATED WOULD HAVE NO MORE STUDENTS?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

43.   AFRAID STUDENTS WILL KNOW MORE THAN YOU DO?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

44.   DON'T FEEL THE SUBJECT BEING SUPERVISED  IS  IMPORTANT?  (2wc  E/S  to
        F/N.)

45.   NEGLECTING STUDENTS WHO ARE BOGGED?
      (2wc to find out why. Handle the out rud or confusion to F/N )

46.   THINKING CERTAIN STUDENTS ARE DOG STUDENTS AND SO NOT HELPING?
      (Triple Ruds and Overts on students. 3 May PL if he  hasn't  had  one.
        WC M4 on super materials.)

47.   HAVE OUTNESSES IN OWN STUDY?
      (Student Rehabilitation List.)

48.   HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS ON STUDY TECH?
      (Method 4.) (And retread.)

49.   HAVE MISUNDERSTOODS ON SUPERVISOR MATERIALS?
      (Method 4.) (And retread.)

50.   DON'T KNOW THE PRODUCT OF A SUPERVISOR?
      (Product R/D.)

51.   WORKING FOR SOME OTHER PRODUCT?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

52.   DON'T KNOW THE PRODUCT OF THE COURSE?
      (Product R/D.)

53.   DON'T KNOW HOW TO TELL WHEN THE PRODUCT IS ATTAINED? (Product R/D.)

54 .  WORD CLEARING TECH DIDN'T WORK ON YOU?
      (Word Clearing Correction List.)

55.   DO YOU HAVE SOME OTHER IDEAS ON WHAT A SUPERVISOR SHOULD DO?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

56.   WOULD YOU HAVE TO BE SOMEONE ELSE IN ORDER TO SUPERVISE?
      (L&N Who else would you have to be to supervise?)

57.   DO YOU HAVE FIXED IDEAS ON HOW TO SUPERVISE?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
        58.      SHOULD YOU REALLY BE DOING SOMETHING ELSE?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

59.   DO YOU  HAVE  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  THE  STUDY  TECH?  (Method  4  Word
        Clearing Tech.)

60.   DO YOU HAVE DISAGREEMENTS WITH COURSE SUPERVISOR POLICY?
      (2wc disagreements with   course  supervisor  policy.  2wc  agreements
        with course supervisor policy.)

61.   ARE YOU TRYING TO BE SOMETHING ELSE?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

62.   DON'T YOU REALLY WANT TO BE A SUPERVISOR?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

63.   ARE YOU ON STAFF TO GET YOUR CASE HANDLED?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

64.   SHOULDN'T YOU BE HERE?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

65.   ARE YOU PHYSICALLY UNWELL?
      (Find what wrong, 2wc E/S to F/N.) (Medical, etc.)

66.   DO YOU GET UPSET BY STUDENT MISEMOTION?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Also TRs.)

67.   DO YOU CONSIDER  STUDENTS  HAVE  TO  BE  FORCED  TO  STUDY?  (2wc  E/S
        considerations to F/N.)

68.   HAVE YOU HAD LOSSES AS A SUPERVISOR?
      (Find what supervisor couldn't handle, Method 4  word  clear  relevant
        materials.)

69.   DO YOU LACK PATIENCE?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

70.   DO YOU CONSIDER STUDENT'S ABILITY IS NATIVE AND  CANNOT  BE  REGULATED
        BY STUDY TECH?
      (2wc E/S considerations to F/N.)

71.   DON'T YOU KNOW HOW TO HANDLE STUDENTS' QUESTIONS? (Method 4 WC  Series
        32R.) (And drill.)

72.   ARE YOU SUPERVISING FOR SOME OTHER PURPOSE?
      (L&N What purpose do you have for supervising?  R3R Triple  if  an  E.
        Purp. )

73.   CAN'T TELL WHEN STUDENT IS BOGGED OR NOT F/Ning?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (TRs and obnosis drills and Tone Scale drills. )

74.   CAN'T FIND WHY STUDENTS BOG?
      (Method 4.) (And restudy study tapes, demo  each  reason  for  student
        bog with supervisor handling, drill.)
        75.      SOMEBODY SAID YOU DON'T KNOW HOW TO SUPERVISE?
      (PTS Interview. Inval and Eval.)

76.   HAVE YOU ENCOUNTERED A SUPPRESSIVE STUDENT?
      (PTS Interview.)

77.   IS SOMEBODY PREVENTING YOU FROM SUPERVISING?
      (L&N Who is preventing you from supervising? Triple  Ruds  and  Overts
        on the terminal.)

78.   DO YOU HAVE TOO MANY STUDENTS TO SUPERVISE FULLY? (2wc  E/S  to  F/N.)
        (Also handle with Est-O if true.)

79.   ARE YOU DOUBLE HATTED WITH ANOTHER POST?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Also handle with Tech O/O.)

80.   ARE YOU GETTING  CROSS ORDERS?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Handle with Tech O/O if true.)

81.   ARE YOU EXPERIMENTING WITH STUDY METHODS?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

82.   ARE SOME STUDENTS NOT WORTH SUPERVISING?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

83.   DOES IT GIVE YOU MORE STATUS IF YOU ANSWER THE STUDENTS' QUESTIONS?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

84.   ARE YOU TRYING TO BE IMPORTANT?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

85.   ARE YOU TRYING TO BE INTERESTING?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

86.   ARE YOU BEING TOLD TO DO SOMETHING ELSE?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Also hatting actions.)

87.   ARE YOU TOO TIRED TO SUPERVISE?
      (Find out why. 2wc E/S to F/N.) (Get person to get enough sleep.)

88.   DON'T YOU BELIEVE THE STUDENT WILL MAKE IT?
      (2wc E/S considerations to F/N.)

89.   ARE SOME STUDENTS BOUND TO FAIL ANYWAY?
      (2wc E/S considerations to F/N.)

90.   IS IT AN OVERT TO MAKE SOMEBODY MORE KNOWLEDGEABLE? (2wc E/S to  F/N.)
        (Pgm for Vital Info R/D.)

91.   WOULD IT MAKE YOU LESS POWERFUL IF OTHERS KNEW MORE?
      (How? 2wc E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for Ex Dn.)

92.   DOES THE  STUDY  TECH  CONFLICT  WITH  WHAT  YOU  ALREADY  KNOW  ABOUT
        TEACHING?
      (Find out what other ideas person  has  about  teaching  E/S  to  F/N.
        Student Rehab List on his early studies. )

93.   DO YOU NOT UNDERSTAND THE USE OF DEMOS?
      (Word clear demo materials.) (Then get it used to a win.)
         94.     ARE YOU NOT REALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COMPETENCE  OF  THE
        STUDENT AFTER HE GRADUATES?
      (Product R/D.)

95.   ARE YOU REALLY TRYING TO TEACH SOMETHING ELSE?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

96.   HAVE YOU NOT REALLY STARTED ON POST?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Get person instant hatted and onto post.)

97.   ARE YOU LEAVING POST? (2wc E/S to F/N.)

98.   ARE YOU ON DRUGS? (Find what-rehab.)

99.   ARE YOU BEING AGREEABLE TO THE STUDENTS?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

100.  ARE YOU TRYING TO BE POPULAR?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

101.  ARE YOU TRYING TO MAKE YOURSELF RIGHT?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

102.  ARE YOU TRYING TO PROVE THAT STUDENTS DON'T KNOW?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

103.  ARE YOU WORKING FOR A STATISTIC RATHER THAN FOR A PRODUCT?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

104.  HAVE YOU NOT STUDIED NEW ISSUES ON COURSE SUPERVISION?
      (Get the W/H off to F/N.) (Get checked out on all  neglected  issues.)
        (Get Qual high crime policy in.)

105.  DON'T YOU HAVE ANY SUPERVISOR MATERIALS TO REFER TO?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Handle through D of T.)

106.  MATERIALS WERE MISSING FROM COURSE SUPERVISOR COURSE?
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Find what was missing and get it-studied.)

107.  HAVE YOU BEEN CONFRONTED WITH SITUATIONS NOT COVERED BY STUDY TECH?
      (Find out what situations,  Method  4  word  clear  tech  on  relevant
        materials as something was missed.)

108.  IS  THERE SOME OTHER REASON YOU CAN'T APPLY STUDY TECH?
      (Find out what. Student Rehab List if not  done.  )  (Word  clear  and
        drill relevant materials.)


      Handle each reading item to F/N as noted. Then fill in  attached  form
for further actions to be done.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder
LRH: nt.rd
Copyright � 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HCO B 27 March 72R, Issue II
Attachment



                      COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION FORM

                         ADDITIONAL ACTIONS REQUIRED



TO:   DIR CORRECTION                         Date:_________________


PART A.   The following additional training actions are to be done  on  this
supervisor.


1.    Done_________

2.    Done_________

3.    Done_________

4.    Done_________

5.    Done_________


PART B:     The following corrective actions must  also  be  done  regarding
        course outnesses found.


1.    Done_________

2.    Done_________

3.    Done_________

4.    Done_________

5.    Done_________



                                                 ___________________________
                                             Auditor



                              Handling completed:___________________________
                                             Dir Correction





                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH: nt.rd
Copyright � 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 27 MARCH 1972RA
                                  Issue III
                     REVISED & REISSUED 17 DECEMBER 1974
Remimeo
                                   CANCELS
                            BTB OF 27 MARCH 1972R
                                  Issue III

                             Study Corr List 3RA

                           AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST
                              AUDITOR RECOVERY

                      Reference:  LRH ED 257 INT
                                       "DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS"

    The list is assessed Method Five and handled  as  indicated.  A  second
bracket in the handling shows the further actions to be done after the  list
has been F/Ned on all reading items.

NAME:                             DATE: _________

AUDITOR: ____________________________________________

1.    AS AN AUDITOR HAVE YOU HAD AN ARC BREAK.     _________
      (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)
2.    AS AN AUDITOR HAVE YOU HAD A PROBLEM.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
3.    AS AN AUDITOR, HAS A W/H BEEN MISSED.  _________
      (Pull it, 2wc E/S to F/N.)
4.    GIVEN A WRONG WHY.     _________
      (L4BR & Handle.)
5.    GIVEN A WRONG WHY FOR AUDITING FAILURES.     _________
      (L4BR & Handle.)
6.    CRAMMING GAVE A WRONG WHY.  _________
      (L4BR & Handle.)
7.    GIVEN A WRONG ETHICS CONDITION.   _________
      (L4BR & Handle.)
8.    PROBLEMS WITH PCS.     _________
      (Do C/S Series 50, HCO B 15 July 71.)
9.    W/Hs ABOUT PCS.  _________
      (Pull them, 2wc E/S to F/N.)
10.   NEVER AUDITED.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
11.   OVERTS ON PCS.   _________
      (Pull them, 2wc E/S to F/N.)
12.   NO HELP FROM A D OF P. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
13.   TROUBLE WITH TECH SERVICES. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
14.   UPSET WITH A     C/S.  _________
            TECH SEC.  _________
            SENIOR EXEC.     _________
      (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)
15.   PTS TO SOMEONE IN THE ENVIRONMENT.     _________
      (L4BR & Handle.)
16.   TOLD YOU WERE PTS AND YOU WEREN'T.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N. L4BR if any trouble.)
17.   AUDITING WITHOUT STUDYING THE FOLDER AND
      UNDERSTANDING THE PC'S CASE.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
18.   AUDITING WITHOUT AN FES.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
19.   BREAKING THE AUDITOR'S CODE.      _________
      (2wc what E/S to F/N.)
20.   AUDITING A WRONG C/S.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
21.   AUDITING A WRONG PROGRAM.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
22.   HAD SOME SORT OF OUT ETHICS.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
23.   DISCUSSING PCS' CASES. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
24.   LOSSES ON PCS.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
25.   WERE YOU TAKEN OFF AUDITING.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
26.   A PC YOU FAILED TO HELP.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (3-Way Help/3-Way Failed Help.)
27.   AUDITING AN NCG. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
28.   COULDN'T HELP A PC.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (3-Way Help/3-Way Failed Help.)
29.   AN EARLIER TIME YOU FAILED TO HELP.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
30.   COULDN'T SOLVE IT.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
31.   AUDITING A PC OVER AN: ARC BREAK.      _________
            (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.)
            PROBLEM .  _________
            (2wc E/S to F/N.)
            W/H.       _________
            (2wc E/S to F/N.)
            OVERT.     _________
            (2wc E/S to F/N.)
            OUT ETHICS.      _________
            (2wc E/S to F/N.)
32.   DIDN'T GET ALL OF THE WITHHOLDS.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
33.   AUDITED UNSESSIONABLE PCS.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
34.   CAN'T GET A PC IN SESSION.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
35.   MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS IN AUDITING.  _________
      (Find & clear them, each to F/N.)

 36.  MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS IN DIANETICS & SCIEN-    _________
      TOLOGY.
      (Find & clear them, each to F/N.)
37.   COULDN'T UNDERSTAND THE TECHNICAL TERMS.     _________
      (Find & clear them, each to F/N.)
38.   AN EARLIER SIMILAR SUBJECT WAS MISUNDER-     _________
      STOOD.
      (2wc, find what word in the subject was Mis-U & clear it up.
      Clear each word to F/N.)
39.   WAS YOUR TRAINING INADEQUATE.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N & STUDENT REHAB LIST.)
40.   RUSHED THROUGH COURSES.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N & STUDENT REHAB LIST.)
41.   SEEKING STATUS.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
42.   YOU HAD DISAGREEMENTS. _________
      (Find out what, find the Mis-U words & clear to F/N.)
43.   EARLIER PRACTICE IN YOUR ROAD.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Pgm for GF40 Handling.)
44.   OUT 2D.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
45.   OUT 2D WITH PCS. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
46.   EVALUATION.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
47.   INVALIDATION.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
48.   AFRAID OF AUDITING SOMEONE. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Fear of People RD.)
49.   FORCED A PC TO RUN A PROCESS.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
50.   TROUBLE WITH: TR 0. TR 1. TR 2. TR 3 . TR 4. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
51.   YOUR TRS WERE INVALIDATED.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N. Rehab any win.)
52.   COULDN'T GET YOUR QUESTION ANSWERED.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
53.   DISINTERESTED.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle any out ruds.)
54.   FALSELY PASSED TRS.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
55.   FLUBBED COMMANDS.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
56.   NOT AUDITING FOR THE PC.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
57.   DIDN'T WRITE IT DOWN ON THE W/S.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
58.   FALSIFIED A W/S. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
59.   AUDITING FOR SPECIAL FAVORS.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
60.   COLLECTED FALSE BONUSES.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
61.   COULDN'T GET PAID.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
62.   COULDN'T MASTER AN E-METER. _________
      (2wc, find out what he didn't understand about it and clean
      up to F/N.)
63.   METER IN THE WRONG PLACE.   _________
      (2wc, find out what was wrong and correct to F/N.)
64.   DIDN'T STARRATE PROCESSES.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
65.   NOT ENOUGH DRILLING ON PROCESSES. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
66.   DIDN'T WANT THE LIST TO READ.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
67.   COULDN'T GET READS.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
68.   WEREN'T SURE OF E-METER READS.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
69.   CAN'T TELL AN F/N.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
70.   WORRIED ABOUT TA.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
71.   CALLED F/Ns ABOVE 3.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
72.   CALLED F/Ns BELOW 2.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
73.   COULDN'T F/N A LIST.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
74.   SAID THE LIST F/NED WHEN IT DIDN'T.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
75.   COULDN'T TELL AN R/S.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
76.   TROUBLE WITH ASSESSMENT.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
77.   TROUBLE WITH L&N.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
78.   NOBODY TO AUDIT. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
79.   PREVENTED FROM AUDITING.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
80.   FORCED TO AUDIT UNDER BAD CIRCUMSTANCES.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
81.   DOG CASES. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N. Pull all W/Hs.)
82.   RABBITED.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
83.   GOT DESPERATE.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
84.   SQUIRRELING.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
85.   TRIED UNUSUAL SOLUTIONS.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
86.   AUDITING WITHOUT A METER.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
87.   COFFEE SHOP AUDITING.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
88.   USING NON-STANDARD PROCESSES.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
89.   USING CONFIDENTIAL PROCESSES ON LOWER LEVEL
      PCS.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
90.   MOONLIGHTING.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
91.   AUDITING ORG PCS OUTSIDE THE ORG. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
92.   C/SING IN THE CHAIR.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
93.   AUDITING WITHOUT A C/S.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N, handle as a W/H.)
94.   NOT GETTING ANY CRAMMING.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
95.   AVOIDING CRAMMING.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
96.   SHOULD BE RETRAINED.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N. STUDENT REHAB LIST.)
97.   WAS TOLD TO RETRAIN WHEN IT WASN'T WARRANTED.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)
98.   TECH DOESN'T WORK FOR YOU.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.) (Note for further handling by Qual.)
99.   TECH DOESN'T WORK ON YOU.   _________
      (C/S 53RI. GF M5 and handle.)
100.  SOMETHING WRONG WITH YOUR EYESIGHT.    _________
      (2wc what E/S to F/N.)
101.  RESTIM.    _________
      (C/S 53RI.)
102.  TROUBLE WITH YOUR OWN CASE. _________
      (C/S 53RI.)
103.  SOMETHING ELSE WRONG.  _________
      (2wc what & if no joy GF M5 & handle.)




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: clb .nt.rd
Copyright � 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 30 MARCH 1972

Remimeo     Study Series 5
Qual Secs
                                  IMPORTANT

                        Dept of Personnel Enhancement



                         PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
                          FIRST CRAMMING CORRECTION


    As it is obviously a waste of Cramming time to cram an auditor, student
or staff member who has not known how to study (see LRH ED 174  Int  29  Mar
72 for data on this), it is vital that HIS FIRST CRAMMING ACTION is done  in
the Dept of Personnel Enhancement.


    This department must be staffed and set up to do (a)  Programming,  (b)
Word Clearing No. 1, (c) Word Clearing No. 2, (d) Word Clearing No.  4,  (e)
Word Clearing Correction Lists, (f) Int Ext Correction Lists, (g) Tape  Word
Clearing with footpedal operated tape players, (h) Good quality  Study  Tape
sets, (i) Student Packs, (j) Demo Kits,  (k)  Clay  table  large  size,  (l)
Product Clearing,  (m)  Post  Purpose  Clearing,  (n)  Product  and  Student
Corrections.


    All the staff of this Dept MUST do this  complete  rundown  rapidly  on
themselves. Otherwise their actions will be flubby  as  they  probably  will
not be able to grasp their own special  rundowns  unless  this  program  has
been followed by themselves. BUT THIS ACTION MAY  NOT  BE  USED  TO  PREVENT
ACTIVE PRODUCTION BY D OF PE staff on doing this Rundown.

                         PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN


1.    Case repair to handle high or low TAs or  upsets.  THIS  STEP  IS  NOT
    DONE IF THE TA IS USUALLY BETWEEN 2 and 3 in auditing.

      This would consist of a C/S 53RRR  and  handle,  a  GF  Method  5  and
    handle, a GF40RR Method 3 and  handle,  plus  any  special  actions  to
    complete an incomplete auditing cycle or repair it.

      At this stage any auditing should be done only on  thoroughly  cleared
    commands (each word no matter how small) and assessment lists should be
    done only after clearing each word on the prepared list (but not spoken
    as a full question).

2.    WORD CLEARING NUMBER 1 to full EP, using the  WC  Correction  List  at
    any sign of somatics or bad Exam report after a word clearing session.

3.    FIND THE WHY he did not use the Study Tech in the first  place.  There
    will be an individual WHY. (See Data Series P/Ls.) It  is  seldom  only
    Misunderstood words. (See LRH ED 174 Int  for  some  examples.)  Handle
    this WHY. It may require processing.


                             AUDITING INTERLUDE


4.    The WHY is HANDLED in auditing  sessions  as  indicated.  May  require
    objective processes or hidden standards. The Handling  of  the  Why  is
    directly related to the WHY that was found.
    5.      THE STUDY CORRECTION LIST is handled. This is HCO B  4  Feb  72
    (revising HCO B 14 Jan 72). This prepared list  is  assessed  Method  5
    (all lines assessed) and then the reads are handled from  the  best  to
    the least. THE END PRODUCT AT THIS STAGE IS A  PERSON  WHOSE  CASE  AND
    PAST ARE NOT IN THE ROAD OF HIS STUDYING.


                             STUDY TECH SECTION


6.    STUDY TAPES. (a) One time through picking  up  and  looking  up  every
    word even faintly in doubt of or when not understanding, going back  to
    find the word that was missed. (b) Then going through the  Study  Tapes
    for content with Method 4 at the End of each tape. If it reads  on  any
    misunderstood clear it up, then replay the tape. In this  way  get  the
    Study Tapes fully known without Misunderstood ideas or words. (c) Check
    M4 at the end of this action and if there is any misunderstood idea  or
    query of any kind then handle it per M4 and have the person do all  the
    tapes again. The End product of this action is fully known Study  Tapes
    with F/N VGIs.

7.    STUDENT HAT. (a) Have the person go through each P/L or HCO B  in  the
    Student Hat with this cycle: Each time a misunderstood  word  is  found
    even in the middle of the page, do the whole P/L  again.  Complete  the
    whole hat in this way. (b) Then go through the whole hat again starrate
    checked out and using Demo Kit. At each point where a new misunderstood
    idea or word turns up do the whole P/L. If any misunderstoods  show  up
    on this second run through, the whole Hat must be done again. (c)  Have
    the student do a BIG proper Clay Demo  of  some  study  materials.  (d)
    Check if the student can now use a Demo Kit while he is doing  his  own
    studies and get any WHY he cannot and Handle. The End product here is a
    STUDENT WHO CAN AND WILL USE STUDY TECH IN STUDYING AND WHO WILL  STUDY
    AND STUDY PROPERLY.

8.    Verify the WHY found in 3 above and see if it is all okay now. If  not
    find new WHY and rehandle.

9.    WORD CLEAR 2 first Dianetic or Scientology  materials  ever  heard  or
    read. (a) Find which it was. (b) WC2 it.

10.   Find what queries and questions the person has about  Admin  or  Tech.
    Do WC M4 on each one.

11.   Send the person to Cramming to get the specific Cramming  order,  Tech
    or Admin, carried out.

12.   Report the Course Super and D of T who "trained  him"  to  the  Ethics
    Officer for action.
                                  _________


    It is obviously  senseless  to  Cram  someone  (and  proven  by  actual
experience) whose Study Tech  is  out  and  whose  misunderstood  words  and
omitted study will not let him retain anything anyway. He will  just  go  on
goofing. That has been amply proven.


    Cramming can assess a Student Correction List HCO B 27 Mar 72, Issue I,
or a Supervisor Correction List HCO B 27 Mar 72, Issue  II,  or  an  Auditor
Correction List HCO B 27 Mar 72, Issue III, or a C/S Correction List  HCO  B
27 Mar 72, Issue IV, or an Executive Correction List HCO B 27 Mar 72,  Issue
V, and these will catch any Personnel Enhancement flub and  other  classroom
reasons.


    Things found on such lists should be reported to the Ethics Officer for
handling.


    Qual is after all  the  CORRECTION  DIVISION.  And  correction  usually
cannot be accomplished without Ethics back-up.
At first glance this is a lot to do for a student or staff  member.  BUT  IF
IT IS NOT DONE YOU DO NOT HAVE A STUDENT OR A STAFF MEMBER.


    Students and staff members must be charged  for  all  this,  the  staff
member usually on just a debit invoice but which comes due and owing on  his
departure, the student for cash through the Registrar. Do not fail  to  make
these charges as you are rewarding a downstat who should have done it  right
in the first place and who didn't.


    So don't run up a big Dept of Pers Enhancement Payroll  that  is  never
used to get the exchange.


    Also DO NOT BACKLOG or you can tie up a whole org and keep its stats in
the basement BY NOT RAPIDLY DOING THESE ACTIONS TO TOTAL END PRODUCT.


    If you don't get the End Product all the work is wasted.


    The Commonest Error in word clearing or auditing is a  FAILURE  TO  USE
CORRECTION LISTS. WC Corr List, WC Series 35, has been the most  needed  and
most neglected list in orgs.


                                  _________




    As Study Tech is the material which tells HOW to study,  the  technique
of study is not applied to IT. Thus it becomes unknown easily and  goes  out
very easily.


    Without it, I assure you, an org will get nowhere.


    Thus this action of the Dept of PE is a vital action and done  well  it
will keep the org alive.


    BE SURE TO DO THIS WELL AND GET A CASH EXCHANGE FOR THIS VITAL SERVICE!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH: mes.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[The above HCO B has been corrected per HCO B 3 April 1972, Issue  III,  Re:
Study Series 5, the entire text of which says, " 'HCO B of  30  March  1972,
IMPORTANT, Dept of Personnel Enhancement, Primary Correction  Rundown  First
Cramming Correction' is STUDY SERIES 5. Correct your  copy  to  read  'Study
Series 5'."]




                         EXPANDED DIANETICS LECTURES
                               Flagship Apollo
                            30 March-7 April 1972


** 7203C30  SO XDN- 1  Expanded Dianetics
** 7204C07A SO XDN-2   Expanded Dianetics and Word Clearing
** 7204C07B SO XDN-3   Auditor Administration
** 7204C07C SO XDN-4   Illness Breakthrough
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Remimeo     HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MARCH 1972
Central Orgs
London
Washington
Los Angeles
Denmark     Expanded Dianetics Series 1
Sydney



    EXPANDED DIANETICS is that branch of Dianetics which uses Dianetics  in
special ways for specific purposes.


    It is not HSDC Dianetics. Its position on  the  Grade  Chart  would  be
regulated by the use to  which  it  is  put.  It  could  be  below  Standard
Dianetics, just above Standard Dianetics or above OT III in the OT Scales.


    It uses Dianetics to change an Oxford Capacity Analysis (or an American
Personality Analysis) and is run directly against these analysis graphs  and
the "Science of Survival Hubbard Chart of Human Evaluation".


    EXPANDED DIANETICS IS NOT THE SAME AS STANDARD DIANETICS.


    The HSDC is qualified to run Standard Dianetics. He is  not  authorized
to run EXPANDED DIANETICS without special training.


    DO NOT MIX EXPANDED DIANETICS INTO STANDARD DIANETICS.


    It  often  happens  that  one  technology's  skills  are  mingled  with
another's. The result is that neither then work.


    Standard Dianetics will go right on producing results.


    The main  difference  between  these  two  branches  is  that  Standard
Dianetics is  very  general  in  application.  Expanded  Dianetics  is  very
specifically adjusted to the pc.


    Some pcs, particularly  heavy  drug  cases,  or  who  have  been  given
injurious psychiatric treatment or who are physically disabled  or  who  are
chronically ill or who have had trouble running  engrams  (to  name  a  few)
require a specially adapted technology.


    A very good Dianetic or Dianetic and Class IV auditor preferably HSDC &
Class VI can be specially trained to run Dianetics against the  OCA  or  the
Chart of Human Evaluation.

                                    STUDY

                             (Subject to Change)

    This training would consist of:

    1.      HSDC
    2.      STANDARD DIANETIC INTERNE HGC OK TO AUDIT
    3.      PRIMARY RD HCOB 30 Mar 72
    4.      Social Counselor Cse or Ruds Flying or Class IV
    5.      Full Word Clearer Rating
    6.      FESing
    7.      Programming
    8.      Expanded Dianetic Tapes and HCOBs
    9.      C/S Folder Study
    10.     Active Auditing on the skills taught
    11.     C/Sing Expanded Dianetics.


                                 CERTIFICATE


    The Certificate would be HUBBARD GRADUATE DIANETIC SPECIALIST.


    The Certificate Level is above  Standard  Dianetics  HSDC  and  if  the
person is a Class IV is just above Class IV.


    It would be greatly preferable if the person were an HSDC and  a  Class
IV as word clearing and rudiments would be easier to learn but Class  IV  is
not required at this time.

                                   CHARGES

    Hours of Expanded Dianetics, because of the skills required, should  be
at least half again or double as much as Standard Dianetic Auditing.


    The cost of the Course would  be  the  same  as  the  HSDC  Course  and
additional to it plus Interne fees.

                                PREREQUISITE


    HSDC and Dianetic Interneship  minimum  with  a  successful  period  of
Standard Dianetic Auditing as an auditor. Optimum is also a Class IV or VI.


    Case gain as a Dianetic pc.

                                 DEVELOPMENT


    This Course is under development as this is  written  and  neither  the
Course nor Expanded Dianetic Auditing may be sold by an org  unless  it  has
an Expanded Dianetic Specialist, to be specific, an HGDS.


    WHEN RELEASED THE COURSE  WILL  BE  TAUGHT  IN  CENTRAL  ORGS  (LONDON,
WASHINGTON, LOS ANGELES, JOHANNESBURG, DENMARK AND SYDNEY AND  SHs).  IT  IS
THE SPECIAL COURSE THE CONTINENTAL CENTRAL ORG TEACHES.


    The HCOBs relating to Expanded Dianetics will be released as a part  of
this series so that orgs will have them when  it  comes  time  for  them  to
acquire the tapes and teach this course.


    In the meanwhile these orgs should be making HSDCs and Class IVs.


    PERSONS NOT TRAINED ON IT MAY NOT RUN IT OR USE IT REGARDLESS OF CLASS.


    To repeat, Expanded Dianetics does not replace  Standard  Dianetics  or
any other Class and is itself and is used for its own specific  purposes  on
special cases.


LRH:nt.rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1972                                    Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 2 APRIL 1972RB
                                  Issue II
                           (REVISED 17 MARCH 1974)
Remimeo
Ex Dn Chkshts
                              I M P O R T A N T

                        Expanded Dianetics Series 3RB


                                  L3 EXD RB
                       EXPANDED DIANETICS REPAIR LIST




    This list includes the most frequent Exp Dianetic & R3R errors.


    A high or low TA and a bogged case can result from failures to erase  a
chain of incidents.


    DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPAIR A CHAIN OR ENGRAM WITHOUT USING THIS  LIST  as
it can have different or several errors.


    REMEMBER TO CLEAR EACH WORD ON THIS LIST. IF A QUESTION READS  AND  THE
PC SAYS HE DOESN'T UNDERSTAND IT, CLEAR IT AND REASSESS  (don't  explain  it
and take it as it read on a misunderstood not on a fact).


    RUNNING PCS ON EXP DIANETICS WITHOUT A  FULL  AND  COMPLETE  DN  C/S  I
INDOCTRINATION IS A FOOLISH ACTION.


    TAKE ANY READ FOUND TO F/N BY FULL REPAIR OF IT PER THE INSTRUCTIONS.

1.    There was an Earlier Similar incident. _________
      Indicate it, flatten the chain.

2.    There was no Earlier Similar incident. _________
    Indicate it. Determine if the chain is flat or if the last incident
    needs to be run through again. Complete the chain to F/N by
    indication or D/L if needed, or by flattening it.

3.    There was an earlier beginning.   _________
      Indicate it. Handle with R3R and complete the chain.

4.    There was no earlier beginning.   _________
    Indicate it. Complete the chain with R3R ABCD on last incident
    if unflat.

5.    An F/N was indicated too soon.    _________
      Indicate it. Flatten the last incident.

6.    An F/N was indicated too late.    _________
    Indicate it. Spot the flat point, indicate the overrun, D/L if
    necessary.

7.    An F/N was not indicated at all.  _________
    Indicate it. Spot the flat point, indicate the overrun, D/L if
    necessary.

8.    There was no charge on an item in the first place. _________
    Indicate it, and that it shouldn't have been run, D/L if necessary.

9.    Jumped chains.   _________
      Indicate it. Reorient to the original chain, spot flat point and
      indicate the overrun, D/L if necessary, or flatten the chain.

10.   Flubbed commands.      _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N.

11.   Didn't have a command. _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N.

12.   Misunderstood on the command.     _________
      Find it and clear it.

13.   Incident should be run through one more time.      _________
      Indicate it. ABCD on the incident, flatten the chain.

14.   Too late on the chain. _________
      Indicate it. Get the Earlier Similar incident and complete the
      chain with R3R.

14A   Wrong Flow.      _________
      Indicate it. Run it the way pc feels it should be run.

15.   Incident gone more solid.   _________
      Indicate it. Check for earlier incident or earlier beginning and
      complete the chain.

16.   Stopped running an incident that was erasing.      _________
      Indicate it. ABCD on the incident and erase it.

17.   Went past basic on a chain. _________
      Indicate it, D/L if necessary.

18.   An earlier misrun incident restimulated.     _________
      Indicate it. Find out what it was and do an L-3RD on it.

19.   Two or more incidents got confused.    _________
      Indicate it, sort it out with an L-3RD on it.

20.   An implant was restimulated.      _________
      Indicate it, if no joy do an L-3RD on the time of the
      restimulation.

21.   The incident was really an implant.    _________
      Indicate it, D/L if necessary or L-3RD on it.

22.   Wrong Item.      _________
      Indicate it was a wrong item and that all other actions
      connected with it were wrong. If it is from an L&N list or if any
      question or difficulty, L-4BR.

22A   It was really  your  attitudes  to  it  that  should  have  been  run.
_________
      Indicate it. List the attitudes, R3R triple and exhaust the list.

22B   It was really the emotions connected with it  that  should  have  been
run   _________
      Indicate it. List the emotions, R3R triple and exhaust the list.

22C    It  was  really  your  intentions  that   should   have   been   run.
_________
      Indicate it. List the intentions, R3R triple and exhaust the list.

23.   Not your item.   _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N.

24.   Not your incident.     _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N. L-3RD if any trouble.

25.   Same thing run twice.  _________
      Indicate it. Spot the first flat point, indicate the overrun, D/L if
      necessary, or run out the session.

26.   There was a wrong date.     _________
      Indicate it. Get the correct date and flatten the incident if unflat.

27.   There was no date for the incident.    _________
      Indicate it. Get the date and flatten the incident if unflat.

28.   It was a false date.   _________
      Indicate it. Get the correct date and flatten the incident if unflat.

29.   There was an incorrect duration.  _________
      Indicate it. Get the correct duration  and  flatten  the  incident  if
unflat.

30.   No duration was found for the incident.      _________
      Indicate it. Get the duration and flatten the incident if unflat.

31.   There was a false duration.       _________
      Indicate it. Get the correct duration  and  flatten  the  incident  if
unflat.

32.   An earlier Dianetic upset was restimulated.  _________
      Locate what it was,  indicate  it.  Sort  it  out  with  an  L-3RD  if
necessary.

33.   An earlier ARC Break on engrams was restimulated.  _________
      Indicate it. Sort it out with an L-3RD, ARCU CDEINR or an L-1C
      as applicable, or run out the session.

34.   There was an ARC Break in the incident.      _________
      Indicate it. Flatten the incident if unflat. ARCU CDEINR at that
      time if necessary.

34A   Destructive impulse been missed.  _________
      Get it. It should  BD  F/N.  If  this  turns  into  a  listing  action
complete
      the list to BD F/N item.

35.   You were protesting.   _________
      Indicate it, clean it up E/S to F/N.

36.   Auditor demanded more than you could see.    _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N. L-1C if necessary, or run out the session.

37.   Auditor refused to accept what you were saying.    _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N. L-1C if necessary, or run out the session.

38.   You were prevented from running an incident. _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N. Flatten the incident if unflat. L-1C if
      necessary, or run out the session.

39.   You were distracted while running an incident.     _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N. Flatten the incident if unflat. L-1C if
      necessary, or run out the session.

40.   Audited over an  ARC Brk    _________
                 Problem     _________
                 Withhold    _________
      Indicate it and handle the out rud. Do not pull W/Hs before the
      engram or chain is repaired or it will mush engrams.

41.   An item was suppressed.     _________
      Indicate it. Get the suppress off E/S to F/N, then run or flatten
      the item.

42.   An item was invalidated.    _________
      Indicate it. Get the inval off E/S to F/N, then run or flatten the
      item.

43.   An item was abandoned. _________
      Indicate it, get the item back and run or flatten it.

44.   The wording of the item was changed.   _________
      Indicate it. Get the correct wording and give it to him. Flatten it
      if unflat.

45.   Stuck picture.   _________
      Indicate it. Do an L-3RD on it. You can also unstick it by having
      him recall a time before it  and  recall  a  time  after  it.  D/L  if
necessary.

46.   All black. _________
      Spot the black field or picture. Get the correct duration. If no go,
      L3RD on it.

47.   Invisible. _________
      Spot the invisible field or picture. L-3RD on it.

48.   Constantly changing pictures.     _________
      Indicate there was a misassessment and a wrong item was taken
      off the list. Get the correct item  and  run  it,  or  L-3RD  on  that
session.

49.   There was a persistent mass.      _________
      L3RD on it, or D/L.

50.   There was trouble with  a  pressure  item  or  pressure  on  an  item.
_________
      L-3RD on it, or D/L.

51.   You went exterior.     _________
      Indicate it, D/L if necessary or rehab. If TA  high  as  a  result  of
this do
      an Int RD Correction List or send to the C/S if pc hasn't had Int RD.

52.   Your Int RD was messed up.  _________
      Indicate it, Int RD Corr List if TA high. If TA OK, 2wc "going
      into things" or clear up any misunderstoods on Int, Ext, etc.

53.   Audited over Drugs or Medicine.   _________
      Indicate it. L3RD on that time, then verify all chains to ensure
      they erased.

54.   A past death restimulated.  _________
      Indicate it, if it doesn't blow run it out.

55.   There was nothing wrong in the first place.  _________
      Indicate it. Continue the action you were on.

56.   The real reason was missed.       _________
      Indicate it. Locate the real reason and handle or do a GF.

57.   Something else wrong.  _________
      Locate what it is and sort it out or do a GF M5 and handle.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: ntm jh
Copyright � 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 3 APRIL 1972
Remimeo

                               Study Series 6


                            PRIMARY RUNDOWN NOTE
                          Reference HCO B 30 Mar 72
                               LRH ED 174 Int


    In going through the Study Tapes the first time, the student  looks  up
every word.


    On this first time he does not study for the sense  of  what  is  being
said. He only listens to words.


    In this and in Method 4 word clearing, when being checked he  is  asked
"What is the definition of       (word)?" He is NOT asked "Do you  know  the
meaning of
    (word)?" To this he could answer "Yes" and believe  he  did.  But  when
asked for the definition that he must then give, it  is  a  different  story
entirely.


    This is also the right way to handle any defining of words. M2, M4.  As
well as Methods I & 3.


    Never let the student be unsure. Make him look it up.


    You will find that it is the simple word, "as",  "such",  "from",  that
really bogs reading, not technical terms.


    In the Study  Tapes  there  are  some  photographic  terms.  Any  photo
dictionary can give these. Almost any camera store has such dictionaries.

                                 SECOND TIME

    The second time through the Study Tapes the  student  listens  for  the
sense of the sentences.
                                  _________


    It is very revealing to do the Primary Rundown in this fashion.


    Some students are actually getting meaning out of  something  heard  or
read for the first time in their lives.
                                  _________


    No wonder schoolchildren, by test, get more stupid each additional year
of school. This has been established by actual  test,  that  they  do.  Each
year they just have a higher mountain of misunderstood words!

    The Primary Rundown done HONESTLY is quite an adventure in  opening  up
one's Communication Channels with life!



LRH:mes.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 4 APRIL 1972
Remimeo

                          TECH DIV PRIMARY RUNDOWN


    The Primary Correction Rundown in HCO B 30  March  72  is  the  rundown
given in the Department  of  Personnel  Enhancement  in  the  Qualifications
Division.


    The PRIMARY RUNDOWN is given in the Tech Division as NORMAL  DIVISIONAL
ACTIVITY.


                             PRIMARY RUNDOWN HGC


1.    The student is given any needful case handling or repair if his TA  is
high or low in accordance with his state of case.


    This is only done if the  person's  meter  is  such  as  to  make  word
clearing difficult or if the person is in obvious need of case handling.


    Aside from TA, "obvious need of case handling" includes a  bad  OCA  or
APA, Drugs and PTS.


    If the Student has been on drugs he must be given a Drug Rundown.


    If he is PTS he must be handled in Ethics and given a PTS Rundown.


    If the student is ill he should be handled by Dianetics.


    An R/Sing person should be handled by Expanded Dianetics.


2.    WORD CLEARING METHOD 1 is done by normal word clearing  procedures  in
the HGC either as part of his normal auditing or as a student checksheet.


    This is carried to an F/Ning list on the final assessment.


    The Word Clearing Correction List is used  at  the  slightest  sign  of
trouble.


    The student must have F/N throughout on the final  full  assessment  of
the WC Corr List if used and the final full WC Method  I  list  and  an  F/N
VGIs at the examiner for this step to be considered complete.


                              DEPT OF TRAINING


    The student is now qualified to enter training.


3.    STUDY TAPES AND STUDENT HAT. The student's first training step may  be
either the Study Tapes (or authorized transcript or translated tape but  not
notes) or the Student Hat. It will be found that course  facilities  may  be
better employed where a student is allowed to do either as the  first  step,
so long as he does both one after the other.


    (a) The Study Tapes are played first for the words themselves. One  may
not just play the tape and list the words and then look them up. This is  an
exact action. The only variation of this will  come  when  a  full  list  of
these words is issued in alphabetical order. Each is  looked  up  the  first
time it appears on the tape. The  word  is  USED  in  several  sentences.  A
grammar  such  as  "English  Made  Simple"  should  be  to  hand.  Good  BIG
dictionaries should be to hand. And a photographic dictionary or glossary.
The tape is then  played through. A Method 4 check is made. If there is  any
read that is a true read (not a false surge) on the question, "Was  anything
not fully understood?" the word is hunted down and  defined.  And  then  the
whole tape has to be done again.


    In this way, reel by reel (or chapter by chapter when transcribed), the
Study Tapes are done.


    An M4 Meter check is made on the whole tape series.


    The person is sent to the Student Examiner.


    If there is a flunk of the exam the student goes to Cramming.


    (b) The Student Hat is done like the Study Tapes.


    Each item (P/L, HCO B etc) in it is read through once, looking up  each
word the first time it appears and using it in sentences.


    At the end of each item the student is checked with Method 4 as on  the
tapes.


    And if he misses one word he does the whole item again.


    In this way he goes through the whole hat.


    Now he reads the whole hat for sense.


    Each time an ACTION is called for in an item (demo  or  clay  demo)  he
must do that item correctly.


    He now reads the whole hat through using a Demo Kit continually  as  he
goes along.


    He is again given an M4 check and if there is no read he  goes  to  the
Student Examiner.


    If he fails, he goes to Cramming.


    If he passes he may do the Study Tapes if he has not done  them  or  he
having passed those is a product.


    THE PRODUCT AT THIS POINT IS A STUDENT WHO KNOWS HOW TO STUDY AND  WILL
BE ABLE TO USE WHAT HE STUDIES.


    This concludes the Primary Rundown as given in the Tech Division.


    The Tech Division does not repair the student.


    He can be ordered to Cramming however for the single action of  a  Word
Clearing Correction List in case errors in Method 4 or Method  3  have  been
made or the student has gone beyond the metering ability of a supervisor.


    Qual at its option in such cases may order a  full  Primary  Correction
Rundown  but  must  give  a  Word  Clearing  Correction  List  first  before
determining this.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder
LRH:mes.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 APRIL 1972

Remimeo
                       Establishment Officer Series 14


                                   ETHICS

    The normal level of an unhatted Dev-T non-producing org is out ethics.


    The reason you see so many heavy ethics actions occurring-or situations
where heavy ethics actions should occur if they aren't-in  such  an  org  is
that it has its EXCHANGE flows messed up.


    It is important to know this fact as this factor alone can sometimes be
employed to handle persons in the area whose ethics are out.

                                 CRIMINALITY

    Unless we want to go on living in a far nowhere some of  the  facts  of
scenes have to be confronted.


    An inability to confront evil leads  people  into  disregarding  it  or
discounting it or not seeing it at all.


    Reversely, there can  be  a  type  of  person  who,  like  an  old-time
preacher, sees nothing but evil in everything  and,  possibly  looking  into
his own heart for a model, believes all men are evil.


    Man, however (as you can read in HCO  B  28  Nov  70,  C/S  Series  22,
"Psychosis"), is basically  good.  When  going  upon  some  evil  course  he
attempts to restrain himself and caves himself in.


    The Chart of Human Evaluation in Science of Survival was right  enough.
And such people also can be found by the Oxford Capacity Analysis where  the
graph is low and well below a center line on the right.


    This sort of thing can be handled of course by auditing but the  Est  O
does not depend on that to handle his staff's problems.


    Criminal actions proceed from such people unless checked by more duress
from without not to do an evil act than they themselves have  pressure  from
within to do it.


    Criminality is in most instances restrained by just such  an  imbalance
of pressures.


    If you have no ethics presence in an org, then  criminality  shows  its
head.


    Such people lie rather than be made to confront. They false report-they
even use "PR" which means Public Relations to  cover  up-and  in  our  slang
talk "PR" means putting up a lot of  false  reports  to  serve  as  a  smoke
screen for idleness or bad actions.


    Unless you get Ethics in, you will never get Tech in. If you can't  get
Tech in you won't get Admin in.


    So the lack of Ethics permits the criminal impulse to go unchecked.


    Yes, it could be handled with Tech. But to get money you have  to  have
Admin in.


    Unless there is Ethics and ways to get it in, no matter how distasteful
it may seem, you will never get Tech and Admin in.


    Of course there is always the element of possible injustice.  But  this
is provided against. (See HCO PL 24 Feb 72, "Injustice".)


    When Ethics is being applied by criminal  hands  (as  happens  in  some
governments) it can get pretty grim.
But even then Ethics serves as a restraint to just outright slaughter.


    Omitting to handle criminality can make one as guilty of the  resulting
crimes as if one committed them!  So criminality  as  a  factor  has  to  be
handled.


    It is standardly handled by  the  basic  Ethics  P/Ls  and  the  Ethics
Officer system.

                                  EXCHANGE

    The unhatted unproducing staff member, who is not really a criminal  or
psychotic, can be made to go criminal.


    This joins him to the Criminal ranks.


    The Ethics system also applies to him.


    However there is something an Est O can do about it that is truly Est O
tech.


    This lies in the field of EXCHANGE.


    If you recall your Product Clearing, you  will  see  that  exchange  is
something for something.


    Criminal exchange is nothing  from  the  criminal  for  something  from
another.


    Whether theft or threat or fraud is used, the criminal think is to  get
something without putting out anything. That is obvious.


    A staff member can be coaxed into this kind of thinking by


    PERMITTING HIM TO RECEIVE WITHOUT HIS CONTRIBUTING.


    This unlocks, by the way, an age-old riddle of the philosophers  as  to
"what is right or wrong".


    HONESTY is the road to SANITY. You can prove that and do prove it every
time you make somebody well by "pulling his withholds". The insane are  just
one seething mass of overt acts and withholds. And they are very  physically
sick people.


    When you let somebody be dishonest you are setting  him  up  to  become
physically ill and unhappy.


    Traditional Sea Org Ethics labeled Non-Compliance as  Liability  and  a
False Report as Doubt. And it's true enough.


    When you let a person give nothing  for  something  you  are  factually
encouraging crime.


    Don't be surprised that welfare  districts  are  full  of  robbery  and
murder. People there give nothing for something.


    When exchange is out the whole social balance goes out.


    Every full scholarship ever given by an org wound up in a messy scene.


    When you hire a professional pc who just  sits  around  making  do-less
motions while people audit him and contribute to him DO NOT BE SURPRISED  IF
HE GETS SICKER AND SICKER.


    He is contributing nothing in return and winds up in overwhelm!


    Similarly if you actively prevented someone from contributing in return
you could also make him ARC Broken and sick.


    It is EXCHANGE which maintains the inflow  and  outflow  that  gives  a
person space around him and keeps the bank off of him.


    There are numbers of ways these flows of Exchange can be unbalanced.
    It does not go same out as comes in. Equal amounts are no  factor.  Who
can measure good will or friendship? Who can actually  calculate  the  value
of saving a being from death in each lifetime? Who can  measure  the  reward
of pride in doing a job well or praise?


    For all these things are of different values to different people.


    In the material world the person whose Exchange Factor is out may think
he "makes money". Only a government or a counterfeiter  "makes  money".  One
has to produce something to Exchange for money.


    Right there the Exchange Factor is out.


    If he gives nothing in return for what  he  gets  the  money  does  not
belong to him.


    In product clearing many people it was found that some considered their
food, clothing, bed and allowance were not  theirs  because  they  produced.
They were theirs "just by being there". This funny "logic"  covered  up  the
fact that these people produced little or nothing on  post.  Yet  they  were
the first to howl when not  getting  expensive  (to  the  org)  auditing  or
courses or tech!


    Thus such a person, not hatted or made to produce, will get ill.


    It is interesting that when a  person  becomes  productive  his  morale
improves.


    Reversely it should be rather plain to you that a  person  who  doesn't
produce becomes mentally or physically ill. For his exchange factor is out.


    So when you reward a downstat you not only deprive  upstats,  you  also
cave the downstat in!


    I don't think Welfare States have anything else in mind!


    The riots of the ancient city of Rome were  caused  by  these  factors.
There they gave away corn and games to a populace that eventually became  so
savage it could only enjoy torture and gruesome death in the arena!


    A lot of this exchange imbalance comes from child psychology where  the
child is not contributing anything and is not permitted to contribute.


    It is this which first overwhelms him with feelings  of  obligation  to
his parents and then bursts out as total revolt in his teens.


    Children who are permitted to contribute (not as a cute thing to do but
actually) make non-contributing children of the same age  look  like  raving
maniacs! It is the  cruel  sadism  of  modern  times  to  destroy  the  next
generation this way. Don't think it isn't  intended.  I  have  examined  the
OCAs of parents who do it!


    So if a person is brought up this life with the exchange all awry,  the
Est O has his hands full sometimes!


    He is dealing with trained-in criminality!

                               WHAT HE CAN DO

    The remedy is rather simple.


    First one has to know all about EXCHANGE  as  covered  in  the  Product
Clearing policy letters.


    Then he has to specially clear this up with people who do not produce.


    He should get them to work on it as it relates to ALL THEIR DYNAMICS IN
RELATIONSHIP TO EVERY OTHER DYNAMIC.


    That means he has to clear up the definitions of dynamics with care and
then have the person draw a big chart (of his own) and  say  what  he  gives
the 1st Dynamic and what it  gives  him.  Then  what  he  gives  the  second
dynamic and what it gives him. And so on up the dynamics.


    Now, have him consider "his own second dynamic". What does  his  second
dynamic give his first dynamic?  What  does  his  second  dynamic  give  the
second dynamic and what does it give him?


    And so on until you have a network of these exchange arrows, each  both
ways.
Somewhere along the way, if your TRs are good and  you  have  his  attention
and he is willing to talk to you he will have quite a cognition!


    That, if it's a big one is the End Phenomena of it.


    And don't be surprised if you see a person  now  and  then  change  his
physical face shape!

                           CONDITIONS BY DYNAMICS

    An Ethics type "action" can be done by giving the person the conditions
formulas (pages 189, 237, 245, 247, 249 of Vol 0, Basic Staff  Hat.  HCO  PL
14 Mar 68-page 247-gives one the table.)


    Method 4 the person on the Table of Conditions and pick  up  any  other
misunderstoods.


    Have the person study the formula of each of these  Conditions  in  the
table so that he knows what they are and what the formulas are.


    When he has all this now with no misunderstood words you must clear  up
the words related to his dynamics I to 8 and what they are.


    Now you're ready for the billion dollar question.


    Ask him what is his condition on the first dynamic. Have him study  the
formulas. Don't buy any glib PR.


    Don't evaluate or invalidate. When he's completely  sure  of  what  his
condition really is on the first dynamic he will cognite.


    Now take up the second dynamic by its parts-sex, family, children.  Get
a Condition for each.


    Similarly go on up each one of the dynamics until you have a  condition
for each one.


    Now begin with the first dynamic again. Continue to work this way.


    You will be amazed to find he will come out of false high down  to  low
and back up again on each dynamic.


    Somewhere along the line he will start to change markedly.


    When you have a person in continual heavy ethics or who  is  out-ethics
(Ethics bait, we say) and who is floundering around, you can do an S & D  on
him and quite often save his future for him.


    When you have such a person you do this one first  before  you  do  the
Exchange by Dynamics.


    In other words, you use this on "Ethics bait" and then when  he's  come
out of such, you do Exchange by Dynamics on him.

                                   SUMMARY

    When all looks black, and you are getting false reports, and the things
said done were not done and what was really being done were  overt  products
and despite all your work, the stats just won't go up, you still have  three
answers:

    1.      GET IN ETHICS ON THE ORG.


    2.      GET EXCHANGE DONE ON INDIVIDUALS.


    3.      GET IN CONDITIONS BY DYNAMICS ON THE ETHICS BAIT.

    And after that keep a strong just Division 1 Dept 3.


    You'll be amazed!
      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard      [Modified by HCO PL 9  May  74,  Prod-Org,  Esto  and
Older Systems
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED    Reconciled, in the Management Series 1970-1974,  page
438.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 APRIL 1972
Remimeo
                                   ETHICS

                        (Cancels HCO P/L of 7 Feb 70
                       "Danger Condition 2nd Formula")

                          CORRECT DANGER CONDITION
                                  HANDLING


    When the correct formula for handling a Danger Condition is  not  done,
an org or  activity  or  person  cannot  easily  get  above  that  condition
thereafter.


    When we had the 2nd Danger Formula apparently it was  applied  but  the
real Danger Formula wasn't. This made some orgs  and  people  remain  in  or
below Danger and made it very hard for them to get above that state.


    A prolonged state of emergency or threats to viability or survival or a
prolonged single-handing will not improve unless the actual  Danger  Formula
is applied.

                               DANGER FORMULA
The original formula follows:
1.    By-pass (ignore the junior  or  juniors  normally  in  charge  of  the
    activity and handle
      it personally).
2.    Handle the situation and any danger in it.
3.    Assign the area where it had to be handled a Danger Condition.
4.    Handle the personnel by Ethics Investigation and Comm Ev.
5.    Reorganize the activity so that the situation does not repeat.
6.    Recommend any firm policy that will hereafter detect and/or prevent
    the
      condition from recurring.
The senior executive present acts and acts according to the formula above.
      A Danger Condition is normally assigned when:
1.    An emergency condition has continued too long.
2.    A statistic plunges downward very steeply.
3.    A senior executive suddenly finds himself or herself wearing  the  hat
of the
      activity because it is in trouble.
                            FIRST DYNAMIC FORMULA
      The formula is converted for the 1st dynamic to
1st 1. By-pass habits or normal routines.
1st 2. Handle the situation and any Danger in it.
1st 3. Assign self a Danger Condition.
1st 4. Get in your own personal ethics by finding what you  are  doing  that
is out-ethics
      and use self-discipline to correct it and get honest and straight.
1st 5.  Reorganize  your  life  so  that  the  dangerous  situation  is  not
continually happening
      to you.
1st 6. Formulate and adopt  firm  policy  that  will  hereafter  detect  and
prevent the same
      situation from continuing to occur.
                            JUNIOR DANGER FORMULA


    Where a Danger Condition is assigned to a junior, request  that  he  or
she or the entire activity write up his or her overts and withholds and  any
known out-ethics situation and turn them in at a certain stated  time  on  a
basis that the penalty for them will be lessened  but  if  discovered  later
after the deadline it will be doubled.


    This done, require that the junior and the staff that  had  to  be  by-
passed and whose work had to be done  for  them  or  continually  corrected,
each one write up and fully execute the FIRST  DYNAMIC  DANGER  FORMULA  for
himself personally and turn it in.


                                 ASSESSMENT

    If the necessity to by-pass continues or if an area or person  did  not
comply, use a meter and assess or get assessed the following questionnaire.

                              THE TROUBLE AREA
                                QUESTIONNAIRE

__________________________   ______________________      _________________
      Person's Name    Post  Date

    To be done on the person by one who can correctly operate a meter.


    The list is done by telling the person you are about to  ask  him  some
questions on a meter and then just assess this list for reads.


    Mark each read properly.

(a)    Are you doing anything dishonest?     _________
(b)     Are  you  more  interested  in  something  else   than   your   job?
_________
(c)    Are you falsely reporting about anything?   _________
d)     Are you doing something harmful?      _________
e)     Are you doing little or nothing of value?   _________
f)     Are you pretending?   _________
g)     Are you in disagreement with something?     _________
h)     Do you have overts?   _________
i)     Are you withholding something?   _________
j)     Do you know of some out-ethics around you?  _________
k)     Don't you know what your post product is?   _________
I)     Are the products of others around you unknown to you?  _________
m)      Do  you  have  things  about  your  post   you   don't   understand?
_________
n)     Do you have words on your post you don't understand?   _________
o)     Don't you know grammar?    _________
p)     Is there some reason you are not quite on post?   _________
q)     Is someone giving you orders you don't understand?     _________
r)     Are you getting orders from too many places?      _________
s)     Don't you have a post?     _________
t)     Don't you know what your post is?     _________
u)     Have you really not read your hat?    _________
v)     Are you here for some other reason than you say?  _________
w)     Were you planning to leave?      _________
x)     Is your post temporary?    _________
y)     What about your post purpose?    _________
z)      Are  you  in  any  way  misemotional  or  upset  about  your   post?
_________
aa)    Are you actually doing fine?     _________

     When this has been assessed on a meter one then takes the largest  read
or TA blowdown and handles it.


     This is done by writing the question letter and the person's answers.


     Each question that read  is  given  two-way  communication  until  each
question that read has attained a floating needle.


     The form used and the worksheets are placed in the person's  folder  so
that other handling can be programmed and done as needed.

                                          __________________________________
                                        Operator's Name
Probable
WHY______________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________
______

____________________________________________________________________________
______


                                  WHY


    The above questionnaire can also be used to help  find a WHY  (it  will
not directly find one as the Why has to be rephrased for  each  individual).
A WHY should always be found for individuals in a Danger Condition.


                           TROUBLE AREA SHORT FORM


__________________________   ______________________      _________________
      Person's Name    Post  Date


      A short form can be done on someone who is an  "old  hand"  and  knows
the tune.


SF 1.  Out-Ethics?     __________
SF 2.  Overts?   __________
SF 3.  Withholds?      __________
SF 4.  Disagreements?  __________
SF 5.  False Reports?  __________
SF 6.  Product Unknown?      __________
SF 7.  Products of others Unknown?      __________
SF 8.  Post purpose?   __________
SF 9.  Situations not understood? __________
SF 10.       Misunderstood words? __________
SF 11.       Misunderstood grammar?     __________
SF 12.       Wrong WHY?      __________
SF 13.       Omitted materials?   __________
SF 14.       Misemotional?   __________
SF 15.       False passes?   __________
SF 16.       Invalidation?   __________
SF 17.       Wrong Orders?   __________
SF 18.       Not understood? __________
SF 19.       No situation?   __________
SF 20.       Doing fine really?   __________
      (Handling is the same as in the long form.)

Probable
WHY______________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________
______

____________________________________________________________________________
______




                                         ___________________________________
                                                Operator


    ENDING A DANGER CONDITION  When  production  has  again  increased  the
Danger Condition  should  be  formally  ended  and  an  Emergency  Condition
assigned and its formula should be followed.




                  L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder




LRH: mes.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 10 APRIL 1972
A/Courses
                     (Cancels HCO B 31 July 71 Issue II
                          Corrected "Solo C/Sing")

                                   URGENT

                                C/S Series 75

                             Solo C/S Series 13


                              PREOTS DON'T C/S


    HCO B 31 July 71 Issue  II  Corrected  required  PreOTs  to  C/S  their
folders for the next session.


    I did not write this HCO B.


    Research has proven that a Solo PreOT who is required  by  any  C/S  to
write a C/S for his next session can be put into that next session action.


    This C/Sing for himself his own next session  violates  the  "continued
session rule" wherein an auditor does not "finish" a session by telling  the
pc "the process will be continued in the next session".


    This puts the pc into continued sessions and in Solo can put the  PreOT
from Solo auditing to self auditing. There is a vast difference between  the
two. Solo auditing occurs in session with a meter. Self auditing is  out  of
session wondering and chewing on bank.


    A Solo PreOT must NOT self audit.


    He ends the session he has done when he ends session on his worksheet.


    He then goes to Examiner and gets his  exam.  The  Examiner  sends  the
completed Exam form to Solo Admin who puts it in the folder.


    The Solo C/S, then, from his study of the folder, does the next C/S for
the PreOT in proper C/S form. This is a diagonal  2  green  stripes  on  the
left-hand corner of the sheet, the PreOT's name and date in black.  The  C/S
itself is in black pen.


    The PreOT takes this C/S and does it in his next session.


    In rare instances when the PreOT is going really well, the C/S  permits
him to do several sessions. The C/S can tell from Exam  forms  that  all  is
well. This MUST carry a notice "Come in at once to the D of P if  you  cease
to audit or run into trouble. Do this C/S  in  the  next  several  sessions.
Come in for a new C/S the moment you feel  this  C/S  is  complete  and  are
ready for a new C/S."


    When no Exam forms come in the Solo D of P chases the pc up.


    If a Solo Exam form is bad the Examiner must mark it "Urgent Attn  Solo
C/S." IN RED.


    Solo Admin must alert the D of P who chases up the pc.


    Tab is kept on ALL Solo pcs on lines by the D of P and if one falls off
lines the
fact must be visible to the Solo D of P who keeps a board on  sessions  with
all PreOTs' names on it !


    The above is the correct C/Sing line.


    The worst features of a PreOT doing his own C/Sing are:


1.    He is not a trained C/S.

2.    Sudden ideas pop up he wants to handle instead  of  going  on  and  he
    gets into an offline action when he should keep going.

3.    A PreOT can "rabbit" (run away from the bank) by proposing a C/S  that
    does not make him confront it.

4.    And Last but far from least, a "C/S" by a PreOT is  an  invitation  to
    the Solo Case Supervisor to Q and A with it. (Q and  A  means  to  just
    repeat whatever another says as a lazy way out.)


                                ____________


    Pc + Auditor is greater than bank.


    In Solo Auditing


    C/S + PreOT is greater than bank.


                                ____________



    PreOTs do NOT C/S their own folders!


                                ____________




    THE PREOT DOES  KEEP UP HIS SESSION SUMMARY EACH SESSION.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH:mes.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 15 APRIL 1972

Remimeo
Central Orgs Academies
London
Washington  (Revised issue of
Los Angeles HCOB 31 Mar 72)
Johannesburg
Denmark
Sydney
SHs

                        Expanded Dianetics Series 1R




    EXPANDED DIANETICS is that branch of Dianetics which uses Dianetics  in
special ways for specific purposes.


    It is not HSDC Dianetics. Its position on the  Grade  and  Class  Chart
would be just above Class IV. Its proper number is Class IVA.


    It uses Dianetics to change an Oxford Capacity Analysis (or an American
Personality Analysis) and is run directly against these analysis graphs  and
the "Science of Survival Hubbard Chart of Human Evaluation".


    EXPANDED DIANETICS IS NOT THE SAME AS STANDARD DIANETICS AS IT REQUIRES
SPECIAL TRAINING AND ADVANCED SKILLS.


    The HSDC is qualified to run Standard Dianetics. He is  not  authorized
to run EXPANDED DIANETICS without special training.


    DO NOT MIX EXPANDED DIANETICS INTO STANDARD DIANETICS.


    It  often  happens  that  one  technology's  skills  are  mingled  with
another's. The result is that neither then work.


    Standard Dianetics will go right on producing results.


    The main  difference  between  these  two  branches  is  that  Standard
Dianetics is  very  general  in  application.  Expanded  Dianetics  is  very
specifically adjusted to the pc.


    Some pcs, particularly  heavy  drug  cases,  or  who  have  been  given
injurious psychiatric treatment or who are physically disabled  or  who  are
chronically ill or who have had trouble running  engrams  (to  name  a  few)
require a specially adapted technology.


    A very good Dianetic and Class IV auditor (preferably HSDC & Class  VI)
can be specially trained to run Dianetics against the OCA or  the  Chart  of
Human Evaluation and handle other items of great value to a pc.

                                    STUDY

                             (Subject to Change)

    This training would consist of


    1.      HSDC


    2.      STANDARD DIANETIC INTERNE HGC OK TO AUDIT


    3.      Class 0-IV Academy (or Class VI)


    4.      PRIMARY CORRECTION RD HCOB 30 Mar 72 if Primary RD not done
5.    Full Word Clearer Rating


    6.      FESing


    7.      Expanded Dianetic Tapes and HCOBs


    8.      Programming


    9.      C/S Folder Study


    10.     Active Auditing on the skills taught


    11.     C/Sing Expanded Dianetics.




                                 CERTIFICATE


    The Certificate would be HUBBARD GRADUATE DIANETIC SPECIALIST.


    The Certificate Level is just above Class IV.


    Class IV is required. A Class VI SHSBC may be substituted for Class IV.


                                   CHARGES

    Hours of Expanded Dianetics, because of the skills required, should  be
at least half again or double as  much  as  Standard  Dianetic  Auditing  or
Lower Grade Auditing.


    The cost of the Course would  be  the  same  as  the  HSDC  Course  and
additional to it plus Interne fees.

                                PREREQUISITE

    HSDC and Dianetic Interneship  minimum  with  a  successful  period  of
Standard Dianetic Auditing as an auditor and is Class IV or VI.


    Case gain as a Dianetic pc, and all Lower Grades Triple.


                                 DEVELOPMENT

    Neither the Course nor Expanded Dianetic Auditing may be sold by an org
unless the org has an Expanded  Dianetic  Specialist,  to  be  specific,  an
HGDS.


    WHEN RELEASED THE COURSE  WILL  BE  TAUGHT  IN  CENTRAL  ORGS  (LONDON,
WASHINGTON, LOS ANGELES, JOHANNESBURG, DENMARK AND SYDNEY) AND  SHs.  IT  IS
THE SPECIAL COURSE THE CONTINENTAL CENTRAL ORG TEACHES.


    The HCOBs relating to Expanded Dianetics will be released as a part  of
this series so that orgs will have them when  it  comes  time  for  them  to
acquire the tapes and teach this course.


    In the meanwhile these orgs should be making HSDCs and Class IVs.


    PERSONS NOT TRAINED ON IT MAY NOT RUN IT OR USE IT REGARDLESS OF CLASS.


    To repeat, Expanded Dianetics does not replace  Standard  Dianetics  or
any other Class and is itself and is used for its own specific  purposes  on
special cases.



LRH:nt.rd                                    L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972                                   Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 16 APRIL 1972

Remimeo
                           PTS RD CORRECTION LIST

                         (Reference HCO B 17 Apr 72,
                          "C/Sing the PTS Rundown",
                               C/S Series 76)


    This Correction List is assessed and handled after a  PTS  Rundown  has
been done on the pc. It also serves as a checklist of expected actions  with
the Rundown.


    The  handlings  are  given  below  the  assessing  statements  in  each
instance.


    The list is Always Done Method 5 (All assessed then handled).

1.    You have been physically ill after auditing.       ________
      (If this happened after a PTS RD the RD is not complete.
      2wc to F/N then find what was incomplete.)

2.    You lost the gains achieved in auditing.     ________
      (Same as 1 above.)

3.    You are still in communication with a person or group that does
      not like Scientology.  ________
      (Have HCO handle per P/L 5 Apr 72 or if HCO does not act handle
      with D of P or Tech Sec.)

4.    You know someone who disagrees with what you are doing. ________
      (See 3 above.)

5.    You handled the whole situation completely.  ________
      (If reads, 2wc to F/N.)

6.    You only said it was handled.     ________
      (2wc to F/N, give pc P/L 23 Dec 65 and P/L 5 Apr 72 and
      Method 4 WC them and report it to the D of P for further handling.)

7.    You don't understand the situation.    ________
      (See 6 above.)

8.    You don't believe there is a situation.      ________
      (2wc to F/N and probably handling as 6 above. It could be there
      is no situation now.)

9.    You didn't want to handle it and protested.  ________
      (2wc to F/N. See 6 above.)

10.   It can't be handled anyway.       ________
      (2wc to F/N and see 6 above.)

11.    There  was  something   wrong   with   the   auditing   or   auditor.
    ________
      (Find what and do L1C, L3B or L4B as indicated.)

12.   There was earlier bad auditing.   ________
      (Wasn't set up. Repair Pgm.)

13.   You were given the PTS Rundown in the middle of another
      incomplete rundown.    ________
      (2wc to F/N. Complete the incomplete RD then verify the PTS RD.)

14.   You weren't PTS in the first place.    ________
      (Find out if the pc was connected to SPs or an SP group in actual
      fact. Possibly still is but misinterpreting "PTS". If so do 6.)
    15.     The feelings about the people you were  audited  on  are  still
    there.
      (2wc to F/N. L1C, L4B, L3B as indicated. Complete the RD.)

16.   The PTS Rundown was not complete. ________
      (2wc to F/N. Sort out Case on PTS RD Addition HCO B 20 Jan 72.)

17.   You still feel PTS.    ________
      (See 16.)

18.   You still can't hold onto your auditing gains.     ________
      (See 16.)

19.   You were ill after the RD.  ________
      (See 16.)

20.   You feel more upset than ever.    ________
      (See 16.)

21.    There  is  still  an  additional   person   that   wasn't   detected.
    ________
      (See 16.)

22.   You were told to attest but were still PTS.  ________
      (See 16.)

23.   You decided you were PTS when you weren't.   ________
      (2wc to F/N. Handle as indicated by Data pc gives.)

24.   You said a person was suppressive who really wasn't.    ________
      (See 23.)

25.   There is a situation that has not been disclosed.  ________
      (2wc to F/N. Get full data. C/S accordingly.)

26.   There were lies told.  ________
      (See 25.)

27.   You don't agree about all this.   ________
      (See 25.)

28.   Your condition was really caused by something else.     ________
      (See 25.)

29.   There were misunderstood words.   ________
      (See 25.)

30.   Everything was all right in the first place. ________
      (See 25.)

31.   There were list errors.     ________
      (L4B.)

32.   There were engram errors.   ________
      (L3B.)

33.   There were auditor errors.  ________
      (L1C.)

34.   You now feel okay.     ________
      (2wc to F/N.)


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH: mes.rd
Copyright �1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 17 APRIL 1972
Remimeo

                                C/S Series 76


                             C/SING A PTS RUNDOWN



        References:    HCO B 9 Dec 71   PTS Rundown
                             HCO B 20 Jan 72       PTS Rundown Addition
                             HCO B 13 Feb 72 PTS RD Additional
                              Issue II  LRH Data
                       HCO PL 5 Apr 72  PTS Type A Handling
                       HCO B 16 Apr 72  PTS Correction List
                       HCO B 17 Apr 72  C/S Series 76
                 C/Sing a PTS RD (this HCO B)
                       Any subsequent issues.






    The whole point of a PTS Rundown is  to  make  a  person  not  PTS  any
longer.


    The point is not to just run some processes. It is to have a person all
right now.


    To really understand this rundown, one would have to know what  PTS  is
in the first place and why one was doing the rundown.


    This would apply to the auditor as well as the C/S.


    PTS means POTENTIAL TROUBLE SOURCE. It means  someone  connected  to  a
person or group opposed to Scientology.


    It is a TECHNICAL thing.


    It results in illness and rollercoaster and IS the CAUSE of Illness and
rollercoaster.


    When you do a PTS RD on a pc CORRECTLY he or she should  no  longer  be
ill or rollercoaster.


    BUT THIS INCLUDES THE PERSON HANDLING HIS PTS  CONDITION  IN  THE  REAL
UNIVERSE NOT IN JUST HIS BANK.


    An auditor and C/S must see that the person is:

    (a)    Handled properly in HCO or by the D of P if HCO isn't  there  so
        that the person handles the PTS Connection itself. (See  HCO  PL  5
        April 72, "PTS TYPE A HANDLING".)


    (b)    Do the RD correctly (see reference HCO Bs above).


    (c)    D of P Interview the person AFTER the RD  is  "complete"  to  be
        sure the person is now all right (not PTS).


    (d)    Watch the person's folder for  any  new  signs  of  illness  and
        rollercoaster and if these  occur  find  out  what  was  missed  by
        assessing PTS RD CORRECTION LIST. (See HCO B 16 April 72.)


    (e)    Handling the PTS RD CORR LIST.


    (f)    Re-interviewing to be sure the person is all right now.
                                    DATA

    Anyone handling or auditing or C/Sing PTS cases should  have  done  the
PACK "PTS, SP TECH" Pack I & Pack 2 which are based on  HCO  PL  31  May  71
which is the CHECKSHEET for available tech and policy on this subject.


    To this checksheet (HCO PL 31 May 71) must be added these issues:

      HCO B 9 Dec 71   PTS Rundown
      HCO B 20 Jan 72  PTS Rundown Addition
      HCO B 13 Feb 72  PTS RD Additional
            Issue II   LRH Data
      HCO PL 5 Apr 72  PTS Type A Handling
      HCO B 16 Apr 72  PTS Correction List
      HCO B 17 Apr 72  C/S Series 76
                 C/Sing a PTS RD (this HCO B)
      Any subsequent issues.

                               PTS SITUATIONS

    The hardest thing to get across about a PTS situation is that it IS the
reason for continued illness and rollercoaster (loss of gains).


    The condition does  exist. It is in fact common.


    We do  have the auditing tech to handle now.


    The material has to be applied correctly just like any other material.


    The reason we do the rundown is not to do some sessions  or  sell  some
auditing or just explain why the person is like that. We do the  rundown  so
the person will no longer be PTS.


    The (EP) End Phenomenon of the PTS RD is attained when  the  person  is
well and stable.


    As a C/S you MUST put a YELLOW TAB marked PTS on a PTS PC  Folder  that
stays on until the person is NO LONGER PTS.


    If you do NOT do this there will be about 25% of your pcs or more  that
YOU WILL BE IN CONTINUAL TROUBLE WITH! Because you will be  C/Sing  auditing
for a person who is PTS, will be ill, will rollercoaster because the  person
has NOT been handled to EP on being PTS.


    These people, by the way, will tell you, "Oh, I'm not PTS."  "But  your
father is suing the org." "Oh  yes,  I  know,  but  it  doesn't  bother  me.
Besides my illness is from something I ate last year.  And  I  rollercoaster
because I don't like the Examiner. But I'm not PTS." The mystery  is  solved
when you find they haven't  a  clue  what  the  letters  mean  or  what  the
condition is, so give them a copy of HCO PL 5 Apr 72 and let them  read  it.
If they still want to know more give them HCO PL 23 Dec 65. (Remembering  it
has to be Word Cleared Method 4 or he won't have a clue  even  if  he  reads
it.)


    We are on no campaign to rid the world  of  suppressives  when  we  are
handling a PTS pc. But facts are facts and tech is tech.


    In handling a PTS person as a C/S you are on  a  borderline  of  policy
violation unless you make the person do what it says in HCO PL  5  April  72
first. That handles the situation itself. Then you  can  handle  the  person
with the PTS Rundown.


    It is a great rundown. Like any other it has a standard  way  of  going
about it.




LRH:mes.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1972                              Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 19 APRIL 1972

Remimeo

                                C/S Series 77


                              "QUICKIE" DEFINED


    The reason an auditor can say he doesn't "quickie a rundown" (and  none
ever say they do) is because he has no definition for the word QUICKIE.


    The word has been used to designate rundowns that were  not  completely
and fully done.


    It is not a slang word.


    In the dictionary you will find "Quickie also quicky: something done or
made in a hurry. Also: a hurriedly  planned  and  executed  program  (as  of
studies)."


    What happens in auditing, for instance, is a "Grade Zero  Expanded"  is
"done" by just doing a single flow to its first F/N.


    That is obviously "quickie".


    A more subtle one is to do a "PTS Rundown" with  no  Ethics  action  to
begin and no check for stability, holding gain and not ill  a  week  or  two
after the RD. Only if  both  these  actions  were  done  would  one  have  a
"Complete PTS Rundown" as it would give a PRODUCT = A PC no longer PTS.


    So what makes a Quickie "completion" quickie?


    Is it length of time? Not necessarily.


    Is it fewness of processes?  Not  necessarily  as  Power  can  be  done
quickie simply by not hanging on for the EP and only going to F/N.


    To define COMPLETE gives us the reverse of Quickie.


    "COMPLETE: To make whole, entire or perfect; end after  satisfying  all
demands  or  requirements.  "  A  Completion  is  "the  act  or  action   of
completing, becoming complete or making complete".


    So "completing" something is not a loose term. It means an exact thing.
"End after satisfying all demands or requirements" does not mean  "doing  as
little as possible" or "doing what  one  can  call  complete  without  being
detected".


    Anything that does not fully satisfy all requirements is QUICKIE.


    So "quickie" really means "omitting actions for  whatever  reason  that
would satisfy all demands or requirements  and  doing  something  less  than
could be achieved".


    In short a quickie is not doing all the steps and actions that could be
done to make a perfect whole.


    Standard auditing actions required for ages that auditors cleared  each
word of each command. Yet when they went quickie  they  dropped  this.  When
this was dropped, GAINS ON 75% OF ALL  PCS  LESSENED  OR  VANISHED.  We  are
right
now achieving spectacular wins on pcs  just  by  clearing  up  commands  and
words on all lists. We are finding that these pcs did not recover and  NEVER
BEFORE HAD BEEN IN SESSION even  though  previously  "audited"  hundreds  of
hours.


    By omitting an essential action of clearing  commands,  processing  did
not work because the pc never understood the auditing commands!


    So quickie action did not save any time, did it? It wasted hundreds  of
hours!


    Quickie Programs are those which omit essential steps like Vital  lists
or 2wcs to get data. FESs for past errors are often omitted.


    To slow down the torrent of quickie actions on  clearing  commands  HCO
P/L 4 Apr 72 Issue III "Ethics and Study Tech"  has  Clause  4  "An  auditor
failing to clear each and every word of every command or list  used  may  be
summoned before a Court of Ethics. The charge is OUT TECH."


    Ethics has to enter in  after  Quickie  Tech  has  gotten  in.  Because
quickie tech is a symptom of out ethics. HCO P/L 3 April 72  (Est  O  Series
13) "Doing Work" and HCO P/L 4 Apr 72 (Est O Series 14) "Ethics"  are  vital
know-how where a C/S is faced with Quickie actions-or flubby ones that  will
not cure.


    Essential Quickie Tech is simply dishonest. Auditors  who  do  it  have
their own Ethics out in some way.


    To be sure their confront is down.


    There  are  numerous  remedies  for  the  quickie  impulse.  The  above
mentioned Policy Letters and plain simple TR 0 are standard remedies.  TR  0
properly done and completed itself usually cures it.


    Quickie study in '67 and '68 almost destroyed auditing quality. LRH  ED
174 Int which really pushes in Study Tech will achieve  the  primary  reason
for quickie-the auditor didn't understand the words himself.


    Wherever Quickie  tendencies  or  false  stats  (the  quickest  quickie
possible) show up, the above P/Ls had better be gotten into full use fast.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder





LRH: mes.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 20 APRIL 1972

Remimeo


                         Expanded Dianetics Series 4

                   (Adds C/S Series 76 to HGDS checksheet)

                         SUPPRESSED PCS AND PTS TECH


    (PTS means  Potential  Trouble  Source  which  itself  means  a  person
connected to a Suppressive Person.)


    As the Dianetic Specialist (HGDS) is often called upon  to  handle  pcs
who are not well, it is vital that he knows  all  about  and  can  use  "PTS
Tech".


    All sick persons are PTS.


    All pcs who rollercoaster (regularly lose gains) are PTS.


    Suppressive persons are themselves PTS to themselves.


    If a Dianetic Specialist does not know this, have reality upon  it  and
use it, he will have loses on pcs he need not have.


    There is considerable Administrative Tech connected with  this  subject
of PTS and there is a special Rundown which handles PTS people.


    They get handled if the auditor knows his PTS tech, if he  audits  well
and if he uses both the auditing and Administrative Tech to handle.


    The Administrative Tech requires an interview, usually by the  Director
of Processing or Ethics Officer and the person is  required  to  handle  the
PTS situation itself before being audited. A check  for  stability  is  also
made after being audited on the PTS Rundown.


    For this reason, HCO B 17 April 72 and all the checksheet of HCO P/L 31
May 71 must be fully known to the Dianetic Specialist.


    HCO B 17 April 72 is also C/S Series 76 so as  to  be  sure  that  Case
Supervisors handle the Admin and C/Sing correctly.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder








LRH: mes .rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 20 APRIL 1972
                                  Issue II
Remimeo
                                C/S Series 78

                         PRODUCT PURPOSE AND WHY AND
                             WC ERROR CORRECTION

    Where untrained Auditors are finding Whys for a Danger Formula, or post
purposes or post products as called for in the Est O System you will  get  a
certain amount of error and case disturbance. Such  upsets  also  come  from
word clearing by incompetent persons.


    The C/S should look for these especially when  such  campaigns  are  in
progress. He should suspect them as a possibility when a case bogs.


    A C/S must be sure  all  such  papers  and  worksheets  get  into  pc's
folders.


    A common repair action is to

    1.      Do an assessment for type of charge.


    2.      Handle the charge found by the assessment done.


    3.      Fly all the reading items found on such assessments by  2wc  or
        direct handling.


    4.      Suspect LISTING ERRORS on any Why or purpose or  product  found
        even though no list exists and reconstruct the  list  and  L4B  and
        handle it.


    5.      Handle word clearing of any type in or out of  session  with  a
        Word Clear Correction List done in session by an Auditor.


    6.      When word clearing is too heavy on the pc or doesn't  clean  up
        suspect he has been thrown into implants which are mostly words  or
        the words in some engram. As Implants are  actually  just  engrams,
        handle it with an L3B.


                                   LISTING

    Any item found out of session or by a non-auditor is suspect of being a
Listing and Nulling (L&N) error even though no list was made.


    TODAY A CORRECT L&N ITEM MUST BD AND F/N.


    So treat such items as you would list errors and try to reconstruct the
list and either confirm the item or locate the  real  item  (may  have  been
invalidated and suppressed) or extend the list and get the real item.


    The real item will BD F/N.


    One can establish what the situation is with a post purpose, a Why or a
product or any other such item by doing an L4B.


                                SELF AUDITING


    The commonest reason for self auditing is a wrong or unfound L&N item.
People can go around and self list or self audit trying to get at the  right
Why or product or purpose after an error has been made.

                                  REACTION

    NOTHING PRODUCES AS MUCH CASE UPSET AS A WRONG LIST  ITEM  OR  A  WRONG
LIST.


    Even, rarely, a DIANETIC LIST can produce wrong list reactions. Ask the
pc for his somatics and he blows up  or  goes  into  apathy.  Or  blows.  Or
attacks the auditor.


    ALL of the more violent or bad reactions on the part  of  the  pc  come
from out lists.


    Nothing else produces such a sharp deterioration  in  a  case  or  even
illness.

                                  OUT LISTS

    Therefore when one gets a sharp change in a case  (like  lowered  tone,
violence, blows, "determination to go on in spite of the  supervisor",  long
notes from pcs, self C/Sing, etc, etc, the C/S SUSPECTS AN OUT LIST.


    This outness can occur in regular sessions even when the item was  said
to BD F/N.


    It can occur in "Coffee shop" (out of session auditing of someone),  or
by Est Os or poorly trained or untrained staff members or even in life.

                                     PTS

    When such actions as finding items by  non-auditors  are  done  on  PTS
people the situation can be bad, so one also suspects the person to  be  PTS
to someone or something.


    "PTS" does not communicate well in an assessment question so one  says,
"Someone or something is hostile to you" and "You are connected  to  someone
or something that doesn't agree with Dianetics or Scientology."

                                   REPAIRS

    The main things to know when doing  such  repairs  are  (a)  that  such
situations as wrong lists  or  upset  people  can  occur  in  an  org  where
untrained people are also using meters and (b) THAT IT IS UP TO THE  C/S  TO
SUSPECT DETECT AND GET THEM HANDLED IN REGULAR SESSION.


    Do not ignore the possible bad influence.


    As the good outweighs the bad in such cases, it is not a correct answer
to forbid such actions.


    It is a correct answer to  require  all  such  actions  and  worksheets
become part of the folder.


    One can also persuade the D of T or Qual to gen  in  the  people  doing
such actions. And do not ignore the effect such actions can  have  on  cases
and do not neglect to include  them  in  C/Ses  before  going  on  with  the
regular program.


    They can all be repaired.

LRH:nt.rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972       Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 24 APRIL 1972
                                   Issue I
Remimeo
D of P
Auditors    C/S Series 79
Ethics
Officers    Expanded Dianetics Series 5

                               PTS INTERVIEWS
                (Reference HCO B 17 April 72, C/S Series 76)


    Interviews to discover a PTS condition are done on  a  meter  with  all
reads marked.


    The Interview asks (a) about persons who are hostile or antagonistic to
the pc, (b) about groups that are anti-Scientology,  (c)  about  people  who
have harmed the pc, (d) about things  that the pc thinks are suppressive  to
the pc, (e) about locations that are suppressive to the pc  and  about  past
life things and beings suppressive to the pc.


    In doing the Interview the Interviewer must realize that a sick  person
is PTS. There are no sick people who are not PTS to someone or  a  group  or
something somewhere.


    A somewhat suppressive pc will find the  good  hats  suppressive.  This
does not relieve his condition. He is PTS to SP people,  groups,  things  or
locations, no matter how SP he is.


    He can have been audited by someone he knew in an earlier life and  who
goofed the session. A few auditors have since  been  declared.  Not  because
they goofed but because they were SP.


    However, some PTS pc will make trouble for good people because that  is
what PTS means (Potential Trouble Source).  So  do  not  buy  all  the  good
people he is PTS to.


    Further, when you do get the person or group or thing or  location  the
PTS person will F/N VGI and begin to get well.


    The PTS condition is actually a problem and a mystery and a  withdrawal
so it is sometimes hard to find and has to be specially processed  (3  S&Ds)
to locate it.


    Usually it is quite visible.


    Don't have a sick, rollercoaster pc appear for Interview and  then  say
"not PTS". It's a false report. It only means the Interviewer did  not  find
it.


    The pc sometimes begins to list  in  such  an  Interview  and  such  an
Interview where a wrong item is found has to  be  audited  to  complete  the
list or find the right item. (See C/S Series 78, HCO  B  20  Apr  72,  Issue
II.)


    So Interview worksheets are VITAL.


    The Interview should end on an F/N.


    The Interview is followed by the Ethics action of HCO PL 5 April 72  or
other Ethics actions such  as  handling  or  disconnection  and  posting  as
called for in policy.


    An Interviewer has to use good TRs and operate his meter  properly  and
know 2-way comm and PTS tech.
Some Interviewers are extremely successful.


    Such Interviews and handling count as auditing hours.


    When properly done, plus good auditing  on  the  PTS  RD,  well  people
result.


LRH:mes.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972       Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[HCO PL 5 April 1972, PTS Type A Handling, referred  to  on  previous  page,
was revised and reissued on 20 July 1975 as BPL 5 April 1972R,  PTS  Type  A
Handling.]





                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 26 APRIL 1972

Remimeo
                               Study Series 8


                              THE GLIB STUDENT


    The Glib Student can confront the words and ideas.


    He cannot confront the physical universe or people around  him  and  so
cannot apply.


    He does not see  Mest or people.


    The reason for this is that he is below non-existence on  one  or  more
dynamics and so cannot align with the others.


    As a spirit or being in a body he has no past or future and so is  just
a social machine.


    Getting him up the dynamics by conditions by "Conditions by  Dynamics",
HCO PL 4 April 72 (Establishment Officer Series  14),  fourth  page,  having
him do general confronting and do TR Courses the Hard  Way  and  having  him
run on the Objective Processes cures this  condition.  It  takes  a  lot  of
work, a lot of auditing but it can be cured.


    Unless it is fully handled he will never see enough more than the paper
and words to be more than a glib student who cannot apply.


LRH:mes.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972       Founder
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED


[A copy of HCO PL 4 April 1972, Ethics, Establishment Officer Series 14,  is
on page 78 and "Conditions by Dynamics" is on page 81.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 MAY 1972
Remimeo
Executive
Hats           IMPORTANT


                             Executive Series 12


                            ETHICS AND EXECUTIVES


    Any person holding an Executive Post (head of Department or  above)  is
deemed an EXECUTIVE.


    Evaluation has revealed that the breakdown in many orgs is a failure on
the part of Executives to wear their Ethics and Justice hats.


    It has been found that below Administrative Whys there  is  usually  an
Ethics situation as well which unhandled, causes the Administrative Why  not
to function or raise stats.


    In an area which is downstat,  it  is  the  duty  of  an  Executive  to
investigate and find any out-ethics situation and get it corrected.


    Ethics is a personal thing in relation to a group. Unethical people are
those who do not have Ethics in on themselves personally.


    It is the responsibility of the Executive to see  to  it  that  persons
under his control and in his area get their  personal  ethics  in  and  keep
them in.


    Dishonesty, false reports,  an  out-ethics  personal  life,  should  be
looked for and by persuasion, should be corrected.


    When an Executive sees such things he or she must do all he can to  get
the person to get his own Ethics in.


    When an area is downstat the Executive must at  once  suspect  an  out-
ethics scene with one or more of the  personnel  and  must  investigate  and
persuade the person to be more honest  and  ethical  and  correct  the  out-
ethics condition found.


    If this does not correct and if the person or  area  remains  downstat,
the Executive must declare the person or area in Danger and apply HCO  PL  9
Apr 72 "CORRECT DANGER CONDITION HANDLING".


    The situation, if it does not correct, thereafter becomes a  matter  of
full group justice with Courts and  Comm  Evs.  Persons  whose  Ethics  have
remained out must be replaced.


    The seniors of an Executive are bound to enforce this policy and to use
it on any Executives whose personal ethics are out and  who  fail  to  apply
it. It will be found that those who do not apply  this  policy  letter  have
themselves certain dishonesties or out-ethics situations.


    IT IS VITAL TO ANY ORGANIZATION, TO BE  STRONG  AND  EFFECTIVE,  TO  BE
ETHICAL.


    THE MOST IMPORTANT ZONE OF ETHICAL CONDUCT IN AN ORGANIZATION IS AT  OR
NEAR THE TOP.



Ethical failure at the top or just below it can destroy an organization  and
make it downstat.


    Historical examples are many.


    THEREFORE IT IS POLICY THAT AN EXECUTIVE MUST KEEP ETHICS IN ON HIMSELF
AND THOSE BELOW HIM OR BE DISCIPLINED OR COMM  EVED  AND  REMOVED  FROM  ANY
POST OF AUTHORITY AND SOMEONE FOUND WHO IS  HIMSELF  ETHICAL  AND  CAN  KEEP
ETHICS IN ON THOSE UNDER HIS AUTHORITY.


    The Charge in any such case for a staff member or Executive is  FAILURE
TO UPHOLD OR SET AN EXAMPLE OF HIGH ETHICAL STANDARDS.


    Such offenses are composed of:

1.    DISHONESTY.

2.    Use of false statements to cover up a situation.

3.    Representing a scene to be different than it actually is to  cover  up
    crimes and escape discipline.

4.    Irregular 2D connections and practices.

5.    Drug or alcoholic addiction.

6.    Encouraging out-ethics.

7.    Condoning or failing to effectively handle an out-ethics situation  in
    self or others as an In Charge, Officer or Executive.


                                  TECHNICAL

    People with out-ethics withholds cannot see.  This  is  proven  by  the
brilliant  return  of  perception  of  the  environment  in  people  audited
effectively and at length on such processes.


    Such people also seek to place a false environment there  and  actually
see a false environment.


    People whose Ethics are low will enturbulate and upset a group as  they
are seeking to justify their harmful acts against the group. And this  leads
to more harmful acts.


    Out-ethics people go rapidly into Treason against the group.


    A person whose Ethics have been out over a long  period  goes  "out  of
valence". They are "not themselves".


    Happiness is only attained by those who are HONEST with themselves  and
others.


    A group prospers only when each member  in  it  has  his  own  personal
ethics in.


    Even in a PTS (Potential Trouble Source) person there  must  have  been
out-ethics  conduct  toward  the  suppressive  personality  he  or  she   is
connected with for the person to have become PTS in the first place.


    People who are physically ill are PTS and  are  out-ethics  toward  the
person or thing they are PTS to!


    Thus a group to be happy and well, and for the  group  to  prosper  and
endure, its individual members must have their own Ethics in.


    It is up to the Executive or Officer to see that this is the  case  and
to DO the actions necessary to make it come about and the group  an  Ethical
group.
                           Exec or Officer's Steps
                            for Getting In Ethics
                              on a Staff Member


                                  STEP ONE

    Inform the person personally he is in Danger  Condition  by  reason  of
acts or omissions, downstats, false reports or absence  or  2D  or  whatever
the circumstances are.


    He is in fact IN danger because somebody is  going  to  act  sooner  or
later to hit him.


    He may be involved already in some other assignment of Condition.


    But this is between you and him.


    HE IS IN DANGER BECAUSE YOU ARE HAVING TO BY-PASS HIM TO GET HIS ETHICS
IN, A THING HE SHOULD DO HIMSELF.


    If he cooperates and completes this rundown and it comes out all  right
you will help him.


    If he doesn't cooperate you will have to use group justice procedures.


    This is his chance to get Ethics in on himself with your help before he
really crashes.


    When he accepts this fact, Step 1 is done. Go to Step 2.


                                   STEP 2

    Ethics is gotten in by definition on the person.


    GET IN THE DEFINITIONS FULLY UNDERSTOOD.


    The following words must be Method 4 Word Cleared on all the words  and
the words in their definitions on the person being handled.


    "ETHICS: The study of the general nature  of  morals  (morals  [plural]
[noun]: The principles of right and wrong conduct) and  the  specific  moral
choices to be made by the individual in his relationship with others.


    "The rules or standards governing the  conduct  of  the  members  of  a
profession."


    "JUSTICE: 1. Moral rightness;  equity.  2.  Honor;  fairness.  3.  Good
reason. 4. Fair handling; due reward or  treatment.  5.  The  administration
and procedure of the law."
    "FALSE: Contrary to fact or truth; without grounds; incorrect.  Without
meaning or sincerity; deceiving. Not keeping faith. Treacherous.  Resembling
and being identified as a similar or related entity."


    "DISHONEST: Disposed to lie, cheat, defraud or deceive."


    "PRETENSE: A false reason or excuse. A mere show without reality."


    "BETRAY: To be disloyal or faithless to."


    "OUT-ETHICS: An action or situation in which an individual is  involved
contrary to the ideals and best interests of his group. An act or  situation
or relationship contrary to the ethics standards, codes  or  ideals  of  the
group or other members of the group. An act of omission or commission by  an
individual that could or has reduced the general effectiveness  of  a  group
or its other members. An individual act  of  omission  or  commission  which
impedes the general well-being of a group or impedes  it  in  achieving  its
goals."



Do not go to Step 3 of this until all the above words are cleared by  Method
4 Word Clearing.


                                   STEP 3

    Ask the person what out-ethics situation he or she is involved in.


    It may take the person some time to think of it or he may  suppress  it
and be afraid to say it for fear of consequences. Reassure him that you  are
only trying to help him.


    He may have brought it up in a session but did not  apply  it  as  out-
ethics. Coax him through this.


    If his conduct and actions are poor or downstat, he for  sure  will  be
able to come up with an out-ethics personal scene.


    Sometimes the person is secretly PTS and is connected to a  suppressive
or antagonistic person or group or  thing.  In  such  an  instance  he  will
rollercoaster as a case or on post or have accidents or be  ill  frequently.
(See PTS tech for material on this and for future handling.  Checksheet  HCO
PL 9 April 72 [Revised] "Correct  Danger  Condition  Handling",  but  go  on
handling with these steps.)


    Sometimes the person just uses PR (brags it up and won't  come  clean).
In this case, an auditing session is required.


    If the person gets involved in self listing get him audited on HCO B 20
Apr 72, C/S Series 78, which gives the auditing session procedure. A  person
can become very upset over a wrong item. It is easily repaired but  it  must
be repaired if this happens.


    By your own 2wc or whatever means or  repair  get  this  Step  3  to  a
clearcut out-ethics situation, clearly stated. Do not forget to go  on  with
this eventually if there is a delay in completing it.  GIs  will  be  in  if
correct.


                                   STEP 4

    Have the person work out how the out-ethics situation in  which  he  or
she is involved would be a betrayal of the group or make them false  to  the
group or its ideals.


    Do not make the person guilty. Just get them to see it themselves.


    When they have seen this clearly and have cognited on it completely  go
to next step.




                                   STEP 5

    The person is now ready to apply the FIRST DYNAMIC  DANGER  FORMULA  to
himself.


    Give him this formula and explain it to him.


                            FIRST DYNAMIC FORMULA

    The formula is converted for the 1st dynamic to:

1st 1.      By-pass habits or normal routines.

1st 2.      Handle the situation and any danger in it.

1st 3.      Assign self a danger condition.

1st 4.      Get in your own personal ethics by finding what  you  are  doing
        that is out ethics and use self-discipline to correct  it  and  get
        honest and straight.

        1st 5.   Reorganize your life so that the  dangerous  situation  is
        not continually happening to you.

1st 6.      Formulate and adopt firm policy that will hereafter  detect  and
        prevent the same situation from continuing to occur.

    Now usually the person is already involved in another  group  situation
of downstats or overt products or bad appearance or low conditions,  Courts,
Comm Evs for something.


    It does not matter what other condition he was in. From you  he  is  in
Danger.


    So 1st 1 and 1st 2 above apply to the group situation he finds  himself
in.


    He has to assign himself a Danger Condition as he recognizes now he has
been in danger from himself.


    1st 4 has been begun by this rundown.


    It is up to him or her to finish off 1st 4 by applying the material  in
Steps 2 and 3. He or she has to use self-discipline to correct his own  out-
ethics scene and get it honest and straight, with himself and the group.


    1st 5 is obvious. If he doesn't, he will just crash again.


    1st 6. In formulating and adopting firm  policy  he  must  be  sure  it
aligns with the group endeavor.


    When he has worked all this out AND DEMONSTRATED IT  IN  LIFE,  he  has
completed the personal danger rundown.


    He can then assign himself Emergency and follow the  Emergency  Formula
(HCO PL 23 Sept 67, Pg 189-190 Vol 0 OEC, "Emergency").


                                   STEP 6

    Review the person and his stats and appearance and personal life.


    Satisfy yourself that the steps above and the out-ethics found were all
of it. That no wrong item has been found. That the person is not PTS.


    Handle what you find. But if you find that the person did  not  improve
and gave it all a brush-off, you must now take the  group's  point  of  view
and administer group justice.


    Your protection of the person is at end because he had his  chance  and
is apparently one of those people who depend on others to  keep  his  Ethics
in for him and can't keep them in himself. So use group  justice  procedures
thereafter.


    If the person made it and didn't fall on his head and is moving  on  up
now AS SHOWN BY HONEST STATS AND CONDITION OF HIS POST, you have had a  nice
win and things will go much much better.


    And that's a win for everybody.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder
LRH:mes.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 3 MAY 1972

Remimeo


                                 HAVINGNESS

              (Previously issued as PAB No. 23 on 2 April 1954
                   through Hubbard Communications Office,
                    163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11)


    Starvation for energy is  the  keynote  of  any  case  which  maintains
facsimiles in restimulation.


    The thetan who holds facsimiles to the body  has  chosen  to  have  the
energy  in  spite  of  the  perceptions  and  significances  in  it.  He  is
attempting to have the energy and not have the  aberrative  quality  of  it.
Thus he is posed the problem of trying to reject the thought and accept  the
energy and thus he cannot do either.


    In Dianetics we gave him the energy by processing out the significances
(perception) in it.


    When well exteriorized a thetan may have his energy so far reduced that
he becomes unhappy. Having  him  create  and  snap  in  anchor  points  upon
himself (not the body) will remedy this unhappiness.


    Matched terminalling, admiration processing and any other process which
reduces energy, at length "starve" the thetan for energy.


    All these conditions are remedied by remedying the "havingness" of  the
thetan.


    As we saw in Acceptance Level Processing (PAB 15) only  certain  energy
forms may be acceptable to the thetan. This is regulated by the  screens  he
has erected against things. By setting up a resistance to certain  energies,
he creates an eventual appetite for them. He sets up screens to  resist  the
form and the screen becomes plus for the form on the far side  and  negative
for the form on the near side. As the screen caves in  upon  him  (by  being
pounded by the unwanted form) it eventually causes an appetite (vacuum)  for
the form. Thus he actually starves for a form he once detested. This is  the
dwindling spiral of the Mest Universe. The thetan believes he  has  to  have
the form to survive.


    The remedy of havingness is necessary for all cases at and  below  Step
IV of SOP 8.


    An auditor remedies havingness by "starting an  avalanche",  by  making
the preclear begin an automatic inflow of acceptable things, then  graduates
the preclear rapidly to avalanches  of  stars,  planets,  heavy  masses  and
spaces.


    It is density and mass which count, not specific items.


    Degradation begins when the thetan is interiorized into unwanted  mass.
It is completed when, having developed an appetite for  heavy  mass,  he  is
exteriorized from it.


    In this lifetime the downfall of any thetan began with his loss of some
heavy mass. The heaviness of the  mass  was  the  value  of  the  mass.  For
instance, an auditor wishing to  trace  the  feeling  of  degradation  in  a
preclear would look for a time when the preclear lost or was removed from  a
massive object. The auditor then has the preclear
mock up the object and change its quality better or worse  until  it  "snaps
in" automatically on the preclear. Then the auditor has  the  preclear  mock
up enough of the object to create an avalanche. The preclear must  then  add
more and more to the inflow, then add planets, stars and black  stars  until
the preclear can comfortably throw several dense objects away in mock-up.  A
reverse (outflowing) avalanche is then begun and run.


    Outflowing and inflowing avalanches are run on the preclear  until  his
"hunger" is satiated.


    Numerous facsimiles may appear. The auditor continues  with  the  dense
masses in avalanches, not the facsimiles. The facsimile will "blow".


    This process, run for four or five hours, will create  a  Book  1  Mest
Clear.


    Perceptions are turned on by running "acceptable"  smells,  lights  and
sounds in avalanches. Masses are more important than perceptions.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:sb.rd
Copyright � 1954, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED



































[The above HCO B is a reissue of PAB No. 23 which can be  found  in  context
in Volume II, page 38.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1972

Remimeo

                             SIX BASIC PROCESSES

               (Previously issued as PAB No. 42 on 24 December
                 1954 through Hubbard Communications Office,
                    163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11)



    There are six basic  processes  today  in  Dianetics  and  Scientology.
Before we consider these processes, let  us  first  consider  the  essential
difference between Dianetics and Scientology. What we  are  doing  could  be
called, more succinctly, "an understanding of life." Under this heading,  we
could call anything a  science  or  an  art  and  we  could  bring  in  many
subdivisions.


    Other subdivisions which  enter  into  this  represent  the  difference
between a study of life in  general  and  a  study  of  man  in  particular.
Scientology could be called a study of life; Dianetics  could  be  called  a
study of man. The first four dynamics are devoted to Dianetics. If you  read
again Dianetics: The Modern Science of  Mental  Health,  you  will  discover
that it treats of the first four dynamics. If you examine the first  shadows
of what we now call Scientology, it treats all of  the  eight  dynamics.  In
view of the fact that both Dianetics and Scientology operate  in  the  field
of man, it should be readily seen that the basic processes of  Dianetics  or
Scientology as they apply to man would be the same.  Just  because  we  have
used two different words is no reason man has changed. Thus we have our  six
basic processes and thus we discover that Dianetics and Scientology,  up  to
the point of stable exteriorization, operate in exactly the same field  with
exactly the same tools. It is only after man  is  sufficiently  exteriorized
to become a spirit that we depart from the field  of  Dianetics;  for  here,
considering man as a spirit, we must enter the field of  religion.  Thus  we
have our additional subdivision. Dianetics is a  science  which  applies  to
man, a living organism; and Scientology is a religion.


    The six basic processes are as follows:

      1.    Two-way Communication

      2.    Elementary Straightwire

      3.    Opening Procedure of 8-C

      4.    Opening Procedure by Duplication

      5.    Remedying Havingness

      6.    Spotting Spots in Space.

    An additional breakdown  of  these  sections  demonstrates  that  these
processes subdivide into some highly  important  techniques.  An  additional
process is as follows:

1.     Two-way  Communication  includes  communication  lag,   scarcity   of
    problems, the Code of a Scientologist, the Axioms of Dianetics.

2.    Elementary Straightwire includes the Auditor's  Code,  Self  Analysis,
    Memory and Mass and their relationship, under which we  get  past  life
    loss of memory and what we generally  call  "next-to-the-last  list  of
    Self Analysis."
    3.      Opening Procedure  of  8-C  includes  pan-determinism,  orders,
    defenses and the theory and material pertinent to present time.

4.    Opening Procedure by Duplication includes the  communication  formula,
    general theory of ARC and "it must-mustn't happen again."

5.    The Remedy of Havingness includes the scale of substitutes, the  hide-
    to-curiosity scale, Expanded Gita, mock-ups and engrams, overt acts and
    motivators, flows and terminals, the fact that two things can't  occupy
    the same space if one is to have a universe, significances and problems
    and, in particular, the scarcity of problems.

6.     Spotting  Spots  includes  "space,  the  theory   of,"   disinterest,
    importance, as-isness and the conditions of existence and separateness.

    Appended to these subjects is one of equal importance in that it is the
prediction of human beings. This is  included,  and  could  be  called  part
seven of these basics. Science of Survival, with its  dissertations  on  the
Theta-MEST theory, ARC, and the Chart of Human  Evaluation,  is,  indeed,  a
study of the prediction of homo sapiens.


    It has been discovered in the field of training that an auditor has  to
be thoroughly versed in these seven items. He must be able to be  expert  in
processing people using the six processes, and  his  understanding  must  be
increased to the seventh item as included in the book Science of Survival.


    How thoroughly does one have to cover any  one  of  these  subjects  in
order to render an auditor conversant with it? It  has  been  found  in  the
Phoenix Certification Course  that  even  auditors  who  have  studied  this
material before coming to the course had to be rehearsed on it a minimum  of
eight times and had to be carefully supervised through each one of these  at
least eight times, had to audit at  least  ten  or  fifteen  hours  on  each
process under supervision, and had to have each one of these  processes  run
on him expertly for many hours before he finally was able to  practice  them
with such skill that he produced uniform results. This is in  spite  of  the
fact that these particular processes are simple. Indeed, they are so  simple
that an auditor has a tendency to look at them and use them as  though  they
were also pliable. Their simplicity is residual in the fact  that  they  are
the exact processes necessary to produce the exact results of Dianetics  and
Scientology.


    It has been found that  the  simplicity  of  these  processes  was  the
stumbling block in their use. One instance in one HCA  unit:  a  class  went
through for five weeks without entirely grasping the theory and practice  of
communication lag. Amongst this class was  an  auditor-student  who  was  so
expert at giving  indirect,  yet  seemingly  direct,  answers  that  he  had
actually evaded the understanding of his fellow students.  This  person  had
yet to give a precisely direct reply to a question asked him. An  instructor
sat down with this student and for forty-five minutes  asked  him  the  same
simple question. At the end of that time the student gave at last  a  direct
reply, and this reply was the first time in the course when he had  answered
a question straight. A precision definition of  communication  lag  is  "the
length of time, whether verbal or silent, intervening between the  auditor's
asking of a specific question and the specific and precise  answer  of  that
question by the preclear." It would not matter  then  whether  the  preclear
continued to  talk  about  something  else  than  the  question,  or  simply
remained silent, this would still be communication lag. The  class  had  not
entirely grasped this fact in that they  assumed  that  an  indirect  or  an
almost answer was sufficient. Rapidly in the next two auditing  periods  the
case of the  student  broke,  simply  because  his  auditor  now  understood
exactly what this person was doing with auditing questions and now  demanded
precise answers to questions, at  the  same  time  retaining  ARC  with  his
preclear.


The processes of Dianetics, as one can see, stress bringing a preclear  into
present time. In the old days we did this by running engrams, running  locks
and unsticking the preclear in general from various incidents in  the  past.
Now we approach the problem far more directly. The Opening Procedure of  8-C
is putting the preclear into contact with what is present time.  The  Remedy
of Havingness will actually give the preclear
enough energy masses to permit his  starved  condition  to  let  go  of  the
energy masses he is holding to him. The energy masses he is holding  to  him
are commonly engrams with significance  and  content  which  make  him  very
unhappy, but not as unhappy as he thinks he would be if  he  no  longer  had
this energy. The motto of an individual seems to be "Any energy,  even  with
content as vicious as an engram, is better than little or no energy. "


    Here, with this list of processes, we have before us the basic training
for the Dianeticist and Scientologist. These  processes  have  now  remained
stable for some eight months. In spite of all the attention and  tests  they
have received, little or no improvement has occurred in the actual  form  of
the processes, and the processes and the commands have remained  steady  and
stable.


    In view of the fact that the thetan exterior is described fully in  the
second chapter of Dianetics: The Modern Science of  Mental  Health,  and  in
view of the fact that we have now with the command "Be three  feet  back  of
your head"  the  "one-shot  clear,"  and  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the
instructor in London with his Advanced  Clinical  Course  [1st  London  ACC]
only three weeks deep had exteriorized successfully all of his students,  we
see we do not have any real problems in terms  of  processing  or  processes
today. We can do it. An auditor who is  well  trained  can  achieve  results
with these basic processes which in any other age would be called miracles.


    There are people around who  desperately  need  it  as  a  process  who
believe and who would  have  you  believe  that  the  Opening  Procedure  by
Duplication techniques are the most vicious things  ever  invented.  Compare
this with the fact that these people also feel bound to go out  and  crusade
amongst their fellow men to teach them how  bad  Dianetics  and  Scientology
are.  These  two  facts  combined  should  tell  you  something   concerning
duplication. The very thought of duplication is so hideous  to  some  people
that they are utterly unwilling to  face  the  slightest  chance  that  they
might be brought in to a willingness to duplicate.  These  people  have  had
things happen to them which are bad enough to make  these  people  postulate
that certain things mustn't happen  again.  Duplication  means  that  things
must happen again and the process of duplication  itself  balances  out  and
makes a person easy about his past.


    In the process of running Opening Procedure  by  Duplication  hypnotism
very often comes off of the bank. Here we have an example of  unhypnotizing.
The process of hypnotism is a monotony and a central fixation  on  some  one
object. Opening Procedure by Duplication, using two  objects  and  using  an
alert and aware  procedure,  contacting  and  examining  these  two  objects
alternately, tends to unfix a person from points  in  the  past.  Naturally,
this begins to run out hypnotism. A person run for only 15 or 20 minutes  on
Opening Procedure by Duplication might very well feel himself  getting  more
and more hypnotized; by the time he has been run  45  minutes  or  an  hour,
this sensation has worn away and the person is far more alert  than  he  was
at the beginning  of  the  session.  It  is  quite  common  to  run  Opening
Procedure by Duplication for  several  hours,  and  Intensive  Procedure  as
given at headquarters of the HASI is run precisely as given and taught  upon
preclears for a minimum of five hours before the HASI is content to  release
a preclear as in good condition.  If  the  preclear  cannot  duplicate,  his
arrival at a state of good condition will simply be  a  signal  for  him  to
have a "no duplicate" fixation on feeling good. Thus the auditor would  have
brought him up to a level of feeling well  and  immediately  afterwards  the
individual, being able to have things happen only once, would then  have  to
feel bad. Here again is the problem of exteriorization  which  results  soon
afterwards in re-interiorization: the person has exteriorized,  he  has  the
fixation that something must happen only once, and  thus  he  will  go  back
into the body and will not come out again. This is all under the heading  of
duplication. Opening Procedure by Duplication wakes up  the  preclear,  puts
his body back into balance and gives him a brighter outlook in  general  and
makes him fear the past much less than before it has been run on him. He  is
far better able to control his body and his environment than previously  and
remarks that incidents have far less effect upon him than before. This  does
not look very much like hypnotism, now, does it?
With these processes a trained auditor-and we emphasize trained-is  able  to
get the results which are called for and described in all the earlier  books
on Dianetics and Scientology. The reason one did not see these results  more
often was  that  the  auditor  himself  could  not  duplicate  the  auditing
commands, and thus anything and everything was being run but  a  minimum  of
result was taking place. I was running one preclear one day who was  a  very
old-timer and who had been run many, many hours on the techniques  contained
in Dianetics. The Modern Science of Mental Health.  I  was  running  him  on
processes which ran out all of his earlier auditing.  He  broke  down  under
this processing and began to curse, saying, "If only once-if only just once-
I had been permitted to run a second time through an engram by  my  auditor;
if only just once I had been able to run the secondary once more! But no!  I
was never given the chance to go through the  engram  a  second  time."  Now
those of you who know the techniques of Book One know definitely  they  call
for a continuous running through, over and over, of the same incident so  as
to de-intensify it. This is the sort of complicated  duplication  which  the
preclear was asked to do which resolved at once  his  ability  to  duplicate
and the fact that it mustn't happen again.  Thus  when  auditors  failed  to
return people through engrams and secondaries, for a second, fourth,  fifth,
or even tenth time if necessary, it then became impossible for  these  early
techniques to work.


    In training it is very difficult to relay the theory and  processes  to
people who are not  very  alert  and  who  cannot  duplicate.  One  can  say
straight to a class that such-and so is observably true, and the class  will
immediately agree that something is observably true, but  immediately  after
leaving  the  classroom,  will  believe  in  themselves  that  an   entirely
different statement had been made than the one they agreed with.  They  will
then agree with this different statement and all sorts of  oddities  in  the
form of theory and techniques become circulated.


    In the next Professional Auditor's Bulletin I am going to  give  you  a
rather thorough rundown  on  two-way  communication  and  on  the  bulletins
subsequent to that I am going to give you, for the first  time,  in  written
form, a considerable dissertation on these processes and the exact  auditing
commands and the results to be looked for.


    But there is one thing I am probably not going to cover again, and this
is an odd fact which has shown up in our training experience here and in  my
handling of a great many auditors. This has to  do  with  the  case  of  the
auditor in particular. I could write  an  entire  series  of  PABs  on  this
subject, but I am sure this  statement  will  be  enough.  The  case  of  an
auditor, one who is skilled in the processes of Dianetics  and  Scientology,
and the case of a preclear, one who  has  just  walked  in  off  the  street
without  further  knowledge,  are  entirely   different   cases,   as   both
Dianeticists  and  Scientologists  know.  At   one   time   the   cases   of
Scientologists and Dianeticists were considered so much with horror  on  the
part of other Scientologists and Dianeticists  that  one  audited  a  fellow
practitioner with considerable reluctance. Dianeticists  and  Scientologists
were renowned to be tough cases.


    I have found now what made  them  tough  cases.  The  preclear  has  an
entirely different goal from the auditor.  The  preclear  is  there  to  get
well: the auditor is there to make the preclear well.


    When we consider this further, we see that the ability of  the  auditor
to control minds and mental reactions is dependent upon his getting  results
in preclears. The preclear's results simply stem from the preclear's  gained
ability to control his own mind and its reactions. Thus, of course, we  have
entirely different values.


    An auditor who does not consistently get good results is going to  have
his own case cave in on him. The only way an auditor can keep  his  case  up
is to get continuous and predictably excellent results upon preclears.  Thus
an auditor, to have his case in good order, would have to be in  good  order
as an auditor; he would have to  be  able  to  get  results  upon  those  he
processed. In view of the fact that he could get results  upon  other  human
beings, he could then, of course, know continuously that  he  could  control
human reactions and mental reactions; and so, with this confidence and  this
control, be completely unworried about his  own  case  and  be  able  to  do
actually anything he wished with his own mental machinery.
The case of the auditor actually depends upon  his  successes  in  auditing.
Thus in the Certification Course in Phoenix we stress today only  the  skill
of an individual to  audit,  and  we  discover  consequently  that,  as  the
auditor gets results upon his fellow student  and  as  he  gets  results  on
outside preclears, his own belief in his ability to handle  the  human  mind
soars to such an extent that as a case  he  ceases  to  be  in  the  concern
category. He of course is audited and without being  audited  he  would  not
know the results which would happen in  a  preclear,  but  his  actual  case
gains depend on his gains on preclears.


    Now  with  today's  techniques  we  can  guarantee  those  results   on
preclears. We can demonstrate to any auditor that he can make anybody  well,
if the person is even vaguely breathing, simply  by  using  with  skill  and
understanding, as trained, the above six processes and  the  seventh,  which
is actually an understanding. Here is the  problem  of  the  auditor's  case
resolved. The way to have one's case  in  excellent  condition  is  to  have
continuing confidence in one's ability to get results on preclears.  In  the
Certification Courses in Phoenix and London we work solely in the  direction
of giving an auditor confidence in his ability to handle the aberrations  of
others and we discover that with this gained confidence the fear of his  own
behavior vanishes; and thus an auditor becomes a very, very capable clear.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:sb.rd
Copyright � 1954, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

































[The above HCO B is a reissue of PAB No. 42 which can be  found  in  context
in Volume II, page 118.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 5 MAY 1972R

                           REVISED 17 JANUARY 1973
Remimeo
Exp Dn Cse

                          THE REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS

              (Previously issued as PAB No. 49 on 1 April 1955
                   through Hubbard Communications Office,
                    163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11)

                 (Addition in this type style on next page.
                 Note that this also corrects Page 20 of the
                          ''Level 1 PABs" booklet.)


    There is a great deal of upper-echelon theory connected with the Remedy
of Havingness as a process, for here we are  dealing  with  energy  and  the
reasons and operations of a thetan in regard to it.


    Just why a thetan should get himself so completely snarled up in energy
might be an entire mystery to anyone who did not realize that a  thetan  has
to cut down his knowingness and his total presence in order to have a  game.
The awareness of awareness unit builds space to cut down knowingness.  Space
makes it necessary, then, to look at something in order to  know  about  it.
The next thing a thetan does to  cut  down  his  knowingness  is  to  create
energy and to pass it to other thetans and to bring in the energy  of  other
thetans so as to  get  a  duration  and  a  time  span.  If  the  thetan  is
successful and obtains a game in this wise, he continues on with this  modus
operandi of having a game, and when he does not have a game he  simply  cuts
his knowingness down once more. Of course, he  reaches  a  point  eventually
where he does not get a game simply by cutting  down  his  knowingness,  and
eventually assumes a fairly fixed, stupid, aspect. He is below the level  of
having games, but because he has cut down his knowingness he does not  know,
now, that he is below the level of having games and thinks that all that  is
necessary to get another game is to further cut down his knowingness. He  is
by this time obsessively dramatizing the lowering of knowingness.


    When one speaks of knowingness, one should realize that one is speaking
of an embracive thing. Everything on the Know to Mystery Scale is  simply  a
greater condensation or  reduction  of  knowingness.  At  first  one  simply
knows. Then he makes  some  space  and  some  energy,  and  so  now  he  has
knowingness in terms of looking. By changing the position of  the  particles
of energy thus created, and by exchanging particles with others,  extant  or
self-created, the thetan cuts down his knowingness further, and  gets  time,
and so gets emotion and sensation. When these become solid,  he  has  effort
particles and masses. Now, he could cut  down  his  knowingness  further  by
refusing to use  emotion  and  effort,  but  by  thinking  about  them  thus
introducing new VIAs into his line of knowingness. And, when  he  no  longer
knows entirely by thinking, he ceases to create knowingness  and  begins  to
eat, and from eating he drops into the ready-made sensation of  sex  instead
of knowing what happens in the future. And from  here  he  drops  down  into
postulated mystery as something one cannot possibly  know  about.  In  other
words, one gets a continued  reduction  of  knowingness  in  order  to  have
games. The greatest chess player in the world has  no  game,  since  he  can
predict that he will win and predict everything that opponents will  do,  so
he will simply demonstrate how to play  chess.  Sooner  or  later,  he  will
announce that he is "burned out" or has lost his knack  for  playing  chess,
and will go off into some other field where he can have a  game.  The  field
he will choose will be a less wisdom-demanding field than playing  chess.  A
boxer, such as some of the very great ones of  the  past,  will  reduce  his
timing, which is to say his knowingness of arrival, to a point where he  can
at least put on a good exhibition, and from this they  will  further  reduce
their knowingness, and then  not  noticing  how  far  they  have  gone,  get
themselves thoroughly and consistently  beaten.  There  will  be  a  period,
however, when they are fairly evenly matched against their opponents.



To understand this with any thoroughness, one would have  to  recognize  the
intention back of all communication. Creation, Survival, and Destruction  is
knowingness. When somebody talks to you his intention is to  continue  in  a
parity where he can have an interchange of communication, which is to say  a
game. He takes knowingness from you, and gives knowingness to you, with  one
form of communication or another. Two  soldiers  fighting  and  shooting  at
each other are using a bullet to make the other man know. What is  there  to
know in this situation? That one is dead, of course,  and  for  the  victor,
that one has won.


    It is dangerous, alike, to a thetan, to have too many wins or too  many
losses. Give him too many wins, and he will  correct  in  the  direction  of
reducing his knowingness as represented by his  dexterity,  his  prediction,
his activity. Give him too many losses and he will seek another  game,  even
to the point where he will  die  and  pick  up  another  body.  Because  the
decision is on the basis of knowingness, the decision  is  always  downward.
One does not decide upward toward greater knowingness, actually, unless  one
has the full and complete intention  of  winning  in  a  new  game.  If  one
discovers that there are no wins or losses either to be found  in  this  new
game,  one  will  reduce  one's  own  knowingness,  even  to  the  point  of
forgetting all of his knowledge concerning it, in order to ensure a game.


    As there is not an infinity of games in progress, one  is  apt,  as  he
comes down seventy-four trillion years of track, to play out  the  available
games and to put them in the category of "it must  not  happen  again."  One
then becomes bored. One is only bored when there is no game  possible,  from
his viewpoint. Actually, all he has to do is become enthusiastic  about  the
game on his own consideration and he  will  begin  to  know  more  about  it
again.


    A thetan considers that some form or mass is necessary in order to have
a game. He gets into the belief that he cannot create new masses, and so  he
begins to hold on to old masses, and here, whether he is exteriorized or  in
a body, we find him holding on hard to old  facsimiles,  old  significances,
old decisions, rather than taking on new decisions.


    The Remedy of Havingness directly addresses the problems of giving  the
thetan something "to play with." When he discovers  that  he  can  have  new
masses, he will begin to let go of old masses.  It  is  an  easily  observed
phenomenon while having a preclear Remedy Havingness, that  old  engrams  go
into restimulation, go into restimulation and run out, that they show up  in
front of  his  face  and  suddenly  explode  or  disappear.  The  Remedy  of
Havingness actively does run out engrams.


    This process is used from boredom  up  to  conservatism  for  its  best
results.


    This process is done by asking the preclear to mock  up  something  and
pull it in, or mock up something  and  throw  it  away.  When  a  thetan  is
exteriorized, if you want to see him  get  very  unhappy,  make  him  change
space until he begins to lose all the energy he is holding on to,  and  then
fail to remedy his havingness. The thetan will become convinced that  he  is
only a thought, and is therefore, by his standards, unable to have  a  game.
Tell him to mock up eight anchor points in the form  of  the  corners  of  a
cube around him and pull them in upon himself. Ask  him  to  do  it  several
more times, and he immediately brightens up and becomes very happy.  Why  is
this? You have reassured him that he can have a game.


    The cutting down of knowingness  and  the  Remedy  of  Havingness  have
opposite vectors. The Remedy of Havingness will knock out old energy  masses
the thetan is holding on to, or that the body is holding on to,  which  tell
the thetan he is stupid. The supplanting  of  these  by  new  energy  masses
which do not have the postulate of cutdown knowingness  in  them  of  course
makes the thetan brighter.


    When you find a theory detached from a process  and  not  demonstrating
itself in a  process,  there  must  be  something  wrong  with  the  theory.
Similarly, if what I say here about condensed knowingness  being  all  other
things, and the cut-down  of  knowingness,  were  not  demonstrated  in  the
process of Remedy of Havingness, then we would have to get ourselves  a  new
theory. However, this is demonstrated  very  definitely.  Those  people  who
cannot remedy havingness, wherever they are on the tone scale, can be
brought to a point where they will remedy havingness simply by  asking  them
what they wouldn't mind knowing. The consideration of what they are  willing
to know then begins to rise.


    If you only could see a Black Five  operate  you  would  see  that  his
barriers are all erected toward knowing something.  Of  course  he  is  very
afraid of being told something bad, and so doesn't want to be told  anything
at all, and when the auditor gives him  a  command  he  never  receives  the
command as given, but does  something  else.  He  has  a  block  up  against
knowingness to such a degree that he will eventually permit  himself  to  be
pressed into complete inactive stupidity. What are those black screens  for?
Basically to keep him from knowing. Knowing what?  Then  one  will  have  to
look closely at the definition of a datum. A datum  is  an  invention  which
has become agreed upon and so solidified. In other  words,  a  datum  is  to
some degree a solidity, even if it is merely a  symbol.  To  get  into  this
state it has to be agreed  upon.  When  it  is  thoroughly  agreed  upon  it
becomes, then, a truth. It is not at all a truth. It is an  invention.  What
made it sure or what made it real was the fact  that  it  was  agreed  upon.
This opens the doors further to other processes.


    In order to get the preclear in good condition we would have to put him
into some kind of a condition so that he could create. The  first  thing  he
is liable to be able to create in auditing is  a  lie.  The  word  "lie"  is
simply "invention with a bad  connotation."  Society  gives  invention  that
connotation because of its anxiety to have a game and to agree,  and  so  be
able to communicate with one another.


    Thus society frowns upon the invention of  facts,  yet  the  preclear's
sanity and continued happiness absolutely depend upon his ability to  create
new facts. The technique which remedies this is included  in  "The  Creation
of Sanity," number R2-29: "Start lying." One can vary this auditing  command
with "Tell me some lies about your past," and then keep the preclear  at  it
long enough so that the preclear is able to come out of  the  complete  blur
which will follow on the heels of  his  taking  over  the  function  of  and
running of his memory machines. The invention of data is a step  immediately
toward the  remedy  of  havingness.  Simply  asking  the  preclear  what  he
wouldn't mind knowing, what he wouldn't mind  having  other  people  knowing
about him will bring him into a condition where he can mock  up  and  remedy
havingness.


    The Remedy of Havingness is the companion process  to  Spotting  Spots,
which will be taken up in the next PAB. The Remedy of Havingness, simply  as
a process by itself, if worked up to by  getting  the  preclear  willing  to
know  things,  and  willing  for  other  people  to  know  things,  and  run
thoroughly so that whole avalanches of masses can pour into him or pour  out
of him, will actually run  out  an  entire  engram  bank,  and  thus  is  an
extremely valuable process.


    It has been reported  by  several  auditors  that  exteriorization  was
accomplished on preclears by making them remedy havingness  and  do  nothing
else for eight or ten hours.


    The auditing commands for  the  Remedy  of  Havingness  are:  "Mock  up
something," "Pull it in," until the preclear is  doing  this  easily.  Then,
"Mock up something," "Throw  it  away,"  until  the  preclear  can  do  this
easily. The significance of the object may be  added  by  the  auditor  with
"Pull in an ideal body," or some such thing, but the  actual  fact  is  that
the actual significance does nothing for the preclear. It is the mass  which
counts. The auditor can have the preclear pull things in two at a time,  six
at a time. He can have the preclear mock  up  something,  copy  it  a  dozen
times, one time after another, then pull in the whole  mass,  but  the  real
reason he is doing this with the preclear should never drop from sight.  The
auditor is remedying havingness in order to give the  preclear  enough  mass
to permit him to discard old masses which he is holding on  to  and  doesn't
know anything about.


LRH :sb.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1955, 1972, 1973 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED



["The Creation of Sanity" referred to above is now known as The Creation  of
Human Ability. This HCO B is a reissue of PAB No. 49 which can be  found  in
context in Volume 11, page 176.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 6 MAY 1972

Remimeo
                      REMEDY OF HAVINGNESS-THE PROCESS

               (Previously issued as PAB No. 50,15 April 1955)


    "When in doubt, remedy havingness."


    This is a motto which can well be followed  by  an  auditor  doing  any
process on any preclear.


    But, if there is a process which one should do with any other  process,
then that process should be understood thoroughly, for if  done  incorrectly
it would be likely to produce confusion into  all  the  other  processes  of
Dianetics and Scientology.


    Therefore, in the first place, let us examine with rigor  the  name  of
this process. It  is  REMEDY  OF  HAVINGNESS.  By  "remedy"  one  means  the
correction of any aberrated condition. By "havingness"  one  means  mass  or
objects. The process could also be  called  "Remedy  of  Un-Havingness."  It
could also be called "Remedy of Acceptingness."  It  could  also  be  called
"Remedy of Rejectingness."


    To those people who are deficient in havingness, the process is  liable
to mean that the auditor should increase the  havingness  of  the  preclear.
Such an auditor with this misunderstanding would have the  preclear  put  up
large masses and push them into his  body  or  himself.  The  auditor  would
neglect having the preclear throw away objects and masses.


    If the auditor misunderstood the process and simply assumed that it had
something to do with havingness, and if his own havingness were  too  great,
he would be likely to specialize on all preclears  by  having  the  preclear
throw things away.


    Actually, the auditor should have the preclear push things into himself
and his body and throw things away from  himself  and  his  body  until  the
preclear can do both with equal ease. When this has  been  accomplished  the
preclear's havingness has been "remedied . "


    What, then, does a Remedy of Havingness mean? It means the remedy of  a
preclear's native ability to acquire things  at  will  and  reject  them  at
will. Amongst the havingnesses  which  would  require  remedy  would  be  an
obsessive  inflow  of  money,  sexual  objects,  troubles,   somatics,   and
difficulties in general. Whenever one of these appeared  in  the  preclear's
environment it would have a tendency to inflow on the preclear. The  reverse
difficulty would be an obsessive outflow, whereby the  preclear  threw  away
or wasted anything which he had, such as money,  clothes,  cars,  or  living
quarters. When the process "Remedy of Havingness" has been  done  thoroughly
and completely, the preclear should be able to reject or accept, at his  own
discretion, anything in his environment as well as anything  in  his  engram
bank.


    The earliest use of this process is to be found in GITA,  which  is  to
say "Give and Take Processing," one of the early SOPs which became an  SOP-8
"Expanded GITA." In Issue 16-G of the Journal of Scientology we have a  long
list of key items. The preclear was  asked  to  waste,  accept,  and  desire
these items at will. This was the Desire-Enforcement-Inhibit Scale,  or  the
DEI Scale.  This  process  is  the  immediate  ancestor  of  the  Remedy  of
Havingness. Indeed, one could do far worse than to  take  the  DEI  Expanded
GITA list as given in Issue 16-G, and in the form  of  mock-ups  use  it  as
such upon the preclear, or more modernly employ it directly  on  the  Remedy
of Havingness on these objects.
If one were to employ such a list in the Remedy of  Havingness,  one  would,
of course, have to employ gradient scales. The use  of  the  gradient  scale
has never been discarded, and the concept and principle of doing  things  by
gradient scales is inherent in  auditing  itself,  for  one  starts  with  a
process which the preclear can do,  and  gives  him  some  wins,  and  on  a
gradual scale gives  him  larger  and  larger  wins  until  he  is  cleared.
Similarly, in remedying havingness, the preclear  must  be  started  at  the
lowest end of the scale and advanced on up to the higher end of  the  scale.
Quantity is one of the methods of  doing  this.  At  first  one  can  ask  a
preclear to mock up one of an item and shove it into his body  or  throw  it
away, and then go, finally, when he  is  doing  that  well,  to  two  items,
three, four, five, and six, all the same, but  a  greater  quantity  of  the
item. An even lower gradient on this scale would be to simply get  the  idea
that something was there, and to progress on forward with the idea into  the
actual mass. An expert auditor working with this from the  idea  on  through
to the object would discover that he had no preclears  who  could  not  mock
up.


    He would have the preclear get the idea out in front of him of a  ball,
and get the idea of the ball being thrown away; get the idea of  a  ball  up
in front of him and get the idea of a ball coming in; he  would  then,  when
the preclear could do this excellently well, move forward  into  the  actual
mock-up of a ball. The mock-up would get better and better  as  the  process
progressed, until at last the preclear could mock up and throw away or  push
into his body at will, a ball. He would be able to see this ball, even  feel
its texture and its weight.


    Now, Exteriorization by Remedy of Havingness is a  newer  process  than
the old Remedy of Havingness. It is  accomplished  by  having  the  preclear
SHOVE or PUSH things into his body. One no  longer  has  the  preclear  PULL
things into his body. Simply by having  the  preclear  mock  up  things  and
shove them into his body, mock up  things  and  throw  them  away,  mock  up
things and shove them into his body, mock up things and throw them  away,  a
preclear who has already been run on the earlier  steps  of  the  six  basic
processes will, at this stage, exteriorize quite neatly after as  little  as
fifteen or twenty minutes of the process. If he does not, then  the  earlier
processes have been skimped and the preclear was  really  not  ready  for  a
full, forthright remedy of havingness.


    Even when doing Route 1, the preclear  is  told  to  push  things  into
himself. This will rather take his flitter away for  a  moment,  for  he  is
there being one viewpoint, and in order to push something  into  himself  he
has to be a second viewpoint. In view of the fact  that  a  thetan  gets  in
trouble by being only one viewpoint, this remedies  the  viewpoint  scarcity
of the thetan, and he pushes himself  up  into  two  viewpoints  with  great
rapidity. Thus we are doing duplication of the thetan at the same time  that
we are remedying havingness, so one even has the thetan  shove  things  into
himself, rather than pull things into himself.


    In short, one never has anyone pull things into his body any more.  One
has a person push things into his body. One has him, for instance,  mock  up
a planet, and push it into the body; mock up a planet  and  throw  it  away;
mock up a planet and push it into his body; mock up a planet  and  throw  it
away; mock up a planet and push it into his body, and then one says,  "Where
are you pushing it in from?" The preclear says, "Out here in  front  of  the
body." The auditor simply goes on doing the process  and  very  shortly  the
preclear will, if the earlier  steps  have  been  done  well-the  Six  Basic
Processes below Remedy of Havingness, exteriorize neatly and will  be  ready
for Route 1.


    One would omit, in such an instance, running Spotting  Spots  as  such,
for Change of Space Processing and Communication  Processing  have  a  great
deal to do with spotting spots already.


    If you were to do Remedy of Havingness forthrightly  and  all-out,  and
you were to accept this as the only process we had, we would work  with  its
cousin process, R2-63 as given in The Creation of  Human  Ability,  "Accept-
Reject." One would ask the preclear for things he could  accept,  one  after
the other, until the communication lag was flat,  and  then  would  ask  the
preclear for things he could reject, one after the other,
until the communication lag was flat on that. One would then move  into  the
Expanded GITA list and would have the preclear mock up and  shove  into  his
body (if interiorized) or into himself (if exteriorized) the  various  items
on the Expanded GITA  list  as  given  in  Issue  16-G  of  the  Journal  of
Scientology. This would be a long process, and not  entirely  successful  on
all counts, but  would  nevertheless  be  a  very  effective  and  efficient
process from the standpoint of gains. One would certainly get  the  preclear
over a very large number of aberrations and would do a great deal  for  him.
However, this is not the advised way  of  handling  this  process,  for  the
process itself is not an end-all.  Aberrations  can  be  handled  much  more
easily by communication processing.


    The exact use and commands of Remedy  of  Havingness  in  ordinary  and
routine auditing are simple and effective. One has been asking a preclear  a
great many questions  which  "as-ised"  large  masses  of  energy.  One,  in
handling  Change  of  Space  or  interiorization  and  exteriorization  into
objects while the preclear is exteriorized, has been "burning  up"  a  great
deal of energy. Any time the preclear begins to feel dopey or "boil off"  he
has either run too long on a flow in one direction, in  which  case  reverse
the flow, or he has simply reduced his havingness down to a point  where  he
feels tired or sleepy. Without waiting for this manifestation to  occur  the
good  auditor  simply  in  the  course  of  Straight  Wire  or   Description
Processing, or many other processes, such as those  contained  in  Route  1,
remedies havingness. Having  achieved  something  like  a  momentarily  flat
communication lag on a process, the auditor says to the preclear,  "Mock  up
a mass out in front of you." When the preclear has done  this,  the  auditor
says, "Shove it into your body." When the preclear has done so, the  auditor
says, "Mock up another mass out in front of you." And when the preclear  has
done so, the  auditor  says,  "Throw  it  away."  That,  as  given,  is  for
preclears who are interiorized. It is simply repeated  over  and  over.  The
mass is not specified. It can be almost anything, and in fact  it  does  not
much matter what type of significance the mass has. Any mass is better  than
no mass, according to the thetan.


    If the preclear is exteriorized, the auditor already starts him on  the
Remedy of Havingness in the Route 1 step where  the  preclear  is  asked  to
copy what he is looking at (R1-5). When one is doing R1-5, one must be  very
careful to obey the gradient scale principle behind  Remedy  of  Havingness.
One would not make the preclear make twenty copies and then  push  them  all
into himself or the body. One would make the  preclear  make  two  or  three
copies and push them in one at a time until the preclear  could  remedy  his
havingness with ease.


    The auditor would then have the preclear "Mock up a mass and  shove  it
into yourself," and then "Mock up a mass and throw it  away,"  and  do  this
back and forth until the preclear could do this easily and  well,  at  which
time the auditor would tell the preclear, "Mock  up  two  masses  and  shove
them into yourself," and then "Mock up two  masses  and  throw  them  away,"
until finally the auditor has the preclear mock up eight  masses  as  though
they were the corners of a cube around the preclear  and  "Shove  them  into
yourself," and then "Mock up eight masses and throw them away."


    One must remember that in spite of the fact that  he  cannot  duplicate
mass actually as himself, having no space or mass, natively,  the  motto  of
the thetan is "anything is better than nothing." When you tear up a  lot  of
facsimiles for a thetan and throw them away, he becomes very unhappy  unless
you have him reconstruct those facsimiles or remedy the  mass  he  has  lost
accordingly. When you are having a thetan go into and out of  MEST  universe
masses, a certain amount of energy is burned up, and after  the  thetan  has
been run for a short time on this  step  (R1-9  in  The  Creation  of  Human
Ability), you must be particularly careful to  remedy  his  havingness  with
eight masses shoved into  himself  and  eight  masses  thrown  away  several
times. A thetan who has been run a great deal without Remedy  of  Havingness
comes to what is to him a horrible thought: "I am just a concept," and  will
sag in tone. He does not come  to  this  state  as  long  as  havingness  is
consistently remedied.


    It may be, as one looks at  Scientology,  that  one  has  come  to  the
opinion, watching Remedy of Havingness work, that all there is  to  anything
is the Remedy of  Havingness,  that  it  is  all  based  on  the  Remedy  of
Havingness. If one has a preclear shove enough havingness into his  body  he
will exteriorize in most cases. If one
remedies enough havingness while the thetan is chasing around the  universe,
as in the Grand Tour, the thetan  will  discover  and  as-is  a  great  many
communication lines which otherwise might be very detrimental.  However,  it
is not true that havingness is the entire key to the human mind.  Havingness
is the "gimmick" or "weenie" for  which  the  game  is  played,  and  having
something is very much like winning.


    Above havingness there is  doingness,  and  above  doingness  there  is
beingness,  and  above  beingness  there  is  communicatingness,  and  above
communicatingness there is  knowingness,  and  above  knowingness  there  is
postulatingness, and so we see we have a long way to go above havingness  in
order to get to the top activity of a thetan, which  is  making  postulates,
or unmaking them.


    One could, of course, rationalize each and every action of  the  thetan
with regard to havingness.  One  could  even  extend  havingness  to  space,
although it  normally  refers  to  objects.  One  could  do  all  manner  of
interesting things with  havingness.  One  could  get  as  specific  and  as
significant as one likes, or as un-significant as one likes, and still  find
Remedy of Havingness  working,  but  we  do  not  have  here  in  Remedy  of
Havingness the total clue, the total key. But we do have a  process  and  an
item which must not be overlooked in auditing.


    In the Six Basic Processes the Remedy of  Havingness  comes  after  the
Opening Procedure by Duplication as a process,  itself,  but  remember  that
Remedy of Havingness is done and can be done at any time during any  of  the
processes as long as the preclear is even vaguely in communication with  the
auditor. It does not matter how vague the  mass  is  that  the  preclear  is
using to remedy his havingness. Here is  a  place  where  certainty  is  not
necessary. An unreal, vague, or flimsy mass, if this  is  all  the  preclear
can get, will still remedy his havingness.


    A case comes to mind out  of  the  Advanced  Clinical  Course  where  a
student was unwilling, after his second day, to  continue  his  studies.  He
did not believe that he could stand the "hammer and pound," as  he  put  it,
of the terrifically intense schedule. I took him into my office,  asked  him
what he was doing in life, and he replied to me that  he  was  a  machinist.
Also, it seemed to turn out that he had had something  to  do  with  a  ship
which had sunk under  him,  although  his  recollection  of  this  was  very
unclear. I asked him what kind of a machine he had customarily run,  and  he
told me. Then I had him mock up this  machine,  and  remedy  his  havingness
with it. Then I had him mock up the ship  and  remedy  his  havingness  with
that, just as given above. I did this for about fifteen minutes, and  enough
change occurred in his  case  to  entirely  return  his  confidence  in  his
ability to stand up to the course and to audit.  Yet  the  mock-ups  he  was
getting were so thin that he could barely vaguely discern them at all.


    Mock-ups get unreal because the thetan is not-ising  existence.  He  is
trying to destroy masses by saying that they do not  exist,  that  they  are
not real. He is so bent upon this system of destruction that  he  is  making
everything unreal or black. One of the  cures  for  this  is  End  of  Cycle
Processing run in the following fashion:


    One has the preclear mock himself up dead (no matter  how  unreal  this
mock-up is), then have the mock-up waste away to bone, and  have  the  bones
waste away to dust, and then have the preclear shove the dust  into  himself
or, alternately, throw it away. One once more has the preclear mock  himself
up dead, have the mock-up waste away to bone, have the bones waste  away  to
dust, and then have the preclear remedy his havingness with  the  dust.  One
continues this for two or three  hours  with  the  preclear  if  one  really
wishes the case to make a change. Where a preclear is getting no reality  on
mock-ups or blackness, he is most commonly stuck in that  ParaScientological
thing, that  thing  horribly  abhorred  by  psychologists  who  have  become
Dianeticists, or by people who are just plain scared: a past death.  If  you
wanted to convince somebody that past deaths exist, you  would  run  End  of
Cycle Processing on them.  This  is  a  cousin  process  to  the  Remedy  of
Havingness. One could go a very long distance with  this  process  and  have
the preclear mock up his mother dead, have her  waste  away  to  bones,  and
remedy havingness with the dust, or do this with the dust, or do  this  with
the father or brothers, or grandparents, with a considerable change  in  the
case.
This End of Cycle Processing, by the way, is a very  fine  process.  It  has
been with us about a year and it has been successful whenever used.  It  has
a tendency to fall into disuse because it has not until  now  had  an  exact
place on  the  Six  Basic  Processes.  But  End  of  Cycle  is  actually  an
additional process to the Remedy of Havingness and is an  effective  way  of
remedying havingness. Do you remember in the old days the Dianetics  "corpse
case" who would lie upon the couch with his arms crossed neatly,  all  ready
for a lily, and would always audit in this fashion?  The  solution  to  this
corpse case is End of Cycle Processing, as given here. The  preclear  is  so
fixed in a death that he is trying to make everything unreal, and  the  only
real thing, to him, would be the unreality of death.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder
LRH:sb.rd
Copyright �1955, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED










































[The above HCO B is basically a reissue of PAB No. 50 which can be found  in
context in Volume II, page 180.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MAY 1972

Remimeo

                                EXPANDED GITA

              (Previously issued in the Journal of Scientology,
               Issue 16-G, published by Hubbard Association of
                  Scientologists, Philadelphia, June 1953)


    (This is an extension of Give and Take processing.)  Test  preclear  to
see if he can get a mock-up he can see, no matter how vague. Then  have  him
WASTE, ACCEPT UNDER DURESS, DESIRE and finally Be  Able  to  take  or  leave
alone  each of the items listed below. He does this with mock-ups or  ideas.
He must do the sequence of waste-etc. in  the  order  given  here  for  each
item. He wastes it by having it at remote distances in places where it  will
do no good, being used  or  done  or  observed  by  something  which  cannot
appreciate it. When he is able to waste it in vast  quantities  the  auditor
then has him accept it in mock-up form until he no  longer  is  antagonistic
to having to accept it even  when  it  is  unpleasant  and  great  force  is
applied to make him take it. Again, with mock-ups, he must be able to  bring
himself to desire it even in its worst form; then, by mock-ups of it in  its
most desirable form he must come to be able to leave it  entirely  alone  or
take it in its worst form without caring.  EXPANDED  GITA  remedies  contra-
survival abundance and scarcity. It  will  be  found  that  before  one  can
accept a very scarce (to him) thing, he has to give it away. A  person  with
a milk allergy must be able to give away, in  mock-up,  enormous  quantities
of milk, wasting it, before he can accept any himself.  The  items  in  this
list are compounded of several years of isolating  what  factors  were  more
important to minds than  others.  The  list  lacks  very  few  of  the  very
important items, if any. Additions to or subtractions from this list  should
not be attempted. Viewpoint, Work and  Pain  should  be  heavily  and  often
stressed and given priority.

    Waste, Have Forced Upon, Desire, Be Able  to  Give  or  Take,  in  that
order, each of the following: (Order of items here  is  random.)  Viewpoint,
Work,  Pain,   Beauty,   Motion,   Engrams,   Ugliness,   Logic,   Pictures,
Confinement, Money, Parents, Blackness, Police, Light,  Explosions,  Bodies,
Degradation, Male Bodies, Female Bodies,  Babies,  Children  Male,  Children
Female,  Strange  and  Peculiar  Bodies,  Dead  Bodies,   Affinity   (Love),
Agreement, Beautiful Bodies, People, Attention, Admiration,  Force,  Energy,
Lightning, Unconsciousness, Problems, Antagonism, Reverence, Fear,  Objects,
Time,  Eating  Human  Bodies,  Sound,  Grief,  Beautiful   Sadness,   Hidden
Influences, Hidden Communications, Doubts, Faces, Dimension  Points,  Anger,
Apathy, Ideas, Enthusiasm, Disagreement, Hate, Sex, Reward, Eating  Parents,
Eaten by Mother, Eaten by Father, Eating Men, Eaten by  Men,  Eating  Women,
Eaten  by  Women,  Start,  Broken  Communications,  Written  Communications,
Stillness, Exhaustion, Women Stopping Motion, Men Stopping Motion,  Changing
Motion Women, Changing Motion Men, Changing Motion Babies,  Changing  Motion
Children, Starting  Motion  Men,  Starting  Motion  Women,  Starting  Motion
Children, Starting Motion Objects, Starting Motion Self, Omens,  Wickedness,
Forgiveness, Play, Games, Sound, Machinery, Touch,  Traffic,  Stolen  Goods,
Stolen Pictures, Homes, Blasphemy, Caves, Medicine, Glass,  Mirrors,  Pride,
Musical Instruments, Dirty Words, Space, Wild  Animals,  Pets,  Birds,  Air,
Water,  Food,  Milk,  Garbage,  Gases,  Excreta,  Rooms,  Beds,  Punishment,
Boredom, Confusion, Soldiers, Executioners, Doctors, Judges,  Psychiatrists,
Alcoholic  Liquor,  Drugs,  Masturbation,  Rewards,  Heat,  Cold,  Forbidden
Things,   God,   The   Devil,   Spirits,   Bacteria,   Glory,    Dependence,
Responsibility,  Wrongness,  Rightness,  Insanity,  Sanity,  Faith,  Christ,
Death, Rank, Poverty, Maps, Irresponsibility, Greetings, Farewells,  Credit,
Loneliness, Jewels, Teeth, Genitalia, Complications, Help, Pretense,  Truth,
Lies, Assurance, Contempt, Predictability, Unpredictability, Vacuums,  White
Clouds,  Black  Clouds,  Unattainables,  Hidden  Things,   Worry,   Revenge,
Textbooks, Kisses, The Past, The Future, The
Present, Arms, Stomachs, Bowels, Mouths, Cigarettes,  Smoke,  Urine,  Vomit,
Convulsions,  Saliva,  Flowers,   Semen,   Blackboards,   Fireworks,   Toys,
Vehicles,  Dolls,  Audiences,  Doors,  Walls,  Weapons,  Blood,   Ambitions,
Illusions,  Betrayal,   Ridicule,   Hope,   Happiness,   Mothers,   Fathers,
Grandparents, Suns, Planets, Moons, Sensation, Looking, Incidents,  Waiting,
Silence, Talking,  Knowing,  Not  Knowing,  Doubts,  Fac  One,  Remembering,
Forgetting, Auditing, Minds, Fame, Power,  Accidents,  Illnesses,  Approval,
Tiredness, Faces, Acting, Drama,  Costumes,  Sleep,  Holding  Things  Apart,
Holding Things Together, Destroying  Things,  Sending  Things  Away,  Making
Things Go Fast, Making Things Appear,  Making  Things  Vanish,  Convictions,
Stability, Changing People,  Silent  Men,  Silent  Women,  Silent  Children,
Symbols of Weakness, Symbols of Force, Disabilities,  Education,  Languages,
Bestiality,  Homosexuality,  Invisible  Bodies,  Invisible  Acts,  Invisible
Scenes, Accepting Things Back, Games, Rules, Players, Restimulation,  Sexual
Restimulation,   Space    Reduction,    Size    Reduction,    Entertainment,
Cheerfulness, Freedom for Others to Talk, Act, Feel Pain, Be  Sad,  Thetans,
Personalities, Cruelty, Organizations. TRY  FIRST:  Healthy  Bodies,  Strong
Bodies, Good Perception, Good Recall.


    WARNING: Should your preclear  become  unstable  or  upset  doing  this
process take him to STEP VI. Then return to this list.


    COMMENT: The mind is sufficiently complicated that it can  be  expected
to have computations on almost all  the  above.  Thus  there  is  no  single
clearing button and search for it is  at  the  dictate  of  a  circuit,  the
mechanism of circuits being to  search  for  something  hidden.  Thus,  your
preclear may begin  to  compute  and  philosophize  and  seek  to  find  the
"button" that will release all this. All this releases all  the  buttons  so
tell him to relax and go on  with  the  process  every  time  he  starts  to
compute.


    NOTE: Running the above will  bring  to  the  surface  without  further
attention the "computation on the case" and the service  facsimile.  Do  not
audit these. Run EXPANDED GITA.


    STEP V - PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION. EXTERIORIZATION BY SCENERY. Have
preclear, with his  body's  eyes,  study  and  see  the  difference  between
similar real objects such as the two legs of a  chair,  the  spaces  between
the back, two cigarettes, two trees, two girls. He must see  and  study  the
objects. It is not enough to remember the objects. The definition of a  CASE
V is "no mock-ups, only blackness." Have him continue this process until  he
is alert. Use liberally and often.


    Then exteriorize by having the preclear close his eyes and move  actual
places on Earth under him, preferably places  he  has  not  been.  Have  him
bring these up to him. Find two similar things in the scene and observe  the
difference between them. Move  him  over  oceans  and  cities  until  he  is
certain that he is exteriorized.


    Then, preferably while exteriorized, have him do STEP I.


    This case has to know before he can be. His viewpoint is in  the  past.
Give him present time viewpoints until he is a STEP I by the  methods  given
for STEP V.


    (COMMENT: PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION is a very good general technique
and resolves chronic somatics and improves tone.)


    Assume other people's viewpoints as a drill-not what they  think  about
things, but as they look at things in the material universe. Attempt  to  be
in the location of a leaf, blade of grass, car headlamp, etc., and view  the
universe.


    STEP VI-A-R-C STRAIGHT WIRE using next-to-last list of Self Analysis in
Scientology which asks preclear to recall  something  really  real  to  him,
etc. Then use the lists in Self Analysis. This level is the neurotic. It  is
identified by the preclear having mockups which will not  persist  or  which
won't go away. Use also PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION. Then go  to  STEP  IV.
At any drop in tone, return case to STEP VI.
STEP VII-PSYCHOTIC CASES.  (Whether  in  or  out  of  body.)  The  psychotic
appears to be in such desperate straits  that  the  auditor  often  errs  in
thinking desperate   measures  are  necessary.  Use  the  lightest  possible
methods. Give case space and freedom where possible. Have psychotic  imitate
 (not mock up) various things. Have him  do  PRESENT  TIME  DIFFERENTIATION.
Get him to tell the difference between things  by  actual  touch.  Have  him
locate, differentiate and touch things that are really  real  to  him  (real
objects or items). If inaccessible, mimic him with  own  body,  whatever  he
does, until he comes into communication. Have  him  locate  corners  of  the
room and hold them without thinking. As soon as his communication is  up  go
to STEP VI, but be very sure he changes any mock-up around  until  he  knows
it is a mock-up, that it exists, and that he himself made  it.  Do  not  run
engrams. He is psychotic because viewpoints in present time  are  so  scarce
that he has gone into the  past  for  viewpoints  which  at  least  he  knew
existed. By PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION, by  tactile  on  objects,  restore
his idea of an abundance of viewpoint in present time. If he has been  given
electric shock, do not process it or any other brutality. Work him for  very
brief periods, for his attention span is short. Always work psychotics  with
another auditor or a companion present.


    NOTE: All steps for all cases. If in doubt as  to  condition  of  case,
test with STEP Vl.


    NOTE: An operating thetan must also be able to manufacture particles of
admiration and force in abundance.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH: sb.rd
Copyright �1953, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




























[The above HCO B is taken from Journal  of  Scientology,  Issue  16-G,  June
1953, Standard Operating Procedure 8, which  can  be  found  in  context  in
Volume I, page 390.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 8 MAY 1972

Remimeo

                        THE IMPORTANCE OF HAVINGNESS

             (Previously issued as PAB No. 72, 21 February 1956)



    A careful study of  staff  auditors'  reports  reveals  that  the  only
advances worthy of the name of Scientology occur when  the  auditor  repairs
or remedies havingness on the preclear. Without the  repair  and  remedy  of
havingness no real gains become apparent. A preclear will not progress  when
his havingness is impaired.


    What are the symptoms of  loss  of  havingness?  Running  any  as-ising
techniques the preclear may become anaten, slightly nervous, agitated,  want
a cigarette, or seem to break out of the session in some fashion. In  either
case, he is "down on havingness." In other words he has burned up, used  up,
or as-ised, too much of his physical body energy in the auditing itself.  In
view of the fact that every subjective technique puts a sort of hole in  the
middle of the electronic mass surrounding a preclear,  parts  of  that  mass
then begin to cave in on the preclear. Thus running  an  as-ising  technique
on a preclear beyond the ability of the preclear to sustain  the  consequent
loss of havingness will bring on in the preclear many new engrams  which  he
did not have before. A technique which as-ises energy,  if  used  without  a
repair or remedy of havingness, will bring about a worsening of the case  of
a preclear.


    Now exactly what is happening is very simple. A preclear starts  to  go
anaten and the auditor keeps on running  the  process.  He  hasn't  realized
that  he  ought  to  interrupt  a  process  at  any  time  if  the  preclear
demonstrates a loss of havingness. Anaten is such a  demonstration  of  loss
of havingness. All right, another example: the preclear becomes agitated  or
upset; he reaches for a cigarette; he begins to twitch; his foot  begins  to
wobble; he begins  to  talk  excitedly;  he  begins  to  cough  while  being
audited. All of these things demonstrate a loss of  havingness.  These  same
conditions, by the way, can result from  the  preclear  believing  that  the
auditor has broken the Auditor's Code in some fashion or  has  overcome  his
power of choice. Both a repair and  remedy  of  havingness  are  immediately
indicated on the observation of anaten or  agitation  on  the  part  of  the
preclear. In addition the auditor  should  carefully  go  over  the  session
itself to find out, if anywhere, the preclear believed his power  of  choice
was being overcome, or if the preclear believed the Auditor's Code had  been
broken. You understand that the auditor didn't necessarily have to  overcome
the preclear's power of choice or break the Auditor's  Code  in  order  that
the preclear should believe that this has happened. However, this  could  be
overlooked entirely if the auditor had been  careful  enough  to  repair  or
remedy the havingness of the preclear.


    The slightest drop of alertness on the part of  the  preclear,  or  the
slightest agitation or somatic, should immediately indicate to  the  auditor
that havingness has dropped and must be immediately repaired or remedied.  A
great deal of time can be spent on the  subject  of  repair  and  remedy  of
havingness, and it is time  spent  with  great  benefit.  It  is  better  to
"waste" time spent repairing and remedying havingness  than  to  blunder  on
through. Now there is another thing I have  noticed  with  regard  to  this.
Auditors are running these days toward cognition. Very well, if they  expect
a preclear to cognite they should not expect him to  pull  in  a  bank  upon
himself. If an auditor runs a very obvious process which  should  bring  the
preclear toward cognition, runs it several auditing commands and then  stops
and repairs and remedies the preclear's  havingness,  and  then  after  that
asks him the same auditing question two more times, he  will  discover  that
he has blown a cognition into view. In other  words  you  could  remedy  the
havingness of a preclear while his mind was on one  particular  subject  and
bring a cognition into existence.
This becomes  particularly  important  today,  since  a  few  months  ago  I
discovered that you could remedy the havingness of anybody, and I mean  just
that!! You can remedy anybody's havingness and you can turn on  mock-ups  on
anybody. The fact that the preclear who has a black field can be  caused  to
mock up blacknesses or invisibilities and shove them into  his  body  brings
us into an era of being able to make anybody turn on mock-ups.  Getting  the
preclear to postulate that the mocked up blackness is bad for the body  will
cause that blackness to snap into the  body.  By  getting  the  preclear  to
postulate that the invisible mass he has mocked up is bad for  the  body  it
will snap into the body. Of course, after this has been done  a  few  times,
the consideration of the preclear will change. Then  perhaps  the  blackness
or invisibility will only snap in when the preclear postulates  that  it  is
good for the body. He may also have a residue left. It is very important  to
get rid of these repair  and  remedy  of  havingness  residues.  By  various
postulates such as that the residue is a threat to the body, it is good  for
the body, it is bad for the body, the residue too will snap in.


    Let's differentiate at once here the difference  between  a  repair  of
havingness and a remedy of havingness. We used to call repair of  havingness
"giving him some havingness." It needs a better  technical  term.  Therefore
let us call this "Repair of Havingness." It means having the  preclear  mock
up anything he can mock up, and in any way it can be done get him  to  shove
(never pull) that mock-up into the body, and by similar means to get rid  of
the residue which  went  along  with  the  mock-up.  That  is  a  repair  of
havingness. It is a one-way flow; it is an inflow.


    Now a remedy of havingness is getting him to mock up and shove into the
body enough masses to bring him to a point where  he  can  eventually  throw
one away. In other words repair of havingness is simply having him  mock  up
things and having him shove them into the body, and a remedy  of  havingness
is having him mock up and shove in and throw away the same type of  mock-up.
Remedy of  havingness  is  always  a  superior  operation  to  a  repair  of
havingness. Repair of havingness is a very crude stop-gap, but can  be  used
any time. However, a preclear who is working well, and  on  whom  havingness
can be remedied, should, at all times, have  his  havingness  remedied,  not
repaired. In other words any type of mock-up should be both shoved into  the
body and mocked up and thrown away. This  should  be  done  in  considerable
quantity until the preclear is quite relaxed about that particular  type  of
mock-up. One does this, remember, every time the attention of  the  preclear
drops, or he becomes agitated.


    There is one other little point connected  with  this  which  is  quite
important, and that is, auditors very often audit a preclear  into  an  area
of time when the preclear exteriorized. This, on a  preclear  who  does  not
exteriorize easily, brings on a considerable grief and sadness. The  way  to
get rid of this is, of course, to remedy the preclear's havingness  or  only
repair it, and to  ask  the  preclear  to  recall  times  when  he  was  not
exteriorized. This will bring up at once times when he did  exteriorize  and
where fear of exteriorization was built up considerably.


    I have noticed another special condition regarding this exteriorization
phenomena which is quite important. A preclear will occasionally repair  and
remedy havingness up to a point  where  the  body  disappears  for  him.  He
doesn't quite know where to put the mass he has mocked up  since  he  cannot
find the body. This is particularly true of preclears who have  a  very  low
threshold on havingness. An auditor would be stupid indeed  to  simply  plow
along beyond that  point  where  the  preclear  has  already  said  that  he
couldn't find any body to push any havingness into. The moment the  preclear
does that the auditor should suspect that the preclear has  gotten  into  an
exteriorization type  incident.  It  is  not,  however,  necessary  that  he
immediately flounder around and try to find this incident as recommended  in
the paragraphs just above. He can also repair and remedy havingness in  this
fashion, and it is very important to know this. Although  it  is  disastrous
for a preclear to be asked "What  could  your  body  have?"  since  he  will
simply strip the bank of various old facsimiles, it is  a  very,  very  good
repair of havingness to ask a preclear  "What  is  there  around  this  room
(area) which your body could have?" and then  have  him  pick  out  specific
objects in the environment which he says the body could  have.  If  he  does
this he will come up the gradient scale of havingness,  and  his  havingness
will be repaired immediately or  directly  on  the  Sixth  Dynamic.  With  a
preclear who cannot get mock-ups and where the auditor has either
been too clumsy to get the preclear's mock-ups turned on or  it  really  was
impossible, more or less, the  preclear's  havingness  can  be  repaired  by
having him do this process. So this is a very, very important  process,  and
one that ought to go down in red letters.


    This whole subject of repair and remedy of havingness  and  its  effect
upon auditing, and the fact  that  it  has  not  been  stressed  at  all  in
training, being up there at Level Six in the old Basic Processes, brings  us
to SLP Issue 8. The entirety of Level One in SLP 8 will be  devoted  to  the
repair and remedy of havingness.


    In SLP Issue 7 we have a  great  many  phenomena  associated  with  the
remedy of the body's havingness. The reason for their position is  to  bring
about an adjustment of the condition of the  body  before  one  goes  on  to
other and more complicated ways of processing.  Now,  in  Issue  8,  all  of
these various things will be retained, but they will be  paralleled  with  a
complete remedy of havingness and that particular level of SLP will be  gone
over. In actual experience it is  better  to  remedy  the  havingness  of  a
preclear, no matter where he is on the tone scale, and  no  matter  by  what
process, than to run any significant process. Further, if a preclear  cannot
at least repair his  havingness,  to  run  Waterloo  Station  is  to  invite
disaster, because in this particular process of Level 2 he is liable to  get
himself into a "down havingness" situation and of course will  not  be  able
to not-know anything. He may be chewing up too much energy while  trying  to
not-know. Thus we would have the failures which have  occasionally  occurred
in Waterloo Station. They were simply havingness failures, not a failure  of
Waterloo Station. Further  there  has  been  a  new  command  suggested  for
Waterloo Station:  "What  would  you  be  willing  to  not-know  about  that
person?" This seems to be a better command, at least for the British Isles.


    We also take care of the vacuums and separatenesses and everything else
with repair or remedy of havingness and running it  in  with  certain  other
things, such as problems, etc. When we discover by two-way  communication  a
weak universe, we could then ask the individual preclear, "Invent a  problem
that person (weak universe) could  be  to  you."  Then,  watching  him  very
carefully, and repairing his havingness on  the  subject  of  that  person's
possessions, get a very rapid separation of universes. I have  noticed  that
the weak universe came about when the person elected by the preclear  to  be
a weak universe first began to put mest anchor points around  the  preclear.
In other words, valuable presents.


    I am as pleased as can be to get a finger on this point and I know well
that if East, West, North  and  South  would  begin  to  repair  and  remedy
havingness and stop specializing in significances without repair  or  remedy
of havingness, we are going to start shooting people up to the top of  these
Scientometric graphs. We can't help it.


    Let me call your attention specifically to the  old  phenomena  of  the
emotional scale and the engram. We found out that when one engram was  keyed
in, it fixed the emotional tone of the individual. Then we had him run  this
and as he converted the engram to usable havingness, we found that his  tone
rose. We discover on these Scientometric charts that the  "unhappy"  section
does not move if we don't change the mass of the preclear.


                                 SACRIFICES


    The latest news from the research front has to do with  the  fact  that
the GE demands and requires and has to have, evidently, sacrifices.  The  GE
does not run on an overt act-motivator sequence, which makes one suspect  he
is not a thetan. A GE runs exclusively on being sacrificed to. If  you  have
the preclear mock up sacrifices to the GE, you will find these  become  very
readily assimilated.


    On a lower level the body accepts motivators; as soon as it is  through
this motivator band, it accepts sacrifices and finally comes up to  a  point
where it will  accept  live  bodies.  When  one  considers  that  eating  is
entirely a matter  of  absorbing  death,  one  sees  this  death  hunger  in
processing by running Sacrifices. A person who has had bad legs should  have
a sacrifice of legs run on him and so forth. This is  astonishing  material.
It is almost unbelievable that the GE will not be  sacrificed  to  anything,
but will
only be sacrificed to, and this phenomenon that the GE is thereby  demanding
death tells us at once that the atomic bomb will be used and that there  are
people in the world who will actually crave this  sacrifice  of  cities  and
even nations.


    Aside from being a fantastically workable process, more of which  anon,
this matter of sacrifices tells us at once a great deal  about  the  future.
There will be no moral restraint where the atomic  bomb  is  concerned.  For
about the highest level  in  some  areas  of  the  world,  as  to  case,  is
"operating GE." This tells us, too,  why  soldiers  will  go  to  war.  This
explains a great deal of conduct.


    The GE evidently operates on the postulate that  as  long  as  anything
else is alive it can't live. However, it is becoming more and more  doubtful
that there is any more life in the body than  the  thetan  puts  there,  and
that the body is a single machine operating  on  some  implanted  postulates
contained in the energy masses which are activated by  the  thetan  somewhat
on the order of the old "pole" theta trap. Many of these considerations  can
be changed around rather easily. Nothing  changes  them  quite  so  fast  as
these sacrifice processes.


    In mocking up sacrifices the auditor  should  use  all  the  skills  of
creative processing and ensure that the preclear is actually mocking up  and
is not dragging in old facsimiles from the bank  and  restimulating  genetic
line incidents. This can be obviated by having the persons in  the  mock-ups
dressed in modern clothing; mocking up the incident as  happening  tomorrow;
altering the mock-up in some manner, such  as  turning  the  face  green  or
something of this nature. Any reasonable way in which you  can  ensure  that
you are dealing with mock-ups and not past track facsimiles.


    This gives auditors another tool with which to handle chronic somatics.


    There is another process which has a great  deal  of  workability  with
chronic somatics. I know that some months  ago  and  earlier  than  that  it
seemed rather fatal to us to continue to fixate the preclear's attention  on
the chronic somatic. But that is not a problem with us right now. It  ceased
to be a problem the  moment  I  invented  an  auditing  command  exactly  as
follows: "Invent a problem that (leg, arm, nose,  eye,  body)  could  be  to
you. " Running this command,  which  is  in  itself  a  sort  of  remedy  of
havingness, and repairing and remedying the havingness of  the  preclear  as
we go, we will discover that practically any and  all  phenomena  associated
with the service facsimile will come away and clear up, and the  limb,  nose
or eye will get well. This can be used as a word of warning: ONLY ON  ACTUAL
TERMINALS. Never use this command, and I mean NEVER, on  actual  conditions.
Never ask him to invent problems lameness could be to  him.  Never  ask  him
what  problem  blindness  could  be  to  him.  Lameness  and  blindness  are
conditions. We want to know what problems legs or eyes can be to him,  since
legs and eyes are terminals. In running this command  we  reduce  havingness
too rapidly whenever we are stressing conditions. Therefore we run  it  only
on terminals. In running it use only terminals. Handled in this  way  we  do
have the  answer  as  of  this  moment,  to  chronic  somatics.  With  these
processes in SLP and the adequate repair and remedy  of  havingness  we  can
push our preclears right up through the top.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:sb.rd
Copyright �1956, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED





[The above HCO B is a reissue of PAB No. 72, 21 February 1956, which can  be
found in context in Volume II, page 371.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 10 MAY 1972

Remimeo
                                  ROBOTISM

                 (Reference HCOB 28 Nov 1970, C/S Series 22,
                               "Psychosis" . )


    A technical advance has  been  made  in  relation  to  the  inactivity,
slowness or incompetence of human beings.


    This discovery proceeds from a two and a half  year  intense  study  of
aberration as it affects the ability to function as a group member.


    The ideal group member  is  capable  of  working  causatively  in  full
cooperation with his fellows in the  achievement  of  group  goals  and  the
realization of his own happiness.


    The primary human failing is an inability to  function  as  himself  or
contribute to group achievements.


    Wars, political upsets, organizational  duress,  growing  crime  rates,
increasingly  heavy  "justice",  growing  demands  for  excessive   welfare,
economic failure and other age long and repeating conditions find  a  common
denominator in the inability of human beings to coordinate.


    The current political answer, in vogue in this century and growing,  is
totalitarianism where the state orders the whole  life  of  the  individual.
The production figures of such states are very low and their crimes  against
the individual are numerous.


    A discovery therefore of what this factor is, that makes  the  humanoid
the victim of oppression, would be a valuable one.


    The opening lines of Dianetics: The Modern  Science  of  Mental  Health
comment on Man's lack of an answer for himself.


    The group needs such  an  answer  in  order  to  survive  and  for  its
individual members to be happy.

                                    SCALE

    [pic]

                               NEEDING ORDERS

    The exact mechanism of needing orders is to be found as an outgrowth of
the mental condition outlined in HCOB 28 Nov 1970, "Psychosis".


    The individual with an evil purpose has to withhold himself because  he
may do destructive things.

    When he fails to withhold himself he commits overt acts on his  fellows
or other dynamics and occasionally loses control and does so.


    This of course makes him quite inactive.


    To overcome this he refuses any responsibility for his own actions.
Any motion he makes must be on the responsibility of others.


    He operates then only when given orders.


    Thus he must have orders to operate.


    Therefore one could term such a person a robot. And the malady could be
called robotism.

                                 PERCEPTION

    Studies of perception undertaken since  HCOB  28  Nov  70  reveal  that
sight, hearing and other channels of awareness  decrease  in  proportion  to
the number of  overt  acts-and  therefore  withholds-which  the  person  has
committed on the whole track.


    By relieving these sight has been remarkably brightened.


    Therefore a person who is withholding  himself  from  committing  overt
acts because of his own undesired purposes has very poor perception.


    He does not see the environment around him.


    Thus, combined with his unwillingness to act  on  his  own  initiative,
there is a blindness to the environment.

                               OVERT PRODUCTS
                     (see P/L 14 Nov 70, Org Series 14)

    Since he does not act upon orders he is taking responsibility  for,  he
executes orders without fully understanding them.


    Further he executes them in an environment he does not see.


    Thus when forced to produce he will produce overt products.  These  are
called so because they are not in actual fact useful products but  something
no one wants and are overt acts in themselves-such as inedible  biscuits  or
a "repair" that is just further breakage.

                                  SLOWNESS

    The person is slow  because  he  is  moving  on  other-determinism,  is
carefully withholding himself and cannot see anyway.


    Thus he feels lost, confused or unsafe and cannot move positively.


    Because he produces overt products  he  gets  slapped  around  or  goes
unthanked and so begins a decline.


    He cannot move swiftly and if he does  has  accidents.  So  he  teaches
himself to be careful and cautious.

                                   JUSTICE

    Group justice is of some use but all it really does is make the  person
withhold himself even harder and while a necessary  restraint,  nevertheless
does not itself bring a lasting improvement.


    Threats and "heads on a  pike"  (meaning  examples  of  discipline)  do
however jar the person into giving his attention and channeling his  actions
into a more desirable path from the group viewpoint.


    Justice is necessary in a society of such people but it is not a remedy
for improvement.

                                   MALICE

    Despite the viciousness of the truly insane, there is little or no real
malice in the robot.
The truly  insane  cannot  control  or  withhold  their  evil  purposes  and
dramatize them at least covertly.


    The insane are not always visible. But they  are  visible  enough.  And
they are malicious.


    The robot on the other hand does control his evil impulses to  a  great
extent.


    He is not malicious.


    His danger mainly stems from the incompetent things he does,  the  time
of others he consumes, the waste of time and  material  and  the  brakes  he
puts on the general group endeavor.


    He does not do all these things intentionally. He does not really  know
he is doing them.


    He looks in wounded surprise at the wrath he generates when  he  breaks
things, wrecks programs and gets in the way. He does not know  he  is  doing
these things. For he cannot see that he is. He may go along  for  some  time
doing (slowly wasteful) well and then carelessly  smashes  the  exact  thing
that wrecks the whole activity.


    People suppose he cunningly intended to do so. He seldom does.


    He winds up even more convinced he can't be trusted and that he  should
withhold harder!

                                FALSE REPORTS

    The robot gives many false reports. Unable to see, how can he know what
is true?


    He seeks to fend off wrath  and  attract  good  will  by  "PR"  (public
relations boasts) without realizing he is giving false reports.

                                   MORALE

    The robot goes into morale declines easily.  Since  production  is  the
basis of morale, and since he does not really produce much, left to his  own
devices, his morale sags heavily.

                              PHYSICAL INERTIA

    The body is a physical object. It is not the being himself.


    As a body has mass it tends to remain motionless unless moved and tends
to keep going in a certain direction unless steered.


    As he is not really running his body, the robot has to  be  moved  when
not moving or diverted if moving on a wrong course.


    Thus anyone with one or more of such beings around  him  tends  to  get
exhausted with shoving them into motion or halting them when they go wrong.


    Exhaustion only occurs when one does not understand the robot.


    It is the exasperation that exhausts one.


    With understanding one is not exasperated because  he  can  handle  the
situation. But only if he knows what it is.

                                     PTS

    Potential Trouble Sources are not necessarily robots.


    A PTS person generally is withholding himself from a Suppressive Person
or group or thing.
Toward that SP person or group or thing he is a robot! He takes orders  from
them if only in opposites.


    His overts on the SP person make him blind and non-self-determined.

                                  BASIC WHY

    The basic reason behind  persons  who  cannot  function,  are  slow  or
inactive or incompetent and who do not produce is


    WITHHOLDING SELF FROM DOING DESTRUCTIVE THINGS, AND THUS  UNWILLING  TO
TAKE RESPONSIBILITY AND THEREFORE NEEDING ORDERS.


    The exact wording of this WHY must be done by  the  individual  himself
after examining and grasping this principle.


    If one writes this principle down on the top of a sheet and  then  asks
the person to word it exactly as it applies to himself one will  attain  the
individual why for inaction and incompetence. It will produce  GIs  and  F/N
at the Examiner.

                                 PROCESSING

    Physical work in the physical universe, general confronting, reach  and
withdraw; and Objective Processes go far in remedying this condition.


    Touch assists regularly and correctly given  to  proper  End  Phenomena
will handle illnesses of such persons.


    Word Clearing is vital tech to open the person's comm lines,  wipe  out
earlier misunderstoods and increase his understanding.


    PTS tech will handle  the  person's  robotism  toward  SP  individuals,
groups or things. To this and the PTS Rundown can be added the WHY above  as
it relates to the things or beings found as suppressive as a last step.


    The why above can be used in Danger Formula work  such  as  HCO  P/L  9
April 72, Correct Danger  Formula,  and  HCO  P/L  3  May  72,  "Ethics  and
Executives". Other individual whys can exist in these instances.

                             EXPANDED DIANETICS

    The  miracle  of  well  done  perfectly  executed  Expanded   Dianetics
eradicates both insanity and robotism. Drug handling and other  actions  may
be necessary.

                                 END PRODUCT

    The end product when one has fully handled robotism is not a person who
cannot follow orders or who operates solely on his own.


    Totalitarian states fear any relief of the condition as they  foolishly
actively promote and hope for such beings. But this is only a deficiency  in
their own causes and their lack of  experience  with  fully  self-determined
beings. Yet education, advertising and amusements have  been  designed  only
for robots. Even religions existed to suppress "Man's Evil Nature".


    Lacking any examples or understanding many  have  feared  to  free  the
robot to his own control and think even with horror on it.


    But you see, beings are NOT basically robots. They are  miserable  when
they are.


    Basically they prosper only when they are self-determined  and  can  be
pandetermined to help in the prosperity of all.


LRH:sb.bh   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972       Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                    HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JUNE 1971 REVISED
Remimeo     Issue II
Tech & Qual (Revised 9 Aug 71 )
      (Revised 11 May 72)
Auditors    Word Clearing Series 8RB
Word Clearers    (Cancels HCOB 30 June 71 Issue II,
Only  8R and 8RR)


                  STANDARD C/S FOR WORD CLEARING IN SESSION
                                  METHOD 1

0.    Clear the words in the Word Clearing Correction List so as to have  it
    ready for use in case of bog.

1.    Fly a rud if no F/N. If TA High or Low do not try to fly an  ARC  Brk.
    Do a C/S 53RRR instead. (See Auditor's  Rights  C/S  Series  I  if  any
    trouble with this pc. If errors in previous  word  clear  sessions  use
    HCOB 21 July 1971 REVISED to handle word clearing corrections needed.)

2.    Do not clear these words before assessment

    ASSESS.

    R Factor: We are going to go over a list of subjects to see if there is
any word you didn't understand while studying these  subjects.  (Assess  the
whole list rapidly and clearly, good TR1 and  noting  every  read  from  the
meter.)

Religion    ____________     The Mind   ____________
Ministers   ____________     The Spirit ____________
Church      ____________     Bodies     ____________
College     ____________     Sex  ____________
Schools     ____________     The Insane ____________
Sacrifices  ____________     Psychiatry ____________
Surgery     ____________     Psychoanalysis  ____________
Medicine    ____________     Psychology ____________
Electronics ____________     Rituals    ____________
Physics     ____________     Rites      ____________
Technical Subjects     ____________     Ships      ____________
Dianetics   ____________     The Sea    ____________
Scientology ____________     Military   ____________
Theology    ____________     Armies     ____________
Theosophy   ____________     Navies     ____________
Philosophy  ____________     Stars      ____________
Law   ____________     Heavenly Bodies  ____________
Organization     ____________     The Universe     ____________
Government  ____________     Planes     ____________
Written Materials      ____________     Vehicles   ____________
Text Books  ____________     Machinery  ____________
Practice    ____________     Motors     ____________
Science     ____________     Administration  ____________
Music ____________     Healing    ____________
Arithmetic  ____________     Illnesses  ____________
Grammar     ____________     Spoken Words    ____________
The Humanities   ____________     TAPES ____________
Add items dealing with this specific Pc's life.    ____________
      ____________
      ____________
      ____________
      ____________
      ____________
      ____________
      ____________
      ____________


3.    Ask the  Question,  "Is  there  any  word  on  this  list  you  didn't
    understand?" Clear it. Then do Step 5 on it before going  on.  (Do  not
    reassess this list because there was a list word not understood.)

4.    Take the remaining reading items from the best read on down  and  with
    E/S pull each one to F/N. Get each word you find to F/N. There  can  be
    many F/Ns per subject End off with a win on the subject.

5.     "In  the  subject  of                        what   word   has   been
    misunderstood?"

    He MUST look them up, so have a good dictionary handy. Do not accept "I
    know the meaning" if the subject or word reads.  CLEAR  ''GRAMMAR''  or
    grammatical words out of a simple book of grammar, not a dictionary.


    It isn't an earlier time he misunderstood that  word. It's  an  earlier
    word in that subject and it can be an earlier subject.


    Considerations about it and other questions are not touched.


    Overts, W/Hs, etc are neglected.  They are not done on the  subject  of
    the word. They are done in the session ruds.


    Just do the process and it will eventually F/N on each chain.

6.    When all reads on the first assessment are handled  to  F/N,  REASSESS
    the whole list. Do not take off the list items already handled.

7.    Repeat Step 4.

8.    Repeat Step 5.

9.    Repeat Step 6, etc.

10.   IN CASE OF ANY BOG OR SOMATIC USE THE WORD  CLEARING  CORRECTION  LIST
    TO CORRECT THE BOG.

11.   A persistent F/N should be attained on assessing  the  whole  list  as
    the End Phenomena of the Word Clearing sessions.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt.bh
Copyright �1971, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 30 MARCH 1972
                                   REVISED
                             (Revised 30 May 72)
Remimeo
                               Study Series 5R


                       THE PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
                                   REVISED

      Reference: LRH ED 174 INT   Study and Tech Breakthrough
            LRH ED 178 INT   Super-Literacy
            of 30 May 72
                       HCO B 4 Apr 72        The Primary Rundown
                       Revised 30 May 72
                       HCO B 25 Oct 71       The Special Drug Rundown
                       HCO B 20 Apr 72       C/S Series 78
                                        (Repairing Whys)
                       HCO PL 3 May 72       Ethics & Executives
                       HCO PL 5 Apr 72       PTS Type A Handling
                       HCO B 4 Feb 72        Study Correction List
                       HCO B 21 Jun 72       Method 7
                       Issue III
                       HCO B 21 Jun 72       Method 8
                       Issue IV


                                 WHAT IT IS

    The Primary Correction Rundown is a rundown given


    (a)     To a person who fails the Primary Rundown because  of  High  or
        Low TA or Study Troubles.


    (b)     To every Course Supervisor regardless of his TA.


    (c)     To persons whose literacy level  is  not  adequate  to  do  the
        Primary Rundown.


    (d)     To persons on drugs or who have been on drugs.


    (e)     To auditors who go too often to Cramming.


    (f)     Auditors whose auditing errors show up later on pcs.


    (g)     Staff members who are not able to maintain stats.


    (h)     Staff members who get into Ethics trouble.


    (i)     Students with low study stats.


    (j)     Blown students.


    (k)     Members of the public who wish to purchase  a  "Study  Rundown"
        but who are not going to be auditors  and  who  are  not  on  major
        Courses (HSDC, Academy Class IV, or above).

    The Rundown consists  of  Ethics  orientation  on  the  first  dynamic,
Potential Trouble  Source  from  connections  with  hostile  elements,  drug
handling, case handling, the why of not  using  Study  Tech  or  study,  the
Study Correction List and handling, Method 7, a review of Grammar, and  then
back to a Primary RD consisting of Method  I  Word  Clearing,  Method  8  on
Study Tapes and Student Hat.


    The Primary Correction Rundown is actually a checklist where  each  one
of these is done.
This checklist is kept in his pc folder on the  inside  of  the  left  front
cover and marked off.

______________________________    _____________________
            Student's Name                         Date Begun

      _____________________
                                             Org

1.    C/S 53RC (HCO B 31 Dec 71 Revised to 16 May  72).  Assess  and  Handle
    fully. DECLARED AT EXAMINER.

2.    HCO PL 3 May 72 with 2 lists Listing & Nulling on steps  3  and  4  of
    the PL. By an auditor. May require the repair of past Whys found by C/S
    78. DECLARED AT EXAMINER.

3.    PTS Check by Auditor. Is he connected to anyone hostile  to  Dianetics
    or Scientology? Handle by PL 5 Apr 72. (It isn't necessary he leave  to
    handle. A letter will do.) More extensive action can be done later when
    he gets a full PTS RD. Such persons can  also  be  run  as  a  Problem.
    DECLARED AT EXAMINER.

4.    Drug Handling. HCO B 25 Oct 71, The Special Drug Rundown. DECLARED  AT
    EXAMINER.

5.    Case Handling. Pgm by C/S to cover obvious outnesses, GF Method 5,  GF
    40XR and other actions needful. (If chronically ill or has a  psychotic
    history should be run on Expanded Dianetics if  available,  if  not  by
    objective processes and Dianetics.) (Can  also  be  run  on  Triple  or
    Expanded Grades.) DECLARED AT EXAMINER.

6.    The Why of not Studying if never studied  before  in  an  org  or  not
    using Study Tech. Done as a BD F/N Item. DECLARED AT EXAMINER.

7.    The Study Correction List HCO B 4 Feb 72. Assess Method  5  with  good
    TRs, good Impingement, good metering. Handle in full. If PTS  shows  up
    again do full PTS RD. Handle to a full F/Ning list on final assessment.
    DECLARED AT EXAMINER.

8.    Method 7 HCO B 21 June 72 Issue III. Done by a Word Clearer.  DECLARED
    AT EXAMINER.

9.    Review of Grammar by a Word Clearer M4 with student  studying  between
    checks by himself and reporting daily. Use a  simple  grammar  such  as
    that developed for foreign language students. Do not  use  an  American
    dictionary and an English Grammar or vice versa, either  both  American
    or both English. Must check out  clean  on  Method  4  and  know  about
    grammar. DECLARED AT EXAMINER.

10.   Method 1 Word Clearing HCO B 30 June 71 Revised to  11  May  72,  Word
    Clearing Series 8RB. A11 the  misunderstood  background  words  of  all
    words on the list must be cleared.  The  list  must  F/N.  DECLARED  AT
    EXAMINER.

11.   Method 8, HCO B  21  June  72  Issue  IV,  Study  Tapes.  DECLARED  AT
    EXAMINER.

12.   Method 8, Student Hat. DECLARED AT EXAMINER.

      WITH A FINAL CHECKOUT AT EXAMINER THE PERSON MAY  BE  DECLARED  SUPER-
LITERATE.

      This is the whole of the Primary Correction Rundown.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 4 APRIL 1972
                             REVISED 30 MAY 1972
Remimeo
Tech Div

                               PRIMARY RUNDOWN
                                  (REVISED)

        References:    LRH ED 178 INT   SUPER-LITERACY
                       LRH ED 174 INT   HIGHEST PRIORITY
            STUDY AND TECH BREAKTHROUGH
      HCO B 30 Mar 72  THE PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
      Revised 30 May 72     REVISED
      HCOB 3() Jun 71  Word Clearing Series 8RB
      Revised Issue II STANDARD C/S FOR WORD CLEARING
      Revised 9 Aug 71 IN SESSION METHOD 1
      Revised 11 May 72
      HCO B 21 July 71 Word Clearing Series 35
      Revised    WORD CLEARING CORRECTION LIST
      Revised 9 Aug 71 REVISED
      Revised 31 Mar 72
      HCO B 21 Jun 72  Word Clearing Series 41
      Issue IV   METHOD 8
      HCO B 16 Apr 72  HANDLING OF NO INTERFERENCE AREA
      Issue II   PERSONS ORDERED TO A PRIMARY
      [now canceled]   CORRECTION RUNDOWN AND DELIVERY
            OF TECH DIV PRIMARY RUNDOWN
      HCO B 25 Oct 71  THE SPECIAL DRUG RUNDOWN
      Issue II   [now BTB]
      HCO PL 19 Mar 72 Word Clearing Series 34
      Issue III  HIGH CRIME POLICY AND WORD CLEARING
                       HCO B 3 Apr 72   Study Series 6
                                  PRIMARY RUNDOWN NOTE


    To know about the importance of the Primary Rundown  read  LRH  ED  178
Int.


    The Primary Rundown consists of word clearing and Study Tech. It  makes
a student SUPER-LITERATE.


    The Primary Rundown is given in the TECH DIVISION (Div IV, Dept 11).


    (The TECH DIV may also give that  portion  of  the  Primary  Correction
Rundown which calls for Method 1 and Method  8  of  the  Primary  Correction
Rundown which is described in HCO B 30 March 72 Revised 30 May 72.)


    SIMPLICITY


    The Primary Rundown is very simple in its steps. Do NOT add things onto
it. Do not do something else.

                                   HONESTY

    The keynote of the Rundown is Honesty. The whole rundown can be  wasted
and the student fail and the  End  Phenomena  missed  if  the  student  goes
dishonest or he is just pushed for student points by the Supervisor.


    If done dishonestly the whole future study career of the  student  will
be not only more difficult but may fail entirely.
Honesty means don't skip, don't brush it off, don't say it was done when  it
wasn't.


    Later checks of auditing or administrative failures contain  checks  of
the Primary Rundown errors and honesty. The whole rundown would have  to  be
done again.

                                    STEPS

    1.      Verify if student's Tone Arm on  a  meter  is  usually  between
position 2 and 3. If so he may proceed. If not he at once  is  sent  to  the
Primary Correction Rundown as his case needs repair or  handling  before  he
can do the Rundown as mental mass will get in his way and he may get  upset.
This step is checked by the Supervisor.


    (The Primary Correction Rundown is covered by HCO B 30 March 72 REVISED
30 May 72. It consists of auditing and study correction actions.)


    2.      If the Tone Arm is usually between 2 and 3 on  the  meter  dial
the person is made into a Word Clear using Method 1 Word  Clearing.  (HCO  B
30 June 71 Revised Issue II, Revised 9 Aug  71,  Revised  11  May  72,  WORD
CLEARING SERIES 8RB.) This is done in the HGC or Dept 13 of Qual or  may  be
done in a student Co-Audit. Failure to do this step or do it well will  make
Study Tech difficult. A good job  on  this  Method  One  will  give  back  a
person's education and send his  Intelligence  Quotient  up.  It  is  not  a
quickie action. The person doing Word Clearing  Method  1  on  a  person  is
doing an auditing action. It has to  be  done  well  to  achieve  the  final
result of becoming a Word Clear.


    If any errors are made or the person  does  not  F/N  at  the  Examiner
(where he goes after each session for a meter  check),  HCO  B  21  July  71
Revised (Revised 9 Aug 71, 31 Mar 72), WORD CLEARING  SERIES  35,  the  Word
Clearing Correction List, is used. It can be used  as  often  as  there  are
upsets.


    This step should be done before the next step is begun as it makes  the
next step so much easier.


    HCO P/L 19 Mar 72 Issue  III,  Word  Clearing  Series  34,  HIGH  CRIME
POLICY, also applies.


    3.      If in doing Method 1 the person was found to be very  deficient
in Grammar and vocabulary, even though Method One was finished  but  took  a
very long time or couldn't be finished due to case, the person  is  sent  to
Dept 13 for the Primary Correction Rundown.


    4.      If the person did all right on Method 1, he is now put on Study
Tapes. This is NOT just listening to Study Tapes,  heaven  forbid.  This  is
HCO B 21 June 72 Issue IV, Word Clearing Series 41, METHOD 8.


    This is a long and careful cycle.


    It is completed in full.


    It consists of looking up every new word on the tape in  a  grammar  or
large dictionary and then listening to the tape.


    The full directions are given in HCO  B  21  June  72  Issue  IV,  Word
Clearing Series 41, Method 8.


    5.      The Student Hat is now done Method 8.


    This completes the Primary Rundown.


    If correctly done, the person will  achieve  the  condition  of  Super-
Literacy. This is fully described in LRH ED 178 International of 30 May 72.


                              COURSE SUPERVISOR

    It is up to the Course Supervisor to hold this line  in.  His  students
will not prosper if their study is begun without a Primary Rundown.


    It is a high crime to omit this vital step.
                            NO INTERFERENCE ZONE

    Persons who are on Solo Auditing between R6EW and OT III may not be put
on a Primary Rundown or a Primary Correction Rundown. See HCO B  16  Apr  72
Issue II.


    They may not be given Method 1 Word Clearing. They may only  be  Method
4ed on Solo Instruction Materials.


    BUT THEY MAY NOT BE DEBARRED FROM STUDY.


    To all but those in the No Interference Area THE PRIMARY RUNDOWN IS THE
REQUIRED FIRST STEP TO ALL STUDY.


    When on or after OT III, such persons must now do the  Primary  Rundown
before any continuance of study. It now becomes Mandatory.


                                CORRECTION RD

    The Primary Correction Rundown takes care of people who have trouble on
the Primary Rundown.


    But do not lightly order the person to the Primary  Correction  RD.  If
they can get through the Primary Rundown with a bit of Supervisor time,  let
them go on through.


    But if they are nattery or upset or desperate even when given help,  it
is the Primary Correction Rundown which will handle.


    Do not just get rid of a Class to Qual.

                                    DRUGS

    Students who are or have been on  Drugs  need  a  Drug  Rundown  before
tackling Method 1. Drugs fog up a student and prevent gains.  And  he  loses
the gains he gets.


    The answer is a full Drug Rundown. (See HCO B 25 Oct 71,  "The  Special
Drug Rundown".) This will end off the drugs and let him live way  above  any
plane he thought drugs put him on.


    We handle drug cases so easily it is foolish not to take  this  obvious
step. The reason he went on drugs or alcohol also comes off.


    Then he can study and retain what he learns.


                                  OPEN DOOR

    The Primary Rundown is the open door to brilliance.


    Super-Literacy is a new state for Man, existing in the past only  in  a
few, accidentally, who became the geniuses and great names of the race.



      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                  HCO BULLETIN OF 15 DECEMBER 1968 REVISED

              (Amends HCO Bulletin of 9 January 1968 List L4A)
                     (ITEM 6 CORRECTED 12 FEBRUARY 1969)

Remimeo
                           (Amended 8 August 1970)
                          (Amended 18 March 1971 )
                             (Revised 2 June 72)


                                    L4BR
                    FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL LISTING ERRORS


ASSESS THE WHOLE LIST  (METHOD  5)  THEN  TAKE  Biggest  reads  or  BDs  and
handle. Then clean up the list.


PC'S NAME                               DATE________________

AUDITOR _______________________________________


1.    DID YOU FAIL TO ANSWER THE LISTING QUESTION?
      (If it reads, find  out  what  question,  clear  the  question  noting
    whether it reads, if so, list it, find the item and give it to the pc.)
2.    WAS THE LIST UNNECESSARY?
      (If it reads, indicate BPC and indicate that  it  was  an  unnecessary
    action.)
2A.   DID THE QUESTION HAVE NO CHARGE ON IT?
      (Indicate.)
2B.   WERE YOU ASHAMED TO CAUSE AN UPSET?
      (L 1 C after list corrected. )
2C.   WERE YOU AMAZED TO REACT THAT WAY?
      (Same as 2B. )
2D.   THE QUESTION HAD ALREADY BEEN LISTED BEFORE.
      (Indicate rehab.)
2E.   YOU HAD NO INTEREST IN THE QUESTION?
      (Indicate that the auditor missed that it didn't read.)
3.    WAS THE ACTION DONE UNDER PROTEST?
      (If it reads, handle by itsa earlier similar itsa.)
4.    IS A LIST INCOMPLETE?
      (If reads, find out what list and complete it, give the pc his item.)
5.    HAS A LIST BEEN LISTED TOO LONG?
      (If so, find what list and get the item off from it  by  nulling  with
    suppress,  the  nulling  question  being:  "On  ____has  anything  been
    suppressed?", for each item on the  overlong  list.  Give  the  pc  his
    item.)
6.    HAVE WE TAKEN THE WRONG ITEM OFF A LIST?
      (If this reads, put in Suppress and Invalidated on the list  and  null
    as in 5. above and find the right item and give to the pc.)
7.    HAS A RIGHT ITEM BEEN DENIED YOU?
      (If this reads, find out what it was and clean  it  up  with  Suppress
    and Invalidate and give it to the pc.)
    8.      HAS AN ITEM BEEN PUSHED OFF ON YOU YOU DIDN'T WANT?
      (If so, find it and get in Suppress and Invalidate on it and  tell  pc
    it wasn't his item and continue the original action to find the correct
    item.)
9.    HAD AN ITEM NOT BEEN GIVEN YOU?
      (If reads, handle as in 7.)
10.   HAVE YOU INVALIDATED A CORRECT ITEM FOUND?
      (If so, rehab the item and find out why the pc invalidated  it  or  if
    somebody else did it, clean it up and give it to pc again.)
11.   HAVE YOU THOUGHT OF ITEMS THAT YOU DID NOT PUT ON THE LIST?
      (If so, add them to the correct list. Renull the whole list  and  give
    the pc the item. )
12.   HAVE YOU BEEN LISTING TO YOURSELF OUT OF SESSION?
      (If so, find out what question and try to write  a  list  from  recall
    and get an item and give it to the pc.)
13.   HAVE YOU BEEN GIVEN SOMEBODY ELSE'S ITEM?
      (If so, indicate to the pc this was not his item. Don't  TRY  to  find
    whose it was. )
14.   HAS YOUR ITEM BEEN GIVEN TO SOMEONE ELSE?
      (If so, find if possible what item it was  and  give  it  to  the  pc.
    Don't try to identify the "somebody else".)
14A.  WERE EARLIER LISTING ERRORS RESTIMULATED?
      (Indicate and correct earlier lists then check the current)
14B.  HAD THIS LIST ALREADY BEEN HANDLED?
      (Indicate. )
15.   HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BY-PASSED ON LISTING?
      (If so, indicate the overrun to the pc, rehab back.)
16.   HAS A RELEASE POINT BEEN BY-PASSED ON THE QUESTION ONLY?
      (If so, indicate the overrun to the pc and rehab back.)
17.   HAVE YOU GONE EXTERIOR WHILE LISTING?
      (If so, rehab. If Ext Rundown not given, note for C/S.)
18.   HAS IT BEEN AN OVERT TO PUT AN ITEM ON A LIST?
      (If so, find out what item and why.)
19.   HAVE YOU WITHHELD AN ITEM FROM A LIST?
      (If so, get it and add it to the list if that list available.  If  not
    put item in the report. )
20.   HAS A WITHHOLD BEEN MISSED?
      (If so, get it, if discreditable ask "Who nearly found out?")
21.   HAS AN ITEM BEEN BY-PASSED?
      (Locate which one.)
22.   WAS A LISTING QUESTION MEANINGLESS?
      (If so, find out which one and indicate to the pc.)
23.   HAS AN ITEM BEEN ABANDONED?
      (If so, locate it and get it back for the pc and give it to him.)
24.   HAS AN ITEM BEEN PROTESTED?
      (If so, locate it and get the protest button in on it.)
25.   HAS AN ITEM BEEN ASSERTED?
      (If so, locate it and get in the assert button on it.)
26.   HAS AN ITEM BEEN SUGGESTED TO YOU BY ANOTHER?
      (If so, get it named and the protest and refusal off.)
27.   HAS AN ITEM BEEN VOLUNTEERED BY YOU AND NOT ACCEPTED?
      (If so, get off the charge and give it  to  the  pc,  or  if  he  then
    changes his mind on it, go on with the listing operation.)
28.   HAS THE ITEM ALREADY BEEN GIVEN?
      (If so, get it back and give it again.)
    29.     HAS AN ITEM BEEN FOUND PREVIOUSLY?
      (If so, find what it was again and give it to pc once more.)
30.   HAS AN ITEM NOT BEEN UNDERSTOOD?
      (If so, work it over with buttons until pc understands it  or  accepts
    or rejects it and go on with listing.)
30A.  WAS THE LISTING QUESTION NOT UNDERSTOOD?
      (Get defined and check for read. It may be unreading. If so,  indicate
    that  an  uncharged  question  was  listed  because  it   read   on   a
    misunderstood.)
30B.  WAS A WORD IN THE QUESTION NOT UNDERSTOOD?
      (Same as 30A.)
31.   WAS AN ITEM DIFFERENT WHEN SAID BY THE AUDITOR?
      (If so, find out what the item was and give it to the pc correctly.)
31A.  DID THE AUDITOR SUGGEST ITEMS TO YOU THAT WERE NOT YOURS?
      (Indicate as illegal to do so. Correct the list removing these.)
32.   WAS NULLING CARRIED ON PAST THE FOUND ITEM?
      (If so, go back to it and get in Suppress and Protest.)
33.   HAS AN ITEM BEEN FORCED ON YOU?
      (If so, get off the reject and suppress and  get  the  listing  action
    completed to the right item if possible.)
34.   HAS AN ITEM BEEN EVALUATED?
      (If so, get off the disagreement and protest.)
35.   HAD EARLIER LISTING BEEN RESTIMULATED?
      (If so, locate when and indicate the by-passed charge.)
36.   HAS AN EARLIER WRONG ITEM BEEN RESTIMULATED?
      (If so, find when and indicate the by-passed charge.)
37.   HAS AN EARLIER ARC BREAK BEEN RESTIMULATED?
      (If so, locate and indicate the fact by itsa earlier similar itsa.)
38.   DO YOU HAVE AN ARC BREAK BECAUSE OF BEING MADE TO DO THIS?
      (If so, indicate it to the  pc,  check  the  question  if  reads.  Get
    earlier similar itsa.)
39.   HAS THE LIST CORRECTION BEEN OVERRUN?
      (If so, rehab.)
39A.  WAS THE LIST DONE WHILE YOU ALREADY HAD AN ARC BRK, PTP, OR W/H?
39B.  COULDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND WHAT WAS BEING DONE?
39C.  COULDN'T YOU UNDERSTAND THE AUDITOR?
39D.  DIDN'T THE AUDITOR ACKNOWLEDGE YOU?
40.   IS THERE SOME OTHER KIND OF BY-PASSED CHARGE?
      (If so, find what and indicate it to pc.)
41.   WAS THERE NOTHING WRONG IN THE FIRST PLACE?
      (If so, indicate it to pc.)
42.   HAS THE UPSET BEEN HANDLED?
      (If so, indicate it to the pc.)
43.   HAS A LIST PROCESS BEEN OVERRUN?
      (If so, find which one and rehab.)

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:ldm.rw.dz.rr.nt.bh
Copyright �1968, 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JUNE 1972R
                           REVISED 15 OCTOBER 1974
Remimeo
Class IV
                        (Cancels BTB 24 March 1973R,
                              "PTS RD Errors".)


                           PTS RUNDOWN, FINAL STEP



    The following is an additional step to the PTS  Rundown developed by me
and tested at Flag. This step  is  run  after  each  terminal  is   run,  to
prevent by-passing charge.

    THE STEPS ARE:

1.    Select the terminal already run in R3 R and Ruds.

2.    Clear "can't have", "couldn't have" as DENIAL OF SOMETHING TO  SOMEONE
    ELSE. Clear "enforced have" as MAKING SOMEONE ACCEPT WHAT  THEY  DIDN'T
    WANT. Have pc get the idea of these with an example or two.

3.     Run  on  the  SP  items  "can't  have/enforced  have"  as   motivator
    repetitive, then overt repetitive, the flow three terminal  to  others,
    others to terminal (four flows of two commands each).

4.    After EACH item is handled with the four flows,  Objective  Havingness
    should be run. Then the next PTS RD item is taken up, run R3R and  Ruds
    then can't have/enforced have.

    THE COMMANDS:

FLOW ONE:   1.   What can't have did (terminal) run on you?
      2.    What did (terminal) force on you you didn't want?

FLOW TWO:   1.   What can't have did you run on (terminal)?
      2.    What did you try to  force  on  (terminal)  that  he  (she,  it)
didn't want?

FLOW  1.    What can't have did (terminal) run on others?
THREE:      2.   What did (terminal) force on others they didn't want?

FLOW  1.    What can't have did others run on (terminal)?
THREE (A):  2.   What did others try to force on (terminal)  that  he  (she,
it) didn't
            want?

                           -OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS-

                                   THEORY

    The theory is that SPs are  SPs  because  they  deny  Hav  and  enforce
unwanted Hav. They also deny do and enforce unwanted do. They also  deny  be
and enforce unwanted be. This is why we have never before been able  to  run
subjective Hav. It collided with SPs, Overts, and Withholds on them.


    A very full Rundown then would be to start with don't be, must  be;  go
on to don't do, must do; end up with can't have, enforced have. (Not  to  be
run at this time.) Hav alone should handle without resorting to be or do.
      END OFF AT ONCE AND BEGIN OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS IF THE TA SOARS OR  THE
PC CAVES IN. If this does not handle,  then  do  a  C/S  53RH  at  once  and
handle.

                                PTS RD NOTES

    With the issue of HCO B 17 Mar 74, "TWC,  Using  Wrong  Questions",  it
becomes necessary to convert the PTS RD 2wcs for items into  L&N  questions.
Example: Who have you known this lifetime who has troubled or  worried  you?
L&N to BD F/N item.


    Avoid listing the same question twice. The L&N for places  and  planets
should be restricted to planets only on VA pcs  and  an  L4BR  used  at  the
first sign of trouble.


    Additional PTS RD items can be obtained from past PTS Interviews.  Done
by L&N the RD is very powerful and direct The pc must be well set up for it


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt jh
Copyright � 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JUNE 1972

Remimeo


                           Word Clearing Series 36



                                   GRAMMAR


    In all word clearing all Grammatical Words and small  words  SHOULD  BE
LOOKED UP IN A SIMPLE GRAMMAR TEXTBOOK.


    Very few dictionaries have full definitions for  such  words  AND  THEY
HAVE NO EXAMPLES.


    Words like "a" "the" "and" are really parts  of  language  construction
and are more complex than they at first appear.


    A Word Clearing Auditor should have a simple grammar book  to  hand  as
well as dictionaries.


    The best Grammar textbooks are those compiled for persons foreign to  a
language, like immigrants. These do not contain  the  supposition  that  the
student is already an English professor.


    Lots of EXAMPLES is the real test of a good grammar.


    When doing the Study Tapes or Student Hat  lack  of  a  simple  grammar
textbook can really throw the student off. .


    Those "simple" words can be the huge rocks that stand on the highway to
becoming a WORD CLEAR.


    So a Grammar is needed.


    If a student is VERY deficient (lacking) in grammar it is best to  make
him do a whole simple grammar text first before he begins to get  into  just
words. The words won't hang together for him.


    It takes less time to do a short textbook in Grammar than  it  does  to
struggle with grammar all the way through.


Grammar can look like a ghastly subject until one really looks at  it.  Then
it's easy.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder





LRH: nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 10 JUNE 1972
                                   Issue I
                         REISSUED 21 SEPTEMBER 1974
                         (Only change is signature)
Remimeo


                               BYPASSED CHARGE


    The mechanism of BPC (By-Passed Charge) must be  known  to  an  auditor
otherwise he won't know what he's "Indicating".


    When one gets a lock, a lower earlier incident  restimulates,  THAT  IS
BPC. It isn't the auditor by-passing  it.  One  handled  later  charge  that
restimmed earlier charge. THAT IS BPC  (Tech of '62), and that is  all  that
the term means.


                    [pic]


    Auditor touches on A, and B goes into restim out of pc's consciousness.
This causes an irritated, ARC Breaky, upset  feeling.  The  pc  reacts  very
badly. He has been hit by a mystery. There is no apparent  reason  (to  him)
why he feels this way. This is what Bypassed Charge means.  "Earlier  Charge
Restimmed and not seen" would be another name for it.


    One handles it by noting the fact that it happened. One tells the pc an
earlier incident went into restimulation. This usually cools it off.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JUNE 1972
Remimeo
                               Data Series 26

                       Establishment Officer Series 18


                         LENGTH OF TIME TO EVALUATE


    It will be found that long times required to do an  Evaluation  can  be
traced each time to AN INDIVIDUAL WHY FOR EACH EVALUATOR.


    These, however, can be summarized into the following classes of Whys:


    This list is assessed by a Scientology Auditor on a Meter. The handling
directions given in each case are designations for auditing actions as  done
by a Scientology Auditor and are given in the symbols he would use.

1.    Misunderstood Words.   ________

      Handled with Word Clearing (Method 1 and Method 4 of
      the Word Clearing Series.)

2.     Inability  to  Study  and  an  inability  to  learn  the   materials.
    ________

      (Handled by a Study Correction List HCO B 4 Feb 72.)

3.    Outpoints in own thinking.  ________

      (Handled by what is called an HC [Hubbard Consultant]
      List HCO B 28 August 70.)

4.    Personal out-Ethics.   ________

      (Use P/L 3 May 72 by an auditor. Has two Listing and
      Nulling type lists.)

5.    Doing something else.  ________

      (2-way communication on P/L 3 May 72 or reorganization.)

6.    Impatient or bored with reading.  ________

      (Achieve Super-Literacy. LRH Executive Directive 178
      International. )

7.    Doesn't know how to read statistics so doesn't know where
      to begin.  ________

      (Learn to read stats from Management by Stat P/Ls.)

8.    Doesn't know the scene.     ________

      (Achieve familiarity by direct observation.)

9.    Reads on and on as  doesn't  know  how  to  handle  and  is  stalling.
    ________

      (Get drilled on actual handling and become Super-Literate.)
    10.     Afraid to take responsibility for the  consequences  if  wrong.
    ________

      (HCO B 10 May 72, "Robotism". Apply it.)

11.   Falsely reporting.     ________

      (Pull all withholds and harmful acts on the subject.)

12.   Assumes the Why before starting.  ________

      (Level IV Service Facsimile Triple Auditing.)

13.   Feels stupid about it. ________

      (Get IQ raised by general processing.)

14.   Has other intentions.  ________

      (Audit on L9S or Expanded Dianetics.)

15.   Has other reasons not covered in above.      ________

      (Listing and Nulling to Blowdown F/N Item on the list.)

16.   Has withholds about it.     ________

      (Get them off.)

17.   Has had wrong reasons found.      ________

      (C/S Series 78.)

18.   Not interested in success.  ________

      (P/L 3 May 72 and follow as in 14 above.)

19.   Some other reason.     ________

      (Find it by 2-way comm.)

20.   No trouble in the first place.    ________

      (Indicate it to person.)


    When this list is assessed one can easily spot Why the person is having
trouble with the  Data  Series  or  applying  it.  When  these  reasons  are
handled, one can  then  get  the  series  restudied  and  word  cleared  and
restudied and it will be found that Evaluations are much easier  to  do  and
much more rapidly done.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: ne.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JUNE 1972
Remimeo
Cramming
                                  IMPORTANT

                                C/S Series 80


                                  "DOG PCs"


    AN AUDITOR WHO CANNOT AUDIT, WHOSE TRs ARE OUT, WHOSE METERING  IS  BAD
AND WHO NEVER KEEPS THE CODE ALWAYS SAYS HIS PCs ARE DOGS.


    When you find an auditor on this route, the remedy is:

1.    Show him this HCO B and explain to him that an auditor is  not  likely
    to get any real results when he is so out of ARC with pcs.

2.    P/L 3 May 72, 2 lists L & N by an auditor.

3.    Get off his overts and omissions on pcs and pull his w/hs.

4.    Check out his meter position so that he can see needle, paper  and  pc
    all in the same look without eye shift and drill him to do so.

5.    Educate his left thumb so that he corrects a TA  on  BDs  and  catches
    the F/N and doesn't leave the needle stuck to the  right  of  the  dial
    while the pc F/Ns and corrects only after the F/N has been O/R.

6.    Make him do an Electronic attest and get his TRs up to  where  the  pc
    has a chance to be in session.

7.    WC M4 him on his materials so he isn't swimming in misunderstoods.

8.    Tell him there are no dog pcs now and get busy and help them out.

                                  WHOLE HGC

    An entire  HGC  can  go  bad  this  way.  Shortly  afterwards  it  will
disintegrate and you will have few or no auditors left.


    Some auditor who is covering up his  overts,  false  bonuses  or  false
stats begins it and it becomes "fashionable" to call various pcs dogs.  Then
other auditors, finding this an easy way to justify not trying hard,  follow
suit.


    Next thing you have no HGC.

                                  C/S ERROR

      A C/S can err by being too critical of auditors. Or worse he can  err
by agreeing about what dogs the pcs are. If he  does  HE  HAS  NOT  REALIZED
THAT HIS C/S EFFORTS  ARE  BEING  WASTED  BY  THE  AUDITOR'S  OVERTS,  FALSE
REPORTS, METERING, CODE AND TR FLUBS.

      The way to handle this in the C/S is:

1.    3 May 72 P/L.
2.    M4 on the C/S Series.

3.    Require he listen to and okay ok to audit tapes.

4.    Get him to come down on critical  auditors  with  the  above  cramming
action.

    Suddenly this C/S will begin to get wins.

                                    CASES

    Every "dog pc" investigated traced to incompetent programming,  C/Sing,
out TRs, bad metering, Code breaks and bad lists.


    By forcing an auditor to cool off his opinions and properly handle  the
pc, each one of these "dog pcs" has begun to fly.


                                        L. RON HUBBARD
                                        Founder




LRH: ne.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JUNE 1972R
                          REVISED 27 FEBRUARY 1975
Remimeo

                               C/S Series 81R

                 (Revisions in this type style on next page
                to make D of P and D of Ts stats very clear)



                          AUDITOR'S RIGHTS MODIFIED


    It occasionally (rarely) happens that an HGC's line stops and  programs
do not get finished and pcs go unaudited  or  sent  to  Ethics  or  Cramming
instead of getting their programs completed.


    It also happens that a D of P becomes incapable of getting auditors  to
audit per the schedule he writes.


    121/2 hour intensives drop out. Auditing falls  back  to  the  bit  and
piece game.


    The C/S finds all his work in programming wasted as the programs  stale
date or just get abandoned.


    Hours fall. Lines tangle. Tech Services cannot get assignments done.


    THE MAJOR WHY OF THIS AND MANY SUCH CONFUSIONS  CAN  BE  TRACED  TO  AN
ABUSE OF "AUDITORS' RIGHTS" IN PICKING AND CHOOSING PCS ON  THE  GROUNDS  OF
"FEELING THEY CANNOT HELP THE PC".


    This "right" is also abused by auditors seeking pcs who F/N  easily  at
the Examiner.


    See HCO B 15 June 72, C/S Series 80, "Dog Pcs".


    The refusal to audit is in fact an  admission,  in  most  cases,  of  a
feared inability to audit.


    Therefore, an auditor may only  refuse  to  audit  a  pc  if  a  direct
personal relationship exists such as husband and wife or some friend's  wife
or familial relationship.


    An auditor advising others about this or that "dog case" or seeking  to
exclude pcs from auditing by abusing his "right to choose  pcs"  is  SUBJECT
TO COMM EV AND SUSPENSION OF CERTIFICATES UNTIL RETREADED.


    For the real why of it is his inability to handle TRs, meter,  use  the
Code or apply Tech.


    Nearly every "Dog Pc" has out lists or  incomplete  chains  or  is  not
being run on what needs to be  handled.  In  other  words  they  are  simply
problems in repair which modern tech handles easily. The drug  case  who  is
audited  on  grades  but  has  had  no  drug  rundown  is  an   example   of
misprogramming.


    The C/S can get many loses and the whole HGC go into a bedlam where you
have auditors refusing to audit. Their reasons given  are  false.  The  real
reasons involve fast F/Ns and bonuses or out TRs, metering, Code breaks  and
tech.
The D of P has a right, and so does Tech Services, to  assign  pcs  to  such
and such auditors in the sequence listed without a lot of  pick  and  choose
by the auditors.


    A C/S has a right to get his programs completed.


    121/2 hour intensive plans blow up where auditors choose their own pcs.

                                    STATS

    The stats of C/Ses and auditors may only be HOURS AUDITED with FES  and
admin hours separately noted.


    The D of P's stat may only be fully completed cases.


    When the stats are this way the C/S can get his programs  done  without
worry.


    The D of P can get cases completed.


    The D of Tech Services has only completed cases and course completions-
for a stat.

                                   HONESTY

    Sanity is truth.


    Truth is sanity.


    The road to truth is begun with honesty.


    There was the story of the "man  who  sold  his  soul  for  a  mess  of
pottage" (soup). We could parallel this with the Auditor who sold  his  case
gain for a mess of false stats.


    An honest clean job and an honest clean line are the milestones of  the
road to truth.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:sb.nt.rd
Copyright � 1972, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED













[This HCO B is added to by BTB 28 December 1972RA, Revised and  Reissued  25
July 1974, C/S Series 81-1RA, Auditor's Rights Addition Revised,  which  can
be found in the C/S Series Volume, page 227.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 19 JUNE 1972
Remimeo

                           Word Clearing Series 37


                             DINKY DICTIONARIES

                       (Dinky: Small, insignificant.)


    In learning the meaning of words small dictionaries are  very  often  a
greater liability than they are a help.


    The meanings they give are  often  circular:  Like  "CAT:  An  Animal."
"ANIMAL: A Cat." They do not give enough meaning to escape the circle.


    The meanings given are often inadequate to get a real  concept  of  the
word.


    The words are too few and even common words are often missing.


    HUGE dictionaries can also be confusing as the words they use to define
are often too big or too rare and make one chase through  20  new  words  to
get the meaning of the original.


    The best dictionaries are the very large child's dictionaries like  THE
WORLD BOOK DICTIONARY (A Thomdike-Bamhart Dictionary  published  exclusively
for Field  Enterprises  Educational  Corporation,  Merchandise  Mart  Plaza,
Chicago, Illinois 60654 or Doubleday and Company.  Thomdike-Barnhart  has  a
whole series  of  dictionaries  of  which  this  is  a  special  one.  Field
Enterprises has offices in  Chicago,  London,  Rome,  Sydney,  Toronto.  The
World Book Dictionary is in two volumes, each 281/2 cm [11  1/4  inches]  by
22 cm  [8  5/8  inches]  by  5.8  cm  [21/4  inches],  so  it  is  no  small
dictionary!) (Also it defines Dianetics correctly and isn't determined on  a
course of propaganda to  re-educate  the  public  unlike  Merriam  Webster's
dictionaries.)


    Little pocket book dictionaries may have their uses for  traveling  and
reading newspapers, but they do get people in trouble. I  have  seen  people
find a word in them and then look around in total confusion. For  the  dinky
dictionary did not give the full meaning or the second meaning  they  really
needed.


    So the dinky dictionary may fit in your pocket but not in your mind.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder










LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1972
                                   Issue I
Remimeo

                           Word Clearing Series 38


                                  METHOD 5


    Method 5 Word Clearing is a System wherein the word clearer feeds words
to the person and has him define  each.  It  is  called  Material  Clearing.
Those the person cannot define must be looked up.


    This method may be done without a meter. It can also  be  done  with  a
meter.


    The reason the Method is needed is because the person  often  does  not
know that he does not know. Therefore Method 4 has its  limitations  as  the
meter does not always read.


    The actions are very precise.


    The word clearer asks "What is  the  definition  of_____?"  The  person
gives it. If there is any doubt whatever of it, or  if  the  person  is  the
least bit hesitant, the word is looked up in a proper dictionary.


    This method is the method used to clear words or auditing  commands  or
auditing lists.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH: nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1972
                                  Issue II
Remimeo
                           Word Clearing Series 39

                                  METHOD 6

    Method 6 Word Clearing is called KEY WORD CLEARING.


    It is used on posts and specific subjects.


    It is a heavier form than Method 5.


    Method 6 is used without a meter.


    Where a person is new on post or new to a subject or  where  there  has
just been a goof, an error or an Ethics action, these steps are done in  the
following manner.

    1.      The Word Clearer makes a list of the KEY  (or  most  important)
words relating to the person's duties or post or the new subject.


    This is made up as a list. The Word Clearer looks up each word  in  the
dictionary and writes down the definitions.


    The list may have as few as three words or as many as twenty or thirty.


    (Example: A bank clerk's key words  would  be  "bank"  "clerk"  "money"
"cash" "drafts" "teller" "accounts" "customer" etc.)


    (Example: There has just been a goof resulting in an  upset.  The  goof
centered  around  "radio"  "repairs"  "operation"  "operator"  "electronics"
etc.)


    2.      The Word Clearer, without showing the person  the  definitions,
asks him to define each word.


    3.      The Word Clearer checks the definition on his list for  general
correctness- not word for word but meaning.


    4.      Any slow or hesitancy or misdefinition is met with  having  the
person look the word up and look up any word in the  definition  the  person
does not have a grasp of.


    5.      One completes his list.


    6.      By then the person has been jarred into looking further by  the
above actions. The Word Clearer asks "What other word relating to your  post
(or subject or error) didn't you understand?"


    7.      Each one mentioned is now defined by looking it up.


    8.      The person can now be Method 4ed relating to  his  post  to  be
sure all is clean and there are no upsets.


    Note: Where the person has just had an accident or ethics action it may
be necessary to delay the action until the person is calmer or not so  upset
as the action  can  be  a  heavy  distraction  if  the  person  is  hurt  or
frightened and will not be successful.


    IT WILL BE FOUND THAT LAZINESS, INACTIVITY, SLOWNESS AND  ERRORS  ON  A
POST OR IN USING A SUBJECT TRACE TO MISUNDERSTOOD KEY WORDS.


    THE REMEDY IS WC METHOD 6.

LRH: nt.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1972
                                  Issue III
Remimeo
                           Word Clearing Series 40

                                  METHOD 7

    Whenever one is working with children or foreign  language  persons  or
semiliterates Method 7 READING ALOUD is used.


    In this method the person is made to read aloud to find out what he  is
doing.


    It is a very simple method. It is done without a meter.


    It is used on such persons before other methods in  order  to  get  the
person untangled.


    If a person does not seem to be progressing by studying  silently,  one
has him read aloud.


    Another copy of the same text must also be followed by the Word Clearer
as the person reads.


    Startling things can be observed.


    The person may omit the  word  "is"  whenever  it  occurs.  The  person
doesn't read it. He may have some  strange  meaning  for  it  like  "Israel"
(actual occurrence).


    He may omit "didn't" each time it occurs and the reason traced  to  not
knowing what the apostrophe is (actual occurrence).


    He may call one word quite another word such as "stop" for "happen"  or
"green" for "mean".


    He may hesitate over certain words.


    The procedure is

    1.      Have him read aloud.


    2.      Note each omission or word change or hesitation or frown as  he
        reads and take it up at once.


    3.      Correct it by looking it up for him or explaining it to him.


    4.      Have him go on reading, noting the next omission,  word  change
        or hesitation or frown.


    5. Repeat steps 2 to 4.

    By doing this a person can be brought up to literacy.


    His next actions would be learning how to use a dictionary and look  up
words.


    Then a simple grammar.


    A very backward student can be boosted up to literacy by this method.


LRH: nt.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972       Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JUNE 1972
                                  Issue IV

Remimeo

                           Word Clearing Series 41



                                  METHOD 8


    (If a student has trouble with this Method he should do Method 7 first.
Method One should also be done.)


    Method 8 is an action used  in  the  "Primary  Rundown"  where  one  is
studying Study Tech or where one is seeking a full grasp of a  subject.  Its
End Product is SUPER-LITERACY.


    The steps are these:


    Usually an alphabetical list of every word or term in  the  text  of  a
paper, a chapter or a recorded tape is available or provided.

    1.      The person looks up each word on the alphabetical list and uses
each in sentences until he has the meaning conceptually.


    The words are looked up in a big dictionary.


    The grammatical words or small words are looked up in a simple grammar.
If the person has too much trouble with  grammar  he  should  do  the  whole
simple grammar text before going on.


    Any technical terms not in the dictionary are looked up in a  technical
dictionary  or  glossary  or  in  bulletins  on  the   materials,   i.e.   a
photographic dictionary.


    This is not done for the whole subject, it is done for  a  paper  or  a
chapter or one tape of a series.


    2.      One then reads or listens to the paper, chapter or tape for its
sense or general meaning.


    3.      Method 4 is then done on the person to find any misunderstoods.


    4.      These are cleared up per Method 4 procedure.


    5.      The person reads or listens to the material again.


    6.      The person is again checked for any misunderstoods.


    7.      If there are any misunderstoods the person again does steps 4 &
5.


    8.      When the material is fully heard or  understood  as  per  above
steps and checks, end off on that paper, chapter, tape  and  go  on  to  the
next one.


    9.      An alphabetical list is made or  exists  for  the  next  paper,
chapter or tape. Steps l to 8 are done on it.


    10.     Each succeeding paper or chapter or tape is done with  steps  1
to 8.
When all  the material has been done in this way, the person will  be  fully
able to apply all the material.


    Usually Method 8 is reserved for  the  Scientology  Study  Tapes  which
contain how to study and the Student Hat.


    It can also be used to master a major subject.


    IT WILL BE FOUND THAT METHOD 8 (or Method 2 or 3 or 4 or  6)  ARE  VERY
LENGTHY AND HARD TO DO UNLESS ONE HAS FIRST HAD A METHOD ONE WORD CLEARING.


    A Word Clearing Correction List is used on Method 8 whenever a  student
bogs heavily. This list will, when assessed on a meter properly, locate  the
errors and they can be corrected.


    When used on the Study Tech itself and Student Hat, Method  8  HONESTLY
DONE makes a person SUPER-LITERATE.  It  is  like  hearing  and  seeing  and
reading for the first time!


    Reading a text or instruction or book is comfortable.  One  has  it  in
conceptual form. One can APPLY the material learned.


    It is a new state.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JULY 1972
                                   Issue I
Remimeo


                     PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN HANDLING

              (Refers to HCO B 30 March 72, Revised 30 May 72,
                        "Primary Correction Rundown")



    Students who struggle with the Primary Rundown (HCO B 4 Apr 72, Revised
30 May 72) are given the PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN.


    Steps 1 to 9 of the PCRD (per HCO B 30 March 72, Revised 30 May 72) are
paid for by the pc quite in addition to his Primary Rundown.


    IF available auditors exist on Course of a proper class and the pc is a
student then these steps I to 9 PCRD may be done on a  co-audit  basis.  BUT
IF NOT WELL DONE OR MESSED UP OR DELAYED MUST  BE  DONE  BY  A  PROFESSIONAL
AUDITOR AT THE STUDENT'S OWN EXPENSE.


    A STAFF MEMBER stalled on the Primary Rundown is put through  the  PCRD
in Qual or Qual and HGC for different steps.


    Qualifications is the Correction Division. PCRD is a Correction action.
There should be word clearers in Qual. And these as  Class  IIIs  should  be
competent to do steps I to 9 of the PCRD.


    The object of a PCRD is not to stall the person and keep  him  off  the
PRD.


    The purpose of the PCRD is to get the person through the PRD.


    Where people have been put off the PRD  for  any  reason  and  are  not
industriously going through the PCRD IT IS UP TO QUAL TO MAKE SURE  THEY  DO
GET THROUGH PCRD AND PRD.


    Orgs that off load pcs or students on  the  thinnest  excuses  or  Qual
Divisions that will not service and speed the lines have to  be  watched  as
the discovery of trouble on the PRD can be used to simply halt  the  student
or pc. Instead of picking up the ball, a Qual has been known  to  just  send
students back to class without handling or  put  students  to  "doing  their
hats" or other nonsense.


    The idea is to complete somebody on what they are supposed to complete.


                                FOLDER STUDY

    If you study the person's folder, particularly a  staff  member's,  you
will probably find that several of the steps 1 to 9 have already been done.


    These are checked off as done on the PCRD checklist.


    Any org that is worthy of the name has folder summaries in  the  inside
left-hand cover of the current folder. It is very easy to locate  what  have
been done.


                                  OUT LISTS

    It is not at all rare to find that various "whys have been  found"  but
that the person is not doing well. This is a case  of  WRONG  ITEMS  and  is
handled by C/S Series 78. Thus steps I, 2, 3 and 6 of the PCRD  may  consist
mainly of correcting botched up lists.

                                IDLE STUDENT

    The problem of putting someone off the PRD onto the PCRD is that he  is
now "idle as a student". He cannot go forward on his studies as he  has  not
done his PRD.


    In fact going on studying without the PRD is a waste of  time  as  it's
mainly misunderstood, glib and won't be applied. It is  actually  faster  to
do a PRD (or a PCRD) and then study than it is to study without the  PRD  or
PCRD. And it is certainly far more effective.


    The thing to do is to get the student  who  is  assigned  to  the  PCRD
through the PCRD.


    As noted above he may have several points already done.  And  the  rest
can be done easily and fast.

                             RESISTIVE STUDENTS

    There are situations where you have students  or  even  executives  who
will not even go to study.


    These are of course people who need the PCRD worst.


    But how to get them available even for that?


    In the case of a senior executive who will not  study  you  can  get  a
disarrangement of the study lines as they won't push and  will  even  impede
study-for instance by not making staff go to study time or  preventing  them
from going. Also policy and HCO Bs fall out or are not enforced and form  of
org is not held since reading and study  are  similar  actions  so  standard
actions are not known.


    Naturally such a thing has to be handled very fast.


    Because cooperation from such a student is VERY limited, time to  do  a
whole PCRD is not possible.

                                  PRE-PCRD

    There is a PRE-PCRD action that handles this.


    It has 2 steps.

    A.      Assess Method 5 C/S 53RC. Take the LFBD item and INDICATE it to
        the person. Don't handle it or the rest of 53RC. Just  Indicate  it
        to the pc. He will usually agree and cognite. The TA will come down
        further and the needle will float. That's it.


    B.      Now take the Study Correction List. Assess it  Method  5.  Pick
        out the biggest LFBD you got.  Indicate  it  to  the  pc.  He  will
        cognite, the TA will drop down and an F/N will occur. That's it.


    C.      Put these 2 sheets in his pc folder for full  handling  of  all
        reads by his auditor and add them  to  the  pc's  auditing  program
        sheet inside the left front cover of the pc's folder.

The result will often be magical. The  person  will  become  more  agreeable
about study or the Primary Correction Rundown.


    Of course they should now get a Primary Correction Rundown of which C/S
53RC is the first step anyway.


    This Pre-PCRD gets them started. And it only takes a little while.


    The End Phenomena of a  Primary  Correction  Rundown  is  "Can  he  now
quickly and easily do the Primary Rundown?" If yes, and if it works  out  in
practice that he can, that's it. Let him onto the  Primary  RD.  But  if  he
bogs, back to the PCRD.


                                    MORAL

    The moral of this HCO B is get them through  the  Primary  Rundown.  If
they can't or don't go, do the PCRD. And if they're shunted to the PCRD  get
it DONE. And get them to the real EP which is SUPER LITERACY. The moral  is,
get them through. Don't idle about. Get it DONE.


    Then  they  will  whizz  along  on  fast  flow  study  and  you've  got
COMPLETIONS.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 20 JULY 1972
                                  Issue II

Remimeo


                     DISTRACTIVE AND ADDITIVE QUESTIONS
                                 AND ORDERS


    Recently there have come up many instances of auditors asking odd  non-
process questions while "doing a process" and giving odd orders.


    Example: While running a process an auditor also kept asking, "Is  your
attention on something else?"


    This is of course a daffy thing to do. The auditor's TRs or metering go
out. Then the auditor badgers the  pc  with  strange  irrelevant  questions.
These are distractions, nothing more nor less. Not all the  silly  questions
in the world substitute for lack of TRs  and  proper  metering.  A  question
about "What else are you doing?" does not substitute  for  having  by-passed
an F/N or running an uncharged item.


    Giving Orders that are not part of any process is very bad.


    Example: Auditor has missed a read, by-passed an  F/N  and  goofing  it
generally. Pc gets dull, disinterested. Auditor says, "Come  back  into  the
room!"


    Evaluation fits into this set of bad tricks. Like, "You are  really  OT
you know. You  just  think  you're  aberrated."  Or  "You  better  tell  the
Examiner you are really Clear." Or "You are in pretty bad shape  unless  you
can see the whole building." These of course are suppressive Evaluations.


    In 1950 there was a general observation. ALL AUDITORS TALK TOO MUCH.


    As we seem to be in a period of additive questions  and  comments,  the
observation can be made again.


    MUZZLED auditing means  stating  only  the  model  session  patter  and
Commands and TRs. It ALWAYS gets the best results.


    Do NOT add a lot of questions or orders to a session to cover up  goofs
in standard tech.


    Standard Tech works. Use it and it only.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder






LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 10 AUGUST 1972
                      (Amended & Reissued 28 March 1974
                         -only change is Series No.)
Remimeo

                         Expanded Dianetics Series 6

                                C/S Series 82


                               DIANETIC HCO B
                                  INTEREST


    On two certain  subjects  the  "Interest?"  question  is  omitted  from
Dianetic R3R patter.


    On drugs and when running Evil Purposes or Intentions one does NOT  ask
the pc if he is interested in running the item.


    The requirement on both drug items and intentions is that the item read
on the meter (suppress and inval can be used) and has not been  run  by  R3R
previously.


    Many pcs, it has now been found, have replied "No, no  interest"  on  a
drug item, the item has not been run and  the  pc  then  continued  to  have
trouble with drugs.


    Checking back pcs who returned to drugs  after  auditing  showed  "drug
rundowns" that were so brief as to be nothing. One pc who had  been  on  LSD
for years had only  a  I  hour  quickie  drug  rundown.  Later  this  person
relapsed.


    Tracing this, in each case the "Interest?" question had been  used  and
the pc had replied "No interest" BUT MEANT  "I'M  NO  LONGER  INTERESTED  IN
DRUGS."


    So Drug items that have read are run R3R without asking  for  interest.
The command is simply omitted.


    In Expanded Dianetics the same  thing  has  occurred  in  running  Evil
Purposes or Intentions. The Auditor asked the pc if  he  was  interested  in
running the item and the pc said "No" and so it went untouched. But  the  pc
had it confused with interest in doing the purpose  and  missed  running  it
and then fell on his head later. Tracing the case back  it  was  found  that
R/Ses and such had not been run due to the pc saying "No Interest".


    Nothing bad will happen if the item is run.


                             C/S RESPONSIBILITY

    The C/S must keep telling his auditors, on drugs or Expanded Dianetics,
"Omit asking for interest on R3R on these (drug) (intentions). Run  them  if
they read on the meter."

                                   REPAIR

    In repairing cases it is good sense to check this point  on  drugs  and
intentions to see if they were neglected in R3R due to "no interest".


    If so, then have them run and the case will suddenly do well.



LRH:nt.ntm jh                                L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972, 1974                             Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 13 AUGUST 1972R
                    CORRECTED AND REISSUED 15 AUGUST 1972
Remimeo     Correction  in This  type style
BPI
All Students
Tech Dept
Qual
"The Auditor"
REGISTRARS

                             FAST FLOW TRAINING

      References:      LRH ED 178 INT of 30 May 72       SUPER-LITERACY
            HCO B 4 Apr 72 Revised 30 May 72       PRIMARY RUNDOWN REVISED
            HCO B 30 Mar 72 Revised 30 May 72  PRIMARY CORRECTION RUNDOWN
                       HCO B 20 July 72 Issue I    PCRD HANDLING
            HCO B 15 July 71 Issue III  C/S Series 48R DRUG HANDLING
            HCO B 25 Oct 71 Issue II (as revised)  THE SPECIAL DRUG RUNDOWN



    So that there is NO question about what is meant by FAST FLOW TRAINING:


    ANY STUDENT WHO HONESTLY  COMPLETES  THE  PRIMARY  RUNDOWN  OR  PRIMARY
CORRECTION RUNDOWN IS THEREAFTER DESIGNATED A "FAST FLOW STUDENT".


    The Fast Flow Student passes courses by attestation at Certs and Awards
to the effect that he (a) has enrolled properly on the course, (b) has  paid
for the course, (c) has studied and understands the materials, (d) has  done
the drills, (e) can produce the result required in the materials.


    The student is given a PROVISIONAL CERTIFICATE.  This  looks  like  any
other certificate but is not gold sealed and has Provisional plainly on it.


    In the case of an Auditor, an Interneship or formal auditing experience
is required. When actual honest evidence is presented to  C&A  that  he  has
demonstrated that  he  can  produce  flubless  results  his  Certificate  is
VALIDATED with a gold seal and is a permanent certificate.


    In Administrative Courses or course of any kind not having to  do  with
auditing, the same procedure is followed and a  PROVISIONAL  CERTIFICATE  is
issued by C&A.


    The person must now demonstrate that he can apply the materials studied
by producing an honest,  actual  statistic  in  the  materials  studied.  He
presents this evidence to C&A and receives a VALIDATION  gold  seal  on  his
Certificate.


    Provisional Certificates EXPIRE after one year if not Validated.


    The Fast Flow Student studies within his knowledge of study tech. He is
assisted by Supervisors. Any Word Clearing action  needed  can  be  done  on
him. He can be sent to Qual and Crammed. He can be  starrated  and  made  to
clay demo by the Supervisor.


    He does not however have to have a  twin,  he  does  not  automatically
starrate starrate items, he does not have to have an examination.

    The Fast Flow System  makes  for  very  rapid  training.  This  becomes
possible  due  to  the  development  of  the  Primary  Rundown  and  Primary
Correction Rundown.
                                PREREQUISITES

    Primary Rundown or Primary Correction Rundown are required for Levels O
to I V or above and for FEBC. They are not required for  HSDC  or  the  many
other courses below these levels.

                                  NON PRDs

    Those students who have not had a Primary Rundown or Primary Correction
Rundown must starrate, clay demo, twin and go through the materials as  many
times as required, using the entirety of the Student Hat.

It is much  faster to do the PRD or PCRD first.


                                 DRUG CASES

    Where a drug case cannot be gotten through Method One Word Clearing due
to case, it is usual to give him the Drug Rundown first as per HCO B  of  25
Oct 71 Issue II, "The Special Drug RD".


    The short co-audit version is contained in HCO B 15 July 71 Issue  III,
C/S Series 48R.


    Where for any reason the person cannot get the Drug Rundown HE  MAY  BE
ENROLLED ON THE DIANETICS COURSE, BECOME A DIANETIC AUDITOR and  obtain  the
Drug Rundown through CO-AUDIT on Course.


    The Dianetic Course in this instance is done with the full Student  Hat
requirements.

                                 DESIGNATION

    The FAST FLOW STUDENT should be given a blue lapel award and wear it in
Class. It should say FFS on it in black letters.


    This gives the green light to rapid and effective completion of courses
for the SUPER-LITERATE.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.sb.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 16 AUGUST 1972

Remimeo
                                C/S Series 84

                               FLUBLESS C/SING


    A C/S cannot C/S flublessly while he has ANY Auditors flubbing.


    The standard  procedure is

    1.      The C/S makes sure Tech Courses are taught okay and raises hell
        until they are.


    2.      C/S makes sure Qual has a Cramming Officer and crams him  until
        he gets flubless Cramming and can Supervise TRs, do WCing Method 7,
        Method 6, Method 4, can correct metering and has packs to hand  for
        reference.


    3.      The C/S follows a very standard handling of auditors:

        A.       1 error of any kind-instruct by reference to HCO B.


        B.       A second error of any kind-send to Cramming  and  get  the
             Auditor crammed at once, without any loss of auditing time  but
             before the Auditor is allowed to  audit  further.  (This  is  2
             hours, not 2 days!)


        C.       A third error of any kind-RETREAD, wherein  the  Auditor's
             weak areas are located and the Auditor has to M7,  M6,  M4  and
             restudy the materials of that area. This takes the Auditor back
             to Step A.

    A retread under a good Super takes 4 or 5 days.


    Now if the Auditor again errs he goes to Step A.


    If he goes the route again he hits RETRAIN and is retrained fully  like
any other student. His PRD is done or  verified  and  he  goes  through  the
course starting with basic books. This puts the Auditor back to A.


    But if he now lands at RETRAIN again he is given a  full  and  complete
RETRAIN from his earliest contacts with the subject.


    It is highly unlikely he will flub further but if he  does,  he  should
not be on auditing at all.

                                FALSE REPORTS

    A falsified Auditing report puts the Auditor at once at retrain  as  he
is not sufficiently aware of the potentials of the subject to  know  he  can
get results and does not have to be dishonest.

                                    TR 0

    OT Zero and TR 0 are the keys to good auditing.


    2 C/Ses were found in orgs who "wouldn't  let  the  Auditors  do  TR  0
because of their cases". Both orgs had horrible stats and  bad  results  and
ARC Broken fields.


    OT Zero and TR 0 are a routine  action for Auditors.  They  do  TRs  in
spare time, not because they are being Crammed, just to get professional.


    Every Cramming Order includes TRs, especially Zero, to also be done  on
the auditor's own time.


    This gets the Auditor up to really Confronting. His errors come  mainly
from an inability to confront (and from faulty  metering  or  misunderstoods
or out ethics).


    OT Zero and TR 0 are the keys to flubless auditing.
                              ELECTRONIC ATTEST

    Auditors using LRH tapes and electronic attest (and with OT Zero, TR 0,
metering, and Mis Us cleaned up  and  Ethics  in)  become  very  spectacular
auditors in terms of results.
    Results bring pride.


    Auditors who get results are happy auditors. And the above is how,  the
standard how, to get them to get results.

                                 EASY C/SING

    Only if he spends some of his time TRAINING, as above, can a  C/S  ever
get down to really C/Sing cases and getting programmes DONE.

                                   SUMMARY

    The above is the way I C/S and handle Auditors as a C/S.


    I long since found that the flubby Auditors were the ones who  consumed
the C/S time. The ratio is 21/2 hours to 61/2 hours wherein  it  only  takes
me 21/2 hours to C/S piles of folders when  I  have  the  auditors  auditing
honestly and flublessly and  it  takes  me  61/2  hours  when  I  have  some
flubbers.


    It is neither kind nor decent to let Auditors lose.  Only  when  I  (or
MSH) have not been doing the C/Sing has auditing  gone  wrong  in  any  area
where I was.


    This is traced directly to the drop-out of the above actions. So it  is
the above actions which give standard results and any  C/S  who  omits  them
(to be a good fellow, or "these are my friends") is an Auditor killer.


    Auditors sometimes achieve a high status and are "above being crammed".
Well watch it, watch it because they will fall on their heads with a crash.


    An auditor is not unlike a race horse. He  needs  a  lot  of  care  and
handling. And he needs his periodic drills and exercises or he goes  sloppy.
Like a race horse, a good auditor is  very,  very  valuable.  And  all  good
auditors are made by C/Ses!


    The proof is that even the best go bad when they no longer have a tight
C/S rein. Experience has taught that. The exceptions are very, very few  and
you don't have any of them.


    It takes me about 3 or 4 weeks to get an auditor through his course and
doing a good flubless  job.  The  majority  of  Scientologists  want  to  be
auditors. So you have Auditor scarcity? That's a laugh.


    It's the C/S! The Course Super, the Cramming Officer.


    And it's done just exactly as above.


    Given the materials, there is no other  answer.  So  stop  dreaming  of
hiring or getting perfect Auditors.


    The ones you have are fine. Get more.


    And do the above! ! !


    The auditors must not blame the pc (nor must you),  the  C/S  must  not
blame the auditor.
    It's you, the Course Super and the Cramming Officer. And mainly you the
C/S.


    You can and must build a corps of good auditors.


    Or you'll never make it as a C/S.


    And listen, if you don't make it as a C/S, where's the world?



LRH:nt.bh                                    L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972                                   Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED    [Added to by  BTB  16  Aug  72-1,  C/S  Series  84-1,
Volume X-235.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 17 AUGUST 1972

Remimeo
                           Word Clearing Series 42

                               METHOD 4 NOTES


    Too generalized a question in using Method 4 defeats its  use  and  can
restimulate a person badly.


    Example: "Is there anything in college you didn't understand?" That  of
course is just  plain  ridiculous  as  a  question.  "Have  you  ever  heard
anything you didn't understand?" would be similarly silly.

                          BREAK DOWN THE MATERIALS

    When doing Method 4 you have to break down the materials (put them into
small separate units) in order to ask questions.


    Example: We have Papers l & 2, both on  the  same  subject.  The  wrong
question for Method 4 would be "Is there  anything  in  Papers  l  &  2  you
didn't understand?" and not even give him the papers to see! The  right  way
to do it would be to take Paper  1  and  break  it  down  into  its  obvious
sections, give the person Paper 1 and let him look at it. Point to  its  1st
section and say, "Is there anything you didn't understand in this  section?"
while watching the meter. Then point to next section, do  the  same.  Finish
Paper l. Then go to Paper 2 and do it the same.


    A person has to know what he's being asked about and has to be thinking
of it when asked the question.

                                    TAPES

    Just as it would be ridiculous to  ask  "Have  you  ever  misunderstood
anything you ever read?", it would be silly to ask, "Did  you  ever  have  a
misunderstood on Tape?"


    The right way is to take the tape and put it on a machine  and  play  a
bit of it. And ask, "Is there anything in the first  section  of  this  tape
you didn't understand?" while watching the meter. Then high speed  the  tape
forward to another area and do the same. Thus the tape is covered.


    This can also be done from any tape notes, section by section.

                                    BOOKS

    Books are done chapter by chapter.

                                 QUICKIE M4

    Method 4 is defeated utterly by

            1.   Bad metering

            2.   Too general a question

            3.   Not having the material to hand

      4.    Not getting the person's attention on parts of the material.

    Quickie M4 misses. It sets the person up for a lose in his studying.


    And we want him to actually succeed in his study, don't we?


LRH.sb.rd                                    L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972                                   Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 18 AUGUST 1972
Remimeo

                           Word Clearing Series 43

                             GRAMMAR DEFINITION


    The following definition of Grammar was taken from  the  Dictionary  of
Contemporary American Usage  by Bergen  and  Cornelia  Evans,  published  by
Random House, New York, in 1957. (It is not a complete Dictionary and  would
require another larger dictionary for  full  word  clearing.  But  it  gives
American  usage's  of  words  and  phrases,  which  could  be  important  as
Dianetics and Scientology are written in American English.)


    It was sent to me by an SHSBC  Student  who  found  its  definition  of
Grammar was very helpful to other students.


    This definition also tells you why some college or school texts are  so
ghastly hard to read--they are not in standard English. It  also  tells  you
why, in 1950, the head of the English Department in an  American  University
hailed Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health as marking a  new  era
of scientific writing. One reason is that it was written by a writer, not  a
professor. The other was that it was written in  the  English  that  was  in
use.


    But read the definition:

                                   GRAMMAR

    GRAMMAR is a systematic description of the ways in which words are used
in a particular language. The grammarian groups words that behave  similarly
into classes and then draws  up  rules  stating  how  each  class  of  words
behaves. What classes are set up and how the rules are phrased is  a  matter
of convenience. A grammarian is free to classify his  material  in  any  way
that seems reasonable to him. But he is  never  free  to  say  that  certain
forms of speech are unacceptable merely because there is no place  for  them
in the system he has designed.

THE CLASSES

    Most grammarians are interested in a number of  languages.  As  a  rule
they set up classes that are useful in handling many languages but that  may
have very little  meaning  for  a  particular  language.  For  example,  the
distinction between the dative him and the accusative him  is  important  in
the Indo-European languages generally. But in a grammar designed  solely  to
teach English, this distinction does not have to be made.  Similarly,  there
is an etymological or historical difference between the  English  gerund  in
-ing  and the participle in -ing  But it  is  sometimes  impossible  to  say
whether a given word is a gerund or a participle; for example,  in  journeys
end in lovers meeting. For this reason, some grammarians  prefer  to  handle
these forms together under one name, such as "participle" or "-ing".


    The familiar terms of classical grammar are defined in this  dictionary
for the convenience of persons who need to use these concepts.  But  a  much
simpler classification, based on the structure of  present-day  English,  is
employed in all the discussions of usage.

THE RULES

    In order to say how words are used, the grammarian must  examine  large
quantities of spoken and written English. He will  find  some  constructions
used so consistently that the exceptions have to be classed as  errors.  But
he will also find competing, and even  contradictory,  constructions,  which
appear too often to be called mistakes. He must  then  see  whether  one  of
these expressions is used by one kind of person and not  by  another  or  in
one kind of situation and not in another. If he can find  no  difference  of
this sort he accepts the two constructions as interchangeable. In  this  way
he assembles a body of information on how English words are  used  that  may
also show differences, such as those between one locality  and  another,  or
between spoken and written  English,  or  between  literary  and  illiterate
speech. Studies of  this  kind  are  called  "scientific"  or  "descriptive"
grammars. This is a relatively new approach to the problems of language  and
the information brought to light in this way is sometimes surprising.

    The  first  English  grammarians,  writing  in  the   seventeenth   and
eighteenth centuries, did not attempt to describe the English of their  day.
On the  contrary,  they  were  attempting  to  "improve"  English  and  they
demanded Latin constructions which were not characteristic of English.  They
objected to the expression I am mistaken, because if translated  into  Latin
this would mean I am misunderstood. They  claimed  that  unloose  must  mean
tie, because un is a Latin negative. They objected to the "double  negative"
which was good Old English, and also good Greek, but not good Latin.


    These eighteenth  century  rules  of  prescriptive  grammar  have  been
repeated in school books for two hundred years. They are  the  rules  for  a
curious, Latinized English that has never been spoken and is seldom used  in
literature, but that is now highly respected in some places, principally  in
scientific writing. It should  be  recognized  that  these  rules  were  not
designed to "preserve" English, or keep it "pure".  They  were  designed  to
create a language which would be "better" simply because it  was  more  like
Latin. Dryden, writing in the seventeenth century, said: "I am often put  to
a stand in considering whether what I write be the idiom of  the  tongue  or
false  grammar  and  nonsense,  couched  beneath  that  specious   name   of
Anglicanism, and have no other way to clear my doubts but by translating  my
English into Latin and thereby trying what sense the words will  bear  in  a
more stable language." One  result  of  this  double  translation  was  that
Dryden went through his earlier works and rewrote  all  the  sentences  that
had originally ended in a preposition or adverb. A generation  later,  Swift
complained that the English of  his  day  "offends  against  every  part  of
grammar". Certainly this is blaming the foot  because  it  doesn't  fit  the
shoe!


    Because some people would like to write the language of the  textbooks,
the entries  in  this  dictionary  not  only  tell  what  standing  a  given
construction has in current English but also explain how the  rules  of  the
prescriptive  grammarian  would  apply,  wherever  the  rules  and  standard
practice differ. But in such cases the  rules  are  never  simple,  and  the
person who has to use this type of English may feel that it would be  easier
to follow Dryden's example and write in Latin first.

THIS BOOK

    The grammar entries in this book are designed  for  persons  who  speak
standard English but who may be confused about certain isolated points.  The
entries are arranged so that the answer  to  a  particular  problem  can  be
found in  the  least  possible  time.  But  anyone  who  wishes  to  make  a
systematic study of English grammar, using this book, can do so by  starting
with the entry parts of speech and following  the  references  to  more  and
more detailed discussions of each concept.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1972

Remimeo     (Amended & Reissued 28 March 1974
All Dn & Ex Dn   -only change is Series No.)
Auditors
Class VIII  DIANETICS
C/Ses
                         Expanded Dianetics Series 7

                                C/S Series 85

                       CATASTROPHES FROM AND REPAIR OF
                             "NO INTEREST" ITEMS


    I have done a review of several failed cases which  blew  or  went  bad
after auditing.


    THE COMMON FACTOR IN EVERY ONE WAS CASE BY-PASSED DUE TO "NO INTEREST".


    The auditor finds a reading drug item or an evil purpose  and  proposes
to run R3R on it. The auditor asks if the pc is interested  in  running  it.
The pc says, "No." The auditor does not run it. BANG, we  have  a  BY-PASSED
CASE.


    The pc will blow or go sour or not recover.


    One of these cases was unchanged after "a drug rundown". He had a  pair
of eyes that looked like blank discs. Check of folder showed all major  drug
items "not run due to no interest". The solution was to recover  the  lists,
run the items that had read R3R triple and complete the case.


    Another one blew. His folder was examined. Every evil purpose had  been
left unrun! Of the items from the "Wants  Handled  Rundown"  the  intentions
were mislisted. The drug rundown failed due to "no interest".


    Each flubbed case I am finding has had his drug items and evil purposes
left unrun on R3R due to "no interest".


    So DON'T ASK FOR INTEREST ON INTENTIONS, EVIL PURPOSES AND DRUG ITEMS.


    IF THEY READ, RUN THEM!

                                   REPAIR

1.    On any stumbling case that  has  had  a  "drug  rundown"  or  Expanded
    Dianetics get the Folder FESed to see if reading items were left  unrun
    on R3R Triple. List them chronologically, early to late.

2.    Get the case back, with an R factor of "Incomplete".

3.    Run  every  one  of  those  unrun  drug  items,  intentions  and  Evil
    Purposes.

4.    If the items don't now read, then get in Suppress  and  Invalidate  on
    them.

5.    If the case bogs do L3RD Method 5 and Handle on that chain only.

6.    Go on with the action and complete it.


LRH:sb.ntm.rd    L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972,1974  Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 6 NOVEMBER 1972
Remimeo

                           Word Clearing Series 44


                             ILLITERACY AND WORK


    I have been engaged in a study of applications of  tech  to  illiteracy
and illiterate or semi-literate populations and found some simple levels  of
approach.


    I investigated U.S. AID educational efforts and data to  find  out  why
they failed. For instance, in one project, the U.S. spent over  one  million
dollars to educate 105 persons  from  an  "underdeveloped"  country  of  low
literacy and surveyed it later to find that none of the data taught  was  in
use and that no progress had been made by the person or  the  country  as  a
result.


    Using their data and my own personal investigation in the same country,
I evaluated the situation and found they  had  not  consulted  the  existing
scene before or during the program. Their training was for  a  sophisticated
environment.


    The country of the program  is  just  emerging  from  a  nomadic  level
civilization  into  agricultural  and  the  agriculture  done  is  extremely
primitive, erodes whole plains with non-contour  plowing  and  doesn't  even
know about irrigation.


    To these people they  taught  the  highly  complex  technology  of  the
electronic age!


    The people went back home, found no computers whatever, listened to the
goats and sat down and did nothing.


    U.S. AID had no explanation for this. But give them credit-the students
liked the U.S. and U.S. AID did  honestly survey and admit  the  failure,  a
rare humility.


    From this point I did a local study and found that instead of computers
these people needed-guess what?


    TR 2! Acknowledgement. (Training Drill No.  2,  How  to  Acknowledge  a
Communication.)


    This primitive area had never heard of TR 2!


    "Good", "fine", "thank you" were unknown in all their work culture.


    Before they saw any  need of any  technology, they  had  first  to  see
that there was any reason to get any work done at all!


    Further, their cultural pattern contained dishonesty as a virtue!  This
is antipathetic to basic morale no matter what   the  culture  and  so  they
were in a cultural attitude or pattern which kept them  sad,  depressed  and
miserable! So they couldn't  work.


    The program, then, had to (a) recover honesty to increase  morale,  (b)
introduce acknowledgement for accomplishment, (c) establish the  possibility
that one could work, (d) introduce  statistics  so  that  something  existed
that could be acknowledged and (e) establish bonuses for statistics so  that
acknowledgement could be real and stay that way.


    These items are all very elementary and simple portions  of  our  basic
technology:
 (a) Security checking, (b) TRs especially 2, (c) Problems of  Work   Course
using tape and Word Clearing, (d) Statistical policies and tech,  (e)  Bonus
policies.


    So in U.S. AID Programs there was a skipped gradient in culture (nomad-
agrarian skipped to electronic-nuclear) and a skipped gradient in  training-
Why learn when there is no reason to work? So why be literate? Or study?


    Any sophisticated technical layout would break down  in  the  hands  of
these people-and does.


    But this program would lift them up. Then they would have  some  reason
to study.


    Factually, one cannot just sail into a culture blind  and  bash  around
with no data. It is costly   and it accomplishes very little.


    A basic knowledge of Man is essential to any improvement in any area of
the human race.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER 1972
Remimeo
TECH SECS   Issue II
Ds of T
Students
QUAL SEC
CRAMMING OFFICER
Confessional Pack


                            STUDENTS WHO SUCCEED


    Over the past year I  have  done  considerable  research,  observation,
pilots and more research on the subject of making successful students.


    We have of course excellent study technology which is far in advance of
anything Man has had. It has been developed over a period of 22 years.


    Sometimes the student is very slow.


    Sometimes he ends off study due to non application.


    Sometimes the study tech is not used. When this happens of  course  the
tech "didn't work" because it was not used.


    I have run enough pilots now in order to handle this.


                                   HONESTY

    In policy there has long been written the natural sequence  of  ethics,
tech and administration.


    When administration is out, it is necessary to get in tech.  When  tech
is out it is necessary to get in ethics.


    In other words, ethics must be in to get tech in.


    ETHICS is a personal thing. By definition, the word means:


    "The study of the general nature of morals and of  the  specific  moral
choices to be made by the  individual  in  his  relationship  with  others."
(American Heritage Dictionary)


    When one  is  ethical  or  "has  his  ethics  in"  it  is  by  his  own
determination and is done by himself.


    JUSTICE is the action of the group against the individual when  he  has
failed to get his own ethics in.


    In the culture in which we live, justice is  so  savage  and  often  so
unreasonable that it tends to inhibit the individual from  confessing  minor
misdemeanors and Crimes.


    This aberrates him  because  it  prevents  him  from  getting  off  his
withholds.


    This leads to bad health, bad eyesight, deafness and  other  things  as
can be proven in auditing results.


    IT ALSO LEADS TO OUT COMMUNICATION.
AND IT INHIBITS THE INDIVIDUAL FROM REACHING OUT WITH WHAT  HE  HAS  LEARNED
AND APPLYING IT.


    The slow student, the glib student, the student who  cannot  apply  are
all students who are withholding.


    This is true of any Course and any materials and has always  been  true
but no one ever worked it out since they had no real command of the  subject
of the mind before Dianetics and Scientology.


    The culture itself encourages dishonesty and  therefore  has  not  been
able to solve fully the problem of study.


    Only an honest student really reads, really does what he is supposed to
do and really applies.

                                   PILOTS

    There were several pilot Courses to find this material.


    The one which finally proved it was a Course of about 12 students.


    They were very slow. They were unable to apply the materials during  an
apprenticeship.


    It was then found none of them had done an honest Primary Rundown. They
had "know bested" their way through it, cheating, and had falsely attested.


    Then further investigation showed each one of  them  had  come  to  the
Course with his Ethics badly out.


    A Confessional was then done on each of them and they were restarted to
again do a full Primary Rundown, Student Hat and the materials.


    Only then did they succeed in their application of what was studied.


    This was also true of their Supervisors, each one of whom had done  his
Supervisor's Course with his  Ethics  out.  So  one  should  not  blame  the
students only!


    A Case Supervisor in training could not Case  Supervise  well.  It  was
found he had not even read the case history section sample programs  because
"he already knew" yet attested he had. Prior to all  this  his  Ethics  were
out.


    When his withholds were handled he could then supervise cases  and  did
well.


                                CONFESSIONALS

    The technology of Confessionals has been  upgraded  enormously  in  the
last year.


    With this vast improvement it becomes possible to remove  the  barriers
and counter-intention to getting his Ethics in and studying  in  an  ethical
fashion and being able to reach  with the materials  studied  and  so  apply
them.


    If any student, beginning in a school  or  on  a  Course,  is  given  a
standard Confessional before beginning serious study, he will  proceed  much
more rapidly, will study  honestly,  will  apply  study  materials  and,  if
actual study tech is used, will become a successful student of that  subject
and will be able to apply what he learns.


    Study tech used by itself will succeed somehow in  a  large  number  of
cases. But when it is preceded by a well done and thorough Confessional  its
results are more thorough and far more rapid.
When I was first working on evaluations of study  in  1971  the  "dishonesty
factor" appeared as a very general Why. But it was not worked with  at  that
time as there seemed no easy way to handle it.


    By improving  the  technology  of  Confessionals  on  another  entirely
different research channel, the problem of the student also became clear.


    Only the honest student is a good student and a credit to his class and
the subject and himself.


    The only reservation then is that the Confessional  itself  has  to  be
done  competently  and  honestly.  But  honest  Confessionals  breed  honest
Confessional auditors and this  can  be  closely  supervised  as  an  expert
action.


    This opens the road to improvement and wider  success  in  the  already
winning and successful subject of Study Tech.


    Man is not happy unless he is honest. White, black, red or brown,  this
is true of all times and all races. And it is true of all  students  in  all
schools.


    The honest student is the most successful student.


    And the technology of the Confessional can make  him  so,  rapidly  and
easily.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 13 DECEMBER l 972R
                     REVISED & REISSUED 1 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
                                   CANCELS
                           BTB OF 13 DECEMBER 1972
                                 SAME TITLE

                       Integrity Processing Series 10R

                       INTEGRITY PROCESSING QUESTIONS
                                MUST BE F/Ned

    The main danger of Integrity Processing is not probing a person's  past
but failing to do so thoroughly.


    When you leave an Integrity Processing question "live" and go on to the
next one, you set up a nasty situation that  will  have  repercussions.  The
person may not immediately react. But the least that will happen is that  he
will be more difficult to audit in the future, and will go  out  of  session
more easily. More violently, a  pc  who  has  had  an  Integrity  Processing
question left unflat may leave the session and  do  himself  or  Scientology
considerable mischief.


    About the most unkind thing you could do to a person would be to  leave
an Integrity Processing question unflat and go on to the  next  one.  Or  to
fail to obtain an F/N on withholds in the  rudiments  and  go  on  with  the
session.


    One girl, being audited, was left unflat on a  withhold  question.  The
Auditor blithely went on to the next  question.  The  girl  went  out  after
session, and told everyone she knew the most vicious lies she  could  create
about the immoral conduct of Scientologists. She wrote a  stack  of  letters
to people she knew out of town, telling gruesome tales of sexual orgies.  An
alert Scientologist heard the rumors, rapidly traced them back, got hold  of
the girl, sat her down and checked auditing and found  the  unflat  withhold
question. The withhold? Sexual misdemeanors. Once that was pulled, the  girl
hastily raced about correcting all her previous efforts to discredit.


    A man had been a stalled case for about  a  year.  He  was  violent  to
audit. The special question was finally asked, "What withhold  question  was
left unflat on  you?"  It  was  found  and  handled.  After  that  his  case
progressed again.


    The mechanisms of this are many. The reactions of the pc are many.  The
summation of it is, when an Integrity Processing question is left unflat  on
a pc and thereafter ignored, the consequences are numerous.


                                 THE REMEDY

The  prevention  of  Integrity  Processing  being  left  unflat  is   easily
accomplished:

    1.      Develop excellent TRs and Basic Auditing.
    2.      Know the E-Meter.
    3.      Work only with an approved E-Meter.
    4.      Know the various bulletins on Integrity Processing.
    5.      Get off your own withholds so that you  won't  avoid  those  in
        others.
    6.      Apply correct Integrity Processing procedure  and  handle  each
        reading question to an honest F/N on that question.


LRH:nt.rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972,1974                              Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 14 DECEMBER 1972R
                          REVISED 12 FEBRUARY 1973
                          REISSUED 1 NOVEMBER 1974
                         (Only change is signature.)
Remimeo

                       Integrity Processing Series 11R

                            GENERALITIES WON'T DO

    The most efficient  way  to  upset  a  pc  is  to  leave  an  Integrity
Processing  question  unflat.  This  is  remedied  by  taking  each  reading
question to an F/N on the question.


    The best way to "miss" an Integrity Processing question is to  let  the
pc indulge in generalities or "I thought ...."


    A withhold given as "Oh, I got mad at them lots of  times,"  should  be
pulled down to when and where and the first time "you got mad' and  finally,
"What did you do to them just before that?" Then earlier similar if no F/N.


    The pc who withholds  somebody  else's  withholds  and  gives  them  as
answers is a card. But he isn't helped when the auditor lets him do it.


    Situation: You ask the pc for a withhold about Joe. The pc who says, "I
heard that Joe . . . ," should be asked right there, "What have you done  to
Joe? You. Just you." And it turns out he stole Joe's  last  blonde.  But  if
the auditor had let this pc go on and on about how the pc had heard how  Joe
was this or that, the session would have gone on and on and the Tone Arm  up
and up.


    We have pcs who use "withholds" to spread all manner of  lies.  We  ask
this pc, "Have you ever done anything to the Org?" The pc says,  "Well,  I'm
withholding that I heard . . . ," or the pc  says,  "Well,  I  thought  some
bitter thoughts about the Org." Or the pc says, "I was critical of  the  Org
when . . . ," and we don't  sail  in  and  get  WHAT  THE  PC  DID,  we  can
comfortably stretch a 5-minute item to a session or two.


    If the pc "heard" and the pc "thought" and the pc "said" in  answer  to
an Integrity Processing question, the pc's reactive bank is  really  saying,
"I've got a crashing big withhold and if I can keep  on  fooling  around  by
giving critical thoughts, rumours, and what others  did,  you'll  never  get
it." And if he gets  away  with  it,  the  auditor  has  missed  a  withhold
question.


    We only want to know what the pc did, when he  did  it,  what  was  the
first time he did it and what he did just before that,  and  we'll  nail  it
every time.

                                 ___________

                            THE IRRESPONSIBLE PC

    If you want to get withholds off an "irresponsible  pc"  you  sometimes
can't ask what the pc did or withheld and get a meter reaction.


    This problem has bugged us for some time; I finally got very bright and
realized that no matter whether the pc thought it was a crime or not, he  or
she will answer up on "don't know" versions as follows:


    Situation: "What have you done to your husband?" Pc's answer,  "Nothing
bad." E-Meter reaction, nul. Now we know this pc, through our  noticing  she
is critical of her  husband,  has  overts  on  him.  But  she  can  take  no
responsibility for her own acts.
But she can  take responsibility for his not knowing. She is making  certain
of that.


    So we ask, "What have you done that your husband doesn't know about?"


    And it takes an hour for her to spill it all, the quantity is so great.
For the question releases the floodgates. The Meter bangs around.


    And with these withholds off, her responsibility comes up and  she  can
take responsibility on the items.


    This applies to any zone or area or terminal of Integrity Processing.


    Situation: We are getting a lot of "I thought", "I heard", "They said",
"They did" in answer to a  question.  We  take  the  terminal  or  terminals
involved and put them in this blank:


    "What have you done that________(doesn't) (don't) know about?"


    And we can get the major overts that lay under the blanket of "How  bad
everyone is but me."


                                ____________




    This prevents you missing an Integrity Processing question. It's a  bad
crime to do so. This will shorten  the  labour  involved  in  getting  every
question flat.


    And if your pc is withholdy you can  insert  this  "Have  I  missed  an
Integrity Processing question on you?" while doing the processing.


    Always clear up what was missed.


    A pc can be very upset by  reason  of  a  missed  Integrity  Processing
question. Keep them going up, not down.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder






LRH: nt.rd
Copyright � 1972, 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 15 DECEMBER 1972R
                           REVISED 1 NOVEMBER 1974

Remimeo

                       Integrity Processing Series 12R



                              WITHHOLDS, MISSED
                                 AND PARTIAL


    I don't know exactly how to get this across to you except to ask you to
be brave, squint up your eyes and plunge.


    I don't appeal to reason. Only to faith at the moment. When you have  a
reality on this, nothing will shake it and you'll no longer  fail  cases  or
fail in life. But, at the moment, it may not seem reasonable.  So  just  try
it, do it well and day will dawn at last.


    What are these natterings, upsets, ARC Breaks, critical  tirades,  lost
students,  ineffective  motions?  They  are  restimulated  but   missed   or
partially missed withholds. If I could just teach you that and  get  you  to
get a good reality on that in  your  own  auditing,  your  activities  would
become smooth beyond belief.

    It is true that ARC Breaks, present time  problems  and  withholds  all
keep a session from occurring. And we must watch them and clear them.


    But behind all these is  another  button,  applicable  to  each,  which
resolves each one. And  that  button  is  the  restimulated  but  missed  or
partially missed withhold.

                                ____________


    Life itself has imposed this button on us.


    If you know about people or are supposed to  know  about  people,  then
these people expect, unreasonably, that you know them through and through.


    Real knowledge to the average person is only this: a knowledge  of  his
or her withholds! That, horribly enough, is the high tide of  knowledge  for
the man in the street. If you know his withholds, if  you  know  his  crimes
and acts, then you are smart. If you know  his  future  you  are  moderately
wise. And so we are persuaded toward mind reading and fortune telling.


    All wisdom has this trap for those who would be wise.


    Egocentric  man  believes  all  wisdom  is  wound  up  in  knowing  his
misdemeanors.


    IF any wise man represents himself as wise and fails to discover what a
person has done, that person goes into an  antagonism  or  other  misemotion
toward the wise man. So they hang those who restimulate and yet who  do  not
find out about their withholds.


    This is an incredible piece of craziness. But it is observably true.


    This is the WILD ANIMAL REACTION that makes Man a cousin to the beasts.
A good auditor can understand this. A bad one will stay  afraid  of  it  and
won't use

                                ____________


    "Have I missed a withhold on you?" can be used in Integrity  Processing
if the preclear gets upset or critical during session.

                                ____________


    Any ARC Broken pc should be asked, "What  withhold  have  I  missed  on
you?" Or, "What have I failed to find out about you?"  Or,  "What  should  I
have known about you?"
                                ____________


    An Integrity Processing Specialist who cannot read a meter is dangerous
because he or she will miss withholds and the pc may become very upset.

                                ____________


    Use this as a stable datum: If the person is upset, somebody failed  to
find out what that person was sure they would find out.

                                ____________


    A missed withhold is a should have known.

                                ____________


    The only reason anyone has ever  left  Scientology  is  because  people
failed to find out about them.
                                ____________


    This is valuable data. Get a reality on it.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright �1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 16 DECEMBER 1972
                          REISSUED 7 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
                                   CANCELS
                           BTB OF 16 DECEMBER 1972
                                 SAME TITLE

                       Integrity Processing Series 13

                                 HELP THE PC


    In general, when getting rudiments in or getting off  missed  withholds
or invalidations, help the pc by guiding his attention against the needle.


    This is quite  simple.  The  auditor  asks  the  question,  the  needle
instantly reacts, the pc (as he or she usually does) looks  puzzled  if  the
auditor says "It reacts." The pc thinks it over. As he or she  is  thinking,
the auditor will see the same reaction on the  needle.  Softly  the  auditor
says "That" or "There" or "What's that you're looking at?" As the  pc  knows
what he or she is looking at that instant, the thing can be dug up.


    This is auditor co-operation, not triumph.


    Most often the pc does not know what it is that reacts as only unknowns
react. Therefore an  auditor's  "There"  when  the  needle  twitches  again,
before the pc has answered, co-ordinates with whatever the pc is looking  at
and thus it can be spotted and revealed by the pc. This is  only  done  when
the pc comm lags for a few seconds.


    Remember, the pc is always willing to reveal. He or  she  doesn't  know
What to reveal. Therein lies the difficulty. Pcs get driven out  of  session
when asked to reveal something yet do not know what to reveal.


    By the auditor's saying "There" or "What's that?" quietly each time the
needle reacts newly, the pc is led to discover what should be revealed.


    Auditors and pcs get into a games condition in Integrity Processing and
rudiments only when the auditor refuses this help to the pc.


    New auditors routinely believe that  in  Integrity  Processing  the  pc
knows the answer and won't give it. This is an error. If  the  pc  knew  all
the answer, it wouldn't react on the meter.


    Old-timers have found out that only if they  steer  by  repeated  meter
reaction, giving the pc "There" or "What's that?" can the pc  answer  up  on
most rudiments questions, missed withholds and so on.


    But don't use steering to harass the pc,  or  cut  his  comm,  or  draw
attention to the auditor.


    This is the only use of reads other than instant reads on the E-Meter.


    Help the pc. He doesn't  know. Otherwise the needle would never react.


LRH: nt.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1972, 1974  Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 17 DECEMBER 1972
                          REISSUED 7 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
                                   CANCELS
                           BTB OF 17 DECEMBER 1972
                                 SAME TITLE


                       Integrity Processing Series 14


                                 HAVINGNESS


    All valences are circuits are valences.


    Circuits key out with knowingness.


    This is the final definition of havingness.


    Havingness is the concept of being able to reach. No-havingness is  the
concept of not being able to reach.


    A withhold makes one feel he or she cannot reach.  Therefore  withholds
are what cut havingness down and made runs  on  havingness  attain  unstable
gains. In the presence of withholds havingness sags.


    As soon as a withhold  is  pulled,  ability  to  reach  is  potentially
restored but  the  pc  often  does  not  discover  this.  It  requires  that
havingness be run to get the benefit of having pulled most withholds.


    Therefore  havingness  may  be  run  in  conjunction   with   Integrity
Processing but may NOT be used to hide or obscure the  fact  of  failure  to
F/N an Integrity Form question.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH: nt.rd
Copyright �1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 4 JANUARY 1973

                          (Reissued 6 April 74-Only
                        change made is in signature)
Remimeo

                               Study Series 9


                                  CONFRONT


    There are several choices in English  on  the  meaning  of  "confront".
These include the right one: To  face  without  flinching  or  avoiding.  An
example in a sentence: "The test of  a  free  society  is  its  capacity  to
confront rather than evade the vital questions of Choice."


    There is another meaning "To stand facing or  opposing,  especially  in
challenge, defiance or accusation."


    English is a pretty limited  language  in  many  ways.  I  imagine  the
thought  of  facing  something  (which  is  what  the  word  came  from  and
originally meant way back "front" being "face") was  so  horrifying  to  the
types who write dictionaries they knew it would be bad!


    In essence it is an action of being able to face.


    If one cannot, if he avoids, then he is not AWARE.


    Awareness  is  the  ability  to  perceive  the  existence  of.  In  the
dictionary it also fails to confront that and says "Awareness:  the  quality
or  state  of  being  aware."  And  Aware  means:  "marked  by  realization,
perception or knowledge."


    So these chaps couldn't confront  and  so  conceived  awareness  to  be
figure-figure.


    We are moving out of the range of language when we want to say:


    "He could stand up to things and  wasn't  always  shrinking  back  into
himself and avoiding, so he could be fully conscious of  the  real  universe
and others around him."


    And that's what Confront means.


    If one can confront he can be aware.


    If he is aware he can perceive and act.


    If he can't confront he will  not  be  aware  of  things  and  will  be
withdrawn and not perceiving. Thus he is unaware of things around him.


    That's the tech of it.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:ntmjh
Copyright � 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 30 MARCH 1973
Remimeo     Issue I
                         REISSUED 21 SEPTEMBER 1974
                         (Only change is signature)



                       STEP FOUR-HANDLING ORIGINATIONS

                            Edited and taken from
                   PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN NO. 151
                               1 January 1959



    What do we mean by an origin of the preclear? He  volunteers  something
all on his own; and do you know that is a very good  index  of  case-whether
the person volunteers anything on his own? An old-time auditor used this  as
a case index. He said, "This fellow isn't  getting  any  better.  He  hasn't
offered up anything yet." You see, he didn't originate-he  didn't  originate
a communication.


    So remember that the  preclear  is  as  well  as  he  can  originate  a
communication. That means  he  can  stand  at  Cause  on  the  communication
formula. And that is a desirable point for him to reach.


    But how about in the walk-away world-the world  that  is  ambulant  and
moving around and spinning quietly, or noisily, as the case may be?  Do  you
ever have to handle an origin in it? Well, I dare say  that  every  argument
you have ever got into was because you did not handle an origin. Every  time
you have ever got into trouble with anybody, you can  trace  it  back  along
the line you didn't handle. If a person walks in and says, "Whee! I've  just
passed with the highest mark  in  the  whole  school,"  and  you  say,  "I'm
awfully hungry, shouldn't we go out and  eat?"-you'll  find  yourself  in  a
fight. He feels ignored. He originated a communication to have you prove  to
him that he was there and he was solid.  Most  little  kiddies  get  frantic
about their parents when  their  parents  don't  handle  their  originations
properly. Handling an origination merely tells the  person,  "All  right,  I
heard it, you're there." You might say it is a form of  acknowledgment,  but
it's not; it is the communication formula in reverse.  But  the  auditor  is
still in control if  he  handles  the  origin-otherwise,  the  communication
formula goes out of his control and he is at  effect  point,  no  longer  at
cause point. An auditor continues at cause point.


    So let's look this over. The handling of an origin has a great deal  of
use and, until recently, it was the least pat step in Scientology.  How  did
you handle an origin? And we finally found out. I finally  had  a  cognition
myself. I tried for a long time to  communicate  this  to  people  and  they
still blundered on it occasionally. And I finally found out  something  that
did seem to communicate.


    There are three steps in handling an origin. Here  is  the  setup:  The
preclear is sitting in the chair and the auditor is sitting across from  the
preclear, and the auditor is saying, "Do fish swim?" or "Do birds fly?"  and
the preclear says, "Yes." Here  is  the  factor,  now,  entering:  "Do  fish
swim?" The preclear doesn't answer Do fish swim,  the  preclear  says,  "You
know-your dress is on fire,'' or "I'm eight feet back of my  head,"  or  "Is
it true that all cats weigh 1.8 kilograms?" You see, wog-wog-where did  this
come from? Well, although it is usually circuitry or something like that  at
work when it's that far off beam, it is, nevertheless,  an  origin.  How  do
you handle it? Well, you don't want the preclear to go out of  session,  and
he would if you handled it wrongly, so (I) you answer it; (2)  you  maintain
ARC (you don't spend any time at it, but you just  maintain  ARC);  and  (3)
you get the preclear back on the process. One, two, three. And if you  spend
too much time in (2), you'll be doing wrong.
What is an origin? All right, he says, "I'm eight feet  back  of  my  head."
It's an origin; what are you supposed to do with it? Well,  you're  supposed
to answer it. In this particular case, you would say  to  him  something  in
the order  of,  "You  are?"  (You  mean  something  like,  "I've  heard  the
communication-it's made an effect on me.") Now, in maintaining ARC  you  can
skimp that second one if you handle  the  third  one  expertly  enough.  The
least important one is the second one, but the most deadly thing you can  do
is utterly to neglect the second one of maintaining ARC. That's deadly.  But
you can skip it if you really punch it into the third one, which is to  say,
get him back into session. So he says, "I'm eight feet  back  of  my  head,"
and you say, "YOU ARE???" (What he said really hit, you know.) He's kind  of
wog-wog about this-he's not sure what this  is  all  about.  You  say,  "You
are?" and the fellow says, "Yes."


    "Well!" you say. "What did I say that made that happen?"


    "Oh, you said 'Do birds fly?' and I thought of myself as a bird  and  I
guess that's the way it is, but I am eight feet back of my head."


    "Well, that's pretty routine," you say-reassure him, maintain the  ARC.
"Now, what was that auditing question?"


    "Oh, you asked me 'Do birds fly?' "


    And you say, "That's right. Do birds fly?"


    Back in session, you see.


    You can't do this: You can't put it into a can and put a  label  on  it
and say "This is how you  do  it  always,"  because  it's  always  something
peculiar; but you can say these three steps are followed.


    I will give you another example. You say, "Do birds fly?" and he  says,
"I have a blinding headache."


    "You do?" you say. "Is it bothering you (that's the ARC)  too  much  to
carry on with the session (and you've reached number three at once)?"


    "Oh no-it's pretty bad though."


    "Well, let's go on with this, shall  we?"  you  say.  "Maybe  it'll  do
something with it (maintaining ARC)."


    He says, "Well, all right," and you're right back onto  it  again:  "Do
birds fly?"


    One of the trickiest of these is "What in my question reminded  you  of
that?" The fellow says, "Well, so and so," and he explains  it  to  you  and
you say, "Well, good. Do birds  fly?"  and  you're  right  back  in  session
again.


    Three parts, and-that is the important thing-you have to learn  how  to
handle these things.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder





LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1959,1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 5 APRIL 1973
                         REISSUED 19 SEPTEMBER 1974
                         (Only change is signature)
Remimeo
HAS Course


                              AXIOM 28 AMENDED


AXIOM 28.

    COMMUNICATION IS THE CONSIDERATION AND ACTION OF IMPELLING  AN  IMPULSE
    OR PARTICLE FROM SOURCE-POINT ACROSS A DISTANCE TO RECEIPT-POINT,  WITH
    THE INTENTION OF BRINGING INTO BEING AT THE RECEIPT-POINT A DUPLICATION
    AND UNDERSTANDING OF THAT WHICH EMANATED FROM THE SOURCE-POINT.


    The  formula  of  Communication  is:  Cause,  Distance,  Effect,   with
    Intention, Attention and Duplication WITH UNDERSTANDING.


    The component parts  of  Communication  are  Consideration,  Intention,
    Attention,  Cause,  Source-point,  Distance,   Effect,   Receipt-point,
    Duplication, Understanding, the Velocity of the  impulse  or  particle,
    Nothingness or Somethingness. A non-communication consists of Barriers.
    Barriers consist of Space, Interpositions (such as walls and screens of
    fast-moving particles), and Time. A communication by  definition,  does
    not need to be two-way.


    When a communication is returned, the formula  is  repeated,  with  the
    receipt-point now becoming a source-point and the  former  source-point
    now becoming a receipt-point.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH: nt .rd
Copyright � 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 7 APRIL 1973R

Remimeo     REVISED 15 NOVEMBER 1974
All   (Revisions are in this type style)
Supervisors
All Students     CANCELS
TR  Courses BTB OF 7 APRIL 1973



                              GRADIENTS IN TRs

                    (Taken from LRH Tape of 30 June 1961,
                     "Training on TRs-Talk on Auditing")



    Time after time you're going to find somebody in an Organization trying
to teach the TRs this way: Go on to TR 0 and stick there.


    Eight months later he'll still be doing the TR 0.


    You're going to find that consistently, because the element  of  ENDURE
enters into it. That is improper.


    Here is the way you do the TRs. You'll find it very  valuable.


    You do TR 0, flunking only TR 0. You go on to TR 1. The guy didn't pass
TR 0. He just got accustomed to it a little bit.


    You do TR 1, flunking only TR 1. Don't flunk anything else.


    TR 2, flunking only TR 2.


    TR 3, flunking only TR 3.


    TR 4, flunking only TR 4.


    Now come back to TR 0. Get the guy better at TR 0.


    Then go through it again, flunking only the TR he is on. It's  kind  of
like running the CCHs-they get a little bit of a win at it and you go on  to
the next one.


    About the third run through or maybe the fifth run  through,  according
to your judgement, you start TR O and you insist that it's pretty good;  and
 you should really start cuffing him around. Flunk only the one he's on  but
start cuffing him around hard. Give him the business.  Give  him  things  he
can't possibly confront. Try to shake him up.


    Now-start in TR 0 and give him the works. TR 1 and give him the  works.
TR 2-3-4. Flunk only the TR that he's on, but  give  him  the  works.  Don't
give him a chance.


    Run through the TRs that way a couple of times, flunking  only  the  TR
that he's on, giving him the works, pushing his buttons. Give him  something
to confront for sure.


    And then start the business of TR 0, mess him up, TR 1, mess him up-and
flunk TR 1 AND TR 0.
TR 2, mess him up, flunk TR 2, TR 1, TR 0.


    Get him on TR 3, messing him up and flunking TR 3, TR 2, TR 1, TR 0.


    Get him on TR 4, messing him up and flunking TR 4, TR 3, TR 2, TR 1, TR
0.


    Thereafter in  running  the  TRs  always  give  him  the  works.  Flunk
everything in that battery of TRs.


    If you do that, you shorten considerably the time it takes to learn the
TRs.


    In other words, you approach this with a gradient scale.


    We did learn about  gradient  scales  many  years  ago  and  we  should
continue to apply that knowledge.


    Let them get used to each TR.


    You'll find out they progress much faster if you do it that way.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1961,1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 10 JUNE 1973RA
Remimeo     Issue I
Qual Secs        REVISED 20 FEBRUARY 1974
Cramming        REISSUED 19 SEPTEMBER 1974
Offs        (Only change is signature)



                            Cramming Series 10RA



                                  CRAMMING



    The datum that "Qual does not take orders" solves  the  Admin  Cramming
dilemma of the staff member crammed four times on the Dev-T Pack.


    It is up to  Qual  to  handle,  fully  and  totally.  This  means,  not
following the exact order, but finding  the  real  Why  on  the  person  and
handling it at once.


    Qual's function is correction. By policy Qual does not take  orders  on
What to do to correct.


    Where an exec wants certain material covered, that's  okay.  Cover  it.
But find the WHY! And on a repeat order, realize it  was  a  wrong  Why  and
really work it over.


    Several staff have been crammed several times on the Dev-T Pack.  Means
Qual takes orders.


    The PRODUCT of Qual Admin Cramming is  a  functioning  producing  staff
member who can produce on post.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 11 JULY 1973
Remimeo

                               ASSIST SUMMARY

      REFERENCE:
      HCO PL  7 Aug 71 Interne Okay to Audit Checksheet,
      Issue II   Assists Pack
            HCO B 5 July 71  C/S Series 49, Assists
            HCO B 23 July 71      Assists, A Flag Expertise Subject
            HCO B 12 Mar 69  Physically Ill Pcs and Pre OTs
                       Issue II
            HCO B 24 Apr 69  Dianetic Use
            HCO B 14 May 69  Sickness
            HCO B 23 May 69  Auditing out Sessions,
                                  Narrative Versus Somatic Chains
            HCO B 24 July 69      Seriously Ill Pcs
            HCO B 27 July 69      Antibiotics
            HCO B 15 Jan 70  The Uses of Auditing
            HCO B 1 Dec 70   Dianetics-Triple Flow Action
            HCO B 5 Jan 71   Going Earlier in R3-R
                                  and Exteriorization Intensives
            HCO B 9 Oct 67   Assists for Injuries
            HCO B 22 July 70      Touch Assist
            HCO B S May 69   Touch Assists
            HCO B 2 Jan 71   Illegal Auditing
            HCO B 15 July 70      Unresolved Pains
            (Reissued 25 Nov 70)
            HCO B 7 Apr 72   Touch Assists, Correct Ones


    Injuries, operations, delivery of babies, severe illnesses and  periods
of intense emotional shock all deserve  to  be  handled  with  thorough  and
complete assists.


    Medical examination and diagnosis should be sought  where  needed,  and
where  treatment  is  routinely  successful,  medical  treatment  should  be
obtained. As an assist can at times cover up  an  actual  injury  or  broken
bone, no chances should be taken,  especially  if  the  condition  does  not
easily respond. In other words where something is merely  thought  to  be  a
slight sprain, to  be  on  the  safe  side  an  X-ray  should  be  obtained,
particularly if it does not at once respond. An assist is not  a  substitute
for medical treatment but is complementary to it. It  is  even  doubtful  if
full healing can be accomplished  by  medical  treatment  alone  and  it  is
certain that an  assist  greatly  speeds  recovery.  In  short,  one  should
realize that physical healing does not take into account the being  and  the
repercussion on the spiritual beingness of the person.


    Injury and illness are  PREDISPOSED  by  the  spiritual  state  of  the
person. They are PRECIPITATED by the being himself  as  a  manifestation  of
his current spiritual condition. And they are PROLONGED by  any  failure  to
fully handle the spiritual factors associated with them.


    The  causes  of  PREDISPOSITION,  PRECIPITATION  and  PROLONGATION  are
basically the following:

    1.      Postulates.
    2.      Engrams.
    3.      Secondaries.
    4.      ARC Breaks with the environment, situations, others or the body
    part.
    5.      Problems.
    6.      Overt Acts.
    7.      Withholds.
    8.      Out of communicationness.
The  purely  physical  facts  of  injuries,  illnesses  and   stresses   are
themselves incapacitating and do themselves often require physical  analysis
and  treatment  by  a  doctor  or  nutritionist.  These  could  be   briefly
catalogued as:

    A.      Physical damage to structure.
    B.      Disease of a pathological nature.
    C.      Inadequacies of structure.
    D.      Excessive structure.
    E.      Nutritional errors.
    F.      Nutritional inadequacies.
    G.      Vitamin and bio-compound excesses.
    H.      Vitamin and bio-compound deficiencies.
    I.      Mineral excesses.
    J.      Mineral deficiencies.
    K.      Structural malfunction.
    L.      Erroneous examination.
    M.      Erroneous diagnosis.
    N.      Erroneous structural treatment.
    O.      Erroneous medication.

    There is another group which belongs to both the spiritual and physical
divisions. These are:
    i.      Allergies.
    ii.     Addictions.
    iii.    Habits.
    iv.     Neglect.
    v.      Decay.

    Any of these things in any of the three groups can be a cause  of  non-
optimum personal existence.


    We are not discussing here the full handling of any of these groups  or
what optimum state can be attained or maintained. But it should  be  obvious
that there is a level below which life is not very  tolerable.  How  well  a
person can be or how efficient or how active is another subject entirely.


    Certainly life is not very tolerable to a person who has  been  injured
or ill, to a woman who has just delivered a baby, to a person who  has  just
suffered a heavy emotional shock. And there is no  reason  a  person  should
remain in such a low state, particularly for weeks, months or years when  he
or she, could be remarkably ASSISTED to recover in hours, days or weeks.


    It is in fact a sort of practised cruelty to insist by neglect  that  a
person continue on in such a state when  one  can  learn  and  practise  and
obtain relief for such a person.


    We are mainly concerned with the first group, 1-8.  The  group  is  not
listed in the order that it is done but in the order that it  has  influence
upon the being.


    The idea has grown that one handles injuries with touch  assists  only.
This is true for someone  who  as  an  auditor  has  only  a  smattering  of
Scientology. It is true for someone in such pain or  state  of  case  (which
would have to be pretty bad) that he cannot respond to actual auditing.


    But a Scientologist really has no business "having only  a  smattering"
of auditing skills that could save his or the lives of others. And the  case
is very rare who cannot experience proper auditing.


    The actual cause of not handling such conditions is, then, to be  found
as iv. NEGLECT. And where there is Neglect,  v.  DECAY  is  very  likely  to
follow.


    One does not have to be a medical doctor to take someone to  a  medical
doctor. And one does not have  to  be  a  medical  doctor  to  observe  that
medical treatment may not be helping the patient. And one does not  have  to
be a medical doctor  to  handle  things  caused  spiritually  by  the  being
himself.
Just as there are two sides to healing-the spiritual and the  structural  or
physical, there are also two states that can be  spiritually  attained.  The
first of these states might be classified as  "humanly  tolerable".  Assists
come under this heading. The second is spiritually improved. Grade  auditing
comes under this second heading.


    Any minister (and this has been true  as  long  as  there  has  been  a
subject called religion) is bound to relieve his fellow  being  of  anguish.
There are many ways a minister can do this.


    An assist is not engaging in healing. It is certainly not  engaging  in
treatment. What it is doing is ASSISTING THE INDIVIDUAL TO HEAL  HIMSELF  OR
BE HEALED BY ANOTHER AGENCY BY REMOVING HIS REASONS FOR  PRECIPITATING,  AND
PROLONGING HIS CONDITION AND LESSENING HIS PREDISPOSITION TO FURTHER  INJURE
HIMSELF OR REMAIN IN AN INTOLERABLE CONDITION.


    This is entirely outside the field of "healing" as  envisioned  by  the
medical doctor and by actual records of results is  very,  very  far  beyond
the  capability  of  psychology,  psychiatry  and  "mental   treatment"   as
practised by them.


    In short, the assist is strictly and  entirely  in  the  field  of  the
spirit and is the traditional province of religion.


    A minister should realize the power which lies in  his  hands  and  his
potential skills when trained. He has  this  to  give  in  the  presence  of
suffering: he can make life  tolerable.  He  can  also  shorten  a  term  of
recovery  and  may  even  make  recovery  possible  when  it  might  not  be
otherwise.


    When a minister confronts someone who has been injured or ill, operated
upon or who has suffered a grave emotional shock, he should be  equipped  to
do and should do the following:


    A CONTACT ASSIST where possible and where indicated  until  the  person
has reestablished his communication with the physical universe site. To FN.


    A TOUCH ASSIST until the person has  reestablished  communication  with
the physical part or parts affected. To FN.


    HANDLE ANY ARC BREAK that might have existed at the time  a)  with  the
environment, b) with another, c) with others, d) with himself, e)  with  the
body part or the body, and f) with any failure to recover at once.  Each  to
FN.


    HANDLE ANY PROBLEM the person may have had a) at the time of illness or
injury, b) subsequently due to his or her condition. Each to FN.


    HANDLE ANY OVERT ACT the person may feel he  or  she  committed  a)  to
self, b) to the body, c) to another, and d) to others. Each to FN.


    HANDLE ANY WITHHOLD a) the person might have had at the  time,  b)  any
subsequent withhold, and c) any having to withhold the  body  from  work  or
others or the environment due to being physically unable to approach it.


    HANDLE ANY SECONDARY, which is  to  say  emotional  reactions,  before,
during or after the situation. This must be run from  the  first  intimation
something was  wrong  or  going  to  happen  or  being  told  something  had
happened. This is by chain to FN. And then Flow 2 to FN and then Flow  3  to
FN.


    HANDLE ANY ENGRAM of actual physical duress. Run Flow 1 by chain to FN.
Then Flow 2 to FN. Then Flow 3 to FN. It is understood here  that  Flow  One
was the physical incident itself, not  necessarily  something  done  to  the
person but as something that happened to him or her.


    POSTULATE TWO-WAY COMM. This is two-way comm on  the  subject  of  "any
decision to be hurt" or some such wording. This is done only if  the  person
has not
already discovered that he had decisions connected to the  incident.  It  is
carried to FN. One must be careful not to invalidate the person.


    Where a person is injured, given a contact or  touch  assist  and  then
medical examination and treatment, he is given the remainder as soon  as  he
is able to be audited. The drug "five days" does  not  need  to  apply.  But
where the person has been given an assist over drugs, one  must  later  come
back to the case when he is off drugs and run the drug part out or at  least
make sure that nothing was submerged by the drugs. It is not uncommon for  a
person to be oblivious of certain parts of a treatment or operation  at  the
time of initial auditing, only to have a missing piece of the  incident  pop
up days, months or  even  years  later.  THIS  is  the  reason  injuries  or
operations occasionally seem to persist despite a full assist:  a  piece  of
it was left unhandled due to a drugged condition during the operation;  such
bits may come off unexpectedly in routine auditing on some other  apparently
disrelated chain.


    It can happen that a person is in the midst of some grade  auditing  at
the time of an injury or  illness  or  receiving  an  emotional  shock.  The
question arises as to whether or  not  to  disrupt  the  grade  auditing  to
handle the situation. It is a difficult question. But certainly  the  person
cannot go on with grade auditing while upset or ill. The  usual.  answer  is
to give a full assist and repair the case to bridge it back into  the  grade
auditing. The question however may be complicated in that some error in  the
grade auditing is also sitting there, not to cause the illness  or  accident
but to complicate the assist. This question is handled fully only  by  study
of the case by a competent Case Supervisor. The point  is  not  to  let  the
person go on suffering while time is consumed making a decision.

                                   SUMMARY

    Religion exists in no small part to handle the upsets  and  anguish  of
life. These include spiritual duress by reason of physical conditions.


    Ministers long before the Apostles had as a part of  their  duties  the
ministering  to  the  spiritual  anguish  of   their   people.   They   have
concentrated upon  spiritual  uplift  and  betterment.  But  where  physical
suffering impeded this course, they have acted. To  devote  themselves  only
to the alleviation of physical duress  is  of  course  to  attest  that  the
physical body is more important than the spiritual beingness of  the  person
which, of course, it is not. But physical anguish can so  distract  a  being
that he deserts any aspirations  of  betterment  and  begins  to  seek  some
cessation of his suffering. The specialty  of  the  medical  doctor  is  the
curing of physical disease  or  non-optimum  physical  conditions.  In  some
instances he can do so. It is no invasion of  his  province  to  assist  the
patient to greater healing potential. And ills that are solely spiritual  in
nature are not medical.


    The "psych-iatrist" and "psych-ologist" on the other  hand  took  their
very names  from  religion  since  "psyche"  means  soul.  They,  by  actual
statistics, are not as successful as priests in  relieving  mental  anguish.
But they modernly seek to do so by using  drugs  or  hypnotism  or  physical
means. They damage more than they help.


    The minister has a responsibility to his people and those about him  to
relieve suffering. He has many ways to do this. He is  quite  successful  in
doing so and he does not need or use drugs or hypnotism or shock or  surgery
or violence. Until his people are at a level where  they  have  no  need  of
physical things, he has as a duty preventing  their  spiritual  or  physical
decay by relieving where he can their suffering.


    His primary method of doing so is the ASSIST.


    As the knowledge of how to do them exists and as the  skill  is  easily
acquired, he actually has no right to neglect those for whose well-being  he
is responsible, as only then can he lead them to higher levels of  spiritual
attainment.


LRH:nt.rd                                    L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1973                                   Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED    [Added  to  by  HCO  B  6  Jan  74,  Assist  Summary-
Addition.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 21 JULY 1973

Tours Hats  (HCO PL 25 June 1972 Reissued
ARC Brk Regs     as an HCO B without change.)
Est Os
Qual Secs
Dirs  Qual Flub Catch Series 4
Validity
ARC Brk

                             RECOVERING STUDENTS
                                   AND PCS


    ARC Brk Regs and Tours Personnel (as well as Ethics  Officers)  collide
with students and pcs who have blown (run away from) the org.


    The recovery of these and getting them back on the  line  is  of  great
interest to such personnel.


    In the first place, they muddy up a field. In the  second  place  EVERY
ONE OF THEM CAN BE GOTTEN BACK IN.


    If you leave them about they spoil prospects.


    And there's nothing more startling to their friends than to have  these
people who have been nattering around suddenly turn  up  (repaired)  saying,
"OK it's all fine now. They're great guys."


    Because Tech does work, this is not hard to do.  Down  deep  they  know
that we do have the answer. It's an apparent refusal to  apply  it  to  them
they're concerned about.


    Poor offbeat Supervision, poorly trained auditors, lack of cramming  in
an org get in your way. So you have a  deep  interest  that  tech,  in  both
Courses and Auditing, is straight.

                                  STUDENTS

    Students who doped in Class, nattered or got upset have been  known  to
blow (leave hurriedly).


    But also, students who are interrupted too often when F/Ning  may  also
blow! On a "w/h of nothingness".


    These points-"not helped by the Super" and "interfered with too  much"-
must BOTH be checked on getting blown students back.


    ARC Brk Registrars and Tours people run into these blown students. They
must know how to handle.


    There are 5 main blow reasons:

1.    Misunderstood words (or no materials).

2.    No help or WC Method 4 from the Supers (or no Super).

3.    Interference from the Supers that stopped them from getting on.
    4.      Personal out-Ethics resulting in a w/h.

5.    Simply booted off for reasons best known to God  or  Registrars  (like
    suddenly saying "You must now buy Method 1"  etc,  thus  violating  the
    "deliver what we promise" rule).


    The interference and boot-off reasons are the ones you'd least suspect.
Both generate a lot of H, E & R (Human Emotion and Reaction).


    The reasons most pcs blow are

    1.      Out lists


    2.      No auditing


    3.      Invalidation of case or gains


    4.      Told they'd attained it and hadn't.

    Of these the out list (meaning overlist or wrong  items)  produces  the
most fantastic HE&R. Needs repair with an "L4B".


    No auditing includes being sent to Ethics or Cramming (on Solo) or just
stalled. Remedy is to deliver what's promised.


    Invalidation of case or gains includes being made to go on past a  win.
This acts as an invalidation. Some pcs who made it are hung up from then  on
out because no one asked them to declare it. Remedy is to get it declared.


    When told they had attained it and hadn't they feel cut  off  from  all
further help. Remedy is to repair it by getting off the suppress and  finish
up the job in the org.


    TO HANDLE ANY OF THIS YOU MUST REALIZE THAT  TECH  DOES  WORK  IN  BOTH
STUDY AND AUDITING.


    The most gross errors have to exist before it doesn't work.


    Auditors can be trained to audit and can audit. But some SP in  an  org
gets some out tech order  in  force  like  "Auditors  mustn't  do  TR  0  in
Cramming as it stirs up their cases" (which is a complete lie and which  was
just found as NY's reason for poor tech and down stats).

                                   ACTION

    When handling the blown student or pc you can assess the  above  points
on a meter. Or just know them by heart and rattle them off  and  you'll  get
the real reason right now.


    The object is to put the student or pc back on the rails.


    The above points are all valid.


    A very fast way to handling  auditing  outnesses  is  to  give  a  FREE
AUDITING CHECK using HCO B 31 Dec 71, Revised 16 May 72,  C/S  Series  53RC.
To it one adds "No Auditing" at the end under L.  One  has  a  good  auditor
(who has good TRs and who knows how to read a meter well) assess it  on  the
blown or upset pc.


    One or more of these items will give a Long Fall Blowdown. You indicate
this to the pc. You don't handle it. You just  say,  "The  reason  you  were
upset was (whatever read)." The pc should suddenly magically feel better.
DON'T try to Audit it further on a FREE CHECK. Tell the pc to go to the  org
to get everything handled now.


    Route the assessed sheet "To the PC FOLDER OF      (pc's name). PUT  IN
FOLDER FOR FIRST AUDITING ACTION," and sign it.


    The above checklists can be done on students by discussion.  Don't  use
the C/S 53RC and the pc checklist both as the pc checklist above is  on  the
C/S 53RC.


    The difference is C/S 53RC has to be done by an auditor. The other list
can be done in 2 way comm socially.


    In phoning people and running into ARC Broken pcs or students  the  two
short checklists can be used.


    Sea Org Missions have successfully  used  another  approach.  They  say
they're there to handle the org and make it a safe place.  The  response  is
very gratifying.


    THE PUBLIC HATES LIKE HELL TO BE DENIED DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY .


    After all you're just handing them their future happiness on  a  silver
platter.


    Don't just avoid such people. And don't bother to listen to the natter.
The above actions are the reasons.


    Puts you right on top of the situation.


    That's where Tours and ARC Brk Regs and auditors should be.


    I recall one old fellow who blew an org staff  (SH),  hated  everybody.
Stayed away for years. A student auditor ran into him  socially,  grabbed  a
meter and put in Level III (Change and ARC Break) on him. And bang there  he
was writing to me about how great it all was!


    Bad Supervision or untrained or careless  auditors  or  flubbing  Admin
personnel make a lot of trouble for us. But the vast majority of org  staffs
are very fine. So don't get down on the org.  Get  the  flubbers  unpopular.
And get back those who have been flubbed.  There  are  no  dog  pcs  or  bad
students.


                                ETHICS ACTION

    Whenever you find one of these you should make a brief report. One copy
goes to the Ethics Officer of the org, as  a  knowledge  report.  The  other
goes to FLUB CATCH CONTROL TRAINING AND SERVICES FLAG.


    You have to give the when and the who and the what.


    Then the org itself and Flag can come down on the outness  and  correct
it.


                                   SUMMARY

    Just knowing these points there are no blown students or pcs you  can't
get back or get signed up again.


LRH:nt jh   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972, 1973       Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JULY 1973
Remimeo
                                Art Series 2

                               ART, MORE ABOUT
                         Ref: HCO B 30 Aug AD15, ART

    How good does a professional work of art have to be? This would include
painting, music, photography, poetry,  any  of  the  arts  whether  fine  or
otherwise. It would also include presenting oneself as an art form  as  well
as one's products.


    Yes, how GOOD does such a work of art have to be?


    Ah, you say, but that  is  an  imponderable,  a  thing  that  can't  be
answered. Verily, you say, you have just asked a question  for  which  there
are no answers except the sneers and applause of critics.  Indeed,  this  is
why we have art critics! For who can tell how good good is. Who knows?


    I have a surprise for you. There IS an answer.


    As you know, I searched for many years, as a sort of minor counterpoint
to what I was hardwork doing, to dredge  up  some  of  the  materials  which
might constitute the basis of art. Art was  the  most  uncodified  and  most
opinionated subject on the planet after men's ideas about women and  women's
ideas  about  men  and  Man's  ideas  of  Man.  Art  was   anyone's   guess.
Masterpieces have gone unapplauded, positive freaks have gained raves.


    So how good does a work of art have to be to be good?


    The painter will point out all the tiny technical details known only to
painters, the musician will put a score through the Alto  horn  and  explain
about valve clicks and lip, the poet will talk about meter types, the  actor
will explain how the position and wave of one hand per the  instructions  of
one school can transform a clod into an actor. And so it goes, art  by  art,
bit by bit.


    But all these people will be discussing  the  special  intricacies  and
holy mysteries of technique, the tiny things only the initiate of  that  art
would recognize. They are talking  about  technique.  They  are  not  really
answering how good a work of art has to be.


    Works of art are viewed by people. They are heard by people.  They  are
felt by people. They are not just  the  fodder  of  a  close-knit  group  of
initiates. They are the soul food of all people.


    One is at liberty of course to challenge that wide purpose of art. Some
professors who don't want rivals tell  their  students  "Art  is  for  self-
satisfaction" "It is a hobby." In other words,  don't  display  or  exhibit,
kid, or you'll be competition! The world  today  is  full  of  that  figure-
figure. But as none of this self-satisfaction art meets a definition of  art
wider than self for the sake of self, the professional is not interested  in
it.


    In any artistic production, what does one have as an audience?  People.
Not, heaven forbid, critics. But people. Not experts in that  line  of  art.
But people.


    That old Chinese poet who, after he wrote a poem, went down out of  his
traditional garret and read it to the flower-selling old lady on the  corner
had the right idea. If she understood  it  and  thought  it  was  great,  he
published. If she didn't he put it in the bamboo trash can. Not  remarkably,
his poems have come down the centuries awesomely praised.
Well, one could answer this now by just saying that art  should  communicate
to  people  high  and  low.  But  that  really  doesn't  get  the   sweating
professional anywhere as a guide in actually putting  together  a  piece  of
work and it doesn't give him a yardstick whereby he can say "That is  that!"
"I've done it." And go out with confidence that he has.


    What is technique? What is its  value?  Where  does  it  fit?  What  is
perfectionism? Where does one stop scraping off the paint and erasing  notes
and say "That is that"?


    For  there  is  a  point.  Some  artists  don't  ever  find   it.   The
Impressionists practically spun in as a group trying to develop  a  new  way
of viewing and communicating it. They made  it-or  some  of  them  did  like
Monet. But many of them never knew where to stop and they  didn't  make  it.
They couldn't answer the question "How good does a piece of  art  work  have
to be to be good?"


    In this time of century, there are many communication lines  for  works
of art. Because a few works of art can be shown so easily to so  many  there
may even be fewer artists. The competition is  very  keen  and  even  dagger
sharp. To be good one has to be very good. But in what way and how?


    Well, when I used to  buy  breakfasts  for  Greenwich  Village  artists
(which they  ate  hungrily,  only  stopping  between  bites  to  deplore  my
commercialism and bastardizing my talents for the  gold  that  bought  their
breakfasts) I used to ask this question and needless to say  I  received  an
appalling variety of responses. They avalanched me with  technique  or  lack
of it, they vaguely dwelt on inherent  talent,  they  rushed  me  around  to
galleries to show me Picasso or to a board  fence  covered  with  abstracts.
But none of them told me how good a song had to be to be a song.


    So I wondered about this. And a clue came when the late Hubert Mathieu,
a dear friend, stamped with  youth  on  the  Left  Bank  of  the  Seine  and
painting dowagers at the Beaux Arts in middle age, said to me "To do any  of
these modern, abstract, cubist things, you have to first be able to  paint!"
And he enlarged the theme  while  I  plied  him  in  the  midnight  hush  of
Manhattan with iced sherry and he finished up the First Lady of  Nantucket's
somewhat swollen ball gown. Matty could PAINT. Finally he dashed me  off  an
abstract to show me how somebody who couldn't paint would do it and  how  it
could be done.


    I got his point. To really make one of these  too  modern  things  come
off, you first had to be able to  paint.  So  I  said  well,  hell,  there's
Gertrude Stein and Thomas Mann and ink splatterers like those. Let's see  if
it really is an art form. So I  sharpened  up  my  electric  typewriter  and
dashed off the last chapters of a novel in way far out acid  prose  and  put
THE END at the bottom and shipped it off to an editor  who  promptly  pushed
several large loaves down the telephone wire and had me to lunch and  unlike
his normal blase self said, "I really got a big bang (this was decades  ago,
other years, other slang) out of the way that story  wound  up!  You  really
put it over the plate." And it sent his circulation rating up. And this  was
very odd because you see the first chapters were straight since they'd  been
written before Matty got thirsty for sherry and called me to come  over  and
the last chapters were an impressionistic stream of consciousness that  Mann
himself would have called "an advanced rather adventurous  over-Finneganized
departure from the ultra school."


    So just to see how far this sort of thing could go, for a short while I
shifted around amongst various prose periods just to see what was going  on.
That they sold didn't prove too much because I never had  any  trouble  with
that. But that they were understood at all was surprising to  me  for  their
prose types (ranging from Shakespeare to  Beowulf)  were  at  wild  variance
with anything currently being published.


    So I showed them to Matty the next time he had a ball  gown  to  do  or
three chins to paint out and was thirsty. And he looked  them  over  and  he
said, "Well, you proved my  point.  There's  no  mystery  to  it.  Basically
you're a trained writer! It shows through."
And now we are getting somewhere, not just with me  and  my  adventures  and
long dead yesterdays.


    As time rolled on, this is what I began to see: The  fellow  technician
in an art hears and sees the small technical points. The artist  himself  is
engrossed in the exact application of certain exact actions  which  produce,
when done, his canvas, his score, his novel, his performance.


    The successful artist does these small things so well that he also then
has attention and skill left to  get  out  his  message,  he  is  not  still
fiddling about with the cerulean blue  and  the  semiquaver.  He  has  these
zeroed in. He can repeat them and  repeat  them  as  technical  actions.  No
ulcers. Strictly routine.


    And here we have three surrealist paintings. And they each  have  their
own message. And the public wanders by and they only look with awe  on  one.
And why is this one  different  than  the  other  two?  Is  it  a  different
message? No. Is it more popular? That's too vague.


    If you look at or listen to any work of art, there is  only  one  thing
the casual audience responds to en masse, and if this has it  then  you  too
will see it as a work of art. If it doesn't have it, you won't.


    So what is it?


    TECHNICAL EXPERTISE ITSELF ADEQUATE TO PRODUCE AN EMOTIONAL IMPACT.


    And that is how good a work of art has to be to be good.


    If you look this over from various sides, you will see that the general
spectator is generally unaware of technique.  That  is  the  zone  of  art's
creators.


    Were you to watch a crowd watching  a  magician,  you  would  find  one
common denominator eliciting uniform response. If he is a good  magician  he
is a smooth showman. He isn't showing them how he does  his  tricks.  He  is
showing them a flawless flowing performance. This  alone  is  providing  the
carrier wave that takes the  substance  of  his  actions  to  his  audience.
Though a far cry from fine art, perhaps, yet there is  art  in  the  way  he
does things. If he is good, the audience is  seeing  first  of  all,  before
anything else, the TECHNICAL EXPERTISE of his  performance.  They  are  also
watching him do things they know they can't do. And they  are  watching  the
outcome of  his  presentations.  He  is  a  good  magician  if  he  gives  a
technically flawless performance just in terms of scenes and  motions  which
provide the channel for what he is presenting.


    Not to compare Bach with a  magician  (though  you  could),  all  great
pieces of art have this one factor in  common.  First  of  all,  before  one
looks at the faces on the canvas or hears the meaning of the song, there  is
the TECHNICAL EXPERTISE there  adequate  to  produce  an  emotional  impact.
Before one adds message or meaning, there is this TECHNICAL EXPERTISE.


    TECHNICAL EXPERTISE is composed of all the little  and  large  bits  of
technique known to the skilled painter,  musician,  actor,  any  artist.  He
adds these things together in his basic presentation. He knows  what  he  is
doing. And how to do it. And then to this he adds his message.


    All old masters were in there nailing canvas on frames  as  apprentices
or grinding up  the  lapis  lazuli  or  cleaning  paintbrushes  before  they
arrived at the Metropolitan.


    But how many paintbrushes do you have to clean?  Enough  to  know  that
clean paintbrushes make clean color. How many clarinet reeds do you have  to
replace? Enough to know which types will hit high C.
Back of every artist there is technique.  You  see  them  groping,  finding,
discarding, fooling about. What are they hunting for? A new blue?  No,  just
a constant of blue that is an adequate quality.


    And you see somebody who can really paint still stumbling about looking
for technique-a total overrun.


    Someplace one says, "That's the TECHNICAL EXPERTISE adequate to produce
an emotional impact." And that's it. Now he CAN. So he  devotes  himself  to
messages.


    If you get this tangled up or backwards, the art does not have  a  good
chance of being good. If one bats out messages without a TECHNICALLY  EXPERT
carrier wave of art, the first standard of the many spectators seems  to  be
violated.


    The nice trick is to be a technician and retain one's  fire.  Then  one
can whip out the masterpieces  like  chain  lightning.  And  all  the  great
artists seem to have managed that. And when  they  forked  off  onto  a  new
trail they mastered the technique and then erupted with great works.


    It is a remarkable thing about expertise. Do you know that some artists
get by on "Technical expertise adequate  to  produce  an  emotional  impact"
alone with no messages? They might not suspect that. But it is true.


    So the "expertise adequate" is important enough to be itself art. It is
never great art. But it produces  an  emotional  impact  just  from  quality
alone.


    And how masterly an expertise? Not very masterly. Merely adequate.  How
adequate is adequate? Well, people have been  known  to  criticize  a  story
because there were typographical errors in the typing. And  stories  by  the
non-adept often go pages before anyone  appears  or  anything  happens.  And
scores have been known to  be  considered  dull  simply  because  they  were
inexpertly chorded or clashed. And a handsome actor has been  known  not  to
have made it because he never knew what to do with his  arms,  for  all  his
fiery thunderings of the Bard's words.


    Any art demands a certain expertise.  When  this  is  basically  sound,
magic! Almost anyone will look at it and say Ah! For quality  alone  has  an
emotional impact. That it is cubist or dissonant or  blank  verse  has  very
little bearing on it; the type of the art form is no limitation to  audience
attention generally when it has, underlying it  and  expressed  in  it,  the
expertise adequate to produce an emotional impact.


    The message  is  what  the  audience  thinks  it  sees  or  hears.  The
significance of the play, the towering clouds of sound in the symphony,  the
scatter-batter of the current pop group, are what the audience thinks it  is
perceiving and what they will describe, usually, or which  they  think  they
admire. If it comes to them with a basic expertise itself  able  to  produce
an emotional impact they will think it is great. And it will be great.


    The artist is thought of as enthroned in some special heaven where  all
is clean and  there  is  no  sweat,  eyes  half  closed  in  the  thrall  of
inspiration. Well maybe he is sometimes. But every one I've seen had ink  in
his hair or a towel handy to mop his brow or a throat spray in his  hand  to
ease the voice strain of having said his lines twenty-two times to the  wall
or the cat. I mean the great ones. The others were loafing  and  hoping  and
talking about the producer or the unfair art gallery proprietor.


    The  great  ones  always  worked  to  achieve  the  technical   quality
necessary. When they had it they knew  they  had  it.  How  did  they  know?
Because it was technically correct.


    Living itself is an art form. One puts up a mock-up. It doesn't  happen
by accident. One has to know how to wash his nylon shirts and girls have  to
know what mascara runs and that too many candy bars  spoil  the  silhouette,
quite in addition to the pancreas.
Some people are themselves a work of art  because  they  have  mastered  the
small practical techniques of living that give them a  quality  adequate  to
produce an emotional impact even before anyone  knows  their  name  or  what
they do.


    Even a beard and baggy pants require a certain art if they  are  to  be
the expertise adequate to produce an emotional impact.


    And some products produce a bad misemotional impact without fully being
viewed. And by this reverse logic, of which you can think of  many  examples
such as a dirty room, you can then see  that  there  might  be  an  opposite
expertise, all by  itself,  adequate  to  produce  a  strong  but  desirable
emotional impact.


    That is how good a work of art has  to  be.  Once  one  is  capable  of
executing that technical expertise for that art form  he  can  pour  on  the
message. Unless the professional form is there first, the message  will  not
transmit.


    A lot of artists are overstraining to obtain a quality far  above  that
necessary to produce an emotional  impact.  And  many  more  are  trying  to
machine gun messages at the world without any expertise at all to  form  the
vital carrier wave.


    So how good does a piece of art have to be?


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: nt.jh
Copyright � 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JULY 1973

BPI

                      SCIENTOLOGY, CURRENT STATE OF THE
                            SUBJECT AND MATERIALS



    There is a possibility that some Scientologists have not  realized  the
extent of technical materials which exist in Dianetics  and  Scientology  on
the subject of the spirit, mind and life.


    For instance, there are about 25,000,000  words  on  tape  in  archives
which provide the consecutive path of discovery.


    When placed chronologically with books, HCOBs, HCO PLs and other issues
this gives a nearly complete record of all discoveries and  applications  in
these subjects.


    The total numbers of words or even the number of tapes  and  issues  to
date have not been reliably calculated.


    From time to time various efforts have  been  made  to  transcribe  and
issue all the materials. The task should  be  done,  especially  before  the
decay of magnetic tape, some of which was of poor  quality,  eradicates  the
material. But proper and safe  equipment  and  trustworthy  technicians  who
would not turn out  an  overt  product  have  been  lacking.  A  project  of
assembly in the 1960s was balked  by  inadequate  record  pressing  material
available in the society around us. A more  strenuous  and  reliable  effort
should be made to place  these  archives  into  a  more  durable  form  than
magnetic tape.


    More or less complete sets of all materials exist in many places on the
planet to safeguard against destruction.


    It is  from  this  tremendous  archives  that  study  packs  and  other
materials are made up. These and their checksheets  are  very  numerous  and
available.


    A chronological study  of  materials  is  necessary  for  the  complete
training of a truly top grade expert in these lines.  He  can  see  how  the
subject progressed and so is able to see which are  the  highest  levels  of
development. Not the least advantage in this is the defining  of  words  and
terms, for each, when originally used, was  defined,  in  most  cases,  with
considerable exactitude, and one is not left with any misunderstoods. It  is
for this reason that  the  Saint  Hill  Briefing  Course  checksheet  should
consist only  of  the  chronological  materials,  studied  in  chronological
order, excepting only the Study Tapes  (Primary  Rundown)  which  should  be
done first if not previously done properly.


    An enormous amount of this material does exist in issuable form.  While
not strictly technical, HCO PLs, almost all of  them,  now  exist  in  books
grouped by subjects and 1 think will soon exist in chronological form  also.
It is projected that this be done with HCOBs, but these of course should  be
only in chronological and complete order and  the  points  where  books  and
tapes were part of  this  track  should  be  indicated.  Transcriptions  and
edited versions of tapes (which do not however rearrange  meaning  or  alter
data) exist for a great many tapes and it  is  projected  that  these  shall
also be the subject of a  future  issue.  For  instance,  the  "Philadelphia
Lectures" have recently been transcribed and could  easily  be  edited  into
volumes for issue and should be, due to their popularity.


    The subject of Scientology is  to  some  degree  developed  in  reverse
order. The task was to undercut the current level of Man and  this  was  the
general target. Therefore one  finds the higher levels  publicly  spoken  of
most frequently in the earlier books and tapes (between  '51  and  '55).  In
seeking full  application  to  others  and  attainment  for  them  of  their
potentials it was necessary to codify the materials  and  develop  processes
for them.
Any difficulties people were having with going Clear  were  handled  in  the
mid '60s and OT levels as they exist in  Advanced  Orgs  were  completed  by
'68. There are perhaps 15 levels above OT VII fully developed  but  existing
only in unissued note form, pending more people's full attainment of  OT  VI
& VII.


    In the early '70s the bottom was found with the discoveries of  exactly
what psychosis was and the development of processes to handle it.  This  was
outside the scope of organizations at the time and is not  in  general  use;
but it did finalize the task of  undercutting  low  enough  to  include  all
spiritual and mental materials, then, within the subject of Scientology,  in
a state of applicability.


    Many  people  believe  that  Scientology   materials   contain   mainly
processes. They think of Scientology as processing. This is  a  very  narrow
view. It is understandable enough as processing is the  way  out  for  them.
But this neglects the more considerable materials  which  deal  with  basics
and fundamentals; processes are only one use of these.


    Other people, having gotten their smallest toe  damp  as  an  HAS  then
wander off to other fields looking  for  answers,  whereas  had  they  taken
Dianetics or Scientology Grade training, to say nothing of  the  Saint  Hill
Briefing Course, they would have found more fundamentals than exist  in  all
other subjects combined, a fact which any advanced  student  of  Scientology
can confirm.


    Still others think that the "newest" is of course the most advanced and
are looking for new "processes" to be issued or new materials;  whereas  the
process to resolve their case was most likely issued in  earlier  years.  An
amusing instance of this is one whole continental area where  an  exact  set
of principles was isolated and exact processes  released  that  handle  that
exact national type; yet, waiting for something new  because  they  did  not
know the old, they were found earlier this year to be ignoring this  rundown
even on new preclears and of course were having a hard time of it for  those
ARE the basic processes for that continent, for those people  DO  have  that
barrier.


    For quite a while I have had the "hat of finder of  lost  tech".  Whole
sections of knowledge drop out of  view,  whole  arrays  of  processes  (and
administrative principles) go  out  of  use  and  preclears  there  and  the
organization of the area sag; but recovery is swift the  moment  the  "lost"
knowledge is pulled out of their own file cabinets and restored .


    Further, people in organizations are quite often at high  case  levels.
They have already experienced the  bridging  knowledge  which  connects  the
subject to the man in the street. It is not new to THEM. They sometimes  err
in believing it is not new to the world. Thus gaps are permitted  to  exist.
The solution is to recover the "lost" tech.


    But it is also true that many in organizations work very hard  to  keep
the knowledge bridge in. And do well in accomplishing it.


    Within the same civilization,  many  other  subjects  than  Scientology
exist. Many of these other subjects are in  a  very  primitive  state  while
pretending a very advanced position. Psychiatry and Psychology  are  a  pair
of these. Their pretenses, inhumanities and  even  cruelties  muddy  up  the
field of the  spirit  and  mind.  Because  they  produce  negative  or  even
damaging results and because they were "authority" before Scientology  began
to guide the field toward saner and  more  civilized  levels,  Scientology's
task of handling the public is made far more difficult than  if  the  public
had not been so harmed and made suspicious of the field  of  the  mind.  Yet
the most mind-wrenching problems  Psychiatry  and  Psychology  practitioners
think they have (they have not confronted the real  ones)  give  way  before
the lowest most pedestrian levels of Scientology. There is an amusing  story
of a Scientologist who  attended  a  social  meeting  of  Psychiatrists  and
Psychologists and listened to them for a while as they  moaned  about  their
patients and their  own  cases  and  then,  being  compassionate,  began  to
explain to them in a sort of technical baby talk the nature  and  resolution
of these "vast" "unsolvable" "problems". As he  took  no  offense  at  their
ignorant arrogance which first greeted him and as he  did  seem  to  have  a
grasp of their troubles, they kept him up until four  AM  going  over  their
"problems" in detail and gave him  more  and  more  absorbed  attention  and
began to cognite. They were very tame and  very  respectful  when  he  left,
certain they had heard the guru of all time: and this is amusing because  he
was not a trained auditor in any sense of the word and had only read  a  few
Scientology books! Yet to them he  was  their  dean  as  a  professional  by
comparative and sensible knowledge.
Many  Scientologists  have  had  similar  experiences.  In  the   field   of
Scientology Admin tech a staff member who had not had  an  Org  Exec  Course
but had been hatted in HCO went home for a vacation. His  father  who,  like
some  fathers,  was  certain  his  son  was  stupid,  permitted  him,   with
misgivings, to reorganize the administration of  his  medical  clinic  along
Scientology lines. The son trained the small staff for only  a  week,  lines
began to whizz, patients  began  to  get  handled,  records  went  straight,
income rose and the father became absolutely convinced that his son was  the
brightest organizational genius in the country; yet  in  the  org  they  had
considered he had a long way to go to be a good Ethics  Officer!  Gives  you
some comparative idea of where the lowest rudimentary levels of  Scientology
sit in relation to current technologies.


    Above such small bits of fringe information  the  bulk  of  Scientology
knowledge towers into mountains. It is accessible, in  the  main,  to  those
who seek it. The only barriers are usually their  own  lack  of  command  of
their own language and the misconceptions of study  ground  into  them  from
kindergarten on. Means of solving these are also  available  and  are  daily
applied to countless newcomers over the world.


    The actual barrier in the society  is  a  failure  to  practice  truth.
Living lives of white lies, they find  it  difficult  to  grasp  that  truth
actually exists. This can hang on as a habit during the first studies  of  a
student and he can defeat himself utterly by continuing a dishonesty in  his
study-skipping this, not doing that. For Scientology is the  road  to  truth
and he who would follow it must take true steps.


    Some, seeing out of their own ambitious eyes  and  as  jealous  of  any
imagined rival as any ferocious boy friend, seek to assert that  Scientology
is interested in healing. This is something  like  saying  that  a  Cadillac
engineer is interested only in window polish. For when you begin  to  handle
the causative force in  Man  he  often  also  gets  well.  The  "proofs"  of
supposing Scientology is a healing activity are abundant enough if one  sees
the recovery lists in any org. But they were not  processed  to  heal  them,
only to free them. A recent example of this occurred when a  preclear  broke
her ankle and was given medical treatment. Naturally the org was anxious  to
get on with her program of processing and the ankle injury was in  the  way.
After weeks in medical hands with the ankle getting  worse,  the  engram  of
the injury was run out, the ankle got well and the person  was  again  being
routinely processed a few days later. The auditor  could  be  said  to  have
been engaged in healing. All he was doing was getting a body difficulty  out
of his road so he could get on with it.


    Recently, having found bottom on the mind and spirit some years ago,  I
have been looking into physical nutrition  and  biochemistry.  These  latter
levels lie below the spirit and mind and could be loosely considered  to  be
an undercut as they do impede spiritual gain.


    Many people are mainly fixated on the body and living as they do in  an
intensely materialistic society, they are caught between  being  a  body  in
the work-a-day world and achieving spiritual  freedom.  This  is  of  course
paradoxical. The game of being a body is the only game they  have  in  their
eyes. Thus if something is wrong with their body they manifest having  heavy
problems and they are anxious at the thought of  losing  a  body:  in  other
words they have a hidden  standard  of  body  health  as  their  measure  of
spiritual attainment which, though illogical, is where  they  are  and  what
they are doing.


    Scientology has long pursued the firm policy of sending the sick to the
medical doctor. There is no place they can send the insane as to  send  them
to psychiatry would  be to condemn them  to  horror,  and  so  orgs  do  not
usually handle them at all as they  are  not  equipt  to  do  so  even  when
technically able.


    But the sick have been another matter. The gentlemanly thing to do  was
to give the doctor his due and trust that he  would  respect  the  courtesy.
Instead, anxious for a total monopoly of health which he is quite  incapable
of delivering especially in the USA,  he  seeks  to  eradicate  all  fancied
rivals. Thus this policy will one day come to an end. It is quite  legal  to
heal by spiritual means and  even  part  of  the  law  of  most  states  and
countries and, indeed, was the sole province of religion  for  thousands  of
years before the medical doctor came  along.  But  this  is  no  reason  why
Scientology would make any effort to replace the  medical  doctor  since  he
has considerable value in the mechanics of  bones  and  structural  matters.
The only place he falls down is in handling  general  illnesses,  especially
of a chronic nature.
Medicine has been overtaken in healing  by  nutritionists  and  biochemists.
They  still  seek  to  exclude  these  skills  from  their   knowledge   and
experience. Indeed, when demanding $46,000,000  to  research  heart  disease
from a not always bright Congress in the U.S., medicine was contradicted  by
no less than the head of Health,  Education  and  Welfare  who  stated  that
their "research" as planned did not include biochemistry, a  rather  strange
omission since this  is  the  most  result-filled  field.  It  goes  without
mention that the demand also excluded nutritional research. Many  individual
doctors are prone to attack any patients they  find  "on  vitamins"  or  who
timidly mention Vitamin E. And one  is  struck  with  the  fact  that  heart
disease is the largest income source, I believe, of the doctor.


    Thus there is a blindness in medical circles to the most productive and
curative practices in  the  field  of  illness  and  thus,  policy  or  not,
organizations will soon have to bend to public demand and route the bill  to
doctors only when they have broken bones or need surgery to get the  bullets
or steering wheels out, and all others to the nutritionist who DOES use  all
the  modern  developments  in  food,   vitamins,   minerals   and   advanced
biochemistry and use them intelligently.


    An estimation of this latter field was therefore in order  and  I  have
for some time now been engaged in an evaluation of it and a study of it.


    What I  have  found  is  that  the  field  lacks  coordination  of  its
knowledge, not just from nutritionist to nutritionist but in  the  works  of
the same person. A tremendous amount of material has been brought  forth  in
the last three decades. It is in a state of near chaos.


    Liquefied grass and other dietary fads have become  confused  into  the
sober routine subject of nutrition. Food fadism  and  nutritional  knowledge
are interlocked in the public mind to such a degree that  some  unscrupulous
fellow who knows better could advise people to eat only tree bark  and  they
accommodatingly would. For instance there are books and books and books  out
currently, by  M.D.s  and  others  who  should  have  done  their  homework,
inveighing against "cholesterol":  This  is  a  biochemical  composition  of
animal oils and fats. They say it gets into the arteries and causes  strokes
and heart attacks. Well, that is all very well. But did you also  know  that
every glandular secretion in the body, the secretions which keep  one  young
and functioning are ALL made by the glands from cholesterol?  If  people  do
not take in cholesterol bearing foods they, by simple logic, could  be  seen
to rapidly age and die. What's wanted  is  the  knowledge  of  how  to  keep
cholesterol controlled not how to take everyone off cholesterol.  One  would
think the American Medical Association owned shares in undertaking parlors.


    A coordination of actual knowledge in these  fields  of  nutrition  and
biochemistry is what is lacking. Apparently researchers  are  clever  enough
to isolate materials but  are  not  wise  enough  to  coordinate  them  fact
against fact into an intelligible subject.


    While examining this scene I have found that nutrition and biochemistry
ARE the leaders, however. The subjects are actually arts  and  in  a  rather
primitive state. But illnesses still puzzling medicine  are  in  many  cases
quite old hat to the nutritionist.


    If one wanted further proof, medical organizations, especially  in  the
US, are fighting nutrition with their  usual  violence  where  their  pocket
book is threatened- black propaganda, government seizure orders and all  the
routine mechanisms medicine has employed in its history to  "safeguard"  its
interests are in full play against the health food  store  and  the  vitamin
counter. That is enough to prove the point that nutrition is the  leader  in
our contemporary times where physical health body treatment is concerned.


    While the medical doctor  and  his  psychiatry  branch  flood  out  the
useless and  destructive  "tranquilizers",  the  nutritionist  hands  out  a
couple tablets of magnesium which actually cool  a  person  off  beautifully
and far  more  effectively  without  the  physical  damage  carried  by  the
tranquilizer.


    The medical doctor  and  his  psychiatry  branch  gave  the  world  its
greatest  wave  of  drug  addiction.  Their   friend   the   German-oriented
psychologist, with his man-is-animal teaching of the young  and  destruction
of orthodox religion, has given the world  its  greatest  period  of  crime.
They are on their way out even though they are fighting a dirty and  violent
rearguard action. So why bet on losers? They won't make it.


    Nutrition's star is rising into a blazing sun in the field of  physical
treatment of the body. It is also wise enough to know and  repeatedly  state
that spiritual and mental stress MUST be handled before too much result  can
be obtained, which is perfectly true.


    Thus I have going at this particular time a project of codification and
coordination of what is known in the fields of nutrition  and  biochemistry,
not to be wiser than they, but to get some order into  this  field  so  that
its potential can be more fully realized.


    This work is almost incidental to Scientology research. I am completing
something I started in 1945, which was a survey of  biochemistry  potentials
in order to decide a direction of research: did the mind  monitor  structure
or structure, as medicine thought, monitor the mind? The former was in  1945
found to be the true case to an overwhelming degree.


    But at the same time, when people are so body fixated  that  they  have
problems  of  a  physical  nature  too  intense  to  admit  of   any   other
consideration, bringing  them  true  power  and  freedom  becomes  difficult
unless one pays some attention to where their attention is fixated.


    Malnutrition, deficiencies in vitamins and minerals, chronic  illnesses
and  unhealing  wounds  are  all  needlessly  distracting   but   they   are
nevertheless distracting.


    There apparently exist easy ways to handle these things.  There  is  no
sense in processing someone for a  hundred  hours  only  to  find  his  only
interest is curing his headache and to  discover  that  he  has  a  headache
because he is allergic to bread and eats bread nearly as his sole  diet!  Or
to find that the overweight fellow is just  getting  processed  to  get  his
body thin and after scores of hours discover he is living on candy bars  and
has been diabetic for years! Not when you can simply  take  the  former  off
bread and wheat and give the latter some trivalent chromium and protein  and
put a guard on the candy store. Make no mistake-one  CAN  process  over  the
top of these things and even handle, for the spirit and mind dominate  them.
But why? It's far easier to  parallel  the  mind  and  get  the  distraction
handled so one can THEN get to why he got that way in the first place if  he
is still interested, though well. One can do things  the  hard  way  or  the
easy way.


    So nutrition and biochemistry are vital subjects and,  due  to  medical
influence, very badly neglected subjects even in the  presence  of  positive
and even vital value.


    My current review of these is in the nature of an assist to processing.
As such, of course, they have to embrace the factors of  predisposition  to,
precipitation and prolongation of physical illness.


    It has already been established, prior to present records, while I  was
working with the general field of life in 1945, and has  been  confirmed  by
contemporary researchers in nutrition and biochemistry that  Stress  is  the
basic cause in physical illness.  Thus,  such  nutritional  research  cannot
supplant the  handling  of  stress.  Further,  conditions  can  exist  where
nutrition and biochemistry cannot work at all until stress  is  relieved  by
processing. Therefore, in lower stages of handling there  is  a  band  where
thought and physical beingness tend to merge. In  this  lower  zone,  assist
type  processing  and  nutritional  or   biochemical   aids   seem   to   be
simultaneously necessary. In such instances one must alternate them  or  co-
apply them.


    There are also a few deficiencies which  produce  manifestations  quite
similar in appearance to insanity.


    Where the illness or injury is  acute  and  severe  immediate  physical
attention is mandatory and can be assisted only  by  the  lightest  possible
address to the mental factors, perhaps as light as simply  being  comforting
or gentle. In a case such as a  person  in  a  long  continued  coma,  where
nutrition is intravenous, processing is still  possible  by  gently  causing
the person's hand to make repeated contact on command with a pillow  or  the
bed. Thus it can be seen, processing can reach a long way down.


    Above all this physical level material of course, the subject has  been
for a long time wrapped up. Persons continuing to play the body  game  limit
themselves in various ways and by the nature of life and  this  civilization
have their ups and downs even when well processed. If they have  attained  a
relatively high state as a bodied person they can however be  rehabilitated,
usually simply by running out their overt acts and withholds  and  restoring
their exterior  perception:  they  are,  however,  despite  their  continued
physical beingness, quite capable of easily assuming their full  potentials:
they usually prefer to go on with the  game  by  imposing  limitations,  for
instance to continue using their eyes. One rarely sees them  do  the  stunts
and tricks of the Indian fakir even where they can  since  they  have  risen
above exhibitionism or the need to overwhelm or prove things  and  they  are
of course continuing to play the game of human  being,  since  that  is  the
main game they have available around them.


    There is undoubtedly a considerable amount of neating up that  I  could
do, including making all materials more readily  available,  seeing  to  the
compilation of a very extensive dictionary of terms, filling  in  incidental
gaps  where  material  may  not  have  been  fully   recorded.   These   are
difficulties of a minor nature  compared  to  the  research  in  making  the
result attainable.


    It has been difficult working in a confused and,  yes,  even  primitive
society that is starved for workable knowledge in the humanities.  The  very
condition that made it vital to seek out and release the material also  made
it difficult to do the job in the first place.


    Scientology now has more than enough data and technology to handle even
the broad problems in the humanities. The main task now is getting it  fully
used, and along this line there are hundreds of thousands working every  day
around the world.


    Scientology is the fastest growing Religion on  the  planet  by  actual
surveys and statements by sociologists. And this is the more  remarkable  as
in this period orthodox  Religions  have  shrunk  before  the  materialistic
onslaught of our times.


    The materials of Scientology are the result  of  forty-three  years  of
search, coordination and  application  to  millions.  The  organizations  of
Scientology have been building and expanding  for  nineteen  years  (despite
the fears and hates and jealousies of this civilization) on five  continents
and making it all the way, thanks to the magnificent people of Scientology.


    We are very rich in materials, in results and in the potential  future.
Through our hardest times we have endured. Into our brightest times  we  are
expanding.


    These materials contain the  full  basics  of  the  only  game  in  the
universe where everyone wins, the game of triumphant life itself.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt.jh
Copyright � 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 2 AUGUST 1973
Remimeo


                                     PEP


    I've been doing some research lately. That's mostly what  I  have  been
doing. And while this is not the main line of research  I  thought  1  might
mention it in passing.


    Something like four centuries ago Man's diet began to undergo a radical
change. What he ate before that was European,  Asian.  Whole  grain  barley,
various proteins, various  wheats  and  other  foods  were  not  necessarily
abundant but they made  up  a  radically  different  diet  than  modern  Man
consumes.


    With the discovery of the New World, for the first time  there  was  an
abundance of SUGAR. Up until then sugar came from a few  scarce  plants  and
beehives and was far too expensive for any broad  general  consumption.  But
the wealth of the West Indies was not really gold. It  was  the  product  of
the sugar cane: BROWN AND WHITE SUGAR.


    Also the Americas gave the world many new plants  such  as  maize  (the
African's "mealy meal"), the potato and  other  carbohydrates  and  today  a
startlingly large amount of  the  European  and  African  diet  consists  of
plants  first  found  in  America.  Almost  all  these  foods   are   mainly
carbohydrate, which is to say, low on protein.


    Thus Man's diet changed. And the  changes  were  in  the  direction  of
abundant Sugar and Carbohydrate and away from a high protein diet.


    And with this change, it could be said, there went Man's pep.


    Sugar is a deceptive thing. It appears to give one energy. But it  does
so by by-passing the body's production of its own  sugar.  Alcohol  is  also
deceptive. It apparently by-passes the ability to make sugar  which  is  why
it messes up the liver. In other words  sugar  in  abundance  by-passed  the
basic energy producing mechanisms of the body.


    Straight sugar makes the stomach and digestive processes alkaline. This
is the opposite to acid. Food needs acid to digest. Therefore, as  just  one
part of all this scene, when one doesn't eat protein and digest his food  he
winds up in a state of malnutrition-a general breakdown  of  body  functions
due to lack of adequate nourishment.


    Sugar, that is supposed "to produce energy" does so only at the expense
of physical health for sugar does not build up a body, it only burns it up.


    The result of a heavy intake of sugar  and  carbohydrates  is  to  feel
tired all the time-no pep. A diet of candy bars and cokes may appear to  put
energy there but eventually no body is left to burn it!


    Well, today they start little babies out on sugar and  carbohydrate  as
an "all right diet". No protein. The result is  these  fat  babies  you  see
ballooning in their perambulators. They are starting  life  with  two-and-a-
half strikes on them. The rest of the third strike is  added  by  cokes  and
candy bars. And there goes the old ball game. You get  a  civilization  that
is tired, no endurance.


    The degeneration can be reversed if one knocks off the cokes and  candy
bars and sugar in the coffee and tea and begins to concentrate on an  intake
of a good percentage of protein. After a few weeks or months, one starts  to
feel peppy. The old body has begun to build itself back.
If one is going to run a car, he has to feed it the right fuel and  oil.  If
one is going to run a body it has to be fed the right food and that  has  to
include protein.


    We have seen aboard a lot of diet fads. That's  what  they  were.  "Eat
liquefied carrots and you will fly." "Chomp only  Vitamin  X  and  you  will
soar." Well, bad diets like that give  dieting  a  bad  name  like  "crazy".
We've had food cranks around who only ate hazelnuts or Chinese herbs.  Well,
that's a different subject entirely than what I'm  talking  about.  I  think
those diets shouldn't even be wished off on the birds.


    All I'm talking about is eating your chow instead of living  off  candy
bars, cokes and milk and sugared coffee.


    By eating your hamburger and vegetables and  leaving  alone  the  candy
bars and cokes, you will begin to build up a head of  steam.  It  takes  far
longer for actual food to build up into energy than it does sugar.


    Most of the bodies around got started off on a sugar-carbohydrate  baby
formula and got to believing that if something tasted  sweet  it  was  good.
Well, cocaine probably tastes great too, but it won't build up  a  body  and
the pep it imparts is very false indeed as it does so by  ripping  the  body
apart.


    Man's diet changed over the last four centuries. And he's now got a lot
of welfare and sick populations. And he sure pushes the stuff which got  him
into that condition- sugar and carbohydrates.


    America got even for being discovered and raped.  She  gave  the  world
hordes of new carbohydrates and principally she gave the world abundant  raw
sugar. An interesting revenge.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.ts
Copyright � 1973 by
L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 10 AUGUST 1973
Remimeo
HCO Secs
E/Os
MAAs
Tech Secs   PTS HANDLING
Ds of P
PTS Pack    (PTS = Potential Trouble Source)


    There are two stable data which anyone has to have, understand and KNOW
ARE TRUE in order to obtain results in  handling  the  person  connected  to
suppressives.


    These data are:

    1.      That all illness in greater or lesser degree and  all  foul-ups
        stem directly and only from a PTS condition.


    2.      That getting rid of the condition requires three basic actions:
        A. Discover. B. Handle or disconnect.


    Persons called upon to handle PTS people can do  so  very  easily,  far
more easily than they believe. Their basic stumbling block is thinking  that
there are exceptions or that there is other tech or that the two above  data
have modifiers or are not sweeping. The moment a person  who  is  trying  to
handle PTSs gets persuaded there are other conditions or  reasons  or  tech,
he is at once lost and will lose the game and not obtain results.  And  this
is very too bad because it is not difficult and the results are there to  be
obtained.


    To turn someone who may be PTS over to an  auditor  just  to  have  him
mechanically audited may not be enough. In the first place this  person  may
not have a clue what is meant by PTS  and  may  be  missing  all  manner  of
technical data on life and may be so overwhelmed by a suppressive person  or
group that he is quite incoherent. Thus just mechanically  doing  a  process
may miss the whole show as it misses the person's understanding  of  why  it
is being done.


    A PTS person is rarely psychotic. But all psychotics are PTS if only to
themselves. A PTS person may be in a state of deficiency or pathology  which
prevents a ready recovery, but at the same time he will  not  fully  recover
unless the PTS condition is also handled. For he became prone to  deficiency
or pathological illness because he was PTS.  And  unless  the  condition  is
relieved, no matter what medication or nutrition he may be given,  he  might
not recover and certainly  will  not  recover  permanently.  This  seems  to
indicate that there are "other illnesses  or  reasons  for  illness  besides
being PTS". To be sure there are deficiencies and illnesses  just  as  there
are  accidents  and  injuries.  But  strangely  enough  the  person  himself
precipitates them because being PTS predisposes  him  to  them.  In  a  more
garbled  way,  the  medicos  and  nutritionists  are  always  talking  about
"stress" causing illness. Lacking full tech they yet have  an  inkling  that
this is so because they see it is somehow true. They cannot handle  it.  Yet
they recognize it, and they state that it is a senior situation  to  various
illnesses and accidents. Well, we have the tech of this in  more  ways  than
one.


    What is this thing called "stress"? It is more than the medico  defines
it-he usually says it comes from operational or physical shock and  in  this
he has too limited a view.


    A person under stress is actually under a suppression on  one  or  more
dynamics.


    If that suppression is located and the person handles  or  disconnects,
the condition diminishes. If he also has all the  engrams  and  ARC  Breaks,
problems, overts and withholds audited out  triple  flow  and  if  ALL  such
areas of suppression  are  thus  handled,  the  person  would  recover  from
anything caused by "stress".


    Usually the person  has  insufficient  understanding  of  life  or  any
dynamic to grasp his own situation. He is  confused.  He  believes  all  his
illnesses are true because they occur in such heavy books!


    At some time he was predisposed to illness or accidents. When a serious
suppression then occurred he suffered a precipitation or occurrence  of  the
accident or illness, and then with  repeated  similar  suppressions  on  the
same chain, the  illness  or  tendency  to  accidents  became  prolonged  or
chronic.


    To say then that a person is PTS to his current  environment  would  be
very limited as a diagnosis. If he continues to do or be something to  which
the suppressive person or group objected he may become  or  continue  to  be
ill or have accidents.


    Actually the problem of PTS is not  very  complicated.  Once  you  have
grasped the two data first given, the rest of it becomes simply an  analysis
of how they apply to this particular person. A PTS person  can  be  markedly
helped in three ways: (a) gaining  an  understanding  of  the  tech  of  the
condition (b) discovering to what or to whom  he  is  PTS  (c)  handling  or
disconnecting.


    Someone with the wish or duty to find and handle PTSs has an additional
prior step: He must know how to recognize a PTS and how to handle them  when
recognized. Thus it is rather a waste of time to engage in this hunt  unless
one has been checked out on all the material on suppressives  and  PTSs  and
grasps it without misunderstoods. In other  words  the  first  step  of  the
person is to get a grasp of the subject and its tech. This is not  difficult
to do; it may be a bit more  difficult  to  learn  to  run  an  E-Meter  and
considerably more difficult to learn how to list for items, but there  again
this is possible and is much easier than trying to grope around guessing.


    With this step done, a person  has  no  real  trouble  recognizing  PTS
people and can have success in handling them which is  very  gratifying  and
rewarding. Let us consider the easiest level of approach:


    i)      Give the person the simpler HCO Bs on the subject and  let  him
study them so that he knows the elements like "PTS"  and  "Suppressive".  He
may just cognite right there and be much better. It has happened.


    ii)     Have him discuss the illness or accident or condition,  without
much prodding  or  probing,  that  he  thinks  now  may  be  the  result  of
suppression. He will usually tell you it is right here  and  now  or  was  a
short time ago and will be all set to explain it  (without  any  relief)  as
stemming from his current environment or a recent one. If you let it  go  at
that he would simply be a bit unhappy and not get well as he  is  discussing
usually a late lock that has a lot of earlier material below it.


    iii)    Ask when he recalls first having that illness  or  having  such
accidents. He will at once begin to roll this back and realize that  it  has
happened before. You don't have to be auditing him as he is all too  willing
to talk about this in a most informal manner.  He  will  get  back  to  some
early this-lifetime point usually.


    iv)     Now ask him who  it was. He will  usually  tell  you  promptly.
And, as you are not really auditing him and he  isn't  going  backtrack  and
you are not trying to do  more  than  key  him  out,  you  don't  probe  any
further.


    v)      You will usually find that he has named a person to whom he  is
still connected! So you ask him whether he wants to  handle  or  disconnect.
Now  as  the  sparks  will  really  fly  in  his  life  if  he  dramatically
disconnects and if he can't see how he can, you persuade  him  to  begin  to
handle on a gradient  scale.  This  may  consist  of  imposing  some  slight
discipline on him such as requiring him  to  actually  answer  his  mail  or
write  the  person  a  pleasant  good  roads  good  weather   note   or   to
realistically look at how he estranged them. In short what  is  required  in
the handling is a low gradient. All you are trying to do  is  MOVE  THE  PTS
PERSON FROM EFFECT OVER TO SLIGHT GENTLE CAUSE.


    vi)     Check with the person again, if he is handling, and  coach  him
along, always at a gentle good roads and good weather level and no H  E  and
R (Human Emotion and Reaction) if you please.


    That is a simple handling. You can get complexities such  as  a  person
being PTS to an unknown person in his immediate vicinity that  he  may  have
to find before he can handle or disconnect. You can find  people  who  can't
remember more than a few years back. You can find anything you can  find  in
a case. But simple handling ends when it looks pretty  complex.  And  that's
when you call in the auditor.


    But this simple handling will get you quite a few stars in your  crown.
You will be amazed to find that while some of them don't instantly  recover,
medication, vitamins, minerals will now work when before they wouldn't.  You
may also get some instant recovers but realize that if they don't  you  have
not failed.


    The auditor can do "3 S&Ds" after this with  much  more  effect  as  he
isn't working with a completely uninformed person.


    "3 S&Ds" only fail because of wrong items or because  the  auditor  did
not then put in triple rudiments on the items and then  audit  them  out  as
engrams triple flow.


    A being is rather complex. He may have a lot of sources of suppression.
And it may take a lot of very light auditing to get him up to where  he  can
do work on suppressives since these were,  after  all,  the  source  of  his
overwhelm. And what he did to THEM might be more important  than  what  they
did to HIM but unless you unburden HIM he may not get  around  to  realizing
that.


    You can run  into  a  person  who  can  only  be  handled  by  Expanded
Dianetics.


    But you have made an entrance and you have stirred things up and gotten
him more aware and just that way you will find he is more at cause.


    His illness or proneness to  accidents  may  not  be  slight.  You  may
succeed only to  the  point  where  he  now  has  a  chance,  by  nutrition,
vitamins, minerals, medication,  treatment,  and  above  all,  auditing,  of
getting well. Unless you jogged this condition, he had  no  chance  at  all:
for becoming PTS is the first thing that happened to him on the  subject  of
illness or accidents.


    Further, if the person  has  had  a  lot  of  auditing  and  yet  isn't
progressing too well, your simple handling may all of a sudden cause him  to
line up his case.


    So do not underestimate what you or an auditor can do for  a  PTS.  And
don't sell PTS tech short or neglect it. And don't continue to  transfer  or
push off or even worse tolerate PTS conditions in people.


    You CAN do something about it.


    And so can they.

                                     L. RON HUBBARD
                                     Founder








LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                              MISSION INTO TIME

                               L. Ron Hubbard

                                  Published

                               September 1972


The central text of Mission Into  Time  (originally  published  in  1968  in
abridged form in a limited edition entitled (A Test of Whole  Track  Recall)
is edited from a lecture given by L. Ron  Hubbard  to  members  of  the  Sea
Organization  and  students  of  the  Advanced  Organization  aboard  a  Sea
Organization vessel. It is a  report  on  missions  sent  out  to  Sardinia,
Sicily  and  Carthage  to  see  if  specific  evidence  could  be  found  to
substantiate  L.  Ron  Hubbard's  recall  of  incidents  in  his  own  past,
centuries ago, which occurred in these  areas  that  he  had  not  revisited
previously in the current lifetime. Maps,  color  photographs  and  diagrams
enhance his account, as do the historical background sketches of  the  areas
inspected.

The book begins with perhaps the best biography of L. Ron Hubbard in  print.
It includes his explorations and expeditions in  the  physical  universe  in
this century on planet earth, as well as his explorations into the realm  of
the mind.

In an essay on Whole Track Ron relates how whole track  incidents  began  to
appear during Dianetic  engram  running  as  early  as  1950,  and  how  he,
assisted by  Mary  Sue  Hubbard,  rolled  up  his  sleeves  and  started  to
investigate the whole track in 1951. He says:

"For every one individual, existence consists of the physical  universe  and
everything that is
 in it at this exact, present-time instant, and the track which consists  of
everything that has been. And that is the  total  is-ness  as  far  as  this
thing called reality is concerned."

Ron goes on to show how it is that "unless we admit the evidence  before  us
that one has lived more than one life, we don't Clear anyone  or  make  them
feel better. To make an O.T., one has to be willing  to  look  at  the  time
track. Unless you pay attention to only one lifetime as a fallacy and  audit
past lives and whole track, you make minimal gains."

Although this is excellent data for all Scientologists, new or advanced,  it
can also be understood by newcomers, as all terms used in it are defined  in
the excellent glossary. As a whole it demonstrates rather  forcefully  that,
as L. Ron Hubbard has said, "The weird idea  is  that  one  only  lives  but
once."
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 15 OCTOBER 1973

Remimeo
                                C/S Series 87


                      NULLING AND F/Ning PREPARED LISTS


    A prepared list is one which is issued  in  an  HCOB  and  is  used  to
correct cases. There are many of these. Notable amongst them is C/S  53  and
its corrections.


    It is customary for the auditor to be required to F/N such a list. This
means on calling it that the whole list item by item is to F/N.


    Now and then you get the extreme oddity of a list selected  to  exactly
remedy the case not reading but not F/Ning.


    Of course this might happen if the list did not apply to the case (such
as an OT prepared list being used on a Grade  IV,  heaven  forbid).  In  the
case of lists to correct listing, and in particular the C/S  53  series,  it
is nearly impossible for this situation to occur.


    A C/S will very often see that the auditor has assessed the list on the
pc, has gotten no reads, and the list did not F/N.


    A "reasonable" C/S (heaven forbid) lets this go by.


    Yet he has before him first-class evidence that the auditor

    1.      Has out-TRs in general,


    2.      Has no impingement whatever with TR-1,


    3.      Is placing his meter in the  wrong  position  in  the  auditing
        session so that he cannot see it, the pc and his worksheet,


    4.      That the auditor's eyesight is bad.

    One or more of these conditions certainly exist.


    To do nothing about it is to ask for catastrophe after catastrophe with
pcs and to have one's confidence in one's own C/Sing deteriorate badly.


    An amazing number of auditors cannot make a prepared list read for  one
of the above reasons.


    Putting in suppress, invalidation or misunderstood words  on  the  list
will either get a read or the list will F/N.


    The moral of this is that prepared lists that do  not  read  F/N.  When
prepared lists that do not read do not F/N or when the auditor cannot get  a
prepared list to F/N, serious auditing errors are present which will  defeat
a C/S.


    In the interest of obtaining results and being  merciful  on  pcs,  the
wise C/S never lets this situation go by without  finding  what  it  is  all
about.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:rhc.nt.rd
Copyright � 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 30 AUGUST 1971RC
                                  Issue II
                           REVISED 21 OCTOBER 1973
                           REVISED 23 OCTOBER 1973
Remimeo           REVISED 6 FEBRUARY 1974
                    (Only change is addition of No. 21a.)

                       EFFECTIVE AFTER 1st Thursday in
                                February 1974


                       PC COMPLETIONS-SECOND REVISION


    This second revised issue cancels all earlier  and  any  local  org  or
continental issues assigning Paid Completion Points.


    To maintain uniformity any right of orgs or continental areas to assign
completion points is revoked. Orgs may request additions or amendments  when
required but such become effective only when officially issued by Flag.


    For statistical purposes an audited completion must be  PAID  and  have
attested with an F/N VGIs and written a success story for the  action.  This
does NOT mean that you would interrupt an auditing rundown to  send  the  pc
to Examiner and  attest  and  success  on  each  step  of  a  rundown  where
completion points are awarded for  separate  steps  (e.g.  Drug  RD  is  one
attest when full RD completed. One  then  counts  total  points  for  the  3
sections of the RD).


    Any quickie or incompetent completion falsifies the  statistic  and  is
subject to fine or penalty.


    Changes below are in this type style.


    The completions list follows:

    1.      Interiorization Rundown - 1.


    2.      Life Repair-1.


    3.      Student Rescue Intensive-1.


    4.      Progress Pgm-1.


    5.      Hubbard Consultant (HC) List (Data Series)-1.


    6.      Word Clearing Method One-2.


    7.      C/S Series 54. (Pc Assessment Form and handling)-2.


    8.      Drugs, Medicine, Alcohol  Class  VIII  Remedy  (3  way  recall,
        secondaries, engrams)- 1.


    9.      Pains, Somatics, Emotions each reading drug  fully  handled  by
        R3R Triple 1. (E.g. 5 drugs fully handled = 5  points.  Count  this
        way to conform with majority interpretation.)


    10.     Prior Assmt to Drugs-1.


    11.     Dianetics Completion-5.
        12.      ARC Str Wire Triple Exp-3 (no credit singles).


    13.     Each Expanded Grade-5 (no credit single or triple).


    14.     HCO B 24 July 69-1.


    15.      Touch  and  Dianetic  Assists  to  fully  handle   injury   or
        postoperative or post-birth, etc-2.


    16.     Auditing repair-1/2.


    17.     GF Method 5 handled if not part of a repair-1/2.


    18.     GF 40 Expanded fully handled,  lists  and  engrams,  by  itself
        whether part of another program or not-3.


    19.     C/S Series 53 handled to F/N on all items  (F/Ning  assessment)
        whether part of another program or not-l.


    19a.    Full false TA RD successfully resolved-2.


    20.     L3B Rundown-2.


    21.     PTS Rundown (full rundown)-2.


    21a.    Introspection Rundown-2.


    22.     Study Correction List fully handled - 2.


    23.     Int Rundown Correction List fully handled - 1/2.


    24.     Word Clearing Correction List fully handled-1/2.


    25.     Objective Processes (full battery to get pc off or handle Drugs
        before Drug RD)-3.


    26.     Each Expanded Dianetics separate RD-1.


    26a.    Expanded Dianetics Rundown  fully  completed  (in  addition  to
        single points for each part)-5.


    27.     Incidental Rundowns such as Money Process if  contained  in  an
        LRH HCO B -1/2.


    28.     12 1/2 Hour Intensive-5 points for each  completed  within  the
        week.

    PENALTY: l point loss for every percent below 90% F/N VGIs Examiner for
the previous day. Example: 75% only F/N VGIs = 15 point loss.


    GAIN: Add one point for every percent above 90% F/N VGIs at Examiner.


    For every 9 points made  I  point  may  be  added  for  staff  auditing
providing it is actually delivered.


    Items such as L-IC and L-4B are part of the session or action in  which
they are used, or part of an auditing repair pgm, and  are  covered  by  the
points for those actions.


    Student Co-auditing: There are no points calculated or used for student
co-auditing completions (except only as stated in  the  Student  Completions
HCO B) or for free public completions done by students or  public  as  these
can be part of student completion requirements.
                                     SH

    29.     Power Set-up GF + 40 Method 5 and Handle-2.


    30.     POWER Single-5.


    31.     POWER TRIPLE-15.


    32.     Complete Your Case items as  per  regular  auditing  as  above.
        Added Bonus for Case flying and fully handled-5.


                                     AO


    33.     Set-up for  Solo  or  other  advanced  level:  as  per  regular
        auditing above.


    33a.    Case truly flying and ready for R6EW auditing. Added Bonus-5.


    33b.    Successful Case Consultation-1.


    34.     R6EW Solo Auditing Completion-5.


    35.     Clearing Course Solo Auditing Completion-10.


    36.     OT I Solo Auditing Completion-5.


    37.     OT II Solo Auditing Completion-5.


    38.     OT III Solo Auditing Completion-10.


    39.     OT III Exp Solo Auditing Completion-5.


    40.     OT IV Audited Section Completion-5.
           Solo Aud Section Completion-5.


    41.     OT V Solo Auditing Completion 5.


    42.     OT VI Solo Auditing Completion-5.


    43.     OT VII Audited Section Completion - 5.
           Solo Aud Section Completion-3.


    44.     OT VIII Points to be assigned when released.


                                  PENALTIES
                              ALL ORG PENALTIES

    45.     For every pc in the area who is refunded after auditing  (after
        this HCO B is in effect). MINUS 25.


    46.     (Excepting AOs.) For every pc in the area who does not buy  and
        pay for further auditing to complete the grade or cycle  he  is  on
        (after this HCO B is in effect). MINUS 10.


    47.     For every pc who is backlogged more than one week. MINUS 5.


                                SH PENALTIES

    48.     For every pc who does not go on to Power after cleanup and case
        handling (after this HCO B is in effect). MINUS 10.
        49.      Every pc who does  not  successfully  complete  his  Power
        including Va within three months after being enrolled on  any  part
        of it (after date of this HCO B). MINUS 25.


    50.     Any pc found to have been run on Power more  than  once.  MINUS
        10.


    51.     Any Grade Va who has not enrolled on the R6EW Course  within  3
        months. Retroactive to start of org and subtracted each week. MINUS
        1.


                                AO PENALTIES

    52.     "Nothing found" and no progress on any R6EW, Clear or OT Grade.
        (Means Drug RD was unflat and Pre-OT not properly set up but put on
        CC or OT Grades or both.) (Effective after date  of  this  HCO  B.)
        MINUS 25.


    53.     Every R6EW, Clear or Pre-OT in AO's zone or area  who  has  not
        signed up for next grade within 3 months of finishing his last  one
        up to OT Vl (effective FROM DATE OF FOUNDING OF ORG AND  SUBTRACTED
        EACH WEEK). MINUS 1.


    54.     Every Solo Student who  does  not  audit  for  one  week  while
        assigned auditing on R6EW, Clear or on  a  Grade.  (Effective  from
        date of this HCO B.) MINUS 10.


    55.     Any R6EW, Clear or Pre-OT who leaves while on  the  next  grade
        which is incomplete. (Effective from date of this HCO B.) MINUS 5.


    56.      Solo  Auditor  backlogged  more  than  24  hours  for  a  Case
        Consultation or Review. (Effective from date of this HCO B.)  MINUS
        5.


    57.     Any evidence of an R6EW, Clear or Pre-OT being evaluated for by
        giving him the EP, being  invalidated  on  his  gains  or  assigned
        unjust  Ethics  penalty  by  another  student  or   staff   member.
        (Effective from date of this HCO B.) MINUS 50.


    58.     Any AO student now on SOLO Auditing who is found not to be able
        to fully operate a meter, run engrams or who has  errors  traceable
        to False TA HCO B not being applied. (Effective from date  of  this
        HCO B.) MINUS 25.

    Points for any omitted or added rundowns will  have  points  issued  on
request by Training and Services Aide.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH:nt .rd jh
Copyright � 1971,1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




 [The original issue of the above HCO B which is in Volume  VII,  page  371,
was revised by staff on 16 November 1972. It was then revised by LRH  on  21
October 1973, adding the penalty sections and making  the  changes  in  this
type style. A further revision by LRH on 23 October  1973  added  the  words
"and pay for" and "or cycle" to number 46 and "R6EW,  Clear  or"  to  number
52. The 6 February 1974 revision adds number 21a to the completions list.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 11 NOVEMBER 1973
Remimeo
Pc Examiners



                         PRECLEAR DECLARE? PROCEDURE

             (Reference:     HCO PL 30 May 70,     "Cutatives"
                  HCO PL 10 May 70,     "Single Declare"
                  HCO B 24 Feb 72,      C/S Series 71 A,
                       "Word Clearing OCAs".)


    In order to ensure  the  results  of  Scientology,  it  is  vital  that
Examiner Declare? procedure is known and invariably applied.

    1. Pc Examiner checks the folder to ensure that all processes run to EP
        correctly with NO Out Tech uncorrected.


    2. When folder passed as OK, get Qual I and I to call Tech Services for
        the pc to be sent to the Pc Examiner.


    3. Pc Examiner shows pc a written statement  of  the  Ability  Attained
        from the Grade  Chart  or  HCO  B  for  that  particular  Grade  or
        completion and has the pc read it.


    4. Ask pc: "Do you have any doubts or reservations concerning attesting
        to (whatever the attest is)?" If the Examiner gets an instant  read
        on the question, he does not ask the attest question, and sends the
        folder back to the C/S.


    5. If no instant read, ask the attest  question,  "Would  you  like  to
        attest to ......"


    6. If pc F/N VGIs on the Declare, indicate the  F/N  and  end  off  the
        cycle.

    Note. The presence of any Bad Indicators, or no F/N, or high or low  TA
    or read on the "Doubts" question is the immediate signal to end off the
    action smoothly and quickly.

    Absolute honesty must be maintained by a Pc  Examiner  on  every  cycle
handled. Remember: The integrity of Scientology and the hope for  Beings  in
this Universe is entrusted to Examinations.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt jh
Copyright � 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                   Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER l 973R
                           REVISED 4 DECEMBER 1973
                       (Revisions in this type style)
Remimeo
Tech
                            FEAR OF PEOPLE LIST-R

    TO BE DONE ONLY BY AUDITORS WHOSE EYESIGHT, METER  POSITION  AND  TR  1
HAVE BEEN CHECKED OUT AND WHO CAN THEREFORE MAKE A LIST   READ ON A PC,  SEE
THE READ AND MARK IT.


    This action is primarily for use in Qual to handle timid tech staff who
back off from handling thetans or people or pcs or psychos  or  individuals.
It may also be used on public and as part of Integrity Processing.

                              ASSESSMENT LISTS

      TERMINALS LIST   EMOTIONS LIST

People      _________  Blaming (item assessed)     _________
Thetans     _________  Failures with    _________
Pcs   _________  Apathetic about  _________
Psychos     _________  Neglect of _________
Individuals _________  Hopelessness regarding      _________
Others      _________  Propitiation toward   _________
Girls _________  Terrified of     _________
Women _________  Desperation about      _________
Men   _________  Fear of     _________
Boys  _________  Afraid of creating a bad
Children    _________  effect on  _________
Addicts     _________  Afraid of consequences
PTSes _________  Regarding   _________
Older People     _________   Fear of invalidation by     _________
Seniors     _________  Fear of doing something
Important People _________   wrong with      _________
            Fear of being found out
            by   _________
            Fear of failure with  _________
            Afraid to take responsibility
            for  _________
            Anxious about    _________
            Pretense concerning   _________
            Unwilling to help     _________
            Contempt for     _________
            Anger at   _________
            Hatred of  _________
            Suppressing      _________
                               HANDLING STEPS

1.    Assess the TERMINALS LIST.

2.    Using best reading item from the TERMINALS LIST  assess  the  EMOTIONS
    LIST. (Example: If "Girls" gave  best  read  on  TERMINALS  LIST,  then
    assess EMOTIONS LIST using "Girls"-"Blaming Girls  _"   "Failures  with
    Girls" etc.)

3.    Take best reading item from EMOTIONS LIST assessment.  Run  item  R3-R
    triple to F/N Cog VGIs and erasure.

4.    Proceed  to  handle  (R3-R)  each  reading  item  from  EMOTIONS  LIST
    assessment in descending order of reads (largest to smallest read).

5.    Repeat 2 to 4 with each  reading  item  from  the  original  TERMINALS
    assessment.

6.    When all reading items from both  assessments  handled,  reassess  the
    TERMINALS LIST and repeat steps 2 to 5 on any items now reading.

7.    This may be continued to an F/Ning Terminals List but somewhere  along
    the line pc should have major cognition with wide F/N and statement  to
    the effect that he no longer has any  fear  or  back-off  from  people,
    thetans, pcs, psychos, or individuals. End off at such a point.

8.    Note that the charge on a terminal could be blown  on  R3-R  on  major
    reading item from the Emotions List. In such a case the  other  reading
    items from the emotions assessment would F/N when taken up. This  would
    be most likely to occur if "Fear of . . ." is run to good cog and  then
    further reading "Fear" or "Afraid of" items are attempted.

9.    Should the person R/S on assessment  or  handling  just  continue  the
    action through to EP in the usual way but circle the R/S, note in front
    of folder and on Auditor Report for later handling.

10.   Whether done in Qual or Tech the  assessment  sheets,  worksheets  and
    auditor report sheets must go into the pc folder and be recorded on the
    summary sheet.

EP of the action is thetans or people or pcs or psychos or individuals,  etc
solved and the person gotten off of any irrational back-off. We are  in  the
thetan and people business after all.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: nt.rd
Copyright � 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 20 NOVEMBER 1973
                                   Issue I
Remimeo
All Levels
Flag Internes
LRH Comms

                                Reissued from

                        21st ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE
                               TRAINING DRILLS


NAME:   Anti-Q and A TR.

COMMANDS:   Basically, "Put that (object) on my knee."  (A  book,  piece  of
paper, ashtray, etc can be used for object.)

POSITION.   Student and Coach sitting facing each  other  at  a  comfortable
distance and one at which the Coach can reach the Student's knee with ease.

PURPOSE:

(a)   To train Student in getting a Pc to carry out a command  using  formal
    communication NOT Tone 40.

(b)   To enable the Student to maintain his TRs while giving commands.

(c)   To train the  Student  to  not  get  upset  with  a  Pc  under  formal
    auditing.

MECHANICS:   Coach selects small object (book, ashtray, etc)  and  holds  it
in his hand.

TRAINING STRESS:   Student is to get the Coach to place the object  that  he
has in his hand on the knee  of  the  Student.  The  Student  may  vary  his
commands as long as he maintains the Basic Intention (not Tone  40)  to  get
the Coach to place the object on the Student's  knee.  The  Student  is  not
allowed to use any physical enforcement, only  verbal  commands.  The  Coach
should try and get the Student to Q and A. He may say anything he wishes  to
try and get him off the track of getting the command executed.  The  Student
may say what he wishes in order to get the  command  done,  as  long  as  it
directly  applies in getting the Coach to place the object on the  Student's
knee.

The Coach flunks for:

(a)   Any communication not directly  concerned  with  getting  the  command
    executed.

(b)   Previous TR.

(c)   Any upsetness demonstrated by Student.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1958, 1959, 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 20 NOVEMBER 1973
Remimeo     Issue II
All Levels
Flag Internes    C/S Series 89

                         F/N WHAT YOU ASK OR PROGRAM

             Ref: HCO B 23 Dec 72 Integrity Processing Series 20
                     HCO B 21 Nov 73 The Cure of Q and A

    When an Auditor asks one question but F/Ns something else it is  simply
a version of QandA.


    Example: AUDITOR: Do you have a  problem?  PC:  (ramble-ramble)  I  was
thinking of last night's dinner. AUDITOR: That F/Ns.


    Every few folders you pick up, if you can find examples of this:


    The Auditor is not trained not to Q and A.


    He is NOT getting answers to his questions.


    When the Auditor starts something (such as a question  or  process)  he
MUST F/N what he started EVEN THOUGH HE DID SOMETHING  ELSE  DURING  IT  AND
GOT AN F/N ON SOMETHING ELSE. HE MUST F/N THE ORIGINAL ACTION.


    The result can be:

    (a)     Missed W/H phenomena.
    (b)     High or low TA an hour after the pc "F/Ned at Examiner".
    (c)     A stalled case.
    (d)     An undone program.
    (e)     An unhandled pc.
    (f)     Continual need for repair programs.

    To get this disease out of an HGC requires that Auditors go through  an
Anti-Q and A handling.

                                 C/S Q AND A

    C/Ses can also Q and A. They simply handle whatever the  pc  originates
to the Examiner or Auditor, over and over and on and on.


    The result is:

    A.      Incomplete Programs.
    B.      Tripled or quadrupled C/S effort as the case never seems to get
        solved.
    C.      Loads of repair programs.

    Yet a C/S who does it will never look for it as THE primary error being
committed.


    The remedy is to have the C/S do an Anti-Q and A program.


LRH: nt.jh  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1973                                   Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[IP Series 20 has been converted to BTB 23 Dec 72R, IP  Series  17R,  Volume
IX, page 289.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 21 NOVEMBER 1973

Remimeo
All Auditors
All Levels
Flag Internes
LRH Comms

                             THE CURE OF Q AND A
                           MAN'S DEADLIEST DISEASE


    Q and A is a dreadful malady which has to be cured  before  an  Auditor
(or an Administrator) can get results.

                           THE DISEASE OF Q AND A

    Auditor: Spot that wall. Pc:  My  neck  hurts.  Auditor:  Has  it  been
hurting long? Pc: Ever since I was in the Army.  Auditor:  Are  you  in  the
Army now? Pc: No but my father is. Auditor: Have you been in comm with  your
father lately? Pc: I miss him. Auditor: That  F/Ned,  end  of  process.  The
Auditor has failed to note that he never  got the pc to  spot  the  wall  or
that he has run the pc all over the track flattening nothing,  restimulating
the pc.

                              A DEADLY BACTERIA

    When an Auditor asks a Question and F/Ns something else he can  mess  a
pc up badly.


    Auditor: Do you have a  withhold?  That  reads.  Pc:  It's  just  a  2D
perversion. What I was really thinking about  was  my  raise  I  got  today.
Auditor: That F/Ns. Pc (later in session): You run a lousy org here.  Charge
too much .... Auditor in mystery, caves in.  THAT  IS  SIMPLY  Q  AND  A  IN
ANOTHER COAT.

                           ADMINISTRATIVE DELIRIUM

    When an Administrator Qs and As it puts him straight down the org board
and into a spin.


    LRH Comm: You have a target here to move the file cases. Staff  Member:
I didn't understand some of the words. LRH  Comm:  Here's  a  word  clearing
order for Qual. (Next day.) LRH Comm: Did you go to the word clearer?  Staff
Member: I'm on Medical Lines now. LRH Comm: How  long  have  you  been  ill?
Staff Member: Since the Ethics Officer was mean to me.  LRH  Comm:  I'll  go
see about your ethics folder ....


    And there goes  the  old  soccer  game.  NO  TARGET  DONE  BECAUSE  THE
EXECUTIVE COULD NOT HANDLE Q AND A.

                                 C/S Q AND A

    Case Supervisors (blush for the thought) are often guilty of  Q  and  A
and infect their area with its bacteria.


    Pc to Examiner: I have a cold. C/S: Run spot spots to cure his cold. Pc
to Auditor: It's really I'm PTS to my Aunt. C/S: Do PTS RD on  Aunt.  Pc  to
Examiner: It's really my foot. C/S: Do touch assist on foot ....


    What C/S ever got a pc's program done that way?
Where you find undone programs in folders you find goofing  Auditors  and  Q
and A type Case Supervisors.

                                 FUMIGATION

    There are definite cures for this dreadful and disgraceful  malady.  It
must be handled as it results in a breaking out of bogged cases  and  blows,
high and low TAs and very red  faces  when  the  Paid  Completions  Stat  is
counted.


    The Cure is pretty violent and very  few  have  courage  enough  to  go
through with it as their confront at the beginning is  too  low,  what  with
their no-interest items left in restim on their drug rundowns or no  TRs  to
begin with or no Supervisor when they took the Course.


    The direct result of all this is a symptom known as "patty-cake".  This
is a child game of clapping hands and putting palms together and  has  meant
since 1950 Dianetics NOT HANDLING CASES. The signs of patty-cake are a  weak
slouching posture, bags under the eyes, a bowed spine and  hangdog  pathetic
eyes. The respiration is quick and panicky, the palms sweat and. one  starts
at pins dropping in the next room.


    However for those sturdy souls who want  to  Clear  a  planet  and  who
really want to handle things they can prop themselves up in bed and  somehow
get through this program:


    1.      This HCOB starrate.   _________


    2.      HCOB 24 May 62 "Q and A" starrate.     _________


    3.      HCOB 13 Dec 61 "Varying Sec Check Questions".     _________


    4.      HCOB 22 Feb 62 "Withholds, Missed and Partial".   _________


    5.      HCOB 29 Mar 63 "Summary of Security Checking".    _________


    6.      HCOB 7 Apr 64 "All Levels-Q and A".    _________


    7.      TRs the Hard Way.     _________


    8.      Upper Indoc a Rough Way.    _________


    9.      Handling the Auditor's, C/S's or Administrator's Not Done
      or No Interest item Drug RD.      _________


    10.     35 hours Op Pro  by  Dup  in  Co-Audit  receiving  and  giving.
        _________


    11.     HCOB 29 July 63 "Saint Hill Special Briefing Course
      Training Drills", Section "Q and A Drill".   _________


    12.     HCOB 20 Nov 73 Issue I Anti-Q and A Drill.


    13.     HCOB 20 Nov  73  Issue  II  "F/N  What  You  Ask  or  Program".
        _________


    14.     A final end result demonstrated that the person CAN SEE
      SITUATIONS AND HANDLE THEM. _________


    For, of course, the reason the person  Qs  and  As  is  that  he  can't
confront or see the existing scene and so can't handle it.


    Q and A is the DISEASE OF DODGING LIFE.


    When such a person tries to get a question  or  program  done  and  the
other person says or does something else, the Q and Aer goes into a sort  of
overwhelm or cave-in and just rides along at effect.

    PEOPLE WHO GET THINGS DONE ARE AT CAUSE. When they are not, they Q  and
A.


    Thus it IS a kind of illness. Chronic Overwhelm. It  is  NOT  cured  by
drugs or electric shocks or brain operations.


    It is cured by making oneself strong enough in confront and  handle  to
live!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:ntjh
Copyright � 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 23 NOVEMBER 1973

Remimeo
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Tech Checksheets

                              DRY AND WET HANDS
                                MAKE FALSE TA


    A couple of years ago some auditors were solving high  TA  problems  by
putting hand cream on the pc's hands when they  were  calloused  and  talcum
powder on a pc's hands when they were too wet. Since no  research  had  been
done they were censured.


    Research has now been done on this matter of dry and wet hands.


    Apparently when a person has taken certain medicines or  chemicals,  or
uses detergent soaps or is in contact with certain chemicals (such as  those
in some furniture polishes) the ordinary skin oils vanish.  These  oils  are
needed to make an electrical contact with the cans.


    When these oils are absent, there is no adequate electrical contact and
the "TA is High".


    When a person is deficient in certain  minerals  or  vitamins  such  as
magnesium or B complex, his hands can be excessively wet.


    Either of these  two  conditions  in  hands  or  feet  can  produce  an
incorrect TA position.


    The dry condition produces a false high TA.


    The overly wet condition produces a false low TA.


    The TA depends on normally moist hands. This does not  mean  the  meter
works on "sweat". It does mean the meter works only when there is a  correct
electrical contact.


    Too much and too greasy hand cream could produce too low a TA.


    Too much powder or drier could produce too high a TA.


    Therefore one must not go to extremes.

                                  DRY HANDS

    The excessively "dry" hand is seen as shiny  or  polished  looking.  It
feels very dry.


    The correct treatment is to use a "vanishing  cream"  (obtainable  from
any cosmetics store) not a greasy hand cream.


    The "vanishing cream" is so called because it rubs all the way into the
skin and leaves no excess grease.


    This restores normal electrical contact.


    There are many such creams. It makes no difference  which  is  used  so
long as it vanishes into the skin.


    It is doubtful if it would have to be applied more than once-at session
start-as it lasts for a long while.


    This would apply to some footplate  cases  as  well  (whose  hands  are
defective or too heavily calloused).
    If a cream leaves smears on a can, it is too  heavily  applied  or  too
little absorbed.


    Vanishing type cream is usually smeared on, rubbed in and can  then  be
thoroughly wiped off. The hands (or feet)  will  usually  produce,  then,  a
normal TA and meter response.

                                  WET HANDS

    Anti-perspirants can be applied to too wet hands. There are many brands
of these, often a powder or spray.


    It can be wiped off after application and should work for two or  three
hours.


    It can be applied to hands or feet (for footplates).


    If the TA then goes too high, use vanishing cream on top of it.


                                   SUMMARY

    While much work could  be  done  still,  the  above  is  enough  for  a
practical result.


                                   WARNING

    Hi TAs and Lo TAs do not widely F/N. If you are getting wide persistent
F/N with the TA too high (above 3) or too low (below 2) you have a pc  whose
hands are too dry or too wet. Using this HCO B  should  correct  it  and  in
future sessions you should continue the remedy on that pc.


    NOTHING in this HCO B excuses the misreading or falsifying of a TA. Get
the TA in normal range with this HCO B before you  start  calling  processes
ended.


    C/S 53 RF and the False TA Checklist HCO B 29 Feb 1  972R,  Revised  23
Nov 73, are your tools for handling too high and too low TAs.


    The only other conditions I know of that make an auditor mess up a pc's
TA are:

    (a)     A discharged meter (registers high).


    (b)     An incorrectly set meter by trim button.


    (c)     A "fleeting F/N" where the  pc  F/Ns  so  briefly  the  auditor
        misses it and overruns.


    (d)     Bad TRs.


    (e)     Unflat processes.


    (f)     Overrun processes.


    (g)     Heavy drugs or medicines.

    False TA often comes to light when the auditor runs out of  reasons  it
is high or low and it dawns on him that he is dealing with false TA. In  the
latter case he should know all MATERIALS ON THIS SUBJECT OF FALSE TA  (given
on HCO B 29 Feb 1972R, Revised 23 Nov 73,  as  references)  AND  REMEDY  THE
FALSE TA SITUATION AND THEN RESUME  NORMAL  AUDITING.  He  must  not  go  on
calling high or low TA F/Ns just by assuming the TA is false.


    Given a contact the meter always tells the truth.


      L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:clb.rd  Founder
Copyright � 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1973
                        (Cancels HCOB 31 Dec 1971 RC)
Remimeo     Reissued 25 Nov 73

                               C/S Series 53RF

                        SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S

    This is the basic prepared list used by Auditors to get a TA up or down
into normal range. A GF Method 5 may also be used  after  TA  is  in  normal
range to get pc's case handled better.

_______________________________________________________PC
Name________________Date

1.    Assess pc Method 5 on this sheet. (Go down the list  calling  off  the
items to the pc, watching the meter. Mark any Tick,  SF,  F,  LF,  LFBD  [to
what TA], speeded rise or Blow Up.) NOTE: A C/S 53RF  should  be  reassessed
and all reads handled until it F/Ns on assessment.

A.    Interiorization  __________       Invisible  __________
      Went in    __________       Black __________
      Go in __________       Loss __________
      Can't get in     __________
      Want to get out  __________ F.    Same thing run twice  __________
      Kicked out of spaces   __________      Same action done by
                       another auditor  __________
B.    List errors      __________
      Overlisting      __________ G.    Doing something with
      Wrong items      __________       mind between sessions __________
       Upset  with   giving        __________        Some   other   practice
__________
      items to auditor __________
                 H.    Word Clearing errors  __________
C.    Some sort of W/H __________       Study errors     __________
      Are you withholding
      something  __________  I.   False TA   __________
      Is another withholding            Wrong sized cans __________
      something from you     __________      Tired hands __________
      Are others withholding            Dry hands or feet     __________
       something  from   others    __________        Wet   hands   or   feet
__________
      Has another committed             Loosens can grip __________
      overts on you    __________
      Have you committed          J.    Auditor overwhelming  __________
      any overts __________       Feel attacked    __________
      Have others committed             Something wrong with
      overts on others __________       F/Ns __________
      Not saying __________       Items really didn't read    __________
      Problems   __________       Bad auditing     __________
      Protest    __________       Incomplete actions     __________
      Don't like it    __________
      Audited over out ruds  __________ K.   Can't have  __________
      Feel sad   __________       Low Havingness   __________
      Rushed     __________
      Tired __________ L.    PTS  __________
      ARC Brk    __________       Suppressed __________
      Upset __________
                 M.    Something went on too
D.    Drugs __________       long __________
      LSD   __________       Went on by a release
      Alcohol    __________       point __________
      Pot   __________       Overrun    __________
      Medicine   __________       Auditor kept on going  __________
                       Over-repair      __________
E.    Engram in restimulation     __________       Puzzled by auditor
      Same engram run twice  __________      keeps on    __________
      Can't see engrams too             Stops      __________
      well  __________
                 N.    Something else   __________
O.    Repairing a TA that    __________      Physically ill   __________
      isn't high                  Faulty Meter     __________
        Repairing   a   TA   that                            Nothing   wrong
__________
      isn't low  __________

2.    Use only the small falls or falls or BDs. The rises will however  show
    where mass lies.

A.    If A or any of the A Group, and the pc has had an Int RD,  do  an  Int
    RD Correction List, and handle the reads. (HCOB 29 Oct  71  Amended  31
    Dec 71.)

      If pc has never had an Int  RD,  then  give  him  a  standard  Int  RD
    providing you have checked out on the Int-Ext pack and are good at R3R.

B.    If any of these read, do an L4B on the earliest  lists  you  can  find
    that have not been corrected. Lacking these do an L4B in  general.  You
    can go over an L4B several times handling each read to  F/N  until  the
    whole L4B gives nothing but F/Ns.

C.    If any of these, handle with 2wc and earlier similar to F/N.  If  more
    than one reads do biggest read first and then  clean  up  each  of  the
    others E/S to F/N. If all read on assessment you have to get an F/N for
    each or 17 F/Ns. On overts and withholds, get what, and E/S to F/N.  On
    out ruds, find which rud and  handle.  (See  GF40RR  HCOB  30  June  71
    Revised 13 Jan 72.) Feel sad, handle the ARC Break. (Feel sad = ARC Brk
    of long duration.)

D.    Rehab releases on each "drug" taken to F/N. Complete the Drug  RD  per
    C/S Series 48R after handling all reads on this assessment. If  pc  has
    had a Drug RD, do L3B on it, and handle.

E.    If any of these, do L3B and handle according to what is stated  to  do
    on L3B.

F.    Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.

G.    Find out what it is. If Yoga or Mystic exercises or some such 2wc  E/S
    it to first time done, find out what upset had occurred before that and
    if TA now down do L1C on that period of pc's life.

H.    If Word Clearing, do a  Word  Clearing  Correction  List,  handle  all
    reads. If Study errors, 2wc E/S to F/N, and add a Study Correction List
    to the pc's program.

I.    False TA is wrong cans. Use HCOBs 24 Oct 71, 12 Nov 71, 15 Feb 72,  18
    Feb 72, 29 Feb 72, HCOB 23 Nov 73, all on False TA. Then clean  up  the
    bypassed charge with ( I ) Assess for best read (a) TA worries (b)  F/N
    worries. (2) Then 2wc times he was worried about (item) E/S to F/N. (3)
    Rehab a time he felt really keyed out to F/N.

J.    These are auditor errors. Low TA is generally caused  by  overwhelming
    TRs and incomplete actions. A high TA  can  be  caused  by  an  auditor
    overrunning F/Ns or failing to call them. Or trying to  assess  through
    an F/N and mistaking an F/N right swing for a read. These items are all
    2wc E/S to F/N. Auditors who made them need Cramming badly or retread.

K.    Can't have or Hav. Find correct Havingness process and remedy.

L.    PTS or Suppressed. Check for SP or get a full PTS RD.

M.    Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N on each (or date  to
    blow, locate to blow if qualified).

N.    2wc to find what. Note BD item. If BD item covered  by  one  of  these
    categories handle per instructions. If not just  2wc  to  F/N  and  get
    further C/S instructions for handling if necessary.

O.    Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct then indicate to  F/N.
    Go E/S and indicate if no F/N on first. If false TA handle per I above.

General. Handle Int RD (A) if it  reads  at  all  before  handling  rest  as
nothing will go right if Int is still  out.  For  the  remainder  prefer  to
handle any BD group if you get a BD. If in doubt about what  to  do,  return
to the C/S.


LRH: BW: BL:nt.jh
Copyright � 1971,1972, 1973  Revised by
by L. Ron Hubbard      L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED    Founder
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 5 DECEMBER 1973

Remimeo
All Auditors
All Levels
Flag Internes
LRH Comms
                           THE REASON FOR Q AND A



    Q and A means "Question and Answer".


    When the term Q and A is used it means one did NOT get an answer to his
question. It also means not getting compliance with an order  but  accepting
something else.


    Example: Auditor: Do birds fly? Pc: I don't like birds.  Auditor:  What
don't you like about birds? FLUNK. It's a Q and A. The right reply would  be
an answer to the question asked and the right action would  be  to  get  the
original question answered. TR 4 (handling  origins)  can  apply  here.  The
moment TR 4 is violated (Ack and return the pc  to  original  Question)  and
the original unanswered question is not again asked the Auditor just  drifts
along with the pc. Things get restimulated, nothing gets really  handled  or
run.


    In Administration the same thing can happen.  The  executive  gives  an
order, the junior says or  does  something  else,  the  executive  does  not
simply TR 4 it and get the original order done, and the result is chaos.


    Executive: Phone Mr. Schultz and tell him our printing  order  will  be
there this afternoon. Junior: I don't know his number. Executive: Don't  you
have a phone book? Junior: The phone company didn't send one  this  year  as
our bill was overdue. Executive (the fool) goes  to  Accounts  to  see  what
about the phone bill. Mr. Schultz never gets his call.  The  printing  order
arrives but Mr. Schultz doesn't know it ....


    Example: Executive: Do target 21 now. Junior: I don't  have  any  issue
files. Executive: What happened to them? Junior:  Mimeo  goofed.  Executive:
I'll go see Mimeo ....

                                  DISPERSAL

    Q and A is simply Postulate Aberration.


    Aberration is non-straight line by definition.


    A sick thetan who is all caved in can't direct a postulate at anything.
When he tries, he lets it wobble around and go elsewhere.


    The difference between a Degraded Being and an OT is simply that the DB
can't put out a postulate or intention in a direct line or way and  make  it
hold good.


    The insane are a great example of this. They are  insane  because  they
have evil intentions. But they can't even make these stick. They may  intend
to burn down the house but they usually wind up watering the rug or do  some
other non sequitur thing. It's not that  they  don't  mess  things  up.  The
whole point here is that they can't even properly destroy what  they  intend
to destroy. Even their evil intentions wobble, poor things.


    But not all people who Q and A are insane.
When a person is running at effect he Qs and As.


    He is confronted by life, he does not confront it.


    He is usually a bit blind to things as his ability to look AT is turned
back on him by his lack of beam power.  Thus  he  gives  the  appearance  of
being unaware.


    His emotional feeling is overwhelm.


    His mental state is confusion.


    He starts for B, winds up at-A.


    Other not too well intentioned people can play tricks on a Qer and Aer.
When they don't want to answer or comply they artfully bring about a  Q  and
A.


    Example: Bosco does not want to staple the mimeo issue.  He  knows  his
senior Qs and As. So we get this. Senior: Staple that  issue  with  the  big
stapler. Bosco: I hurt my thumb. Q and A Senior: Have you been  to  see  the
Medical Officer? Bosco: He wouldn't look at it. Q  and  A  Senior:  I'll  go
have a word with him. (Departs.) Bosco gets back  to  reading  "Jesse  James
Rides Again" humming softly to himself. For HIS trouble is,  he  Qs  and  As
with the Mest Universe!

                                BODY Q AND A

    Some people Q and A with their bodies. The body is, after all, composed
of Mest. It follows the laws of Mest.


    One of these laws is Newton's first law of motion: INERTIA. This is the
tendency of a Mest object to  remain  motionless  until  acted  upon  by  an
exterior force. Or to continue in a line of motion until acted  upon  by  an
exterior force.


    Well, the main force around that is continually acting on a human  body
is a thetan, the being himself.


    The body will remain at rest (since it is a Mest  Object)  until  acted
upon by the thetan that is supposed to be running it.


    If that being is an aberrated non-straight line being THE  BODY  REACTS
ON HIM MORE THAN HE REACTS ON THE BODY. Thus he remains motionless  or  very
slow. When the body is in unwanted motion, the  being  does  not  deter  the
motion as the body is acting upon him far more than he is  reacting  on  the
body.


    As a result, one of the manifestations is Q and A. He wants to pick  up
a piece of paper. The body inertia has to be overcome to do so. So  he  does
not reach for the paper, he just leaves the hand where it is. This would  be
no action at all. If he then weakly forces  the  motion,  he  finds  himself
picking up something else like a paper clip, decides he  wants  that  anyway
and settles for it. Now he has to invent why he has  a  paper  clip  in  his
hand. His original intention never gets executed.


    Some people on medical lines are  just  there  not  because  of  actual
illness but because they are just Qing and Aing with their body.


    People also Q and A with themselves. They want  to  stop  drinking  and
can't. They want to stop or change something about themselves or their  body
and then disperse off onto something else.


    Freud read all sorts of dire and awful things into simple Q and  A.  He
invented intentions the person must have  that  made  him  "sublimate".  All
Freud succeeded in doing was making the  person  introspective  looking  for
wrong whys.


    The right why was simple-the person could not go in a straight line  to
an
objective and/or could not cease to do something he was compulsively doing.


    The very word ABERRATION contains the idea of this-no straight line but
a bent one.


    THE CURE FOR THIS SORT OF THING (Q and A  with  a  body)  IS  OBJECTIVE
PROCESSES.


    And a very willing and bright thetan CAN simply recognize it  for  what
it is-not enough push!


    And instead of going to the MO for a slight ache,  he  just  pushes  on
through.


    As the ache is a recoil of body Q and A in a lot  of  cases,  the  ache
itself goes away as soon as one simply pushes through.


    Painters and artists buy the idea they are benefited by aberration. "Be
glad you are neurotic" was a trick being played by the late  and  unlamented
psychiatrists on artists.


    One paints because he can push into execution what he  visualizes.  The
best painters were the least aberrated.


    Greenwich Village or Left Bank artists, when they  don't  paint,  never
suspect it's because they just can't overcome hand inertia to push  a  paint
brush!


    People live Q and A lives. They never become what  they  desire  to  be
because they Q and A with life about it.


    Schopenhauer, the German philosopher of doom, even had  a  dirty  crack
about being able to do things: "Stubbornness is the will  taking  the  place
of the intellect." By this, one is "intellectual" if he Qs and As.


                                   SUMMARY

    People who can't get things done are simply Qing and Aing  with  people
and life.


    People who CAN get things done just don't Q and A.


    All great truths are simple.


    This is a major one.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.jh
Copyright � 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 6 DECEMBER 1973
Remimeo

                                C/S Series 90


                             THE PRIMARY FAILURE


             References:     HCO B 28 Feb 1971,    C/S Series 24,
                  "Metering Reading Items", and
                  HCO B 15 Oct 1973,    C/S Series 87,
                  "Nulling and F/Ning Prepared Lists".


    A C/S who cannot get a result on his  pcs  will  find  the  most  usual
biggest improvement by getting the offending Auditors' ASSESSING handled.


    We used  to  say  that  "the  Auditor's  TRs  were  out"  as  the  most
fundamental reason for no results.


    This is not specific enough.


    THE MOST COMMON REASON FOR FAILED SESSIONS  IS  THE  INABILITY  OF  THE
AUDITOR TO GET READS ON LISTS.


    Time after time I have checked this back as the real reason.


    It became evident when one could take almost any "null" (no read)  list
in a pc's folder, give it and the pc to an Auditor who COULD assess and  get
nice reads on it with consequent gain.


    Example: Pc has a high TA. C/S orders a C/S 53RF. List is null. Pc goes
on having a high TA. C/S gets  inventive,  case  crashes.  Another  C/S  and
another Auditor takes the same pc  and  the  same  list,  gets  good  reads,
handles. Case flies again.


    What was wrong was:

    (a)     The Auditor's TR 1 was terrible.


    (b)     The Auditor couldn't meter.

                                   REMEDY

    One takes the above two reference HCO Bs and gets  their  points  fully
checked on the flunking Auditor.


    The C/S gets the Auditor's TR 1 corrected. In doing the latter one  may
find a why for the out TR 1 like a notion one must be  soft-spoken  to  stay
in ARC or the Auditor is imitating some other Auditor whose TR 1 is faulty.

                                QUAL CRAMMING

    It can happen that these actions are reported  done  in  Qual  and  the
Auditor still flubs.


    In this case the C/S has to straighten out Qual Cramming by  doing  the
above reference HCO Bs on the Cramming  Officer  and  getting  the  Cramming
Officer's TR I ideas unscrewed and straight.
                                REQUIREMENTS

    It takes correct metering and IMPINGEMENT to make a list read.


    If the auditor does not have these, then drug  lists,  Dianetic  lists,
correction lists will all go for nothing.


    As the  prepared  list  is  the  C/S's  main  tool  for  discovery  and
correction an auditor failure to get a list  to  respond  or  note  it  then
defeats the C/S completely.


                                   SUMMARY

    THE ERROR OF AN AUDITOR BEING UNABLE TO GET A LIST TO READ ON  A  METER
IS A PRIMARY CAUSE OF C/S FAILURE.

    To win, correct it!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt. jh
Copyright � 1973
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 15 DECEMBER 1973
Remimeo
All Levels
Add Level II
Ethics Officers  THE CONTINUOUS MISSED W/H
Masters at Arms  AND CONTINUOUS OVERT
C/Ses WITH DATA ON DEGRADED BEINGS
                          AND FALSE PTS CONDITIONS

            Reference: (1) Tape List and HCO B List of Level II,
     Page 4 HCO P/L 26.1.72, Issue VI, concerning Withholds and Overts.
     (2) "Admin Know-How-Alter-Is and Degraded Beings", HCO B 22 Mar 67.


    There are two special  cases of withholds and overts. They do not occur
in all cases by a long ways. But they do occur on a  few  cases.  These  are
CONTINUOUS MISSED WITHHOLDS and CONTINUOUS OVERTS.


    This is not quite the same as "The  Continuing  Overt  Act"  HCO  B  29
September 65. In that type  the  person  is  repeating  overt  acts  against
something usually named.

                          THE CONTINUOUS MISSED W/H

    A Continuous Missed Withhold occurs when a person feels  some  way  and
anyone who sees him misses it.


    Example: A doctor feels very unconfident of his  skill.  Every  patient
who sees him misses the fact that he is not confident.   This  reacts  as  a
missed withhold.


    It is of course  based  upon  some  bad  incident  that  destroyed  his
confidence (usually of an engramic intensity).


    But as the person actively withholds this, then those seeing  him  miss
the withhold.


    This could work in thousands of variations. A  woman  feels  continuous
disdain for her child but withholds it.  The  child  therefore  continuously
misses a withhold. All the phenomena of the missed  w/h  would  continuously
react against the child.


    Probably all dishonest social conduct brings about a Continuous  Missed
Withhold. The politician who  hates  people,  the  minister  who  no  longer
believes in God, the mechanic  who  privately  believes  he  is  a  jinx  on
machinery, these all then set  up  the  phenomena  of  missed  withholds  on
themselves and can dramatize it in their conduct.

                            THE CONTINUOUS OVERT

    A person who believes he is harmful to others  may  also  believe  that
many of his common ordinary actions are harmful.


    He may feel he is committing a Continuous Overt on others.


    Example: A clothing model believes she is committing a fraud  on  older
women by displaying clothing to them in which they will look poorly. In  her
estimation this is a Continuous Overt Act.  Of course all older  women  miss
it on her.


    Appearance, just being alive, can be considered by some as an overt.


    Missed withhold phenomena will result.
                               DEGRADED BEINGS

    The Continuous Withhold and Continuous Overt are probably  a  basis  of
feeling degraded.


    Degraded Beings, as described in "Admin Know-How-Alter-Is and  Degraded
Beings", HCO B 22 Mar 67, are that way at least in part  because  they  have
some Continuous Missed Withhold or a fancied Continuous Overt Act.


    This makes them feel degraded and act that way.

                                  HANDLING

    One can add to any program a check for a Continuous Missed Withhold  or
Continuous Overt as an additional version of rudiments.


    A master question, which could be broken down into  three  lists  which
would have to be done by the laws of L&N, would be, "When  anyone  looks  at
you what feeling (action, attitude) of yours do they miss?" Then, "When  was
it missed?" "Who missed it?" and "What did he do that made  you  believe  it
had been missed?"


    Another approach, less dangerous in that lists aren't made, would be:


    For Continuous Missed Withhold the question could be,  "Is  there  some
way you feel that others don't realize?" And with 2wc uncover it. Then  ask,
"Who misses this?" with answer, followed by, "When has someone  missed  it?"
with E/S to an earlier time. Followed by, "What did  he  (or  she)  do  that
made you think he (or she) knew?" This  will  key  it  out  and  can  change
behavior.


    For Continuous Overt Act it would be, "Is there something you  do  that
others do not know about?" With 2wc to cover it and get  what  it  is.  Then
ask, "Who has not found out about it?" with an answer. And then,  "When  did
someone almost find out?" "What did he (or she) do that made  you  think  he
(or she) knew?"


    Each of the above questions should be F/Ned.

                                   MOTION

    People who have Continuous Withholds or Overts tend to  be  very  slow,
flubby and  impositive.  They  have  to  be  very  careful.  And  they  make
mistakes. Slowness or robotness are  keys  to  the  presence  of  Continuous
Missed Withholds or Overts.

                                     PTS

    Quite often a case is FALSELY LABELED PTS when in fact it is  really  a
matter of Continuous Missed Withholds and Continuous Overts.


    When a "PTS" person does not respond to PTS handling  easily  then  you
know you are dealing with  Continuous  Missed  Withholds  and/or  Continuous
Overts.

                                   SUMMARY

    These conditions are not present in all cases. When they are you have a
Degraded Being. When a "PTS" person does not respond to  PTS  handling,  try
Continuous Missed Withholds and Continuous Overts. You  can  prevent  blows,
handle much HE and R and change character in this way.


LRH:nt.rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1973 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 6 JANUARY 1974

Remimeo

                               ASSIST SUMMARY
                                  ADDITION


      TO LIST OF REFERENCES ADD:

            HCO B 11 July 73    ASSIST SUMMARY
            HCO B 6 Jan 74       ASSIST SUMMARY ADDITION
            ANY TAPE OR MATERIALS ON "PRIOR CONFUSION"
            ANY TAPE OR MATERIALS ON "POSTULATES AND INJURIES"
            (1952 Autumn, London Lectures, etc)
      HCO Bs ON MISTAKES BEING MADE IN PRESENCE OF
      SUPPRESSION, 1968.


    ADD TO PAGE 4 OF HCO B 11 July 73 after POSTULATE TWO-WAY COMM:


    PRIOR CONFUSION: Fixed ideas follow a period of confusion. This is also
true of engrams that hang up as physical  injury.  Slow  recovery  after  an
engram has been run can be caused by  the  Prior  Confusion  mechanism.  The
engram of accident or injury can be a stable item in a confusion.  By  2-way
comm see if a confusion existed prior to the accident,  injury  or  illness.
If so, it may be 2wced earlier similar to F/N.


    MYSTERY POINT: Often there  is  some  part  of  an  incident  which  is
mysterious to a preclear. The engram itself may hang  up  on  a  mystery.  A
thetan could be called a "mystery sandwich" in that he tends to stick in  on
mysteries. 2wc any  mysterious  aspect  of  the  incident.  2wc  it  earlier
similar to F/N Cog VGIs.


    SUPPRESSIVE PRESENCE: Mistakes or accidents or injuries  occur  in  the
presence  of  suppression.  One  wants  to  know  if  any  such  suppressive
influence or factor existed just prior to the incident being  handled.  This
could be the area it occurred in or persons the  preclear  had  just  spoken
to. 2wc any suppressive or invalidative presence  that  may  have  caused  a
mistake to be made or the accident to occur. 2wc E/S to F/N Cog VGIs.


    AGREEMENT: Get any agreement the person may have had  in  or  with  the
incident. There is usually a point where the person agrees  with  some  part
of the scene. If this point is found it will  tend  to  unpin  the  pc  from
going on agreeing to be sick or injured.


    PROTEST: 2wc any protest in the incident.


    PREDICTION: The person is usually concerned about his  recovery.  Undue
worry about it can extend the effects into the  future.  2wc  (a)  how  long
he/she expects to take to recover. (b)  Get  the  person  to  tell  you  any
predictions others have made about it. 2wc it to  an  F/N  Cog  VGIs.  Note-
avoid getting the person to predict it as a very long time  by  getting  him
to talk about that further.


    LOSSES: A person who has just experienced a loss may become  ill.  This
is particularly true of colds. 2wc anything the pc may have lost to F/N.


    PRESENT TIME: An injured or sick person is out of  present  time.  Thus
running HAVINGNESS in every assist session is vital. This not only  remedies
havingness but also brings the preclear to present time.
HIGH OR LO TA: A C/S 53 RF should be  used  to  get  the  TA  under  control
during assists if it cannot be gotten down. It must be done  by  an  auditor
who knows how to meter and can get reads.


    ILLNESS FOLLOWING AUDITING: It can occur that a pc gets ill after being
audited where the "auditing" is out tech. When this occurs or is  suspected,
a Green Form should be assessed only by an auditor who can meter  and  whose
TR 1 gets reads. The GF reads are then  handled.  Out  Interiorization,  bad
lists, missed w/hs, ARC Breaks and incomplete or  flubbed  engrams  are  the
commonest errors.


    BEFORE-AFTER: Where an injured or ill pc is so  stuck  that  he  has  a
fixed picture that does not move, one can jar it  loose  by  asking  him  to
recall a time before the incident and then  asking  him  to  recall  a  time
after it. This will "jar the engram loose" and change the stuck point.


    UNCONSCIOUSNESS: A pc can be audited even if in a coma.  The  processes
are objective, not significance processes. One process is to  use  his  hand
to reach and withdraw from an object such as a pillow or blanket. One  makes
the hand do it while giving the commands. One can  even  arrange  a  "signal
system" where the pc is in a coma and cannot talk by holding  his  hand  and
telling him to squeeze one's  hand  once  for  yes,  twice  for  no.  It  is
astonishing that the pc will often respond and he  can  be  questioned  this
way.


    TEMPERATURE ASSISTS: There is an HCO B on how to do assists that  bring
down the temperature.  Holding  objects  still  repetitively  is  the  basic
process.


    Quite often an injury or illness will miraculously clear up before  one
has run all the steps possible. If this is the case one should end  off  any
further assist.


    All auditing of injured or ill people must be kept fairly light. Errors
in TRs (such as a bad TR 4), errors in tech rebound on  them  very  heavily.
An ill or injured person can easily be audited into a mess if the  processes
are too heavy for him to handle and if the auditor is  goofing.  Very  exact
in-tech, good TRs, good metering sessions are all that should  be  tolerated
in assists.


    An auditor has it in his power to make pcs recover spectacularly.  That
power is in direct proportion to his flawlessness as an  auditor.  Only  the
most exact and proper tech will produce the desired result.


    If you truly want to help your fellows,  that  exact  skill  and  those
results are very well worth having.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JANUARY 1974
Remimeo
                     THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973!

                            THE INTROSPECTION RD

                           (Steps of list 1 to 17
                    are subject to possible correction.)


    I have made a technical breakthrough  which  possibly  ranks  with  the
major discoveries of the Twentieth Century. It  is  certainly  the  greatest
advancement of 1973 and is now being  released  after  a  final  wrap-up  of
research. It is called the Introspection Rundown.


    The purpose of the Introspection RD is  to  locate  and  correct  those
things which cause a person to fixate his attention inwardly, on himself  or
his bank. This RD extroverts the person so that he can see  his  environment
and therefore handle and control it.

                                  RESEARCH

    In 1970 the actual cause of PSYCHOSIS was isolated (as given in  HCO  B
C/S Series 22, "Psychosis", 28 November 1970). In  the  ensuing  years  this
has been proven beyond doubt to be totally correct.


    But what is a psychotic break?


    Man has never been able to solve the psychotic break.  In  fact,  human
beings are actually  afraid  of  a  person  in  a  psychotic  break  and  in
desperation turn to psychiatry to handle.


    Psychiatry, desperate in its turn, without effective tech,  resorts  to
barbarities such as heavy drugs,  ice  picks,  electric  and  insulin  shock
which half kill the person and only suppress him.  The  fact  remains  there
has never been a cure for the psychotic break until now.

    The key is WHAT CAUSED THE PERSON TO INTROSPECT  BEFORE  THE  PSYCHOTIC
BREAK.


    The breakthrough was made on a person who,  after  a  series  of  wrong
indications, went into a full-blown  psychotic  break-violence,  destruction
and all.


    The psychiatrist at this point would have sharpened up  his  ice  pick,
filled his syringes with the most powerful (and deadly) drugs he could  find
and turned up the volts. His "handling" would have been a final  destruction
of the individual.


    What was done was an auditor went into the room, sat  the  person  down
and corrected the last severe point of wrong  indication.  Subsequent  times
of wrong indication in his life were cleared up, the person came out of  the
psychotic break and into p.t.


    THIS MEANS THE LAST REASON TO HAVE PSYCHIATRY AROUND IS GONE.


    The psychotic break, the last of the "unsolvable" conditions  that  can
trap a person, has been solved.


    And it's quite simple, really.
                                   THEORY

    Def. INTROSPECTION: "(L. from introspicere, to look within)  a  looking
into one's own mind, feelings, reactions, etc; observation and  analysis  of
oneself." Webster's New World Dictionary.


    Def. INTROVERSION: "(from  intro-  +  L.  vertere,  to  turn)  2....  a
tendency to direct one's interest upon oneself  rather  than  upon  external
objects or events." Webster's New World Dictionary.


    The essence of the Introspection RD is looking for and  correcting  all
those things which CAUSED the person to look inward  worriedly  and  wrestle
with the mystery  of  some  incorrectly  designated  error.  The  result  is
continual inward looking or self auditing without relief or end.


    In a normal person this becomes a diminished activity,  unhappiness  or
illness. In an R/Ser  this becomes insanity and a psychotic break occurs  at
the last severe point of wrong indication.

                              AUDITOR TRAINING

    Auditors selected to do this RD must have  recently  done  a  HARD  TRs
Course and the Anti-Q&A materials.


    They must be able to recognize a ROCK SLAM, which is  a  particular  E-
Meter phenomenon. They must be  Class  IV  Expanded  Dianetics  auditors  of
proven skill on routine cases. They must  not  themselves  be  R/Sers.  (The
last requisite is waived in a self-salvage co-audit group where all R/S.)


    They need flawless  TRs, no Q&A. This Rundown is very simple but cannot
be  flubbed,  as  that  will  compound  the   errors   and   cause   further
introspection in the pc. It is better not to deliver this RD  than  to  flub
any  part of it. C/Ses take note. It is an Ethics Offense  to  attempt  this
Rundown without the auditor having done  the  prerequisite  training  and  a
further offense for an auditor to flub on it.


                               STEPS OF THE RD

                (On a normal person do Steps 000, 0000, 00000
                                and 000000.)

O.    On a person in a psychotic break isolate the person  wholly  with  all
        attendants completely  muzzled (no speech).

00.    Give  Vitamins  (B  Complex,  including  niacinamide)  and   minerals
        (calcium and magnesium) to build the person up.

000.  Locate by study or research of the person's case or via associates  or
        2-way comm the latest point of introversion which will be  just  at
        the beginning of the current psychotic break.

0000.       Indicate the substance of it to the person to  release  the  By-
        Passed Charge.

00000.      Indicate and handle the point of  introversion  and  its  chain.
        (Indication by itself can be a separate step before auditing.)

000000.     Continue the RD as below.

    1.      Verify/correct all L&N lists if not already done correctly.


    2.      Verify/correct all Why Finding, 3 May PLs, PTS Interviews, etc.
        (See C/S Series 78.)
        3.         Word   Clear   the   definitions   of   "Introspection",
        "Introversion" and "Extroversion".


    4.      Trace back the chain of being told his purposes were incorrect.
        To F/N Cog VGIs.


    5.      Trace back the chain of being "told" he had  purposes  that  he
        didn't actually have. To F/N Cog VGIs.


    6.      Trace back the chain of being  asked  for  things  that  didn't
        exist. To F/N Cog VGIs.


    7.      Trace back the  chain  of  someone  saying  W/Hs  existed  that
        didn't. To F/N Cog VGIs.


    8.      Trace back the chain of not having his withholds  accepted.  To
        F/N Cog VGIs.


    9.      Trace back the chain of someone accusing him  of  something  he
        hadn't done. To F/N Cog VGIs.


    10.     Trace back the chain of accusing himself  of things  he  hadn't
        done. To F/N Cog VGIs.


    11.     Trace back the chain of being heavily invalidated for something
        he didn't do. To F/N Cog VGIs.


    12.     Trace back the chain of being validated for something  he  knew
        was wrong. To F/N Cog VGIs.


    13.     Trace back the chain of being told he was PTS when  he  wasn't.
        To F/N Cog VGIs.


    14.     Trace back the chain of being interrogated for  no  reason.  To
        F/N Cog VGIs.


    15.     Trace back the chain of being told he was someone he wasn't. To
        F/N Cog VGIs.


    16.     Trace  back  the  chain  of  not  having  his  actual  identity
        believed. To F/N Cog VGIs.


    17.     Objective Havingness to F/N.

    At any time after Step 2 Objective Havingness should be done at session
end. If one of the chains in Steps 3-15 turns out to be false  the  pc  will
introvert further. In such a case  indicate  the  fact  of  it  having  been
unnecessary and get an F/N. Then run Objective Havingness. If  the  TA  goes
high (or low) and won't come into range, assess a C/S 53RF and handle.


    In the case of a pc in a psychotic break, the C/S would have to  locate
the last severe wrong indication, indicate the fact to the  pc  and  get  it
corrected (as with a wrong item) as the first action.

                                EXTROVERSION

    Def. EXTROVERSION: ". . . Means nothing more than being  able  to  look
outward...." "An extroverted personality is one who is  capable  of  looking
around the environment...." "A person who  is  capable  of  looking  at  the
world around him and seeing it quite real and quite bright is of  course  in
a state of extroversion." (Problems of Work.)



The end phenomena of the Introspection RD  is  the  person  extroverted,  no
longer looking inward worriedly in a continuous self-audit without end.


    The EP on a person in a psychotic break is the  end  of  the  psychotic
break.


    The RD is very simple and its results  are  magical  in  effectiveness.
Flubs can wreck it so don't permit them.


    You have in your hands the tool to take over mental  therapy  in  full.
You need not fear the insane or the psychotic break any longer.


    Here also is the cure for the continual self-auditing  pc  who  is  dug
into his bank. It works on all pcs in fact with rave results.


    Do it flawlessly and we all win.


    THIS PLANET IS OURS.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:ams.nt jh
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JANUARY 1974
Remimeo

                                  DIANETICS
                                R3R COMMANDS
                            HAVE BACKGROUND DATA


    A Cramming action has  just  uncovered  that  at  least  some  Dianetic
Auditors do not know the reason for each R3R command and,  not  knowing  why
the commands exist, miss on cases.


    A Cramming Officer or Supervisor can achieve  a  remarkable  result  by
making an Auditor get  the  why  of  each  R3R  Dianetic  command  from  the
original materials.


    The following development and use of this Cramming  technique  by  Mike
Mauerer follows:

                               "CASE HISTORY"

    "George Baillie, a Flag Interne, working on his Dianetics OK to  Audit,
was ordered to study the 1963 Dn HCO Bs ("Time Track and Engram  Running  by
Chains" Bulletins, Bulletins 1 and 2). He  read  the  HCO  Bs  but  had  not
studied them vigorously enough and for application.


    "As Interne Supervisor I worked with him  covering  these  HCO  Bs  and
Original  Thesis.  During  the  course  of  this  action   many   confusions
(primarily roteness) were handled. Among them were things like 'What is  the
purpose of Step 6 of R3R, "What do you see?" ' He had previously thought  it
was to 'orient' the Pc to the incident or some such, but basically  it  came
down to the fact he had never worked out  the  purpose  of  the  command  as
related to the mechanics of the bank and time track. After some  working  he
finally got the fact that Command 4 (duration) is to turn on the  visio  and
that before moving the Pc through the incident one would have  to  know  the
Pc had visio so he could move through. Conversely, if the  picture  was  not
'turned on' then the duration would have to be corrected.  Another  was  the
Step 3 Command (Move to that incident) on which the Interne thought that  by
repeating the auditing command when the Pc 'couldn't get  there'  you  would
handle the time track. This of course is failure to  handle  an  origination
and failure to handle time for the Pc. He finally  realized  that  obviously
the Pc didn't have the correct date  in  the  first  place  and  it  is  the
Auditor's action to find and get the correct date and thus move the  somatic
strip to that incident.


    "Each command of R3R was taken up and its purpose  demo'd  out  against
the basic definitions and mechanics of the time  track.  One  other  of  the
things discovered by this Interne was that  Command  Nine  (What  happened?)
has a purpose of running out the Locks created in PT, in session, by  virtue
of the fact that you're reminding the Pc of Secondaries  and  Engrams  right
there! (This is of course covered in Original Thesis.)


"Probably the most stunning and revealing thing covered was  the  fact  that
in Original Thesis Chapter 'Exhaustion of Engrams', para 3,  it  says,  'The
principle of recounting is very simple. The preclear is merely  told  to  go
back to the beginning and to tell it all  over  again.  He  does  this  many
times. As he does it the engram should lift in tone on each  recounting.  It
may lose some of its data and gain other. If the Preclear is  recounting  in
the same words time after time, it is certain that he is  playing  a  memory
record of what he has told you before. He  must  then  be  sent  immediately
back to the actual engram and the somatics of it restimulated. He will  then
be  found  to  somewhat  vary  his  story.  He  must  be  returned  to   the
consciousness of somatics  continually  until  these  are  fully  developed,
begin to lighten and are then gone.' This of course totally invalidates  the
use of a completely rote system and requires an  understanding  of  what  is
happening to the Pc, bank, etc.


    "Needless to say, this Interne went through many changes, now feels  in
comm with his Pcs and  not  'stuck'  to  some  rote  procedure  which  truly
inhibits the real gains to be  gotten  from  Dianetics  Engram  Running.  As
evidence to this action and its resultant gains in the Interne's ability  to
audit, the following is a brief description  of  a  case  he  audited  today
applying 1963 engram running and Original Thesis to these cases.


    "Case has run many hours of Dianetics with a hidden standard to do with
his hand. Has been trying since  earliest  Dianetic  sessions  to  get  this
handled. The somatic had been addressed by many different wordings and  many
chains but had never blown, yet  chains  had  apparently  gone  to  EP.  The
Auditor was C/Sed to find the actual somatic and run it out.  It  was  found
in session that the somatic had been run out to 'EP' so  an  L3B  was  done.
From the L3B the Auditor found it was one incident in restim  and  proceeded
to flatten the somatic chain connected with it. During this the  Auditor  on
occasion had to correct three dates and two durations, but  the  spectacular
part was Pc began on Steps 9 and D to say the same thing regarding  incident
each time. This being indicative of Pc  running  a  memory  record,  Auditor
moves Pc to the actual Engram, somatics intensify and  then  blow  (for  the
first time), Pc exterior with VVGIs. Exam result is quite spectacular.


    "All the above serves  to  once  again  validate  the  results  of  the
Dianetics materials when they are applied in full."




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH:ams.nt.ts
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 11 APRIL 1971R
Remimeo
Dn Chkshts      REVISED 28 JANUARY 1974
Ext Chkshts
Class IV        (Changes in this type style)
Class VI
Class VII         I M P O R T A N T
Class IX
                                    L3RC

                      DIANETICS AND EXT RD REPAIR LIST

                                (Revises L3B)

    This list includes  the  most  frequent  Dianetic  errors.  Use  up  to
Question 28 as the usual use. Then if the situation does not solve, use  the
rest of the list.


    A high or low TA and a bogged case can result from failures to erase  a
chain of incidents.


    DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPAIR A CHAIN OR ENGRAM WITHOUT USING THIS  LIST  as
it can have different or several errors.


    REMEMBER THAT YOUR PC MAY NOT BE SUFFICIENTLY TRAINED TO UNDERSTAND ALL
THESE QUESTIONS: IF ONE READS AND HE SAYS HE DOESN'T  UNDERSTAND  IT,  CLEAR
IT AND REASSESS (don't explain it and take it as it read on a  misunderstood
not on a fact).


    RUNNING PCS  ON  DIANETICS  WITHOUT  A  FULL  AND  COMPLETE  DN  C/S  1
INDOCTRINATION IS A FOOLISH ACTION.


    TAKE ANY READ FOUND TO F/N BY INDICATION OR FULL REPAIR OF IT.

1.    The Item or symptom being run had no charge on it. __________
      Indicate it was a false read, spot when it was run, where it was
      run and get an F/N.
 2.   The same incident or pictures were run before.     __________
      Indicate that an overrun has occurred. If no F/N spot when,
      spot where and get an F/N.
3.    A session was started on a new item while an old one was not
      erased.    __________
      TA would have been high on an old item or the Interiorization
      Rundown and the auditor went on anyway with a new item.
      Find what the old item was and repair it with a new assessment
      on the earlier chain. Indicate fact to the pc.
4.    The item being run described  just  one  incident.  (Narrative  Item.)
__________
      Find the somatics, emotions, attitudes of the incident and run
      them as chains as per Standard Dianetics.
 5.   The incident had an earlier beginning. __________
      Move the pc to the earlier beginning and proceed as per
      Standard Dianetics R3R.
5a.   There was an earlier misrun incident restimulated. __________
      This would be an incident that was never resolved (erased) and
      to handle it: Find out what it was and do an L3RC on it
6.    There were earlier incidents stirred up and not erased. __________
      Find what chain or item and run it to completion by R3R. This
      condition sometimes leaves pc with the ARC Brk effect of
      by-passed charge and is a basic example of by-passed charge.
7.    Stirred up earlier unrun incidents. (Same as 6.)   __________
8.    When running one item went into another instead and ran a
      different set of pictures.  __________
      Jumped chain.
9.    When you said it was erased it still had a mass.   __________
      Auditor does ABCD again on the item one or two more times to
      get BD F/N. If TA goes up ask for earlier beginning or earlier
      similar on same incident to F/N.
10.   You were protesting.   __________
      Find out what was being protested and handle it.
11.   You were still taking  drugs  or  medicine  that  had  not  worn  off.
__________
12.   You had a misunderstood on the commands.     __________
      Clear them up.
13.   You had a misunderstood on what you were supposed to be
      doing.     __________
      Clear it up, get it done right.
14.   A wrong item was given.     __________
      This could also be a listing error. If not sure what it is, shift to
      L4BR. Otherwise find it and indicate it as a wrong item and
      that all other actions connected with it were wrong. You can
      also date the session in which it occurred. And you can also find
      earlier similar wrong items.
15.   Has an earlier Dianetic upset been restimulated?   __________
      Find the earlier one and straighten it out. Also it can go back 2
      or 3 more earlier mix-ups. Straighten out as you go back. Then
      always check for "any earlier Dianetic upset" if you get no F/N.
16.   There was an Incorrect date.      __________
      Correct it.
17.   There was an Incorrect duration.  __________
      Correct it.
18.   There was a false date.     __________
      Find the real date despite the false date in the incident.
19.   There was a false duration. __________
      Find the real duration despite the false duration in the incident.
20.   Is there a stuck picture?   __________
      Do 1-19 again on the picture and handle.
21.   Is there a persistent mass?       __________
      (Handle as in 24.)
22.   Was this or an earlier action unnecessary?   __________
23.   Was there nothing wrong in the first place?  __________
24.   Did you have trouble with a pressure item or with pressure on
      an item?   __________
      Date it exactly  by meter and find out where  it occurred in the
      universe. If done exactly right, it will blow up and vanish and
      F/N. If this doesn't work, do this list 1 down to 24 on it and
      correct it to F/N.
25.   Did you move out of your head earlier in auditing?      __________
      Do Ext RD. (Ref. HCO B 16 Dec 71, C/S Series 35R.)
26.   Was your Exteriorization Rundown messed up?  __________
      Check folder on each flow and on the 2wc next day to be sure
      each flow was run to erasure and the 2wc to F/N. Remember
      that an auditor report can be a false report, and if you can't
      find the error in the folder, then do 1 to 24 on each flow. DO
      NOT AUDIT A PC FURTHER UNTIL THE EXT RD IS
      TOTALLY CORRECTED. IF YOU DO THE TA WILL RISE,
      WON'T COME DOWN AND PC WILL BE UPSET OR ILL.

    IN CHOOSING WHICH OF THESE READING ITEMS TO HANDLE, ALWAYS  HANDLE  EXT
RD ITEMS FIRST. THEN HANDLE THE REST.


    DO NOT CONTINUE AUDITING A PC WHOSE  EXT  RD  WAS  MESSED  UP  AND  NOT
CORRECTED.


    ANY ERROR REMAINING ON AN EXT RD IS DEADLY.

27.   Were you being asked things you couldn't answer?   __________
28.   Did the auditor refuse to accept what you were saying?  __________
      Get this and earlier similar instances until you get an F/N VGIs.

    FROM HERE ON ASSESS FURTHER ONLY IF PC TA OR UPSET REMAIN UNHANDLED.


    IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING READ, INDICATE IT, GET AN F/N OR GET AN EARLIER
SIMILAR UNTIL IT F/Ns.

29.   Has an item read under protest?   __________
30.   Was there no interest in running item? __________
31.   Was there no charge on item in the first place?    __________
32.   Has an item been misworded? __________
33.   Were you more interested in running another item?  __________
34.   Was the item suppressed?    __________
35.   Was the item invalidated?   __________
36.   Was more than you could see demanded?  __________
37.   Were 2 or more engrams found on the same date?     __________
38.   Did you skid into another incident?    __________
39.   Did you move to another chain?    __________
40.   Did you change the item while running it?    __________
41.   Were you running an item different from that assessed?  __________
42.   Was an Implant restimulated?      __________
43.   Were earlier errors on engrams restimulated? __________
44.   Was important data by-passed?     __________
45.   Was an incident skipped?    __________
46.   Did 2 or more incidents get confused?  __________
47.   Has a withhold been missed? __________
48.   Has an incident been left too heavily charged?     __________
49.   Has a chain been abandoned? __________
50.   Has an incident been abandoned?   __________
51.   Were you prevented from running an incident? __________
52.   Were processes changed on you?    __________
53.   Has basic on a chain been by-passed?   __________
54.   Has an erasure been denied you?   __________
55.   After it was erased  did  you  have  to  put  it  back  to  erase  it?
__________
56.    Were  you  running  copies  of  the  original  after  it  had   gone?
__________
57.   Have you gone past erasure into another chain?     __________
58.   Have several different chains been pulled in?      __________
59.   Has a cognition been chopped?     __________
60.   Has an F/N been indicated too soon?    __________
61.   Has the somatic gone but picture still there?      __________
62.   Should a basic be run through one more time? __________
63.   Have you been held up by the auditor?  __________
64.   Were you distracted in session?   __________
65.+ Did you go exterior in an incident?     __________
66.   Was an incident overrun?    __________
67.+ Did you go exterior in session?    __________
68.*  Have you not wanted to go earlier than this life?  __________
69.   Has it been all black? __________
70.   Was it all invisible?  __________
71.    Was  the  incident  really   a   false   or   implanted   occurrence?
__________
72.*  Have you had constantly changing pictures?   __________
73.   Have you never had any pictures?  __________
74.   Are you having to put it there to run it?    __________
      Get Earlier Similar times to F/N VGIs.
75.   Are incidents being overrun?      __________
76.   Has some major auditing action been done twice?    __________
77.   Has there been an unnecessary action?  __________
78.   Was there nothing wrong in the first place?  __________
79.   Was the real reason missed? __________
80.   Was something else wrong?   __________
      (Do a Green Form.)

    NOTE:


    + If questions 65 or 67 read and the pc  has  not  had  Interiorization
Rundown and the associated 2-way  comm,  the  auditor  ends  off  and  sends
folder to C/S so it can be C/Sed for Ext RD.


    * If questions 68 or 72 read, after indicating BPC, the  auditor  would
end off and return folder to C/S.

    WARNING:


    Do not use any Prepcheck-type buttons  during  engram  running  or  add
overts to this list as they will "mush" engrams.

LRH:ams.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1971, 1974       Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JANUARY 1974R
                          REVISED 10 FEBRUARY 1974

Remimeo
Ex Dn
Spclsts
M7/4 *rate
Clay Demo

                     THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973!

                            THE INTROSPECTION RD

                         (Changes HCO B 23 Jan 1974,
                          "The Introspection RD".)


    I have made a technical breakthrough  which  possibly  ranks  with  the
major discoveries of the Twentieth Century. It  is  certainly  the  greatest
advancement of 1973 and is now being  released  after  a  final  wrap-up  of
research. It is called the Introspection Rundown.


    The purpose of the Introspection RD is  to  locate  and  correct  those
things which cause a person to fixate his attention inwardly, on himself  or
his bank. This RD extroverts the person so that he can see  his  environment
and therefore handle and control it.


                                  RESEARCH

    In 1970 the actual cause of PSYCHOSIS was isolated (as given in  HCO  B
C/S Series 22, "Psychosis", 28 November 1970). In  the  ensuing  years  this
has been proven beyond doubt to be totally correct.


    But what is a psychotic break?


    Man has never been able to solve the psychotic break.  In  fact,  human
beings are actually  afraid  of  a  person  in  a  psychotic  break  and  in
desperation turn to psychiatry to handle.


    Psychiatry, desperate in its turn, without effective tech,  resorts  to
barbarities such as heavy drugs,  ice  picks,  electric  and  insulin  shock
which half kill the person and only suppress him.  The  fact  remains  there
has never been a cure for the psychotic break until now.


    The key is WHAT CAUSED THE PERSON TO INTROSPECT BEFORE   THE  PSYCHOTIC
BREAK.


    The breakthrough was made on a person who,  after  a  series  of  wrong
indications, went into a full-blown  psychotic  break-violence,  destruction
and all.


    The psychiatrist at this point would have sharpened up  his  ice  pick,
filled his syringes with the most powerful (and deadly) drugs he could  find
and turned up the volts. His "handling" would have been a final  destruction
of the individual.


    What was done was an auditor went into the room, sat  the  person  down
and corrected the last severe point of wrong  indication.  Subsequent  times
of wrong indication in his life were cleared up, the person came out of  the
psychotic break and into p.t.


    THIS MEANS THE LAST REASON TO HAVE PSYCHIATRY AROUND IS GONE.


    The psychotic break, the last of the "unsolvable" conditions  that  can
trap a person, has been solved.


    And it's quite simple, really.
                                   THEORY

    Def. INTROSPECTlON: "(L. from introspicere, to look within)  a  looking
into one's own mind, feelings, reactions, etc.; observation and analysis  of
oneself." Webster's New World Dictionary.


    Def. INTROVERSION: "(from  intro-  +  L.  vertere,  to  turn)  2....  a
tendency to direct one's interest upon oneself  rather  than  upon  external
objects or events." Webster's New World Dictionary.


    The essence of the Introspection RD is looking for and  correcting  all
those things which CAUSED the person to look inward  worriedly  and  wrestle
with the mystery  of  some  incorrectly  designated  error.  The  result  is
continual inward looking or self auditing without relief or end.


    In a normal person this becomes a diminished activity,  unhappiness  or
illness. In an R/Ser  this becomes insanity and a psychotic break occurs  at
the last severe point of wrong indication.


    The pc who originates to the Examiner about his case or writes notes to
the C/S or auditor is introverted and should have this RD.


                              AUDITOR TRAINING

    Auditors selected to do this RD must have  recently  done  a  HARD  TRs
Course and the Anti-Q&A materials.


    They must be able to recognize a ROCK SLAM, which is  a  particular  E-
Meter phenomenon. They must be  Class  IV  Expanded  Dianetics  auditors  of
proven skill on routine cases. They must  not  themselves  be  R/Sers.  (The
last requisite is waived in a self salvage co-audit group where all R/S.)


    They need flawless TRs, no Q&A. This Rundown is very simple but  cannot
be  flubbed,  as  that  -will  compound  the  errors   and   cause   further
introspection in the pc. It is better not to deliver this RD  than  to  flub
any part of it. C/Ses take note. It is an Ethics  Offense  to  attempt  this
Rundown without the auditor having done  the  prerequisite  training  and  a
further offense for an auditor to flub on it.

                                    * * *

                               STEPS OF THE RD

                      (Steps O and 00 are for a person
                         in a psychotic break, not a
                               normal person.)

    Put this checklist on inside front cover of folder as a pgm.
O.    On a person in a psychotic break isolate the person wholly with
      all attendants completely muzzled (no speech).     _________
00.   Give Vitamins (B Complex, including niacinamide) and minerals
      (calcium and magnesium) to build the person up.    _________
1.    Locate by study or research of the person's case or via associates
      or 2 way comm the last severe point of introversion just prior
      to the current psychotic break or illness. There may be several
      severe points of introversion, prior or subsequent to the one
      that triggered the break or illness. These points are identified by
      their upsetting or worrisome effect on the pc. Each is noted down
      for handling.    _________
2.     On  each  point,  indicate  the  substance  of  it  as  a  point   of
    introversion
      to release the By-Passed Charge. Each should BD and F/N. First
      point indicated to F/N.     _________
2B.   Second point indicated to F/N.    _________

2C.   Third point indicated to F/N.
      In the case of an out-list, the fact of a wrong item would be
      indicated and the list corrected by the Laws of L&N.    _________

3.    Get the wording of each point stated by the pc as an item (i.e.
      "What would you call such an incident?") and its read and
      handle by 2wc each flow E/Sim to F/N. First point 2wc'd
      F-1230 to F/N.   _________

3A.   Second point 2wc'd F-1230 to F/N. _________

3B.   Third point 2wc'd F-1230 to F/N.  _________

4.    Verify/Correct all L&N lists.     _________

5.    Verify/Correct all Why "lists", PTS Interviews, 3 May PLs per
      C/S Series 78.   _________

6.    R3R Quad item found in No. 3.
      ("Locate an incident where_____.")     _________

6A.   L&N for the Intention behind the subject  in No. 3. Verify Q for
      read before listing.   _________

6B.   R3R Quad the Intention.     _________

6C.   R3R Quad, L&N Intention & R3R Quad any other items found
      (No. 3A, 3B, etc).     _________

7.     Clear  the  words  "Introversion",  "Introspection",  "Extroversion".
    _________

8.    ARC BREAKS HANDLING.   _________

8A.   2wc Has another ARC Broken you?
      ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.     _________

8B.   2wc Have you ARC Broken another?
      ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.     _________

8C.   2wc Have others ARC Broken anyone else?
      ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.     _________

8D.   2wc Have you ARC Broken yourself?
      ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N.     _________

8E.   2wc Has anyone ever made you feel you had an ARC Break
      when you didn't? E/S to F/N.      _________

8F.   2wc Have you ever made anyone else feel he had an ARC
      Break when he didn't? E/S to F/N. _________

8G.   2wc Have others ever made anyone else feel he had an ARC
      Break when he didn't? E/S to F/N. _________

8H.   2wc Have you ever made yourself feel you had an ARC
      Break when you didn't? E/S to F/N.     _________

81.   R3R Quad the item.     _________

8J.   L&N for the Intention behind "the forcing of upsets on people
      who don't have them."  _________

8K.   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 8J.     _________

9.    WITHHOLDS HANDLING.    _________

9A.   2wc Are you withholding something from anyone? E/Sim to
      F/N.  _________

9B.   2wc Is anyone else withholding something from you? E/Sim
      to F/N.    _________

9C.   2wc Are others withholding something from anyone else?
      E/Sim to F/N.    _________

9D.   2wc Are you withholding something from yourself? E/Sim to
      F/N.  _________

9E.    2wc  Has  anyone  demanded  W/Hs  you  didn't  have?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

9F.   2wc Have you demanded withholds of anyone else they didn't
      have? E/Sim to F/N.    _________

9G.   2wc Have others demanded withholds of anyone else they didn't
      have? E/Sim to F/N.    _________

9H.   2wc Have you demanded W/Hs from yourself that you didn't
      have? E/Sim to F/N.    _________

9I.   R3R Quad "demanded non-existent W/Hs from ." _________

9J.   L&N, Clear Q thoroughly and verify for read first, what purpose
      would be behind "the demanding  of  non-existent  W/Hs  from  others"?
    _________

9K.   R3R Quad the item in No. 9J.      _________

10.   PROBLEMS HANDLING.     _________

10A   2wc Has another given you a problem? E/Sim to F/N. _________

10B   2wc Have you given another a problem? E/Sim to F/N.     _________

10C   2wc Have others  given  a  problem  to  anyone  else?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

10D. 2wc Have you given yourself a problem? E/Sim to F/N.     _________

10E. 2wc Has anyone ever made you feel you had a problem when you
      didn't? E/Sim to F/N.  _________

10F. 2wc Have you ever made anyone else feel he had a problem when
      he didn't? E/Sim to F/N.    _________

10G. 2wc Have others ever made anyone else feel he had a problem
      when he didn't? E/Sim to F/N.     _________

10H   2wc Have you ever made yourself feel you had a problem when
      you didn't? E/Sim to F/N.   _________

10I   R3R Quad the item.     _________

10J   L&N for the Intention behind "the giving of problems to people
      that don't belong to them." _________

10K   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 10J.    _________

11.   OVERTS HANDLING. _________

11A    2wc  Has  anyone  else  committed  overts  on  you?  E/Sim  to   F/N.
    _________

11B   2wc Have you committed overts on anyone else? Get what,
      E/Sim to F/N.    _________

11C   2wc Have others committed overts on anyone else? E/Sim to
      F/N.  _________
11D   2wc  Have  you  committed  any  overts  on  yourself?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

11L   2wc Has anyone ever accused you of something you didn't do?
      E/Sim to F/N.    _________

11F   2wc Have you ever accused anyone else of something he didn't
      do? E/Sim to F/N.      _________

11G   2wc Have others ever accused anyone else of something he
      didn't do? E/Sim to F/N.    _________

11H   2wc Have you ever accused yourself of something you didn't do?
      E/Sim to F/N.    _________

11I   R3R Quad the item.     _________

11J   L&N for the Intention behind "the accusing of someone of non-
      existent overts."      _________

11K   R3 R Quad the Intention, in No. 11J.   _________

12    NOT SAYING.      _________

12A   2wc Are you not saying something about someone else or
      something? Get what, E/Sim to F/N.     _________

12B    2wc  Is  anyone  not  saying  something  about  you?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

12C   2wc Are others not saying something about anyone else? E/Sim
      to F/N.    _________

12D   2wc Are you  not  saying  something  about  yourself?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

12E   2wc Has anyone not accepted your W/Hs? E/Sim to F/N.    _________

12F   2wc  Have  you  not  accepted  someone  else's  W/Hs?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

12G   2wc Have others  not  accepted  anyone  else's  W/Hs?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

12H   2wc Have you not accepted your own W/Hs? E/Sim to F/N.  _________

12I   R3R Quad "W/Hs weren't accepted." _________

12J   L&N Intention behind "the rejecting of others' W/Hs."   _________

12K   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 12J.    _________

13.   FALSE INCIDENTS HANDLING.   _________

13A. 2wc Has anyone ever asked you for things that didn't exist?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

13B. 2wc Have you ever asked anyone else for things that didn't
      exist? E/S to F/N.     _________

13C   2wc Have others ever asked anyone else for things that didn't
      exist? E/S to F/N.     _________

13D   2wc Have you ever asked yourself for things that didn't exist?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

13E   R3R Quad the item.     _________

13F   L&N for the Intention behind "the demanding of false incidents
      from others."    _________

13G   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 13F.    _________

14    PTS HANDLING.    _________

14A   2wc Has anyone given you a false assignment that you were
      being done in? E/S to F/N.  _________

14B   2wc Have you given anyone a false assignment that he was being
      done in? E/S to F/N.   _________

14C   2wc Have others given anyone else a false assignment that they
      were being done in? E/Sim to F/N. _________

14D   2wc Have you given yourself a false assignment that you were
      being done in? E/S to F/N.  _________

14E   R3R Quad the item.     _________

14F   L&N for the Intention behind "giving others a false assignment
      that they were being done in."    _________

14G   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 14F.    _________

14H   2wc Has anyone been doing you in? E/S to F/N.      _________

14I   2wc Have you been doing anyone else in? E/S to F/N.     _________

14J   2wc Have others been doing anyone else in? E/S to F/N.  _________

14K   2wc Have you been doing yourself in? E/S to F/N.   _________

15    FALSE INTERROGATION HANDLING.     _________

15A   2wc Has anyone ever interrogated you for no reason? E/S to
      F/N.  _________

15B   2wc Have you ever interrogated anyone else for no reason? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

15C   2wc Have others ever interrogated anyone else for no reason?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

15D   2wc Have you ever had yourself interrogated for no reason? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

15E   R3R Quad the item.     _________

15F   L&N for the Intention behind  "the  false  interrogating  of  others."
    _________

15G   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 15F.    _________

16    FALSE INVALIDATION HANDLING.      _________

16A   2wc Has anyone ever heavily invalidated you unjustly? E/S to
      F/N.  _________

16B   2wc Have you ever heavily invalidated anyone else unjustly?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

16C   2wc Have others ever heavily invalidated anyone else unjustly?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

16D   2wc Have you ever heavily invalidated yourself unjustly? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

16E   R3R Quad the item.     _________

16F   L&N for the Intention behind  "the  unjust  invalidating  of  others."
    _________

16G   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 16F.    _________
17    FALSE VALIDATION HANDLING.  _________

17A   2wc Has another ever validated you for something he knew was
      wrong? E/S to F/N.     _________

17B   2wc Have you ever validated anyone else for something you
      knew was wrong? E/S to F/N. _________

17C   2wc Have others ever validated anyone else for something they
      knew was wrong? E/S to F/N. _________

17D   2wc Have you ever validated yourself for something you knew
      was wrong? E/S to F/N. _________

17E   R3R Quad the item.     _________

17F   L&N for  the  Intention  behind  "the  false  validating  of  others."
    _________

17G   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 17F.    _________

18.   "HIT" FOR NO REASON.   _________

18A. 2wc Has  anyone  "hit"  you  too  hard  for  no  reason?  E/S  to  F/N.
    _________

18B   2wc Have you "hit" anyone else too hard for no reason? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

18C   2wc Have others "hit" anyone else too hard for no reason? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

18D   2wc Have you gotten yourself "hit" too hard for no reason? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

18E   R3R Quad the item.     _________

18F   L&N for the Intention  behind  "the  'hitting'  of  others  unfairly."
    _________

18G   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 18F.    _________

19    INVALIDATED BEINGNESS HANDLING.   _________

19A   2wc Has anyone ever challenged or questioned who you were?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

19B   2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned anyone else's
      identity? E/S to F/N.  _________

19C   2wc Have others ever challenged or questioned anyone else's
      identity? E/S to F/N.  _________

19D   2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned your identity? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

19E   R3R Quad the item.     _________

19F   L&N for the Intention behind "the invalidating of  others'  identity."
    _________

19G   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 19F.    _________

20.   INVALIDATED INTENTIONS HANDLING.  _________

20A   2wc Has anyone ever challenged or questioned your intentions?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

20B   2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned anyone else's
      intentions? E/S to F/N.     _________


20C   2wc Have others ever challenged or questioned anyone else's
      intentions? E/S to F/N.     _________

20D   2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned your own intentions?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

20E   R3R Quad "misinterpreted intentions. " _________

20F   L&N for the Intention behind "the invalidating of the intentions of
      others."   _________

20G   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 20F.    _________

21    OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS.  _________


    An HC List could be added here if the pc's "think" is still weird.


    NOTE: ITEMS THAT DON'T READ WON'T RUN. DON'T RUN OR LIST Q's THAT DON'T
READ OR YOU'LL REINTROVERT THE PC.


    Frequent D of P Interview is vital whenever the case looks like  it  is
not rapidly progressing.  Also  a  quick  assessment  may  be  needed  as  a
separate action to isolate possible charged areas of introspection.


    At any time after Step  2,  Objective  Havingness  should  be  done  at
session end. If one of the items in Steps 3-20 turns out to be false the  pc
will introvert further. In such a case indicate the fact of it  having  been
unnecessary and get an F/N. Then run Objective Havingness. If  the  TA  goes
high (or low) and won't come into range, assess a C/S 53RF and handle.


    In the case of a pc in a psychotic break, the C/S would have to  locate
the last severe wrong indication, indicate the fact to the  pc  and  get  it
corrected (as with a wrong item) as the first action.

                                EXTROVERSION

    Def. EXTROVERSION: ". . . Means nothing more than being  able  to  look
outward...." "An extroverted personality is one who is  capable  of  looking
around the environment ...." "A person who is  capable  of  looking  at  the
world around him and seeing it quite real and quite bright is of  course  in
a state of extroversion." (Problems Of Work.)


    The end phenomena of the Introspection RD is the person extroverted, no
longer looking inward worriedly in a continuous self-audit without end.


    The EP on a person in a psychotic break is the  end  of  the  psychotic
break.


    The RD is very simple and its results  are  magical  in  effectiveness.
Flubs can wreck it so don't permit them.


    You have in your hands the tool to take over mental  therapy  in  full.
You need not fear the insane or the psychotic break any longer.


    Here also is the cure for the continual self-auditing  pc  who  is  dug
into his bank. It works on all pcs in fact with rave results.


    Do it flawlessly and we all win.


    THIS PLANET IS OURS.

      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:ams.Jh
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED    [Added to by HCO Bs 20 Feb 74, 6 Mar 74  and  20  Apr
74.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 15 FEBRUARY 1974
                       (Amended & Reissued 28 March 74
                         -only change is Series No.)
Remimeo

                        Expanded Dianetics Series 20


                          SERVICE FACSIMILE THEORY
                           AND EXPANDED DIANETICS


    As a re-study of Service Facsimiles the following theory is released as
background.


    Note that this is background  data  for  Class  IV  but  is  in  actual
practice used on Expanded Dianetics.


    This sheds some light on Evil Purposes.


    And a new approach comes to light for use in Expanded Dianetics.


    NONE OF THIS ALTERS CLASS IV and NONE OF IT CANCELS OR CHANGES CLASS IV
OR EARLIER DATA.


                           AN OUTLINED NEW XDN RD

Service Facs By Dynamics and sections thereof.

    How to be right on the_____Dynamic Triple. (The exact Question needs to
be worked out for various pcs.)


    All L&N and therefore very dicey.


    The theory is that a thetan even when  pressed  or  suppressed  to  the
absolute limit of near extinction will still try, even  when  "cooperating",
to some way be right.


    A thetan cannot die. His only out is to try to  stop  something  as  he
himself cannot stop living.


    This gives rise to fixed ideas as he is trying  to  stop-therefore  the
ideas hold in time and continue.


    His efforts to be right continue to stop him in a reverse flow.


    This is true because he is  already  at  near  total  effect.  He  also
becomes the effect of his own fixed idea efforts to handle.


    Just as a man being crushed by a house-size rock  will  still  put  his
hands out to fend it off,  so  will  a  thetan  continue  to  fend  off  his
believed oppressions by stopping them.


    Insistence on rightness is a last refuge of beingness.  Thus  one  gets
some very aberrated ones.


    These he uses in situations where he thinks he might be found wrong.
These are called "Service Facsimiles". "Service" because they  "serve"  him.
"Facsimiles" because they are in mental image  picture  form.  They  explain
his disabilities as well.


    The  facsimile  part  is  actually  a  self-installed  disability  that
"explains" how he is not responsible for not being able to cope.  So  he  is
not wrong for not coping.


    Part of the "package" is to be right by making wrong.


    The service facsimile is therefore a picture containing an  explanation
of self condition and also a fixed method of making others wrong.


    A real handling would have to include:


        A.        What  disability  he  uses  to  explain  how  he  is  not
             responsible for not fully coping with life or given situations.


        B.       A fixed postulate he uses to further assert that in actual
             fact he is still right.


        C.       The computation as contained in B to make others wrong  so
             as to be right.


    Handling therefore would include:


        a.       The disability R3 R Triple.


        b.       L&N for a fixed postulate on each dynamic he  uses  to  be
             right.


        c.       A realization he is using this to make others wrong so  he
             can be right.


    All these conditions would have to be handled to fully handle a Service
Fac to full EP.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:ams.ntm jh
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 17 FEBRUARY 1974
Remimeo

                                C/S Series 91


                               MUTUAL OUT RUDS


    It has been known for many many years that the  phenomenon  of  "Mutual
Out Ruds" existed.


    This means TWO OR MORE PEOPLE WHO MUTUALLY HAVE RUDS OUT ON  THE  WIDER
GROUP OR OTHER DYNAMICS AND DO NOT GET THEM IN.


    Example: A husband-wife co-audit team never run O/Ws on the rest of the
family because both of them have similar overts and so consider it usual.


    Example: Prisoners engaged in co-auditing (as  in  Narconon)  may  have
similar overts, withholds,  ARC  Brks  and/or  problems  with  the  rest  of
society and so do not think of handling them as out-ruds.


    Example: Two top class auditors co-auditing, have similar overts on the
junior auditors and the org and so never think to get them in.


    THIS CAN STALL CASES!


    A C/S  has  to  take  this  factor  into  account  wherever  he  has  a
possibility of its occurring.


    In one instance mutual out ruds went  so  far  as  four  auditors,  co-
auditing, agreeing never to put their overts down on W/Ses  "so  they  would
not lose reputation". Needless to say all four eventually blew.


    If the C/S had done a routine check for mutual  out  ruds,  this  whole
scene would have been prevented and four beings would not have  ruined  each
other.


    IN ANY SITUATION WHERE A SMALL PORTION OF A LARGER GROUP IS ENGAGED  IN
CO-AUDIT THE C/S MUST CHECK ROUTINELY FOR MUTUAL OUT RUDS.


    This could even apply to an org or vessel which was separate  from  the
rest of society around it: its members could develop mutual  out  ruds  from
the rest of society and cases could fail on this point.


    Be alert to MUTUAL OUT RUD SITUATIONS AND HANDLE BY GETTING THEM IN  ON
THE REST OF THE SURROUNDING PEOPLE OR SOCIETY.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:ams.rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 20 FEBRUARY 1974

Remimeo
Ex Dn Spclsts
M 7/4 * Rate
Clay Demo

                              INTROSPECTION RD
                             ADDITIONAL ACTIONS


                             RESPONSIBILITY STEP

    An additional step to the rundown has been found necessary,  especially
in the case of a psychotic. This is the Responsibility Step. It consists  of
doing ARC Brks LD Triple, 2wc Recent Actions  taking  up  the  best  reading
overt and running Responsibility on it (i.e.  What  about_____could  you  be
responsible for?). If no major increase in responsibility  take  up  another
reading overt and run Responsibility on that.  Do  this  until  there  is  a
significant increase in responsibility. Follow  this  with  running  all  E.
Purps brought up during the Introspection steps of the RD.  If  the  pc  was
found to R/S during the RD the C/S would order the R/Sing statements  culled
and assessed and those with good reads handled by  L&N  "What  intention  is
connected with (statement)?" then R3R Quad. Additionally the C/S would  note
areas of low responsibility and order O/W run on those areas.


                              PROGRAMMING DATA

    In the case of a psycho it is necessary to tailor the Introspection  RD
steps to the pc, instead of following it as a rote sequence at the  risk  of
running unreading items on the pc. On any pc this is deadly. In a psycho  it
is pure dynamite.


    To do this the C/S would order the subjects of the RD  steps  assessed,
then handled in order of large reads. The Auditor's TR- 1 and metering  must
be such that he can make a meter read. The RD could be made to fail on  this
point by missing hot subjects.


                         THE CLEARED CANNIBAL FACTOR

    When you clear a cannibal what do you have? Experientially you  have  a
cannibal. His experiential track is such  that  he's  been  a  cannibal  for
ages. That's how he's handled life and people around  him,  that's  what  he
knows how to do. This person is unaware of  his  responsibilities  to  other
dynamics and is unfamiliar with  proper  behavior  and  responsible  actions
towards others. In the case of an SP, he has  been  busy  destroying  others
for so long that when he's somewhat cleaned up on  this  he  does  not  know
what else to do or how to act. It's rather pathetic, actually.


                                  ISOLATION

    In a person in a psychotic break, it is necessary to isolate  them  for
them to destimulate and to protect them and  others  from  possible  damage.
While in isolation the person receives the Introspection RD done  flawlessly
on  a  short-session  basis,  gradiently  winning  and  gaining  confidence.
Between sessions the muzzled rule is in force. No one speaks to  the  person
or in his hearing.
There comes a point where the C/S must decide to  release  the  person  from
isolation.  To  do  this  the  C/S  must  know  that  the  person  can  take
responsibility for  his  actions  as  regards  others,  as  well  as  toward
himself.


                                 C/S ACTION-
                            CLEARED CANNIBAL STEP

    The C/S's action is a direct comm line to  the  person  by  notes.  The
person is provided with paper and pen to reply. The C/S must  determine  the
person's responsibility level. Example: "Dear Joe. What  can  you  guarantee
me if you are let out of isolation?" If the person's reply  shows  continued
irresponsibility toward other dynamics or fixation on  one  dynamic  to  the
exclusion of others damaged the C/S must inform the person of his  continued
isolation and why. Example: "Dear Joe. I'm sorry but no go on coming out  of
isolation yet. Your actions threatened the survival of  hundreds  of  people
indirectly and 6 families directly by burning down  their  houses.  You  are
unaware of the effects this could have had and still  only  concerned  about
your own welfare. You must hate the human race quite a bit."


    The C/S has drawn a conclusion based on the information he has and lets
the person know where he stands. He does not reintrovert the  pc  by  asking
him, "Why did you burn down those houses?" He draws an  accurate  conclusion
and indicates it.


    This will  elicit  a  protest  from  the  person  and  bring  about  an
involvement in the dynamics concerned. It also  serves  to  bring  about  an
awareness of consequences. Example: "But. . . but. .  .  I  never  meant  to
threaten others' survival. I just wanted to burn down the houses  because  I
like fires. Gosh. . . I didn't mean it. I don't hate the  human  race.  .  .
Oh! I really don't hate the human race." Cognition.


    The person's auditing is continued between these exchanges. The Auditor
may have to clean  up  some  ARC  Breaks  as  the  protest  is  coming  off.
Skillfully done, that's all the Auditor should  have  to  clean  up,  except
maybe some more O/Ws. When it is obvious the person is out of his  psychosis
and up to the responsibility of living with others his isolation is ended.

                                   SUMMARY

    Handling  the  C/Sing  and  auditing  on  this  RD  requires   a   real
understanding of Dianetics and Expanded  Dianetics  basics  and  the  utmost
precision of application. Its results are nothing  short  of  miraculous.  I
hope this will be of further assistance to you.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH :ntm jh
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 6 MARCH 1974
Remimeo
Ex Dn Spclsts
M 7/4 * Rate
Clay Demo
                              INTROSPECTION RD
                               SECOND ADDITION
                            INFORMATION TO C/SES
                              FIXATED ATTENTION

                       Ref. Creation of Human Ability
                               R2-39 and R2-23


    Sometimes the C/S runs into the case whose attention is  solidly  fixed
on something. When attention is  fixed  we  have  an  unawareness  of  other
things than the object of fixation and a lessening of Self-Determinism to  a
point of Other Determinism. Example: The pc is always bringing up  cars.  He
has trouble with cars, has ARC Breaks about cars, W/Hs about  cars,  commits
overts on cars. It worries him all the time, is a constant problem.


    The fixated attention case appears not to as-is and is usually stuck on
the track in the "quiet" portion of an incident. Ahead of it and  behind  it
is extreme randomity. This is not easily  confronted  so  is  not-ised.  The
solution is to get the pc to exercise his  attention  putting  it  here  and
there.



                         INTROVERSION AND ATTENTION

    The pc whose attention is fixated manifests it in several ways. He will
be continuously introverted on the area, will bring it up often  in  session
but it doesn't seem to blow. It also shows up in correspondence to the  C/S,
frequent originations at Examiner, a fixed  vague  stare,  all  evidence  of
introversion. The pc may not originate it.


                             ANATOMY AND REMEDY

    This fixation shows up  as  a  problem  but  it  is  usually  a  Hidden
Standard, a special problem the pc thinks must be resolved  before  auditing
can be seen to have worked. Hence the NCG  (no  case  gain)  aspect.  It  is
always an old problem of long duration.

    The remedy basically involves getting the terminal connected  with  the
area of fixation located  and  having  the  pc  put  his  attention  on  the
terminal and take his attention off the terminal.

                                 THE PROCESS

STEP 1-Determine exactly what the pc  has  attention  fixed  on,  by  folder
inspection or 2wc for a BD F/N item.

STEP 2-Get the area translated into a terminal.  This  will  read  well  and
have a high degree of pc interest.

STEP 3-Fit the terminal in the commands: "Put your attention  on  terminal."
"Take your attention off terminal." Clear and run  it  alternate  repetitive
to the EP of pc's attention no longer fixed on  the.  area,  F/N  Cog  VGIs.
This is called Attention Subjective Repetitive.
STEP 4-Select two objects. Best are a red pen and a blue  pen.  Two  bowling
pins will also do. Place them three to four feet  apart  at  a  distance  of
three to four feet from the pc. Place them on white paper for visibility.

STEP 5-Name the objects and fit them in the commands:  "Put  your  attention
on the red pen." "Put your attention on the blue pen."  Clear  the  commands
and run them alternate repetitive  to  the  EP  of  pc  in  control  of  his
attention, F/N Cog VGIs. This is called Attention Objective Repetitive.

ALTERNATE STEP 5-Name the objects and fit them in  the  following  commands:
"Decide to put your attention on the red pen. Tell me when you've done  so."
"Put your attention on it." Then "Decide to put your attention on  the  blue
pen. Tell me when you've done so." "Put your  attention  on  it."  Run  this
alternate repetitive until the pc is doing  the  decision  step  each  time,
then you can drop out the "Tell me when you've done so." Run it  to  the  EP
of pc in control of his attention, F/N Cog VGIs. This  is  called  Attention
Objective Decision Repetitive.

NOTE: With both these objective attention processes the  pc  may  swear  you
are hypnotizing him or something. The process actually runs  out  hypnotism.
The pc will come through a band of Robotism and come out the  other  end  IN
CONTROL OF HIS OWN ATTENTION.

                             VITAL PROCESS DATA

    It would never be okay to run  Attention  Subjective  Repetitive  on  a
significance (a no mass thing). It must be run on a terminal. This is a ONE-
SHOT PROCESS, depending for its effectiveness  on  the  correctness  of  the
first item selected.


    This item is usually unmistakable in a truly fixated case.


                                 PROGRAMMING

    Attention Subjective and Objective Repetitive fits in sequence  on  the
Introspection RD between Steps 6C and 7.


    If the terminal  connected with the area of fixed attention  could  not
be located then the area could not be addressed  with  Attention  Subjective
Repetitive, but in some other manner. It is unlikely that no terminal  could
be found on a truly fixated attention case.


                                  ISOLATION

    When a person is released from isolation after terminated handling of a
psychotic break it is usual to welcome them back and restore  any  lost  ARC
for them from the group, if needed, with an announcement in the OODs.


    The person would be interviewed as to whether he wanted to stay  or  go
and what his intentions were.


    Formal notification would be made that the  person  was  back  in  good
graces and he would be allowed to make up  for  any  damage  done,  but  not
forced to do so. In the case of a crew  member,  it  would  be  expected  he
would be assigned to the DPF or RPF where there was one, and  told  to  make
good.


                                 ADDITIONAL
                            CLEARED CANNIBAL STEP

    There is an additional tool for use by the  C/S  in  raising  the  pc's
responsibility. The C/S sends to the pc HCO B 21  Jan  AD10  "Justification"
with a note asking the pc to please read the HCO B then tell the C/S  if  it
has any application.
This would be done as the first of the series of C/S notes  and  pc  replies
on the Cleared Cannibal Step.


    If the C/S receives any "rant and rave" in  reply  he  would  order  it
Dated and Located as the pc would be answering out of an incident.

    Regardless, the Justification HCO B would have to be followed  by  O/Ws
as the pc has W/Hs there to be restimmed and not running out the O/Ws  could
cause the TA to skyrocket.

                              C/SING ON PSYCHOS

    C/Sing and auditing psychos is a very precise and even touchy business.
There must be no mistakes and you cannot be heavy-handed on them.  They  are
at the lowest point on the Effect Scale and therefore delicate at  best  and
easily overwhelmed.


    It is also policy that  a  C/S  takes  it  easy  on  auditors  handling
psychos. They are very hard to audit and  difficult  to  control.  So  don't
berate the auditor. If they get any kind of a result three cheers.

                                  INTEGRITY

    It has always been a rule that actions of one RD are not mixed in  with
another action or used randomly outside of the RD.


    Recently I found that a technique from the Introspection RD was used to
indicate by-passed charge or something when  handling  ruds.  This  is  very
wrong. This happened in the field as  an  isolated  instance  but  is  worth
mentioning.


    The integrity of any RD must be  maintained  or  its  effectiveness  is
reduced. When parts of a RD are used at random by a C/S it  actually  starts
the pc on a RD that is left incomplete.


    So don't extract bits of this RD and use them  on  other  actions.  You
would do yourself and the pc a disservice.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:ams jh
Copyright � 1974
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 11 APRIL 1971 RA

Remimeo     (REVISED 28 JAN 1974)
DnChkshts   (REVISED 8 MARCH 1974)
Int RD Chkshts
Class IV and
above.      I M P O R T A N T

                                    L3RD

                      DIANETICS AND INT RD REPAIR LIST


    This list includes the most frequent Dianetic errors.


    A high or low TA and a bogged case can result from failures to erase  a
chain of incidents.


    DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPAIR A CHAIN OR ENGRAM WITHOUT USING THIS  LIST  as
it can have different or several errors.


    REMEMBER TO CLEAR EACH WORD ON THIS LIST. IF A QUESTION READS  AND  THE
PC SAYS HE DOESN'T UNDERSTAND IT, CLEAR IT AND REASSESS  (don't  explain  it
and take it as it read on a misunderstood not on a fact).


    RUNNING PCS  ON  DIANETICS  WITHOUT  A  FULL  AND  COMPLETE  DN  C/S  1
INDOCTRINATION IS A FOOLISH ACTION.


    TAKE ANY READ FOUND TO F/N BY FULL REPAIR OF IT PER THE INSTRUCTIONS.

1.    There was an Earlier Similar incident. _________
      Indicate it, flatten the chain.

2.    There was no Earlier Similar incident. _________
      Indicate it. Determine if the chain is flat or if the last incident
      needs to be run through again. Complete the chain to F/N by
      indication or D/L if needed, or by flattening it.

3.    There was an earlier beginning.   _________
      Indicate it. Handle with R3R and complete the chain.

4.    There was no earlier beginning.   _________
      Indicate it. Complete the chain with R3R ABCD on last incident
      if unflat.

5.    An F/N was indicated too soon.    _________
      Indicate it. Flatten the last incident.

6.    An F/N was indicated too late.    _________
      Indicate it. Spot the flat point, indicate the overrun, D/L if
      necessary.

7.    An F/N was not indicated at all.  _________
      Indicate it. Spot the flat point, indicate the overrun, D/L if
      necessary.

8.    There was no charge on an item in the first place. _________
      Indicate it, and that it shouldn't have been run, D/L if necessary.
    9.      Jumped chains.  _________
      Indicate it. Reorient to the  original  chain,  spot  flat  point  and
    indicate
      the overrun, D/L if necessary, or flatten the chain.

10.   Flubbed commands.      _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N.

11.   Didn't have a command. _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N.

12.   Misunderstood on the command.     _________
      Find it and clear it.

13.   Incident should be run through one more time.      _________
      Indicate it. ABCD on the incident, flatten the chain.

14.   Too late on the chain. _________
      Indicate it. Get the Earlier Similar incident and complete the
      chain with R3R.

15.   Incident gone more solid.   _________
      Indicate it. Check for earlier incident or earlier beginning and
      complete the chain.

16.   Stopped running an incident that was erasing.      _________
      Indicate it. ABCD on the incident and erase it.

17.   Went past basic on a chain. _________
      Indicate it, D/L if necessary.

18.   An earlier misrun incident restimulated.     _________
      Indicate it. Find out what it was and do an L-3RD on it.

19.   Two or more incidents got confused.    _________
      Indicate it, sort it out with an L-3RD on it.

20.   An implant was restimulated.      _________
      Indicate it, if no joy do an L-3RD on the time of the
      restimulation.

21.   The incident was really an implant.    _________
      Indicate it, D/L if necessary or L-3RD on it.

22.   Wrong Item.      _________
      Indicate it was a wrong item and that all other actions
      connected with it were wrong. If it is from an L&N list or if
      any question or difficulty, L-4BR.

23.   Not your item.   _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N.

24.   Not your incident.     _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N. L-3RD if any trouble.

25.   Same thing run twice.  _________
      Indicate it. Spot the first flat point, indicate the overrun, D/L
      if necessary.

26.   There was a wrong date.     _________
      Indicate it. Get the correct date and flatten the incident if
      unflat.
    27.     There was no date for the incident.    _________
      Indicate it. Get the date and flatten the incident if unflat.

28.   It was a false date.   _________
      Indicate it. Get the correct date and flatten the incident if unflat.

29.   There was an incorrect duration.  _________
      Indicate it. Get the correct duration and flatten the incident if
      unflat.

30.    No duration was found for the incident.     _________
      Indicate it. Get the duration and flatten the incident if unflat.

31.   There was a false duration.       _________
      Indicate it. Get the correct duration and flatten the incident if
      unflat.

32.   An earlier Dianetic upset was restimulated.  _________
      Locate what it was, indicate it. Sort it out with an L-3RD if
      necessary.

33.   An earlier ARC Break on engrams was restimulated.  _________
      Indicate it. Sort it out with an L-3RD, ARCU CDEINR or an
      L-1C as applicable.

34.   There was an ARC Break in the incident.      _________
      Indicate it. Flatten the incident if unflat. ARCU CDEINR at that
      time if necessary.

35.   You were protesting.   _________
      Indicate it, clean it up E/S to F/N.

36.   Auditor demanded more than you could see.    _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N. L-1C if necessary.

37.   Auditor refused to accept what you were saying.    _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N. L-1C if necessary.

38.   You were prevented from running an incident.       _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N. Flatten the incident if unflat. L-1C if
      necessary.

39.   You were distracted while running an incident.     _________
      Indicate it, E/S to F/N. Flatten the incident if unflat. L-1C if
      necessary.

40.   Audited over an  ARC Brk    _________
                       Problem    _________
            Withhold.  _________
      Indicate it and handle the out rud. Do not pull W/Hs before the
      engram or chain is repaired or it will mush engrams.

41.   An item was suppressed.     _________
      Indicate it. Get the suppress off E/S to F/N, then run or flatten
      the item.

42.   An item was invalidated.    _________
      Indicate it. Get the inval off E/S to F/N, then run or flatten the
      item.

43.   An item was abandoned.      _________
      Indicate it, get the item back and run or flatten it.
    44.     The wording of the item was changed.   _________
      Indicate it. Get the correct wording and give it to him. Flatten it
      if unflat.

45.   Stuck picture.   _________
      Indicate it. Do an L3-RD on it. You can also unstick it by having
      him recall a time before it  and  recall  a  time  after  it.  D/L  if
    necessary.

46.   All black. _________
      Spot the black field or picture. Get the correct duration. If no go,
      L-3RD on it.

47.   Invisible. _________
      Spot the invisible field or picture. L-3RD on it.

48.   Constantly changing pictures.     _________
      Indicate there was a misassessment and a wrong item was
      taken off the list. Get the correct item and run it, or L-3RD
      on that session.

49.   There was a persistent mass.      _________
      L-3RD on it, or D/L.

50.   There was trouble with  a  pressure  item  or  pressure  on  an  item.
    _________
      L-3RD on it, or D/L.

51.   You went exterior.     _________
      Indicate it, D/L if necessary or rehab. If TA high as a result of
      this do an Int RD Correction List or send to the C/S if pc hasn't
      had Int RD.

52.   Your Int RD was messed up.  _________
      Indicate it, Int RD Corr List if TA high. If TA OK, 2wc "going
      into things" or clear up any misunderstoods on Int, Ext, etc.

53.   Audited over Drugs or Medicine.   _________
      Indicate it. L-3RD on that time, then verify all chains to ensure
      they erased.

54.   A past death restimulated.  _________
      Indicate it, if it doesn't blow run it out.

55.   There was nothing wrong in the first place.  _________
      Indicate it. Continue the action you were on.

56.   The real reason was missed. _________
      Indicate it. Locate the real reason and handle or do a GF.

57.   Something else wrong.  _________
      Locate what it is and sort it out or do a GF M5 and handle.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:nt.mh
Copyright � 1971, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                     Organization Executive Course Books
                           & The Management Series

                              by L. Ron Hubbard


The simultaneous release by L. Ron Hubbard  of  the  eight  volumes  of  the
Organization Executive Course and the additional volume  of  the  Management
Series may well go down as a landmark in the still unwritten history of  our
age.

Earlier, this vast body of material had been available only  to  Scientology
staff members. But in December 1973 L. Ron Hubbard lifted  any  restrictions
on the general sale of these books.

These  materials  cover  L.  Ron  Hubbard's   comprehensive   research   and
application in the field of personal and group organization,  revealing  the
basic laws and principles which determine the survival of  any  activity  or
undertaking.

This  body  of  data  ranks  in  importance  with   Scientology's   auditing
technology which L. Ron Hubbard also researched and developed.

These writings were originally published  as  HCO  Policy  Letters  for  the
guidance of Scientology staff  members.  Their  application  by  Scientology
staff has enabled Scientology to expand at  a  phenomenal  rate  and  become
recognized as the fastest growing religion on the planet.

The enormous publishing task of collecting these writings by L. Ron  Hubbard
(issued mainly as  Policy  Letters  from  1950  to  1969,  with  some  later
materials) and publishing them as volumes was begun in 1969. In 1970  Volume
O was published and in the  succeeding  years  the  remaining  volumes  were
issued. In addition to the Basic Staff Volume, there is a  volume  for  each
division of the seven division  Organizing  Board.  The  final  volume,  the
Executive  Division  Volume,  was  issued  in  March   1974,   followed   by
simultaneous publishing in the United States  of  all  volumes.  There  will
also be supplementary  volumes  issued  to  follow  L.  Ron  Hubbard's  ever
continuing developments in the technology of organizing and producing.

Eight hardbound large format volumes, 4,032  pages  plus  Management  Series
544 pages. Separate 360 page Subject  (title)  Index.  Available  from  your
nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the  publishers:
Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6,  1608  Copenhagen  V,
Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723  West
Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 17 MARCH 1974
Remimeo


                               TWC CHECKSHEETS
                         TWC, USING WRONG QUESTIONS


    Two Way Comm is not an art. It is a science which has exact rules.


    Foremost in the rules is:


    DON'T USE A LISTING QUESTION IN TWO WAY COMM.


    By a "listing  question"  is  meant  any  question  which  directly  or
indirectly calls for items in the pc's answer.


    Use of "who", "what", "which" instantly turns  a  TWC  into  a  listing
question.


    Listing questions are governed by the rules of Listing and Nulling.


    If you use a listing question accidentally in TWC you can get the  same
bad reactions from a pc that you would get on a wrongly done list.


    The reason for pc upsets in TWC is hidden as it  is  not  apparently  a
listing process, rarely gets the correction a bad list would get.


    Asking "who" or "what" or "which" during a TWC after the main  question
can also turn it into a Listing and Nulling process.


    TWC questions MUST be limited to  feelings,  reactions,  significances.
They must NEVER ask for terminals or locations.


    EXAMPLE: "Who upset you?" in TWC causes the pc to give items. This is a
LIST. "What are you upset about?" does the same thing. "Which town were  you
happiest in?" is also a LISTING question NOT a TWC question.  Any  of  these
results in the pc giving items.  They  are  not  then  nulled  or  correctly
indicated. The pc can get VERY upset just as he would  with  a  wrong  list.
Yet the session is not a "listing session" so never gets corrected.


    EXAMPLE: "How are you doing lately?" is an example  of  a  correct  TWC
question. It gets off charge and gets no list items. "Are you  better  these
days than you used to be?" "How have you been since the last session?"


    "What happened" is different than "What illness", "What person",  "What
town" which are listing questions.

                                   REPAIR

    When other things fail to locate the  upset  of  a  pc  look  into  TWC
processes in the folder and treat them as L&N processes  where  the  pc  has
answered with items. The relief is magical.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder
LRH: ntm.rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 18 MARCH 1974
Remimeo

                                  E-METERS
                             SENSITIVITY ERRORS


    An auditor must set the Sensitivity of an  E-Meter  exactly  right  for
each  pc.


    The setting is different for almost every pc.

                                   TOO LOW

    Too low a Sensitivity on some pcs (like Sens 5-32) will  obscure  reads
and make them look like ticks. It will obscure an F/N. Whereas  a  Sens  16-
128 will show reads and F/Ns.


    A pc can be hindered by the auditor not setting  the  Sensitivity  high
enough to show reads and F/Ns. Items are missed as well as F/Ns.

                                  TOO HIGH

    When auditing a flying pc or a Clear or OT the  auditor  who  sets  the
Sensitivity too high gets weird impressions of the case.


    "Latent reads" on such a case are common. They aren't  latent  at  all.
What happens is that the F/N is more than a dial wide  at  high  Sensitivity
and a started F/N looks like a read as its sweep is stopped by  the  pin  on
the right of the dial.


    In this way uncharged items are taken up, the case is  slowed,  overrun
and general upsets requiring repairs occur.


    On one hand electrode an OT VII sometimes has a 3h  dial  wide  F/N  at
Sens 5-32.


    This would mean a 3/4 dial F/N at Sens 2-32 with two cans.


    A Clear sometimes has a floating TA at Sens 32-32 instead of an F/N. He
would have to be run at Sens 3-32 two cans to keep him on a dial  or  detect
F/Ns.


    This is a very important matter as the auditor will  miss  F/Ns,  think
beginning F/Ns are reads and as the Pre-OT is off the dial, miss reads.


    Thus uncharged areas are run and charged ones are missed.


    The result is very chaotic to repair.


    Some lower level pcs also have a need for lower Sensitivity settings.

                                   SUMMARY

    Sometimes an easy  pc  looks  very  difficult  just  because  of  wrong
Sensitivity settings.


    Set the Sensitivity for the pc for a half dial F/N maximum or minimum.


    Don't get repairs.


    Get wins.


LRH:ntm.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 21 MARCH 1974
Remimeo
AO Auditors
Class VIII
                                END PHENOMENA

                          (Ref: HCO B 20 Feb 1970,
                    "Floating Needles and End Phenomena")


    Different types  of  auditing  call  for  different  handlings  of  End
Phenomena.


    End Phenomena will also vary depending on what you're running.


    The definition of END PHENOMENA is "those  indicators  in  the  pc  and
meter which show that a chain or process is ended". Misapplication  of  this
definition can result in underrun and overrun processes or actions  and  the
pc snarled up with BPC.


                                TYPES OF EPs

    In Power Processing the auditor waits for a specific  EP and  does  not
indicate an F/N until he has gotten the specific  EP  for  the  process.  To
miss on this in Power is disastrous, thus Power  auditors  are  drilled  and
drilled on the handling of Power EPs.


    In Dianetics, the EP of a chain is  erasure,  accompanied  by  an  F/N,
cognition  and  good  indicators.  You  wouldn't  necessarily  expect   rave
indicators on a pc in the middle of an assist, under emotional  or  physical
stress until the full assist was completed though. What you would expect  is
the  chain  blown  with  an  F/N.  Those  two  things  themselves  are  good
indicators. The cognition could simply be "the chain blew".


    In Scientology, End Phenomena vary with what you're  auditing.  An  ARC
Broken pc on an L-1C will peel off charge and come uptone gradually as  each
reading line is handled. Sometimes it comes in a spectacular  huge  cog  and
VVGIs and dial F/N, but that's usually after charge has been taken off on  a
gradient. What's expected is an F/N as that charge being handled moves off.


    In Ruds it's the same idea. When you've got your F/N  and  that  charge
has moved off, indicate it. Don't push the pc  on  and  on  for  some  "EP".
You've got it.


    Now a major grade process will run  to  F/N,  Cog,  VGIs  and  release.
You'll have an ability regained. But that's a grade  process  on  a  set  up
flying pc.


                                  F/N ABUSE

    Mistakenly applying the Power EP rule to Ruds will have the  pc  messed
up by overrun. It invalidates the pc's wins and keys  the  charge  back  in.
The pc will start thinking he hasn't blown the charge and can't do  anything
about it.


    In 1970 I had to write the HCO B  "F/Ns  and  End  Phenomena"  to  cure
auditors of chopping pc EPs on major actions by indicating  F/Ns  too  soon.
This is one type of F/N abuse which has largely been handled.


    That bulletin and  Power  EP  handling  have  been  in  some  instances
misapplied in the direction of overrun. "The pc isn't getting  EP  on  these
chains  as  there's  no  cognition,  just  'it  erased',"  is  one  example.
Obviously the C/S didn't understand the definition of cognition or  what  an
EP is. Another example is the pc spots what it is and F/Ns and  the  auditor
carries on, expecting an "EP".
                                 OTs and EPs

    An OT is particularly subject to F/N abuse as he can blow things  quite
rapidly. If the auditor misses  the  F/N  due  to  too  high  a  sensitivity
setting or doesn't call it as he's waiting for an "EP", overrun  occurs.  It
invalidates an OT's ability to as-is and causes severe upsets.


    This error can also stem from  auditor  speed.  The  auditor,  used  to
auditing lower level pcs or never trained to audit OTs, can't keep  up  with
the OT and misses his F/Ns or reads.


    Thus overruns occur and charged areas are bypassed.


    This could account for those cases who were flying then fell  on  their
heads with the same problems that blew back again.


                                   REMEDY

    The remedy of this problem begins with thoroughly  clearing  all  terms
connected with EPs. This is basically Word Clearing Method 6, Key Words.


    The next action is to get my HCO Bs on the  subject  of  EPs  and  also
related metering HCO Bs  fully  understood  and  starrated.  This  would  be
followed by clay demos of various EPs of processes and actions  showing  the
mechanics of the bank and what happens with the pc and meter.


    TRs and meter drills on  spotting  F/Ns  would  follow,  including  any
needed obnosis drills and correction of meter position so that  the  auditor
could see the pc, meter and his admin at a glance.


    Then, the auditor would be gradiently drilled on handling the pc, meter
and admin at increasing rates of speed including recognizing and  indicating
EPs when they occurred. When the auditor could do all of  this  smoothly  at
the high rate of speed  of  an  OT  blowing  things  by  inspection  without
fumbling, the last action would be bullbaited drills like TRs 103  and  104,
on a gradient to a level of competence  whereby  the  auditor  could  handle
anything that came up at speed and do so smoothly.


    Then you'd really have an OT auditor. And that's what you'll have to do
to make them.

                                   SUMMARY

    Overrun and underrun alike mess up cases.


    Both stem from an auditor inability to recognize and  handle  different
types of EPs and inexpertness in handling the tools of auditing at speed.


    Don't overrun pcs and have to repair them.


    Let the pc have his wins.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder



LRH:ams.rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 4 APRIL 1971 RA
                            REVISED 24 MARCH 1974

Remimeo
                               C/S Series 32RA

                              USE OF DIANETICS
                  (Revised per HCO B 15 July 1971, Issue I,
              "Quads Cancelled"-Revisions in this type style.)


    It is mandatory important urgent that one does not  audit  three   flow
items until one has brought all  earlier Dianetic Items into three  flows.

                                   TRIPLE

    On a case where only Flow One (Single) has been run, you don't suddenly
run a Triple (F1, F2, F3) such as on the LX Class VIII lists until  one  has
run the earliest Dn item ever run (or that can be found) on  Dn  Triple  and
then on forward on Triple up to the LX.

                                   REASON

    Auditing  additional  flows   while   earlier   items   remain   Single
restimulates the missing flows and stacks them up as mass. They can  make  a
pc uncomfortable until run.


    All the missing flows (that were not run) are still potential mass.


    This mass restimulates like something too late on the chain when a flow
not run on earlier items is run on later items.


    Auditing itself is a sort of time track. The earliest session blows the
later sessions.

                               FULL FLOW TABLE

    Before running Triple  Dianetics one makes a  table  of  earlier  items
run. Like this:

full Flow Table

      Flow
Date     Item    Previously Run   Must Run

2/3/62      Guf Shoulder      F 1 F 2, 3
3/3/67      Gowin Foot  F 1  F 2, 3
30/4/67     Chowin Chump      F 1 F 2, 3
29/9/68     LX Anger    F 1, 2, 3
      LX Peeved   F 1, 2, 3
4/10/69     Feeling Numb      F 1, 2, 3
5/9/70      EXT RD      F 1, 2, 3
9/10/70     Feeling of Goof   F 1, 2, 3
10/10/71    Dn Assist on Head      F 1  F 2, 3

                                    FLOWS

    F 1 is FLOW ONE, something happening to self.


    F 2 is FLOW TWO, doing something to another.


    F 3 is FLOW THREE, others doing things to others.


    F 0 as run in the Introspection RD is  FLOW ZERO, self doing  something
to self.
                                R3R COMMANDS

    Standard R3R Commands are used on Triple  Dianetics.


    They are the subject of another HCO B.


    The Zero Command for the Introspection RD, however, is very easy  being
"Locate an incident of (loss or emotion)  (pain  and  unconsciousness)  when
you caused yourself to have a(an) (item)" with the other commands of R3R  as
usual.

                                  NARRATIVE

    The question will come up, do we Triple  Narrative  items  or  Multiple
somatic items.


    The test is, did the flows already run F/N when  they  were  originally
run. If they did, include them. If they didn't run exclude them.


    This does not mean you omit everything that didn't run.

                                   REPAIR

    While auditing this FULL FLOW DIANETICS you will  find  various  chains
that did not F/N when originally run.


    These are included and should be concluded to F/N. This means  one  has
to find out if they by-passed the F/N, went too  early,  jumped  the  chain,
etc. Usually an L3RD assessed on that faulty action will  give  the  answer.
It is easy to make these old flubbed chains F/N unless you work  at  it  too
hard. Usually the reason they didn't is visible on the  old  worksheet.  The
auditor forgot to ask for Earlier Beginning or by-passed the F/N  or  jumped
the chain or tried to run it twice forgetting  he'd  run  it  before.  Corny
errors.

                                   RESULT

    The result of doing a FULL FLOW DIANETIC ACTION  on  a  case  is  quite
spectacular. The shadowy remains of somatics blow, mass  blows  and  the  pc
comes up shining.

                                OFFERING FFD

    Offering the public Full Flow Dianetics must include the  cost  of  C/S
work since it is sometimes lengthy. It is best to sell the action at a  flat
price that's more than adequate to cover the auditing as well as  the  hours
of FESing and FF table making as the time can be quite long.


    The auditing can be remarkably brief. The greatest amount  of  time  is
usually spent on the C/Sing and table making.


    A C/S must liaise with the Dissem Sec and Treasury Sec on selling it or
he'll find the org is losing money doing the C/Sing and tables.


    A nice big fat flat price, not by hours, is best.

                                 OT WARNING

    When doing Triple  Dianetics on Clears and OTs (and a very few  others)
it may be found that many chains are now missing or are just copies  of  the
original. Don't be disturbed. Pc says they're gone now  they're  gone.  Just
F/N the fact and carry on with the next flow or item.


LRH:ams.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright �1971, 1974  Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED


[Added to by HCO B 4 April 1971-1R, Addition of 13 January 1975, Revised  22
February 1975, C/S Series 32RA-1 R, Use of Quad Dianetics, which is on  page
377.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 28 MARCH 1974
Remimeo
Ex Dn C/Ses
                        Expanded Dianetics Series 21
                Ref:  Ex Dn Tape Lectures and Case Histories.


                             EXPANDED DIANETICS
                             DEVELOPMENTS SINCE
                            THE ORIGINAL LECTURES


    Since the original lectures on Expanded Dianetics  and  Case  Histories
were released several HCO Bs were issued under  my  name  which  I  did  not
authorize. These have been cancelled.


    I  thought  I'd  better  cover  the  developments  since  the  original
materials and clear up any questions or conflicts that may have arisen  over
the unauthorized HCO Bs.


                       EXPANDED DIANETICS PROGRAMMING

    Expanded Dianetics programming is not rote but each programme  is  laid
out for that individual pc taking him from his  current  state  to  a  shiny
product.


    The programme is worked out from data gotten  by  FES,  OCA,  Chart  of
Human Evaluation and D of P Interviews.


    The product of an Ex Dn complete pc is visible by OCA, Chart  of  Human
Evaluation, and pc satisfaction in having handled what he wanted handled.


    Endless Ex Dn to no product occurs  only  when  the  C/S  violates  the
basics of Ex Dn programming as covered in my  tape  lectures  and  the  Case
Histories, when the pc is run on actions that he  doesn't  need  and  aren't
reading or when the pc was not set up for Ex Dn in the first place.


                         EXPANDED DIANETICS SET-UPS

    Usually a C/S Series 53RF and  a  list  correction  are  needed  set-up
actions if they haven't been done. A thorough C/S-l and full  word  clearing
are vital.


    A Drug RD must be done or completed before Ex Dn is  done  or  it  will
fail. This includes Objectives. You can't do  Ex  Dn  until  Drugs  are  all
handled.


                             TROUBLE ON ENGRAMS

    The pc who cannot run engrams has misunderstoods on  the  commands  and
terms of R3R and Dianetics, or it's drugs. The  pc  will   be  able  to  run
drugs because that's what he's stuck in. He'll run  those  automatically  as
long as you've done the necessary Word Clearing.


    Pcs who won't go backtrack are druggies or in recent  shock  of  having
died. This is handled by a thorough Drug  RD  and  if  necessary  the  usual
Dianetic backtrack remedies As and Es double-assessed. Ss and  Ps  could  be
checked as well.
                            LATER EX DN RUNDOWNS

    Class VIII C/S-6  list is useful in running out past bad  auditing.  It
is fully covered on Tape 1. Other Class VIII  lists  are  not  used  as  you
won't get anywhere running AEIs from a significance.


    Intentions  in AEI  Treble  Assessments  are  run  in  order  of  read.
Interest is not checked. As intentions exist on all 3 flows you  could  list
for the  intentions  on  the  other  2  flows  after  you  have  listed  the
intentions connected with      and run them R3R Triple. You  can  only  list
and run intentions connected with a terminal or  mass  or  somatic  never  a
significance.


    The R3R commands are: F-1 "Locate an incident of another causing you to
have the intention _____." F-2  "Locate an incident of you  causing  another
to have the intention______." F-3  "Locate an  incident  of  others  causing
others to have the intention_____."


    Good Intentions are never run. Never. The cure for a pc who is run on a
good intention is a C/S Series 53RF. The cure for the auditor  is  to  fully
define  the  words:  good,  worthy,  positive,  pro-survival,   evil,   bad,
unworthy, negative and contra-survival. Then have him re-study  the  related
materials. If it recurs, get him audited on a 3 May PL and Ex Dn.


    R3R all E. Purps  culled from the folder is done as a first  action  in
Ex Dn. Subsequent E. Purps brought up in sessions are noted and R3R'd  later
on in the programme before any PTS RD is done.


    These E. Purps have to be verified as to wording and checked  for  read
before running, but not interest.


    Considerable charge can be bypassed if E.  Purps  are  missed  so  this
action is thoroughly done.


    R/S Handling,  also called the Responsibility RD, is done as OCA right-
hand side handling. A list of all R/Sing statements is made then each  taken
up. The idea is an R/S will occur in connection with a terminal  which  will
read when checked, and that's what you want to  run.  The  R/Sing  statement
itself will often mention a terminal. If not the auditor can do a brief  TWC
to find out the terminal connected with the statement.


    Once the terminal is obtained the auditor lists (L & N) for the E. Purp
F-l, 2 & 3 R3R Triple on each after it's listed.


    If no terminal can be found the auditor would have to L  &  N  for  the
intention of someone who would (R/S statement).


    The Wants Handled Rundown is  shown in Cases B, C and F. The  important
points of the RD are to run it as a "wants to get rid of", not a  "wants  to
achieve" and to complete each thing the pc wants handled before going on.


    Handling of each thing the pc wants handled is  dictated  by  what  the
"thing" is. A somatic is run R3R Triple. The  intention  connected  with  it
can also be run. An intention is run R3R Triple. If it's a terminal, L  &  N
for the intention connected with it and run it. You can also L & N  and  run
the intentions on the other 2 flows. If it's a condition L  &  N  W/W  would
have it then  list  for  and  run  that  terminal's  intention.  If  it's  a
doingness L & N for the intention of someone who would do that and run it.


    Additional handling could be done such as  PSEAIs  double-assessed  R3R
Triple, handling it as a problem  by  finding  and  running  out  the  prior
confusion or tracing it back to the earlier problem it is a solution to  and
running that R3R Triple. Difficulties on this RD stem from not  getting  the
thing the pc really wants handled which will read very well and run  like  a
bomb, or errors in the L & N or R3R or out ethics holding the  condition  in
place.
    The Multiple-Flow E. Purp Rundown is  a very high-powered action  which
must be precisely done. Its use is covered in C/S Series 22 and Case  C.  It
consists of F-l: L & N "What Evil Impulse have others had toward  you?"  R3R
Triple. F-2: L & N "What Evil Impulse  have  you  had  toward  others?"  R3R
Triple. F-3: L & N "What Evil Impulse have others had  toward  others?"  R3R
Triple.


                                   SUMMARY

    An Ex Dn programme is designed for an individual. C/Sing  and  auditing
are done to achieve a product.


    When you're paralleling the mind the meter will be  reading  like  mad,
the pc will be wildly interested and the results will follow big and fast.


    With this broad change in Ex Dn I recommend that you re-listen  to  the
Ex Dn tapes, review DMSMH  and The Original Thesis  as well as the '63  Time
Track and R3R materials and re-study the  Case  Histories  working  out  why
each C/S and pgm was done. Better yet do a thorough Ex Dn C/S Course.


    I'm counting on you to really apply these materials and expect  to  see
lots of good results.

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:ams jh
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 17 DECEMBER 1971R
Remimeo     (HCO B 2 December 1970 Revised)
Int RD      (Revised 30 March 1974)
Checksheet


                               C/S Series 23RA


                           INTERIORIZATION SUMMARY
              (Revised and updated to include 1971 Int HCO Bs)
                     All changes are in this type style.


    INTERIORIZATION CAN BE BADLY MISRUN.


    The following HCO Bs cover Interiorization Rundowns.

      HCO B 5 Mar 1971 "Exteriorization and High TA"
      HCO B 11 Apr 1970      "Auditing Past Exterior"
      HCO B 6 May 1970 "Blows-Auditing Past Exterior"
      HCO B 30 May 1970      "Interiorization Intensive-2-Way Comm"
      HCO B 20 Aug 1970      "Exteriorization Rundown Musts"
      HCO B 24 Sept 1971     "Urgent-Interiorization Rundown"
      HCO B 29 Oct 1971      "Int Rundown Correction List Revised"
      HCO B 16 Dec  1971       C/S  Series  35R  (Revised)  "Interiorization
Errors"
      HCO B 17 Dec 1971R     C/S Series 23RA (this HCO B)

    The examination of Interiorization Rundowns done in the field discloses
that some auditors engaged in running it have not been fully checked out  on
it. HCO PL 26 Aug 1965 gives the correct way  to  do  a  starrate  checkout.
Clay demos must also be correctly done. These are covered in HCO  B  11  Oct
1967 and HCO B 30 Oct 1970. These HCO Bs on Int Rundown, Starrates and  Clay
Demos plus HCO PL  20  July  1970,  Issue  III,  2-WC  as  below,  make  the
necessary pack for checking out an auditor before letting him  near  an  Int
Rundown. And all Interiorization materials as  above  MUST  BE  CHECKED  OUT
STARRATE AND IN CLAY before a C/S permits one of his auditors to run  it  on
a pc.


                               QUADS CANCELLED

    "The disadvantages of Quad Dianetics outweigh any advantages in  actual
practice.


    "Flow Zero is therefore  cancelled  as  part  of  Dianetics  and  Lower
Grades. "(LRH HCO B 15 July 71, "Quads Cancelled".)


                                 UNNECESSARY

    "The words 'went in' and 'go in' MUST be said to the pc and cleared  on
the meter. If there is needle action, one runs an Int  RD  as  per  the  Int
Rundown Pack.


    "If there aren't any reads one does NOT do an Int Rundown on the pc  as
it is unnecessary and classifies as 'running an unreading item'.


    "When this test is omitted you get an unnecessary Int RD being done  on
a pc.


    "This will eventually have to be repaired.


                                "FLUBBED R3R

    "When the auditor does not do flubless auditing  errors  occur  in  the
auditing itself. These will hang up an Int RD.
                                  "OVERRUN

    "It usually  happens that an  Int  RD  is  overrun.  It  goes  flat  on
Secondary F2, let us say. The auditor keeps on going past the win.


    "This will hang up the Rundown.


    "One of the ways an overrun occurs is the pc goes exterior  during  it.
Yet the auditor keeps on.


    "Another way is pc has a big Cog, big win. Auditor keeps going on  with
the RD." -LRH (HCO B 24 Sept 71, ''Urgent-Interiorization Rundown'')


                                REPAIR OF INT

    "If even years after an Int RD the pc has a high TA or a low  TA,  then
Int trouble is at once suspected and the original Int RD and any  repair  of
it is suspected and must be handled. "-LRH (From the LRH original HCO B  C/S
Series 35R, Revised 16 Dec 71, ''Interiorization Errors") (Handle it by  HCO
B 29 Oct 71, "Int Rundown Correction List Revised".)

                                TWO-WAY COMM

    There is a two-way comm  step  that  follows  a  day  or  so  after  an
Interiorization Rundown .


    An auditor doing this  step,  preferably  the  same  auditor,  MUST  BE
CHECKED OUT ON TWO-WAY COMM.


    No C/S should permit any auditor to do any 2-way comm until the auditor
has been checked out on HCO PL  20  July  1970,  Issue  III,  "Two-Way  Comm
Checksheet". One can obtain these tapes easily from Pubs  (as  the  Sea  Org
has recently forced in this line and quality  and  delivery).  Pending  such
tapes one can certainly get the rest of  the  materials  on  the  checksheet
done by the auditor and let him do 2-way comm while being very  watchful  as
a C/S.

                                 C/SING INT

    The correcting of an Interiorization Rundown is far harder than  making
sure that auditors can do the usual in the first place.


    Nearly all a C/S's hard work comes from auditors not  well  trained  on
courses (indifferent courses) and failing to check auditors out well on  the
materials before permitting them to deliver a new rundown.


    The correction of Int  is  hard  since  until  it  is  complete,  other
auditing is inadvisable. One, however, gets the Int Rundown done.


                              "INT IS A REMEDY

    "The Int RD is not understood as a REMEDY. It is not something  you  do
on all pcs.


    "Pc goes Exterior in auditing.


    "Later his TA goes high.


    "Then you do an Int RD.


    "You test Int for read as above. If it BDs you do an Int RD.


    "You just don't do one because a pc goes exterior.


    "One reason unnecessary Int RDs get done is that  the  Registrar  sells
one. That makes the Reg a C/S. So the C/S and auditor run it.
"Maybe it wasn't needed.

    "So if it wasn't needed it will eventually have  to  be  repaired."-LRH
(HCO B 2
    Sept 71, "Urgent-Interiorization  Rundown")  (Repair  with  an  Int  RD
Correction List Revised, HCO B 29 Oct 1971.)


    The Interiorization Rundown is a REMEDY designed to permit the pc to be
further audited after he has gone exterior.


    The Int Rundown is NOT meant to be sold or passed off as  a  method  of
exteriorizing a pc. This is very important.


    It is general auditing on usual Dianetics and Scientology actions  that
brings about Exteriorization.


    When the pc goes or is  found  to  be  exterior  one  then  orders  the
Interiorization Rundown. Otherwise the TA will misbehave.


    The rundown is a REMEDY USED  AFTER  EXTERIORIZATION  HAS  OCCURRED  BY
REASON OF GENERAL AUDITING.


    Anxiety to get exterior will prompt a pc to buy and a Registrar to sell
an Interiorization Rundown. It is in effect just more  auditing  as  far  as
the Registrar is concerned. When a pc has gone exterior  the  Registrar  can
insist on his buying enough hours for the remedy.


    The Int Rundown stabilizes the exteriorization and makes it possible to
audit the pc further.

                                 DISABILITY

    If an auditor can't smoothly audit  a  rundown  as  simple  as  an  Int
Rundown, then he is exposed as being unable to run  Standard  Dianetics  and
should be cleared of his misunderstoods and overts and retrained.


    The only real trouble one gets into on an Int Rundown  stems  from  the
inability of the auditor to run a smooth, good TRed  R3R  session.  Pcs  are
not hard to run on it.


                                  C/S WINS

    A C/S cannot win at all if he is continually  having  to  make  up  for
flubby auditing by the auditor.


    Therefore the C/S must be very sure his auditors are fully checked  out
on things they are to run before running them.


    If there is no Qual Staff Training Officer or no Cramming,  a  C/S  can
fully afford to do the training and  cramming  himself.  Otherwise  he  will
lose far more than that time in C/Sing for auditors not checked out.


    By the skill of his auditors you know  the  C/S.  Not  by  his  unusual
solutions after flubs.


    The Int Rundown is too easy to do to have any trouble-the trouble comes
when the auditors are not checked out beforehand, starrate and  in  clay  on
new things the are to run.

      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:MH:ntm.rd    (Updated with recent
Copyright � 1970, 1971 ,1974 LRH data by order of
by L. Ron Hubbard      L. Ron Hubbard by
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED    Training & Services

[HCO PL 20 July 1970, Issue III, Two-Way Comm Checksheet, Bureau)  mentioned
above was revised on 25 November 1974 as a BPL.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1973
Remimeo     (Cancels HCO B 31 Dec 1971RC)
                             REISSUED 4 APRIL 74

                               C/S Series 53RG
                        SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S

    This is the basic prepared list used by Auditors to get a TA up or down
into normal range. A GF Method 5 may also be used  after  TA  is  in  normal
range to get pc's case handled better.
____________________________________________________PC
Name___________________Date

1.    Assess pc Method 5 on this sheet. (Go down the list  calling  off  the
    items to the pc, watching the meter. Mark any Tick, SF, F, LF, LFBD [to
    what TA], speeded rise  or  Blow  Up.)  NOTE:  A  C/S  53RG  should  be
    reassessed and all reads handled. until it F/Ns on assessment.

A.    Interiorization  __________       Invisible  __________
      Went in    __________       Black __________
      Go in __________       Loss __________
      Can't get in     __________       Lost __________
      Want to get out  __________
       Kicked  out  of  spaces    __________  F.    Same  thing  run   twice
__________
      Can't go in      __________       Same action done by
                       another auditor  __________
B.    List errors      __________
      Overlisting      __________ G.    Doing something with
      Wrong items      __________       mind between sessions __________
       Upset  with   giving        __________        Some   other   practice
__________
      items to auditor __________
                 H.    Word Clearing errors  __________
C.    Some sort of W/H __________       Study errors     __________
      Are you withholding
      something  __________  I.   False TA   __________
      Is another withholding            Wrong sized cans __________
      something from you     __________      Tired hands __________
      Are others withholding            Dry hands or feet     __________
       something  from   others    __________        Wet   hands   or   feet
__________
      Has another committed             Loosens can grip __________
      overts on you    __________
      Have you committed          J.    Auditor overwhelming  __________
      any overts __________       Feel attacked    __________
      Have others committed             Something wrong with
      overts on others __________       F/Ns __________
      Not saying __________       Overrun F/Ns     __________
      Problems   __________       Missed F/Ns
      Protest    __________       Items really didn't read    __________
      Don't like it    __________       Bad auditing     __________
       Audited   over   out   ruds    __________        Incomplete   actions
__________
      Feel sad   __________
      Rushed     __________  K.   Can't have __________
      Tired __________       Low Havingness  __________
      ARC Brk    __________
      Upset __________ L.    PTS  __________
      Can't get it     __________       Suppressed __________

D.    Drugs __________ M.    Something went on too
      LSD   __________       long __________
      Alcohol    __________       Went on by a release
      Pot   __________       point      __________
      Medicine   __________       Overrun    __________
                       Auditor kept on going __________
E.      Engram    in    restimulation        __________          Over-repair
__________
      Same engram run twice  __________      Puzzled by auditor
      Can't see engrams too             keeps on   __________
      well  __________       Stops      __________
O.    Repairing a TA that    __________ N.   Something else   __________
      isn't high             Physically ill  __________
      Repairing a TA that               Faulty Meter     __________
      isn't low  __________             Nothing wrong    __________

2.    Use only the small falls or falls or BDs. The rises will however  show
    where mass lies.

A.    If A or any of the A Group, and the pc has had an Int RD,  do  an  Int
    RD Correction List, and handle the reads. (HCO B 29 Oct 71  Amended  31
    Dec 71.)

      If pc has never had an Int  RD,  then  give  him  a  standard  Int  RD
    providing you have checked out on the Int-Ext pack and are good at R3R.

B.    If any of these read, do an L4B on the earliest  lists  you  can  find
    that have not been corrected. Lacking these do an L4B in  general.  You
    can go over an L4B several times handling each read to  F/N  until  the
    whole L4B gives nothing but F/Ns.

C.    If any of these, handle with 2wc and earlier similar to F/N.  If  more
    than one reads do biggest read first and then  clean  up  each  of  the
    others E/S to F/N. If all read on assessment you have to get an F/N for
    each or 18 F/Ns. On overts and withholds, get what, and E/S to F/N.  On
    out ruds, find which rud and handle.  (See  GF40RR  HCOB  30  June  71,
    Revised 13 Jan 72.) Feel sad, handle the ARC Break. (Feel sad = ARC Brk
    of long duration.)

D.    Rehab releases on each "drug" taken to F/N. Complete the Drug  RD  per
    C/S Series 48R after handling all reads on this assessment. If  pc  has
    had a Drug RD, do L3B on it, and handle.

E.    If any of these, do L3B and handle according to what is stated  to  do
    on L3B.

F.    Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.

G.    Find out what it is. If Yoga or Mystic exercises or some such 2wc  E/S
    it to first time done, find out what upset had occurred before that and
    if TA now down do L1C on that period of pc's life.

H.    If Word Clearing, do a  Word  Clearing  Correction  List,  handle  all
    reads. If Study errors, 2wc E/S to F/N, and add a Study Correction List
    to the pc's program.

1.    False TA is wrong cans. Use HCO Bs 24 Oct 71, 12 Nov 71,  15  Feb  72,
    18 Feb 72, 29 Feb 72, HCO B 23 Nov 73, all on False TA. Then  clean  up
    the bypassed    charge with ( 1 ) Assess for best read (a)  TA  worries
    (b) F/N worries. (2) Then 2wc    times he was worried about (item)  E/S
    to F/N. (3) Rehab a time he felt really keyed out to F/N.

J.    These are auditor errors. Low TA is generally caused  by  overwhelming
    TRs and incomplete actions. A high TA  can  be  caused  by  an  auditor
    overrunning F/Ns or failing to call them. Or trying to  assess  through
    an F/N and mistaking an F/N right swing for a read. These items are all
    2wc E/S to F/N. Auditors who made them need Cramming badly or retread.

K.    Can't have or Hav. Find correct Havingness process and remedy.

L.    PTS or Suppressed. Check for SP or get a full PTS RD.

M.    Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N on each (or date  to
    blow, locate to blow if qualified).

N.    2wc to find what. Note BD item. If BD item covered  by  one  of  these
    categories handle per instructions. If not just  2wc  to  F/N  and  get
    further C/S instructions for handling if necessary.

O.    Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct then indicate to  F/N.
    Go E/S and indicate if no F/N on first. If false TA handle per I above.

General. Handle Int RD (A) if it  reads  at  all  before  handling  rest  as
nothing will go right if Int is still  out.  For  the  remainder  prefer  to
handle any BD group if you get a BD. If in doubt about what  to  do,  return
to the C/S.

LRH:BW:BL:TD:ams.rd    Revised by
Copyright � 1971,1972,1973,1974   L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard      Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MARCH 1971RA
Remimeo     Revised 6 April 1974
HGC Auditors
Dn & Scn    C/S Series 28RA
Checksheets
C/Ses USE OF DIANETICS

          Revised per HCO B 15 July 71, Issue I, "Quads Cancelled"
                       (Revisions in this type style)

    Where a case has only been run on single flow Dianetics (Flow 1  )  one
goes back to the first Dianetic item ever run of which record can  be  found
and does F1, F2, F3 in that order.


    To C/S a case for Triple Dianetics it  is  best  to  first  lay  out  a
Scientology repair, making sure the case is flying, then list out the  items
already run on Single and Triple. Then get them run so that all three  flows
are complete on each item in sequence from first to last.


    This includes any LX items, former practice, drugs or any other  engram
running. These, like Dianetic items, are listed in  their  correct  sequence
of former running.


    Then the missing flows are run.


    A rehab step of the flows already run is not necessary. This rehab of a
flow already run to EP is usually used only when  there  is  question  about
its having gone to F/N Cog VGIs.  In C/Sing for Triples  one  COMPLETES  any
flow of an item found that did not F/N. This is indicated on the Item list.

                               DOING THE LIST

    The Item list is done by the auditor in his admin time  for  well  done
time credits.


    All former Dianetic items ever run are listed and what flows have  been
run on them and to what end phenomena.

Example:                Engram List
3 Sept 69      Sadness (exact wording that was used)     F1
4 Sept 69      A Bored Feeling    F1 Bogged
6 Sept 69      An Apathetic Outlook     F1 Bogged
6 Nov 69       LX Agonized   F1 F2 F3
7 Nov 69       Former Therapy     F1 F2 F3
            F2 Bogged
9 Nov 69       Earlier Practices  F1 Bogged
10 Nov 69      A Horrible Sadness F1 Bogged
5 July 70      Int RD  F1 F2 F3
            F3 Bogged
6 July 71      An Awful Pressure  F1 Bogged

    Such a list is then handled from the earliest forward by:


    (a)     Completing the bogged flow and
    (b)     Completing the missing flow.
                                 INT-EXT RD

    This is handled in its proper sequence on the list if  the  TA  is  not
high or very low.


    If the TA on the pc is currently high, Int is handled before any  other
action is done and all three flows are run on it.


    A drug chain also makes a high TA if in existence or unflat.


                                    FLUBS

    If any auditor has a poor record of getting Dianetic Results, of bogged
flows, etc, he needs an HDC Retread. His drills and TRs are  out  or  he  is
committing Gross Auditing Errors.


    Dianetics gives remarkable results only when flawlessly done.


    The commands must be precisely given and all commands 1-9 A-D are used.
It is NEVER shorted "because the pc did it".


    C/Sing


    It should be realized Dianetics  is  its  own  field  of  C/Sing.  This
remains the same in Triple  Dianetics.

                                   RESULTS

    Triple  Dianetics, including the  rerun  actions,  produces  some  very
startling new


    Well done Dianetics always has produced fine results.


    Triple  Dianetics almost doubles the gain.


                                  REMEDIES

    Any and all Dianetic Remedies and general  technology  remain  in  full
use. They are not changed at all. Only Triple   Flows  are   added  in  each
case.

    Good Luck.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:mes.ntm.rd
Copyright � 1971, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED










[This HCO B is added to by HCO B 7 March 1971,  Reissued  13  January  1975,
C/S Series 28RA-1, Use of Quadruple Dianetics, page 374.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 5 APRIL 1971RA
Remimeo     REVISED 8 APRIL 1974
All Auditors
C/Ses
Class VIII
                               C/S Series 33RA


                                TRIPLE RERUNS

                    (Revised per HCO B 15 July 71 Issue I
              "Quads Cancelled"-Revisions in this type style.)



    LAW: WHEN ONE OR MORE OF THE THREE  FLOWS OF AN ITEM OR GRADE ARE  LEFT
UNRUN, WHEN USED IN LATER PROCESSES THE EARLIER UNRUN ONES  RESTIMULATE  AND
MAKE MASS.


    This tells you that high TAs, heavy pressures and even illness can come
from by-passed flows.


                               BY-PASSED FLOWS

    Example: Dianetic singles have been run on 7  items.  Now  the  auditor
begins to run new items Triple without running Triple  on  the  already  run
items. The result will be 7 unrun Flow 2s and 7 unrun Flow  3s.  These  will
restimulate and form mass and by-passed charge.


    Example: Now let us say that Dianetics was all run  Single  and  Grades
were run Triple. This will restimulate the Dn chains F2 and F3.


    ANY LATER GRADE RUN WITH MORE FLOWS THAN USED IN  EARLIER  ACTIONS  CAN
THROW THE EARLIER UNFLAT FLOWS INTO RESTIM, PILE UP MASS GIVING HIGH TA  AND
BPC GIVING ARC BREAKS.


                                   REPAIR

    The more the condition is repaired  by L1C, L4BR, etc,  etc  the  worse
the Mass gets.


                              SOURCE OF HIGH TA

Thus High TAs have three principal sources:

    (1)     Overruns


    (2)     Auditing Past Exterior


    (3)     Earlier Unrun flows restimulated by those flows used  in  later
    actions.

    There are other minor ones such as Drug Background, illness, etc as per
Hi-Lo TA Assessment.


                                   REHABS

    One must NOT recklessly or continuously rehab a past major action. This
causes overrun. The thetan is placed at the end of the incidents not yet  in
restimulation or run and the bank gets more solid.


                                MASSY THETANS

    The whole trick of this universe is contained  in  thetans  copying  or
picturing incidents and then getting stuck in the later portion of them.
    "Incidents" is the keynote. A Thetan is incident hungry.


    This is what traps him.


    For some reason he has to be at the earliest end of incidents to  erase
them. The later he is in incidents and the later he  is  on  the  track  the
more solid he is.


    This also applies to the "auditing time track".


    By omitting things like flows on the auditing time  track,  the  thetan
thus becomes massy.


    The whole theory of the Exteriorization Remedy is based on having  gone
out (later) after he went in (earlier).  So  Exteriorizing  can  stick  him.
(People buy the Ext RD to Exteriorize but the remedy is only done to  permit
further auditing. They Ext of course when the bank is handled.)


    When flows of items  are  by-passed  and  then  later  restimulated  by
auditing them, mass occurs.


                            GETTING IN ALL FLOWS

    When doing additional flows on earlier items or processes one must also
check or rehab those flows marked as run to F/N in worksheets.


    This again will leave unflat flows and BPC unless it is done.


    And if it is overdone it will raise the TA by overrun.


    So if one had a case that had Single Dianetics and  was  later  run  on
Triple for new items (but the Singles not done into Triple) one  would  have
to RUN FIRST the missing unrun flow or  flows  and  then  check   the  first
Single F1 for flatness, then check other previously run flows.


    The rule is run the previously unrun one or ones first  to  get  charge
off, then verify or run the ones listed as run already.


    Then one would do the same for the next item. Run the previously  unrun
flow or flows and then verify or run those listed as already run to be  sure
they F/N.


    All  items, in chronological sequence, and all  processes,  would  have
to be run Triple.


    IT WOULD BE A WASTE OF TIME NOW TO RUN IN ONLY SINGLES.


    So all C/Ses and Auditing actions are "Rehab or Run F1,  F2,  F3"  when
getting in all flows on things run to date.

                                   HIGH TA

    When you are sure an EXT RD has been done correctly and  its  2wc  went
F/N and the TA later goes high, you check the  EXT  RD.  That  is  the  most
usual reason. This simple action is amazingly subject to flubs.


    If the TA goes high later you can do a Hi-Lo TA Assessment and handle.


    If the TA is still high or low, you  had  better  check  the  state  of
flows. Were more flows run  on  later  actions  than  were  run  on  earlier
actions?


    If so, your pc has felt massy, sometimes even ill.


    The right action is to get in all flows from the beginning.  Bring  all
his auditing up to Triple.


    (If his folder is not available, he has kind of had it. I  know  of  no
way, at this writing, to recover  lost  Dn  items  but  will  have  to  work
something out.)


                               NOT IN TROUBLE

    If the pc is not in trouble, his best bet is to get on up the grades to
Expanded OT III.


                                 IN TROUBLE

    If he is  massy and is having trouble the best bet is to:


    (1)     Be totally sure of his Int RD


    (2)     Check O/Rs particularly of a major  grade  twice  or  by-passed
        F/Ns, locate and indicate them


    (3)     FES, list the items and grades and do a Full Flow  action  from
        the beginning of his auditing, raising them all to Triple.


                             RUNNING ZERO FLOWS
                      (As run in the Introspection RD)

    The Zero Flow in Dianetics is a bit strange. It can be done by full R3R
BUT it often depends on the decision the pc made and may F/N very  suddenly.
It is easily overrun and can be very fast.


    A pc can be gotten into trouble on Zero Flows if the  auditor  is  slow
and is not alert to his meter and misses the  F/N  and  gives  R3R  commands
after the flow has blown.


                                REHAB OR RUN

    The auditor getting in Triple  Flows can also ARC Brk the pc by failing
to verify if the previously run flows are flat. All the auditor wants is  to
see them F/N on the command. If they don't he runs them.


    Sometimes when he has "run them" again he finds they are being  overrun
or run twice and has to rehab them by finding this  out.  The  pc  sometimes
doesn't know until he actually starts to run them. Then he  finds  they  are
already run. The clue to this is a climbing TA. If the TA goes up,  get  off
that flow and rehab it.


    Example: Pc at first thinks "Pain in shoulder" F2 was never run. Starts
to run it. TA goes up. Auditor must pull him off of it by finding out if  it
is being run twice and rehab it to F/N.


    The moral in all these reruns is don't firefight, keep an L1C List  and
an L3RD List handy and use them.

                                   RESULTS

    The results of straightening up the  Int-Ext  RD,  rehabbing  O/Rs  and
putting in ALL FLOWS on a pc are fantastic.


    Getting an All Flows Rundown done correctly gives one  all  the  latent
gain the pc has been begging for.


    So send to Cramming all C/Ses and auditors who flub.


    Program it right.


    C/S it right.


    Audit it right.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:mes.ntm jh.rd
Copyright �1971, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[This HCO B is added to by HCO B 5 April 1971,  Reissued  13  January  1975,
C/S Series 33RA-1, Triple and Quad Reruns, page 380. ]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 21 APRIL 1971 RB
                            REVISED 8 APRIL 1974
Remimeo     REISSUED 21 SEPTEMBER 1974
All Auditors
Class VIII  C/S Series 36RB
Dn Checksheet
Int-Ext Chksht   (Revised per HCO B 15 July 71, Issue I
      "Quads Cancelled")
                       (Revisions in this type style.)

              This HCO B has been reissued as C/S Series 36RB.
                   HCO B 21 April 1971RA C/S Series 36RA,
                     ''Dianetics-Getting in All Flows'',
                                is cancelled.


                                  DIANETICS

                     (Applies also to Int-Ext Rundown.)
                  (Ref HCO B 4 Apr 71 RA, C/S Series 32RA,
                   and HCO B 5 Apr 71RA, C/S Series 33RA.)


                                     TRs

    TR Zero exists so an auditor is not ducking the  session  but  can  sit
there relaxed, doing his job.


    TR One must be done so the pc  can  hear  and  understand  the  auditor
(without blowing the pc's head off either).


    TR Two must be done so that the pc gets acknowledged. This  can  be  so
corrupted that the auditor doesn't ack at all but gives the pc meter  reads!
Instead of acks! Or keeps saying, "I didn't understand you," etc.


    TR Three basically existed so that the auditor would continue  to  give
the pc commands and not squirrel off or pack up with total silence.


    TR Four exists so that the pc's origins are accepted and  not  Qed  and
Aed with or invalidated.


    And, surprise, surprise, TRs are for use in  the  session  itself,  not
just a drill. They are how one runs a session.


    Metering can miss every F/N or give "F/Ns" with high or low TA. And one
never feeds meter data to the pc: "That read,"  "That  didn't  read,"  "That
blew down," just must not exist in session patter. "Thank you. That  F/Ned,"
is as far as an auditor goes. And that's the end of the cycle and says so.


    Floating needles can be overlooked by an  auditor.  In  Dianetics  this
fault is fatal.


    Auditor's Code must be in on all points and particularly  Invalidation.
Pc says, "That's so and so." An  auditor  who  says,  "I'm  sorry.  You  are
wrong," or any other invalidation is going to wreck  a  pc's  case.  A  full
knowledge of the Auditor's Code  and  actually  applying  it  saves  endless
troubles. It is an auditing TOOL, not just a nice idea.


                              REHABBING CHAINS

    One rehabs a Dianetic Chain that, according to  a  previous  worksheet,
erased by saying, "According to  session  records  (flow  direction)  (item)
erased." That's all. One does not  say,  "Did  the  chain  giving  others  a
headache erase?" One does not run it again to find out. One does not  run  a
single command "to see if it F/Ns again". One can say, "Do  you  agree  that
the chain giving another a headache erased?" But the more you  ask   the  pc
to look for an erased chain the more messed up things  will  get.  It  isn't
there. But
the auditor by his action can imply it should be there or might be there.  A
totally wrong approach would be "Look around  your  bank  and  see  if  what
isn't there any more isn't there."


    Dianetics is NOT Scientology. A Dianetic Chain is not a release. If you
try to use Scientology rehab tech on a Dianetic Chain, you have had  it.  It
isn't a "release" (which is a key-out). A Dianetic Chain is an erasure.  You
can't rehab erasures with "How many times?", etc.


    The test of this is the doing. If you try to use Scn rehab on  Dianetic
Chains, the PC MIGHT TRY TO FIND SOMETHING. This causes him to key in  other
unrun or similar items.


    It is a dangerous action at best to try to handle  old  erased  chains.
The best you can do is to tell the pc what the  old  W/S  said.  If  no  W/S
exists leave the already erased flows alone!


                               FLUBBED CHAINS

    Many times, a Folder Error Summary will give a flubbed chain  and  then
fail to note it was repaired in the next session!


    A C/S and auditor would have been pretty irresponsible to  just  go  on
auditing past flubbed chains.


    The only safe way to handle some previous flubbed chain is to:

    (a)     Verify in the folder if it was repaired.
    (b)     If still unrepaired assess the L3RD on it and handle  according
    to the L3RD.


                                    L3RD

    Using the new L3RD  (HCO B 11 Apr 71 RA) is a Dianetic action.


    A Scientology auditor erroneously can try to use it as a  two-way  comm
type of list. If a chain needed one more ABCD, then two-way comm on it  with
no ABCD is not going to complete it.


    L3RD  has its own directions. Questions not marked with directions  are
used to indicate the fact. This can amount to two-way comm as the  pc  chews
it over. But L3RD where marked is handled by Dianetics  actions.  Look  over
the list and its directions for each question and you  will  see  that  some
are given directions that are NOT 2wc.


    Example: "Earlier beginning" reads. You can't just say,  "The  incident
had an earlier beginning," and you can't say, "Tell  me  about  the  earlier
beginning." The pc will go up the wall. There'll be no F/N. You have to  use
R3R and get him to the earlier beginning and then run it  and  if  it  still
doesn't erase, get him to an Earlier Similar and erase that.


    L3RD is a Dianetics List. It is not a Scientology List that is  cleared
each question to F/N by 2-way comm.

                                   OVERRUN

    Overruns are demonstrated by a rising TA.


    If as you seek to get in Full Flow Dianetics  the  pc's  TA  begins  to
average higher, overrun is occurring.


    Example: While doing FFD pc's TA has been riding at 2.2 and F/Ns. After
a new FFD action it begins to ride at  2.5  and  F/Ns.  Something  is  being
overrun. Find it and indicate it. And cease to stir the  bank  up  so  much!
The fault is going over items already run.


    In doing a Full Flow Table you often find that the same or similar have
been run in the past. Sometimes you find that a previous attempt to run  the
item a second or third time has resulted in an ARC  Break,  the  reason  for
which was never detected.
The right action is to note the session date it was first run and just  tell
the pc, "Feeling Surprised was run  three  times.  On  (first  date  it  was
erased) it was erased. When later run it was  an  overrun."  This  tends  to
blow the later charge laid in by trying to run the same item again.


    It sounds so strange that erased chains can be overrun. But it is true.
What happens is that pcs try to cooperate and put something there.


                                 FIREFIGHTS

    The action of a quarrel between  an  auditor  and  a  pc  is  called  a
firefight.


    Restimulating earlier unrun engrams or overrunning chains upsets a  pc.
The best action, as soon as a pc is disturbed, is to do  an  L3RD  fast  and
handle what reads the way it should be handled according to the L3RD.


    The wrong way is to argue or try to go on.


    The pc does NOT know what it is. He  just  feels  awful.  He  tries  to
guess. He will ARC Brk or get sad if the auditor continues.


    The correct action is an L3RD.


    L1C is not of great use in a Dianetic ARC Brk. L3RD is.


    If the pc remains ARC Broken, try L3RD again,  particularly  the  whole
L3RD.


    A Scientology session would be handled with some other list (L1C, L4BR,
etc). A Dianetic session, including and  especially  FFD,  is  handled  with
L3RD.


    You NEVER prepcheck while doing Dianetics. This mushes up the engrams.


                               INTERIORIZATION

    ALL these cautions apply as well to an  Interiorization-Exteriorization
Rundown when restim occurs one uses an L3RD  quickly.


    Int-Ext RD is essentially a Dianetic, not a Scientology, action.


                                SAFE ACTIONS

    A fully genned-in auditor, well crammed, well  drilled,  well  skilled,
can be trusted with Dianetics, Dianetic Triples and an Int-Ext RD.  Auditors
not so handled can get pcs into serious trouble with these things.


    A safe course is to use Triples on new, never audited before pcs. Those
begun on Triples, use then only Triple flows.


    Another safe way is to use FFD only on OT IIIs or OT IVs and done  only
by fully qualified FFD auditors who are also OT III.


    The safest course is  to  require  special  drilling  and  cramming  on
auditors who are already known for their results  by  actual  success  story
stats and call FFD and Int-Ext RD a skilled specialty.

                             C/S RESPONSIBILITY

    Any trouble a C/S is running  into  comes  from  the  factors  of  TRs,
metering, Code and incomplete or false auditors' reports.


    If when I am C/Sing I ever find an  auditor  has  omitted  key  session
actions or has falsified a report, I order that auditor not to Cramming  but
a full retrain HDC right on up.


    A C/S does not see these points. He can  get  the  pc  asked  what  the
auditor is doing or did. He can get sessions monitored. This helps him  fill
this gap in his data.
    It's what isn't in the auditor's report  that  is  often  the  trouble.
Auditors omit what they said, omit the firefight, omit session  alter-is  in
their worksheets.


    All this sticks the C/S's neck out for the axe of failure.


    So particularly in FFD, Int-Ext and other such actions, a  C/S  has  to
act to obtain confidence in  the  auditor's  TRs,  metering,  Code  use  and
accurate worksheets.


                                    RISK

    In FFD, Int-Ext RD and Power, experience has proven that if the auditor
is not top grade, if the C/S is not alert, we put a pc at risk.


    The USUAL is what keeps the pc safe.


    A thorough study of his case, looking for obvious bugs (such as Int-Ext
RD done twice, the case a druggie but drug engrams never run, Int  done  but
its 2wc flubbed, to name a few serious ones), sending auditors  to  Cramming
for the slightest flub, insisting on standard  TRs  USED  IN  SESSION,  good
metering, use  of  the  Code,  accurate  and  complete  worksheets,  use  of
standard tech, all guarantee the safety and progress of the pc.


                               INTRODUCING FFD

    FFD (like the Int-Ext RD) requires flawless C/Sing and auditing or  the
case goes wrong.


    When these actions were introduced they showed up  any  flaws  in  case
studying, TRs, metering, Code and worksheets.


    There are two ways to handle. (a) Cancel FFD and  Int-Ext  as  actions.
Obviously that is going backwards and is impossible. (b) Begin and  continue
a serious, effective campaign in the org to (1) Train auditors  better,  (2)
Cram expertly on every flub, (3) Raise quality of TRs and metering.


    As you can see, my approach is to improve quality of training, cramming
and delivery.


    Please help me out in getting this in.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH: nt .ts.rd
Copyright � 1971, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED














[This HCO B is added to by HCO B 21 April 1971-1R, Addition  of  13  January
1975, Revised 22 February 1975, C/S  Series  36RB-1R,  Quadruple  Dianetics-
Dangers of, page 383.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 10 APRIL 1974
Remimeo


                                Art Series 3



                                STAGE MANNERS



    An actor, performer or musician should have a good command of  what  is
called" Stage Manners".


    While it is not possible here to give a full text on the subject, these
basics should suffice.

1.    The performer purpose is basically Communication.

    (a)     To Communicate one must have R (Reality)-which is  to  say  one
        must be visible.


    (b)     To Communicate one must have R that there is an audience  there
        to be Communicated to.


    (c)     A  degree  of  Affinity  with  or  for  the  audience  must  be
        physically expressed. (One cannot treat an audience with  contempt,
        for instance.) (A perpetual smile is not a must, a respectful look,
        a friendly look does as well.)

    If you look over the above ABCs you will see that the general basic  of
Stage Manners is the ARC Triangle. From this almost  anything  else  can  be
derived.


    However, there are some traditional rules.

    I.      You accept  applause. This is the contribution of the audience.
        You do not cut it off.  You  acknowledge  it  with  bows  or  other
        physical actions. But you accept it. You don't dodge it.


    II.     You never turn your back on the audience. (An exception  is  an
        actor in play stage situations.) You turn in such a way as to  turn
        facing the audience. You do not turn the other way  around  and  so
        give them your back.


    III.    Never express embarrassment or stage fright even when you  feel
        it. Force yourself into a physical  appearance  and  expression  of
        poise.


    IV.     If you goof, ride  right  over  it.  Do  not  break  off,  call
        attention to it or look helpless or foolish. Just ride  right  over
        it and go on.


    V.      If you do not know what to do with your hands or feet, don't do
        anything with them. Avoid twisting your feet or legs  or  hands  or
        arms around. Don't fiddle with things. Be positive in motion.


    VI.     During breaks or silent periods remember you are still on stage
        and Stage Manners still apply.


    VII.    Always appear to be in control of the place and the audience.
        VIII. Never let your poise be shattered by a sudden surprise.  Ride
        over it and handle.


    IX.     A performer DOMINATES an audience:


            (a)  By his comm,


            (b)  By his art,


            (c)  By his technical perfection,


      (d)   By his Stage Manners.

    None of this means that one cannot clown, joke, act  superior  or  even
seem austere. these are the arts of  presence.  But  even  in  doing  these,
Stage Manners are observed .


    If as a small child one was always  cautioned  about  his  manners  and
resented it one should get a clear idea of what manners are:


    In a culture manners are the lubrication that  ease  the  frictions  of
social contacts.


    On the stage, Stage Manners are the means of smoothing the problems  of
interchange between audience and performer.


    The hallmark of  the  professional  performer,  next  to  his  art  and
expertise, is flawless Stage Manners.


    Stand before a full-length mirror. (Or  use  Video  Tape.)  Assume  the
postures of your act. Accept  applause  gracefully.  Bow  gracefully.  Smile
pleasantly. Laugh. Be  dignified.  Demonstrate  poise.  Assume  the  posture
needed for a non-applauding audience. Ride out boos. Demand  more  applause.
Do the postures to end your performance after applause.  Accept  a  standing
ovation. Deplore not being able to give an encore. Appear at the  start  for
a first part of a performance. Assume  the  postures  and  poise  needed  on
stage during a one minute break between numbers.  Accept  a  plaque.  Accept
flowers. Ride over a bad goof.  Be  respectful  to  the  audience.  Kid  the
audience out of it. Do each one of the IX rules. AND ALL  WITHOUT  SAYING  A
WORD. Do it with physical motions or lack of them.


    When you can do all these things and look right to  yourself  and  feel
easy about them you will have and be confident of your Stage Manners.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: ntm .rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 20 APRIL 1974
Remimeo
Ex Dn Spclsts

                       INTROSPECTION RD-THIRD ADDITION

                          Adds to HCO B 23 Jan 74R
                              Revised 10 Feb 74
                                  Checklist



                      ADDITIONAL INTROSPECTION RD STEPS


    The Introspection RD has as its dominant flow,  Flow  0.  This  follows
from basic O/W theory where the person goes down the dwindling spiral  to  a
point where he can only restrain himself and do himself in.


    The following steps must be added to the checklist to fully handle this
in the pc. Otherwise future efforts to help him will be blocked by  his  own
efforts to succumb.


    14L. Check "doing yourself in" and "doing others in" for read  and  R3R
        Quad the best read.


    14M. L&N for the intention behind it.


    14N. R3R Quad the intention.


    14O. Repeat the steps above on the second one if it is also reading.

    Also add the following to the RD after the E. Purps have been run R3R:

    1.      2wc "Have you ever wanted to succumb?" to F/N.


    2.      If so, R3R Quad.


    3.      If so, L&N for the intention behind "wanting to succumb".


    4.      R3R Quad.


    5.      2wc "Have you ever attempted to commit suicide?" to F/N.


    6.      If so, R3R Quad.


    7.      If so, L&N for  the  intention  behind  the  effort  to  commit
        suicide.


    8.      R3R Quad.


    9.      2wc "Is there some other way you were doing yourself in  that's
        been missed?" to F/N. Note all reading items.


    10.     If so, R3R Quad the BD or best reading item.


    11.     If so, L&N for the intention behind it.


    12      R3R Quad.


    13 .    Repeat 10, 11 and 1 2 on other hot reads.
This would be followed by  a  D  of  P  Interview  and  attest  unless  some
adjustment actions were needed; these would be R3R any new E. Purps  or  new
R/S handling, a C/S 53RG or ruds or 2wc or HC List.


                                   CAUTION

    Do not run unreading items, miss reads or run wrong items  as  it  will
wind the pc up in the soup.


    A common error on R3Ring E. Purps culled from the W/Ses  has  shown  up
that C/Ses must be alert for. This is taking up infinitive phrases like  "to
go to the store" that  appear  to  be  E.  Purps  but  in  actual  fact  are
statements of future actions or conditions, not intentions.


    Example: Pc says, "I was doing fine then Joe came along and  caused  me
to cave in." "To cave in" is not an E. Purp as stated. It  wasn't  the  pc's
intention. Not valid.


    Example: Pc says, "I was trying to hold on to the rope and he forced me
to fall off the cliff." "To fall off the cliff" was not the  pc's  intention
but a statement of an action. Not valid.


    Example: Pc says, "I wanted to make them wrong and got sick." "To  make
them wrong" was the intention, is valid and runnable.


    Have you got the idea? If there is any question in your mind, clear the
word "intention", then  go  over  a  grammar  text  and  sort  out  what  an
infinitive and infinitive phrase are and how they're used.


    You'll save the pc and yourself a lot of difficulty if you do this.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:ntm.jh
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 23 APRIL 1974

Remimeo
Ex Dn C/Ses
                        Expanded Dianetics Series 22


                        EXPANDED DIANETICS REQUISITES


    The recent review of Expanded Dianetics has shown that  Ex  Dn  can  be
made to fail if the pc is improperly set up for it.


    The following checklist is for use by C/Ses to ensure full set-ups  for
Ex Dn have been done.


    Attach to the inside left cover of the folder.

                                 __________

1.    Pc has done a full set of TRs 0-4 and 6-9.   __________

2.    Pc has had a full battery of  Objective  Processes  run  to  full  EP.
    __________

3.    Pc has been given a thorough C/S 1 and is grooved in.   __________

4.    Pc has completed (very) Drug RD which is FLAT.     __________
      No no-interest but reading items remain unrun.
      No medicine, drug or stimulant left unrun.

5.     Pc  successful  at  Dianetic  Engram  running.  Can  run  Dn  easily.
    __________

6.    Pc has had  Word  Clearing  Method  I  run  very  flat  to  F/N  list.
    __________

7.    Pc has been Word Cleared Method 5 on the L-3ExDRB
      and R3R words.   __________

8.    Pc has had any high or low TA handled with a C/S 53RG.  __________

9.    Pc is not in the Non-Interference area.      __________

10.   Pc has had any messed up L&N and Why lists corrected.   __________

11.   Pc has not been left in the middle of a major action or RD to
      start Ex Dn.     __________
                                 __________

    Only if you make sure each of these points is fully in will the pc  fly
on Ex Dn.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:amsjh
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 25 APRIL 1974
Remimeo

                                Art Series 4


                                   RHYTHM


    RHYTHM: Any kind of movement characterized by the regular recurrence of
strong and weak elements. Rhythm denotes the  regular  patterned  flow,  the
ebb and rise of sounds and movement in speech, music, writing, dance and  in
other physical activities. Meter basically means measure and  applies  to  a
system or pattern of measured recurrence  of  length,  beat  or  numbers  in
poetry or music.

                               TYPES OF MUSIC
                                   RHYTHM

    There are SIX distinct types of rhythm in music. These are:


    REGULAR: Meaning the evenly accented (stressed) beat.


    SYNCOPATED: The placing of upbeats along with downbeats at  regular  or
irregular intervals.


    STOPPED: In a stopped rhythm there are regular distinct  halts  to  the
flow of melody, but all the beats  are  there,  they  are  simply  regularly
halted for an interval. (The term comes from choreography as in tap  dancing
where the dancer taps fill the stops. )


    ACCENTED: Where one or more beats in  a  measure  received  a  stronger
stress (beat) or  accent.  Accent  in  a  rhythm  can  be  done  by  volume,
duration, pitch or tone quality (timbre).


    OMITTED BEAT: The regular omission of one or more  beats  in  measures.
Time may have to be counted over two or more measures in order to  regularly
omit. (Soul, Motown. )


    ADDED BEAT: Additional strong or, generally, weak beats  are  added  to
the rhythm in a consistent or inconsistent manner. (Bongos, Congas, etc.)

                                    USAGE

    Any and all rhythms are made up of the six basics above.  One,  two  or
more can be employed in complex patterns.

                                 REPETITION

    Rhythm is rhythm because of repetition (recurrence).

                                   RAPPORT

    RAPPORT: Relationship, especially, one of mutual trust or affinity.


    An audience in rapport is different than an audience of spectators.


    An audience in rapport PARTICIPATES in small or  large  ways  with  the
performer or the artist or work of art, often by vocal or body motion.


    Such participation is achieved by:
        1.       Reliance on the even recurrence of the rhythm.


    2.      Ability to predict it will recur.


    3.      Formation of agreement by such reliable prediction.


    4.      Permitting the audience to fill gaps or significances.  Regular
        omission of a beat or step or full explanation causes the  audience
        to fill it for themselves  and  brings  about  physical  or  mental
        participation.


                                   RHYTHM

    All life is a repeating pulse and ebb and surge of motion.


    Life becomes difficult when rhythmic prediction cannot  occur.  Anxiety
sets in. It is a relief to participate  in  predictable  rhythm  in  an  art
form. It is safe and reassuring. If  the  rhythm  is  exciting  it  is  also
exciting. Therefore participation in  predictable  rhythm  is  pleasure  and
even joy.

                                 IMPINGEMENT

    When one changes rhythm within a single work one "makes wrong"  because
the person has predicted the rhythm but the prediction is not met.  Thus  he
is wrong. If the rhythm recurs, the person is made right.


    A new rhythm attracts attention. If it is agreed  with  and  recurs  it
gets participation.

                                  ART FORMS

    The above materials, while written from the viewpoint of  music,  apply
to any art form.


    Even prose has a rhythm.


    Not all rhythms are pleasant or acceptable.


    Many ways exist to utilize these observations on  rhythm-i.e.  one  can
begin an unwanted rhythm, using the audience objection to impinge  and  then
turn it into a wanted rhythm.


    As life itself is going through time and as time  is  recurrence,  some
rhythms are too dull to attain any attention.


    Rhythm, used in art forms, must therefore slow or speed or  change  the
expected rhythms of ordinary life in order to command attention.


    Rhythm can sooth, lull, excite, arouse to any point  of  the  emotional
tone scale.


    A rhythm one half to one tone below  the  usual  rhythm  in  life  will
depress or degrade an audience.


    A rhythm one half to one tone above the usual rhythm will dominate  and
interest.


    Rhythm and its expression is the basic key to all art forms.


LRH:ntm.rd  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                         HCO BULLETIN OF 31 MAY 1974

                          (Also HCO PL 31 May 1974)

Remimeo



                         UNHANDLED DRUGS AND ETHICS


    Several recent cases have come to light where the person was  permitted
to go on upper grades, Expanded Dianetics, Power and even  OT  Levels  whose
drugs had not been handled.


    In each case there was no or poor case gain, organizational upsets  and
wasted auditing.


    THEREFORE IT BECOMES FIRM POLICY THAT ANY REGISTRAR, C/S,  D  OF  P  OR
AUDITOR WHO PERMITS A PERSON WITH UNHANDLED OR PARTIALLY  HANDLED  DRUGS  TO
BE AUDITED ON ANYTHING BUT A FULL AND COMPLETE  DRUG  RUNDOWN  INCLUDING  NO
INTEREST ITEMS WILL BE SUBJECT TO COMM EV WITH A MINIMUM PENALTY OF  TREASON
AND A MAXIMUM PENALTY OF EXPULSION.


    Tech must not be made to fail because  of  overt,  covert  or  ignorant
misapplication of tech.


    It is fully established that a chief  cause  of  failure  in  cases  is
unhandled  or  only  partially  handled  drugs  including   medical   drugs,
treatments and alcohol. This is a barrier to case gain and in  this  society
at this time, the major barrier.


    Where drugs have not been handled or only partially have been  handled,
the NO INTERFERENCE ZONE RULE is waived.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:clb.rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 22 FEBRUARY 1972RA
Remimeo
All Supervisors  (Revised 26 March 1972
Student's Hat    and 8 July 1974
Mini Crse   Changes in this type style. )
Super Crse
Word Clearing
Crse        Word Clearing Series 32RA
Est Off Crse
Dept 13
Personnel     URGENT-IMPORTANT-URGENT

                         Vital for all Supervisors,
                       Est-Os, and Cramming Officers.


                           WORD CLEARING METHOD 4


    Tech and Admin Cramming Officers, Word Clearers and Course  Supervisors
use Method 4 Word Clearing when  fishing  for  a  misunderstood  word.  E.g.
Cramming Officers use it to fish for  misunderstood  words  concerning  what
the person is being crammed on. Word Clearers use it  on  Interns  when  the
Intern needs a retrain  or  retread  or  even  if  the  Intern  is  sent  to
Cramming. Course Supervisors use it in the classroom  CONTINUOUSLY  ON  NON-
F/N STUDENTS or queries.


    The whole idea is the person requiring the Method 4 Word Clearing has a
Cramming Order or is not an F/Ning student because of confusion as a  result
of a misunderstood word, as  per  Word  Clearing  Series  1  6R  or  omitted
materials.


    Method 4 fishes for the misunderstood word, finds it, clears it to F/N,
looks for another in the area until there are no  more  with  an  F/N  VGIs,
then moves to another area, handles that-eventually all  the  misunderstoods
that resulted in the Cramming Order or non-F/N student are handled.


    It requires no C/S OK for it to be done. Method 1 is not a prerequisite
to Method 4.


    E-Meter Drill No. 21 is the E-Meter Drill to be drilled  on  Method  4.
It's the method of fishing for a cognition.


    Requires proper application of TRs and metering. All Supervisors,  Est-
Os, and Dept 13 personnel to check out on, drill, and apply this tech AS  IT
IS VITAL STUDY TECH.




                           METHOD 4 WORD CLEARING

1.    Give person the cans, state, "I am not auditing you."

2.    Ask while watching the meter:

      "Is there any part of what you're studying you did not fully get?"

      Trace the read. Use "fishing for a cog" drill (per HCO B 25  June  70,
    Issue III) if needed .

      If no read the question may be varied, e.g.

      "Is there any part of  the  materials  you're  studying  you  disagree
    with?"

      or "Is there any part of what you're studying you feel you  could  not
    apply?"

       or  "In  (material  being  checked)  is  there  anything  you  didn't
    understand?"

      Let the student tell you briefly. Do NOT tell him the data.

      Verify that his study pack is complete as the  data  might  have  been
    omitted. Also he might never have read the pack at all.
      If the data was missing do not go on to Step 3. See that he gets  the
    complete pack and reads it. Then repeat Method 4.

      If the person just has not read the materials do not go on  to  3  but
    get him to read the materials. Then repeat Method 4.

3.    Get what it is then ask:

      "What word  was misunderstood just before that?"

      Meter reads, Word Clearer finds the word, never accepting a  confusion
    but finds the word giving the read (SF, F,, BD), gets it looked up in a
    dictionary and used  in  sentences  until  it  can  be  seen  from  the
    sentences that the student now understands the word and the word  F/Ns.
    All the tools of Study Tech and Word Clearing are at the Word Clearer's
    disposal to take the word to F/N. The Word Clearer does not stop at one
    misunderstood but makes sure all are cleared.

4.    Repeat 2 & 3 until the materials are fully cleared up and any and  all
    misunderstoods or confusions handled.

5.    If the action bogs when used in the  classroom  the  student  must  be
    sent to Qual for  handling  and  Supervisor  to  Cramming  on  TRs  and
    metering and drilling on this procedure.

    The correct action is a W/C CORRECTION LIST DONE  ON  THE  STUDENT  AND
HANDLED.


    Of course if the above question F/Ns  on  asking,  there  would  be  no
misunderstoods  on  the  material  being  checked,  but  the  person  is  in
Cramming, not  an  F/Ning  student  or  whatever,  so  there  obviously  are
misunderstood words to be found and handled.


    Look at HCOPL 16  Feb  72,  "The  Purpose  of  the  Dept  of  Personnel
Enhancement". It says this Dept "reaches and looks  for  business  all  over
the org and brings it in".  So  someone  with  stats  down-student  or  post
stats, confusion about what to do, overloaded, can't seem to handle it,  how
do you do this, etc, etc, are all indicators of misunderstood words  as  the
person is saying confusion, confusion. Well, underneath the confusion  is  a
misunderstood word just as Word Clearing 1 6R says.


    Method 4 Word Clearing is what is  used  in  doing  and  achieving  the
purpose of the Dept of Personnel Enhancement, HCO PL 16 Feb 72.


    One of the ways the Word Clearers in this Dept  do  the  job  is  using
Method 4 Word Clearing.


    METHOD 4 IS USED BY COURSE SUPERVISORS TO HANDLE  ALL  STUDENT  QUERIES
ABOUT  CONTENTS OF COURSE MATERIALS.


    The reason students ask questions about "What is meant" is  because  of
omitted pack materials from their checksheet,  failure  to  read  what  they
have OR BECAUSE OF A MISUNDERSTOOD WORD JUST BEFORE THEY GOT CONFUSED.


    The Super has to know only where the materials are and BE SMART  ENOUGH
TO DO METHOD 4 INSTEAD OF GIVING THE STUDENT ALTER-ISED  ANSWERS  THAT  STOP
SCIENTOLOGY WORKING.


    Word Clearing, especially Method 4, is how to get in HIGH CRIME HCO  PL
7 Feb 1965, Reissued 15 June 70, "KEEPING SCIENTOLOGY WORKING".


    SUCCESSFUL COURSE SUPERVISION  AND  SUCCESSFUL  CRAMMING  REQUIRE  THIS
ACTION BE FULLY KNOWN AND U-S-E-D.

                              **K * E * E * P**

                **S * C * I * E * N * T * O * L * O * G * Y**

                        **W * O * R * K * I * N * G**


LRH: clb .nt .rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1972, 1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 8 JULY 1974R
                                   Issue I
                            REVISED 24 JULY 1974
Remimeo

                          Word Clearing Series 53R
                       (Revisions in this type style)



                                CLEAR TO F/N

                (Word Clearing Series 32R has been corrected
                 as 32RA to require the F/Ning of all words
                      and forbids W/Cing on a high TA.)


    Do NOT try to Word Clear a person Method 1, 2 or  4 whose TA is high at
session start. Use  standard  auditing  procedures  by  an  Auditor  of  the
required class to get the TA down to normal range.  (Usually  a  C/S  Series
53RG and handling.)


    If the TA is high at start of session one of course cannot F/N a TA  on
Word Clearing when it is high for some other reason.


    ALWAYS F/N a word being cleared on the meter. It may happen there is  a
chain and the word has to be earlier similared.  But  even  then,  when  the
chain is F/Ned, the words on the chain that didn't F/N must F/N.


    Example: A chemical type word reading.  Doesn't  F/N.  E/S  it  on  E/S
words, comes down to a lecture in school. The Mis-U  word  there  F/Ns.  Now
check the words touched while going E/S. Usually they just F/N.


    Do NOT do a lot of words to "Clean" and say the person has  been  "Word
Cleared". Cases are messed up because the Word  Clearing  may  be  over  out
rudiments or even out lists or out Int.


    A Word Clearing worksheet must show truthfully all words F/Ned.

                                   RED TAB

    Where a pc has been Word Cleared on the meter without F/Ning or with or
to a high or low TA, THE WHOLE FOLDER MUST BE RED TABBED.


    W/Cing worksheets must go into the pc's folder, just as why finding and
touch assists and other auditing actions must be put in the folder.


    A pc red tabbed because of Word Clearing must  be  repaired  within  24
hours, as in the case of any other red tab.
                                  ________

    Stalled cases have been traced to Word Clearing errors. Repair of these
will get them going again.



LRH:nt.rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 8 JULY 1974R
                                  Issue II
                            REVISED 24 JULY 1974
Remimeo

                               C/S Series 92R
                       (Revisions in this type style)



                            WORD CLEARING ERRORS
                      (Applies to Methods 1, 2, 4 and 5
                              done on a meter.)


    The attention of the C/S is called to the revised Word Clearing  Series
32RA which requires words be F/Ned and to HCO  B  8  July  74  of  the  Word
Clearing Series which requires word clearing errors be RED TABBED  and  that
all Word Clearing worksheets be placed in folders.


    Case troubles have occasionally been traced to metered  W/Cing  over  a
High TA or failure to F/N words.


    This is a hidden area from the C/S unless W/C worksheets  are  included
in folders and the RED TAB system for non-F/N at conclusion  is  used.  Only
in this way is a C/S able to get all the data.


    Correction of W/C errors is done by a Word Clearing Correction List.


    High TA or Low TA at start of a W/C session is usually handled  by  C/S
53RG.


    All "non-session" worksheets such as  why  finding,  contact  or  touch
assists and Word Clearing should go into the pc's folder.


    None of this can be used as an excuse not to word clear somebody.  Make
a C/S handle that TA fast and Red Tab  the  folder  until  handling  occurs.
Then do the Word Clearing.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 17 AUGUST 1972R
                             REVISED 8 JULY 1974
Remimeo
(Translate to         (Revision in this type style)
European
Languages)       (Reissued 24 October 1974
            as a Tape Course Series)


                          Word Clearing Series 42R


                            Tape Course Series 10


                               METHOD 4 NOTES


    Too generalized a question in using Method 4 defeats its  use  and  can
restimulate a person badly.


    Example: "Is there anything in college you didn't understand?" That  of
course is just  plain  ridiculous  as  a  question.  "Have  you  ever  heard
anything you didn't understand?" would be similarly silly.


                          BREAK DOWN THE MATERIALS

    When doing Method 4 you have to break down the materials (put them into
small separate units) in order to ask questions.


    Example: We have Papers 1 & 2, both on  the  same  subject.  The  wrong
question for Method 4 would be "Is there  anything  in  Papers  1  &  2  you
didn't understand?" and not even give him the papers to see! The  right  way
to do it would be to take Paper  1  and  break  it  down  into  its  obvious
sections, give the person Paper 1 and let him look at it. Point to  its  1st
section and say, "Is there anything you didn't understand in this  section?"
while watching the meter. Then point to next section, do  the  same.  Finish
Paper 1. Then go to Paper 2 and do it the same.


    A person has to know what he's being asked about and has to be thinking
of it when asked the question.

                                    TAPES

    Just as it would be ridiculous to ask,  "Have  you  ever  misunderstood
anything you ever read?", it would be silly to ask, "Did  you  ever  have  a
misunderstood on Tape?"


    The right way is to take the tape and put it on a machine  and  play  a
bit of it. And ask, "Is there anything in the first  section  of  this  tape
you didn't understand?" while watching the meter. Then high speed  the  tape
forward to another area and do the same. Thus the tape is covered.


    This can also be done from any tape notes, section by section.


                                    BOOKS

    Books are done chapter by chapter.
                                 QUICKIE M4

    Method 4 is defeated utterly by:

    1.      Bad metering,


    2.      Too general a question,


    3.      Not having the material to hand,


    4.      Not getting the person's attention on parts of the material,


    5.      Not taking each word found to F/N.

    Quickie M4 misses. It sets the person up for a loss in his studying.


    And we want him to actually succeed in his study, don't we?


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 17 JULY 1974
Remimeo
                        Expanded Dianetics Series 23
                             (Ref. XDn Series 9)


                                 XDN CASE B


    Further data on XDn Series 9.


    On further data the failure of this case was due to:

1.    PTS to friend of  wife  who  was  violently  invalidative.  He  roller
    coastered = PTS. The PTS  scene  should  have  been  handled  prior  to
    auditing but was not known or suspected at the time.

2.    This case had been a drug addict and was married to a drug addict  who
    had been a prostitute and who persuaded him back  on  drugs.  The  drug
    rundown "no interest items" should have been run  and  he  should  have
    been cleaned up on drugs before beginning XDn. It has been  proven  out
    time and again that when a very full and complete drug rundown  is  not
    done, pcs do not succeed with any  other  type  of  auditing  including
    Expanded Dianetics.


                                FURTHER NOTES

Further  research  has  shown  that  headaches  are  almost  invariably   an
Exteriorization-lnteriorization problem. This research case should have  had
his Ext-Int handled fully.
                                 __________

    These items added to the research program,  before  any  others,  would
have brought success:

    i.      Handle Ext-Int by repair or rundown.
    ii.     Handle any out lists L4B.
    iii.    Handle PTS Situation fully and rapidly.
    iv.     Complete Drug RD by culling all "no interest items" and running
        them.

    Further repair of this case would include the above but would add:


    v.      Do an L4B on intentions lists to be sure no lists are  out  and
repair.


    vi.     Do R3R on all reading evil intentions whether pc interested  or
not.


                                   SUMMARY

    Data gained from running this Case B has been of  great  assistance  in
handling other cases since the faults found were not repeated.


    Hundreds, probably thousands of cases  are  now  winning  on  XDn  with
permanent gain. This is due to using fully  the  developed  tech  with  full
skill.



      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1973R
                     (Cancels HCO B 31 December 1971 RC)
                     Revised  & Reissued 30 August 1974

Remimeo


                               C/S Series 53RH


                        SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S



    This is the basic prepared list used by Auditors to get a TA up or down
into normal range. A GF Method 5 may also be used  after  TA  is  in  normal
range to get pc's case handled better.

_________________________________PC Name________________________ Date


1.    Assess pc Method 5 on this sheet. (Go down the list  calling  off  the
    items to the pc, watching the meter. Mark any Tick, SF,  F,,  LFBD  [to
    what TA], speeded rise  or  Blow  Up.)  NOTE:  A  C/S  53RH  should  be
    reassessed and all reads handled until it F/Ns on assessment.

A.    Interiorization  _________        Problems   _________
      Went in    _________        Protest    _________
      Go in _________        Don't like it   _________
      Can't get in     _________        Audited over out ruds _________
      Want to get out  _________        Feel sad   _________
      Kicked out of spaces   _________       Rushed      _________
      Can't go   _________        Tired _________
                       ARC Brk    _________
B.    List errors      _________        Upset      _________
      Overlisting      _________        Can't get it     _________
      Wrong items
      Upset with giving      _________  D    Drugs _________
      items to auditor _________        LSD  _________
      Wrong Why  _________        Alcohol    _________
      Wrong Indication _________        Pot  _________
      Wrong PTS Item   _________        Medicine   _________

C.    Some sort of W/H _________  E.    Engram in restimulation _________
      Are you withholding               Same engram run twice _________
      something  _________        Can't see engrams too
      Is another withholding            well _________
      something from you     _________       Invisible   _________
      Are others withholding            Black      _________
      something from others  _________       Loss  _________
      Has another committed             Lost _________
      overts on you    _________
      Have you committed          F.    Same thing run twice  _________
      any overts _________        Same action done by
      Have others committed             another auditor  _________
      overts on others _________
      Not saying _________
G.    Doing something with        L.    PTS  _________
      mind between sessions             Suppressed _________
      Some other practice    _________
                 M.    Something went on too
H.    Word Clearing errors   _________       long  _________
      Study errors     _________        Went on by a release
                       point _________
I.    False TA   _________        Overrun    _________
      Wrong sized cans _________        Auditor kept on going _________
      Tired hands      _________        Over-repair      _________
      Dry hands or feet      _________       Puzzled by auditor
      Wet hands or feet      _________       keeps on    _________
      Loosens can grip _________        Stops      _________

J.    Auditor overwhelming   _________  N.   Something else   _________
      Feel attacked    _________        Physically ill   _________
      Something wrong with
      F/Ns  _________  O.    Repairing a TA that
      Overrun F/Ns     _________        isn't high _________
      Missed F/N _________        Repairing a TA that
      Items really didn't read    _________        isn't low  _________
      Bad auditing     _________        Faulty Meter     _________
      Incomplete actions     _________       Nothing wrong    _________

K.    Can't have _________
      Low havingness   _________


2.    Use only the small falls or falls or BDs. The rises will however  show
    where mass
      lies.

A.    If A or any of the A Group, and the pc has had an Int RD,  do  an  Int
    RD    Correction List, and handle the  reads.  (HCO  B  29  Oct  71  R,
    Revised 14 May 74.)

      If the pc has never had an Int RD, then give him  a  standard  Int  RD
    providing you have checked out on the Int-Ext pack and are good at R3R.

B.    If any of these read, do an L4BR on the earliest lists  you  can  find
    that have not been corrected. Lacking these do an L4BR in general.  You
    can go over an L4BR several times handling each read to F/N  until  the
    whole L4BR gives  nothing  but  F/Ns.  Handle  a  Wrong  Why  or  Wrong
    Indication or Wrong PTS Item per C/S Series 78.

C.    If any of these, handle with 2wc and earlier similar to F/N.  If  more
    than one reads do biggest read first and then  clean  up  each  of  the
    others E/S to F/N. If all read on assessment you have to get an F/N for
    each or 18 F/Ns. On overts and withholds, get what, and E/S to F/N.  On
    out ruds, find which rud and handle. (See GF40RR, HCO  B  30  June  71,
    Revised 13 Jan 72.) Feel sad, handle the ARC Break. (Feel sad = ARC Brk
    of long duration.)

D.    Rehab releases on each "drug" taken to F/N. Complete the Drug  RD  per
    C/S Series 48R after handling all reads on this assessment. If  pc  has
    had a Drug RD, do L3RD  on it, and handle.

E.    If any of these, do L3RD  and handle according to what  is  stated  to
    do on L3RD.

F.    Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.

    G.      Find out what it is. If -Yoga or Mystic exercises or some  such
    2wc E/S it to first time done, find out what upset had occurred  before
    that and if TA now down do L1 C on that  period of pc's life.

H.    If Word Clearing, do a  Word  Clearing  Correction  List,  handle  all
    reads. If Study errors, 2wc E/S to F/N, and add a Study Correction List
    to the pc's program.

I.    False TA is wrong cans. Use HCO Bs 24 Oct 71,12 Nov 71R, 15 Feb  72,18
    Feb    72, 29 Feb 72R, 23 Nov 73, all on False TA. Then  clean  up  the
    bypassed charge    with (1) Assess for best read (a)  TA  worries,  (b)
    F/N worries. (2) Then 2wc times he was worried about (item) E/S to F/N.
    (3) Rehab any overruns due to False TA  obscuring F/Ns.

J.    These are auditor errors. Low TA is generally caused  by  overwhelming
    TRs and incomplete actions. A high TA  can  be  caused  by  an  auditor
    overrunning F/Ns or failing to call them. Or trying to  assess  through
    an F/N and mistaking an F/N right swing for  a  read.  An  F/N  can  be
    obscured and mistaken for a read if Sensitivity too high.  These  items
    are all 2wc E/S to F/N. Auditors who made them need Cramming  badly  or
    retread.

K.    Can't have or Hav. Find correct Havingness process and remedy.

L.    PTS or Suppressed. Check for SP or get a full PTS RD.

M.    Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N on each (or date  to
    blow, locate to blow, if qualified).

N.    2wc to find what. Note BD item. If BD item covered  by  one  of  these
    categories handle per instructions. If not just  2wc  to  F/N  and  get
    further C/S instructions for handling if necessary.

O.    Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct then indicate to  F/N.
    Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first. If False  TA  handle  per  I
    above.

    General. Handle Int RD (A) if it reads at all before handling  rest  as
nothing will go right if Int is still  out.  For  the  remainder  prefer  to
handle any BD group if you get a BD. If in doubt about what  to  do,  return
to the C/S.


                                             Revised by
      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH: nt jh
Copyright � 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 31 AUGUST 1974
Remimeo
Tech Secs
C/Ses            URGENT
Auditors
Registrars
                                C/S Series 93


                               NEW GRADE CHART


    The "NEW" thing to do is the Grade  Chart.  Everything  you  are  doing
should contribute to getting the pc up the Bridge. THIS is the Bridge.


    There is a new Grade Chart being prepared which has some changes in it,
based on recent discoveries.  It  is  urgent  that  you  know  of  these  in
advance.

                                DRUG RUNDOWN

    The effects of an omitted or incomplete Drug RD are  severe  enough  to
deny a person any lasting case gain.


    This is covered in HCO B 31 May 74, "Unhandled Drugs and Ethics".  Some
orgs have taken this HCO B so literally however, that they  have  taken  pcs
off Adv Cses Grades, refused to do Assists on ill pcs and  some  showed  pcs
the HCO B and invaled their gains.


    This was not the intention of the HCO B. The C/S Series remain valid.


    The Drug RD belongs on the Grade Chart after Life  Repair.  A  Drug  RD
cannot be done over out ruds and a Life Repair may be necessary to get in  a
pc's ruds.


    Life Repair is not a prerequisite for the Drug RD, however, and if done
is not to be dragged out intensive after  intensive.  In  some  cases  a  pc
could not complete Life Repair without a Drug RD.


    Following the Drug RD is  ARC  S/W,  then  the  rest  of  Dianetics  to
completion.

                             EXPANDED DIANETICS

    Ex Dn by the way belongs after Grade IV Expanded.


    Some pcs R/S and have Evil Purposes to do others in. But no Grade 0  or
Grade I or Grade II. What others? Martians?


    "Got to secretly do everybody in" probably  applies  to  Apeville  some
long date ago and he's never come up to PT.


    The answer is to bring the pc up the Grade Chart to Expanded  Grade  IV
then do his Ex Dn.


    The prerequisites for Ex Dn are covered on HCO B 23  April  74,  Ex  Dn
Series 22, "Expanded Dianetics Requisites". Add to that Expanded  Grades  up
to IV and you have it.

                                  GRADE II

    Some orgs specialize in Grade II, especially on org staff.  The  pc  is
always getting Integrity Processing or his O/Ws pulled on so and so.


    If you look on the Grade Chart you will find Withholds and  Overts  are
Grade TWO.


    Below  Grade   TWO   lies   Grade   I   (Problems)   and   Grade   Zero
(Communications). And below that is Dianetics  and  at  the  bottom  end  of
Dianetics is the Drug Handling.


    Now how do you expect a fellow who has unhandled drugs (or omitted drug
items because of "no interest") to even know (no Grade 0) that other  people
are around or that (Grade I)  he  is  caved  in  with  problems  he's  never
cognited on?
And he's supposed to have enough responsibility to answer up  on  Grade  II?
With real overts and withholds?


    This does not mean you must never Sec Check.  It  does  mean  that  Sec
Checks are no substitute for auditing or guarantee of innocence.


    Grades are Grades and the Grade Chart sequence is correct.

                                SOLO SET-UPS

    Set-ups for Solo are fully covered on HCO B 8 Jan 72R, Revised  8  July
74, Solo C/S Series 11 R.


    This will be included as part of Solo on the Grade Chart  as  it  is  a
vital step.


    Pcs won't make it on Solo if they aren't set up.

                                  FULL LIST

Here's the full list of Grades showing where the  various  RDs  now  offered
fit.

    GROUP PROCESSING-Not mandatory or a prerequisite.


    LIFE REPAIR-As needed but not prerequisite for Drug RD. To get ruds  in
        on Life.


    DRUG RD, means:


    TRs 0-4, 6-9-Mandatory for a Druggie currently on Drugs, FLAT.


    Full C/S-1-Where not done. To fully educate pc.


    Objectives-Full battery to full EPs per basic books and early HCO Bs on
        them.


    Class VIII Drug Handling-List and  rehab  all  drugs,  3  way  Recalls,
        Secondaries and Engrams of Taking and Giving Drugs.


    AESPs on each reading Drug-Listed separately and handled with R3R, each
        drug to full F/N assessment of Drug List.


    "No Interest" Drug Items-All reading ones run where they exist.


    Prior Assessment-AESPs listed separately and run R3R,  prior  to  first
        drug or alcohol taken.


    ARC S/W EXPANDED.


    DIANETICS, means:


            C/S 54-Complete handling of Pc Assessment Form begun with  Drug
        RD.


      Health Form-Fully handled to full F/N Assessment.


    EXPANDED GRADE 0-As issued.


    EXPANDED GRADE I-As issued.


    EXPANDED GRADE II-As issued, including Integrity Processing.


    EXPANDED GRADE III-As issued.


    EXPANDED GRADE IV-As issued.


    EX DN-Not mandatory except where  pc  is  a  low  OCA,  an  R/Ser  (2%,
        chronically ill or psycho. Means:


      Set-ups-Per HCO B 23 April 74, Ex Dn Series 22.


      Introspection RD-Where pc ill, introverted or in a psychotic break.



           R3R all E. Purps.


      OCA Left-hand Side Handling-As issued.


      OCA Right-hand Side Handling-As issued, with PTS RD as necessary.


    POWER PROCESSING GRADES V & VA-Only prerequisites are Drug RD and Grade
        IV.


    SOLO GRADE VI, means:


      Solo Set-ups-Done at SH or AO per Solo C/S Series 11 R.


      Solo Auditor's Course.


      Solo Audit Grade VI materials.


    CLEARING COURSE


    OT I


    OT II


    OT III


    OT VII PROCESSES


    OT III EXPANDED


    OT IV


    OT V


    OT VI


    FULL OT VII VERIFICATION


    OT VIII-When issued.

                                 PROGRAMMING

    The C/S Series, especially the early HCO Bs, numbers 1-13R, fully cover
the use of the Grade Chart in programming.

               THE GRADE CHART IS THE BASIC PROGRAMME OF A PC.

    This datum has been neglected in some orgs, who have specialized in the
new RDs developed since '71.


    With refinement of repair and corrective actions and the release of new
RDs, some may have forgotten that  repair  is  only  done  to  get  off  the
overwhelm so that you can put the pc back on the Grade Chart.

                                   SUMMARY

    I thought I'd better fill you in on these changes and how the new Grade
Chart lines up.


    Make full use of this Chart with C/S Series  programming  tech  in  and
your pcs will fly.


    Here's to lots of case gain and rave success stories.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:nt.rs.rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 7 SEPTEMBER 1974
                (Adapted from LRH ED 178 INT of 30 May 1972)
Remimeo
All Staff
All Auditors
All Students
All Scientologists
                           Word Clearing Series 54




                     SUPERLITERACY AND THE CLEARED WORD




    SUPER-Superiority in size, quality, number or degree.


    LITERACY-The ability to read and write.


    Almost everyone these days is able to read and write. This was not true
a century ago but, with modern stress on education, it is true today.


    But is this enough today?


    It is an instruction book world. The civilization in which we  live  is
highly technical.


    Education today goes into the twenties.


    That's a third of one's life.


    And what happens when one leaves school?


    Can he do what he studied?


    Does he have all his education or did it get left behind?


    Literacy is not enough.


    Today's schools and today's world require a new ability-the ability  to
look at a page without any strain and absorb what it says and then apply  it
right now without any stress at all.


    And is that possible?


    Am I talking about speed reading?


    No. That is just being able to read rapidly. It does  not  improve  the
comfort of reading and it does not improve the ability to apply.


    What is really needed is the ability to COMFORTABLY  and  QUICKLY  take
data from a page and be able at once to APPLY it.


    Anyone who could do that would be SUPER-LITERATE.


    What happens?
The average person-literate-is  able  to  read  words  and  mentally  record
words.
                                    [pic]
                                    [pic]







And he thinks in concepts to which he can fit words easily and so can  write
clearly.


    In other words, when one is Super-Literate, one  reads  not  words  but
understandings. And so one can act.


                                  CONCEPTS

    The idea of grasping word meanings conceptually is something new to the
field of Linguistics. The endless Semantic circles pursued by Korzybski  and
company (see Data Series 1, "The Anatomy of Thought") never  really  led  to
the realization that a word and its  meanings  are  embodied  in  the  basic
concept or idea symbolized by that word.


    That conceptualization of meanings is foreign to dictionary writers and
"experts" is evidenced by the fact that definitions are so subject to alter-
is and change with the passage of time.
For example, modern definitions of the word "understand"  are  found  to  be
largely inadequate. A really full and  meaningful  definition  of  it  could
only be found in a First Edition of Webster's Dictionary of Synonyms, 1942:

        "Understand. To have a clear and true idea or conception,  or  full
        and exact knowledge, of something. In general it may be  said  that
        understand refers to the result of a mental process or processes (a
        clear and exact idea or  notion,  or  full  knowledge).  Understand
        implies the  power  to  receive  and  register  a  clear  and  true
        impression."

                                CLEARED WORDS

    Operating within a society steeped  in  misunderstood  words  and  mis-
definitions, Study Tech is subject to arbitraries. Thus, a CLEARED  WORD  is
defined as follows:


        A WORD WHICH HAS BEEN CLEARED  TO  THE  POINT  OF  FULL  CONCEPTUAL
        UNDERSTANDING.


    In Metered Word Clearing this translates as:

        F/N, VGIs.

    There are many ways and combinations to achieve this EP. Using the word
in sentences until the meaning is grasped conceptually is the  most  common.
Diagrams, demos, clay, in fact  the  entire  body  of  Study  Tech  and  its
methods are applicable.


    These are vital tools. For  use.  Protect  them  and  KEEP  SCIENTOLOGY
WORKING.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt.rs.rd
Copyright � 1972, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 25 SEPTEMBER 1974
Remimeo
All Execs
All Tech and     URGENT-IMPORTANT
Qual Divs

                                C/S Series 94


                            REDUCTION OF REFUNDS
                             C/Ses AND OVERLOAD


    When a C/S is overloaded, he is a potential cause of OUT TECH.


    He may try to make up time by not reading worksheets  of  Auditors,  by
failing to do Folder Error Summaries, by not taking time to  write  Cramming
Orders and neglecting other C/S duties.


    Recent evaluation has shown that OVERLOADED C/Ses CAN BE THE REASON FOR
A HUGE REFUND RATIO IN THE ORG'S GI-CGI.


    Any non-tech person such as the Ethics Officer can tell at once when  a
C/S is either not working or overloaded. THE HANDWRITING IN  THE  WORKSHEETS
CAN'T BE READ, WORDS ARE NOT CLARIFIED IN RED, NO FESes ARE SEEN IN  FOLDERS
AND NO CRAMMING ORDERS EXIST TO  MAKE  AUDITORS  DO  HANDWRITING  DRILLS  TO
WRITE FAST AND WELL.


    Proper C/S posting was piloted by me on Flag years  ago.  The  existing
technical executives failed to export it to orgs.


    The irreducible minimum C/S postings are:


    SENIOR C/S who handles bugged cases and very upper  level  actions  and
keeps the other C/Ses functioning well. He is the  highest  classed  C/S  in
the org. He is responsible for proper handling and  results  on  all  cases.
(This is a hat I usually wore in an area.)


    EXPANDED DIANETIC C/S who does only Expanded Dianetics.


    GRADE C/S who C/Ses Grade pcs.


    DIANETIC C/S or C/Ses  who  handle  all  routine  C/Sing  of  Dianetics
including Drug Rundowns.


    There are several other C/S posts. In AOs additionally there  are  Solo
C/Ses. In Saint Hills there are Power (Class VII) C/Ses.


    As an org expands it can have additional types of C/Ses. Some of  these
are:


    REVIEW C/S who reviews tech case failures, taking  this  load  off  the
Senior C/S.


    STAFF CASES C/S who C/Ses for audited staff.


    STUDENT AUDITING C/S who C/Ses student sessions.


    AO REVIEW C/S who C/Ses for fast review on Adv Cse Students.


    CO-AUDIT C/S where a Co-Audit exists separate from HGC lines.
                              WHAT IS OVERLOAD?

    When a C/S can't read every worksheet and study and program every  case
he has, due to time, he is overloaded.

                                WASTED C/Ses

    To get a Class VI or even a Class IV to C/S lower action folders  is  a
waste of C/Ses since it is easy to train  Dianetic C/Ses.

                                   SUMMARY

    TRAIN  AND POST enough C/Ses and watch the GI  go  up  and  refunds  go
down.


    It is not enough just to get Auditors and more and more Auditors.


    DON'T OVERLOAD C/Ses. GET MORE OF THEM!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: nt .rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1974
Remimeo

                                  IMPORTANT

                            HANDLING FLUBBED PCS


    In 1970 when auditing by intensives was reimplemented it  became  clear
that Tech repaired any flubs on pcs and did not send them to Qual.


    Tech did its own repair.


    Now, with the emphasis on Qual correcting Auditors and C/Ses it is very
important that this rule is followed.


    TECH CORRECTS ITS OWN FLUBBED PCS. IT DOES NOT SEND THEM TO QUAL.


    Qual must not get into the HGC business. Tech is there to  deliver  the
technology. Qual is there to safeguard  the  technology  by  correcting  the
personnel who flub delivering it and get  them   to  deliver  it  correctly.
Qual does not correct the pcs.

                                 TECH ACTION

    The routine Tech action when a pc is flubbed or Red Tagged is  for  the
Auditor to take the pc back in  at  once  and  repair  any  error  with  the
correction list for that action.


    Example: Auditor doing an L&N. Pc Red Tags after session. Auditor takes
the pc right back in and does an L4BR and corrects the list.


    Example: Auditor doing Ruds. Pc Red Tags with a high TA. Auditor  takes
the pc back in straight away, assesses a C/S 53 and handles.


    If the Auditor can't handle he sends the folder to  the  Tech  C/S  who
studies the folder, finds the bug and gets it handled fast.


    The maximum wait is 24 hours. A red-hot Tech Division handles the  same
day.

                                 QUAL ACTION

    Qual crams the Auditors and C/Ses and Supervisors. The Qual  Sec  makes
sure that the Cramming orders are done and that the flubs are corrected.


    But, QUAL DOES NOT CORRECT THE PC. TECH DOES.

                                   SUMMARY

    When Quals get into the HGC or Academy business  and  start  delivering
the courses or intensives, the Tech goes out the window BECAUSE  THEN  THERE
IS NO QUAL. Qual corrects the Auditors  and C/Ses  and Supervisors.


    Tech corrects its own flubbed pcs.


LRH: nt jh  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

Qual Div Hats    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1970RA
Tech Div Hats    (HCO Pol Ltr of 16 Dec 1968 and
SHSBC Students   7 Sept 1969 Amended and Reissued)
ARC Break Auditor      Amended 8 August 1970

                          Revised 17 September 1974
                          Revised 29 September 1974


                                 GREEN FORM


    BEFORE ANY AUDITOR IS PERMITTED TO DO A GF OR ANY PREPARED LIST HE MUST
BE ABLE TO MAKE LISTS READ WITH CRAMMING ON TR 1 AND CRAMMING ON HCO  Bs  28
FEB 71 (C/S SERIES 24), 9 JUNE 71, ISSUE I (C/S SERIES 41), 20 DEC  71  (C/S
SERIES 72), 15 JUNE 72 (C/S SERIES 80), 15 OCT 73 (C/S SERIES  87),  20  NOV
73 (C/S SERIES 89), 6 DEC 73 (C/S SERIES 90), AND BTB 16 JUNE 71R,  ISSUE  I
(FORMERLY HCO B 16 JUNE 71R, ISSUE III).

    In HGC the Green Form is done on the order of the  Case  Supervisor  to
detect reasons for case trouble. If the TA is  high  or  low  use  C/S  53RH
instead. It is assessed Method 5 and handled.  The  new  Auditor's  Code  is
observed on every line. If the line reads and the pc or pre-OT protests  it,
has no answers, seems ARC Broken by  the  read  or  resigned  or  starts  to
explain how the thing has been run before, check for false read.  Use  False
and Suppress as per BTB 18 Nov 68R.


    On Environment ARC Break the Remedy B-Environment, BTB 14 Aug 68R, is a
limited process. S&D is also a limited process, only one  F/N  available  on
W, one F/N on S, one F/N on U. They are only done on C/S instructions.


    Do not audit a pc or pre-OT who has not had sufficient food or rest  or
who has taken aspirin or drugs; check this before session. If he or she  has
had insufficient food or rest, send  the  pc  home  to  have  this  handled.
Indicate the by-passed charge of the  incomplete  cycle  of  action  of  the
session on both Questions 2 and 3.


    The Green Form should be run to F/N VGIs with all reads taken  to  F/N.
It can be done Method 3 and taken to a good win, F/N VGIs.  If  done  M3  it
must  not be run past the first F/N.

PC OR PRE-OT NAME      DATE  TIME__________

NAME OF AUDITOR  CLASS GRADE________

ALL FOLDERS TO HAND    LAST AUDITOR'S NAME___________________

CONTAINS BEGINNING ASSESSMENT FORM____________________________

1.    FOLDER C/Sed BY NAME   TA______

      PC OR PRE-OT GRADE     PC OR PRE-OT CLASS__________

2 .   SUFFICIENT SLEEP

      PHYSICALLY TIRED

      SUFFICIENT FOOD

      ARE YOU HUNGRY

      ALCOHOL

      ASPIRIN/TRANQUILIZERS

    DRUGS (FIND OUT WHAT IS BEING TAKEN OR WHAT DRUG ITEMS WERE NOT RUN AND
    WHY)
    3.      WANTS  AUDITING  (IF  DOESN'T,  DISCUSS  WHY  NOT,  GET  PC  TO
    EXPLAIN)

4.    (a)   ARC BREAK (Handle by ARCU CDEINR earlier similar ARC Break.)  On
        new pcs ask if there has been an upset (handle as above).

        SESSION ASSESSMENT




    (b)     ENVIRONMENT ARC BREAK
      (ARCU CDEINR or Remedy B if ordered by the C/S.)

      (c)   AUDITING ENVIRONMENT
            (Prepcheck.)

5.    (a)   IGNORED ORIGINATIONS
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

      (b)   PRESENT TIME PROBLEM
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.) New pcs: "Do you have a  persisting
        problem?" (Handle as above.)

      (c)   EVALUATION

      (d)   INVALIDATION

      (e)   MISSED WITHHOLDS
            (Who nearly found out, what did they  do  to  miss  it,  earlier
        similar M/W/H to basic.) New pcs ask: "Has someone nearly found out
        something about you?" (Handle as above.)

      (e-1) WITHHOLD THAT KEPT COMING UP
            (Who wouldn't accept it, who said it still read. Indicate  false
        read. 2wc the concern.)

      (f)   OVERTS
            (Itsa earlier similar overt to basic.) New pcs: "Have  you  done
        something you shouldn't have done?" (Handle as above.)

      (g)   MISUNDERSTOOD WORD OR SYMBOL
            (Clear it to F/N.)

      (h)   COMMITTING CONTINUOUS PT OVERTS
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa or "Prevent Process".) New pcs:  "Are
        you continuously doing something  you  shouldn't  do?"  (Handle  as
        above.)

6.    NO AUDITING
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

7.    (a)   SOMETHING THAT ISN'T THERE
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

      (b)   TRYING TO PUT SOMETHING WHERE THERE IS NOTHING

            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

      (c)   FALSE ASSERTION
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

8.    (a)   ASSESSED BEYOND THE RIGHT ITEM
            (Correct the list and give the pc his item.)

      (b)   INCOMPLETE LIST
            (Complete the list and indicate the item.)

      (c)   OVERLISTED
            (Indicate, null with Suppress and get the item.)

      (d)   SOMATIC ITEM ON A LIST NOT READING BUT SOMATIC EXISTS

            (Handle as per HCO B 29 Jan 70, "Null Lists in Dianetics".)

9.    (a)   PICTURE NOT ERASED
            (Complete chain to erasure and full end phenomena.)

      (b)   STUCK PICTURE
        (L3RD or run "Recall a time before  the  incident.  What  was  it?"
        "Recall a time after the incident. What was it?")

      (c)   PICTURES CHANGING
            (L3 RD.)

      (d)   NO SOMATICS
            (2wc to F/N, note for C/S.)

      (e)   RECURRING SOMATIC OR FEELING
        (Write down any items given and their reads. Run any item that  BDs
        by R-3R.)

      (f)   FORCED TO GO EARLIER PAST THE BASIC ON A CHAIN

        (Locate basic on chain, A, B, C, D or earlier beginning then A,  B,
        C, D as required to F/N, cognition, VGIs and erasure.)

      (g)   AN EARLIER BEGINNING ON AN INCIDENT BEEN MISSED

            (Earlier beginning, A, B, C, D to F/N and end phenomena.)

      (h)   JUMPED CHAINS
            (Write details.  If  original  chain  found,  run  R-3R  to  end
    phenomena.)

      (i)   BLACK FIELD
            (L3RD.)

      (j)   INVISIBLE FIELD
            (L3RD.)

      (k)   DISTURBED WHILE RUNNING AN INCIDENT
        (Clean up any ARC Brk with ARCU CDEINR earlier similar ARC  Brk  to
        F/N and GIs. Check if chain erased and if  not,  run  R-3R  to  end
        phenomena.)

      (l)   WRONG DATE
            (Indicate, get the right date.)

      (l-1) WRONG LOCATION
            (Indicate, get the right location.)

      (m)   PSYCHIATRIC INCIDENT
            (Run R-3R.)

10.   (a)   LOWER LEVELS UNFLAT
            (Find out which and note for C/S.)

      (b)   LOWER LEVELS OVERRUN
            (Rehab any overrun.)

      (c)   LOWER LEVELS NEVER RUN
            (Note for C/S.)

      (d)   ACTUALLY RUN THE PROCESSES FOR EACH GRADE
            (Note for C/S.)
      (e)   HAS POWER PROCESS BEEN LEFT UNFLAT
        (Not to use on Clear and above; Grade V, VA checked by Class VII or
        VIII Auditors only.)

      (f)   HAS POWER PROCESS BEEN OVERRUN
            (Same as (e). Rehabbed by Class VII or VIII only.)

      (g)   IS THERE SOMETHING THAT HASN'T BEEN HANDLED
            (Note for C/S.)

11.   (a)   FALSE ATTESTATION
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

      (b)   UNTRUE ASSERTIONS ABOUT CASE
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

      (c)   TOLD A LIE
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

      (d)   WASN'T SURE
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

      (e)   MISUNDERSTOOD TECH
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

      (f)   MISUNDERSTOOD CASE CONDITION
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

      (g)   EXPERIMENTING
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

      (h)   ALTERING TECH
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

      (i)   DOING SOMETHING ELSE WITH TECH
            (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

    (j)     HAVE YOU TYPED, HANDWRITTEN OR TAPED COPIES OF ANY CONFIDENTIAL
        MATERIALS
            (Handle with time, place, form and event, Itsa  earlier  similar
    Itsa.)

12.   (a)   PROCESS LEFT UNFLAT
            (Find out which process and note for C/S.)
            DATE OF SESSION

      (b)   PROCESS OVERRUN
            (Rehab.)
            DATE OF SESSION

13.   FORMER RELEASE
      (Find what release has not been acknowledged and Rehab.)

14.   NON-STANDARD PROCESS
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

15.   BAD AUDITING COMM CYCLE
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa, L1 C if necessary.)

16.   CODE BREAKS
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

17.    HIDDEN  STANDARD  (WHAT  WOULD  HAVE  TO  HAPPEN  FOR  YOU  TO   KNOW
    SCIENTOLOGY WORKS?)
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

 18.  MIXED THERAPIES (ANY OTHER TREATMENT IN PROGRESS)

      (Note what.)
    19.     CONNECTED TO A SUPPRESSIVE PERSON
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa or S&D only on C/S order, or handle  as  in
    4a.)

20.   (a)   CONNECTED TO A SUPPRESSIVE GROUP
            (Handle as in 19.)

      (b)   ENVIRONMENTAL MENACE
            (Folder to C/S.)

21.   HERE TO GET DATA FOR SOMEONE ELSE
      (What, when, all, who.)

22.   HERE BECAUSE SOMEONE ELSE DEMANDED IT
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

23.   SELF-AUDITING DURING INTENSIVE
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

24.   BEING AUDITED BY SOMEONE OTHER THAN AN HGC AUDITOR

      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

25.   CRIMINAL RECORD OR CRIMES FOR WHICH YOU COULD BE ARRESTED
      (Note all crimes with what, when, all, who and handle by Itsa  earlier
    similar Itsa.)

26.   INSANE ASYLUM HISTORY
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

27.   SHOCK TREATMENT HISTORY
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

28.   HERE TO BE CURED OF SOMETHING NOT MENTIONED
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

29.   UNPAID DEBTS TO ORGS
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

30.   KNOWLEDGE OF A CRIME AGAINST SCIENTOLOGY
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

31.   WHAT WOULD HAPPEN IF SCIENTOLOGY WORKED ON EVERYONE

      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

32.   ANYTHING UPSETTING ABOUT THIS REVIEW
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

33.   HAS ANYTHING BEEN SUPPRESSED
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

34.   HAS ANYTHING BEEN INVALIDATED
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

35.   HAS ANYTHING BEEN RUSHED
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

36.   HAS ANYTHING BEEN MISSED
      (Itsa earlier similar Itsa.)

37.   HAS SOMETHING BEEN OVERRUN
      (Get what it is and Rehab.)

38.   IS A SCIENTOLOGY CONFESSIONAL (SEC CHECK) NOT COMPLETE

      (Handle with List LCR Confessional Repair List.)

    39.     PC STATEMENT OF THE TROUBLE AS IT IS NOW

40.   ASSESS 7 SPECIAL CASES:
      (a)   DOESN'T WANT AUDITING
      (b)   PRETENDING TRAINING OR GRADES NOT ATTAINED
      (c)   HAS NOT HAD AUDITING
      (d)   SEEKING THE SAME THRILL ATTAINED FROM DRUGS
      (e)   HAS TAKEN DRUGS
      (f)   FORMER THERAPY BEFORE SCIENTOLOGY
      (g)   HAS BEEN PART OF EARLIER PRACTICES
      (h)   OUT OF VALENCE
      (i)   CONTINUOUSLY COMMITTING OVERTS ON SCIENTOLOGY
      (j)   AUDITED WITH PRIOR GRADES OUT
      (k)   AUDITED WITH RUDIMENTS OUT, ARC BRK
            PTPs             W/H
      (l)   HAS AN ENGRAM EXACTLY MATCHING PT DANGERS
      (m)   SERIOUSLY PHYSICALLY ILL
            (Return the folder to C/S, do not indicate the item  to  the  pc
    or pre-OT.)
      (n)   GONE EXTERIOR IN AUDITING
      (o)   OVERWHELMED BY AUDITING
      (a)   is handled as in 4 of the GF.
        (c)      is handled by Listing  and  Nulling  "Who  or  what  would
             prevent auditing?"
        (b) & (d) to (h) handled Recall process, 3 flows each to  F/N  then
             engram or chain 3 flows each to F/N.
        (i)      is handled by Listing and Nulling "What are you trying  to
             prevent?" by the LAWS OF LISTING AND NULLING.
        (n)      is  handled  by  HCO  B  11  April  1970,  "Auditing  Past
             Exterior" procedure. GF-40 is handled as  per  HCO  B  8  April
             1970, "GF-40 Handling-Clarification".
        (o)      handled by a Progress and  Advance  Program  (as  per  C/S
             Series after 2wc to F/N.)

FINISH TA POSITION                FINISH TIME

TOTAL TA               TOTAL TIME

RECOMMENDATIONS





DATE  AUDITOR SIGN

CASE SUPERVISOR





      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder




LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1968, 1969, 1970, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 6 OCTOBER 1974

Remimeo
Ex Dn Specialists
                                  IMPORTANT


                        THE VITAL INFORMATION RUNDOWN
                     THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1974


    Recent intensive investigation into blocks on tech,  dissemination  and
communication lines uncovered an aberration which is  quite  widespread  and
especially common in society.


    Simply stated I found  that  WHERE  VITAL  INFORMATION  WAS  NOT  BEING
RELAYED OR WAS HIDDEN OR FALSIFIED, THE PEOPLE RESPONSIBLE WERE  DRAMATIZING
WITHHOLDS.


    You can see  this  in  newspapers,  government  policies,  the  medical
profession, psychiatry, economics and especially education.


    I have for years tried to get to the bottom  of  why  people  will  not
teach people. It is the single greatest fault  in  existing  culture  in  my
opinion.


    The answer that fits all cases  is  a  failure  to  relay  information,
brief, instruct, train  or  supervise  stemming  from  a  general  past  and
current OVERT OF WITHHOLDING VITAL INFORMATION. This gives  a  dramatization
in daily conduct of failing to relay information, brief, instruct, train  or
supervise.


    And underlying that is the intentional impulse  to  do  so  overtly  or
covertly in a mistaken attempt to forward their own first dynamic.

                                  RESEARCH

    The primary outpoint that led to this conclusion is the  premium  given
to silence in philosophy  and  the  approval  accorded  the  silent  by  the
population whereas such people are in fact quite deadly and useless.


    It is a generalized dramatization in this society. This would  be  what
made the society favor the "strong silent type" as a sort of ideal.


    All this in a highly technical society is hazardous. A good example  is
the current fuel crisis over a supposed  scarcity  of  petroleum  fuels  for
highly inefficient internal combustion engines while answers in the form  of
new fuels and engines are hidden away in vaults by the vested interests.

                                    ORGS

    In our organizations this is deadly. It blocks our tech  lines  in  the
Academy and Qual as well as the HGC. It cuts our dissem lines to public  via
books, promo, regging, lectures, use of C/F and Addresso and FSMs.  It  cuts
our comm lines and denies data to higher management.


    It winds up in no application of  the  tech  and  no  results  for  the
public.


    That makes this rundown mandatory for top execs including Flag Reps and
LRH Comms, all  Tech and Qual staff and Dissem, Distrib and HCO Dept 2.
                                 PECULIARITY

    This mechanism is a peculiar one with its own special twist.


    Earlier rundowns did not hit this particular type of  overt.  It  isn't
very visible and doesn't occur in rundowns like L10.


    It is not simple withholding information.  It  is  (or  once  was)  the
intentional overt of withholding VITAL information. It would be a very  long
chain and would influence general conduct. A bordering chain is  withholding
information under torture.


    Probably an A=A=A sets in which then totally prohibits some (too  many)
people from imparting important data, thus they can't teach,  amongst  other
things. It has to be fully run out, engrams and all.

                                 THE RUNDOWN

    Where staff are concerned, the necessity of delivering this RD  reduces
the prerequisites for it to the Drug RD only. It could be done if  necessary
where the Drug RD was not yet complete but would have to be  verified  after
completion of the Drug RD.


    Otherwise and for public, this RD belongs on Ex Dn  as  OCA  right-hand
side handling. It would probably fit best before the  Multiple  E.  Purp  RD
and the Responsibility RD.

                                VITAL INFO RD

1.    Clear and assess:
        VITAL DATA     _________
        THE TRUTH      _________
        VITAL INFORMATION   _________
        KNOWLEDGE      _________
      Choose the best read as the item.

2.    a)    L&N "What would happen if you communicated_______?"
      b)    R3R Quad

3.    a)    L&N "What problem have you had with_______?"
      b)    R3R Quad

4.    a)    Clear and assess:
             Withholding (item) under duress.      _________
             Withholding (item) under torture.     _________
             Withholding (item) to protect someone.      _________
      b)    R3R Quad

5.    a)    Clear all words plus fully clear  each  outpoint  with  examples
        and demos so it's understood.
      b)    Assess:

                 Omitted (item).  _________
                 Altered the sequence of (item).   _________
                 Dropped time out of (item). _________
                 Added falsehoods to (item). _________
                 Altered the importance of (item). _________
                 Used (item) to wrong tgt.   _________
                 Assigned the wrong source for (item).   _________
             Made (item) a contrary fact.     _________
             Added time to the relay of (item).    _________
             Added inapplicable data to (item).    _________
             Incorrectly included other data with (item).      _________
             Complicated (item).   _________
             Suppressed (item).    _________
      In order of reads:
      c)    R3R Quad
          Locate a time when another ______to/for/from (pick which) you.
          Locate a time when you______to/for/from another.
          Locate a time when another______to/for/from another.
      d)    L&N "What would be the intention of someone who______?"
      e)    R3R Quad the intention.

6.    a)    Assess: Concerning (item) has there been a break in

                        Affinity  _________
                        Reality   _________
                        Communication   _________
                        Understanding   _________
      b)    R3R Quad the largest read.
      c)    Reassess ARCU and handle to F/Ning assessment.

7.    a)     Clear  all  words,  especially  assumption   and  justify   and
        withholding (in the broad sense).
      b)    L&N "What assumption would justify withholding (item) ?"
      c)    R3R Quad the computation.

8.    R3R Quad all E. Purps that came up during the RD.

9.    R3R Quad all computations that came up during the RD.


                                   SUMMARY

    The importance of this RD for Tech and Qual staff and  sensitive  posts
cannot be over-emphasized.


    Although it will be quite popular  with  the  public  it  is  basically
designed for staff on these lines.


    The auditors delivering it should themselves have  had  it.  They  must
have flawless TRs, be able to make a meter read and must  drill  the  RD  in
Qual before attempting to deliver it.


    This RD is very powerful. Don't miss on it with careless delivery.  Get
it done flawlessly as directed and you will have a resurge on  delivery  and
dissemination lines and open the door to A GOLDEN ERA  OF  AUDITING  QUALITY
AND RESULTS FOR PUBLIC AND STAFF.



LRH:RS:clb.rd          L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1974       Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED          assisted by CS-4
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                      Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 9 DECEMBER 1971 R
                           REVISED 15 OCTOBER 1974
Class IV
Ex Dn Spclst
Requires:
W/C 2
* Rate
Clay  PTS RUNDOWN
TRs 4000-9
        4000-10
                                    CASES



    One remaining problem in cases was "PTS phenomena".


    P.T.S. means Potential Trouble Source. When someone  is  suppressed  he
becomes a Potential Trouble Source.


    There are numerous HCO Bs and PLs on this subject. All of them are true
observations and predictions.


    The cause of ROLLERCOASTER is PTS. Rollercoaster means a slump after  a
gain. Pcs who do not hold their gains are PTS.


    S and Ds (for Search and Discovery) was the earlier approach. These are
still valid and "3 S&Ds" as a rundown is used in  the  PTS  Rundown  without
change.


    Now with the PTS Rundown, the handling  of  this  common  and  all  too
frequent case condition can be handled.

                                 WHO DOES IT

    Hopefully it can be done by Class IVs who are also HDCs, HGC  Okays  to
Audits.


    For an Auditor who is not HDC Class IV Okay to Audit HGC  by  competent
Interneship to attempt a PTS Rundown would be very risky for the  pc  as  it
needs exact listing, exact TRs, exact metering, exact Code keeping and  very
honest auditing and competent C/Sing.

                                 DEVELOPMENT

    Earlier discovery and development of  the  PTS  theory  is  extensively
covered.


    The recent wrap-up came about through my OT research in November 1971.


    The principal breakthrough was  realizing  one  should  NOT  invalidate
having known certain people before.


    This is similar to  the  past  life  discovery  in  1950.  Some  people
thinking this was "unpopular" frowned on it. Some others  were  only  famous
characters so flagrantly  that  past  lives  were  easily  invalidated.  But
people who don't go past track in  Dianetics  don't  recover.  Even  running
them as "imaginary" as in  Science  of  Survival   advices  suddenly  breaks
through for a stalled Dianetic Case.


    In this same way with young men and girls using "I knew  you  when  you
were
    "  for  2D  advantage  tended  to  invalidate  having   known   certain
individuals before this life.


    But now it turns out that the ONLY PTS situation that  is  serious  and
lasting and can cause a rollercoaster comes from  having  known  the  person
before this life.


    Possibly in the last life or earlier lives one knew persons before that
life too. This however shows up in the 3 S&Ds.
                                  BREAKDOWN

      There are only four points of breakdown of the PTS Rundown.

1.    Improperly audited. Auditor not able to always do a correct list,  TRs
    out, metering out, poor  R3R,  just  plain  untrained  or  not  totally
    familiar with this Rundown.

2.    Pc not completely set up. Like: Has TA trouble but no C/S 53 done,  is
    a no change case but no GF 40R done, old auditing not repaired by a  GF
    and proper programming or no C/S 54 or too tired or too ill for the  R3
    R.

3.    The Rundown not  fully  and  completely  done,  but  chopped  or  left
    incomplete (pc will still rollercoaster).

4.    People who "can't run engrams"-which means a druggie who hasn't had  a
    full Drug Rundown.

    There is nothing especially  tricky  about  the  auditing  of  the  PTS
Rundown except that all auditing should be of flubless quality and when  the
PTS RD is flubbed by bad lists or poor R3R or out TRs or  poor  metering  it
really IS a mess. The RD is so powerful that errors in C/Sing  and  auditing
it are especially rough.


    Currently sick pcs should not be run on the PTS Rundown as  a  standard
practice. It IS what they need BUT you can easily overwhelm a sick  pc  with
engram running.


    The time to run a PTS RD is when the pc is set up and when it is  noted
the pc rollercoasters, not when he collapses with a temperature.


    Rollercoaster can also be caused by a bad  Interiorization  RD  or  Int
repair, out lists, bypassed charge of other descriptions.  These  should  be
gotten rid of before a PTS RD is attempted.

                               BEHAVIOR OF RD

    Valence shifts occur rapidly and frequently in PTS RDs  and  should  be
noted on the worksheet.


    The R3R can sometimes be a bit of a long haul on a basic  incident.  Be
sure with an L3B. But get an erasure of basic no matter how  hard  you  have
to work at it. In the PTS RD incidents can  "develop".  Missing  pieces  can
appear. A whole new slant can occur on the  subject  when  one  goes  to  F2
after finishing Fl.


    Chronic somatics are likely to appear and be handled on  this  Rundown.
And case conditions not previously remedied by other means can  be  remedied
by this Rundown.

                                END PHENOMENA

    There is a point where the pc is absolutely sure  he  knew  the  person
before this life. This is NOT the EP.


    A pc can exteriorize on this RD. That is NOT the EP  (but  requires  an
Int RD if  none  has  been  done  before  and  the  TA  goes  high,  or  its
correction).


    THE EP IS A PC WHO IS GETTING AND KEEPING CASE GAINS  AND  NEVER  AGAIN
ROLLERCOASTERS.

                                    PARTS

    There are four parts to the RD.

    (a)     Present and past S&Ds. Collect them up, handle each valid  item
with R3R Triple, ARC Brk, PTP, W/H and Overts each Triple. If no S&Ds  exist
do "3 S&Ds" and R3R and Ruds as above. If no folder, get the pc to tell  you
any past S&D items. Follow Ruds with Can't Have/Enforced Hav  per  HCO  B  3
June 72R.


    (b)     L&N Who have you  known  this  lifetime  who  has  troubled  or
worried you? Includes father, mother, wife  or  wives  (husband),  brothers,
sisters, aunts, uncles, grandparents, lovers. Take the BD F/N item.  Ask  if
the pc has known person before this  life.  If  read,  R3R  Triple,  Ruds  &
Overts Triple.


    (c)     L&N Who have you  been after this life? Take the BD  F/N  item.
Ask if known before. If it so reads,  R3R  Triple,  Ruds  &  Overts  Triple,
Can't Have/Enforced Hav.


    (d)     L&N What  planets have you  known before this lifetime?  To  BD
F/N item. R3R Triple, Ruds & Overts Triple, Can't Have/Enforced Hav.

    That is the extent of the Rundown.


                                    FLOWS

    You cannot use Flow 1 as any old direction to or from pc.  To  do  this
fouls it up. Flow 1 is to the pc.


    Flow 2 is pc to the person (or place).


    Flow 3 is the person (or place) to others.


    If you did Fl R3R as "Locate a time you knew____" you might get to  the
pc, pc to the person or the person to others. You  would  not  get  a  clean
motivator Fl. This would leave the PTS chain partially run.


    This is also true of the ruds.

                                   RE-DOs

    If the pc does not  recover, then reasons for  failure  1  to  4  above
should be checked into.


    Then the lists and R3R should be handled with L4B and L3B.


    Then an overlooked item or person or place should be  scouted  for  and
handled. There is no question of the validity of the Rundown. It might  have
missed. "True love" might  have  been  passed  over  as  unlikely  but  such
obsessive attraction is always based on having known (and probably done  in)
the other person.


    Then the true EP will be attained where it only appeared to be before.


                                THE COMMANDS

    See 3 S&Ds HCO Bs 13 January 1968 "S&Ds", 19 Jan 68, 16 Aug 69, 14  Jan
68, 28 Nov 67, 10 Nov 67, 9 Nov 67.


    The commands and actions of doing 3 S&Ds are DRILL TR 4000-9 & TR 4000-
10 3 S&Ds. HCO B 9 Oct 71, Issue VI.


    The following R3R commands are used in every case. Put  the  person  or
place in the blank:

F1.   Locate a time when______ did something to you. R3R.

F2.   Locate a time when you did something to______. R3R.

F3.   Locate a time when______did something to others. R3R.


                                    RUDS

1.    Did_____ARC Brk you? ARCU CDEINR. E/S to F/N.

2.    Did you ARC Brk_____? ARCU CDEINR. E/S to F/N.

3.    Did_____ARC Brk others? ARCU CDEINR. E/S to F/N.

      ALWAYS DO A FRESH ARCU CDEINR ON EACH E/S.

4.    Did_____give you a problem? E/S to F/N.

5.    Did you give_____a problem? E/S to F/N.

6.    Did_____give others problems? E/S to F/N.



7.    Did you withhold anything from_____? E/S to F/N.

8.    Did_____withhold anything from you? E/S to F/N.

9.    Did_____withhold anything from others? E/S to F/N.

10.   Did_____commit an overt (harmful act) on you? E/S to F/N.

11.   Did you commit an overt (harmful act) on_____? E/S to F/N.

12.   Did_____commit an overt on others? E/S to F/N.


                           AUDITOR'S LIST OF ITEMS
                                  TO BE RUN

(a)   Old S&Ds   ___________________________
            ___________________________
            ___________________________
            ___________________________

      New S&Ds   ___________________________
            ___________________________
            ___________________________
            ___________________________

      Past PTS Interviews    ___________________________
            ___________________________
            ___________________________
            ___________________________

      (b)   L&N item   ___________________________
      (c)   L&N item   ___________________________
      (d)   Planets L&N      ___________________________

      Added Items for PTS Re-do   ___________________________
            ___________________________



LRH:nt.rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1971, 1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[See also HCO B 20 January 1972, PTS RD Addition, page 19. The above  HCO  B
was revised by HCO B 9 December  1971  RA,  Revised  21  October  1974,  PTS
Rundown, page 338. HCO B 9 October 1 97 1,  Issue  Vl,  mentioned  above  as
containing the 3 S&Ds Drill was revised by BTB 9 October 1 97  1  RA,  Issue
VI, revised 23 February 1975, Level 4 Process Drills, which  deleted  the  3
S&Ds Drill.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 15 OCTOBER 1974
Remimeo
Cramming
Officers
                                  IMPORTANT

                             Cramming Series 14

                           CRAMMING OVER OUT RUDS


    A Cramming Officer can fail in his efforts to correct a flubbing  staff
member if he tries to cram over out ruds.


    Cramming done over an ARC Break, like  Auditing,  will  result  in  the
person getting worse, more out of comm or misemotional.  Cramming  a  person
over a problem or W/H will produce no change so no correction will occur.


    Out ruds are easy to spot. The person with an ARC Break, won't talk  or
is misemotional or antagonistic. A problem produces fixated  attention  that
prevents Cramming from finding the actual area  of  difficulty.  Natter  and
1.1 remarks means a withhold.


    Recently a musician being crammed kept bringing up a dispatch  that  he
was in mystery about concerning the group. Every time it  was  mentioned  it
read or BDed yet the Cramming Officer continued  "Cramming"  him  and  never
handled it. So no product.


    I sat the musician down, told him he was crammed over  a  problem,  the
mystery about the dispatch, cleaned  it  up  by  getting  the  dispatch  and
letting him go over it, made sure the problem was  handled  then  found  the
area of misunderstood and traced it back to an early age and  the  Why  fell
right out.


    And I got the Cramming Officer crammed by the Senior C/S and found  her
Why too.


    So the moral of the story is DON'T CRAM OVER OUT RUDS.


    It is too costly in lost production and flaps.


                           CRAMMING OFFICER FLUBS

    When the Cramming Officer flubs you must get him crammed  fast  because
he will repeat the error on others and there goes your results.


    In such cases, get him crammed immediately by the Qual  Sec  or  Senior
C/S. If it is the Qual Sec who has flubbed, then he  is  crammed  either  by
the Senior C/S or the Keeper of Tech.

                             INCOMPLETE HANDLING

    It is often not enough just to correct a Why and do no further handling
in Cramming. Most Cramming Cycles reveal a broader area of  situation  which
must also be handled.


    An example is the Auditor who flubs on an L4BR and during the  Cramming
reveals he never really listened to the key SHSBC L&N tapes.
The Cramming Officer who does not also program the Auditor for a  review  of
those  tapes  would  not  have  fully  corrected  that  Auditor.  You  could
accurately predict future L&N flubs and pc upsets.


    A subsequent program such as the one above would count as an additional
Cramming Cycle for the Cramming Officer, or a Retread if lengthy  and  would
count as additional points.

    Therefore the maxim of Cramming is:

    HANDLE THE HELL OUT OF IT.


    Honest correction must be fully and completely done for the sake of the
public and the org as well as the staff member.


                                   SUMMARY

    Cramming success depends on not Cramming over out  ruds  and  on  fully
handling all areas of confusion or weakness.


    Follow these operating rules and you will enjoy rave results  and  real
correction.


    And your org stats will soar.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: nt .rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                    HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 OCTOBER 1974

Remimeo
                                   URGENT


                       THE DRAMATIZATION OF WITHHOLDS
                         ON VITAL INFORMATION LINES


    I have recently unearthed a widespread aberration  that  underlies  the
withhold or obstruction of vital information and wanted to warn  you  to  be
on the lookout for it.


    It is, simply stated, DRAMATIZATION OF WITHHOLDS.


    This is not just the person with withholds,  this  is  the  person  who
DRAMATIZES withholds by preventing the relay, exposure or free  distribution
of vital information.


    To DRAMATIZE means to act under the  influence  of  past  incidents  as
dictated by those incidents in the bank. The guy is replaying something  now
that happened in the past, out of its  time  and  context  and  out  of  his
control. A person dramatizing withholds  would  be  acting  out  withholding
information now, when the actual withholds or incidents of  withholding  are
in the past.


                              VITAL INFORMATION

    Vital information is vital because survival  depends  on  it.  Examples
include: HCO Bs, HCO PLs, books, tapes, course checksheets and packs,  hats,
OEC Volumes, LRH EDs and FOs  and  other  issues,  Flag  programs  and  EDs,
stats, weekly reports, compliance reports, situation reports,  CSWs,  evals,
even dispatches that contain important information that must be known.


    Also,  an  org  requires  other  vital  data  like  accurate  C/F   and
Addresso's, up-to-date files,  broad,  hard-sell  promotion  and  magazines,
accurate accounts files and records,  monthly  statements,  tech  data  that
gives pc and student results, Word Clearing and  Cramming  results,  a  Qual
Library, broad public dissemination and promotion to name a few.


    Data that is VITAL must be relayed, must be made known without  alteris
or barriers. You can't survive without it.


                              THE DRAMATIZATION

    There are probably as many different ways  to  dramatize  withholds  as
there are people who do it. You should know  of  the  main  ones  I've  come
across lately.


    First is a failure to relay. This can be simply not routing on  a  mail
pack  or  dispatch,  not  sending  out  the  org's  letters   or   mailings,
backlogging Mimeo so new issues don't get seen, having poor  tape  recorders
in the Academy or simply refusing to train or process public and staff.


    A deadly one is losing tech personnel or not recruiting them. That  way
nobody is there to relay the Tech to the students and pcs. A  few  orgs  are
very busy doing that one.
Never making the Auditors and C/Ses and  Supervisors  do  their  daily  TRs,
High Crimes and training is another one. It  denies  the  tech  people  data
they need and also denies Standard Tech to the public  especially  in  terms
of results on pcs.


    Not Hatting or Cramming staff is another one. So is  falsifying  stats,
not promoting, failure to sell training, not calling paid up public  in  for
service, not reporting what is happening in the org.


    When you see this happening WATCH OUT. Someone is dramatizing withholds
and withholding vital information.


    The worst example of course would be not to have an org there at all.




                            AN ORG'S MAIN PRODUCT

    The main product of an org is Knowledge, and the results obtained  with
it.


    Any post in an org contributes to this product. It is the most valuable
product we have to exchange with the public.


    Knowledge and its results  are  what  public  and  staff  want.  It  is
valuable because without it there can be no survival.

                                   REMEDY

    The Vital Information Rundown HCO B 6 Oct 74  is  the  remedy  for  the
dramatization of withholds.


    Train your Auditors on it thoroughly and get it delivered where you are
having this problem.


    If you don't have any Auditors to deliver it or no one  to  train  them
you have already been hit by this dramatization.


    Your only hope is to get an Auditor and train him and get it delivered.


    YOUR IMMEDIATE ACTION IS TO OPEN UP YOUR VITAL INFORMATION LINES NOW.

                                   SUMMARY

    Look over your  org  and  see  if  this  mechanism  has  affected  your
operation.


    Don't tolerate it. Expose it and relay the vital information.


    DON'T PERMIT THE DRAMATIZATION OF WITHHOLDS TO BLOCK THE FLOW OF  VITAL
INFORMATION.


    Your survival depends on it.



LRH:nt.rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 9 DECEMBER 1971 RA
Remimeo     REVISED 21 OCTOBER 1974
Class IV
Ex Dn Spclst
Requires:
WC 2  PTS RUNDOWN
* Rate
Clay
              References:
              BPL      31 May 71 RA     "PTS and SP Detection, Routing  and
              Handling
                       Checksheet"
              HCO B    20 Jan 72  "PTS RD Addition"
              HCO B    16 Apr 72  "PTS RD Correction List"
              HCO B    17 Apr 72  C/S Series 76, "C/Sing a PTS RD"
              HCO B    3 June 72R "PTS RD, Final Step"
              HCO B    24 Apr 72  C/S Series 79, "PTS Interviews"
              HCO B    10 Aug 73  "PTS Handling"
              HCO B    9 Nov 67   "Review Auditors"
              HCO B    14 Jan 68  "S&D Type 'S' "
              HCO B    19 Jan 68  "S&Ds By Button"
              HCO B    16 Aug 69  "Handling Illness in Scientology"




                                    CASES

    One remaining problem in cases was "PTS phenomena".


    P.T.S. means Potential Trouble Source. When someone  is  suppressed  he
becomes a Potential Trouble Source.


    There are numerous HCO Bs and PLs on this subject. All of them are true
observations and predictions.


    The cause of ROLLERCOASTER is PTS. Rollercoaster means a slump after  a
gain. Pcs who do not hold their gains are PTS.


    S and Ds (for Search and Discovery) was the earlier approach. These are
still valid and "3 S&Ds" as a rundown is used in  the  PTS  Rundown  without
change.


    Now with the PTS Rundown, the handling  of  this  common  and  all  too
frequent case condition can be handled.

                                 WHO DOES IT

    Hopefully it can be done by Class IVs who are also HDCs, HGC  Okays  to
Audits.


    For an Auditor who is not HDC Class IV Okay to Audit HGC  by  competent
interneship to attempt a PTS Rundown would be very risky for the  pc  as  it
needs exact listing, exact TRs, exact metering, exact Code keeping and  very
honest auditing and competent C/Sing.

                                 DEVELOPMENT

    Earlier discovery and development of  the  PTS  theory  is  extensively
covered.


    The recent wrap-up came about through my OT research in November 1971.


    The principal breakthrough was  realizing  one  should  NOT  invalidate
having known certain people before.
This is similar to the past life discovery in  1950.  Some  people  thinking
this was "unpopular" frowned on it. Some others were only famous  characters
so flagrantly that past lives were easily invalidated. But people who  don't
go past track in Dianetics don't recover. Even running them  as  "imaginary"
as in Science of Survival  advices suddenly breaks  through  for  a  stalled
Dianetic Case.


    In this same way with young men and girls using "I knew  you  when  you
were
    "  for  2D  advantage  tended  to  invalidate  having   known   certain
individuals before this life.


    But now it turns out that the ONLY PTS situation that  is  serious  and
lasting and can cause a rollercoaster comes from  having  known  the  person
before this life.


    Possibly in the last life or earlier lives one knew persons before that
life too. This however shows up in the 3 S&Ds.


                                  BREAKDOWN

    There are only four points of breakdown of the PTS Rundown.

1.    Improperly audited. Auditor not able to always do a correct list,  TRs
    out, metering out, poor  R3R,  just  plain  untrained  or  not  totally
    familiar with this Rundown.

2.    Pc not completely set up. Like: Has TA trouble but no C/S 53 done,  is
    a no change case but no GF 40R done, old auditing not repaired by a  GF
    and proper programming or no C/S 54 or too tired or  too  ill  for  the
    R3R.

3.    The Rundown not  fully  and  completely  done,  but  chopped  or  left
    incomplete (pc will still rollercoaster).

4.    People who "can't run engrams"-which means a druggie who hasn't had  a
    full Drug Rundown.

    There is nothing especially  tricky  about  the  auditing  of  the  PTS
Rundown except that all auditing should be of flubless quality and when  the
PTS RD is flubbed by bad lists or poor R3R or out TRs or  poor  metering  it
really IS a mess. The RD is so powerful that errors in C/Sing  and  auditing
it are especially rough.


    Currently sick pcs should not be run on the PTS Rundown as  a  standard
practice. It IS what they need BUT you can easily overwhelm a sick  pc  with
engram running.


    The time to run a PTS RD is when the pc is set up and when it is  noted
the pc rollercoasters, not when he collapses with a temperature.


    Rollercoaster can also be caused by a bad  Interiorization  RD  or  Int
repair, out lists, bypassed charge of other descriptions.  These  should  be
gotten rid of before a PTS RD is attempted.


    With HCO B C/S Series 93, "New Grade Chart", the PTS RD is done as part
of Ex Dn after a full Drug RD and Exp Grade IV.


                               BEHAVIOR OF RD

    Valence shifts occur rapidly and frequently in PTS RDs  and  should  be
noted on the worksheet.


    The R3R can sometimes be a bit of a long haul on a basic  incident.  Be
sure with an L3RD. But get an erasure of basic no matter how hard  you  have
to work at it. In the PTS RD incidents can  "develop".  Missing  pieces  can
appear. A whole new slant can occur on the  subject  when  one  goes  to  F2
after finishing F1.
Chronic somatics are likely to appear and be handled on  this  Rundown.  And
case conditions not previously remedied by other means can  be  remedied  by
this Rundown.

                                END PHENOMENA

    There is a point where the pc is absolutely sure  he  knew  the  person
before this life. This is NOT the EP.


    A pc can exteriorize on this RD. That is NOT the EP  (but  requires  an
Int RD if  none  has  been  done  before  and  the  TA  goes  high,  or  its
correction).


    THE EP IS A PC WHO IS GETTING AND KEEPING CASE GAINS  AND  NEVER  AGAIN
ROLLERCOASTERS.

                                    FLOWS

    You cannot use Flow 1 as any old direction to or from pc.  To  do  this
fouls it up. Flow 1 is to the pc.


    Flow 2 is pc to the person (or place).


    Flow 3 is the person (or place) to others.


    If you did Fl R3R as "Locate a time you knew____" you might get to  the
pc, pc to the person or the person to others. You  would  not  get  a  clean
motivator Fl. This would leave the PTS chain partially run.


    This is also true of the ruds.

                                   RE-DOs

    If the pc does not  recover, then reasons for  failure  1  to  4  above
should be checked into.


    Then the lists and R3R should be handled with L4BR and L3RD.


    Then an overlooked item or person or place should be  scouted  for  and
handled. There is no question of the validity of the Rundown. It might  have
missed. "True love" might  have  been  passed  over  as  unlikely  but  such
obsessive attraction is always based on having known (and probably done  in)
the other person.


    Then the true EP will be attained where it only appeared to be before.


                            SUMMARY OF REFERENCES

    Here are the issues that directly cover the Rundown.

      HCO B 9 Dec 71RA "PTS Rundown"
      HCO B 20 Jan 72  "PTS RD Addition"
      HCO B 16 Apr 72  "PTS RD Correction List"
      HCO B 17 Apr 72  C/S Series 76, "C/Sing a PTS RD"
      HCO B 3 June 72R "PTS RD, Final Step"
      HCO B 19 Jan 68  "S&Ds By Button"
      HCO B 16 Aug 69  "Handling Illness in Scientology"
      HCO B 20 Apr 72  Issue II, C/S Series 78
      HCO B 15 Dec 68R "L4BR"
      HCO B 24 Apr 72  C/S Series 79, "PTS Interviews"
      HCO B 10 Aug 73  "PTS Handling"

                                 THE RUNDOWN


A.    PAST S&Ds:

    1.      Collect up past S&D  items  (which  should  have  already  been
        verified on set-ups) or get the pc to tell you them if no folder.


    2.      On the earliest one ask if known before. If it so reads  handle
        per steps 3-6. If not, pick next item and  repeat  this  check  for
        validity.


    3.      R3R Triple the item using these commands:

        F1       Locate a time when ______did something to you. R3 R.


        F2       Locate a time when you did something to______ R3R.


        F3       Locate a time when______did something to others. R3 R.

    4.      Triple Ruds and Overts on the item using these commands:

        (a)      Did______ARC Brk you? ARCU CDEINR. E/S to F/N.


        (b)      Did you ARC Brk______? ARCU CDEINR. E/S to F/N.


        (c)      Did______ARC Brk others? ARCU CDEINR.


        ALWAYS DO A FRESH ARCU CDEINR ON EACH E/S.


        (d)      Did______give you a problem? E/S to F/N.


        (e)      Did you give______a problem? E/S to F/N.


        (f)      Did______give others problems? E/S to F/N.

        (g)      Did you withhold anything from ______? E/S to F/N.

        (h)      Did______withhold anything from you? E/S to F/N.


        (i)      Did______withhold anything from others? E/S to F/N.


        (j)      Did______commit an overt (harmful act) on you? E/S to F/N.

        (k)      Did you commit an overt (harmful  act)  on______?  E/S  to
             F/N.


        (l)      Did______commit an overt on others? E/S to F/N.

    5.      Run "Can't Hav/Enforced Hav" with these steps:

        (a)      Clear "can't have", "couldn't have" as DENIAL OF SOMETHING
             TO SOMEONE ELSE. Clear "enforced have" as MAKING SOMEONE ACCEPT
             WHAT THEY DIDN'T WANT. Have pc get the idea of  these  with  an
             example or two.


        (b)       Run  on  the  SP  items  "can't  have/enforced  have"  as
             motivator repetitive, then overt  repetitive,  the  flow  three
             terminal to others, others  to  terminal  (four  flows  of  two
             commands each).


        (c)      After EACH item is handled with the four flows,  Objective
             Havingness should be run.
      THE COMMANDS:

    F1      1.   What can't have did (terminal) run on you?


      2.    What did (terminal) force on you you didn't want?


    F2      1.   What can't have did you run on (terminal)?


      2.    What did you try to force  on  (terminal)  that  he  (she,  it)
        didn't want?


    F3      1.   What can't have did (terminal) run on others?


      2.    What did (terminal) force on others they didn't want?


    F3A     1.   What can't have did others run on (terminal)?


      2.    What did others try to force on (terminal) that  he  (she,  it)
        didn't want?

                          --OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS--

    6.      Handle all past S&D items per above steps.

B.    PAST PTS INTERVIEWS:

    7.      Collect up all past PTS  Interview  items  (which  should  have
        already been verified with C/S Series 78 on set-ups).


    8.      Check known before on earliest one. If it so  reads  handle  as
        below.


    9.      R3R Triple the item.


    10.     Triple Ruds and Overts on the item.


    11.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav on the item followed by Objective Hav.


    12.     Repeat steps 8-11 on all valid past PTS Interview items.

C.    NEW S&Ds (3 S&Ds):

    13.      Do  3  S&Ds  per  HCO  B  16  Aug  69,  "Handling  Illness  in
        Scientology", assessment and 3 L&Ns.


    14.     Check the first item for known before, handle if it so reads.


    15.     R3R Triple the item.


    16.     Triple Ruds and Overts on the item.


    17.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav on the item, followed by Objective Hav.


    18.     Repeat steps 14-17 on the other 2 items if valid.

D.    TROUBLED/WORRIED:

    19.     L&N Who have you  known  this  lifetime  who  has  troubled  or
        worried you? to BD F/N item. (Usually includes father, mother, wife
        or wives, husband, brothers, sisters, aunts, uncles,  grandparents,
        lovers.)


    20.     Check item for known before, if it so reads:


    21.     R3R Triple.


    22.     Triple Ruds and Overts.


    23.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav followed by Objective Hav.

E.    BEEN AFTER:

    24.     L&N Who have you been after this life? to BD F/N item.


    25.     Check known before and if it reads:


    26.     R3R Triple.


    27.     Triple Ruds and Overts.


    28.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav plus Objective Hav.

F.    PLANETS:

    29.     L&N What planets have you known before this lifetime? to BD F/N
        item.


    30.     R3R Triple.


    31.     Triple Ruds and Overts.


    32.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav plus Objective Hav.

    33.     D of P Interview the person AFTER the RD is  "complete"  to  be
        sure the person is now all right (not PTS).


                                   REPAIR

    Auditor errors during the RD are handled with L4BR, L3RD, GF  Method  5
and handle, C/S 53 if necessary.


    A really big snarl-up on the RD that won't clear up is handled with HCO
B 16 Apr 72, "PTS RD Correction List".


    If pc gets ill or rollercoasters after the RD is complete  the  PTS  RD
Correction List HCO B 16 Apr 72 is done and whatever was missed  is  cleared
up.


                                   SUMMARY

    The PTS RD as revised is very direct and powerful. The L&N  blows  each
aspect  apart.  Don't  miss  on  it  with  auditor  flubs.  Get  it  drilled
thoroughly before it is delivered.



      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1971 � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED


[The 15 October 1974 revision which preceded the  above  was  basically  the
same text as the original HCO B 9 December 1971, except that  it  added  the
Can't Have/Enforced Have step after ruds and it changed  the  2WC  questions
to L&N questions on the Troubled/Worried, Been After and Planets steps.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 1 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
Ex Dn Spclsts
Class IVs
Qual  ROCK SLAMS AND ROCK SLAMMERS
HCO Dept 3


    A lot of controversy has shown up this year on the subject of R/Ses and
R/Sers. I thought I'd better write an issue on the subject  to  clarify  it.
The research on this was actually done years ago.


                                    R/Ses

    An R/S or Rock Slam is defined as a crazy irregular slashing motion  of
the needle. It can be as narrow as one inch or more  than  a  full  dial  in
width, but it's crazy! It  slams  back  and  forth.  It  is  actually  quite
startling to see one. IT IS VERY DIFFERENT FROM OTHER METER PHENOMENA.


    Recently Auditors arriving on Flag were found not to know what  an  R/S
was but were calling Dirty Needles, Dirty Reads, Rocket  Reads,  even  Ticks
as R/Ses. That comes from never having been trained on what an  R/S  is  and
never having seen one. R/SES ARE UNIQUE IN APPEARANCE.


    Actually this is quite a serious matter because  pcs  get  labelled  as
R/Sers and get run on Evil Purposes connected with  this  "R/S"  that  isn't
one. You can really foul up a pc that way, believe me.


    A real R/S also has a crazy meter. It doesn't read then it  does.  This
happens because the meter reads just below a pc's reality. If the pc has  no
reality on the subject, then the meter won't read.


    So you get a faulty meter. It doesn't read on what it should,  then  it
reads, then it doesn't.


                                ROCK SLAMMERS

    In a group of 400, the actual percentage of R/Sers is low. It's about 8
in 400, or 2-21/2%. Those figures should seem familiar. They  are  the  same
percentage for SPs. And that gives you a clue to the  identification  of  an
R/Ser.

    Where requirements for Scn or SO Orgs have been established  for  R/Ses
they apply to the 2-21/2% of  real  R/Sers  as  these  are  also  considered
security risks for staff purposes.


    These people can of course be salvaged as pcs using Expanded Dianetics.
Letting them on staff could be disastrous, however.

                                  CHECKLIST

    To assist you in the identification of R/Sers I have  done  a  complete
checklist of characteristics and their references.


    This checklist is to be used whenever a C/S is called upon to inspect a
folder to determine whether a person is an R/Ser.

1.    The R/Ses reported are actual R/Ses and not some other read or  broken
    meter leads, a dusty or worn TA or Trim "pot", or cans in contact  with
    metal such as rings, bracelets, etc.
      Ref: E-Meter  Essentials;  The  Book  of  E-Meter  Drills;  The  Book
    Introducing the  E-Meter;  HCO  B  8  Nov  62,  "Somatics-How  to  Tell
    Terminals and Opposition Terminals", pp. 2 & 4; HCO B 6 Dec 62, "R2-10,
    R2-12, 3GAXX"; BTB 14 Jan 63, "Rings Causing  'Rock  Slams'  ";  HCO  B
    False TA Series 24 Oct 71, 12 Nov 71R, 15 Feb 72, 18  Feb  72,  29  Feb
    72R, 23 Nov 73.

2.    R/Ses have to do with Scientology or one or  more  areas  of  the  old
    Scientology List One found in The Book of E-Meter Drills.

      Ref: The Book of E-Meter Drills; HCO B 5 Dec 62,  "2-12,  3GAXX,  3-21
    and Routine 2-10 Modern Assessment"; HCO B 23 Nov  62,  "Urgent-Routine
    Two-Twelve"; HCO B 12 Sept 62, "Security Checks Again".

3.    Pc is Slow or No Case Gain.  Also  is  in  a  chronically  nattery  or
    critical state.

      Ref: HCO B 23 Nov 62, "Routine Two-Twelve"; HCO B  5  Dec  62,  "2-12,
    3GAXX, 3-21 and Routine 2-10 Modern Assessment"; HCO B 6 Dec  62,  "R2-
    10, R2-12, 3GAXX"; HCO B 28 Nov 70, C/S Series 22, "Psychosis"; BPL  31
    May 71RA, PTS/SP Checksheet and mat'ls.

4.    Pc chronically ill or who acts most "PTS". This can be suppressed  and
    hidden from view, however.

      Ref: HCOPL 15 Nov 70R, "HCO and Confessionals"; HCOB 28  Nov  70,  C/S
    Series 22, "Psychosis"; PTS/SP Pack.

5.     Pc's  product  is  consistently  an  overt  act  and  his  activities
    destructive to others.

      Ref: HCOPL 14 Nov 70, Org Series 14, "The Product as  an  Overt  Act";
    PTS/SP Pack; HCO Manual of Justice.

6.    Pc's behavior or condition or OCA classifies as psychotic.

    Ref: HCO B Ex Dn Series and tapes; HCO B 28 Nov 70.

    Where the answers to this checklist are yes  you  have  an  R/Ser.  HCO
handles and Qual programs them for rehabilitation.

                                 PCs WHO R/S

    Pcs who R/S are given Ex Dn. This does not change even though the pc is
not an R/Ser. See HCO B C/S Series 93.


    Where a pc R/Ses he will have Evil Purposes and be on a  succumb  as  a
result. R/Ses indicate an area of psychosis which will ruin  the  pc's  life
if allowed to go unhandled.


                                   SUMMARY

    This HCO B in no way changes Ex Dn as a requirement for R/Ses or  makes
it ok not to handle them.


    Staff concerned must be able to identify an R/Ser  which  is  different
from someone with an R/S.


    I thought you should have this data and hope it clears up any remaining
confusion in the area.

LRH:nt.rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1974       Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JANUARY 1974RA
                          REVISED 10 FEBRUARY 1974
                           REVISED 1 NOVEMBER 1974
Ex Dn (Changes are in this type sty/e,
Spclsts     items 17A, B, C & D)
M7/4 *rate
Clay Demo
                     THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1973!
                            THE INTROSPECTION RD
                         (Changes HCO B 23 Jan 1974,
                          "The Introspection RD".)


    I have made a technical breakthrough  which  possibly  ranks  with  the
major discoveries of the Twentieth Century. It  is  certainly  the  greatest
advancement of 1973 and is now being  released  after  a  final  wrap-up  of
research. It is called the Introspection Rundown.


    The purpose of the Introspection RD is  to  locate  and  correct  those
things which cause a person to fixate his attention inwardly, on himself  or
his bank. This RD extroverts the person so that he can see  his  environment
and therefore handle and control it.


                                  RESEARCH

    In 1970 the actual cause of PSYCHOSIS was isolated (as given in  HCO  B
C/S Series 22, "Psychosis", 28 November 1970). In  the  ensuing  years  this
has been proven beyond doubt to be totally correct.


    But what is a psychotic break?


    Man has never been able to solve the psychotic break.  In  fact,  human
beings are actually  afraid  of  a  person  in  a  psychotic  break  and  in
desperation turn to psychiatry to handle.


    Psychiatry, desperate in its turn, without effective tech,  resorts  to
barbarities such as heavy drugs,  ice  picks,  electric  and  insulin  shock
which half kill the person and only suppress him.  The  fact  remains  there
has never been a cure for the psychotic break until now.


    The key is WHAT CAUSED THE PERSON TO INTROSPECT  BEFORE  THE  PSYCHOTIC
BREAK.


    The breakthrough was made on a person who,  after  a  series  of  wrong
indications, went into a full-blown  psychotic  break-violence,  destruction
and all.


    The psychiatrist at this point would have sharpened up  his  ice  pick,
filled his syringes with the most powerful (and deadly) drugs he could  find
and turned up the volts. His "handling" would have been a final  destruction
of the individual.


    What was done was an auditor went into the room, sat  the  person  down
and corrected the last severe point of wrong  indication.  Subsequent  times
of wrong indication in his life were cleared up, the person came out of  the
psychotic break and into p.t.


    THIS MEANS THE LAST REASON TO HAVE PSYCHIATRY AROUND IS GONE.


    The psychotic break, the last of the "unsolvable" conditions  that  can
trap a person, has been solved.


    And it's quite simple, really.

                                   THEORY

    Def. INTROSPECTION: "(L. from introspicere, to look within)  a  looking
into one's own mind, feelings, reactions, etc.; observation and analysis  of
oneself." Webster's New World Dictionary.


    Def. INTROVERSION: "(from  intro-  +  L.  vertere,  to  turn)  2....  a
tendency to direct one's interest upon oneself  rather  than  upon  external
objects or events." Webster's New World Dictionary.


    The essence of the Introspection RD is looking for and  correcting  all
those things which CAUSED the person to look inward  worriedly  and  wrestle
with the mystery  of  some  incorrectly  designated  error.  The  result  is
continual inward looking or self auditing without relief or end.


    In a normal person this becomes a diminished activity,  unhappiness  or
illness. In an R/Ser this becomes insanity and a psychotic break  occurs  at
the last severe point of wrong indication.


    The pc who originates to the Examiner about his case or writes notes to
the C/S or auditor is introverted and should have this RD.

                              AUDITOR TRAINING

    Auditors selected to do this RD must have  recently  done  a  HARD  TRs
Course and the Anti-Q&A materials.


    They must be able to recognize a ROCK SLAM, which is  a  particular  E-
Meter phenomenon. They must be  Class  IV  Expanded  Dianetics  auditors  of
proven skill on routine cases. They must  not  themselves  be  R/Sers.  (The
last requisite is waived in a self-salvage co-audit group where all R/S.)


    They need flawless TRs, no Q&A. This Rundown is very simple but  cannot
be  flubbed,  as  that  will  compound  the   errors   and   cause   further
introspection in the pc. It is better not to deliver this RD  than  to  flub
any part of it. C/Ses take note. It is an Ethics  Offense  to  attempt  this
Rundown without the auditor having done  the  prerequisite  training  and  a
further offense for an auditor to flub on it.


                               STEPS OF THE RD
                      (Steps 0 and 00 are for a person
                         in a psychotic break, not a
                               normal person.)

    Put this checklist on inside front cover of folder as a pgm.

0.    On a person in a psychotic break isolate the person wholly with
      all attendants completely muzzled (no speech).     _________

00.   Give Vitamins (B complex, including niacinamide) and minerals
      (calcium and magnesium) to build the person up.    _________

                                    * * *

1.    Locate by study or research of the person's case or  via associates
      or 2-way comm the last severe point of introversion just prior to
      the current psychotic break or illness. There may be several severe
      points of introversion, prior or subsequent to the one that  triggered


      the break or illness. These points are identified by  their  upsetting
    or
      worrisome  effect  on  the  pc.  Each  is  noted  down  for  handling.
    _________

2.     On  each  point,  indicate  the  substance  of  it  as  a  point   of
    introversion to
      release the By-Passed Charge. Each should BD and F/N. First point
      indicated to F/N.      _________

2B.   Second point indicated to F/N.    _________

2C.   Third point indicated to F/N.     _________

      In the case of an out-list, the fact of a wrong item would be
      indicated and the list corrected by the Laws of L&N.

3.    Get the wording of each point stated by the pc as an item (i.e.,
      "What would you call such an incident?") and its read and
      handle by 2wc each flow E/Sim to F/N. First point 2wc'd F-l 230
      to F/N.    _________

3A.   Second point 2wc'd F-1230 to F/N. _________

3B.   Third point 2wc'd F-1230 to F/N.  _________

4.    Verify/Correct all L&N lists.     _________

5.    Verify/Correct all Why "lists", PTS Interviews, 3 May PLs per
      C/S Series 78.

6.    R3R Quad item found in  No.  3.  ("Locate  an  incident  where......")
    _________

6A.   L&N for the Intention behind the subject in No. 3. Verify Q for
      read before listing.   _________

6B.   R3R Quad the Intention.     _________

6C.   R3R Quad, L&N Intention & R3R Quad any other items found
      (No. 3A, 3B, etc.).    _________

7.     Clear  the  words  "Introversion",  "Introspection",  "Extroversion".
    _________

8.    ARC BREAKS HANDLING.   _________

8A.   2wc Has another ARC Broken you? ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N. _________

8B.    2wc  Have  you  ARC  Broken  another?  ARCU  CDEINR   E/S   to   F/N.
    _________

8C.   2wc Have others ARC Broken anyone else? ARCU CDEINR E/S
      to F/N.    _________

8D.    2wc  Have  you  ARC  Broken  yourself?  ARCU  CDEINR  E/S   to   F/N.
    _________

8E.   2wc Has anyone ever made you feel you had an ARC Break when
      you didn't? E/S to F/N.     _________

8F.   2wc Have you ever made anyone else feel he had an ARC Break
      when he didn't? E/S to F/N. _________

8G.   2wc Have others ever made anyone else feel he had an ARC Break
      when he didn't? E/S to F/N. _________

8H.   2wc Have you ever made yourself feel you had an ARC Break
      when you didn't? E/S to F/N.      _________

8I.   R3R Quad the item.     _________

8J.   L&N for the Intention behind "the forcing of upsets on people
      who don't have them".  _________

8K.   R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 8J.     _________

9.    WITHHOLDS HANDLING.    _________

9A.    2wc  Are  you  withholding  something  from  anyone?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

9B.   2wc Is anyone else withholding something from you? E/Sim to
      F/N.  _________

9C.   2wc Are others withholding something from anyone else? E/Sim
      to F/N.    _________

9D.   2wc Are  you  withholding  something  from  yourself?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

9E.    2wc  Has  anyone  demanded  W/Hs  you  didn't  have?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

9F.   2wc Have you demanded withholds of anyone else they didn't have?
      E/Sim to F/N.    _________

9G.   2wc Have others demanded withholds of anyone else they didn't
      have? E/Sim to F/N.    _________
9H.   2wc Have you demanded W/Hs from yourself that you didn't have?
      E/Sim to F/N.    _________

9I.   R3R Quad "demanded non-existent W/Hs from ......". _________

9J.   L&N, Clear Q thoroughly and verify for read first, what
      purpose would be behind "the demanding of non-existent
      W/Hs from others"?     _________

9K.   R3R Quad the item in No. 9J.      _________

10.   PROBLEMS HANDLING.     _________

10A.  2wc Has another given you a problem? E/Sim to F/N. _________

10B.  2wc Have you given another a problem? E/Sim to F/N.     _________

10C.  2wc Have others  given  a  problem  to  anyone  else?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

10D.  2wc Have you given yourself a problem? E/Sim to F/N.    _________

10E.  2wc Has anyone ever made you feel you had a problem when
      you didn't? E/Sim to F/N.   _________

10F.  2wc Have you ever made anyone else feel he had a problem when
      he didn't? E/Sim to F/N.    _________

10G.  2wc Have others ever made anyone else feel he had a problem
      when he didn't? E/Sim to F/N.     _________

10H.  2wc Have you ever made yourself feel you had a problem when
      you didn't? E/Sim to F/N.   _________

10I.  R3R Quad the item.     _________

10J.  L&N for the Intention behind "the giving of problems to people
      that don't belong to them". _________

10K.  R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 10J.

11.   OVERTS HANDLING. _________

11A.   2wc  Has  anyone  else  committed  overts  on  you?  E/Sim  to   F/N.
    _________

11B.  2wc Have you committed overts on anyone else? Get what, E/Sim
      to F/N.    _________

11C.  2wc Have others  committed  overts  on  anyone  else?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

11D.  2wc  Have  you  committed  any  overts  on  yourself?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

11E.  2wc Has anyone ever accused you of something you didn't do?
      E/Sim to F/N.    _________

11F.  2wc Have you ever accused anyone else of something he didn't do?
      E/Sim to F/N.    _________

11G.  2wc Have others ever accused anyone else of something he didn't
      do? E/Sim to F/N.      _________

11H.  2wc Have you ever accused yourself of something you didn't do?
      E/Sim to F/N.    _________

11I.  R3R Quad the item.     _________

11J.  L&N for the Intention behind "the accusing of someone of non-
      existent overts".      _________

11K.  R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 11J.    _________

12.   NOT SAYING.      _________

12A.  2wc Are you not saying something about someone else or
      something? Get what, E/Sim to F/N.     _________

12B.   2wc  Is  anyone  not  saying  something  about  you?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

12C.  2wc Are others not saying something about anyone else? E/Sim
      to F/N.    _________

12D.  2wc Are you  not  saying  something  about  yourself?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

12E.  2wc Has anyone not accepted your W/Hs? E/Sim to F/N.    _________

12F.  2wc  Have  you  not  accepted  someone  else's  W/Hs?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

12G. 2wc Have  others  not  accepted  anyone  else's  W/Hs?  E/Sim  to  F/N.
    _________

12H. 2wc Have you not accepted your own W/Hs? E/Sim to F/N.   _________

12I.  R3R Quad "W/Hs weren't accepted". _________

12J.  L&N Intention behind "the rejecting of others' W/Hs".   _________

12K.  R3 R Quad the Intention, in No. 12J.   _________

13.   FALSE INCIDENTS HANDLING.   _________

13A.  2wc Has anyone ever asked you for things that didn't exist? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

13B.  2wc Have you ever asked anyone else for things that didn't exist?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

13C.  2wc Have others ever asked anyone else for things that didn't
      exist? E/S to F/N.     _________

13D.  2wc Have you ever asked yourself for things that didn't exist? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

13E.  R3R Quad the item.     _________

13F.  L&N for the Intention behind "the demanding of false incidents
      from others".    _________

13G.  R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 13F.    _________

14.   PTS HANDLING.    _________

14A.  2wc Has anyone given you a false assignment that you were being
      done in? E/S to F/N.   _________

14B.  2wc Have you given anyone a false assignment that he was being
      done in? E/S to F/N.   _________

14C.  2wc Have others given anyone else a false assignment that they were
      being done in? E/Sim to F/N.      _________

14D.  2wc Have you given yourself a false assignment that you were being
      done in? E/S to F/N.   _________

14E.  R3R Quad the item.     _________

14F.  L&N for the Intention behind "giving others a false assignment that
      they were being done in".   _________

14G.  R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 14F.    _________

14H.  2wc Has anyone been doing you in? E/S to F/N.      _________

14I.  2wc Have you been doing anyone else in? E/S to F/N.     _________

14J.  2wc Have others been doing anyone else in? E/S to F/N.  _________

14K.  2wc Have you been doing yourself in? E/S to F/N.   _________

15.   FALSE INTERROGATION HANDLING.     _________

15A.  2wc Has anyone ever interrogated  you  for  no  reason?  E/S  to  F/N.
    _________

15B.  2wc Have you ever interrogated anyone else for no reason? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

15C.  2wc Have others ever interrogated anyone else for no reason? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

15D.  2wc Have you ever had yourself interrogated for no reason? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

15E.  R3R Quad the item.     _________

15F.  L&N for the Intention behind "the false  interrogating  of  others"  .
    _________

15G.  R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 15F.    _________

16.   FALSE INVALIDATION HANDLING.      _________

16A.  2wc Has anyone ever heavily invalidated  you  unjustly?  E/S  to  F/N.
    _________

16B.  2wc Have you ever heavily invalidated anyone else unjustly? E/S to
      F/N.  _________

16C.  2wc Have others ever heavily invalidated anyone else unjustly? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

16D.  2wc Have you ever heavily invalidated yourself unjustly? E/S  to  F/N.
    _________

16E.  R3R Quad the item.     _________

16F.  L&N for the Intention  behind  "the  unjust  invalidating  of  others"
    _________

16G.  R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 16F.    _________

17.   FALSE VALIDATION HANDLING.  _________

17A.  2wc Has another ever validated you for something you didn't
      deserve?  E/S to F/N.  _________

17B.  2wc Have you ever validated anyone else for something he didn't
      deserve? E/S to F/N.   _________

17C.  2wc Have others ever validated anyone else for something they
      didn't deserve? E/S to F/N. _________

17D.  2wc Have you ever validated yourself for something you didn't
      deserve? E/S to F/N.   _________

17E.  R3R Quad the item.     _________

17F.  L&N for  the  Intention  behind  "the  false  validating  of  others".
    _________

17G.  R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 17F.    _________

18.   "HIT" FOR NO REASON.   _________
18A.  2wc Has anyone  "hit"  you  too  hard  for  no  reason?  E/S  to  F/N.
    _________

18B.  2wc Have you "hit" anyone else too hard for no  reason?  E/S  to  F/N.
    _________

18C.  2wc Have others "hit" anyone else too hard for no reason? E/S to  F/N.
    _________

18D.  2wc Have you gotten yourself "hit" too hard  for  no  reason?  E/S  to
    F/N.    _________

18E.  R3R Quad the item.     _________

18F.  L&N for the Intention  behind  "the  'hitting'  of  others  unfairly".
    _________

18G.  R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 18F.    _________

19.   INVALIDATED BEINGNESS HANDLING.   _________

19A.  2wc Has anyone ever challenged or questioned who you were?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

19B.  2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned anyone else's identity?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

19C.  2wc Have others ever challenged or questioned anyone else's  identity?


      E/S to F/N.      _________

19D.  2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned your identity?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

19E.  R3R Quad the item.     _________

19F.  L&N for the Intention behind "the invalidating of  others'  identity".
    _________

19G.  R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 19F.    _________

20.   INVALIDATED INTENTIONS HANDLING.

20A.  2wc Has anyone ever challenged or questioned your intentions? E/S
      to F/N.    _________

20B.  2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned anyone else's intentions?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

20C.   2wc  Have  others  ever  challenged  or  questioned   anyone   else's
    intentions?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

20D.  2wc Have you ever challenged or questioned your own intentions?
      E/S to F/N.      _________

20E.  R3R Quad "misinterpreted intentions".  _________

20F.  L&N for the Intention behind "the invalidating of the intentions of
      others".   _________

20G.  R3R Quad the Intention, in No. 20F.    _________

21.   OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS.  _________

    An HC List could be added here if the pc's "think" is still weird.


    NOTE: ITEMS THAT DON'T READ WON'T RUN. DON'T RUN OR LIST Q's THAT DON'T
READ OR YOU'LL REINTROVERT THE PC.


    Frequent D of P Interview is vital whenever the case looks like  it  is
not rapidly progressing.  Also  a  quick  assessment  may  be  needed  as  a
separate action to isolate possible charged areas of introspection.


    At any time after Step 2 Objective Havingness should be done at session
end. If one of the items in Steps 3-20 turns out to be  false  the  pc  will
introvert further. In such a case  indicate  the  fact  of  it  having  been
unnecessary and get an F/N. Then run Objective Havingness. If  the  TA  goes
high (or low) and won't come into range, assess a C/S 53RH and handle.


    In the case of a pc in a psychotic break, the C/S would have to  locate
the last severe wrong indication, indicate the fact to the  pc  and  get  it
corrected (as with a wrong item) as the first action.


                                EXTROVERSION

    Def. EXTROVERSION: ". . . Means nothing more than being  able  to  look
outward ...." "An extroverted personality is one who is capable  of  looking
around the environment ...." "A person who is  capable  of  looking  at  the
world around him and seeing it quite real and quite bright is of  course  in
a state of extroversion." (Problems of Work.)


    The end phenomena of the Introspection RD is the person extroverted, no
longer looking inward worriedly in a continuous self-audit without end.


    The EP on a person in a psychotic break is the  end  of  the  psychotic
break.


    The RD is very simple and its results  are  magical  in  effectiveness.
Flubs can wreck it so don't permit them.


    You have in your hands the tool to take over mental  therapy  in  full.
You need not fear the insane or the psychotic break any longer.


    Here also is the cure for the continual self-auditing  pc  who  is  dug
into his bank. It works on all pcs in fact with rave results.


    Do it flawlessly and we all win.


    THIS PLANET IS OURS.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH: ams.rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED





















[Additional data can be found in HCO B 20 February 1974,  Introspection  RD-
Additional Actions, page 260- HCO B 6 March  1974,  Introspection  RD-Second
Addition-information to C/Ses-Fixated Attention, page  262;  and  HCO  B  20
April 1974,  Introspection  RD-Third  Addition-Additional  Introspection  RD
Steps, page 295.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 5 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo

                              DRUGS, MORE ABOUT

                     Reference: HCO B of 28 August 1968,
                             Issue II, "Drugs".


                             WITHDRAWAL SYMPTOMS


    The most wretched part of coming off hard drugs is the reaction  called
"withdrawal symptoms". People go into convulsions.


    These are so severe that the addict becomes very afraid of them and  so
remains on drugs. The reaction can also produce death.


    In the reference HCO Bulletin above, B1 is  mentioned  as  a  means  of
easing convulsions.


    Actually, practice  since  1968  has  shown  that  "Objective  TRs",  a
Scientology process described in detail in HCO Bs 11  June  1957,  "Training
and CCH Processes", 15 July 1971, C/S Series 48R, "Drug  Handling"  and  BTB
25 Oct 1971R, Issue  II,  "The  Special  Drug  Rundown",  handle  withdrawal
symptoms when properly used. Great success has been achieved with them.


    There is another supplementary way  of  handling  withdrawal  symptoms.
This does not replace "Objective TRs" and at this  writing  is  theoretical,
being in a research phase. But so terrible can be  withdrawal  symptoms  and
so lacking in success has the medical and psychiatric field been,  that  the
data should be released.


    Muscular spasms are caused by lack of Calcium.


    Nervous reactions are diminished by Magnesium.


    Calcium does not go into solution in  the  body  and  is  not  utilized
unless it is in an acid.


    Magnesium is alkaline.


    Working on this in 1973, for other uses than drug  reactions,  I  found
the means  of  getting  Calcium  into  solution  in  the  body,  along  with
Magnesium so that the results of both could be achieved.


    This was the "Cal-Mag Formula".


                               CAL-MAG FORMULA

1.    Put one level tablespoon  of  Calcium  Gluconate  in  a  normal  sized
    glass.

2.    Add 1/2 level teaspoon of Magnesium Carbonate.

3.    Add I tablespoon of cider vinegar (at least 5% acidity).

4.    Stir it well.
    5.      Add 1/2 glass of boiling water and stir until all the powder is
    dissolved and the liquid is clear. (If this doesn't occur it  could  be
    from poor grade or old Magnesium Carbonate.)

6.    Fill the remainder of glass with lukewarm or cold water and cover.

    They will stay good for 2 days.


    It can be made wrongly so that it does not  dissolve.  Variations  from
the above produce an unsuccessful mix that can taste pretty horrible.


    Anything from 1 to 3 glasses of  this  a  day,  with  or  after  meals,
REPLACES ANY TRANQUILIZER. It  does  not  produce  the  drugged  effects  of
tranquilizers (which are quite deadly).


    The application to handle muscular spasms and tics is  now  quite  well
established.


    Using this to combat withdrawal symptoms is experimental.


    The theory is that withdrawal symptoms are muscular spasms.


    The  matter  should  be  given  tests  where  persons  suffering   from
withdrawal symptoms are available.


    This does not supplant "Objective TRs". These work.


    But it may be that "Cal-Mag" would  assist  those  suffering  where  no
competent auditing is available.


    As Calcium and Magnesium are minerals, not drugs, they form no  barrier
to auditing.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH: nt jh
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1973RA
                  (Cancels HCO B 24 Nov 73, Rev. 30 Aug 74)
                     Revised & Reissued 12 November 1974
Remimeo


                               C/S Series 53RI



                        SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S



    This is the basic prepared list used by Auditors to get a TA up or down
into normal range. A GF Method 5 may also be used  after  TA  is  in  normal
range to get pc's case handled better.



_________________________________PC Name________________________ Date



1.    Assess pc Method 5 on this sheet. (Go down the list  calling  off  the
    items to the pc, watching the meter. Mark any Tick, SF,  F,,  LFBD  [to
    what TA], speeded rise  or  Blow  Up.)  NOTE:  A  C/S  53RH  should  be
    reassessed and all reads handled until it F/Ns on assessment.

A.    Interiorization  _________        Problems   _________
      Went in    _________        Protest    _________
      Go in _________        Don't like it   _________
      Can't get in     _________        Audited over out ruds _________
      Want to get out  _________        Feel sad   _________
      Kicked out of spaces   _________       Rushed      _________
      Can't go   _________        Tired _________
                       ARC Brk    _________
B.    List errors      _________        Upset      _________
      Overlisting      _________        Can't get it     _________
      Wrong items
      Upset with giving      _________  D    Drugs _________
      items to auditor _________        LSD  _________
      Wrong Why  _________        Alcohol    _________
      Wrong Indication _________        Pot  _________
      Wrong PTS Item   _________        Medicine   _________

C.    Some sort of W/H _________  E.    Engram in restimulation _________
      Are you withholding               Same engram run twice _________
      something  _________        Can't see engrams too
      Is another withholding            well _________
      something from you     _________       Invisible   _________
      Are others withholding            Black      _________
      something from others  _________       Loss  _________
      Has another committed             Lost _________
      overts on you    _________
      Have you committed          F.    Same thing run twice  _________
      any overts _________        Same action done by
      Have others committed             another auditor  _________
      overts on others _________
      Not saying _________
G.    Doing something with        L.    PTS  _________
      mind between sessions  _________       Suppressed  _________
      Some other practice    _________
                 M.    Something went on too
H.    Word Clearing errors   _________       long  _________
      Study errors     _________        Went on by a release
                       point _________
I.    False TA   _________        Overrun    _________
      Wrong sized cans _________        Auditor kept on going _________
      Tired hands      _________        Over-repair      _________
      Dry hands or feet      _________       Puzzled why auditor
      Wet hands or feet      _________       keeps on    _________
      Loosens can grip _________        Stops      _________
      Wrong hand cream _________
                 N.    Something else   _________
J.    Auditor overwhelming   _________       Physically ill   _________
      Feel attacked    _________
      Something wrong with        O.    Repairing a TA that
      F/Ns  _________        isn't high _________
      Overrun F/Ns     _________        Repairing a TA that
      Missed F/N _________        isn t low  _________
       Items   really   didn't   read      _________          Faulty   Meter
_________
      Bad auditing     _________        Nothing wrong    _________
      Incomplete actions     _________
                 P.    False Exam Report     _________
K.    Can't have _________        WAITED at Exam   _________
      Low havingness   _________        Upset by Examiner     _________
      Invalidation     _________
      Evaluation _________
      Couldn't get auditing  _________
      Interruptions    _________


2.    Use only the small falls or falls or BDs. The rises will however  show
    where mass lies.

A.    If A or any of the A Group, and the pc has had an Int RD,  do  an  Int
    RD Correction List, and handle the reads. (HCO B 29 Oct 71R, Revised 14
    May 74.)

      If the pc has never had an Int RD, then give him  a  standard  Int  RD
    providing you have checked out on the Int-Ext pack and are good at R3R.

B.    If any of these read, do an L4BR on the earliest lists  you  can  find
    that have not been corrected. Lacking these do an L4BR in general.  You
    can go over an L4BR several times handling each read to F/N  until  the
    whole L4BR gives  nothing  but  F/Ns.  Handle  a  Wrong  Why  or  Wrong
    Indication or Wrong PTS Item per C/S Series 78.

C.    If any of these, handle with 2wc and earlier similar to F/N.  If  more
    than one reads do biggest read first and then  clean  up  each  of  the
    others E/S to F/N. If all read on assessment you have to get an F/N for
    each or 18 F/Ns. On overts and withholds, get what, and E/S to F/N.  On
    out ruds, find which rud and handle. (See GF40RR  HCO  B  30  June  71,
    Revised 13 Jan 72.) Feel sad, handle the ARC Break. (Feel sad = ARC Brk
    of long duration.)

D.    Rehab releases on each "drug" taken to F/N. Complete the Drug  RD  per
    C/S Series 48R after handling all reads on this assessment. If  pc  has
    had a Drug RD, do L3RD on it, and handle.

E.    If any of these, do L3RD and handle according to what is stated to  do
    on L3RD.

F.    Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.
    G.      Find out what it is. If Yogi or Mystic exercises or  some  such
    2wc E/S it to first time done, find out what upset had occurred  before
    that and if TA now down do L1C on that  period of pc's life.

H.    If Word Clearing, do a  Word  Clearing  Correction  List,  handle  all
    reads. If Study errors, 2wc E/S to F/N, and add a Study Correction List
    to the pc's program.

I.    False TA is wrong cans. Use HCO Bs 24 Oct  71,  12  Nov  71R,  15  Feb
    72,18 Feb  72, 29 Feb 72R, 23 Nov 73, all on False TA.  Then  clean  up
    the bypassed charge  with (I ) Assess for best read (a) TA worries, (b)
    F/N worries. (2) Then 2wc times  he was worried  about  (item)  E/S  to
    F/N. (3) Rehab any overruns due to False TA  obscuring F/Ns.

J.    These are auditor errors. Low TA is generally caused  by  overwhelming
    TRs and incomplete actions. A high TA  can  be  caused  by  an  auditor
    overrunning F/Ns or failing to call them. Or trying to  assess  through
    an F/N and mistaking an F/N right swing for  a  read.  An  F/N  can  be
    obscured and mistaken for a read if Sensitivity too high.  These  items
    are all 2wc E/S to F/N. Auditors who made them need Cramming  badly  or
    retread.

K.    Can't have or Hav. Find correct Havingness process and remedy.

L.    PTS or Suppressed. Check for SP or get a full PTS RD.

M.    Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N on each (or date  to
    blow, locate to blow, if qualified).

N.    2wc to find what. Note BD item. If BD item covered  by  one  of  these
    categories handle per instructions. If not just  2wc  to  F/N  and  get
    further C/S instructions for handling if necessary.

O.    Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct then indicate to  F/N.
    Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first. If false  TA  handle  per  I
    above.

P.    INDICATE and 2wc to F/N.

    General. Handle Int RD (A) if it reads at all before handling  rest  as
nothing will go right if Int is still  out.  For  the  remainder  prefer  to
handle any BD group if you get a BD. If in doubt about what  to  do,  return
to the C/S.


                                             Revised by

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder



LRH: nt jh
Copyright � 1973, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
Tech
Qual  Refers to HCO PL 15 Nov 74,
ARC Brk Reg "CFs, ARC Breaks in"
ARC Brk Auditor
Tours

                         STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST

                      TO BE DONE ONLY BY AN AUDITOR WHO
                        CAN MAKE PREPARED LISTS READ.



    This list is for use by ARC Brk Regs  and  Auditors,  Tours  personnel,
Tech and Qual when recovering blown Students or fixing up blowy Students  or
Students in trouble or Students who failed in practice.


    By "blown Students" we mean Students who have left the  org  incomplete
on their course, Students who have ceased their studies and are in the  org,
Students who have not gone on to  their  next  service,  staff  who  do  not
attend or have stopped going to study for any  reason  or  Auditors  in  the
field who have failed in practice.


                                 ASSESSMENT

    This list can be assessed  Method  3  or  Method  5  depending  on  the
severity of the upset.


    The EP is a Student who is no longer upset or blowy and ready to return
to his service or course and does.


1.    THERE WERE MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS.   _________
      (Find and clear them, each to F/N.)

2.    NO HELP OR WORD CLEARING FROM THE SUPERVISOR.      _________
      (2wc which, if Wd Clg find out where he was having trouble and
      use WC M4 to clear it up. Take to F/N.)

3.    INTERFERENCE FROM THE SUPERVISOR THAT STOPPED      _________
      YOU FROM GETTING ON.
      (2wc E/S to F/N. Clean up any protest.)

4.    PERSONAL OUT ETHICS RESULTING IN A W/H.      _________
      (2wc what, handle as a W/H.)

5.    SIMPLY BOOTED OFF FOR REASONS BEST KNOWN TO
      GOD OR REGISTRARS.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

6.    DISPUTE OVER FEES.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

7.    YOU WERE GIVEN A WRONG WHY.       _________
      (L4BR and handle.)

8.    TOLD YOU WERE PTS AND YOU WEREN'T.     _________
      (Indicate it. 2wc E/S to F/N. L4BR if any trouble.)

9.    DIDN'T FULLY CLEAR EACH WORD.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N. Clear any Mis-U words.)

    10.     HAVING TO CLEAR WORDS YOU ALREADY UNDERSTOOD.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

11.   ARC BRKS ON COURSE.    _________
      (ARCU CDEINR E/S to F/N. Watch out for MWHs.)

12.   PROBLEMS ON COURSE.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

13.   ON COURSE FOR SOME OTHER REASON THAN YOU
      STATED.    _________
      (2wc what, E/S to F/N.)

14.   SCN DOWNGRADED TO YOU. _________
      (2wc for details, find out who, PTS Interview if necessary.)

15.   SCN PEOPLE LIED ABOUT TO YOU.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N. Find out who. PTS Interview if necessary.)

16.   OUT 2D.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N. Handle as a W/H.)

17.   DIDN'T PAY FOR THE COURSE OR SOME SERVICE.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N. Handle as a W/H.)

18.   SOMEONE KEPT AFTER YOU FOR MONEY. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

19.   THERE WAS A FALSE ATTESTATION.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N. Handle as a W/H.)

20.   FALSE EXAM.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N. Handle as a W/H.)

21.   COULDN'T APPLY THE MATERIALS.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

22.   COULDN'T MASTER A METER.    _________
      (2wc, find out what he didn't understand about it and clear it up
      to F/N.)

23.   NOBODY TO AUDIT. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

24.   PREVENTED FROM AUDITING.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

25.   YOU WERE CONFUSED.     _________
      (2wc and clear it up to F/N.)

26.   THINGS YOU DIDN'T UNDERSTAND.     _________
      (2wc what, clear it up to F/N.)

27.   YOU HAD DISAGREEMENTS. _________
      (Find out what, find the Mis-U words and clear to F/N.)

28.   AN EARLIER SIMILAR SUBJECT WAS MISUNDERSTOOD.      _________
      (2wc what subject, find out what word in it was Mis-U and clear it
      up. Clear each word to F/N.)

29.   EARLIER FAILED COURSES.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

30.   DIDN'T USE WORD CLEARING.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N. Clear any words to F/N where he should have.)

    31.     NO METHOD 1 WORD CLEARING.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

32.   INTERRUPTIONS.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

33.   PREVENTED FROM STUDYING.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

34.   ADDED TO YOUR CHECKSHEET.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

35.   MISSING MATERIALS.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

36.   NO MATERIALS.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

37.   NO DICTIONARY.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

38.   TECH TERMS YOU DIDN'T GET.  _________
      (Find out what. Clear to F/N.)

39.   COULDN'T FIND THE MATERIALS.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

40.   TAPE PLAYERS NOT AVAILABLE.       _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

41.   COULDN'T GET A METER.  _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

42.   FORCED TO HAVE A TWIN. (2wc E/S to F/N.)     _________

43.   BAD COACHING. (2wc E/S to F/N.)   _________

44.   NO PRACTICAL. (2wc E/S to F/N.)   _________

45.   NO SUPERVISOR. (2wc E/S to F/N.)  _________

46.   NO PLACE TO STUDY. (2wc E/S to F/N.)   _________

47.   STUDIED UNDER DURESS. (2wc E/S to F/N.)      _________

48.   UNREAL QUOTAS SET. (2wc E/S to F/N.)   _________

49.   MADE TO DO TRs TOO OFTEN. (2wc E/S to F/N.)  _________

50.   SUPERVISOR OR SOMEONE GAVE VERBAL TECH OR
      INTERPRETED MATERIALS.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

51.   LOTS OF ADVICE NOT IN HCO Bs OR TAPES.       _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

52.   YOU WERE ON THE WRONG COURSE.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

53.   SOMEONE MAD AT YOU ON COURSE.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

54.   EVALUATION.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

    55.     INVALIDATION.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

56.   TOLD YOU PASSED WHEN YOU KNEW YOU DIDN'T.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

57.   TOLD YOU FLUNKED WHEN YOU KNEW YOU HADN'T.   _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

58.   NOT ENOUGH SLEEP.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

59.   NOT ENOUGH TO EAT.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

60.   NO PLACE TO LIVE.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

61.   FAMILY TROUBLE.  _________
      (2wc E/S. PTS Interview if necessary.)

62.   YOU WERE TAKING DRUGS OR ALCOHOL. _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

63.   SOMETHING WRONG WITH YOUR EYESIGHT.    _________
      (2wc what E/S to F/N.)

64.   VIOLATED STUDENT RULES.     _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

65.   SOME OTHER PHYSICAL PROBLEM.      _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

66.   ERROR IN STUDENT AUDITING.  _________
      (C/S 5 3 RI. )

67.   RESTIM.    _________
      (C/S 53 RI. )

68.   BAD EXAMINATION. _________
      (2wc to F/N and correct.)

69.   CERTIFICATES NEVER CAME.    _________
      (2wc E/S to F/N.)

70.   SOMETHING ON THIS LIST YOU DIDN'T UNDERSTAND?      _________
      (Clarify and redo list from that point.)

71.   SOMETHING ELSE WRONG.  _________
      (2wc what, if no joy GF M5 and handle.)


    Make sure this list is done by an Auditor who can make a meter read and
your courses will fill up with rehabilitated Students.



      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright �1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 4 AUGUST 1971R
                          REVISED 26 NOVEMBER 1974
Remimeo
Dept 13
Qual Div
Qual Bu
                            POST PURPOSE CLEARING

                   (This HCO B is the basic action of the
                    Post Purpose Clearing Unit of Div V,
                 Qual Div, or by Auditors as a technology.)



    An essential part of HATTING as done in HCO is to get the person's POST
PURPOSE CLEARED by an auditor.


                          INSTANT PURPOSE CLEARING

    HCO usually tells the person what  the  purpose  of  the  post  is  and
certainly the staff member's seniors would.


    This action is not metered and goes along with instant hatting.  It  is
not done by an auditor.


    "George, the purpose of your post is to_____. Any questions?" Questions
are answered and clarified.


    Giving the person on the post the purpose is a basic hatting step.


                         FULL POST PURPOSE CLEARING

    This requires an auditor, an E-Meter, and is done in session.


    Usually this is done after mini-hatting and after some experience  with
the post. It is NOT done in this full fashion  before  the  person  has  any
knowledge of the post. It can also be done during or  at  the  end  of  full
hatting.


    But the sooner it is done after mini-hatting and some weeks' experience
on the post the more successful it will be.


                           AUDITOR QUALIFICATIONS

    The auditor doing Post Purpose Clearing must be expert with:

            1.   TRs

            2.   Metering

            3.   Code

            4.   2-Way Comm

            5 .  Flying Rudiments

      6.    L&N.
                                    ADMIN

    A Post Purpose Clearing is given full worksheet and report handling and
person goes to Examiner.


    A record of the session is kept with others done in the PPC RECORD BOOK
with especially noted any Rock Slam.

                                     PC

    The pc must not be in an Ethics cycle, must be rested, not  hungry  and
not ill or on drugs or medication.


    ANY RINGS ON THE PC'S HANDS MUST BE REMOVED AS THEY CAUSE A FALSE  ROCK
SLAM.


                                 HAT FOLDER

    Staff Member must bring hat folder to the PPC session so  if  there  is
any confusion on purposes in it they can be cleared from the hat folder.


                                 CASE FOLDER

    Case folder of the pc  must  also  be  collected  and  examined  before
session. This is repeated in the Rundown so it won't be missed.


                         POST PURPOSE CLEARING STEPS

PPC 1 -     Get the staff member's folder. Verify that  he  is  not  in  the
        middle of some processes, repair  or  Major  Grade.  If  so,  don't
        touch. Get C/S OK.

PPC 2 -     Fly a rud or do a C/S 53RI if TA high or low. Note that  it  WAS
        high on the session worksheet. If the TA does not come  down  refer
        the case to Staff C/S and do not proceed. Case  would  need  Folder
        Error Summary and a Hi-Lo TA List IX.

PPC 3 -     2wc about person's post. Be alert to problems  or  w/hs  and  if
        these seem to be there do E/S to F/N on Problems and/or E/S to  F/N
        on w/hs.

PPC 4 -     2wc "What do you think is your post?" to F/N. If pc  can't  tell
        you resort to his hat and clear up confusions to F/N.

PPC 5 -     2wc "Tell me about opportunities you would have on  your  post."
        This is carried to F/N. If no F/N treat it as  a  w/h  and  ask  if
        there's anything pc isn't telling you. Carry any w/h to  F/N.  Then
        check the question again and get the F/N back by 2wc or E/S to F/N.
        (If you start to clear w/hs in the middle of the Q  then  the  w/hs
        will F/N but the Q hasn't yet so must be  F/Ned  also.  Overts  may
        come up as well as w/hs and if so  F/N  them  by  E/S.)  Pc  should
        finish this step with F/N, Cog and GIs.

PPC 6 -     2wc "How does your job align (compare)  with  what  you  incline
        (would like) to do?" Get any conflicts into view if not  clean.  Go
        E/S to F/N if there is conflict. If no F/N despite Itsa on conflict
        ask for overts or withholds and carry this to F/N. Check Q again to
        be sure it F/Ns.

PPC 7 -     Go over hat mat'ls covering pc's post purpose. Ask him how  does
        it seem. Get an F/N or clear any confusions up to F/N.

PPC 8 -     L&N, "What do you think is the purpose of your post?" to BD  F/N
        item.
        PPC 9 -  2wc "How does this purpose tie in with the purpose of your
        Division?" Clean this up if  there's  doubt.  Use  folders  or  OEC
        books. Be sure it's cleaned up to F/N.

PPC 10-     2wc "How does this purpose tie in with the purpose of the  org?"
        Clean this up to F/N.

PPC 11-     (Using PPC 8 purpose) "Then is (quote it) the  purpose  of  your
        post?" Get a revision so it's really it or  accept  it.  Say,  when
        it's decided, "Then (quote) is the purpose of your post."

PPC 12-     2wc "If your post was not done what would happen  to  the  org?"
        Clean this up to F/N.

PPC 13-     2wc "How do you feel about  accomplishing  your  post  purpose?"
        Clean this up to F/N.

PPC 14-     Thank pc and send to Examiner.


    Complete worksheet.


    Enter results in log.


    Put the session report in pc's folder.

                                  _________

    Send a report to the E/O AND TO FLAG if the person Rock Slams and  note
it in the folder for pgming to include Ex Dn.


    If you can get no satisfactory F/Ns and Cogs and VGIs or if Exam report
is bad, DIRECT THE FACT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE HAS  AND  THE  C/O  AND  THE
CASE SUPER FOR IMMEDIATE CORRECTION. The Remedy is L4BR  on  the  whole  RD,
L1C, C/S 53RI and do the clearing again.

                                  _________

    Post Purpose Clearing counts as a completion for the Dept on an F/N  at
Examiner's.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH: nt .rd
Copyright �1971, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF I DECEMBER 1974
Remimeo


                           WORD CLEARING LISTS FOR
                               PREPARED LISTS

                 Reference.  LRH ED 257 INT
                                  DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS


    Here is the list of prepared lists with their word clearing lists.

PREPARED LIST    WC LIST

HCO B 24 Nov 73RA      BTB 9 Apr 72RA, Issue VII
C/S Series 53RI  Revised I Dec 74
SHORT HI-LO TA   CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
ASSESSMENT C/S   SCIENTOLOGY-C/S SERIES 53RI

HCO B I Jan 72RA BTB 9 Apr 72RA, Issue IX
LIX HI-LO TA LIST      Revised I Dec 74
REVISED     CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
      SCIENTOLOGY-LIX HI-LO TA
      LIST REVISED

HCO B 29 Oct 71 R      BTB 9 Apr 72R, Issue X
INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
LIST REVISED     SCIENTOLOGY-INT RUNDOWN
      CORRECTION LIST REVISED

HCO B 15 Dec 68R BTB 9 Apr 72R, Issue V
L4BR  CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
      SCIENTOLOGY-L4BR

HCO B 19 Mar 71  BTB 9 Apr 72, Issue VI
L1 C  CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
      SCIENTOLOGY-L 1 C

HCO Pi 11 Apr 71 RA    BTB 28 Apr 74
L3RD  DIANETICS-CLEARING LISTS
      AND R3R

HCO B 2 Apr 72RB, Issue II   BTB 3 Apr 72R, Issue I
Expanded Dianetics Series 3RB     EXPANDED DIANETICS SERIES 2R
L3 EXD RB   CLEARING LISTS AND R3R

HCO B 29 Feb 72R -----
FALSE TA CHECKLIST

HCO B 16 Apr 72  BTB I Dec 74, Issue VII
PTS RD CORRECTION LIST CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
      SCIENTOLOGY-PTS RD
      CORRECTION LIST

HCO PL 7 Apr 70RA      BTB 9 Apr 72RA, Issue I
GREEN FORM  Revised I Dec 74
      CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
      SCIENTOLOGY-GREEN FORM
PREPARED LIST    WC LIST

HCO B 30 June 71 BTB 9 Apr 72R, Issue III
EXPANDED GF 40 RR      CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
      SCIENTOLOGY-EXPANDED
      GF 40 RR

HCO B 15 Nov 73R -----
FEAR OF PEOPLE LIST-R

HCO B 15 Nov 74  BTB 15 Nov 74
STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST  CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
      SCIENTOLOGY-STUDENT
      REHABILITATION LIST

HCO B 4 Feb 72RC BTB 9 Apr 72R, Issue XI
STUDY CORRECTION LIST  CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
REVISED-Study Series 7 SCIENTOLOGY-STUDY
      CORRECTION LIST REVISED

HCO B 27 Mar 72, Issue I     BTB I Dec 74, Issue II
STUDENT CORRECTION LIST      CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
-STUDY CORR LIST I     SCIENTOLOGY-STUDENT
      CORRECTION LIST

HCO B 27 Mar 72R, Issue II   BTB I Dec 74, Issue III
COURSE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
LIST-STUDY CORR LIST 2 SCIENTOLOGY-COURSE
      SUPERVISOR CORRECTION LIST

HCO B 27 Mar 72, Issue III   BTB I Dec 74, Issue IV
AUDITOR CORRECTION LIST      CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
-STUDY CORR LIST 3     SCIENTOLOGY-AUDITOR
      CORRECTION LIST

HCO B 27 Mar 72, Issue IV    BTB I Dec 74, Issue V
CASE SUPERVISOR CORRECTION   CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
LIST-STUDY CORR LIST 4RA     SCIENTOLOGY-CASE SUPERVISOR
      CORRECTION LIST

HCO B 27 Mar 72, Issue V     BTB I Dec 74, Issue VI
EXECUTIVE CORRECTION LIST    CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
-STUDY CORR LIST 5     SCIENTOLOGY-EXECUTIVE
      CORRECTION LIST

HCO B 21 July 71RC     BTB 9 Apr 72R, Issue IV
WORD CLEARING CORRECTION     CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
LIST REVISED     SCIENTOLOGY-WORD CLEARING
      CORRECTION LIST

HCO PL 9 Apr 72
ETHICS-CORRECT DANGER
CONDITION HANDLING (Danger
Assessment, Long Form and
Short Form)

HCO PL 13 Mar 72
Esto Series 5-PRODUCTION
AND ESTABLISHMENT-ORDERS
AND PRODUCTS (Product
Clearing Short Form)
PREPARED LIST    WC LIST

HCO PL 23 Mar 72 -----
Esto Series 11-FULL PRODUCT
CLEARING LONG FORM

HCO PL 12 June 72      -----
Data Series 26, Esto Series 18
LENGTH OF TIME TO EVALUATE
(Slow Eval Assessment)

HCO B 28 Aug 70RA      BTB 9 Apr 72R, Issue VIII
HC OUT-POINT PLUS-POINT      Revised 30 Nov 74
LISTS RA    CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
      SCIENTOLOGY-HC OUT-POINT
      PLUS-POINT LISTS

HCO B 2 Dec 74   BTB I Dec 74, Issue VIII
DYNAMIC SORT OUT ASSESSMENT  CLEARING LIST WORDS IN
(Revised from BTB 4 Dec 71,  SCIENTOLOGY-DYNAMIC SORT
Issue II, Replacing HCO B 4 Dec 7 1,    OUT ASSESSMENT
Issue II, R-1C Assessment
by Dynamics)

                                  _________


    KEEP THESE LISTS IN SUPPLY FOR USE. TRAIN AUDITORS TO MAKE THESE  LISTS
READ. USE THEM FOR RAVE RESULTS AND YOU WILL SEE A GOLDEN  ERA  OF  TECH  IN
YOUR ORG.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt jh
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 8 DECEMBER 1974
Remimeo
TR Course
Checksheet
HQS Course
All Auditors
C/Ses
HSDC Checksheet
Academy Levels
Checksheets
SHSBC
Supervisors
                           TR 0-NOTES ON BLINKING




    WHO is doing the confronting? Are you a body? Or a thetan?


    Students are trying to do an offshoot called Blinkless TR 0.  There  is
no such thing. Sitting with any attention on the body just  isn't  confront-
you aren't doing the drill right.


    If your body blinks then OK-but if you are making it  blink  BY  HAVING
ATTENTION ON THE EYES then your TR 0 is out.


    If the Supervisor came over and said, "Flunk, you blinked," I  wouldn't
Q&A but continue doing TR 0 instead, because I didn't do it.


    Excessive blinking shows the thetan is in his eyes. That's not TR 0.


    Nervous muscles can be cured with Calcium-Magnesium.


    The body should not interfere with your confront. Just  don't  use  any
part of it.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 9 DECEMBER 1974
Remimeo
                                   Cancels
                HCO B 10 July 1964, Reissued 5 December 1974
                      as Integrity Processing Series 6R

                    HCO B 10 July 1964, "Overts-Order of
                    Effectiveness in Processing" remains
                            as originally issued.

                            Cancels BTB 9 Dec 72,
                              "Why Overts Work"

                       Integrity Processing Series 6RA


                    EFFECTIVENESS OF OVERTS IN PROCESSING

                  (The data in this Bulletin has been taken
                  from HCO B 10 July 1964. It is useful in
                           Integrity Processing.)


                                 ARC BREAKS

    The commonest cause of failure  in  running  overt  acts  is  "cleaning
cleans" whether or not one is using a meter. The pc who really has  more  to
tell doesn't ARC Break when the Auditor continues to ask  for  one  but  may
snarl and eventually give it up.


    On the other hand leaving an overt touched on the case and  calling  it
clean will cause a future  ARC Break with the Auditor.


    "Have you told all?" prevents cleaning a clean. On the unmetered pc one
can see the pc brighten up. On the meter you get a nice fall  if  it's  true
that all is told.


    "Have I not found out  about  something?"  prevents  leaving  an  overt
undisclosed. On the unmetered pc the reaction is a sly flinch. On a  metered
pc it gives a read.


    A pc's protest against a question will also be visible in an  unmetered
pc in a reeling sort of exasperation which  eventually  becomes  a  howl  of
pure bafflement at why the Auditor won't accept the answer that that's  all.
On a meter, protest of a  question  falls  on  being  asked  for:  "Is  this
question being protested?"


    There is no real excuse for ARC Breaking a pc by:

1.    Demanding more than is there or

2.    Leaving an overt undisclosed that will later make the  pc  upset  with
    the Auditor.


                               WHY OVERTS WORK

    Overts give the highest gain in raising cause level  because  they  are
the biggest reason why a person restrains himself and  withholds  self  from
action.


    Man is basically good. But the reactive mind tends to  force  him  into
evil actions.  These  evil  actions  are  instinctively  regretted  and  the
individual tries to refrain from doing anything at all. The  "best"  remedy,
the individual thinks, is to withhold. "If I commit evil  actions,  then  my
best guarantee for not committing is to do nothing whatever." Thus  we  have
the "lazy", inactive person.
Others who try to make an individual  guilty  for  committing  evil  actions
only increase this tendency to laziness.


    Punishment is supposed to bring about inaction. And it  does.  In  some
unexpected ways.


    However, there is also an inversion (a turnabout) where the  individual
sinks below recognition of any  action.  The  individual  in  such  a  state
cannot conceive of any action and  therefore  cannot  withhold  action.  And
thus we have the criminal who can't act really but can only  re-act  and  is
without  any  self  direction.  This  is  why  punishment  does   not   cure
criminality but in actual fact creates it; the individual  is  driven  below
withholding or any recognition of any action.  A  thief's  hands  stole  the
jewel, the thief was merely an innocent spectator to the action of  his  own
hands. Criminals are very sick people physically.


    So there is a level below withholding that an Auditor should  be  alert
to in some pcs, for these "have no withholds" and "have done  nothing".  All
of which, seen through their eyes,  is  true.  They  are  merely  saying  "I
cannot restrain myself" and "I have not willed myself  to  do  what  I  have
done".


    The road out for such a case is the same as that for any other case. It
is just longer. The processes for levels above hold  also  for  such  cases.
But don't be anxious to see a  sudden  return  of  responsibility,  for  the
first owned "done" that this person knows he or she has  done  may  be  "ate
breakfast". Don't disdain such answers in Level II particularly. Rather,  in
such people, seek such answers.


    There is another type of case in all this, just one  more  to  end  the
list. This is the case who never runs O/W  but  "seeks  the  explanation  of
what I did that made it all happen to me".


    This person easily goes into past lives for answers. Their reaction  to
a question about what they've done is to try to find out what they did  that
earned all those motivators. That, of course, isn't running the process  and
the Auditor should be alert for it and stop it when it happens.


    This type of case goes into its extreme on guilt. It dreams  up  overts
to explain why. After most big murders the police routinely have a dozen  or
two people come around and confess. You see, if they had  done  the  murder,
this would explain why they feel guilty.  As  a  terror  stomach  is  pretty
awful grim to live with, one is apt to seek any explanation  for  it  if  it
will only explain it.


    On such cases the same approach as given works, but one should be  very
careful not to let the pc get off overts the pc didn't commit.


    Such a pc (recognizable by the ease they dive into  the  extreme  past)
when being audited off a meter gets more and more  frantic  and  wilder  and
wilder in overts reported.  They  should  get  calmer  under  processing  of
course, but the false overts make them frantic and hectic in a  session.  On
a meter one simply checks for "Have you told me anything beyond what  really
has occurred?" Or "Have you told me any untruths?"


    The observation and meter guides given in this section are used  during
a session when they apply but not systematically  such  as  after  every  pc
answer. These observations and meter guides are used always at  the  end  of
every session on the pcs to whom they apply.

LRH:nt.rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1964, 1974 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

[The 5 December 1974 reissue of HCO B 10 July 1964, which the  above  HCO  B
cancels, was taken verbatim from HCO B 10 July 1964.]
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 23 APRIL 1974R
Remimeo     REVISED 14 DECEMBER 1974
Ex Dn C/Ses

                        Expanded Dianetics Series 22R


                             EXPANDED DIANETICS
                                 REQUISITES


    The recent review of Expanded Dianetics has shown that  Ex  Dn  can  be
made to fail if the pc is improperly set up for it.


    The following checklist is for use by C/Ses to ensure full set-ups  for
Ex Dn have been done.


    Attach to the inside left cover of the folder.

1.    Pc has done a full set of TRs 0-4 and 6-9.   _________

2.    Pc has had a full battery of  Objective  Processes  run  to  full  EP.
    _________

3.    Pc has been given a thorough C/S 1 and is grooved in.   _________

4.    Pc has completed (very) Drug RD which is FLAT. No no interest
      but reading items remain unrun. No medicine, drug or stimulant
      left unrun.      _________

5.     Pc  successful  at  Dianetic  Engram  running.  Can  run  Dn  easily.
    _________

6.    Pc has had  Word  Clearing  Method  1  run  very  flat  to  F/N  list.
    _________

7.    Pc has been Word Cleared Method 5 on the L-3ExDRB and R3R
      words.     _________

8.    Pc has had any high or low TA handled with a C/S 53RI.  _________

9.    Pc is not in the Non-Interference area.      _________

10.   Pc has had any messed-up L & N and Why lists corrected. _________

11.   Pc has not been left in the middle of a major action or RD to start
      Ex Dn.     _________

12.   Pc is getting Ex Dn after Dn, after Exp Gr 4 or after OT3.
      These are the only points Ex Dn is run on a case.  _________


    Only if you make sure each of these points is fully in will the pc  fly
on Ex Dn.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:nt.rd
Copyright �1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 12 JANUARY 1975

Remimeo     Cancels HCO B 15 July 1971, Issue I,
Class IV    C/S Series 28R, 32R, 33R, 36R-
HDCs  "Quads Cancelled"
Ex Dn
Spclsts
                              QUADS REINSTATED


    With the release of the Introspection RD and  the  Vital  Info  RD  and
recent HCO Bs such as the revised GF  40  Expanded  it  is  vital  that  the
original Quad Dianetics materials be made fully available to you.


    am therefore re-issuing them as: C/S Series 28RA-1, "Use  of  Quadruple
Dianetics", 32RA-1, "Use  of  Quad  Dianetics",  33RA-1,  "Triple  and  Quad
ReRuns" and 36RB-1, "Quadruple Dianetics, Dangers of".


    These HCO Bs are fully valid and must be Word Cleared, starrated,  done
in clay and drilled by any HDC, Cl IV HDC or Ex Dn  Specialist  before  they
are permitted to audit Quad Dn.

                                 QUAD RULES

    There are two rules that must be observed in running Quad Dianetics:


    ONCE A PC HAS BEEN QUAD HE IS QUAD THEREAFTER.


    WHEN CATCHING UP UNRUN FLOW ZEROS ONLY RUN THOSE THAT READ.


    Running unreading Flow 0s when putting in missing F0s, as in a Quad  pc
who was switched to Triples then was  having  his  unrun  F0s  run,  is  the
reason for overrun manifestations and BPC.

                                   NEW PCs

     New pcs may be started on Quad Dianetics and if  so  must  remain  Quad
thereafter.


     Old pcs run Triple, let them remain Triple unless you have  to  do  the
Introspection RD or some Quad RD. If  so,  put  in  the  reading  unrun  F0s
before attempting a new RD Quad.


     There are probably quite a few pcs run on  Quads  from  1971  who  have
since been run Triple. These pcs should be called in and have their  reading
unrun F0s run.


     Don't now create a further  backlog  by  mixing  up  process  flows  on
current pcs.


     DO IT RIGHT, TRIPLE OR QUAD.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MARCH 1971
                          REISSUED 13 JANUARY 1975
Remimeo
HGC Auditors
Dn & Scn
Checksheets C/S Series 28RA-1
C/Ses


                         USE OF QUADRUPLE DIANETICS



     With the introduction of QUADRUPLE DIANETICS the problems of how to C/S
it arise.


     This rule is followed:


     IN ALL BUT HCO B 24 July 69 DIANETIC ASSISTS WHERE IT CAN  BE  USED  AT
ONCE, THE FOURTH FLOW-O-MUST BE RUN ON ALL  ITEMS  FORWARD  FROM  THE  FIRST
DIANETIC ITEM EVER RUN ON THE CASE IF THE PC IS QUAD AND THE FLOW O READS.


     Where a case has already had Flows 2 and 3 run  on  Singles,  one  goes
back and runs Flow 0 on those items if it reads.


     Where a case has only been run on Single Flow Dianetics  (Flow  1)  one
goes back to the first Dianetic Item ever run of which record can  be  found
and does F 2, F 3, F 0 in that order checking the command  for  read  before
running it, and then verifying the F 1.


     To C/S a case for Quad  Dianetics  it  is  best  to  first  lay  out  a
Scientology repair, making sure the case is flying, then list out the  items
already run on Single and Triple. Then get them run so that all  four  flows
are complete on each item in sequence from first to last.


     This includes any LX items, former practice, drugs or any other  engram
running. These, like Dianetic items, are listed in  their  correct  sequence
of former running.


     Then the missing flows are run if they read.


     A rehab step of the flows already run is not necessary. This rehab of a
flow already run to EP is usually used only when  there  is  question  about
its having gone to F/N Cog VGIs.


     In C/Sing for Quadruple one COMPLETES any flow of an  item  found  that
did not F/N. This is indicated on the item list.


                               DOING THE LIST

    The item list is done by the Auditor in his admin time  for  well  done
time credits.


    All former Dianetic items ever run are listed and what flows have  been
run on them and to what end phenomena.

Example:
                                 Engram List

      3 Sept 69  Sadness (exact wording that was used)   F 1
      4 Sept 69  A Bored Feeling  F 1 Bogged
      6 Sept     69    An Apathetic Outlook  F 1 Bogged
      6 Nov 69   LX Agonized F 1 F 2 F 3
      7 Nov 69   Former Therapy   F 1 F 2 F 3
                       F 2 Bogged
      9 Nov 69   Earlier Practices      F 1 Bogged
      10 Nov     69    A Horrible Sadness    F 1 Bogged
      5 July     70    Int RD     F 1 F 2 F 3
                       F 3 Bogged
      6 July     71    An Awful Pressure     F 1 Bogged

    Such a list is then handled from the earliest forward by:


    (a)     Completing the bogged flow and


    (b)     Completing the missing flow, if it reads.


                                 INT-EXT RD

    This is handled in its proper sequence on the list if  the  TA  is  not
high or very low.


    If the TA on the pc is currently high, Int is handled before any  other
action is done and all four flows are run on it with the understanding  that
a pc run Triple on Int must have the Flow 0 checked for read before  running
it.


    A drug chain also makes a high TA if in existence or unflat.


                              AUDITOR CHECKOUT

    BEFORE RUNNING ANY DIANETICS QUADRUPLE EVER Y  AUDITOR  HDC,  VI,  VII,
VIII AND C/Ses  MUST  BE  CHECKED  OUT  THOROUGHLY  ON  THE  QUAD  DIANETICS
CHECKLIST:

      BTB 6 May 69R    "Routine 3 R Revised'' Issue II
      HCO B 4 Jan 71   "Exteriorization and High TA"
      HCO B 23 Jan 71  "Exteriorization"
      BTB 1 Dec 70R '  "Dianetics Triple Flow Action"
      BTB 20 May 70 '  'TR 103, 104 Rundown"
      HCO B 7 Mar 71   "Use of Quadruple Dianetics"
      Reissued 13.1.75  C/S Series 28RA-1
      HCO B 4 Apr 71   "Use of Quad Dianetics"
      Reissued 13.1. 75      C/S Series 32RA- 1
      HCO B 5 Apr 71   "Triple and Quad ReRuns"
      Reissued 13.1. 75      C/S Series 33RA- 1
      HCO B 21 Apr 71  "Quadruple Dianetics-Dangers Of"
      Reissued 13.1. 75      C/S Series 36RB- 1

    Any other HCO B of subsequent issue on this subject.


    THERE IS A PACK ON THIS SUBJECT AVAILABLE FROM FLAG.


                                    FLUBS

    If any Auditor has a poor  record  of  getting  Dianetics  Results,  of
bogged flows, etc, he needs an HDC Retread. His drills and TRs  are  out  or
he is committing Gross Auditing Errors.


    Dianetics gives remarkable results only when flawlessly done.


    The commands must be precisely given and all commands 1-9 A-D are used.
It is NEVER shorted "because the pc did it".


    THUS ANY HDC TO AUDIT QUAD DIANETICS MUST:

    (A)     HAVE A RECORD OF GOOD FLUBLESS DIANETIC AUDITING or


    (B)     MUST HAVE A RETREAD UNDER A COMPETENT SUPERVISOR and


    (C)     MUST BE STARRATED (for true, not just  checked)  ON  THE  ABOVE
        CHECKSHEET OR THE FULL QUAD PACK.

                                   C/Sing

    Quad Dianetics, with the above, otherwise C/Ses  the  same  as  general
DIANETICS.


    It should be realized Dianetics  is  its  own  field  of  C/Sing.  This
remains the same in Quad Dianetics.

                                  PROMOTION

    Quad Dianetics should be promoted only when you have Dianetic Auditors,
the Auditors checked out and okayed to audit  as  above  and  when  you  CAN
DELIVER.


    IVs or VIs should be available to do the Progress Pgms and steps.


                                UPPER LEVELS

    When the IVs VIs VIIs VIIIs or IXs  are  checked  out  as  above,  they
should use Quad Dianetics to handle any and all Engram steps called  for  in
general auditing.

That they are upper level Auditors does not make it  less  necessary  to  do
the above.


                                   RESULTS

    Quad  Dianetics,  including  the  rerun  actions,  produces  some  very
startling new gains.


    Well done Dianetics always has produced fine results.


    Quad Dianetics almost doubles the gain.


                                  REMEDIES

    Any and all Dianetic Remedies and general  technology  remain  in  full
use. They are not changed at all. Only the zero flow is added in each case.

    Good Luck.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:ntjh
Copyright �1971, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 4 APRIL 1971-1R
                         ADDITION OF 13 JANUARY 1975
                          REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1975
Remimeo
          (Cancels HCO B 4 Apr 71, Reissued 13 Jan 75, same title.
              Does NOT cancel HCO B 4 Apr 71RA, Rev. 24 Mar 74,
                   C/S Series 32RA, which is still valid.)

                        (Changes in this type style)


                             C/S Series 32RA-1R


                            USE OF QUAD DIANETICS


    With the introduction of Quadruple Dianetics it is mandatory  important
urgent that one does not audit four flow items until  one  has  brought  all
earlier Dianetic items into four flows.

                                   TRIPLE

    This also applies to Triple Dianetics. On a case where  only  Flow  One
(Single) has been run, you don't suddenly run a Triple (F1, F2, F3) such  as
on the LX Class VIII Lists until one has run the earliest Dn item  ever  run
(or that can be found) on Dn Triple and then on forward on Triple up to  the
LX.


                                    QUAD

    However, one would now not bother to run only Triples forward. He would
locate the earliest Single or Triple (if no Single Flow)  item  and  run  it
Quadruple by now running the missing flows. In the case of a pc run  Triple,
Flow 0 is checked for read before running it.

                                   INT RD

    In doing an INTERIORIZATION RUNDOWN one mustn't suddenly introduce  the
4th flow (F Zero).


    If the case has only had Triples  in  Dianetics  one  mustn't  suddenly
introduce a Flow Zero on INT. The case should be done on Triple Flow INT.


    THEN all earlier Dn items in sequence run are:

    (a)     Listed from W/S or Folder Summaries.


    (b)     Brought up to current by running in all the  missing  flows  of
        Quad.


    (c)     The INT RD fourth flow is audited in when one gets to it IF  IT
        READS.


                                   REASON

    Auditing additional flows while earlier items remain Single  or  Triple
restimulates the missing flows and stacks them up as mass. They can  make  a
pc uncomfortable until run.


    All the missing flows (that were not run) are still potential mass.
This mass restimulates like something too late on the chain when a flow  not
run on earlier items is run on later items.


    Auditing itself is a sort of time track. The earliest session blows the
later sessions.


                               FULL FLOW TABLE

    Before running Quad Dianetics one makes a table of earlier  items  run.
Like this:


                               FULL FLOW TABLE

      Flow
      Date     Item    Previously Run   Must Run

      2.3.62     Guf Shoulder     F1    F2, 3, 0
      3.3.67     Gow in Foot F1   F2, 3, 0
      30.4.67    Chow in Chump    F1    F2, 3, 0
      29.9.68    LX Anger    F1, 2, 3   F0
            LX Peeved  F1, 2, 3   F0
      4.10.69    Feeling Numb     F1, 2, 3   F0
      5. 9.70    Int RD      F1, 2, 3   F0
      9.10.70    Feeling of Goof  F1, 2, 3   F0
      10.10.71   Dn Assist on Head      F1   F2, 3, 0


                                    FLOWS

    F1 is FLOW ONE, something happening to self.


    F2 is FLOW TWO, doing something to another.


    F3 is FLOW THREE, others doing things to others.


    F0 is FLOW ZERO, self doing something to self.


                                R3R COMMANDS

    Standard R3R Commands are used on Quad Dianetics.


    They are the subject of another HCO B.


    The Zero Command however is very easy  being  "Locate  an  incident  of
(loss or emotion) (pain and unconsciousness) when  you  caused  yourself  to
have a(an) (item)" with the other commands of R3R as usual.


                                  NARRATIVE

    The question will come up, do we Triple  or  Quad  Narrative  items  or
Multiple somatic items.


    The test is, did the flows already run F/N when  they  were  originally
run. If they did, include them. If they didn't run exclude them.


    This does not mean you omit everything that didn't run.
                                   REPAIR

    While auditing this FULL FLOW DIANETICS you will  find  various  chains
that did not F/N when originally run.


    These are included and should be concluded to F/N. This means  one  has
to find out if they by-passed the F/N, went too  early,  jumped  the  chain,
etc. Usually an L3RD assessed on that faulty action will  give  the  answer.
It is easy to make these old flubbed chains F/N unless you work  at  it  too
hard. Usually the reason they didn't is visible on the  old  worksheet.  The
auditor forgot to ask for Earlier Beginning or by-passed the F/N  or  jumped
the chain or tried to run it twice forgetting  he'd  run  it  before.  Corny
errors.


                                   RESULT

    The result of doing a FULL FLOW DIANETIC ACTION  on  a  case  is  quite
spectacular. The shadowy remains of somatics blow, mass  blows  and  the  pc
comes up shining.

                                OFFERING FFD

    Offering the public Full  Flow  Dianetics  must  include  the  cost  of
FESing, FF table making, and C/S work since it  is  sometimes  lengthy.  The
auditing can be remarkably brief. The greatest amount  of  time  is  usually
spent on the C/Sing and the table making.


    FFD is offered to the public in intensives as per HCO B 31  May  1971R,
C/S Series 39R, "Standard 12 1/2 Hour Intensive Programs". Admin time  spent
on C/Sing, FESing and FF table making should be deducted from the  Intensive
Hours purchased by the pc. This must  be  made  known  to  the  public  when
purchasing the service.


    When offering FFD it should be called Quadruple Dianetics-4 times  more
powerful than previous auditing.


    A C/S must liaise with the Dissem Sec and Treasury Sec on selling it or
he'll find the org is losing money doing the C/Sing and tables.


                                 OT WARNING

    When doing Quadruple Dianetics on  Clears  and  OTs  (and  a  very  few
others) it may be found that many chains are now missing or are just  copies
of the original. Don't be disturbed. Pc says they're gone now they're  gone.
Just F/N the fact and carry on with the next flow or item.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt .rd
Copyright � 1971, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 5 APRIL 1971
Remimeo     REISSUED 13 JANUARY 1975
All Auditors
C/Ses
Class VIII
                              C/S Series 33RA-1


                           TRIPLE AND QUAD RERUNS



    LAW: WHEN ONE OR MORE OF THE FOUR FLOWS OF AN ITEM OR  GRADE  ARE  LEFT
UNRUN, WHEN USED IN LATER PROCESSES THE EARLIER UNRUN ONES  RESTIMULATE  AND
MAKE MASS.


    This tells you that high TAs, heavy pressures and even illness can come
from by-passed flows.


                               BY-PASSED FLOWS

    Example: Dianetic Singles have been run on 7  items.  Now  the  Auditor
begins to run new items Triple without running Triple  on  the  already  run
items. The result will be 7 unrun Flow 2s and 7 unrun Flow  3s.  These  will
restimulate and form mass and by-passed charge.


    Example: Now let us say all 7 previous items have been run Triple.  And
the Auditor now runs a new item Quadruple. This leaves 7 unrun Zero  chains.
These can restimulate and form mass and by-passed charge.


    Example: Now let us say that Dianetics was all run  Single  and  Grades
were run Triple. This will restimulate the Dn chains F2 and F3.


    Example: Let us say that Dianetics and Scientology Grades were all  run
Triple. An Interiorization Rundown is now run  Quad.  This  will  throw  all
Dianetic and Scientology unrun Flow Zeros into restimulation  and  give  by-
passed charge.


    ANY LATER GRADE RUN WITH MORE FLOWS THAN USED IN  EARLIER  ACTIONS  CAN
THROW THE EARLIER UNFLAT FLOWS INTO RESTIM, PILE UP MASS GIVING HIGH TA  AND
BPC GIVING ARC BREAKS.

                                   REPAIR

    The more the condition is repaired by L1C, L4BR, etc,  etc,  the  worse
the Mass gets.


    SOURCE OF HIGH TA


    Thus High TAs have three principal sources:

    1.      Overruns


    2.      Auditing Past Exterior


    3.      Earlier Unrun Flows restimulated by those flows used  in  later
    actions.

    There are other minor ones such as Drug Background,  illness,  etc,  as
per Hi-Lo TA Assessment.


                                   REHABS

    One must NOT recklessly or continuously rehab a past major action. This
causes overrun. The thetan is placed at the end of the incidents not yet  in
restimulation or run and the bank gets more solid.


                                MASSY THETANS

The whole trick  of  this  universe  is  contained  in  thetans  copying  or
picturing incidents and then getting stuck in the later portion of them.


    "Incidents" is the keynote. A thetan is incident hungry.


    This is what traps him.


    For some reason he has to be at the earliest end of incidents to  erase
them. The later he is in incidents and the later he  is  on  the  track  the
more solid he is.


    This also applies to the "auditing time track".


    By omitting things like flows on the auditing time  track,  the  thetan
thus becomes massy.


    The whole theory of the Interiorization Remedy is based on having  gone
out (later) after he went in (earlier).  So  Exteriorizing  can  stick  him.
(People buy the Int RD to Exteriorize but the remedy is only done to  permit
further auditing. They Ext of course when the bank is handled.)


    When flows of items  are  by-passed  and  then  later  restimulated  by
auditing them, mass occurs.


                            GETTING IN ALL FLOWS

    When doing additional flows on earlier items or processes one must also
check or rehab those flows marked as run to F/N in worksheets.


    This again will leave unflat flows and BPC unless it is done.


    And if it is overdone it will raise the TA by overrun.


    So if one had a case that had Single Dianetics and  was  later  run  on
Triple for new items (but the Singles not done into Triple) one  would  have
to RUN FIRST the missing unrun flow or flows if they  read  and  then  check
the first Single Fl for flatness, then check other previously run flows.


    The rule is run the previously unrun one or ones first if they read  to
get charge off, then verify or run the ones listed as run already.


    Then one would do the same for the next item. Run the previously  unrun
flow or flows if they read and then verify or run those  listed  as  already
run to be sure they F/N.


    All items, in chronological sequence, and all processes, would have  to
be run Quad.


    IT WOULD BE A WASTE OF TIME NOW TO RUN IN ONLY TRIPLES.


    Whether you have the Quad commands or not they are easy to  figure  out
as you are only missing the Zero Flow, self to self.


    So all C/Ses and auditing actions are "Rehab or Run Fl, F2, F3,  F0  if
they read" when getting in all flows on things run to date.

                                   HIGH TA

    When you are sure an Int  RD has been done correctly and its  2wc  went
F/N and the TA later goes high, you check the Int   RD.  That  is  the  most
usual reason. This simple action is amazingly subject to flubs.


    If the TA goes high later you can do a C/S Series 53  or   a  Hi-Lo  TA
Assessment and handle.


    If the TA is still high or low, you  had  better  check  the  state  of
flows. Were more flows run  on  later  actions  than  were  run  on  earlier
actions?


    If so, your pc has felt massy, sometimes even ill.


    The right action is to get in all flows from the beginning. And  do  it
Quad. Bring all his auditing up to Quad.


    (If his folder is not available, he has kind of had it. I  know  of  no
way, at this writing, to recover  lost  Dn  items  but  will  have  to  work
something out.)
                               NOT IN TROUBLE

    If the pc is not in trouble, his best bet is to get on up the grades to
Expanded OT III.


                                 IN TROUBLE

    If he is  massy and is having trouble the best bet is to:


    1.      Be totally sure of his Int RD.


    2.      Check O/Rs particularly of a major  grade  twice  or  by-passed
        F/Ns, locate and indicate them.


    3.      FES, list the items and grades and do a Full Flow  action  from
        the beginning of his auditing, raising them all to Quadruple.


                             RUNNING ZERO FLOWS

    The Zero Flow in Dianetics is a bit strange. It can be done by full R3R
BUT it often depends on the decision the pc made and may F/N very  suddenly.
It is easily overrun and can be very fast.

    A pc can be gotten into trouble on Zero Flows if the  Auditor  is  slow
and is not alert to his meter and misses the  F/N  and  gives  R3R  commands
after the flow has blown.


                                REHAB OR RUN

    The Auditor getting in Zero Flows can also ARC Brk the pc by failing to
verify if the previously run flows are flat. All the  Auditor  wants  is  to
see them F/N on the command. If they don't he runs them.


    Sometimes when he has "run them" again he finds they are being  overrun
or run twice and has to rehab them by finding this  out.  The  pc  sometimes
doesn't know until he actually starts to run them. Then he  finds  they  are
already run. The clue to this is a climbing TA. If the TA goes up,  get  off
that flow and rehab it.


    Example: Pc at first thinks "Pain in shoulder" F2 was never run. Starts
to run it. TA goes up. Auditor must pull him off of it by finding out if  it
is being run twice and rehab it to F/N.


    The moral in all these reruns is don't firefight, keep an L1C List  and
an L3RD List handy and use them.


                                   RESULTS

    The results of straightening up the  Int-Ext  RD,  rehabbing  O/Rs  and
putting in ALL FLOWS on a pc are fantastic.


    Getting an All Flows Rundown done correctly gives one  all  the  latent
gain the pc
    has been begging for.


    So send to Cramming all C/Ses and Auditors who flub.


    Program it right.


    C/S it right.


    Audit it right.

      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt jh
Copyright � 1971, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 21 APRIL 1971-1R
Remimeo
All Auditors     ADDITION OF 13 JANUARY 1975
Class VIII  REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1975
Dn Chksht
Int-Ext Chksht   (Cancels HCO B 21 Apr 71, Reissued 13 Jan 75, same title.
           Does not cancel HCO B 21 Apr 71RB, Reissued 21 Sept 74,
                  C/S Series 36RB, which is still valid. )

                             C/S Series 36RB-1R

                             QUADRUPLE DIANETICS
                                 DANGERS OF

                      (Applies also to Int-Ext Rundown)

      (Ref HCO B 4 Apr 71-1R, Addition of 13 Jan 75, Revised 22 Feb 75,
C/S Series 32RA-1R, and HCO B 5 Apr 71, Reissued 13 Jan 75, C/S Series 33RA-
                                     1)


    In observing Quad Dianetics in the hands of  Scientology  Auditors  not
specially briefed or who had additives and figure-figure on how  to  move  a
case already run on Singles and Triples into Full Flow,

                          INVARIABLY THEY OVERRAN.

    This makes getting Quad Dianetics in on a  case  dangerous  unless  the
Auditor has the hang of it.


    The flagrant (and I do mean flagrant) errors found consisted of (a) not
being able to run precise Standard Dianetics in the  first  place;  (b)  re-
running already erased chains "to find if they were flat"; (c) Out TRs to  a
wild extent; (d) refusing utterly to accept pc's data; (e) faulty  metering;
(f) complete ignorance of the Auditor's Code, notably committing  the  crime
of Invalidating the pc; (g) running unreading Flows when catching  a  pc  up
to Quad.

                                REQUIREMENTS

    Anyone essaying to run Quad Dianetics MUST BE CRAMMED on his  R3R,  the
use of L3RD, all data  on  Quad  Dianetics  (as  per  references  above  and
including HCO B 27 Mar 71, "Dianetic Erasure"), his basic TRs, his  metering
and the Auditor's Code, and this HCO B.

                                     TRs

    TR Zero exists so an Auditor is not ducking the  session  but  can  sit
there relaxed, doing his job.


    TR One must be done so the pc  can  hear  and  understand  the  Auditor
(without blowing the pc's head off either).


    TR Two must be done so that the pc gets acknowledged. This  can  be  so
corrupted that the Auditor doesn't ack at all but gives the pc meter  reads!
Instead of acks! Or keeps saying, "I didn't understand you," etc.


    TR Three basically existed so that the Auditor would continue  to  give
the pc commands and not squirrel off or pack up with total silence.


    TR Four exists so that the pc's origins are accepted and  not  Qed  and
Aed with or invalidated.
And, surprise, surprise, TRs are for use in the session itself, not  just  a
drill. They are how  one runs a session.


    Metering can miss every F/N or give "F/Ns" with high or low TA. And one
never feeds meter data to the pc: "That read,"  "That  didn't  read,"  "That
blew down," just must not exist in session patter. "Thank you. That  F/Ned,"
is as far as an Auditor goes. And that's the end of the cycle and says so.


    Floating needles can be overlooked by an  Auditor.  In  Quad  Dianetics
this fault is fatal.


    Auditor's Code must be in on all points and particularly  Invalidation.
Pc says, "That's so and so." An  Auditor  who  says,  "I'm  sorry.  You  are
wrong," or any other invalidation is going to wreck  a  pc's  case.  A  full
knowledge of the Auditor's Code  and  actually  applying  it  saves  endless
troubles. It is an auditing TOOL, not just a nice idea.


                              REHABBING CHAINS

    One rehabs a Dianetic Chain that, according to  a  previous  worksheet,
erased by saying, "According to  session  records  (flow  direction)  (item)
erased." That's all. One does not  say,  "Did  the  chain  giving  others  a
headache erase?" One does not run it again to find out. One does not  run  a
single command "to see if it F/Ns again". One can say, "Do  you  agree  that
the chain giving another a headache erased?" But the more you ask  a  pc  to
look for an erased chain the more  messed  up  things  will  get.  It  isn't
there. But the Auditor by his action can imply it should be there  or  might
be there. A totally wrong approach would be, "Look around your bank and  see
if what isn't there anymore isn't there."


    Dianetics is NOT Scientology. A Dianetic Chain is not a release. If you
try to use Scientology rehab tech on a Dianetic Chain, you have had  it.  It
isn't a "release" (which is a key-out). A Dianetic Chain is an erasure.  You
can't rehab erasures with "How many times?", etc.


    The test of this is the doing. If you try to use Scn rehab on  Dianetic
Chains, the PC MIGHT TRY TO FIND SOMETHING. This causes him to key in  other
unrun or similar items.


    It is a dangerous action at best to try to handle  old  erased  chains.
The best you can do is to tell the pc what the  old  W/S  said.  If  no  W/S
exists leave the already erased flows alone!

                               FLUBBED CHAINS

    Many times, a Folder Error Summary will give a flubbed chain  and  then
fail to note it was repaired in the next session!


    A C/S and Auditor would have been pretty irresponsible to  just  go  on
auditing past flubbed chains.


    The only safe way to handle some previous flubbed chain is to:


    (a)     Verify in the folder if it was repaired.


    (b)     If still unrepaired assess L3RD on it and handle  according  to
the L3RD.


                                    L3 RD

    Using the new L3RD (HCO B 11 Apr 71 RA) is a Dianetic action.



A Scientology Auditor erroneously can try to use it as a 2-way comm type  of
list. If a chain needed one more ABCD, then 2-way comm on it  with  no  ABCD
is not going to complete it.


    L3RD has its own directions. Questions not marked with  directions  are
used to indicate the fact. This can amount to 2-way comm as the pc chews  it
over. But L3RD where marked is handled by Dianetics actions. Look  over  the
list and its directions for each question and you will  see  that  some  are
given directions that are NOT 2wc.

    Example: "Earlier beginning" reads. You can't just say,  "The  incident
had an earlier beginning," and you can't say, "Tell  me  about  the  earlier
beginning." The pc will go up the wall. There'll be no F/N. You have to  use
R3R and get him to the earlier beginning and then run it  and  if  it  still
doesn't erase, get him to an Earlier Similar and erase that.


    L3RD is a Dianetics List. It is not a Scientology List that is  cleared
each question to F/N by 2-way comm.

                                   OVERRUN

    Overruns are demonstrated by a rising TA.


    If as you seek to get in Full Flow Dianetics  the  pc's  TA  begins  to
average higher, overrun is occurring.


    Example: While doing FFD pc's TA has been riding at 2.2 and F/Ns. After
a new FFD action it begins to ride at  2.5  and  F/Ns.  Something  is  being
overrun. Find it and indicate it. And cease to stir the  bank  up  so  much!
The fault is going over items already run.


    Already flat zero flows are not uncommon. The  zero  flattened  on  the
original Triple. Thus getting in that zero flow again is an overrun.


    In doing a Full Flow Table you often find that the same or similar have
been run in the past. Sometimes you find that a previous attempt to run  the
item a second or third time has resulted in an ARC  Break,  the  reason  for
which was never detected.


    The right action is to note the session date it was first run and  just
tell the pc, "Feeling Surprised was run three times. On (first date  it  was
erased) it was erased. When later run it was  an  overrun."  This  tends  to
blow the later charge laid in by trying to run the same item again.


    It sounds so strange that erased chains can be overrun. But it is true.
What happens is that pcs try to cooperate and put something there.


                                 FIREFIGHTS

    The action of a quarrel between  an  Auditor  and  a  pc  is  called  a
firefight.


    Restimulating earlier unrun engrams or overrunning chains upsets a  pc.
The best action, as soon as a pc is disturbed, is to do  an  L3RD  fast  and
handle what reads the way it should be handled according to the L3RD.


    The wrong way is to argue or try to go on.


    The pc does NOT know what it is. He  just  feels  awful.  He  tries  to
guess. He will ARC Brk or get sad if the Auditor continues.


    The correct action is an L3RD.


    L1C is not of great use in a Dianetic ARC Brk. L3RD is.
If the pc remains ARC Broken, try L3RD again Method 5.


    A Scientology session would be handled with some other list (L1C,  L4B,
etc). A Dianetic session, including and  especially  FFD,  is  handled  with
L3RD.


    You NEVER prepcheck while doing Dianetics. This mushes up the engrams.


                               INTERIORIZATION

    ALL these cautions apply as well to an  Interiorization-Exteriorization
Rundown, when restim occurs one uses an L3RD quickly.


    Int-Ext RD is essentially a Dianetic, not a Scientology action.


                                SAFE ACTIONS

    A fully genned in Auditor, well crammed, well  drilled,  well  skilled,
can be trusted with Dianetics, Dianetic Quads and an  Int-Ext  RD.  Auditors
not so handled can get pcs into serious trouble with these things.


    A safe course is to use Quad only on  new  never  audited  before  pcs.
Those begun on Triples, use then only Triple flows.


    Another safe way is to use FFD only on OT IIIs or OT IVs and done  only
by fully qualified FFD Auditors who are also OT III.


    The safest course is  to  require  special  drilling  and  cramming  on
Auditors who are already known for their results  by  actual  success  story
stats and call FFD and Int-Ext RD a skilled specialty.


                             C/S RESPONSIBILITY

    Any trouble a C/S is running  into  comes  from  the  factors  of  TRs,
metering, Code and incomplete or false Auditor's reports.


    If when I am C/Sing I ever find an  Auditor  has  omitted  key  session
actions or has falsified a report, I order that Auditor not to Cramming  but
a full retrain HDC right on up.


    A C/S does not see these points. He can  get  the  pc  asked  what  the
Auditor is doing or did. He can get sessions monitored. This helps him  fill
this gap in his data.


    It's what isn't in the Auditor's report  that  is  often  the  trouble.
Auditors omit what they said, omit the firefight, omit session  alter-is  in
their worksheets.


    All this sticks the C/S's neck out for the axe of failure.


    So particularly in FFD, Int-Ext and other such actions, a  C/S  has  to
act to obtain confidence in  the  Auditor's  TRs,  Metering,  Code  Use  and
accurate Worksheets.


                                    RISK

    In FFD, Int-Ext RD and Power, experience has proven that if the Auditor
is not top grade, if the C/S is not alert, we put a pc at risk.


    The USUAL is what keeps the pc safe.



A thorough study of his case, looking for obvious bugs (such as  Int-Ext  RD
done twice, the case a druggie but Drug engrams never run, Int done but  its
2wc flubbed, FFD grossly overrun, to  name  a  few  serious  ones),  sending
Auditors to Cramming for the slightest flub, insisting on standard TRs  USED
IN  SESSION,  good  metering,  use  of  the  Code,  accurate  and   complete
worksheets, use of standard tech, all guarantee the safety and  progress  of
the pc.


                               INTRODUCING FFD

    FFD (like the Int-Ext RD) requires flawless C/Sing and auditing or  the
case goes wrong.


    When these actions were introduced they showed up  any  flaws  in  case
studying, TRs, Metering, Code and Worksheets.


    There are two ways to handle. (a) Cancel FFD and  Int-Ext  as  actions.
Obviously that is going backwards and is impossible. (b) Begin and  continue
a serious, effective campaign in the org to (1) Train Auditors  better,  (2)
Cram expertly on every flub, (3) Raise quality of TRs and metering.


    As you can see, my approach is to improve quality of training, cramming
and delivery.


    Please help me out in getting this in.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1971, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 16 JANUARY 1975

Remimeo
Dn & Ex Dn C/Ses
IV and VI C/Ses
Class VIII C/S
                              PAST LIFE REMEDIE


    There are many remedies and considerable tech developed over the  years
on the subject of pcs unable to go earlier than  this  life.  There  was  no
full coverage bulletin which gave the full story on this.


    The earliest was getting the pc to locate and run imaginary  incidents.
This is fully covered in Science of Survival, especially Book  Two,  Chapter
Nine, "Imaginary Incidents".  The  auditor  clears  the  idea  of  imaginary
incidents and running them, then  persuades  the  pc  to  run  them  without
forcing him.


    Delusion tends to run off but the real  incidents  move  into  view  as
well. These imaginary incidents can be run R3R narrative or done as part  of
R3R procedure and running usual items and somatics. It can  be  incorporated
into the AESPs run on the  Past  Life  Remedy  as  part  of  the  action  of
grooving in the pc.


    One of the early Dianetic Remedies was  simply  "What  Attitudes  would
make one unwilling to go Earlier than this life?"  R3R  Triple  exhaust  the
list then do Emotions Sensations and Pains separately.


    Where the pc is afraid of going earlier or seeing the  pictures,  AESPs
that would make you not  want  to  look  at  earlier  lives  can  be  listed
separately and run.


    Often the pc won't go backtrack because he's a druggie.


    What has happened here is that he restimulated past lives  with  drugs,
got into frightening pictures that he didn't understand and  now  backs  off
from ANY bank content except drugs. That is handled with a  full  Drug  R/D,
including a full battery of Objectives and all reading items  run  including
"no interest" items. The standard approach on any pc is to get a  full  Drug
R/D done first.


    Another reason could be the pc is in recent shock of having died.  Such
a case is overburdened and is destimulated with general  auditing  and  then
gets a Past Life Remedy if he hasn't gone backtrack. You  could  even  do  a
Prior Assessment to this life.


    The subject of invalidation of past lives and people talking about them
out of session or claiming to be famous people invalidates past lives for  a
pc and is actually related to suppression and PTS phenomena. If you  suspect
this you could ask "Has anyone been talking  to  you  about  past  lives  or
famous people?" From this question possible suppression in  the  environment
can be located and used in a PTS R/D, HCO B 9 Dec 71R, Revised 21 Oct 74.

                                  CHILDREN

    Children are usually very burdened cases and can  be  hard  to  C/S  on
Dianetics as it hits this life only which will leave the  pc  wide  open  to
key-in and at the age of 20 be found all keyed in "with all grades run".


    I find they are jammed  into  fiction  stories,  education,  books  and
movies and run these like Engrams. These  children  speak  of  "remembering"
all the  time.  They  say  they  can't  go  backtrack  "because  they  don't
remember". They don't seem to take it from pictures. Contrary to  psychology
theories and popular belief I find children in very
rough case shape, nervous, frightened, griefy, etc. They get  stuck  in  the
books and movies they see.


    I have handled this in various ways. The easiest way to unburden  cases
is by Objectives (contact processes) and Recall (ARC  S/W,  Self  Analysis).
That is a general approach. You can list for mental image  pictures  pc  has
seen in life in movies or books then get the AESPs of the best  reading  one
and R3R triple or quad. Unwanted feelings, attitudes,  emotions,  sensations
and pains as a child can also be listed and run to unburden the case.


    A direct approach is to ask "What book or movie were  you  particularly
interested in?" You'll usually find that the person had a stuck  picture  on
it. Then ask "Did you ever have anything to do with  that  sort  of  thing?"
Then they go into it because you're asking for an E/S. You  could  then  run
out the earlier incident R3R triple or quad and you'd be away.


    Where the pc is stuck in upsetting incidents from movies or  books  you
can list for "Bad incidents you've  seen  or  read  about",  take  the  best
reading one and R3R its reading  AESPs.  Be  sure  to  accept  stories,  TV,
movies or books as these are fully valid to run.

                                   REVIEW

    A Scientology Review action that can be  done  is  to  assess  Auditors
Auditing Past Lives Dianetics Scientology Time Preclears and  Erasure.  Then
prepcheck in order of reads, reassess and  prepcheck.  This  is  a  valuable
action to do before ARC S/W triple and often by  itself  will  handle  those
unable to go past track.


    A further Scientology approach would be  to  assess  the  Past,  Memory
Pictures, Past Lives and prepcheck in order of reads. Then L  &  N  "Who  or
what would have no future?" then L & N "Who  or  what  would  it  have  been
awful to have been?" These items can be checked and used in  a  PTS  R/D  or
can have their intentions listed and run as part of Ex Dn handling.

                                   SUMMARY

    The technology on past lives is important for a C/S to know, especially
the Dianetics C/S.


    The subject usually resolves with a Drug R/D and general  auditing  but
when it doesn't you have these remedies to use.


    Use them well.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:rs.rd
Copyright � 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                                HYMN OF ASIA

                               An Eastern Poem

                                     by
                               L. Ron Hubbard


                                  Published
                                January 1975


"Man has long dreamed of  solving  the  riddle  of  his  own  existence  and
achieving personal freedom. This has been the great hope of Man through  the
millennia of his histories-both East and West.

"Now at last, in the 1046 lines of the poem Hymn of Asia, is  the  statement
that this hope has been achieved-You can be free.

"This moving hymn was written for a Buddhist Convention  in  about  1955  or
'56, coincident with the celebrations in the Buddhist world of  the  2,500th
year of the Buddhist era. Later typed copies of this magnificent work,  many
in altered versions, were widely circulated from hand  to  hand  in  various
countries  of  the  world.  The  public  demand  for  its  publication  grew
enormous.

"Then in late 1973 its author  directed  its  publication  and  subsequently
personally supervised the collaboration of a talented artist,  designer  and
calligrapher in the final preparation of the book. Here we have a  beautiful
edition which presents the fully correct original  text  of  the  poem,  one
surely destined to become a major document of Man's spiritual history.

"Hymn of Asia concerns the fulfillment of a prophecy made  2,500  years  ago
by Siddhartha Gautama, better known as Buddha, the founder of  the  religion
known in the West as Buddhism."
                                             (-Introduction to Hymn of Asia)

Available from your nearest Scientology  Advanced  Organization,  or  direct
from the publishers: Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade  6,
1608  Copenhagen  V,  Denmark;  or  Church   of   Scientology   Publications
Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, California,  90026,
U.S.A.
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JANUARY 1975
Remimeo
Class VIIIs
Class VIII
                          THE PURPOSE OF CLASS VIII



    The purpose of the Class VIII Course is to train an Auditor  up  to  be
able to deliver 100% Standard Tech and turn him into a zealot in pushing  in
Standard Tech in the field.


    This has been the purpose of Class VIII since its inception.


    Its materials  are  fully  valid.  The  original  checksheet  has  been
restored. It is a tough and demanding course. It is  not  Fast  Flow  but  3
times through with starrates and exams.


    THE ORIGINAL CLASS VIII COURSE HAS RETURNED.


    Training of Auditors  as  Class  VIIIs  to  forward  Standard  Tech  is
absolutely vital today. It is  not  "old"  or  "background".  Its  materials
cannot be found on any other course. They are only available  on  the  Class
VIII Course.


    A real Class VIII Auditor cannot be compared with a Class IV or  VI.  A
Class VIII is a flawless, flubless, smooth as silk  specialist  in  Standard
Tech. He can handle any case with ease.  He  is  a  dedicated  advocate  for
Standard Tech. He pushes in Standard Tech in his area and  sets  an  example
by his own flawless performance.


                                STANDARD TECH

    The way a Class VIII gets in Standard  Tech  is  by  encouraging  lower
classed Auditors to use the materials of Standard Tech and apply them.


    A Class VIII must beware of invalidating  lower  classed  Auditors  and
make sure he doesn't fall into that trap. Invalidation never  works  and  is
in fact destructive. Under invalidation  an  Auditor  will  cease  to  audit
well, will goof and back off from auditing entirely.


    To get in Standard Tech, always encourage lower level Auditors to apply
standard materials, tapes, HCO Bs and books. Help  them  to  do  so.  Direct
them to the references. See they get crammed, not  invalidated.  After  all,
they are willing to help, or they wouldn't be Auditors.

                                   SUMMARY

    Class VIII is the standard by which other  auditing  is  judged.  Class
VIII gives the certainty and precision of 100% Standard  Tech.  Class  VIIIs
get in Standard Tech by encouraging lower level Auditors to  apply  standard
materials, never by invalidation.


    Every Auditor should one day make it to Class VIII. No org  can  afford
to be without at least one Class VIII. These are the Custodians of  Standard
Tech.


LRH: RS:nt jh    L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1975 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 14 FEBRUARY 1975

Remimeo
Tech Hats
Qual Hats   (Cancels:  HCO B 25 Feb 72
                 BTB 25 Feb 72
                 HCO B 25 Feb 72  Canc. 26 Jan 75)




                              L10 PREREQUISITES



    L10 is not restricted to only those who have completed OT III.


    The only prerequisites to L10 are a  completed  Drug  RD  and  Expanded
Grades. It may not be done between R6EW and OT III, however.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt jh
Copyright � 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 2 NOVEMBER 1957RA
                             REVISED 10 MAY 1974
                          REVISED 22 FEBRUARY 1975
Remimeo

                            AN OBJECTIVE RUNDOWN


    (Note:  The original issue from which this HCO  B  was  taken  was  not
titled "Objectives" but "Intensive Processes for Use in Operation Clear  and
Operation Staff Clear". The original was unsigned.  It  was  a  Confidential
staff only issue. When  converted  to  an  HCO  B,  the  title  was  changed
erroneously to "Objectives". A corrected list  of  Objectives  is  therefore
published below. Additionally, the original issue omitted two or  three  key
objective processes and put recall [subjective] processes  in  their  place,
thus messing up ARC Straight Wire.)


    OBJECTIVE: (Dictionary Definition) "Of or having to do with a  material
object as distinguished from a mental concept, idea or belief."  Means  here
and now objects in PT. As opposed to "Subjective".


    SUBJECTIVE: (Dictionary Definition 2nd  meaning)  "Proceeding  from  or
taking place in an individual's mind."


    Look around or physical contact processes  are  obviously  "Objective".
Recall, think, remember or return on the time track processes are  obviously
"Subjective".


    Pcs who have been on drugs obviously have to be run on  Objective,  not
Subjective, processes.


    Anyone can be brought more into present time with Objective processes.


    Objectives are vital in assists and other areas of processing.


    Here is a list of workable Objective processes:

0.    "Look at me who am I?"

1.    CCH 0

2.    CCH 1

3.    CCH 2

4.    CCH 3

5.    CCH 4

6.    CCH 1 to 4 repeat as indicated.

7.    Locational ("Look at that object") can be used as  indicated,  to  end
    sessions or even to bridge from one process to another.

8.    The following three must be run 1 command each consecutively over  and
    over:

    (a)     "Look around here and find something really real to you."


    (b)     "Look  around  here  and  find  something  you  could  go  into
        communication with."
        (c)      "Look around here and  find  something  you  would  really
        like."

9.    The following three are run several times for the 1st, fewer  for  the
    2nd, fewer for the 3rd. And then repeated (Trio).

    (a) "Look around here and tell me what you could have."

    (b)     "Look around here and tell me what you would permit  to  remain
        in place."


    (c)     "Look around here and tell me with what you could dispense."

10.   Op Pro by Dup to Exterior.

    (If pc exteriorizes a Dn C/S 1 and  an  Interiorization  RD  [flawless]
should follow.)


    The first 10 steps above could be called an Objective Rundown.


    Note that this does not include many other  Objective  processes,  many
versions of havingness.


    But the above would  accomplish  a  great  deal  for  the  pc  IF  DONE
CORRECTLY WITH FLAWLESS TRs!


    And it would accomplish the general intent of the 1957 RD.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder


LRH: nt.rd
Copyright � 1957, 1974, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 1 OCTOBER 1965R
                          REVISED 24 FEBRUARY 1975
Remimeo
All Students

                                  MUTTER TR


NAME: Mutter TR.

PURPOSE:    To perfect muzzled auditing comm cycle.

COMMANDS:   "Do fish swim?" "Do birds fly?"

POSITION:   Student and coach sit facing each other a  comfortable  distance
apart.

TRAINING STRESS:

        1.       Coach has student give command.


        2.       Coach mutters an unintelligible answer at different times.


        3.       Student acknowledges.


        4.        Coach  flunks  if  student   does   anything   else   but
        acknowledge.

(Note. This is the entirety  of this Drill. It is not to  be  confused  with
any other Training Drill. )

Note. The whole trick in TR 2 and TR 4 is  that  it  means  one  understands
that the pc has said something or has  answered.  There  is  no  demand  the
auditor understand the meaning in the pc's answer in  muzzled  auditing.  In
the above drill the coach just mutters or nods and  looks  wise  instead  of
saying anything comprehensible. The only kind of  auditing  where  you  must
grab the actual sense of  the  answer  is  in  listing  or  in  looking  for
something that will blowdown or trying to find out what  the  pc  thinks  is
wrong. If the pc has said something he wants the auditor  to  really  grasp,
let him explain and of course, if the pc insists,  grasp  it.  But  this  is
rare and happens only when the pc  is  already  ARC  Broken.  Otherwise  the
above is the right way to do it.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH: rs.rd
Copyright � 1965, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                               DIANETICS TODAY

                                     by
                               L. Ron Hubbard

                            Published March 1975


Here, on the twenty-fifth anniversary of  the  First  Book,  Dianetics:  The
Modern Science of Mental Health, is what might be called the Third  Book  of
Dianetics-Dianetics Today.

The Second  Book,  Dianetics  '55!,  took  all  the  problems  presented  by
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health and  brought  them  up  to  1
January 1955 and handled them, using Two-Way Communication, ARC and the  Six
Basic Processes and  leading  into  Route  One  of  The  Creation  of  Human
Ability. Dianetics 1950 techniques handled the problem of the reactive  mind
by reducing its constituent engrams, locks and secondaries  until  it  could
be handled by the existing analytical mind. Dianetics '55! handled the  same
problem by increasing  the  ability  of  the  thetan  (or,  you  could  say,
analytical mind) to the point where he could be separated from his  reactive
mind  and  body;  and  then,  using   Scientology's   Intensive   Procedure,
processing him until  he  was  capable  of  handling  with  great  ease  any
quantity of aberration in the reactive mind.

With the advent of the Gradation  Chart  in  the  mid-60's  and  Scientology
Levels, all processing techniques fell into place in a smooth gradient  from
aberrated homo sapiens, through homo novis and on through Clear and  up  the
OT Grades.

In Dianetics Today  we  have  "Standard  Dianetics"-a  space-age  Dianetics:
simple and dependably  effective  on  all  cases  as  done  by  all  Hubbard
Standard Dianetic Auditors.

This book contains ALL the essentials of Dianetic Auditing in  large,  easy-
to-read print easy to understand with the use of its excellent glossary.

1098 pages, illustrated, 33 LRH personally C/Sed sessions, Dianetic  Axioms,
bibliography, Dianetic  Tape  list,  abbreviations  list,  glossary,  index.
Available from your nearest Scientology Organization or Mission,  or  direct
from the publishers: Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade  6,
1608  Copenhagen  V,  Denmark;  or  Church   of   Scientology   Publications
Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, California,  90026,
U.S.A.
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 7 MARCH 1975

Remimeo


                           EXT AND ENDING SESSION


    When a pc exteriorizes on a good win in session or if the pc has a  big
win, usually followed by a persistent  F/N,  the  usual  action  is  to  end
session.


    When ending session in these circumstances the Auditor must not do  any
other action, but smoothly end session.


    This includes asking Say or Ask, running Havingness or  anything  other
than smoothly ending session.


LRH:nt rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1975 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED




                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 18 MARCH 1975

Remimeo

                             Cramming Series 15



                              METER USE IN QUAL


    All Cramming actions done in Qual must be done on a meter.  This  means
metered Why Finding,  checks  for  misunderstoods,  scouting  for  areas  of
uncertainty, completion of clay demos and word clearing.


    Neglect of the full use of the meter has led to half done,  ineffective
and often repeat Cramming cycles as the person's why or M/U was never  found
in the first place. Even worse, a wrong why can act as  a  wrong  list  item
which brings about case chaos.


    Every Cramming Officer must know and use all his tools.  This  includes
metering.


    The meter reveals all.


    Use it.


LRH:nt.rd   L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1975 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 24 NOVEMBER 1973RB
                (Cancels HCO B 24 Nov 1973, Rev. 12 Nov 1974)
                      Revised & Reissued 22 March 1975
Remimeo


                               C/S Series 53RJ



                        SHORT HI-LO TA ASSESSMENT C/S


    This is the basic prepared list used by Auditors to get a TA up or down
into normal range. A GF Method 5 may also be used  after  TA  is  in  normal
range to get pc's case handled better.

____________________________________PC Name_____________________ Date

1.    Assess pc Method 5 on this sheet. (Go down the list  calling  off  the
    items to the pc, watching the meter. Mark any Tick, SF,  F,,  LFBD  [to
    what TA], Speeded Rise  or  Blow  Up.)  NOTE:  A  C/S  53RJ  should  be
    reassessed and all reads handled until it F/Ns on assessment.

A.    Interiorization  _________  Have others committed  _________
      Went in    _________   overts on others      _________
      Go in _________  Not saying _________
      Can't get in     _________  Problems   _________
      Want to get out  _________  Protest    _________
      Kicked out of spaces   _________  Don't like it    _________
      Can't go         Audited over out ruds _________
                 Feel sad    _________
B.    List errors      _________  Rushed     _________
      Overlisting      _________  Tired _________
      Wrong items      _________  ARC Brk    _________
      Upset with giving      _________  Upset      _________
      items to auditor _________  Can't get it
      Wrong date _________
      Wrong location   _________  D.    Drugs      _________
      Wrong Why  _________   LSD  _________
      Wrong Indication _________  Alcohol    _________
      Wrong PTS Item   _________  Pot   _________
                       Medicine   _________
C.    Some sort of W/H _________
      Are you withholding         E.    Engram in restimulation _________
      Something  _________   Same engram run twice _________
      Is another withholding      Can't see engrams too
      something from you     _________  well _________
      Are others withholding      Invisible  _________
      something from others  _________  Black      _________
      False withhold   _________  Loss  _________
      Withholds gotten off        Lost  _________
      more than once   _________
      Has another committed       F.    Same thing run twice  _________
      overts on you    _________        Same action done by
      Have you committed          another auditor  _________
      any overts _________
G.    Doing something with        K.    Can't have _________
      mind between sessions  _________       Low havingness   _________
      Some other practice    _________
                 L.    PTS   _________
H.    Word Clearing errors   _________       Suppressed  _________
      Study errors     _________
                 M.    Something went on too
I.    False TA   _________   long _________
      Wrong sized cans _________  Went on by a release
      Tired hands      _________  point _________
      Dry hands or feet      _________  Overrun
      Wet hands or feet      _________  Auditor kept on going _________
      Loosens can grip _________  Over-repair      _________
      Wrong hand cream _________  Puzzled why auditor
                 keeps on    _________
J.    Auditor overwhelming   _________       Stops _________
      Interruptions    _________
      Feel attacked    _________  N.    Something else   _________
      Something wrong with              Physically ill   _________
      F/Ns  _________
      Overrun F/Ns     _________  O.    Repairing a TA that
      Missed F/N _________   isn't high _________
      Items really didn't read    _________  Repairing a TA that
      False reads      _________  isn't low  _________
      Bad auditing     _________  Faulty Meter     _________
      Incomplete actions     _________  Nothing wrong    _________
      Invalidation     _________
      Evaluation _________   P.   False Exam Report      _________
      Couldn't get auditing  _________  Waited at Exam   _________
                 Upset by Examiner      _________


2.    Use only the small falls or falls or BDs. The rises will however  show
    where mass lies.

A.    If A or any of the A Group, and the pc has had an Int RD,  do  an  Int
    RD Correction List, and handle the reads. (HCO B 29 Oct 71  R,  Revised
    14 May 74.)

      If the pc has never had an Int RD, then give him  a  standard  Int  RD
    providing you have checked out on the Int-Ext pack and are good at R3R.

B.    If any of these read, do an L4BR on the earliest lists  you  can  find
    that have not been corrected. Lacking these do an L4BR in general.  You
    can go over an L4BR several times handling each read to F/N  until  the
    whole L4BR gives  nothing  but  F/Ns.  Handle  a  Wrong  Why  or  Wrong
    Indication or Wrong PTS Item per C/S Series 78.

C.    If any of these, handle with 2wc and earlier similar to F/N.  If  more
    than one reads do biggest read first and then  clean  up  each  of  the
    others E/S to F/N. If all read on assessment you have to get an F/N for
    each or 20 F/Ns. On overts and withholds, get what, and E/S to F/N.  On
    out ruds, find which rud and handle. (See GF40RB,  HCOB  30  June  71R,
    Revised I Dec 74.) Feel sad, handle the ARC Break. (Feel sad = ARC  Brk
    of long duration.)

D.    Rehab releases on each "drug" taken to F/N. Complete the Drug  RD  per
    C/S Series 48R after handling all reads on this assessment. If  pc  has
    had a Drug RD, do L3RD on it, and handle.

E.    If any of these, do L3RD and handle according to what is stated to  do
    on L3RD.

F.    Clean up any protest and inval and rehab to F/N.
    G.      Find out what it is. If Yoga or Mystic exercises or  some  such
    2wc E/S it to first time done, find out what upset had occurred  before
    that and if TA now down do L1C on that period of pc's life.

 H.   If Word Clearing, do a  Word  Clearing  Correction  List,  handle  all
    reads. If Study errors, 2wc E/S to F/N, and add a Study Correction List
    to the pc's program.

I.    False TA is wrong cans. Use HCO Bs 24 Oct 71, 12 Nov 71R, 15  Feb  72,
    18 Feb 72, 29 Feb 72R, 23 Nov 73, all on False TA. Then  clean  up  the
    bypassed    charge with (1) Assess for best read (a)  TA  worries,  (b)
    F/N worries. (2) Then 2wc times he was worried about (item) E/S to F/N.
    (3) Rehab any overruns due to False TA obscuring F/Ns.

J.    These are auditor errors. Low TA is generally caused  by  overwhelming
    TRs and incomplete actions. A high TA  can  be  caused  by  an  auditor
    overrunning F/Ns or failing to call them. Or trying to  assess  through
    an F/N and mistaking an F/N right swing for  a  read.  An  F/N  can  be
    obscured and mistaken for a read if Sensitivity too high.  These  items
    are all 2wc E/S to F/N. Auditors who made them need Cramming  badly  or
    retread.

K.    Can't have or Hav. Find correct Havingness process and remedy.

L.    PTS or Suppressed. Check for SP or get a full PTS RD.

M.    Find out what. Clean up any protest. Rehab to F/N on each (or date  to
    blow, locate to blow, if qualified).

N.    2wc to find what. Note BD item. If BD item covered  by  one  of  these
    categories handle per instructions. If not just  2wc  to  F/N  and  get
    further C/S instructions for handling if necessary.

O.    Get pc to tell you about it briefly. If correct then indicate to  F/N.
    Go E/S and indicate it if no F/N on first. If False  TA  handle  per  I
    above.

P.    Indicate and 2wc to F/N.

    General. Handle Int RD (A) if it reads at all before handling  rest  as
nothing will go right if Int is still  out.  For  the  remainder  prefer  to
handle any BD group if you get a BD. If in doubt about what  to  do,  return
to the C/S.


                                         Revised by

                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt jh
Copyright � 1973,1974, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 25 MARCH 1975
Remimeo

                              DIET, THEORY OF A
                                NATURAL DIET


    Food,  lack  of  it,  incorrect  planning  or  consumption  of  it   or
substitution or alteration of it can vastly affect health.


    Man is not a primary converter of natural energy or masses but  depends
upon other converters for a primary conversion in most  cases.  (Except  for
Vitamin D and one or two other items Man, for  instance,  does  not  convert
sunlight to energy, but, eating algae which does  so  convert,  is  able  to
obtain and use the energy.)


    No real study of or search for the natural diet of Man  has  ever  been
made or attempted. Studies are made of diets from the viewpoint  of  how  to
correct illnesses or maintain health but not what  the  basic  food  of  the
human body would be. Scarcities,  availabilities,  what  can  be  grown  and
preserved, the ease of growing, climatic and soil and water conditions,  and
how to make a profit are factors which  have  established  diet  instead  of
"What does the human body require?"


    The human body is a complex biological carbon-oxygen engine, running at
an operating temperature of 37� Centigrade and, being  biological,  has  the
ability to establish and repair itself. To its food  requirements  then  are
added the elements required to build as well as to run the body.


    Almost all mammals live about 6 times their period of growth. Man lives
only 3.33 times his growth period. As other mammals than Man are  under  the
same or greater stress but are usually uniform in diet while healthy it  can
be assumed that Man has departed from his natural diet.


    Some guesses have been made as to natural diet  by  an  examination  of
teeth but this would not be an adequate approach.


    The resolution of Man's natural diet as opposed to what  he  is  eating
might do a very great deal to improving racial health.


    Man's mass efforts towards diet are targeted for quantity  and  profit.
Efforts  to  establish  quality  are  often  resisted  by  various   special
interests in the mistaken idea that further knowledge of diet  might  reduce
quantity and profit. However it could be that  new  food  discoveries  would
vastly increase both production quantity potential and profit.


    No simple basis for research and discovery of the natural  diet  exists
in known statement form. The necessary  first  steps  to  the  discovery  of
Man's correct diet would be:


    (a) The statement of a possibility that one might have existed  or  did
exist.


    (b) A formula for search and possible discovery of it.


    This HCO B has made (a) above.


    The following would be a formula for its discovery.


    OVERWEIGHT: Residual elements of food, substances or  gases  which  are
not totally eliminated or utilized by the body after ingestion.
UNDERWEIGHT OR DEBILITY: Inadequate or lacking foods,  substances  or  gases
which are needed for the activity, maintenance or repair of the body.


    By listing all foods, substances or gases which are stored by the body,
one would obtain a list of things ingested, part of which were not  utilized
or necessary. Simple recording of those items which put on  unwanted  weight
would be a part of this action. The examination of  overweight  persons  and
their diets would  give  another  section  of  it.  Further  examination  of
cadavers that had been overweight would round out the list. Which  of  these
were the result of body conversion of what food would be noted.


    A study and listing of all deficiency diseases and malnutrition  causes
as contained in The Textbook of Medicine, Beeson and McDermott, pages  1139-
1201 and in other papers and texts would give a list of items vital  to  the
activity, maintenance and repair of the body.


    The items in the overweight and debility lists could then be compared.


    One would then have, as a result, the elements of a natural diet.


    A search for foods which contained only the elements  which  were  used
and vital could be undertaken.


    The result would be the elements of a possible natural diet.


    An examination of the ease of production and supply of such foods could
then result in a practical natural diet.


    Zonal application in specific areas might require the repetition of the
formula to take in racial or climatic or production variables.

                                   SUMMARY

    It is said at this time that 80% of  Americans  are  overweight.  Their
activity and intelligence are failing. The  populations  of  many  countries
are starving or suffering malnutrition.


    The wild animals, fish and fowl are ceasing to be  a  world  source  of
food supply. There is no reason to go on killing off all life on the  planet
simply because no one knows, beyond opinion or  taste,  what  Man's  natural
food was or could be.


    Fads and hobbies should not be the sole source of data on this subject.


    The problem could be intelligently solved and should be if we are still
to have a populated planet.


    Probably the planet could support billions more than it does.  Most  of
it is wasteland.


    A system pushed by David Rockefeller and others to solve it by  killing
off populations through sterilizing and euthanasia  is  simply  impractical,
stupid and useless suppression.


    It would be a far better line to work out Man's natural diet.


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder

LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 29 MARCH 1975

FLAG ORDER 2186R
Ship Captains
MO's Hat
AO Qual Hats
                                ANTI-BIOTICS,
                              ADMINISTERING OF

                     (This Cancels FO 2313 "Antibiotics,
                     Further Data" and Revises FO 2186.)

                (Note: This data is given for information alone and
                is not intended to prescribe or otherwise treat an
                individual. All prescriptions and treatments should
                be done in due accordance with the medical laws
                of any country in which a person seeks treatment.)



    There  are  several  "anti-biotics".  These  are  moulds  or   chemical
compounds which cause bacteria, germs, to be unable to reproduce  themselves
(hits their 2D) while not destroying the cells of the body.  At  least  that
is one of the leading theories of why they work. "Anti-biotic" means anti  =
against, biotic = living beings (such as bacteria). So it's against bugs.


    Disease is said to be caused by germs or virus. Germs  are  microscopic
cells which breed and have a bad effect on body cells and fluids.  Virus  is
a germ that is too small to be seen in a microscope.  Thus  there  are  germ
infections and virus infections.


    Usually one type of  germ  equals  one  disease,  i.e.  typhoid  fever.
However, an illness can be a compound of several types of germs but this  is
not usual.


    Virus diseases respond very badly to most anti-biotics. In fact, in the
presence of penicillin, a virus sort of suspends  action  without  any  real
temperature change while the penicillin is present and gets busy again  when
the penicillin is gone.


    The effect of most anti-biotics on virus is zero. Some claims are  made
for some against virus. Measles is a virus illness.


    So anti-biotics are mainly effective against germs.  Venereal  disease,
pneumonia, wound infections and a long parade of diseases can  be  cured  by
anti-biotics.


    When illness is accompanied by temperature, anti-biotics is usually the
first thought.


    Anti-biotics can however be GROSSLY MISADMINISTERED and in fact usually
are even in hospitals.


    The trick is to get the temperature subnormal with anti-biotics  within
the blood leveling period. Blood leveling means  when  the  anti-biotic  has
gotten into the blood and is actually holding the  infection  (stopping  the
bacteria's "2D" from continuing). More of  the  same  anti-biotic  is  given
approx  2  hours  prior  to  blood  leveling  time.  This  then  brings  the
temperature right on down to subnormal; continue the anti-biotic so that  it
keeps the temperature subnormal until it just can't keep  it  subnormal  any
more and it comes up to normal. It will be found that  the  patient  is  now
well and not likely to relapse. If blood leveling time is reached (the  time
is always stated on the instructions  and  contraindications  write-up)  and
the temperature continues to rise, you  have  not  used  the  correct  anti-
biotic and must at this point change to another kind of anti-biotic.
Each anti-biotic has its own blood leveling time: Penicillin  is  24  hours,
Gephaloridine is 8 hours, Streptomycin is 6 hours, etc.


    Before administering anti-biotics you must ensure that you know exactly
what toxicity it is (toxic or poisonous quality the anti-biotic has  to  the
patient). For example Streptomycin can cause pregnant mothers to give  birth
to children who have impaired hearing. Renal (kidneys;  having  to  do  with
them) damage can be caused by certain anti-biotics if  the  person  has  too
much of a certain kind of anti-biotic.  Therefore,  prior  to  administering
any kind of anti-biotic ensure that you  know  the  patient's  full  medical
history, as well as knowing exactly what the toxicity of the anti-biotic  is
so that you do not damage the patient.


    If not enough anti-biotic is given or if it is the wrong kind for  that
disease the temperature will not be heavily affected or  at  best  sinks  to
normal without going subnormal. This condition can go on and on and  on  and
the patient relapses.


    Also if anti-biotics are given too  briefly  the  temperature  goes  to
subnormal, the anti-biotic ceases to be given,  the  patient  feels  better,
then probably relapses-gets ill all over again.


    The above important three error situations are:

                                 NOT ENOUGH
                                 WRONG KIND
                              STOPPED TOO SOON.

    To these can be added:


                           GIVEN TOO IRREGULARLY.

    This last is almost always  present  when  you  give  the  patient  the
bottle. This is a common medical error. The patients aren't doctors,  seldom
take the medicine correctly and often not at  all.  Anti-biotics  should  be
handed out and seen taken.


    Where there is a large number ill, the times can  be  standardized  for
the group. For instance all get it at 3:00 to 3:30, 9:00 to  9:30,  etc.  Or
even 3 hourly can be done this way.


    One takes the temperature before giving the pill. (A glass of water  or
a cigarette before temperature taking gives a false report.)  Also  in  this
way one can increase or decrease the dose depending on what the  temperature
was.


    In very sick cases one has to watch the temperature  more  closely.  In
this way every time the temperature starts to rise from the subnormal  where
you are holding it, you immediately dose the patient.


    An anti-biotic all by  itself  cannot  depress  temperature.  It's  the
reaction of the disease and body that's doing that.


                                 TEMPERATURE

    98.6�F or 37�C is normal. A thermometer can be a bit off (.1 or .2 high
or low) and temperature can vary a bit for "normal" one person to the next.


    Rising temperature (above normal) is a reaction to a  disease.  Lowered
temperature (below normal) is a reaction to a disease being handled  by  the
body or the anti-biotic plus the body.


    100�F or 37.8�C is well above normal and is a sick  temperature.  104�F
or 40.5�C is dangerously (possible die) high.
97�F or 36.2�C is very satisfactorily subnormal.


    Temperature rise is probably a body mechanism  to  bum  up  a  disease,
possibly not. But a slight temperature,  a  few  tenths  high,  can  make  a
person feel really bad. Then when it gets up higher  they  feel  drifty  and
with it very high go delirious.


    A subnormal temperature doesn't much affect how one feels.


    "Chills" come with high temperature.


                             ADMINISTERING DOSES

    The general rule when administering anti-biotics is:

1.    One gives anti-biotics until the temperature comes  down  past  normal
to subnormal and comes up to normal again with anti-biotics.

    After blood leveling time of  the  first  anti-biotic  the  temperature
should break (go normal or below), the person going  into  a  sweat.  If  it
doesn't, then it's either not enough anti-biotic or the wrong kind.

2.    After dosage if the temperature just came down a  bit  from  where  it
was, that type of anti-biotic probably will handle the  illness  but  enough
has not been given. Increase the amount being given.

    If after blood leveling time from the first anti-biotic the temperature
did not go lower or even rose, it's the wrong anti-biotic. You   change  off
to another and start all over again.

                                TAKING EFFECT

    The blood leveling period of an anti-biotic is  always  stated  on  the
write-up of the anti-biotic (in the box accompanying the  anti-biotic).  The
second administration is usually given 2 hours prior to the  blood  leveling
period. Thus if the blood leveling period is 8  hours  the  second  dose  is
given 6 hours after the first dose. Take the  temperature  before  the  dose
and within the next 2 hours take the temperature again  and  you  will  know
whether the  anti-biotic  is  working  as  the  temperature  should  now  be
leveling and/or falling.


    If the temperature has not leveled or dropped at this period change the
antibiotic. When giving  anti-biotics  FO  2187  "Medical  Charts"  must  be
followed. If you don't have a medical chart you don't  know  and  can't  see
how the anti-biotic is working.


                           PAST MALADMINISTRATION

    If a person in the past has been  treated  wrongly  with  anti-biotics,
i.e. got taken off as  soon  as  temperature  reached  normal  and  was  not
continued as by rule 1 or 2, the germ  remains  dormant  and  the  area  may
reinfect at a later date.


    If more anti-biotics are then  administered  the  temperature  will  go
subnormal and then to normal with the anti-biotic.


    In other words, the cycle will complete. At this  point  the  germ  has
been killed.


                                  SESSIONS

    Before any session, a heavy dose of vitamins should be  given,  if  the
person is on anti-biotics.

                                KEY PROCEDURE

    When the temperature goes subnormal keep it  subnormal  until  it  just
won't stay down with the person still taking the  anti-biotic.  The  patient
will then be well.


    The faster you can get the temperature subnormal the better.


                                SIDE EFFECTS

    Anti-biotics have side effects, often very bad.


    A patient can be allergic to a certain  anti-biotic,  meaning  he  goes
red, gets hives, has bad reactions in varying degrees  of  severity.  If  so
get him on another anti-biotic now.


    You can test for allergy by scratching the skin and putting  a  dab  of
anti-biotic on it (not the sugar or  protective  covering)  on  a  Band-Aid.
After a while if the person is allergic to it the  area  will  get  red  and
puffy. This is not usually done unless you are being super cautious.


    The Chloro___and Aureo___families can affect the sense of  balance  and
early preparations destroyed the sense of balance forever.


    All oral anti-biotics sooner or later give the patient a  stomach  ache
and indigestion. So they should be taken with milk or after  a  meal,  never
with just water.


    The longer you keep them on an anti-biotic the  harder  it  is  on  the
patient's system.


    The operating rule is give enough of the right kind to get a fast cure.


    If you started on the wrong kind get them on the right kind the  moment
you detect the error.

                               DISEASE CYCLES

    Diseases have their own cycles of action and time periods if not  given
anti-biotics. Some run for days,  some  for  weeks,  some  for  a  lifetime.
Gonorrhea for instance lasts a year  in  a  man,  five  years  in  a  woman.
Syphilis has its own cure, not an anti-biotic,  which  is  "Ehrlich's  Magic
Bullet", neoarsphenamine, Preparation 606, which is a one-shot cure if  done
right and only kills I out of  10,000.  Syphilis  untreated  is  a  lifetime
cycle and drives one crazy, the condition being known as "paresis".  Perhaps
modern anti-biotics will include it as curative.


    Pneumonia runs about 6 weeks on its own if the patient lives.


    These disease cycles do not hold true when anti-biotics are used.  They
take as long to cure as it takes to slam the temperature  to  subnormal  and
hold it there until it can't be held any longer. 24 to 36 hours is  the  new
cycle for lighter illnesses treated  with  properly   dosed  correct   anti-
biotics.


    More serious diseases require longer but mostly because the areas  they
infect have poorer blood circulation (such as bone infections).


                                 SULFA DRUGS

    The oldest anti-biotics are the sulfa drugs. These  are  white  tablets
usually. Enterovioform for stomach illness is a sulfa  drug.   They  have  a
very heavy side effect of dizziness and sometimes delusion (spiders  on  the
wall).


    Sulfathiazole is usually now used as a powder to pour  in  open  wounds
and it  and  its  brother  sulfas  are  the  only  ones  that  can  be  used
"topically"  which  means  as  a  surface  treatment  (as   different   from
internal).


    They  follow  when  taken  internally  all  the  rules  of  anti-biotic
administration.


    "Gerontal", a trade name for a water-soluble  sulfa,  is  excellent  in
kidney infections if the rules of anti-biotics are followed. It needs  large
quantities.


    You can fall back on sulfa when all else fails.


    Sulfas are chemical compounds.


                                 PENICILLIN

    Penicillin is the first of the anti-biotics  made  from  mould  (as  in
mouldy bread, etc.).


    It is the USUAL anti-biotic.


    It is growing less effective due to diseases getting  used  to  it  and
medical misadministration of it.


    A disease  treated  with  an  anti-biotic  which  is  not  cured,  when
communicated to another  body  becomes  able  in  the  new  body  to  resist
treatment. Thus new anti-biotics are continually searched for.


    However, penicillin is the basic, usual, anti-biotic to use.


    ORAL penicillin is not only WORTHLESS but  dangerous  in  that  it  has
never cured anything yet. Taking it by mouth doesn't work and I  don't  know
why companies sell it. Stomach juices kill it.


    Penicillin has to be SHOT with a needle. Procaine penicillin in I cc or
2 cc amounts, shot into the buttocks with the person lying down on his  face
(muscles relaxed), lasts for 24 hours when a 2nd shot is given. Other  types
of penicillin can also work this way. Ordinary penicillin however has to  be
shot every 3 hours! Read the literature carefully.


    There is a 2nd type, "G", for people allergic  to  the  first  type  (2
types so one can be used if somebody is allergic to the other). If  somebody
is allergic to it, it's pretty awful.


    If a shot of 24 or 36 hour penicillin  hasn't  worked  in  8  hours  to
reduce the temperature at least  somewhat  use  some  other  anti-biotic  at
once.


    Penicillin is no good even when shot for stomach  or  bowel  complaints
like dysentery. It is excellent for other types of bacterial  infection.  It
is usually no good for virus infections.

                             OTHER ANTI-BIOTICS

    Chloro____Aureo____Strepto____compounds are offered under a variety  of
trade names. The blank fills "mycin" or "mycetin". Kemacetin  or  some  such
spelling is a company trade name for Chloro____.  Chlorofin  is  almost  the
same thing.

    Read the literature for the strength of each tablet or shot and what it
is good for. You can puzzle this out even in a foreign language.


    Follow the literature.
If one doesn't work, another  will.  Chloro  or  Aureo___handles  dysentery,
stomach and bowel upsets, some viruses and a lot of other things.


                                  VITAMINS

    B1 should be  given  when  giving  anti-biotics  or  the  patient  gets
depressed as all the B1 gets eaten up by anti-biotics, just  as  alcohol  or
sleeping pills eat up B1. 100 mg of B1 a day is an absolute  minimum  for  a
person taking anti-biotics.


    B2 is vital to give anyone with stomach and bowel complaints whether he
is on anti-biotics or not.


    Vitamin C is excellent for helping colds and infections. 250 mg is  the
usual dose a couple times  a  day.  It's  much  like  fruit  in  that  fruit
contains a lot of it. If anyone's teeth or gums get sore  push  in  lots  of
Vitamin C.


    So B 1 and C are usual along with anti-biotics. B1, C and B2 are  vital
to help clear up stomach and bowel complaints along with anti-biotics.


                             INTESTINAL BACTERIA

    Natural intestinal bacteria are vital to digest and handle food.  These
all get killed off by oral anti-biotics and must be replaced.


    Yoghurt is the usual remedy and one should eat it for several  days,  a
portion a day after getting well with anti-biotics.


    The clever French put these exact bacteria in  glass  vials  for  daily
dosage. This does the same thing even better  than  yoghurt.  It  is  called
"Biolactyl".


    Note: Under medical supervision, LRH has been handling anti-biotics  as
a ship captain for a long time and has done as well  independent  biological
research. Some of the data (the use of subnormal temperatures) is not  known
to the medical profession but was discovered by Ron in 1952 when he  had  to
discover it to save an important  person's  life  after  two  relapses  from
doctors using older methods. It has since been  proven  out  by  many  quick
successes using anti-biotics on ships.


    A person treating someone on anti-biotics must go over this HCO B  very
carefully as it is very condensed, very precise and means  exactly  what  it
says. When this data is not known some get into  long  illnesses  which  are
needless.


    A person treating another with anti-biotics  has  to  know  many  other
things but the above is very vital.


    All Div 5 personnel and anyone who will administer anti-biotics must *-
rate M9 M4 in Qual on this HCO B.  Medical  charts  (see  FO  2187  "Medical
Charts") must be made up so that, in case of any fever, the person  will  be
treated standardly to a speedy recovery.


      Compiled from the notes of LRH by

                                             Kima Jason
                                             Snr MO Flag
                                             for

LRH:KJ:nt.rd     L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1975       Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 19 APRIL 1975
Remimeo
Supervisors
Interne Supers
Cramming Officers
Auditors
                            OUT BASICS AND HOW TO
                                 GET THEM IN


    In C/Sing lately I have had spectacular case wins  just  using  basics.
Like getting the Pc in session, F/Ning what was asked  not  something  else,
false TA correction, false reads on W/Hs, catching a  forcing  of  the  Pc's
attention onto the meter and his TA, etc, etc.


    Just fundamental auditing. And it has sent bogged cases soaring.


    Here is a list of the out basics caught which can and did cause "bogs".
Noted with these  outnesses  are  the  HCO  Bs  and  BTBs  which  if  known,
understood and applied will correct the outness.


    Get flubbing Auditors and C/Ses word cleared, starrate checked out  and
drilled on the materials appropriate to the out basic found in  his  or  her
auditing or C/Sing.

1.    Auditing preclears in a bad and  noisy  environment  (Auditor  doesn't
    know he is responsible for the session environment).

      Reference:

      HCO B 30 Apr 1969      "Auditor Trust"
      HCO B 23 May 1971      "Basic Auditing Series 6
            Issue VI    Auditor Failure to Understand"
      BTB   17 July 1969R    "Flagrant Auditing Errors"
            Issue II

2.    Not assessing and handling an ARC Break that came up in the session.

      Reference:

    HCO B 12     Feb 1966   "The 'Dangerous Auditor' "
    HCO B 7 Sept 1964  "PTPs, Overts and ARC Breaks"
    HCO B 23     Aug 1971   "C/S Series 1-Auditor's Rights"
    HCO B 17     Oct 1964   "All Levels-Getting the Pc Sessionable"
    HCO PL  14 Oct 1968     "The Auditor's Code"

3.    False reads on W/Hs and asking for some W/Hs more than once  will  ARC
    Break the Pc.

      Reference:

    HCO PL  1 July 1965     "Comm Cycle Additives"
      Issue II
    HCO B   15 Aug 1969     "Flying Ruds"
    BTB     18 Nov 1968R    "Model Session"
    HCO B   10 July 1964    "Overts-Order of Effectiveness in Processing"

4.    Auditing the Pc over:

                 (a) False TA

      Reference:

    HCO B   24 Oct 1971     "False TA"
    HCO B   26 Oct 1970     "Obnosis and the Tone Scale"
      Issue III Reissued 19 Sept 74
    HCO PL  14 Oct 1968     "The Auditor's Code"


        (b) Pc out of session

      Reference:

    HCO B   30 Apr 1969     "Auditor Trust"
    HCO B   26 Apr 1971     "TRs and Cognitions"
    HCO B   7 May 1969      "The Five GAEs"
                 Issue IV

                 (c) Int Ext misunderstoods

    Reference:


    BTB     2 May 1972R     "Clearing Commands"
    BTB     13 Mar 1973R    "Handling Int/Ext"
    HCO PL  14 Oct 1968     "The Auditor's Code"


          (d) Misunderstoods on basic words


    Reference.


    HCO B   14 Nov 1965     "Clearing Commands"
    BTB     8 Jan 1971 R    "Auditing CS-1 for Dianetics and Scientology"
    BTB     2 May 1972R     "Clearing Commands"

5.    Calling the Pc's attention  to  the  meter  or  TA  or  his  hands  in
    session.

    Reference:


    HCO PL  14 Oct 1968     "The Auditor's Code" (Clause 17)
    HCO B   14 Oct 1968     "You Must Never "
    BTB     17 July 1969R   "Flagrant Auditing Errors"
      Issue II
    HCO B   26 Apr 1971     "TRs and Cognitions"
    HCO B   23 May 1971     "Basic Auditing Series 11-Metering"
      Issue IX
    HCO B    3 July 1971    "Scientology III-Auditing by Lists Revised"

6.    F/Ning a question on something else, not the question asked.

    Reference:


    HCO B   21 Sept 1965    "Out Tech"
    HCO B    7 Apr 1964     "All Levels-Q & A"
    HCO B    7 May 1969     "The Five GAEs"
      Issue IV
    HCO B   30 Apr 1971     "Auditing Comm Cycle"
    HCO B   13 Dec 1961     "Varying Sec Check Questions"
    HCO B   20 Nov 1973     "C/S Series 89-F/N What You Ask
      Issue II    or Program"
    HCO B   21 Nov 1973     "The Cure of Q & A"
    BTB     23 Dec 1972     "Integrity Processing Series 20
             C/Sing Integrity Processing"
    HCO B   14 Mar 1971R    "F/N Everything"

7.    Auditor carrying on past Exterior and good  win  and  asking  "say  or
    ask".

    Reference:


    HCO B   7 Mar 1975      "Ext and Ending Session"
    HCO B   16 Dec 1971RA   "C/S Series 35RA-Interiorization Errors"

8.    Lack of knowledge of Flows, doing F0s on a Triple Pc.

    Reference.


    HCO B   12 Jan 1975     "Quads Reinstated"
    HCO  B     7  Mar  1971      "C/S  Series   28RA-1-Use   of   Quadruple
    Reiss 13 Jan 75    Dianetics"
    HCO B   4 Apr 71-1R     "C/S Series 32RA-1R-Use of Quad Dianetics"
    HCO B        5  Apr  1971        "C/S  Series  33RA-1-Triple  and  Quad
    Reruns"
                 Reissued 13 Jan 75
    HCO B   21 Apr 71-1R    "C/S Series 36RB-1R
                                  Quadruple Dianetics-Dangers Of"

9.    Auditor C/Sing in the chair (running an  L1C  "on  post"  that  wasn't
    C/Sed for to handle an ARC Break that just occurred in session).

      Reference.

    BPL     15 Nov 1969R    "Rights and Duties"
      Issue II
    HCO B   23 Aug 1971     "C/S Series 1-Auditor's Rights"
    HCO B   19 Mar 1971     "List-1-C-L1C"
    BTB     11 Aug 1972RA   "C/S Series 83RA-Correction Lists"

10.   Auditor doing 2WCs without a C/S (C/Sing in the chair).

      Reference:

      HCO B      23 Aug 1971 "C/S Series 1-Auditor's Rights"
      HCO B      3 July 1970 "C/S Series 14-C/Sing 2-Way Comm"

11.   False TA.

      Reference:

    HCO B   24 Oct 1971     "False TA"
    HCOB    12 Nov 1971R    "False TA Addition"
    HCO B   15 Feb 1972     "False TA Addition 2"
    HCO B   18 Feb 1972     "False TA Addition 3"
    BTB     24 Jan 1973     "Examiner and False TA"
      Issue II
    HCO B   24 Nov 1973RB   "C/S Series 53RJ-Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S"
    HCO B   23 Nov 1973R    "Dry and Wet Hands Make False TA"
      Revised 23 Apr 75

12.   Not getting False TA handled before session and TA  down  with  proper
    hand cream before trying to audit.

      Reference:

       HCO B     29 Feb 1972R     "False TA Checklist"

13.   Applying hand cream during a session.

      Reference.

    HCO B   29 Feb 1972R    "False TA Checklist"
    HCO PL  14 Oct 1968     "The Auditor's Code" (Clause 17)
    HCOPL   1 July 1965     "Comm Cycle Additives"
                 Issue II

14.   Auditor overrunning due to False TA.

      Reference.  Same as 4 (a)

15.   Not writing down on worksheet what was done.

      Reference.

    HCO PL  19 Nov 1965     "Auditing Reports"
    HCO B   7 May 1969 "Summary of How to Write an
      Issue VI    Auditor's Report . . ."
    BTB     6 Nov 1972R     "Auditor Admin Series 14R
      Issue VII  The Worksheets"
    Tape Lecture 12 June 1971     "Flag Qual Interne Introductory Lecture"
    Tape Lecture 7 Apr 1972 "Expanded Dianetics Tape No. 3
            Auditor Administration"

 16.  Not writing down vital information in the worksheets.

    Reference:

    HCO PL  19 Oct  1974      "Urgent-The  Dramatization  of  Withholds  on
      Vital Information Lines"
    BPL     6 Nov 1974      "Obstruction of Vital Technical  or  Management
            Lines-High Crime"
    HCO PL  19 Nov 1965     "Auditing Reports" Also see No. 15 References

17.   Poor handwriting, illegible worksheets.

      Reference:

    BTB     6 Nov 1972R     "Auditor Admin Series 14R
      Issue VII   The Worksheets"
    Tape Lecture 12 June 1971     "Flag Qual Interne Introductory Lecture"
    HCO B   3 Nov 1971 "C/S Series 66-Auditor's Worksheets"
    Tape Lecture 7 Apr 1972 "Expanded Dianetics Tape No. 3
            Auditor Administration"
    BTB 20 July 1974   "Auditor Expertise Drills Series 1
             Basic Auditing Drills" ED 19, ED 20

18.   C/S not using the D of P for Interview to get data on what's  up  with
    the case when you have a failed session.

    Reference:

      HCO B      28 Sept 1971     "C/S Series 62-Know Before You Go"
      HCO B      23 Aug 1971      "C/S Series 1-Auditor's Rights"

19.   Repairing the Pc instead of the Auditor-going into a sudden repair  in
    the middle of an Advance Program.

      Reference:

      HCO B  9 June 1971     "C/S Series 42-C/S Rules
            Issue II    Complete Cycles"
      HCO B 9 June 1971      "C/S Series 43-C/S Rules
            Issue III  Trouble for the Pc"
      HCO B 6 Dec 1973 "C/S Series 90-The Primary Failure"
      HCO B 26 May 1971      "C/S Series 38-TRs Course and Auditing
                 Mixing Major Actions"
       HCO   B   31   Mar   1971        "C/S   Series   31-Programming   and
    Misprogramming"
      HCO B 15 June 1972     "C/S Series 80-Dog Pcs"

20.   Pc doesn't want auditing.

      Reference:

      The Book of Case Remedies   Remedy K
      HCO B 11 May 1969      "Forcing a Pc"
      HCO B 10 June 1971     "C/S Series 44R-C/S Rules
            Issue I    Programming from Prepared Lists"
      HCO B  I Aug 1968      "The Laws of Listing and Nulling"
      HCO B 15 Dec 1968R     "L4BR for Assessment of All Listing Errors"

21.   Agreeing with Pc's demands for the next  Grade  despite  all  contrary
    indicators.

    Reference:

      HCO B 23 Aug 1971      "C/S Series 1-Auditor's Rights"
      HCO B 16 June 1970     "C/S Series 6-What the C/S Is Doing"
      HCO B 3 Mar 1969 "Case Gain-Completing Levels"
      HCO B 9 June 1971      "C/S Series 42-C/S Rules
            Issue II   Complete Cycles"
      HCO B 26 Aug 1970      "C/S Series 17-Incomplete Cases"
      HCO B 19   June 1970   "C/S Series 7-C/S Q & A"

 22.  Trying to fix "No  EP"  on  one  Rundown  by  trying  to  run  another
    Rundown.

      Reference:

      HCO B 26 May 1971      "C/S Series 38-TRs Course and Auditing
                 Mixing Major Actions"
      HCO B 23 Aug 1971      "C/S Series 1-Auditor's Rights"
      HCO B 16 June 1970     "C/S Series 6-What the C/S Is Doing"
      HCO B 7 Apr 1964 "All Levels-Q & A"

23.   Failing to call for  an  FES  when  you  don't  know  after  a  failed
    Rundown.

      Reference.

      HCO B      6 Oct 1970       "C/S Series 19-Folder Error Summaries"
      HCO B      25 June 1970     "C/S Series 11"

24.   C/S not reading  the  worksheets  or  missing  corny  errors  and  not
    correcting the Auditor.

      Reference:

      BTB   30 Nov 1971R     "C/S Series 67-The Code of a C/S"
      HCO B 15 Nov 1969      "Case Supervision, How it Goes
            Issue II    Non-Standard"
      BPL   15 Nov 1969R     "Rights and Duties"
            Issue II
      HCO B 22 Sept 1971     "C/S Series 61-The Three Golden  Rules  of  the
      C/S"
      HCO B 3 Nov 1971 "C/S Series 66-Auditor's Worksheets"
      HCO B 25 Sept 1974     "Urgent-Important-C/S Series 94
                 Reduction of Refunds-C/Ses and Overload"
       HCO  B  10  Nov  1970       "C/S  Series  21-C/S  Responsibility  for
    Training"
      HCO B 16 Aug 1972      "C/S Series 84-Flubless C/Sing"

                                  _________

    I am catching C/Ses for real big actions on  top  of  these  corny  out
basics. Errors in Tech are OUT BASICS.


    You don't have to figure figure on Cloud 89 on what's wrong when the Pc
simply hasn't picked up the cans!


    I bet a lot of cases would go like a shot on just basics!


                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt jh
Copyright � 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 23 APRIL 1975
Remimeo
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Auditors
                        VANISHING CREAM AND FALSE TA

      Ref:  HCO B      24 Oct 71  "False TA"
            HCO B      12 Nov 71R       "False TA Addition"
            HCO B      15 Feb 72  "False TA Addition 2"
            HCO B      18 Feb 72  "False TA Addition 3"
            HCO B      29 Feb 72RA      "False TA Checklist"
            HCO B      23 Nov 73R       "Dry and Wet Hands
                                  Make False TA"

    After further and more extensive tests  vanishing  creams  have  proven
unsuitable as a solution to dry hands.


    In some cases vanishing creams have actually dried out pcs'  hands  and
caused a false high TA.


    Vaseline Intensive Care Lotion has proven very workable when applied to
a pc's hands, rubbed in and any excess wiped off.


    Another cream called Locorten was also found workable but  it  contains
cortisone which burns the eyes if you rub  them  with  your  hands.  Further
tests are underway on Locorten without  cortisone  but  these  are  not  yet
complete.


    Another hand cream formula was found 90% effective  upon  test  and  is
somewhat similar to the Locorten formula without cortisone. Its formula is:

            75 grams   Emulsified Cetomacrofolis Wax
                       (80% cetostearyl alcohol and
                       20% cetomacrofol 1000)
      100 grams  Cetyl Alcohol
            20 grams   Sorbitol Solution 70%
      1 gram     Sorbic Acid up to
      500 grams  water

    You could have this cream made up by any pharmacist.

                            A NOTE ON FOOTPLATES

    Footplates generally give a wrong TA  position  and  obscure  F/Ns  and
reads.


    They are not recommended except as a last resort where  the  pc  cannot
use cans.

                              FALSE TA HANDLING

    It has never been OK to call a pc's attention to his  hands  or  TA  or
meter during a session. Therefore when handling a false TA  get  the  TA  in
range with hand cream or can size or grip before session.


    Don't check for hand cream or  can  grip  or  change  cans  during  the
session except as directed on correction lists such as  a  C/S  Series  53RJ
under false TA.


    Otherwise it throws the pc out of session and puts his attention on his
TA.


    Use the session for auditing.


LRH:rs.ldv.rd    L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1975 Founder
by L Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 23 NOVEMBER 1973R
Remimeo     REVISED 23 APRIL 1975
Tech & Qual
All Levels
All Auditors
                              DRY AND WET HANDS
                                MAKE FALSE TA


    A couple of years ago some auditors were solving high  TA  problems  by
putting hand cream on the pc's hands when they  were  calloused  and  talcum
powder on a pc's hands when they were too wet. Since no  research  had  been
done they were censured.


    Research has now been done on this matter of dry and wet hands.


    Apparently when a person has taken certain medicines or  chemicals,  or
uses detergent soaps or is in contact with certain chemicals (such as  those
in some furniture polishes) the ordinary skin oils vanish.  These  oils  are
needed to make an electrical contact with the cans.


    When these oils are absent, there is no adequate electrical contact and
the "TA is High".


    When a person is deficient in certain  minerals  or  vitamins  such  as
magnesium or B Complex, his hands can be excessively wet.


    Either of these  two  conditions  in  hands  or  feet  can  produce  an
incorrect TA position.


    The dry condition produces a false high TA.


    The overly wet condition produces a false low TA.


    The TA depends on normally moist hands. This does not  mean  the  meter
works on "sweat". It does mean the meter works only when there is a  correct
electrical contact.


    Too much and too greasy hand cream could produce too low a TA.


    Vanishing creams don't work as they are found to actually dry  out  the
skin after repeated application and so produce a falsely high TA.


    Too much powder or drier could produce too high a TA.


    Therefore one must not go to extremes.


                                  DRY HANDS

    The excessively "dry" hand is seen as shiny  or  polished  looking.  It
feels very dry.


    The correct treatment is to use a hand cream such as Vaseline Intensive
Care Lotion (obtainable from any cosmetics store) not a  greasy  hand  cream
or vanishing cream.


    A good hand cream  rubs all the way into the skin and leaves no  excess
grease.


    This restores normal electrical contact.


    Such a hand cream would only have to be  applied  once  per  session-at
session start-as it lasts for a long while.  Hand  cream  is  never  applied
during session.


    This would apply to some footplate  cases  as  well  (whose  hands  are
defective or too heavily calloused).


    If a cream leaves smears on a can, it is too  heavily  applied  or  too
little absorbed.
Hand cream is usually smeared on, rubbed  in  and  can  then  be  thoroughly
wiped off. The hands (or feet) will usually produce, then, a normal  TA  and
meter response.


                                  WET HANDS

    Anti-perspirants can be applied to too wet hands. There are many brands
of these, often a powder or spray.


    It can be wiped off after application and should work for two or  three
hours.


    It can be applied to hands or feet (for footplates).


    If the TA then goes too high, use hand cream on top of it.


                                   SUMMARY

    While much work could  be  done  still,  the  above  is  enough  for  a
practical result.


                                   WARNING

    Hi TAs and Lo TAs do not widely F/N. If you are getting wide persistent
F/N with the TA too high (above 3) or too low (below 2) you have a pc  whose
hands are too dry or too wet. Using this HCO B  should  correct  it  and  in
future sessions you should continue the remedy on that pc.


    NOTHING in this HCO B excuses the misreading or falsifying of a TA. Get
the TA in normal range with this HCO B before you  start  calling  processes
ended.


    C/S 53RJ and the False TA checklist HCO B 29 Feb 1972RA, Revised 23 Apr
75, are your tools for handling too high and too low TAs.


    The only other conditions I know of that make an auditor mess up a pc's
TA are:

    (a)     A discharged meter (registers high).


    (b)     An incorrectly set meter by trim button.


    (c)     A "fleeting F/N" where the  pc  F/Ns  so  briefly  the  auditor
        misses it and overruns.


    (d)     Bad TRs.


    (e)     Unflat processes.


    (f)     Overrun processes.


    (g)     Heavy drugs or medicines.

    False TA often comes to light when the auditor runs out of  reasons  it
is high or low and it dawns on him that he is dealing with false TA. In  the
latter case he should know all MATERIALS ON THIS SUBJECT OF FALSE TA  (given
on HCO B 29 Feb 1972RA, Revised 23 Apr 75, as  references)  AND  REMEDY  THE
FALSE TA SITUATION AND THEN RESUME  NORMAL  AUDITING.  He  must  not  go  on
calling high or low TA F/Ns just by assuming the TA is false.


    Given a contact the meter always tells the truth.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:clb.rs.ldv.jh.rd
Copyright � 1973, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO BULLETIN OF 29 FEBRUARY 1972RA
Tech & Qual REVISED 23 NOVEMBER 1973
All Levels  REVISED 23 APRIL 1975
All Auditors
                             FALSE TA CHECKLIST

                 Ref:  HCO B 24 Oct 71  False TA
                       HCO B 12 Nov 71  False TA Addition
                       HCO B 15 Feb 72  False TA Addition 2
                       HCO B 18 Feb 72  False TA Addition 3
                       BTB   24 Jan 73 II    Examiner and False TA
                       HCO B 24 Nov 73  C/S 53RJ
                       HCO B 23 Nov 73  Dry and Wet Hands
                                             Make False TA


    The following are the items to be checked by an auditor on any  pc.  It
need only be done once unless the check itself is  suspected  false,  or  if
conditions of the pc's hands, etc change.


    The checklist is kept in the pc folder and is  entered  on  the  folder
summary as an action done.


    The  value  of  operating  with  correct  can  size   should   not   be
underestimated, the reference HCO Bs state why.


    The auditor signs and answers the following points  on  the  checklist,
and gets answers from the pc where needed.
                                  _________

    R-Factor to pc: "We are going to check the cans and adjust them to  get
the best accuracy."

1.    Is the meter charged fully? _________

2.    Is the meter trimmed correctly?   _________

3.    Are the leads connected to the meter and cans?     _________

4.    Are the cans rusty?    _________

5.    Are pc's hands excessively dry requiring hand cream?    _________

6.    Are the pc's hands excessively wet requiring powder?    _________

7.     The  pc  is  NOT   being  told  continually  to   wipe   his   hands?
_________

8.    The pc's grip on the cans is NOT  being continually checked by
      the auditor in a way that interrupts the pc? _________

9.    TA position on large cans?  _________
      Size approx 4 7/8 inches by 2 5/8 inches or 121/2 cm by 7 cm

10.   TA position on medium cans? _________
      Size approx 3 3/4 inches by 2 1/8 inches or 9 cm by 5 cm

11.   TA position on small cans?  _________
      Size approx 2 inches by 1 3/16 inches or 5 cm by 3 cm

 12.  Are the cans too large for pc?    _________

13.   Are the cans too small for pc?    _________

14.   Are the cans just right in size?  _________
15.   Are the cans cold?     _________

16.   Are the pc's hands dry or calloused?   _________

17.   Does the pc have arthritic hands? _________

18.   TA position on foot plates? _________

    (Foot plates are used and TA checked on them when the answer
    to 16 & 17 is affirmative.)

19.   Are the pc's feet calloused or excessively wet or dry?  _________

20.   Does the pc loosen his grip on the cans?     _________

21.   Check the pc's grip, does he hold the cans correctly?   _________
      (See E-Meter Drill 5.)

22.   Is the pc hot?   _________

22A   Is the pc well slept?  _________

23.   Is the pc cold?  _________

23A   Is the pc hungry?      _________

24.   Is it too late at night?    _________

25.   Is auditing being done not in the pc's  normal  regular  awake  hours?
_________

26.   Are there rings on the pc's hands?     _________

27.   Is the pc wearing tight shoes?    _________

28.   Is the pc wearing tight clothes?  _________

29.   Is it actually chronic High or Low TA case condition?   _________

30.   Has the pc gone into despair over his TA?    _________

    The handling of these points is stated in the reference HCO Bs.


    The handling of high or low TA after checking these points  is  by  C/S
53RJ, Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S.


    The way to be sure of a C/S 53RJ or  Hi-Lo  TA  list  is  by  continued
assessment and handling of  these  lists  until  an  F/N  on  assessment  is
gotten.


    So standard tech handles the high and low TA. The C/S Series gives more
data on the subject.


                                       Compiled by Flag XIIs
                                       for Training & Services Bureau


                                       Revised by


                                       L. RON HUBBARD
                                       Founder








LRH:BL:JW:nt jh.rd
Copyright �1972, 1973, 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                     HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1961RA
                             REVISED 30 MAY 1975
Remimeo

                       JOHANNESBURG CONFESSIONAL LIST
                                  -REVISED


    (Revised to exclude "represent" questions which were L&N  type  actions
and could cause upset in the event of a wrong item. If  a  pc  lists   to  a
question the rules of L&N apply.)


    This is  the  Johannesburg  Confessional  List   further  amplified  by
myself. This is the roughest Confessional  List   in  Scientology.  We  will
call it the "Jo'burg Confessional". It does not  necessarily  replace  other
Confessional Lists but it is probably the most thorough one we have now.


    In reprinting this form use legal (foolscap)  length  and  double-space
everything except directions.


    It must be done by a person qualified per HCO PL 13 November 1974, "HCO
May Do Confessional Lists". Every  reading item must be F/Ned.


                          JOBURG CONFESSIONAL LIST
                           HCO Confessional Form 2


Name of Person                               Date _________________

Name of Auditor/HCO Terminal___________________________________________

    DlRECTIONS. Attempt to clear any fall observed. Mark any fall  observed
or any meter reaction change elicited by the question. Then  write  what  it
cleared on. Mark largely if  the  fall  could  not  be  cleared  since  this
constitutes a failure to pass. Only fail somebody  if  there  is  no  needle
motion of any kind even with sensitivity at 16 on any question. If they  are
failing because it is hard to clear a question, work very thoroughly  on  it
in an effort to clear it. In all cases complete the test.


    If an important question fails to clear even after Auditor/HCO Terminal
has worked very hard to get it off, the test is flunked.


    The following  statement  should  be  read  or  quoted  to  the  person
receiving the Confessional List:


    "We are about to begin a Confessional. We are  not  moralists.  We  are
able to change people. We are not here to  condemn  them.  While  we  cannot
guarantee you that matters revealed  in  this  list  will  be  held  forever
secret, we can promise you faithfully that no part of it nor any answer  you
make here will be given to the Police or the State.  No  Scientologist  will
ever bear witness against  you  in  Court  by  reason  of  answers  to  this
Confessional. This Confessional is  exclusively  for  Scientology  purposes.
The only ways you can fail this Confessional  are  to  refuse  to  take  the
test, to fail to  answer  its  questions  truthfully  or  if  you  are  here
knowingly to injure Scientology. The only penalty  attached  to  failure  of
this Confessional is our refusal to employ you or issue you  a  certificate,
and this will only happen if we find you  are  trying  knowingly  to  injure
Scientology. You can pass  this  test  by  (1)  agreeing  to  take  it,  (2)
answering each  question  truthfully  and  (3)  not  being  a  member  of  a
subversive group seeking to injure Scientology."
The first questions are nul questions to determine your reaction pattern.

We will now begin:

      Lie Reaction:

A.    Are you sitting in a chair?
B.    Are you on the Moon?
C.    Are all cats black?
D.    Am I an ostrich?
E.    Is this Earth?
F.    Have you ever drunk water?
G.    Are you holding up a tree?
H.    Am I an elephant?
I.    Are you a table?
J.    Is this a Confessional List?
                                  _________

1.    Have you ever lived or worked under an assumed name?
2.    Have you given me your right name?
3.    Are you here for a different purpose than you say?
4.    Have you ever stolen anything?
5.    Have you ever forged someone else's signature?
6.    Have you ever blackmailed anybody?
7.    Have you ever been blackmailed?
8.    Have you ever smuggled anything?
9.    Have you ever been in prison?
10.   Have you ever indulged in drunkenness?
11.   Have you ever done any reckless driving?
12.   Have you ever burglared any place?
13.   Have you ever embezzled money?
14.   Have you ever assaulted anyone?
15.   Have you ever been in jail?
16.   Have you ever told lies in court?
17.   Have you ever had anything to do with Pornography?
18.   Have you ever committed Arson?
19.   Have you ever been a Drug Addict?
20.   Have you ever peddled Dope?
21.   Have you had any dealings with stolen goods?
22.   Do you have a Police Record?
23.   Have you ever raped anyone?
24.   Have you ever been involved in an abortion?
25.   Have you assisted in any abortion?
26.   Have you ever committed adultery?
27.   Have you ever practiced Homosexuality?
28.   Have you ever had intercourse with a member of your family?
29.   Have you ever been sexually unfaithful?
30.   Have you ever practiced Sodomy?
31.   Have you ever consistently made a practice of sexual perversion?
32.   Have you ever slept with a member of a race of another color?
33.   Have you ever committed culpable homicide?
34.   Have you ever bombed anything?
35.   Have you ever murdered anyone?
36.   Have you ever kidnapped anyone?
37.   Have you ever done any illicit Diamond buying?
38.   Have you ever betrayed anyone for money?
39.   Have you ever threatened anyone with a firearm?
40.   Have you been in illegal possession of firearms?
41.   Have you ever been paid for giving evidence?
42.   Have you ever destroyed something belonging to someone else?
43.   Have you ever been a spy for an Organization?
    44.     Have you ever had anything to  do  with  Communism  or  been  a
    Communist?
45.   Have you ever been a newspaper reporter?
46.   Have you ever had intercourse while under the influence of drugs?
47.   Have you ever had intercourse while under the influence of alcohol?
48.   Have you ever used drugs or alcohol to procure sex?
48a.  Have you ever used blackmail to procure sex?
49.   Have you ever ill-treated children?
50.   Have you ever taken money for giving anyone sexual intercourse?
51.   Have you ever had any connection with a brothel?
52.   Have you ever had anything to do with a baby farm?
53.   Have you ever been a spy for the Police?
54.   Are you afraid of the Police?
55.   Have you ever done anything you are afraid the Police may find out?
56.   Have you ever falsified the books in any firm you worked for?
57.   Have you ever done anything your Mother would be ashamed to find out?
58.   How could you help yourself generally?
59.   Have you committed any overts against yourself?
60.   How could you help your family?
61.   Have you committed any overts against your family?
62.   How do you feel about sex?
63.   Have you committed any overts against the org?
63a   Have you committed any overts against others?
63b.  Have you committed any overts against a group?
64.   How could you help the org?
64a.  How could you help others?
64b.  How could you help a group?
65.   How could you help mankind?
66.   Have you ever controlled people?
67.   How do you feel about being controlled?
68.   Have you committed any overts against mankind?
69.   How could you help animals and plants?
70.   Have you committed any overts against animals and plants?
71.   How could you help material things?
72.   Have you committed any overts against matter?
72a.  Have you committed any overts against energy?
72b.  Have you committed any overts against space?
72c.  Have you committed any overts against time?
73.   How could you help Spirits?
74.   Have you committed any overts against Spirits?
75.   How could you help God or Infinity?
76.   Have you committed any overts against God?
76a.  Have you committed any overts against Infinity?
77.   What is Communism?
78.   Do you feel Communism has some good points?
79.   Have you ever been a member of the Communist Party?
80.   Have you ever been a member of any group with similar  ideals  as  the
    Communist Party?
81.   Do you know any Communist personally?
82.   Have you ever injured Dianetics or Scientology?
83.   Have you ever committed any overts on a Scientology Organization?
84.   Have you ever stolen anything from a Scientology Org?
85.   Do you have any overts on LRH?
86.   Have you ever had unkind thoughts about LRH?
87.   Do you have any overts on Mary Sue?
88.   Have you ever had any unkind thoughts about Mary Sue?
89.   Have you ever injured any Scientologists?
90.   Have you ever had any unkind thoughts about Scientologists?
91.   Have you ever betrayed Scientology?
92.   Do you know of any secret plans against Scientology?
93.   Have you ever taken money to injure Scientology?
94.   Have you  ever  used  Dianetics  or  Scientology  to  force  sex  upon
    someone?
95.   Do you know of any plans to injure a Scientology Organization?
96.   Are you upset about this Confessional List?


_______________________________   ________________________________
      Passed     Failed

____________________________________________________________________
WHY?

                                           _________________________________
                                        Signed by Examiner


LRH :nt jh  L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright � 1961, 1972, 1975 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED


[The Johannesburg Security Check, HCO PL 7 April 1961, Volume IV, page  242,
was revised on 12 November 1972  as  HCO  PL  7  April  1961R,  Johannesburg
Security Check-Revised, to exclude  "represent"  questions  which  were  L&N
type actions. The above HCO PL makes further revisions in this type style  .
)
                          DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY
                            TECHNICAL DICTIONARY

                              by L. Ron Hubbard

                                  Published
                                  June 1975


The Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary is a vital  necessity  to
all Scientologists.

It contains over 3,000 Dianetic and Scientology words and 7,000  definitions
taken from the 1950-1975 writings and lectures of L. Ron Hubbard,  with  the
exact source given for each definition so that you can refer  to  source  if
you want more elaboration on the subject.

Every book, tape and  bulletin  ever  published,  millions  of  written  and
spoken  words,  were  combed  for  Dianetic  and   Scientology   words   and
definitions and then checked and rechecked.

"The student who is not completely conversant  with  these  exact  words  as
contained in this dictionary will find himself drowsing over  his  bulletins
and utterly  appalled  when  he  tries  to  obtain  results  which  are  not
forthcoming due to his lack of understanding of some small word."
                    L. Ron Hubbard-Introduction to the Technical Dictionary.

In addition to giving an understanding of the vocabulary of the subject  and
clearing  up  misunderstood  words  and  abbreviations  in  connection  with
Dianetics  and  Scientology,  there  is  a  further  major  use   for   this
dictionary. The student requiring information about any  area  of  Dianetics
or Scientology need only look up the words connected with that area  and  he
will be provided with references to appropriate material for  further  study
of that area.

Here is a wealth of knowledge all by itself! Things  are  defined  that  Man
searched for for 50,000 years.

592 pages, illustrated, hardcover with  dust  jacket.  Available  from  your
nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the  publishers:
Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6,  1608  Copenhagen  V,
Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723  West
Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 23 OCTOBER 1975
Remimeo
All Flag
All Folo Tech Terminals
All Quality Control Personnel
All Qual Personnel
All Tech Personnel


                              TECHNICAL QUERIES


    Over the years we have had a great deal of experience  with  "Technical
Queries".


    Many new trainee Auditors have come to Flag. A  certain  percentage  of
these were very happy to be there  because  now  their  "technical  queries"
could be "answered". And so my  lines  would  carry  their  queries  and  of
course an investigation would ensue to find why  an  org  Class  IV  or  VII
would have technical queries.


    IT WAS FOUND IN ALL CASES THAT THE PERSON WITH THE TECHNICAL QUERY  HAD
MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS OR HAD NEVER READ  THE  MATERIALS  OR  LISTENED  TO  THE
REQUIRED TAPES.


    The misunderstood words  were  things  like  "Scientology",  "Auditor",
"HCO", "tone arm"-things the person  was  encountering  continually  in  his
work.


    EVERY one of these "technical queries" was already fully covered in the
materials but the person had never bothered  to  clean  up  his  Mis-Us  or,
occasionally, read the basic materials available to him.


    It was further found that IT WAS ABSOLUTELY  FATAL  TO  TRY  TO  ANSWER
THESE QUERIES OR EXPLAIN THEM. The explanation  given  would  just  dive  in
under the misunderstood words or absence of study and the person would  just
have more bewildered queries.


    So it became the very firm rule on my lines that when technical queries
were received the person was at once metered properly to  locate  the  Mis-U
words and get them defined or the false report that he or  she  had  studied
the materials at all.


    When "technical queries" were handled this way and ONLY when  they  are
handled this way, the result was F/N VVVVVGIs. Any explanation brought  only
BIs.


    So the rule is very, very firm.


    ALWAYS ANSWER A TECHNICAL QUERY BY REFERRAL TO MATERIALS AND A CRAMMING
ORDER TO FIND THE MIS-U WORDS.


    The Auditor who is not handled this way will go on failing.


    Further, VERBAL tech explanations or letters which explain things enter
a false data line into the scene and drives tech further out.  Such  actions
create a squirrel scene. So:


    NEVER EXPLAIN VERBALLY OR ON PAPER IN ANSWERING A TECHNICAL QUERY. Only
refer to materials and issue cramming orders  to  find  the  Mis-Us  or  the
unstudied materials.


    Probably the reason why Flag trained Auditors  and  Auditors  who  have
been working on my C/S lines produce such phenomenal  results  is  that  the
above two rules are fully enforced wherever I am working.
And it is true-the best Auditors in the world have  been  made  by  applying
these rules.

    And now that you have the Tech Dictionary it is especially easy.


    So DON'T do an Auditor or Student  in  by  explaining  the  answers  to
technical queries. Apply these rules and  make  them  come  through  on  the
original materials.


    To do anything else is a severe disservice.


    These are the basic rules of keeping tech in.


      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 26 OCTOBER AD25
Remimeo
All Students
All HGC Auditors
All C/Ses   C/S Series 95
All Internes


                               "FAILED" CASES


    There are no failed cases. There are only failed C/Ses and Auditors.


    In a recent test; this was proven conclusively. A  number  of  no-case-
gain, slow- case-gain, sickie and "failed  cases"  were  rounded  up.  Using
well trained Flag Auditors and the most basic of lists, every one  of  these
cases was soon flying.


    At another time, lists which had been "nulled" by a  group  of  trainee
Auditors were then taken over, on the same pcs, same lists, and renulled  by
Class Xs. Over half the reading items had been missed by  the  trainees-they
simply couldn't make the list read on the pcs. Yet the lists were  as  alive
as skyrockets. The pcs, under the  trainee  Auditors,  had  accumulated  all
manner of by-passed charge by having reading  items  ignored.  And  in  some
cases, having non-reading items given attention.


    To a trainee, all this seems incredible and  mysterious.  He  does  not
realize how very bad his metering can be, how faint and fainting his  TR  1.
He has numerous tricks which defeat him-such as keeping his  sensitivity  on
32 for a pc who only requires sensitivity 1, whereas the Auditor misses  all
his F/Ns as he can't keep the needle at set. He doesn't put his meter so  he
can see pc, paper and meter dial all in the same scope of vision and  misses
the  reads.  His  Auditor  presence  is  so  poor  and   his   attitude   so
unprofessional that the pc isn't really in  session.  His  own  introversion
prevents him from really observing the pc's tone or reaction.


    All these faults can be cured and HAVE to be before an Auditor can call
himself  a  real  Auditor.  Short  of  that  he  is  just  a   fooling-about
dilettante. And he has "failed pcs".


    It takes hard sweating work to get good enough to be a real Auditor. It
takes hours and hours and hours of TRs the hard way. It takes a high  degree
of honesty that includes never faking and going  by  misunderstoods  in  his
materials, always being honest in his auditing  reports,  constant  practice
with his metering, drills with the tone scale and a large  degree  of  self-
discipline.


    It isn't "talent" that makes the good Auditor. It is practice and  more
practice until he himself knows first that he didn't  know  and  then  knows
that he really knows.


    The source of out tech is only laziness and dishonesty. Someone who  is
afraid of work thinks he can PR the C/S and the pc, fumble his  way  through
and succeed out of fakery. That route is failure. And  it  ends  in  "failed
cases". Don't be a psychologist or psychiatrist. That was their route.


    In the hands of a thoroughly trained and drilled  Auditor,  Scientology
works and works splendidly.


    There are no dog cases, no "ncgs", no failed cases.


    But there are "Auditors" who don't  study  and  drill  hard  enough  to
become real Auditors. And there are C/Ses who don't know their business  and
who don't keep up their study and are too lazy to FES or  read  sessions  or
cram their Auditors.
There are an awful lot of excellent Auditors and many very fine  C/Ses.  But
in some local areas, where verbal tech gets going and  ethics  is  out,  the
quality sags. And there you have ncgs and slow pcs and "failed cases".


    Want to know how lazy your C/Ses and Auditors are? How  many  ncgs  and
failed cases do you have around? If you have any at all, tech in  your  area
is out.


    A C/S 53RJ taken to F/Ning list and a GF40X taken  to  an  F/Ning  list
will cure any ncg or failed case. BUT it has to be done by  an  Auditor  who
has sweated it out doing the checksheets of Qual required  to  make  a  list
read.


    So do not send to find the real who when cases  bog  or  "fail".  Don't
blame and repair cases. Repair the Auditors and C/Ses.


    It not only can be done. It is easier to do it than wrestle around with
an "ARC Broken field".


    And it not only can be done, it MUST be done.



      L. RON HUBBARD
      Founder

LRH:nt.rd
Copyright � 1975
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                        HCO BULLETIN OF 27 JULY 1976
Remimeo
ALL AUDITORS

                        PTS RUNDOWN AND VITAL INFO RD
                             POSITION CORRECTED






    It has just come to my attention that HCOB 9 December 1971RA and HCOB 6
October 1974, which were written by then CS-4, restricted. PTS handling  and
Vital Info RD to Expanded Dianetics which is a false position.


    The  PTS  Checksheet  is  Board  Policy  Letter  31  May  1971RB.  That
checksheet MUST be studied and  passed  by  ALL  staff  concerned  with  PTS
handling whether in HCO or in Div 4 or Div 5. In short, THAT is  the  actual
position on the grade chart or in classes of the PTS Rundown.


    When listing has to be done to handle a PTS person or to find a why  or
who, on PTS RDs or anything else, it is dangerous for anyone but a Class  IV
who has been interned to do it. THAT is a matter of who can do  listing.  It
is NOT a matter of where the pc is on the grade chart.


    YOU HAVE TO HANDLE THOSE WHO ARE PTS AS PTSes BEFORE YOU CAN AUDIT THEM
SUCCESSFULLY.


    ANYONE HANDLING PTS PEOPLE MUST HAVE PASSED AND BEEN CERTIFIED  ON  THE
PTS CHECKSHEET, BPL 31 May 1971RB.


    The errors put in these two HCOBs have caused orgs  and  the  field  to
fill up with PTSes which went unhandled. You cannot audit a  PTS  person  on
anything but what handles PTSness.


    The HCOBs are being reissued as HCOB  9  December  1971RB  and  HCOB  6
October 1974R to correct the error of placing PTS RD in  Expanded  Dianetics
where it does  not  belong  and  placing  the  Vital  Info  RD  in  Expanded
Dianetics.


    A mission that worked more than  a  year  correcting  HCOBs  that  were
marked as written by  me  but  weren't  and  reissuing  as  Board  Technical
Bulletins missed these. They otherwise did well. The person  who  wrote  the
originals found them and called it to attention as an error.


    PLEASE CORRECT THIS IN ALL PACKS.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt
Copyright � 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo
Class IV    HCO BULLETIN OF 9 DECEMBER 1971RB
Ex Dn Spclst             REVISED 29 JULY 1976
Requires:   Revision in this type style to cancel
WC 2      any restriction of PTS RD to Ex Dn
*Rate       and to add Flow 0 Commands
Clay             for Quad pcs.
TRs 4000-9
        4000-10

                                 PTS RUNDOWN

       References:

      BPL   31 May 71RA      PTS/SP Checksheet
      HCOB  20 Jan 72  PTS RD Addition
      HCOB  16 Apr 72  PTS RD Correction List
      HCOB  17 Apr 72  C/S Series 76 C/Sing a PTS RD
      HCOB  3 Jun 72R  PTS RD, Final Step
      HCOB  24 Apr 72  C/S Series 79 PTS Interviews
      HCOB  10 Aug 73  PTS Handling
      HCOB  9 Nov 67   Review Auditors
      HCOB  14 Jan 68  S&D Type "S"
      HCOB  19 Jan 68  S&Ds by Button
      HCOB  16 Aug 69  Handling Illness in Scn


                                    CASES


    One remaining problem in cases was "PTS phenomena."


    P.T.S. means Potential Trouble Source. When someone  is  suppressed  he
becomes a Potential Trouble Source.


    There are numerous HCOBs and PLs on this subject. All of them are  true
observations and predictions.


    The cause of ROLLERCOASTER is PTS. Rollercoaster means a slump after  a
gain. Pcs who do not hold their gains are PTS.


    S and Ds (for Search and Discovery) was the earlier approach. These are
still valid and "3 S&Ds" as a rundown is used in  the  PTS  Rundown  without
change.


    Now with the PTS Rundown, the handling  of  this  common  and  all  too
frequent case condition can be handled.


                                 WHO DOES IT


    Hopefully it can be done by Class IVs who are also HDCs,  HGC  Okay  to
Audits.


    For an Auditor who is not HDC Class IV Okay to Audit HGC  by  competent
interneship to attempt a PTS Rundown would be very risky for the  pc  as  it
needs exact listing, exact TRs, exact metering, exact Code keeping and  very
honest auditing and competent C/Sing.


                                 DEVELOPMENT


    Earlier discovery and development of  the  PTS  theory  is  extensively
covered.


    The recent wrap up came about through my OT research in November 1971.
The principle breakthrough was realizing one should  NOT  invalidate  having
known certain people before.


    This is similar to  the  past  life  discovery  in  1950.  Some  people
thinking this was "unpopular" frowned on it. Some others  were  only  famous
characters so flagrantly  that  past  lives  were  easily  invalidated.  But
people who don't go past track in  Dianetics  don't  recover.  Even  running
them as "imaginary" as  in  Science  of  Survival  advices  suddenly  breaks
through for a stalled Dianetic Case.


    In this same way with young men and girls using "I knew  you  when  you
were
    "  for  2D  advantage  tended  to  invalidate  having   known   certain
individuals before this life.


    But now it turns out that the ONLY PTS situation that  is  serious  and
lasting and can cause a rollercoaster comes from  having  known  the  person
before this life.


    Possibly in the last life or earlier lives one knew persons before that
life too. This however shows up in the 3 S&Ds.


                                  BREAKDOWN


    There are only four points of breakdown of the PTS Rundown.


1.    Improperly audited. Auditor not able to always do a correct list,  TRs
    out, metering out, poor  R3R,  just  plain  untrained  or  not  totally
    familiar with this Rundown.

2.    Pc not completely set up. Like: Has TA trouble but no C/S 53 done,  is
    a no change case but no GF 40R done, old auditing not repaired by a  GF
    and proper programming or no C/S 54 or too tired or  too  ill  for  the
    R3R.

3.    The Rundown not  fully  and  completely  done,  but  chopped  or  left
    incomplete (pc will still rollercoaster).

4.    People who "can't run engrams"-which means a druggie who hasn't had  a
    full Drug Rundown.


    There is nothing especially  tricky  about  the  auditing  of  the  PTS
Rundown except that all auditing should be of flubless quality and when  the
PTS RD is flubbed by bad lists or poor R3R or out TRs or  poor  metering  it
really IS a mess. The RD is so powerful that errors in C/Sing  and  auditing
it are especially rough.


    Currently sick pcs should not be run on the PTS Rundown as  a  standard
practice. It IS what they need BUT you can easily overwhelm a sick  pc  with
engram running.


    The time to run a PTS RD is when the pc is set up and when it is  noted
the pc rollercoasters, not when he collapses with a temperature.


    Rollercoaster can also be caused by a bad  Interiorization  RD  or  Int
repair, out lists, bypassed charge of other descriptions.  These  should  be
gotten rid of before a PTS RD is attempted.


    The prerequisites for a PTS RD are covered in 2 and 4 above. /t is  not
restricted to Ex Dn but is a separate RD developed before Ex Dn.


                               BEHAVIOR OF RD


    Valence shifts occur rapidly and frequently in PTS RDs  and  should  be
noted on the worksheet.


    The R3R can sometimes be a bit of a long haul on a basic  incident.  Be
sure with an L3RD. But get an erasure of basic no matter how hard  you  have
to work at it. In the
 PTS RD incidents can "develop." Missing pieces  can  appear.  A  whole  new
slant can occur on the subject when one goes to F2 after finishing Fl.


    Chronic somatics are likely to appear and be handled on  this  Rundown.
And case conditions not previously remedied by other means can  be  remedied
by this Rundown.


                                END PHENOMENA


    There is a point where the pc is absolutely sure  he  knew  the  person
before this life. This is NOT the EP.


    A pc can exteriorize on this RD. That is NOT the EP  (but  requires  an
Int RD if  none  has  been  done  before  and  the  TA  goes  high,  or  its
correction).


    THE EP IS A PC WHO IS GETTING AND KEEPING CASE GAINS  AND  NEVER  AGAIN
ROLLERCOASTERS.


                                    FLOWS


    You cannot use Flow 1 as any old direction to or from pc.  To  do  this
fouls it up. Flow 1 is to the pc.


    Flow 2 is pc to the person (or place).


    Flow 3 is the person (or place) to others.


    If you did Fl R3R as "Locate a time you knew       " you might  get  to
the pc, pc to the person or the person to others. You would not get a  clean
motivator Fl. This would leave the PTS chain partially run.


    This is also true of the ruds.


                                   RE-DOs


    If the pc does not recover, then reasons  for  failure  1  to  4  above
should be checked




    Then the lists and R3R should be handled with L4BR and L3RD.


    Then an overlooked item or person or place should be  scouted  for  and
handled. There is no question of the validity of the Rundown. It might  have
missed. "True love" might  have  been  passed  over  as  unlikely  but  such
obsessive attraction is always based on having known (and probably done  in)
the other person.


    Then the true EP will be attained where it only appeared to be before.


                            SUMMARY OF REFERENCES


    Here are the issues that directly cover the Rundown:


      HCOB  9 Dec 71RA PTS Rundown
      HCOB  20 Jan 72  PTS RD Addition
      HCOB  16 Apr 72  PTS RD Correction List
      HCOB  17 Apr 72  C/S Series 76 C/Sing a PTS RD
      HCOB  3 Jun 72RA PTS RD, Final Step
      HCOB  19 Jan 68  S&Ds by Button
      HCOB  16 Aug 69  Handling Illness in Scientology
      HCOB  20 Apr 72  C/S Series 78
            Issue II
      HCOB  15 Dec 68R L4BR
      HCOB  24 Apr 72  C/S Series 79 PTS Interviews
      HCOB  10 Aug 73  PTS Handling
                                 THE RUNDOWN


A.    PAST S&Ds:


    1.      Collect up past S&D  items  (which  should  have  already  been
        verified on set-ups) or get the pc to tell you them if no folder.




    2.      On the earliest one ask if known before. If it so reads  handle
        per steps 3-6. If not, pick next item and  repeat  this  check  for
        validity.


    3.      R3R Triple/quad the item using these commands:


        F1.      Locate a time when_____did something to you. R3R.


        F2.      Locate a time when you did something to _____R3R.


        F3.      Locate a time when _____ did something to others. R3R.


        F0.      Locate a time when you did something to  yourself  because
             of _____. R3R.


    4.      Triple/Quad Ruds and Overts on the item using these commands:


        (a)      Did_____ARC Break you? ARCU CDEINR. E/S to F/N.


        (b)      Did you ARC Break_____? ARCU CDEINR. E/S to F/N.


        (c)      Did_____ARC Break others? ARCU CDEINR.


        (d)      Did YOU ARC Break with yourself  because  of  _____?  ARCU
             CDEINR.


      ALWAYS DO A FRESH ARCU CDEINR ON EACH E/S.


        (e)      Did_____give you a problem? E/S to F/N.


        (f)      Did you give_____a problem? E/S to F/N.


        (g)      Did_____give others problems? E/S to F/N.


        (h)      Did you give yourself problems because of  _____?  E/S  to
             F/N.


                                 -----------


        (i)      Did you withhold anything from _____? E/S to F/N.


        ( j)     Did_____withhold anything from you? E/S to F/N.


        (k)      Did_____withhold anything from others? E/S to F/N.


        (I)      Did you withhold anything from yourself because of  _____?
             E/S to F/N.


                                 -----------


        (m)      Did_____commit an overt (harmful act) on you? E/S to F/N.


        (n)      Did you commit an overt (harmful act) on_____? E/S to F/N.


        (o)      Did_____commit an overt on others? E/S to F/N.



             (p)  Did you commit an overt on yourself because of _____?  E/S
             to F/N.




5.    Run "Can't Hav/Enforced Hav" with these steps:


    (a)     Clear "Can't have", "couldn't have" as DENIAL OF  SOMETHING  TO
        SOMEONE ELSE. Clear "enforced have" as MAKING SOMEONE  ACCEPT  WHAT
        THEY DIDN'T WANT. Have pc get the idea of these with an example  or
        two.


    (b)     Run on the SP items "can't  have/enforced  have"  as  motivator
        repetitive, then overt  repetitive,  the  flow  three  terminal  to
        others, others to terminal, (four flows of two  commands  each,  or
        five if pc Quad).


    (c)     After EACH item is  handled  with  the  four  flows,  Objective
        Havingness should be run.


      THE COMMANDS:


    F1.     1.   What can't have did (terminal) run on you?


      2.    What did (terminal) force on you you didn't want?


    F2.     1.   What can't have did you run on (terminal)?


      2.    What did you try to force  on  (terminal)  that  he  (she,  it)
        didn't want?


    F3.     1.   What can't have did (terminal) run on others?


      2.    What did (terminal) force on others they didn't want?


    F3A     1.   What can't have did others run on (terminal)?


      2.    What did others try to force on (terminal) that  he  (she,  it)
        didn't want?


    F0.     1.   What Can't Have did you run on yourself because of_____?


      2.    What did you try to force on yourself because  of_____that  you
        didn't   want?

                          --OBJECTIVE HAVINGNESS--


    6.      Handle all past S&D items per above steps.


B.    PAST PTS INTERVIEWS:


    7.      Collect up all past PTS  Interview  items  (which  should  have
        already been verified with C/S Series 78 on set-ups).


    8.      Check known before on earliest one. If it so  reads  handle  as
        below.


    9.      R3R Triple/Quad the item.


    10.     Triple/Quad Ruds and Overts on the item.


    11.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav on the item followed by Objective Hav.


    12.     Repeat steps 8-11 on all valid past PTS Interview items.


C.    NEW S&Ds (3 S&Ds):



        13.      Do  3  S&Ds  per  HCOB  16  Aug  69  Handling  Illness  in
        Scientology, assessment and L&Ns.


    14.     Check the first item for known before, handle if it so reads.


    15.     R3R Triple/Quad the item.


    16.     Triple/Quad Ruds and Overts on the item.


    17.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav on the item, followed by Objective Hav.


    18.     Repeat steps 14-17 on the other items if valid.


D.    TROUBLED/WORRIED:


    19.     L&N Who have you  known  this  lifetime  who  has  troubled  or
        worried you? to B/D F/N item.  (Usually  includes  father,  mother,
        wife  or  wives,  husband,  brothers,   sisters,   aunts,   uncles,
        grandparents, lovers.)


    20.     Check item for known before, if it so reads:


    21.     R3R Triple/Quad.


    22.     Triple/Quad Ruds and Overts.


    23.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav followed by Objective Hav.


E.    BEEN AFTER:


    24.     L&N Who have you been after this life? to BD F/N item.


    25.     Check known before and if it reads:


    26.     R3R Triple/Quad.


    27.     Triple/Quad Ruds & Overts.


    28.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav plus Objective Hav.

 F.   PLANETS:


    29.     L&N What planets have you known before this lifetime? to BD F/N
        item.


    30.     R3R Triple/Quad.


    31.     Triple/Quad Ruds and Overts.


    32.     Can't Hav/Enforced Hav plus Objective Hav.


                                -------------


    33.     D of P Interview the person AFTER the RD is  "complete"  to  be
        sure the person is now all right (not PTS).


                                -------------




                                   REPAIR


    Auditor errors during the RD are handled with L4BR, L3RD, GF  Method  5
and handle, C/S 53 if necessary.



A really big snarl up on the RD that won't clear up is handled with HCOB  16
Apr 72 PTS RD Correction List.


    If pc gets ill or rollercoasters after the RD is complete  the  PTS  RD
Correction List HCOB 16 Apr 72 is done and whatever was  missed  is  cleared
up.


                                   SUMMARY


    The PTS RD as revised is very direct and powerful. The L&N  blows  each
aspect  apart.  Don't  miss  on  it  with  auditor  flubs.  Get  it  drilled
thoroughly before it is delivered.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt
Copyright � 1971, 1974, 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                      HCO BULLETIN OF 6 OCTOBER 1974 R
                            REVISED 29 JULY 1976
                 To cancel restriction of this RD to Ex Dn.
Remimeo
Ex Dn
 Specialists
                                  IMPORTANT


                        THE VITAL INFORMATION RUNDOWN
                     THE TECHNICAL BREAKTHROUGH OF 1974






    Recent intensive investigation into blocks on tech,  dissemination  and
communication lines uncovered an aberration which is  quite  widespread  and
especially common in society.


    Simply stated I found  that  WHERE  VITAL  INFORMATION  WAS  NOT  BEING
RELAYED OR WAS HIDDEN OR FALSIFIED, THE PEOPLE RESPONSIBLE WERE  DRAMATIZING
WITHHOLDS.


    You can see  this  is  newspapers,  government  policies,  the  medical
profession, psychiatry, economics and especially education.


    I have for years tried to get to the bottom  of  why  people  will  not
teach people. It is the single greatest fault  in  existing  culture  in  my
opinion.


    The answer that fits all cases  is  a  failure  to  relay  information,
brief, instruct, train  or  supervise  stemming  from  a  general  past  and
current OVERT OF WITHHOLDING VITAL INFORMATION. This gives  a  dramatization
in daily conduct of failing to relay information, brief, instruct, train  or
supervise.


    And underlying that is the intentional impulse  to  do  so  overtly  or
covertly in a mistaken attempt to forward their own first dynamic.




                                  RESEARCH


    The primary outpoint that led to this conclusion is the  premium  given
to silence in philosophy  and  the  approval  accorded  the  silent  by  the
population whereas such people are in fact quite deadly and useless.


    It is a generalized dramatization in this society. This would  be  what
made the society favor the "strong silent type" as a sort of ideal.


    All this in a highly technical society is hazardous. A good example  is
the current fuel crisis over a supposed  scarcity  of  petroleum  fuels  for
highly inefficient internal combustion engines while answers in the form  of
new fuels and engines are hidden away in vaults by the vested interests.




                                    ORGS


    In our organizations this is deadly. It blocks our tech  lines  in  the
Academy and Qual as well as the HGC. It cuts our dissem lines to public  via
books, promo, regging, lectures, use of C/F and Addresso and FSMs.  It  cuts
our comm lines and denies data to higher management.



It winds up in no application of the tech and no results for the public.


    That makes this rundown mandatory for top execs including Flag Reps and
LRH Comms, all  Tech and Qual staff and Dissem, Distrib and HCO Dept 2.




                                 PECULIARITY


    This mechanism is a peculiar one with its own special twist.


    Earlier rundowns did not hit this particular type of  overt.  It  isn't
very visible and doesn't occur in rundowns like L-10.


    It is not simple withholding information.  It  is  (or  once  was)  the
intentional overt of withholding VITAL information. It would be a very  long
chain and would influence general conduct. A bordering chain is  withholding
information under torture.


    Probably an A = A = A sets in which then totally  prohibits  some  (too
many) people from imparting important data, thus they can't  teach,  amongst
other things. It has to be fully run out, engrams and all.




                                 THE RUNDOWN


    Where staff are concerned, the necessity of delivering this RD  reduces
the prerequisites for it to the Drug RD only. It could be done if  necessary
where the Drug RD was not yet complete but would have to be  verified  after
completion of the Drug RD. The prerequisite for public is Drug RD.




                                VITAL INFO RD


1.    Clear and assess:

                 VITAL DATA

                 THE TRUTH

                 VITAL INFORMATION

                 KNOWLEDGE

      Choose the best read as the item.

2.    (a)   L&N "What would happen if you communicated_______?"

      (b)   R3R Quad.

3.    (a)   L&N "What problem have you had with_______?"

      (b)   R3R Quad.

4.    (a)   Clear and assess:

            Withholding (item) under duress.
            Withholding (item) under torture.
            Withholding (item) to protect someone.

      (b) R3R Quad.

5.    (a)   Clear all words plus fully clear  each  outpoint  with  examples
    and demos so       it's understood.
      (b)   Assess:

            Omitted (item) .
             Altered the sequence of (item)
        Dropped time out of (item)
        Added falsehoods to (item)
        Altered the importance of (item)
        Used (item) to wrong tgt.
        Assigned the wrong source for (item)
        Made (item) a contrary fact.
        Added time to the relay of (item)
        Added inapplicable data to (item)
        Incorrectly included other data with (item)
        Complicated (item) .
        Suppressed (item) .


    In order of reads:


    (c)     R3R Quad


      Locate a time when another______ to/for/from (pick which) you.
      Locate a time when you_____to/for/from another.
      Locate a time when another_____to/for/from another.


    (d)     L&N "What would be the intention of someone who_____?"


    (e)     R3R Quad the intention.


    6.      (a) Assess:


                 Concerning (item) has there been a break in Affinity
                                             Reality
                                             Communication
                                             Understanding


    (b)     R3R Quad the largest read.


    (c)     Reassess ARCU and handle to F/Ning assessment.


7.    (a)    Clear  all  words,  especially  assumption   and  justify   and
withholding                  (in the broad sense).


    (b)     L&N "What assumption would justify withholding (item) ?"


    (c)     R3R Quad the computation.


8.    R3R Quad all E. Purps that came up during the RD.

9.    R3R Quad all computations that came up during the RD.




                                   SUMMARY


    The importance of this RD for Tech and Qual staff and  sensitive  posts
cannot be over-emphasized.


    Although it will be quite popular  with  the  public  it  is  basically
designed for staff on these lines.


    The auditors delivering it should themselves have  had  it.  They  must
have flawless TRs, be able to make a meter read and must  drill  the  RD  in
Qual before attempting to deliver it.
This RD is very powerful. Don't miss on it with careless  delivery.  Get  it
done flawlessly as directed and you will have  a  resurge  on  delivery  and
dissemination lines and open the door to A GOLDEN ERA  OF  AUDITING  QUALITY
AND RESULTS FOR PUBLIC AND STAFF.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


      Assisted by CS-4.


LRH:RS:nt
Copyright � 1974, 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 10 AUGUST 1976
Remimeo
All Sec Checkers
All HCO Personnel
All Meter Operators


                            R/Ses, WHAT THEY MEAN

                     (INTEGRITY PROCESSING CHECKSHEETS)
                        (PTS PROCESSING CHECKSHEETS)
                      (EXPANDED DIANETICS CHECKSHEETS)
                        (METER OPERATION CHECKSHEETS)
                        (VARIOUS RUNDOWN CHECKSHEETS)






    The violent left right ragged motion  of  the  needle  which  sometimes
occurs on a pc's meter is called "A Rockslam" or "R/S." The term  was  taken
from a process in the 50s which sought to locate "A rock" on the pc's  early
timetrack; the "slam" is a description of the needle  violence,  meaning  it
"slams" back and forth. For a time all left  right  motions  of  the  needle
were considered and called "Rockslams" until it  was  found  that  a  smooth
left right flow was a symptom of release or key  out  and  this  became  the
"Floating Needle." There is yet another left  right  motion  of  the  needle
called the "Theta Bop." This occurs when the person  has  or  is  trying  to
exteriorize. "Theta" is the symbol for the person as a spirit  or  goodness;
"bop" is an electronic term for a slight hitch in the sweep of a  needle.  A
"Theta Bop" hitches evenly at each end of the sweep left and  right  and  is
very even in the middle of the sweep.


    Neither the "Floating Needle" nor the "Theta Bop" can be confused  with
a "Rockslam." The difference of the Rockslam  is  uneven,  ragged  agitation
left and right; even the distances traveled left and right are likely to  be
different in each swing from the last.


    A "Rockslam" can be caused sometimes  by  leaving  rings  on  the  pc's
fingers or by a short circuit in the  meter  or  by  the  cans  (electrodes)
touching something like a dress. These  are  the  mechanical  considerations
and  must  be  ruled  out  before  the  pc  can  be   considered   to   have
"Rockslammed." If the pc is not wearing rings and if  the  meter  needle  is
calm with the lead unplugged, if the lead is okay, and  if  the  pc  is  not
jiggling the ends of the cans against his clothes, then  the  pc's  Rockslam
is caused by the pc's bank.


    One has to be very careful about the correctness  of  the  pc  actually
having Rockslammed while on the meter that it was  actually  observed,  that
it was not mechanically caused as above.  One  puts  the  R/S  down  on  the
worksheet and  also  gives  exactly  what  was  asked.  And  also  that  the
mechanical points were checked without distracting the pc.


    ONE MUST ALWAYS REPORT A ROCKSLAM IN THE AUDITING REPORT, NOTE IT  WITH
SESSION DATE AND PAGE INSIDE THE LEFT COVER OF THE PC'S  FOLDER  AND  REPORT
IT TO ETHICS INCLUDING THE QUESTION OR SUBJECT  WHICH  ROCKSLAMMED,  PHRASED
EXACTLY.


    Why? Because the Rockslam is the most important  needle  manifestation!
It gives the clue to the pc's case.


    In 1970 I began a full-scale  research  project  into  the  subject  of
insanity and its relationship to cases and case gains  and  suppression.  It
was only then that the full significance  of  the  Rockslam  was  unearthed.
This research developed into what is now
called EXPANDED DIANETICS, a series of special processes  and  actions  with
their drills and training which permits the auditor  to  handle  a  specific
case type. This was, by the way, Man's first system  of  positive  detection
and  handling  of  psychosis  and  the  first  full  understanding  of  what
psychosis is.


    While this bulletin is not in any way a  two  minute  course  in  or  a
substitute for full training in Expanded Dianetics, any auditor who  audits,
sec checks, or handles people on a meter has to know what a Rockslam is  and
how it behaves and what he should do about it.


    The first thing is to be able to recognize one and to quickly with  the
scan of the eye and unplug of the meter cord (without any distraction of  or
notice by the pc) make the checks for a mechanical Rockslam as given above.


    You can make a meter "Rockslam" with no pc or cord connected to  it  by
(a) turning it on; (b) put the sensitivity at perhaps 2; (c) put the  needle
at "set"; (d) rapidly, very rapidly, move the TA  back  and  forth  maybe  a
quarter of an inch and do it unevenly. That, if you did  it  very  fast  and
unevenly, would be something that resembled a Rockslam. But  no  matter  how
fast you made your fingers move, a real R/S is a trifle faster.  If  you  do
that you will see what an R/S looks like. The needle in this  experiment  is
not made to hit the sides of the meter.


    Now if you take the same setup and smoothly slowly move  the  tone  arm
back and forth about 2 times a second without any  roughness  and  the  same
distance right and left, you will have a Floating Needle. Note it very  well
as this comes at a time of release and is the thing a good auditor hopes  to
see and gives him the end-off signal for a process. It has to be well  known
as you NEVER bypass one in a session and to do  so  makes  an  uncomfortable
pc. (The pc will often cognite-and get a realization about himself  or  life
at this point and one does not stop him from doing this.) This is the  thing
you indicate to the pc. You don't ever indicate  Rockslams  or  Theta  Bops.
When you see it and, without stopping or interrupting  the  pc's  cognition,
you always say, "Your needle is floating."


    Now the Theta Bop can also be shown to yourself  by  you.  Set  up  the
meter as above. Only this time, you smoothly swing it to the right and  give
it a tiny twitch in the same direction. Then you smoothly,  at  once,  swing
it to the left and give it a tiny twitch in the same direction. Then  do  it
to the right. And so on. This is  a  Theta  Bop.  It  is  different  than  a
Floating Needle only in that it hitches at each end of the swing.  So  learn
to recognize it.


    There is a vicious smooth right direction slash that occurs when  a  pc
hits a certain area of the bank that is called a "Rocket Read" and there  is
of course the small fall,  long  fall  (which  both  go  to  the  right  and
indicate a charged question or reaction) and there is the  gradual  rise  to
the  left.  But  these  do  not  repeat  back  and  forth   which   is   the
characteristic of the Rockslam, Floating Needle and Theta Bop.


    All right, so we know exactly what it looks like when we talk  about  a
ROCKSLAM as a read of the meter. We know how it can be mechanically  caused.
And we know what we have to record and report when it is seen.


    But exactly what does a Rockslam mean with regards to the pc?


    If you don't know this you can miss on the pc, on the case, on the  org
and humanity.


    A ROCKSLAM MEANS A HIDDEN EVIL INTENTION ON  THE  SUBJECT  OR  QUESTION
UNDER DISCUSSION OR AUDITING.


    Two things underlie insanity, or to be more  specific,  there  are  two
causes and conditions both of which have been lumped  together  by  man  and
called insanity. He could not of course define it as  he  didn't  know  what
caused it.



The first of these two things does not concern us overly much  here  and  is
the subject  of  a  separate  checksheet  training  and  is  called  PTS  or
Potential Trouble Source handling. A "PTS" is a person who has  been  or  is
connected  with  somebody  who  has  evil  intentions.  A   PTS   can   feel
uncomfortable in life or be neurotic or go insane  because  of  the  actions
upon  him  of  a  person  with  evil  intentions.  Most  of  the  people  in
institutions are probable PTSes.


    The second of these two things is insanity  caused  to  the  individual
himself (let alone others) by hidden evil intentions.


    The extent of these intentions and what the person will do  (and  hide)
in order to carry them out is quite shocking. These  people  are  covert  or
overt criminals and many of them are insane-meaning beyond  all  rationality
in their acts. Because their evil intentions are  hidden  and  because  they
are often very  plausible  such  individuals  are  what  make  "behavior  so
mysterious" and "man looks so evil when you see what mankind does"  and  all
sorts of fallacies.


    It is this last type, the chronic, heavy  Rockslammer,  which  Expanded
Dianetics handles.


    One Rockslam doesn't make a psychotic. Or a total menace  to  everyone.
But it does mean there could be more and it might in  rare  cases  mean  you
have, seeing enough of these R/Ses, a very dangerous person  on  your  hands
and  in  your  vicinity.  And  that  person  must  be  handled  by  Expanded
Dianetics.


    You won't see a great many Rockslams in auditing people so you could be
totally thrown off by surprise when you see one. And mess it all up  because
you are surprised. So know what it is and don't get  all  quivery  and  make
mistakes and blow your confront. Just carry on.


    If you don't note the EXACT question that was  asked  and  the  EXACTLY
worded statement the pc made when the R/S was seen, you can muck it  up  for
the Expanded Dianetics guys. They won't be able to get  it  turned  back  on
again easily and will lose a lot of time.  So  you  have  to  be  sure  your
auditing report is accurate, that the R/S is written BIG on the  column  and
circled and, no matter what else you do in the session, you have to  get  it
recorded in the left front cover of the folder giving the date and  page  of
the session and you have to report it to Ethics. And also  you  don't  third
party the pc and give him a bad time in the session because of it.


    Now R/Ses most easily turn on during Sec Checks or Integrity Processing
or when pulling withholds or trying to investigate something. So the  people
who see these most often are those engaged in that activity and not  routine
auditing (when they can also but more rarely  turn  on).  Further  the  most
likely person to collide with "needing to  be  sec  checked"  is  an  R/Ser,
which again  increases  the  numbers  of  R/Ses  seen  in  these  activities
compared to routine auditing. But a very heavy R/Ser will also turn them  on
in routine auditing.


    It is the exact point of the R/S in the  session,  the  exact  question
that was asked and the exact subject or phrase where the R/S turned on  that
are important. And these are very important as then the person can be  fully
handled with a full Expanded  Dianetics  rundown  by  a  qualified  Expanded
Dianetics Specialist. When, of course, the person gets to that point on  his
grade chart. (The grade chart points are  after  Dianetics  (like  Drug  RDs
etc) but before Grades, after Grades  but  before  Power,  after  Power  but
before Solo, and after OT III or after any single grade above OT III.  These
are the only points where Expanded Dianetics can be delivered  and  the  R/S
fully and completely handled.)


    Now here is how you can turn off an R/S  and  mistakenly  think  it  is
handled:


1.    The overt-motivator sequence has two sides. One  is  what  the  person
    has done (overt) and what is done to the person  (motivator).  You  can
    ask, when the person R/Ses on something, if anyone has ever INVALIDATED
    him on that subject or
    action.      He will find some and the R/S will turn off AND WON'T EVEN
    BE FAINTLY HANDLED BUT ONLY SUBMERGED. One can believe he had "handled"
    the R/S. Not true. He has just turned it off and maybe made  it  harder
    to find next time. One can ask what the person has done TO the  subject
    mentioned and while this may unburden the case and make  the  person  a
    bit better, the R/S is NOT handled, only turned off or submerged.  It's
    almost as if there are so many overts and motivators on this subject or
    in this area that the push-pull of it makes the needle go  wild  (R/S).
    And indeed, this may be the energy cause, in the bank,  of  the  needle
    reaction.

      But neither overt nor motivator handles an  R/S  finally  because  the
    CAUSE of the R/S is an INTENTION to harm and it isn't all  that  likely
    the basic intention will be reached.

2.    Another apparent way the R/S can get "handled" and isn't  is  to  take
    the R/Ser earlier-similar on the subject  of  the  R/S.  The  R/S  will
    probably cease, go "clean." But in  actual  fact  it  is  still  there,
    hidden.

3.    The third way an R/S  can  be  falsely  "handled"  is  to  direct  the
    person's attention to something else. If, when this is done, the  exact
    subject of the R/S is not noted by the auditor, it will be difficult to
    find it again when the person goes into Expanded Dianetic auditing.

4.    Yet another, and probably the last way to falsely "handle" an  R/S  is
    to abuse the person about his conduct or behavior or  the  R/S,  or  to
    "educate" him to do better, or to "modify" his behavior with shocks  or
    surgery or other tortures like the psychiatrists do. In other words one
    can seek to suppress the R/S in numerous  ways.  Maybe  the  R/S  won't
    occur (being too overburdened now) but it is still there,  buried  very
    deep and possibly beyond reach now.


    So if you understand the above four points you will see  that  although
you can ease off the R/S, you have not handled it. It has  merely  gone  out
of sight.


    All right, what then DOES HANDLE an R/S?


    I warned you that this isn't a two minute course on Expanded  Dianetics
and it isn't. An R/S is HANDLED by  a  fully  qualified  Expanded  Dianetics
auditor delivering full Expanded Dianetics to the person at  that  point  on
the grade chart where Expanded Dianetics is supposed  to  be  delivered.  If
anyone thinks it can be done effectively any other way or if he C/Ses it  to
be done and the auditor is stupid enough to try to do that  C/S,  then  it's
Committees of Evidence and Suspended Certificates all around.


    With that warning, and only with that warning, I can briefly state what
has to be done with the case. This is  not  what  YOU  do  if  you  are  not
delivering full Expanded Dianetics at the right point on  the  grade  chart.
It is a brief statement so that you can  understand  what  lies  under  that
R/S.


    The pc with an R/S on any given subject and who R/Ses while  discussing
that or related subjects HAS AN EVIL INTENTION TOWARD THE SUBJECT  DISCUSSED
OR SOME CLOSELY RELATED SUBJECT. The pc intends  that  subject  or  area  of
life nothing but calculating, covert, underhanded HARM which will be at  all
times carefully hidden from that subject.


    Thus, the Expanded Dianetics Specialist, in handling that case (at  the
proper point on the grade chart) has to be able to  locate  each  and  every
subject and question and R/S  in  that  person's  folder  as  noted  by  Sec
Checkers and previous auditors or cramming officers or why finders.  He  has
to have the complete list of R/S subjects. If they are noted as  to  session
date and page and if all sec checking papers  and  cramming  papers  are  in
that person's folder, then the Expanded Dianetics Specialist can do  a  full
and complete job. Otherwise he has  to  do  a  lot  of  other  time  wasting
actions to get the R/Ses found and turned on again.



What the Expanded Dianetics Specialist actually does is locate  EXACTLY  the
actual evil intention for every R/S on the  case  and  handle  each  one  to
total conclusion. When he is finished, if he has  done  his  job  well,  the
person's behavior will be magically improved and as to his social  presence,
menace and conduct, well that will be toward survival.


    When you see an R/S, if you are not  an  Expanded  Dianetic  Specialist
doing Expanded Dianetics at the correct point on the grade chart, you  don't
say, "Hey, you've got an evil intention!" and you  don't  ask  "Say,  what's
that evil intention?" or do corny things like that because  you'll  get  the
pc self listing, you may get a wrong item, you won't know what  to  do  with
it and you're just likely to get the auditing room wrapped around your  neck
right there.


    No, you quietly note it, make sure it isn't a mechanical  fault,  write
it big on the worksheet, write down everything the  pc  is  saying  swiftly,
note what question you were asking and let the pc talk and ack  him  and  go
on with what you are doing with the pc at the time. And  after  session  you
note it in the left-hand cover of the folder and send a report to Ethics.


    And some day, when he's done his Drug Rundown or gotten to one  of  the
points on the grade chart where a full XDn can be done, why then it will  be
handled. And a good C/S will program or tip the case for that to be done.


    So that's the know-how you have to know about R/Ses to really help  the
guy and the society and your group.


    We're not in the business of curing psychos. The  governments  at  this
writing pay the psychiatrists billions a year to torture  and  kill  because
of R/Ses they don't know anything about. The crime in the society out  there
is caused by people who  R/S.  Stalin,  Hitler,  Napoleon  and  Caesar  were
probably the most loaded R/Sers of all time unless it was  Jack  the  Ripper
or your local friendly psychiatrist.


    So know what you are seeing when you see it and know what to  do  about
it. And don't kid yourself. Or vilify or mow down people who R/S; we're  not
in that business.


    And the Expanded Dianetic Specialist and the pc someday will  love  you
dearly for knowing your job and doing it right.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt
Copyright � 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 24 OCTOBER 1976
Remimeo



                     (LRH ED 257 INT of 1 December 1974
                      Revised and Reissued as an HCOB)
                       (Revisions in this type style)



                                C/S Series 96




                            DELIVERY REPAIR LISTS






    THERE'S NOTHING WRONG WITH YOUR CF, YOUR PC, YOUR STUDENT, STAFF MEMBER
OR YOUR OWN DELIVERY THAT A PREPARED LIST WON'T HANDLE.


    "ARC  Broken  CFs,"  blown  students,  demanded  refunds,  low  success
stories, withdrawn auditors, ineffective staffs are  pretty  silly  problems
to have these days.


    Many years ago I developed a system called "Prepared Lists."


    These isolated the trouble the pc was having in auditing without taxing
anyone's imagination and sending the auditor into  a  figure-figure  on  the
pc.


    These prepared lists were assessed on  an  E-Meter.  One  took  up  the
biggest read first and then cleaned up all other reads.


    Time has gone on. The system of prepared lists  has  been  expanded  to
include not only pcs but students and staff.


    It may have gone overlooked that such lists now include  anything  that
could happen to a pc or student. In other words, prepared lists have  become
very thorough.




                                 WHO CAN USE


    The only reason ever found  for  prepared  lists  not  working  was  an
auditor's weak TR 1 and inability to read a meter.


    Even  this  difficulty  has  been  handled  by  "Qual  Okay  to  Audit"
Checksheets.


    Before an auditor should be let near a prepared list he should  be  put
through at least six "Okay to Audit" short Checksheets in Qual.


    Qual is not fast flow. Things done in Qual are Method  4  Word  Cleared
and starrated, with all demos and drills. Only if this is done can you  have
some certainty that a prepared list will read on the pc and that the  pc  or
student will get handled.


    These Qual "Okay to Audit" Checksheets are done  AFTER  a  student  has
been trained and classed as an auditor. The "Okay to Audit" is for  auditing
in an org whether staff or interne.
The checksheets are:


    (1)     Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74R Issue I
      QUAL OKAY TO OPERATE AN E-METER


    (2)     Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74 Issue II
      QUAL OK NO. 2R, QUAL OK TO ASSESS PREPARED LISTS


    (3)     Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74 Issue III
      QUAL OK NO. 3, QUAL OK TO AUDIT LISTING AND NULLING


    (4)     Board Policy Letter 14 Nov 74 Issue IV
      QUAL OK NO. 4, QUAL OK TO CORRECT LISTING AND NULLING


    (5)     Board Policy Letter 8 Nov 71RB
      QUAL OK NO. 5R, INTERNSHIPS  ELECTRONIC ATTESTATION
      FORM


    (6)     Board Policy Letter 20 July 70R Issue III Revised 25 Nov 74
      TWO WAY COMM CHECKSHEET


    Only when these have been thoroughly and honestly studied, drilled  and
done should an auditor be permitted to assess  prepared  lists  on  pcs  and
students.


    It takes standard auditor training to handle the points  found  reading
on a list.


                              CASE SUPERVISING


    A C/S who is trained as a C/S must know what lists to use. And he  must
see to it that his auditors are trained via the above checklists.  Otherwise
the lists just won't read and the C/S, the pc and the org are  left  up  the
creek!


    LOTS of "lists that didn't read" are found in folders. I used to make a
practice of just having them nulled again by an auditor whose  metering  and
TRs were good and THEY READ AND THE CASE RESOLVED.


                                  PC LISTS


1.    HCO BULLETIN 24 NOVEMBER 1973RB,  C/S  SERIES  53RJ"  SHORT  HI-LO  TA
ASSESSMENT C/S." This is a famous list. It solved the long long  problem  of
high and low TAs and really solved it. Unfortunately it has a name of  being
done for high and low TAs. In truth it practically handles the whole  repair
of any difficult case today! One assesses  it  Method  5.  One  handles  the
reads from the top down. It can also be reassessed several  times  until  it
F/Ns on a whole M5 assessment. It is quite remarkable what it will do for  a
case that has been  running  badly  or  is  bogged,  quite  in  addition  to
handling high and low TAs!

2.    HCO BULLETIN 1 JANUARY 1972RA, "LIX HI-LO TA  REVISED."  This  is  the
same list as C/S 53RJ above. It has been brought up to date.  It  gives  the
whole question for each subject as in C/S 53RJ and the same handling. It  is
easier to use on a pc whose attention wanders or who is  not  very  familiar
with terms.

3.    HCO BULLETIN 29 OCTOBER 1971R, "INT RUNDOWN CORRECTION LIST  REVISED."
As Interiorization-Exteriorization problems (when they  exist)  have  to  be
handled before any other thing is handled,  an  auditor  sometimes  assesses
another list and then finds himself doing this list, "Int" appears  on  many
other lists and when it reads one does this list. One has  to  go  back  and
complete the  original  list  of  course.  "Int"  problems  cause  high  TA,
headaches and general upset. I've begun to  think  after  seeing  a  lot  of
headache cases that maybe only Int-Ext problems cause headaches! Instead  of
repairing Int, sometimes auditors will run it again and again. Also Int  can
go flat to Cog VVGIs on an early flow, even  a  recall  flow.  Then  if  one
insists on finishing the Int RD, one has trouble  and  I  mean  trouble.  So
this is a valuable list.
4.    HCO BULLETIN 15 DECEMBER 1968R, "L4BR" "FOR ASSESSMENT OF ALL  LISTING
ERRORS." An out list (meaning  one  done  by  Listing  and  Nulling,  not  a
prepared list) can raise more concentrated hell with a  pc  than  any  other
single auditing error. The amount of misemotion or  illness  which  a  wrong
list generates has to be seen to be believed. When  a  pc  is  ill  after  a
session or up to 3 days after, always suspect that a listing action done  on
the pc had an error in it. It MUST be  corrected.  The  prepared  list  L4BR
corrects lists of the Listing and Nulling variety. It  can  be  run  on  old
lists, current lists, general listing. There has been no  reason  to  revise
this since 2 June 1972. It really works!

5.    HCO BULLETIN l9 MARCH 1971, "LIST 1-C." This is  the  updated  version
of the earliest list ever compiled.  It  is  used  during  sessions  at  the
auditor's discretion and in other  ways.  It  also  prevents  some  pc  from
insisting "it's an  ARC  Brk"  (which  never  clears)  when  it's  really  a
withhold, a common error. It can also be addressed to life. Usually  when  a
session blows up, an L1C is used fast rather than just sit and ack!

6.    HCO BULLETIN 11 APRIL  1971RA,  L3RD  "DIANETICS  AND  INT  RD  REPAIR
LIST." This is the key  list  of  Dianetic  Auditing  and  is  the  Dianetic
standby in case of trouble. As the Int RD is  also  Dianetics,  while  doing
it, one uses L3RD for trouble.

7.    HCO BULLETIN 2 APRIL 1972RB ISSUE II, EXPANDED DIANETICS SERIES 3  RB,
"L3 EXD RB." This is the prepared list for Expanded Dianetics.

8.    HCO BULLETIN 29 FEBRUARY 1972R, "FALSE TA CHECKLIST." This was a  very
important discovery about TAs. One uses this when another list  indicates  a
False TA or one is suspected. Auditors have been known to get  so  desperate
about a pc's TA that they falsified worksheets. This  (and  C/S  53RJ)  make
that totally needless.  I've  seen  this  change  a  case  from  despair  to
VVVVGIs!

9.    HCO BULLETIN 16 APRIL 1972, "PTS RD CORRECTION LIST."  It  also  gives
the expected actions of a PTS  Rundown.  Doing  PTS  Rundowns  without  this
prepared list handy can be risky.

10.   HCO POLICY LETTER 7 APRIL 1970RA, "GREEN FORM." This was the  earliest
Qual Saint Hill weapon (26 June 65) for case cracking. It is  modernized  up
to  29  Sept  74  in  the  above  issue.  Used  for  general  case  clean-up
particularly on an out rud type pc or when ruds won't fly. It  is  not  used
to handle high or low TA.

11.   HCO BULLETIN 30 JUNE 1971R, "EXPANDED GF 40RB." Called "GF  40X"  This
is the "7 resistive type cases" at the end of the Green Form  expanded  out.
This is how you get those "earlier practices" and other case stoppers.  This
done well gives a lot of extensive  work  in  Dianetics.  It's  lengthy  but
really pays off.
If you were to do a C/S 53RJ Method 5, all handled, and to  an  F/Ning  list
and then do a GF 40XRB, all handled, reassessed to an F/Ning list you  would
''crack'' most cases to a point where they ran well.

12.   BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 28 MAY  1974R,  "FULL  ASSIST  CHECKLIST  FOR
INJURY AND ILLNESS." While you don't put the pc on the cans  for  this  one,
you mark it as to the state the pc is  in  and  it  says  what  you  do  for
illness and injury. This one, done correctly, is how the minister  runs  the
medico out of business.


                                STUDENT LISTS


13.   HCO BULLETIN 15 NOVEMBER 1973R, "FEAR OF PEOPLE LIST-R." This  is  for
the handling of timid tech staff who back off from handling rough pcs.

14.   HCO BULLETIN 15 NOVEMBER 1974, "STUDENT REHABILITATION LIST." This  is
the one that gets a bogged student sailing, gets a blown student back,  gets
an auditor back auditing. It even cures the revolutionary student!  This  is
the master list for students-even students in grammar schools and  colleges!
A real winner.
15.    BOARD  TECHNICAL  BULLETIN   27  MARCH  1972R   ISSUE   I,   "STUDENT
CORRECTION LIST, STUDY CORR LIST- I ." A list  for  correcting  students  on
course.

                                 STAFF LISTS

16.   HCO BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972R ISSUE II,  "COURSE  SUPERVISOR  CORRECTION
LIST, STUDY CORR LIST 2R." This is to get the Course Supervisor going well.

17.   HCO BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972RA  ISSUE  III,  "AUDITOR  CORRECTION  LIST,
STUDY CORR LIST 3." This one corrects Auditors who are having a rough time.

18.   BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 27 MARCH 1972RA ISSUE  IV,  "CASE  SUPERVISOR
CORRECTION LIST, STUDY CORR LIST 4." This  one  corrects  Case  Supervisors,
gets them back on the rails.

19.    BOARD  TECHNICAL  BULLETIN  27  MARCH  1972RC  ISSUE  V,   "EXECUTIVE
CORRECTION  LIST,  STUDY  CORR  LIST  5."  This  prepared  list  locates  an
executive's troubles and indicates handling.

20.   BOARD TECHNICAL BULLETIN 4 FEBRUARY 1972RD, "STUDY SERIES 7."  A  real
long workout for a person who won't study or who is having real  trouble  on
a course. Goes after it in depth. Can be used as a second  list  to  Student
Rehab list above or by itself.

21.   HCO  BULLETIN  21  JULY  1971RD,  WORD  CLEARING  SERIES  35RD,  "WORD
CLEARING CORRECTION LIST REVISED."  Usually  written  "WCCL."  This  is  the
famous list that goes with Method 1 Word Clearing or with any Word  Clearing
bog. Also corrects high and low  TA  WHEN  it  occurs  in  a  Word  Clearing
session. This is the Word Clearer's friendly friend.

22.   HCO POLICY LETTER 9 APRIL  1972,  "ETHICS,  CORRECT  DANGER  CONDITION
HANDLING." Locates the trouble area that got him into  a  Danger  Condition.
Goes with the famous "3 May P/L" HCO PL 3 May 1972.

23.   HCO POLICY LETTER 13 MARCH 1972,  "ESTABLISHMENT  OFFICER  SERIES  NO.
5." An invaluable text and list for PRODUCT CLEARING. It's a  list  of  what
you do to clear products. From it a prepared list can be made.

24.   HCO POLICY LETTER 23 MARCH  1972,  ESTABLISHMENT  OFFICER  SERIES  11,
"FULL PRODUCT CLEARING LONG FORM."

25.   HCO POLICY LETTER 12 JUNE 1972, DATA SERIES  26,  ESTO  SERIES  18.  A
list you assess to locate trouble an evaluator might  be  having.  Also  for
slow evaluators or slow students on a Data Series Course.

26.   HCO BULLETIN 28 AUGUST 1970RA,  "HC  OUT-POINT-PLUS-POINT  LISTS  RA."
This is a prepared list  that  locates  the  outpoints  in  a  person's  own
thinking. When people can't seem to evaluate (or think brightly)  this  list
will do wonders. Some Data Series Course students make no  progress  at  all
until they are assessed on this list and handled.

27.   HCO BULLETIN 2 DECEMBER 1974, "DYNAMIC SORT OUT ASSESSMENT."  (Revised
from BTB 4 Dec  71  Issue  II,  Replacing  HCOB  4  Dec  71  Issue  II  R-1C
Assessment by Dynamics.) This gets  those  dynamics  that  are  charged  and
handles them. Increases social personality and even can shift valences.


                                 WORD LISTS
                             FOR PREPARED LISTS


    Nearly every prepared list has all its words on a separate sheet, ready
for word clearing on the pc. All the words on a list are  cleared  on  a  pc
without repeating the same word or asking the list question. Such lists  are
issued for auditor convenience.


    A list of these word lists is being issued as HCOB I Dec 74 so that you
can match them to the prepared lists in this Bulletin.


                                 OTHER LISTS


    There is a whole package of processing, mainly by  prepared  lists,  in
Integrity Processing, issued as its own series and now being reissued.


    There are great Solo Lists for Solo Repair used on Advance Courses.


    And from time to time when a need for prepared list is found  new  ones
will be issued on different subjects.


    One can REPAIR a pc or student or staff member. One can also FORWARD  a
case into new areas with other prepared lists.


                                    MIMEO


    Some orgs backlog their mimeos.


    The AVAILABILITY of lists to auditors is something which should NOT  be
neglected. It is highly uneconomical as one loses re-signs and students  and
staff when prepared lists are in non-existence  in  an  org  or  even  short
supply.


    Tech is the atomic fuel an org runs on.


    KEEP PREPARED LISTS IN SUPPLY FOR USE.


                              TRANSLATED ISSUES


    In non-English speaking orgs lists must be  very  carefully  translated
and mimeoed for use. In such orgs, more than any others, great care must  be
taken to have and use lists as they keep tech straight where it tends to  go
hearsay and verbal.


                                 -----------


    So, that's quite an array of prepared lists, isn't it?


    If they are not in full  use  in  your  org  don't  wonder  about  your
Delivery Stats Why. Or your org and CF problems. It's a lack of full use  of
this tech.


    Hidden in these prepared lists is a wealth of tech that  explodes  into
wins for your org, your CF, your pcs and students.




                                       L. RON HUBBARD
                                       Founder


                                       All revisions by
                                       Materials Chief FB


                                       As approved by
                                       L. Ron Hubbard


    LRH:RS.nt
    Copyright � 1976
    by L. Ron Hubbard
    ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 26 OCTOBER 1976
Remimeo     Issue I
All HCOs
All Tech Divs    (Also issued as HCO PL 26 Oct 76
All Courses Issue I, same title.)




                                C/S Series 97




                       AUDITING REPORTS, FALSIFYING OF






    Probably the most covert and vicious crime in auditing is falsifying an
auditing report.


    At first glance, to someone who is trying to PR himself as  an  auditor
or to escape consequences of session goofs, this might not seem  to  be  the
huge crime that it is.


    When an auditing report is falsified, means of  repairing  the  pc  are
denied, out tech and a need for re-study  or  re-drilling  of  materials  is
covered up, out tech  is  spread  about  and  the  repute  of  the  org  and
Scientology are at risk.


    There are many ways of falsifying an  auditing  report.  Chief  amongst
them is omission of vital data in the report. Another is faking  the  things
run or the pc's actions or reactions.


    To the person doing this it  may  seem  that  he  has  covered  up  his
incompetence but in actual fact it is eventually detected.


    A twice declared person recently messed up the cases of several VIPs by
simply omitting some of their disagreements with what was being done.


    Three SPs, now declared, some years ago had a mutual understanding that
they would not put down each other's withholds. These three  also  falsified
auditing reports to the effect that they had run certain things on pcs  "and
there was nothing on them," when in fact they either had  not  run  them  or
there was reaction which they did not put into the report.  They  messed  up
about a dozen people before they were caught and it took  many,  many  hours
of careful C/Sing and auditing to salvage those  cases  (and  it  also  took
about two years). They made several hundred serious enemies  for  themselves
and today I doubt any Scientologist would  even  speak  to  them  and  their
names are remembered with scathing contempt.


    It is not only easy to detect a falsified auditing report, it  is  also
inevitable that it will be detected.


    The person whose auditing reports have been falsified is easy  to  spot
in folders and records. The auditor  marks  "VGIs,  F/N"  and  the  examiner
notes by-passed charge and Bad Indicators. An  auditor  seeking  to  prevent
this being detected has been known to take  the  examiner  report  from  the
folder but that there is no examiner report would be the first thing  a  C/S
would notice. Examiner reports have  been  forged  and  exchanged  with  the
actual one but this too is very visible.
Lack of a proper success story points directly to out tech and if it is  not
visible in the folder then that folder contains falsified auditing reports.


    The pc in the midst of his auditing, refuses to re-sign  for  more.  An
inspection of folder either finds the out tech in the  auditing  reports  or
it doesn't. If the Folder Error Summary finds no out tech,  the  next  thing
that is looked for is falsified auditing reports and  this  is  extended  to
looking at the other cases this auditor has handled to see if there  is  any
similarity of reaction.


    A D of P interview with the pc will reveal falsified auditing  reports.
It will contain data that does not  appear  in  the  auditing  reports.  The
first thing suspect is the auditing reports.


    Basically, correct tech applied by a competent  auditor  who  has  been
trained and interned, works and works every time. When it "doesn't work,"  a
C/S begins to look for the real scene. There are many ways he can  ascertain
the  actual  scene.  Amongst  these  are  outside-the-door  session  taping,
monitors,  interviews,  lack  of  success  stories,  failures  to   declare,
failures to re-sign, examiner reports at variance with the session  reports,
personal check up into the case and many others.


    The only thing which temporarily misleads a C/S is a falsified auditing
report. But in all our experience with these, the detection of such  reports
is inevitable even if it occurs a long time afterwards.


    The person who would falsify an auditing report is usually found to  be
a suppressive with abundant R/Ses and evil intentions who never should  have
been trained in the first place.


    Therefore, the penalty for knowingly falsifying an auditing  report  in
order to make oneself seem more competent than one is or to hide  departures
from the C/S or to omit vital data necessary to C/Sing, resulting in  upsets
to a case and time spent in investigation by seniors,  is  actionable  by  a
Committee of Evidence and if the matter is proven beyond  reasonable  doubt,
a cancellation of all certificates and awards, a declare  and  an  expulsion
order are mandatory.


    Should the person perpetrating the falsification  of  auditing  reports
run away (blow) before action can be taken, the result is the  same  and  is
enforceable even if the person is not present.


    A green auditor may look upon the offense  as  slight.  If  he  is  too
untrained to realize that proper application of tech works  every  time  and
that improper application is a gross overt  act,  he  may  not  realize  the
seriousness of his action. This however cannot be pleaded as a  defense.  It
is not a light thing to end the hopes and  close  the  door  on  a  pc  just
because one is trying to cover up his blunders. The blundering  auditor  can
be repaired by cramming and retraining. But only if it is known how  he  has
blundered. That in itself is nowhere near as serious as hiding the fact.


    Honesty is the road to truth.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder




LRH:lf
Copyright � 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED



                        HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
                  Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex

                       HCO BULLETIN OF 28 OCTOBER 1976
Remimeo
All HCOs    (Also issued as HCO PL 28 Oct 76,
All Tech Divs    same title )
All Courses



                                C/S Series 98



                              AUDITING FOLDERS,
                          OMISSIONS IN COMPLETENESS

                       (Ref: HCO PL 26 OCT 76 Issue I
                              HCO B 26 OCT 76)






    Omissions from folders and complete loss of folders is a  very  serious
matter.


    A Case Supervisor, as well as a Folder Error Summary  Auditor  and  the
Auditor himself can be impeded greatly by folder omissions. Loss of  folders
entirely is a much greater catastrophe.


    While cases and  even  folders  can  be  reconstructed  and  eventually
handled (at enormous trouble and time to the pc and technical  people)  this
does not minimize the offense.


    Usually Folder Pages are regarded too lightly as a post and are subject
to much transfer even when posted. The Director of Tech  Services  is  often
far too lax in posting a Folder Archives I/C even as  a  double  hat.  Space
restrictions often impede the careful preservation of folders in  orgs.  But
all these posts and spaces are vital to a smooth delivery  of  auditing  and
should not be lightly looked upon.


    The commonest (and most senseless) omissions from folders are:


    1.      WORD CLEARING  WORKSHEETS.  These  are  done  in  Academies  or
training or Interne areas as well as the HGC and  it  is  often  an  omitted
action to forward them to the person's pc folder. Often the lines to  do  so
are unknown or completely missing. Yet every metered  word  clearing  action
should not only be the subject of a worksheet but also must be  included  in
the person's pc folder in date order. Word clearer can fail to F/N  a  chain
or even fail to clear a word as a chain when it doesn't F/N. Such goofs  can
mess up cases and leave a C/S perplexed as to how the pc  was  running  well
one day and badly the next-yet there is no word  clearing  worksheet  there,
so the fact of ANOTHER AUDITOR on the case is hidden.


    2.      QUAL WHY FINDING ACTIONS. As why finding also includes listing,
possibly the most vicious omission is the failure  to  include  Why  Finding
worksheets in the person's folder or even do  a  worksheet  on  it.  Yet  at
least one org has been temporarily wrecked by indiscriminate  "why  finding"
in Qual that resulted in wrong items and  wrong  lists  and  messed  up  the
cases of whole staffs. This poor  why  finding  has  led  at  times  to  why
finding becoming a restricted or forbidden practice. Qual worksheets of  why
finding MUST be included in the person's folder along  with  any  list  made
which itself must include the question asked.


    3.      HCO WHY FINDING. These actions must  also  be  the  subject  of
worksheets and must also be included in the person's folder.
4.    ALL SEC CHECKS AND INTEGRITY PROCESS LISTS  AND  ACTIONS.  It  doesn't
matter who or what is doing the sec check, the resulting action is  NOT  the
property of the department or branch or person doing  the  sec  checking.  A
full worksheet must be made and ALL such actions done MUST  be  included  in
the routine pc folder of the person.


    As it is very vital that a pc's folder be COMPLETE as  well  as  exist,
hereinafter the loss of a pc's folders and the failure  to  make  worksheets
and include them in  the  person's  pc  folder  shall  be  actionable  by  a
Committee of Evidence, to be convened by the  Senior  C/S  of  an  org,  and
applies to any person or Auditor whether staff, mission or field.




                                             L. RON HUBBARD
                                             Founder


LRH:nt
Copyright � 1976
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
                                SUBJECT INDEX

                                  1972-1975




                       assess, assessment (cont)
                       A          auditors who can't assess lists,
results of, 426
                             Hi-Lo TA Assessment, 1
aberrate, savage justice aberrates, why, 172       Trouble Area
Assessment, 83
aberration, artists are not benefited by ~, 232    assist(s), defn,
assisting individual to heal himself or
aberration, Q and A is simply postulate ~, 230                be
healed by another agency by remonng his
accidents occur in presence of suppression, 211, 237
reasons for precipitating, and prolonging his
actor, "stage manners",293              condition and lessening his
predisposition to
additive questions by auditor, 160                 further injure
himself or remain in an intoler administration, administrative; see
also Auditor Admin                able condition, 191; see also Dn
Today
            Series [IX-1]         areas to use assist on, 189,190
      a piece of truth; see Dn Today         Contact Assist; see
Contact Assist
      ethics tech admin sequence, 78,172           drug "five days"
rule need not apply to assists, 192
      Post Purpose Clearing, admin of, 363         drugs, assist
given over drugs, how to handle later,
      PTS Rundown, administrative tech of, 95                 192
      recruiting staff, tech/admin ratio, 12       healing, assist
is entirely outside field of, 191
      Whys, below, there is usually an Ethics situation,
medical treatment, assist is not substitute for, 189
            100        necessary in lower zone of auditing, 206
adminstrator Q and A, 223         recovery, assist greatly speeds
recovery, 189
Advanced Organizations, Solo levels are only available
spirit, assist is entirely in field of spirit, 191
            at, 23           summary, 189
alcohol, what it does to body, 207                 steps, 191, 237
All Flows Rundown, results of, 288, 382      Temperature Assist;
see temperature, Assists
anaten is demonstration of loss of havingness, 123       Touch
Assist; see Touch Assist
antibiotics, administering of, effects of, 403-08  attention,
anti-perspirant for wet hands, use of, 416         case whose
attention is solidly fixed on something,
Anti-Q and A TR, 221              262
APA, American Personality Analysis; see OCA/APA
communication and, 185
ARC break(s), 370; see also rudiments        fixed attention,
manifestation and result of, 262
      are restimulated but missed or partially missed
introversion andattention, 262
            withholds, 178,179    Attention Objective Decision
Repetitive [processl,
      comes up in session must be handled, 409                263
      false reads on W/Hs and asking for some W/Hs Attention
Subjective Repetitive [process], 262, 263
            more than once will ARC break pc, 409  audience,
      overts, auditor ARC breaks pc by demanding more         art
for self-satisfaction vs. audience, 196
            than is there or leaving overt undisclosed that
basics of appearing before, 293
            will later make pc upset with auditor, 370        in
rapport is different than audience of spectators,
ARC Straight Wire triple, valuable action to do be-
298
            fore, 389  auditing,
ARC Straight Wire using next-tolast list of Self
availability of different grades andlevels, 23
            Analysis in Scientology, 121           code; see
Auditor's Code
arguments caused by failure to handle origination, 183        coma,
auditing of person in, 206
art,                   commonest error in, is failure to use
correction
      for self-satisfaction vs. audience, 196
lists, 67
      how good does a work of art have to be to be       Dianetic
auditing; see Dianetics
            good, 196,198,199, 200           drugs must be handled
first in, 300
      quality alone has an emotional impact, 199
environment, 409
      quality and form, 199       false TA, auditing pc over, 409
      rhythm in art forms, 299          falsified auditing report
puts auditor at once at
      technique of art, 197             retrain, 164
artists are not benefited by aberration, 232       flows, auditing
additional flows restimulates missassess, assessment,
ing flows and stacks them up as mass, 274, 377
      AEI Treble Assessments, 277       gradient scales is inherent
in, 116
      assessment for individual Why of evaluator taking
injured or ill people, auditing of, must be kept
            a long time to evaluate, 145                 fairly
light, 238
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


auditing (cont.) auditor(s)('s) (cont.)
      LRH Model Auditing Tapes,33       environment, auditor is
responsible for session,
      mass occurs when flows of items are by-passed
409
            and then later restimulated by auditing them,
errors come from inability to confront, faulty
            381              metering, misunderstoods or out-
ethics, 164
      misunderstoods on basic words, auditing pc over,
evaluation, 160
            410        exterior and good win, auditor carrying on
past
      muzzled, means stating only Model Session patter
and asking "say or ask", handling of, 410
            and commands and TRs, 160        falsifying report, how
to handle, 292, 386
      outnesses, fast way to handle, is to give free audit-
firefight is quarrel between auditor and pc, 291,
            ing check, 194              385
      pc doesn't want auditing, handling of, 412         flub or
red tag, auditor action, 320
      pc out of session, auditing over, 410        F/Ning something
else than question asked, is Q
      pc~s introduction to auditing; see also Dn Today
      and A, 222, 223
      psychos, 264                handling of, 410
      running out past bad auditing, 276           games condition,
auditors and pcs get into, only
      Scientology isn't just processing, that's only one
when auditor refuses help to pc, 180
            use of fundamentals, 202         goal of auditor and
pc, 110
      self-auditing, commonest reason for,96       hand cream,
applying during session is wrong,
      self-auditing, cure for, 242, 256, 353             handling
of, 411
      Solo auditing,         handwriting, poor, illegible
worksheets, 412
            admin, 85        honesty of, determines his results, 26
            C/S + pre-OT is greater than bank, 86        is an
individual; you can train individual auditors
            difference between Solo auditing and self-audit-
      not a mass of auditors, 12
                 ing, 85, 86      lists, auditor who can't get
reads on, consequences
            Grade Chart steps before, [1972], 21              and
remedy of, 233, 234
            ideal Solo program, 22           misunderstoods on
basic words, auditing pc over,
            set-up, 20, 312             handling of, 410
      test line is check on auditing quality, 31         needs his
periodic drills and exercises or he goes
      time track, auditing itself is a sort of, earliest ses-
      sloppy, 165
            sion blows later sessions, 274, 378          orders,
auditor giving orders that are not part of
auditor(s)('s),              any process is very bad, 160
      ability as auditor related to his case, 110        OT TR Zero
and TR 0 are routine action for audi admin; see Auditor Admin
Series [IX-1 ]               tors, 164
      all auditors talk too much, 160        outnesses causing a
null prepared list, 213
      ARC break in session, auditor not handling, rem-
overrunning due to false TA, handling of, 411
            edy of, 409           pc, auditor calling pc's
attention to meter or TA or
      assess, auditor who can't assess lists, results of,
      hishandsinsession,handlingof,410
            426        pcs, auditor's right to choose modified, 149
      assessment weaknesses, remedy of, 233        pc + auditor is
greater than bank, 86
      auditing pc who is out of session, handling of,
practice, it isn't "talent" that makes good auditor;
            410              it is practice, 426
      basics, auditor out basics, 409        Q and A, 222, 223
      become an auditor; see Dn Today        questions, asking odd
non-process questions while
      case of auditor depends upon his skill in auditing,
      "doing a process", 160
            110        recruiting staff auditors, 12
      Case Supervisor actions regarding auditor; see case
refusing to audit is in fact an admission, in most
            supervising                 cases, of feared inability
to audit, 149
      classificationandinterneships,programof,[1972],
results, auditor who doesn't consistently get, is
            13               going to have his own case cave in on
him, 110
      Class VIII handling of lower level auditors, 391
rights; see also Dn Today
      Correction List-auditor recovery, 60         speed, error can
also stem from, 273
      C/Sing in chair, handling of, 411      staff auditor
requirements, 12
      C/S rein, even best auditors go bad when they no        staff
auditor trainee programming, 12
            longer have a tight, 165         stat of, 150
      distracting pc, 160         test of, 427
      "dog pcs", remedy for auditor with, 147            tone arm
and auditor; see tone arm
      duplicate, auditor willingness to, 109       trainees come
under Interne Supervisor, 12,13
      end phenomena, remedy of auditor errors in         trainees,
personnelpools for, 12
            handling, 273         training, sending auditors to
upper orgs for, 13
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


auditor(s)('s) (cont.) blowdown, listing and nulling item must BD
and F/N,
      TRs and auditors; see TRs              96
      two-way comm, auditor doing without C/S, hand-     body,
            ling of, 411          defn, physical object, it is not
the being himself,
       understanding of pc's answer, 395                 129
       upper level auditors, 376        defn., a complex biological
carbon-oxygen engine,
       what it takes to make a real auditor, 426
running at an operating temperature of 37�
       who cannot audit, whose TRs are out, whose
Centigrade and, being biological, has ability to
       metering is bad and who never keeps the Code
establish and repair itself, 401
            always says his pcs are dogs, 147            and TR 0,
369
Auditor's Code is an auditing tool, not just a nice           body
fixation, 203
            idea, 289, 384        havingness, relation to body; see
havingness
avalanches, outflowing and inflowing, 106          life in, thetan
puts it there, 126
awareness, defn., ability to perceive existence of, 182
malnutrition is general breakdown of body func
      if one can confront he can be aware; if he is aware
      tions due to lack of adequate nourishment, 207
            he can perceive and act, 182           nutrition is in
f1eld of physical treatment of body,
awareness of awareness unit; see thetan            205
Axioms, Dianetic; see Dn Today          overweight is residual
elements of food, substances
Axiom 28, amended, 185            or gases which are not totally
eliminated or uti                                  lized by body
after ingestion, 401
                             Q and A, 231
                       B                cure for, is objective
processes, 232
                             robot's inertia of body, 129
backtrack, pcs who won't go, reasons and remedies        sugar in
abundance by-passes basic energy produc      for, 276, 388, 389
            ing mechanisms of body, 207
bacteria, intestinal, 408         underweight or debility is
inadequate or lacking
balance, Chloro- and Aureo- families of antibiotics
foods, substances or gases which are needed for
            can affect sense of balance, 406             activity,
maintenance or repair of body, 402
bank; see reactive mind      "boil off" or dopey pc, cause and
remedy of, 117
basics, list of out basics and references to correct     books,
Word Clearing Method 4 of, 166, 305
            them, 409  boredom and game conditions, 113
BD; see blowdown BPC; see by-passed charge
been after, PTS RD step, 343 Buddha; see Hymn of Asia
beingness, 118   by-passed charge,
beingness, insistence on rightness is last refuge of          defn,
earlier charge restimmed and not seen, 144
            beingness,257         defn, one handled later charge
that restimmed
beings basically prosper only when they are self-
earliercharge, 144
            determined and can be pan-determined to help
prepared lists, missing items on, leaves by-passed
            in prosperity of all, 130              charge on pc,
426
betray, defn, to be disloyal or faithless to, 102        roller-
coaster can also be caused by, 339
betrayal, Danger RD step, person to work out how   by-passed flows;
see flows, by-passed
            out-ethics situation is betrayal of group, 103
biochemistry and nutrition, 204, 205
      lie below spirit and mind and could be loosely
            C
            considered to be undercut as they do impede
            spiritualgain, 203    calcium, muscular spasms are
caused by lack of,
      may not work at all until stress is relieved by pro-
      354
            cessing, 206     Cal-Mag, formula and effect of, 354,
355, 369
"Biolactyl", dosage of intestinal bacteria, 408    cannibal,
cleared cannibal step, 260, 261, 263
black field, 124 Can't Have Rundown, 141
blackfive, 114   carbohydrates, result of heavy intake of, is to
feel
blackness, Case V is no mock-ups, blackness only,             tired
all the time, 207
            121  case(s); see also preclear
black screens, purpose of, 114          auditor's ability as
auditor related to his case, 110
blinking, TR 0 notes on, 369      black five, 114
blood leveling time and antibiotics, 403           bogged case, 11
blow(s),         Case V, defn, no mock-ups, only blackness, 121
      five main reasons for student blows, 193           children
are usually very burdened cases, 388
      handling blown student or pc, 193,194        "corpse case",
solution to, 119
      reasons for pc blows, 179,194          dog case; see
preclear, dog
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


case(s) (cont.)  case supervising, case supervision, C/S (cont.)
       drug case having trouble with Method 1 Word        repair
and handling of bogged cases is finest skill
            Clearing, handling of, 163             of, 11
      energy, starvation for, is keynote of any case
repairing pc instead of auditor, handling of, 412
            which maintains facsimiles in restimulation,
sessions, personally C/Sed by LRH; see Dn Today
            105        Triple Dianetics, how to C/S case for, 284
      "failed cases", prepared lists clear up, 426 Case Supervisor;
see also case supervising
      "failed" cases, there are no failed cases; there are
auditors, flubby, are ones who consumed C/S
            only failed C/Ses and auditors, 426               time,
164,165
      failure in, chief cause is unhandled or only partial-
Cramming, C/S has to straighten out, 164, 233
            ly handled drugs, 300       Crammmng, if there is no,
C/S can fully afford to
      fixated attention case, 262            do cramming himself,
281
      gains, drugs fog up student and prevent gains, 137,
D of P, C/S not using, to get data after failed ses           311
            sion, handling of, 412
      gains, pcs who do not hold, are PTS, 330, 338           makes
sure tech courses are taught well, 164
      how to get information on, 11          overloaded, results of
and how to detect, 318, 319
      mutual out ruds can stall cases, 259         postings, 318
      no case gain or failed case, handling of, 427           Q and
A, 222, 223
      OCA/APA characteristics in, 22         remedy for C/S who is
agreeing there are "dog
      repair; see repair                pcs", 147
      roller-coaster is a slump after a case gain, 330, 338
stat of, 150
      trouble and Word Clearing, 304         test of, 427
      unburdening, 389       to get results on pcs must handle
auditor's ability
      upset: wrong list item or wrong list, 97                to
get reads on lists, 233
case supervising, case supervision, C/S, case supervise;
trouble, what it comes from, 292, 386
            see also Case Supervisor         trying to fix "no EP'
on one rundown by trying
      auditor C/Sing in chair, handling of, 411               to
run another rundown, handling of, 413
      auditor falsifying report, how to handle, 292,          types
of C/Ses, 318
            386        worksheets, C/S not reading, handling of,
413
      auditors, even best go bad when they no longer     cause,
overts give highest gain in raising cause level,
            have a tight C/S rein, 165             why, 370
      auditors handling psychos, C/S takes it easy on,   cause,
people who get things done are at cause; when
            264              they are not, they Q and A, 225
      auditors, standard handling of, 164    chain(s),
      cases, how C/S gets information on, 11       can be overrun,
how, 385
      checklist, 11          Dianetic chain, how to rehab, 289, 384
      Class VIII C/S-6 list, 276        Dianetic chains previously
flubbed, how to handle,
      co-audit, C/S must check routinely for mutual out
290, 384
            ruds in, 259          Dianetic chains run a second or
third time, how to
      C/S can err by being too critical of auditors or
handle and indicate to pc, 291
            worse, by agreeing about what dogs the pcs are,
Dianetic EP, cognition could simply be "the chain
            147              blew", 272
      Dianetics is its own field of C/Sing, 285          Dianetics,
EP of chain is erasure, accompanied by
      FES, failing to call for, when C/S doesn't know
F/N, cognition and good indicators, 272
            after a failed rundown, 413      Word Clearing a chain
of words, all must F/N, 303
      Ivory Tower; see Dn Today   charge, by-passed; see by-passed
charge
      must be sure all Why finding and Word Clearing     children,
            papers and worksheets get into pc's folders,
ascases, 388
            96         must be permitted to contribute, 80
      must put a yellow tab marked PTS on PTS pc
originations of, 183
            folder, 92       Streptomycin can cause pregnant
mothers to give
      pc in psychotic break, handling, 353               birth to
children who have impaired hearing,
      pc's demands for next grade despite all contrary
404
            indicators, C/S agreeing with, handling of,
unburdening, 389
            412  cholesterol, role of in body, 204
      prepared list is C/S's main tool for discovery and chronic
somatic; see somatic, chronic
            correction, 234  circuits, all valences are circuits
are valences, 181
      primary cause of C/S failure, 234 circuits key out with
knowingness, 181
      Quadruple Dianetics, how to C/S case for, 374,
Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart, 311,
            376
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


Class VIII, Confessional List, Johannesburg, 419
       Course, 391     Confessionals on students, 173
       C/S-6 list, 276 confidential, why OT materials are ~, 23
       how a Class VIII gets in standard tech, 391 confront, 182
cleaning cleans, how to prevent, 370         defn, to face without
flinching or avoiding, 182
cleared cannibal, 260, 261, 263         defn, to stand facing or
opposing, especially in
cleared word, defn, word which has been cleared to
challenge, defiance or accusation, 182
            point of full conceptual understanding, 317
auditor errors come mainly from an inability to
clearing words in commands, necessity of, 93             164
clear words to F/N, 303; see also Word Clearing           body and
TR 0, 369
co-audit, C/S must check routinely for mutual out         effect,
person at effect is confronted by life, he
            ruds in, 259                does not confront it, 231
cognition and havingness, 123           glib student, what he can
confront, 99
cognition, method of fishing for, 301        if one can confront he
can be aware; if he is aware
cognition of Dianetic EP could simply be "the chain
he can perceive and act, 182
            blew", 272        Q and A and confront, 224
colds, loss can cause, 237   confusion, fixed ideas follow a period
of, 237
colds, Vitamin C is excellent for helping, 407     confusion,
underneath is a misunderstood word, 29
coma, auditing a person in, 206, 238    Contact Assist, 191
commands, auditor must clear each and every word   continuous
missed withhold; see missed withhold,
            of, 93, 94            continuous
Committee of Evidence, when to use, 100 continuous overt; see
overt, continuous
communicatingness, 118 "corpse case'~, solution to, 119
communication, defn, consideration and action of   correction
lists; see prepared lists, correction lists
            impelling an impulse or particle from source-
correction, Qual's function is, 188
            point across a distance to receipt-point, with
correction usually cannot be accomplished without
            intention of bringing into being at receipt-point
      Ethics back-up, 66
            a duplication and understanding of that which
course(s); see also training
            emanated from source-point [Axiom 28], 185        fast
flow student passes ~ by attestation, 1 62
      component parts of, 185           supervision, it is out tech
to fail to know and use
      formula of: cause, distance, effect, with intention,
      study tech, 41
            attention and duplication with understanding,
Course Supervisor('s),
            185        Correction List, 52
      lag, defn, length of time, whether verbal or silent,
failure, cause of, 41
            intervening between auditor's asking of a speci-
has to know study tech, not necessarily subject
            fic question and specific and precise answer of
      taught, 41
            that question by pc, 108         primary tech, 42
      magic of; see Dianetics Today          product of Supervisor,
43
      pc is as well as he can originate a ,1 83          student
queries, handling of, 42, 302
      performer purpose is basically ~, 293        use of Word
Clearing Method 4, 29, 302
      two-way communication, 107  cramming, 188
            auditor doing without a C/S, 411       actions, 66
            don't use a listing question in, why, 270
done in Qual must be done on a meter, 397
            Interiorization RD, 2-way comm step after, 280
can assess correction lists, 66
            pc upset, look into two-way comm processes in
Case Supervisor has to straighten out Qual cram
folder and treat them as L&N processes                   ming, 233
                 where pc has answered with items, 270        if
there is no Cramming, a C/S can fully afford to
            questions must be limited to feelings, reactions,
      do cramming himself, 281
                 significances, never ask for terminals or loca-
      it is obviously senseless to cram someone whose
                 tions, 270             study tech is out, 66
complete, defn, to make whole, entire or perfect;        maxim of:
handle the hell out of it, 335
            end after satisfying all demands or require-      most
cramming cycles reveal a broader area of
            ments; act or action of completing, becoming
situation which must also be handled, 334
            complete or making complete, 93        order always
includes TRs, 164
completion, pc completion points, 214        over out ruds, 334
completion, what makes it quickie, 93        Primary Correction
Rundown (revised), 65
concept symbolized by word, 316         retread and retrain, 164
conceptualization of meanings, 316           success, what it
depends on, 335
conceptual understanding of word, 317   Cramming Of ficer, C/S
makes sure Qual has one, 164
Conditions by Dynamics, 81   Crime, High; see High Crime
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


crime, when you let a person give nothing for some-
Dianetic(s) (cont.)
            thing you are factually encouraging crime, 79
 L3RD-Dianetics and Int RD Repair List, 265
criminal(s), criminality, 78            use of, 290
      ethics presence checkscriminality, 78        never prepcheck
while doing, this mushes up
      exchange and criminality, 79                 engrams, 291,
385
      welfare states, why they get lots of criminals, 79       "no
interest" items, 161
      why punishment doesn't cure, 371        past life remedies,
388
critical tirades are restimulated but missed or partially
pc who doesn't go past lives doesn't recover, 330,
            missed withholds, 178            339
critical, upset, ARC breaky pc, handling of, 179
Quadruple; see Quadruple Dianetics
C/S; see case supervising; Case Supervisor          R3R commands,
background data, 243
culture, education mustn't skip gradients in, 171
Scientology and Dianetics, essential difference
cycles, diseases have their own, 406               between, 107
                             Standard Dianetics is very general in
application,
                                  68, 87
                       D          student ill, handled by
Dianetics, 76
                             upsets, handling of, 291, 385
Danger Condition, correct ~ handling, 82, 84, 100        use of,
274, 284; see also Dianetics Today
Danger Rundown steps, 102,103,104       who can run Manetics, 291,
386
Danger Rundown, Why of robotism can be added to,         Zero Flow
in Dianetics may F/N very suddenly; it
            130              is easily overrun and can be very
fast, 288, 382
datum, defn, invention which has become agreed
dictionaries,whichare the best, 151
            upon and so solidified, 114 diet, proper, 208
      and truth, 114   diet, search for the natural diet of man,
401
decision, Attention Objective Decision Repetitive  Director of
Processing, actions of, 150, 412
            [process], 263   Director of Processing's stat, 150
declare, pc declare? procedure, 218     Director of Tech Services,
actions and stat of, 150
degradation begins when thetan is interiorized into
Disagreements Check, 40
            unwanted mass, 105    disconnect or handle, 209
degraded being(s), 230, 235  disease cycles, 406
deliveryofbabies,handledwithassists, 189     dishonest, defn,
disposed to lie, cheat, defraud or
Department of Personnel Enhancement, 65            deceive, 102
determinism scale, robot band of, 127        continuous missed
withhold, probably all disDianetic(s), 289; see also R3R;Dn Today
            honest social conduct brings about, 235
      chain, how to rehab, 384    D of P; see Director of
Processing
      chains previously flubbed, how to handle, 290,     D of T/S;
see Director of Tech Services
            384  dog pc; see preclear, dog
      chains run a second or third time, how to handle   dopey or
"boil off" preclear, cause and remedy of,
            and indicate to pc, 291                117
      end phenomena, 272     downstat areas, executive must
investigate and find
      erasure; see erasure              any out-ethics situation
and correct it, 100
      Expanded Dianetics; see Expanded Dianetics   downstat, when
you reward a ~ you not only deprive
      Full Flow Dianetics, 274, 284, 286, 374, 378; see
upstats, you also cave the in, 80
            also flows dramatization, dramatize, dramatizing, defn,
to act
            completing unfinished flows in, 275, 378
under influence of past incidents as dictated by
            cost of, 379                those incidents in bank,
336
            do not audit four flow items until all earlier
insane cannot control or withhold their evil pur
Dianetic items brought into four flows, 377              poses and
dramatize them at least covertly, 128
            if pc's TA begins to average higher, overrun is
withholds, dramatization of, 336
                 occurring, 290, 385               on vital
information lines, 336
            Int-Ext RD and, 285, 375               remedy for, 337
            requires flawless auditing and C/Sing, 292,  drills,
auditor needs his periodic drills and exercises or
                 386              he goes sloppy, 165; see also
training
            result of, 275, 379   drug(s); see also Dianetics Today
            tripling earlier Dianetics, 274, 377         assist
given over drugs, how to handle later, 192
      Int-Ext RD is essentially a Dianetic, not a Scien-      can
prevent going backtrack, 388
            tology,action,291,386       case who cannot be gotten
through Method 1
      is its own field of C/Sing, 285              Word Clearing
due to case, it is usual to give
      list can produce wrong list reactions, 97               him
Drug Rundown first, 137,163
      L3RC-Dianetics and Ext RD Repair List, 245         chief
cause of failure in cases, 300
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


drug(s) (cont.)  E-Meter(s) (cont.)
       "five days" rule need not apply to assists, 192        Drill
21 is E-Meter drill to be drilled on Word
       fog up a student and prevent gains, 137
Clearing Method 4, 28, 301
      have not been handled or only partially handled,        help
pc by guiding his attention against needle, 180
            No Interference Zone rule is waived, 300          pc,
most often pc does not know what it is that
      items that have read are run R3R without asking
reacts as only unknowns react, 180
            for interest, 161,169       pc's attention must be on
his own case in session,
       must be handled first in auditing, 300                 not
on meter, 27, 410
       student has been on drugs, must be given a Drug
reads; see reads
            RD, 76           rock slam, real R/S also has a crazy
meter, 344
       unhandled drugs and Ethics, 300       sensitivity setting
for individual cases, 271
       withdrawal symptoms, how to handle, 354           tone arm;
see tone arm
Drug Rundown, 312            untrained people using, results of, 97
      can fail by asking for interest on items, 169           Word
Clearing on meter, all words must be F/Ned,
      effects of an omitted or incomplete Drug RD are
303
            severe enough to deny a person any lasting case   works
only when there is a correct electrical con              gain, 311
            tact, 226, 415
      is a must before Ex Dn, 307 emotional impact in art, 198,199
      is a must before Solo, 21   emotional shock, handled with
assist, 189
      Life Repair is not a prerequisite for Drug RD, 311 emotions
list, Fear of People RD, 219
      student has been on drugs, must be given a ~, 76   End of
Cycle Processing, 118
      students who are or have been on drugs need a ~    end
phenomena, 272; see also Dianetics Today
            before tackling Word Clearing Method I, 137       defn,
those indicators in pc and meter which show
dry and wet hands make false TA, 226, 415                that a
chain or process is ended, 272
duplicate, duplication, 109       Dianetic end phenomena, 272
      auditor's willingness to, 109          errors, 272
      communication and, 185      Interiorization Rundown end
phenomena, 280
      OpeningProcedurebyDuplication, 108,109       Introspection
Rundown, end phenomena of, 241,
      process of duplication itself balances out and
256, 353
            makes person easy about his past, 109        OTs and
EPs, 273
      training and duplication, 110          PFimary Correction
Rundown, end phenomena of,
dynamic(s),            159
      Conditions by Dynamics, 81        PTS Rundown end phenomena,
331, 340
      Exchange by Dynamics, procedure, 80                attained
when the person is well and stable, 92
      person under stress is actually under a suppression
types of EPs, 272
            on one or more dynamics, 209     energy,
      Service FacsbyDynamics, 257       energy reducing processes
at length "starve"
       1st Dynamic Danger Formula, 103             thetan for
energy, 105
      3rd dynamic sanity, hattedness is basic of, 38
Remedy of Havingness, effect of on pc's energy,
                                  108
                             starvation for, is keynote of any case
which main                        E                tains facsimiles
in restimulation, 105
                       sugar in abundance by-passes basic energy
pro
eating is a matter of absorbing death, 125
ducing mechanisms of body, 207
educating illiterate or semiliterate populations, 170,
thetan's relation to energy, 105
            171        "value" of energy, 109
education and superliteracy, 314  engram(s); see also R3R
effect, communication and, 185          basics of engram running,
243
effect, person at effect is confronted by life, he does
Dianetics, never prepcheck while doing, this mushes
            not confront it, 231             up engrams, 291, 385
effect, when person is running at effect he Qs and As,        pc
who cannot run engrams, reasons for, 276
            231        slow recovery after an engram has been run,
cause
electronic attest, 165            of, 237 ~
Elementary Straightwire, 107 environment, auditor is responsible
for session en
E-Meter(s); see also E-Meter reactions by name
vironment, 409
      check at Success, 31   EP; see end phenomena
      cleaning cleans, how to prevent, 370   erase, erased,
erasure(s),
      cramming actions must be done on ~, 397            chains
erased can be overrun, how, 291
      data, never feed to pc, 289, 384       Dianetics, EP of chain
is erasure, accompanied by
      dead bodies read between 2.0 and 3.0, 24                F/N,
cognition and good indicators, 272
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


erase, erased, erasure(s) (cont.) ethical, ethic(s) (cont.)
      thetan has to be at earliest end of incidents to         out-
ethics (cont.)
            erase them, 286, 381             valence, person whose
ethics have been out over
      you can't rehab erasures with "How many
a long period goes "out of valence", 101
            times?", 290, 384           personal ethics, 100
Est O and HAS Specialist Auditing Program (revised),
situation lies below administrative Whys, 100
            50          tech admin sequence, 78
Est Os and Product Officers, disagreement amongst, evaluate, length
of time to, 145
            40   evaluation, auditor evaluation, 160
Est O, standard ~ action to survey hats, 37  evil,
ethical, ethic(s), 78        inability to confront evil, result of,
78
      defn., study of general nature of morals (morals
insane are insane because they have evil intentions,
            [plural] [noun]: principles of right and wrong
      230
            conduct) and specific moral choices to be made
man attempts to restrain himself from evil actions
            by individual in his relationship with others;
      and caves in, 78
            rules or standards governing conduct of mem-
purposes, 277
            bers of a profession, 102              Expanded
Dianetics running of, don't ask-for
      defn., study of general nature of morals and of
      interest, 161
            specific moral choices to be made by individual
have to be verified as to wording and checked
            in his relationship with others,172
for read before running, but not interest,
      actions, reason for many heavy, 78                      277
      acts of out-ethics person in a group, 101
individual with, has to withhold himself be conduct, most important
zone of, in an organiza-                     cause he may do
destructive things, 127
            tion is at or near the top, 100              insane
cannot control or withhold evil purposes
      correction usually cannot be accomplished with-
      and dramatize them at least covertly, 128
            out Ethics back-up, 66                 rock slams,
where a pc R/Ses he will have evil
      criminality checked by ethics presence, 78
purposes, 345
      determination, when one is ethical it is by own
Rundown, Multiple-Flow, 277
            determination, 172               R3R all Ev Purps cuUed
from folder is done as
      executives and ethics, 100, 101,102                     first
action in Ex Dn, 277
      justice and ethics, 172                R3Ring Ev Purps,
common error on, 296
      must be in to get tech in, 172         reactive mind tends to
force man into evil actions,
      non-compliance as Liability, and false report as
370
            Doubt, 79  Examiner attest check, 30
      offenses, examples of, 101  Examiner declare? procedure, 218
      organization and ethics, 100      exchange, defn., something
for something, 79
      out-ethics, defn., an action or situation in which
criminality and exchange, 79
                 an individual is involved contrary to ideals
Dynamics, Exchange by, procedure, 80
                 and best interests of his group; an act or
flows and out-ethics, 78
                 situation or relationship contrary to ethics
maintains inflow and outflow that gives a person
                 standards, codes or ideals of the group or
      space around him and keeps the bank off of
                 other members of group; an act of omission
him, 79
                 or commission by an individual that could or
out, illness and overwhelm can result from, 79
                 has reduced the general effectiveness of a
production, morale and exchange factor, 80
                 group or its other members; an individual act
executive('s), defn, any person holding an executive
                 of omission or commission which impedes
post (head of Department or above), 100
                 the general well-being of a group or impedes
assignment of Danger condition, 100
                 it in achieving its goals, 102          ethics and
executives; see ethics
            auditing errors can come from, 164           study,
executives who will not, handling of, 158
            exchange flows and out-ethics, 78            tendency
to transfer or who fails to hat others,
            executives, responsibility of, to handle out-
      how to handle, 50
                 ethics, 100 existence, mock-ups get unreal because
thetan is not          handling steps (Danger RD), 102
ising existence, remedy for, 118
            ill, people who are ill are PTS and are out-ethics
Expanded Dianetics, 276, 311; see also Ex Dn Series
                 toward the person or thing they are PTS to,
      [IX-125]
                 101         defn., that branch of Dianetics which
uses Dia         people, out-ethics people go rapidly into Trea-
            netics in special ways for specific purposes, 68,
                 son against the group, 101              87
            perception is affected by out-ethics, 101         after
Grade IV Expanded, 311
            quickie tech is a symptom of out-ethics, 94
auditor prerequisite for, 69, 88
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


Expanded Dianetics (cont.)   fast flow training, 162,163
      charges for, 69, 88    Fear of People List, 219, 220
      Drug Rundown is a must before, 307     FES; see Folder Error
Summary
      evil purposes, R3R all, is done as first action, 277    FFD,
Full Flow Dianetics; see Dianetics, Full Flow
      is specifically adjusted to pc, 68, 87 FFT, Full Flow Table;
see Dianetics, Full Flow
      OCA right-hand side handling, Vital Info RD  field,black, 124
            belongs on, 328  firefight, defn, quarrel between
auditor and pc, 291,
      pcs who RIS are given Ex Dn, 76, 345               385
      programming, 276 First Dynamic Danger Formula, 82
      Repair List, 70  fixated attention case, anatomy and remedy
of, 262
      requisites, 297, 372   floating needle, F/N(s)(ed)(ing),
      running of evil purposes or intentions, don't ask
auditor must F/N the original action, 222, 223,
            for interest, 161                410
      service facsimile theory and, 257      false TA and F/N, 227,
416
      set-ups, 276           footplates obscure F/Ns and reads, 414
            checklist, 297, 372         Integrity Processing
questions must be F/Ned, 175
      Standard Dn vs. Ex Dn, 68, 69, 87      listing and nulling
item must BD and F/N, 96
      training, 68, 87       OT is particularly subject to F/N
abuse as he can
      uses Dianetics to change OCA/APA, 68, 87                blow
things quite rapidly, 273
      who needs it, 68, 87        persistent F/N and ending
session, 397
Expanded Gita, 115,120       Power can be done quickie simply by
not hanging
exterior, exteriorized, exteriorization,                 on for EP
and only going to F/N, 93
      Int RD, you just don't do one because pc goes
prepared list either reads or F/Ns, 213
            exterior, 280, 281          students who are
interrupted too often when
      pc exteriorizes on a good win, how to end session
F/Ning may also blow, on a "withhold of
            when, 397, 410              nothingness", 193
      pc goes exterior in auditing, later his TA goes high,
what you ask or program, 222
            then you do an Int RD, 280       wide persistent with
TA too high or low means
      pc misemotion about, how to handle, 124                 false
TA, 227, 416
      Present Time Differentiation; Exteriorization by        Word
Clearing, all words must be F/Ned, 303, 304
            Scenery [process] ,121           Zero Flow in Dianetics
may F/N very suddenly,
      Remedy of Havingness [process], exteriorization
288,382
            by, 116    flow(s),
      theory of Exteriorization Remedy, 287        additional, when
doing additional flows one must
Exteriorization Rundown; see Interiorization Run-             also
check or rehab flows runto F/N, 287, 381
            down       auditing additional flows while earlier
items
extroversion, defn, being able to look outward;
remain Single or Triple restimulates missing
            extroverted personality is one who is capable of
      flows and stacks them up as mass, 377
            looking around the environment; person who is
auditor's lack of knowledge of flows, doing F0s on
            capable of looking at world around him and
a Triple pc, handling of, 410
            seeing it quite real and quite bright is of course
      by-passed flows and mass, 286, 380
            in a state of extroversion, 241, 256, 353         by-
passed, high TAs, heavy pressures and even ill
            ness can come from by-passed flows, 286, 380
                             Dianetic remedies and Triple Flows,
285
                       F          Full Flow Dianetics; see
Dianetics, Full Flow
                             getting in all flows, 287, 288, 381
"failed" cases, 426          mass occurs when flows of items are by-
passed and
false, defn., contrary to fact or truth; without              then
later restimulated by auditing them, 287,
            grounds; incorrect; without meaning or sinceri-
      381
            ty; deceiving; not keeping faith; treacherous;
missing flows are still potential mass, 274, 377
            resembling and being identified as a similar or
old pcs run Triple, let them remain Triple unless
            related entity, 102              you have to do Int RD
or some Quad RD, 373
falseauditor'sreports;seeauditor,falsifyingreport        run
previously unrun one or ones first to get
false PTS, 236               charge off, then verify or run ones
listed as run
false reads on W/Hs and asking for some W/Hs more
already, 287, 381
            than once will ARC break the pc, 409         safe
course is to use Triples (Quad only) on new,
false reports, 129                never audited before pcs; those
begun on
      means Doubt, 79             Triples, use then only Triple
Flows, 29 1, (386)
      robot gives many, 129       TA, high TA and Quad Flows, 381
false TA; see tone arm, false           TA, high TA and Triple
Flows, 287
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


flow(s) (cont.)  Gita, defn, Give and Take Processing, 115
       Triple reruns, 286          Expanded Gita, 120
            and Quad reruns, 380  glib student, characteristics of
and handling, 99
      tripling earlier Dianetics, 274, 377   gonorrhea, cycle of,
406
      unrun, law: when one or more of the three flows    good vs.
evil, 78, 370
            of an item or grade are left unrun, when used in  Grade
Chart, basic program of pc, 311, 313
            later processes the earlier unrun ones restimu-
grades, full list of grades showing where various RDs
            late and make mass, 286, 380                 fit, 312
      when to triple or quad narrative items or multiple Grade II,
311
            somatic items, 275, 378     gradient scales is inherent
in auditing itself, 116
Flow 0, defn., self doing something to self, 274, 378    gradients,
education mustn't skip, 171
      auditor doing F0s on a Triple pc, handling of, 410
grammar(s), 143, defn, a systematic description of
      command, 378                the ways in which words are used
in a particular
      getting in Zero Flows-rehab or run, 382
language, 167
      in Dianetics, may F/N very suddenly, 288, 382
Course before Word Clearing, 143
      Int RD, one mustn't suddenly introduce 4th flow         rules
of, 167
            (F Zero), 377         textbooks, 143
      Introspection RD has as its dominant flow, 295          types
of grammars, 168
      Quad Dianetics, unrun F0 is checked for read grammatical
words and smallwordsshouldbe looked
            before running, 374              up in a simple grammar
textbook, 143
      Quad Dianetics, when catching up unrun Flow  Green Form, 238,
321
            Zeros only run those that read, 373    group justice,
128
      running Zero Flows, 288, 382           action of group
against individual when he has
      Triple pc, doing F0s on, 410                 failed to get
his own ethics in, 172
Flow 1, defn, something happening to self, 274, 378           with
Courts and Comm Evs, 100
Flow 2, defn, doing something to another, 274, 378 group prospers
only when each member in it has his
Flow 3, defn, others doing things to others, 274, 378
own personal ethics in, 101
folder(s),       guilty, making an individual guilty for committing
      study, 157             evil actions only increases tendency
to laziness,
      Why finding worksheets must go into pc folder,
370
            96, 303
      Word Clearing worksheets must be placed in pc
            folders, 96, 304                       H
Folder Error Summary (FES), counts on C/S's and
            auditor'sstat, 150    hand(s),
Folder Error Summary, C/S failing to call for an FES          anti-
perspirants applied to too wet hands, 227,
            when he doesn't know after a failed rundown,
416
            handling of, 413      auditor applying hand cream
during a session is
food; see nutrition               wrong, handling of, 411, 415
footplates, 27,414           auditor must not call a pc's attention
to hands
Full Flow Dianetics; see Dianetics, Full Flow
during a session, 410, 414
Full Flow Table; see Dianetics, Full Flow          rings on pc's
hands must be removed, 364
                             tone arm depends on normally moist
hands, 226,
                                  415
                       G          tone arm low, don't get pc to
wipe hands every
                                  minute, 27
gain; see case gains         tone arm low, wet sweaty hands can
cause, 24
game,       vanishing cream, why one doesn't use, 414
      conditions, 113  handwriting, handling auditor having poor ~,
412
            auditors and pcs get into, how, 180    happiness is
only attained by those who are honest
            boredom and game conditions, 113             with
themselves and others, 101
      havingness is "gimmick" or "weenie" for which      happiness,
pc's sanity and happiness absolutely de-
            the game is played, 118                pend upon his
ability to create new facts, 114
      thetan cuts down knowingness to create a game,     HAS
Rundown, 50
            112,113    hat(s), hatting,
GE; see genetic entity       basic of 3rd dynamic sanity,
hattedness is, 38
generalities won't do in Integrity Processing, 176       essential
part of, is Post Purpose Clearing, 363
genetic entity and sacrifices, 125           failing to hat others,
how to handle, 50
germs and virus, 403         for product, 38
GF; see Green Form           survey for orders, 37
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


have, Can't Have Rundown, 141     havingness (cont.)
havingness, 105,123,181            Repair of Havingness vs. Remedy
of Havingness,
      defn, mass or objects, 115             124
      defn, the "gimmick" or "weenie" for which the
rudiments and havingness; see Dn Today
            game isplayed, 118           SPs are SPs because they
deny hav and enforce
      defn, is the concept of being able to reach;
unwanted hav, 141
            no-havingness is the concept of not being able
 subjective havingness, difficulty with running, 141
            to reach, 181          unhappiness, relation to reduced
energy (having-
      anaten is demonstration of loss of havingness, 123
ness), 105
      cognition and havingness, 123          withholds cut
havingness down, 181
      indicators of dropped havingness, 123  HCO Dept 1 is
recruiting point for auditors, 12
      knowingness, cutting down knowingness and    headache and Int-
Ext, 307
            Remedy of Havingness have opposite vectors,  healing,
Scientology's relation to, 191, 203
            113  health, food can vastly affect, 401
      must be run to get the benefit of having pulled    H E & R,
defn, human emotion and reaction, 194
            most withholds, 181          out list produces most
fantastic H E & R, 194
      process, 124     hearing, Streptomycin can cause pregnant
mothers to
      reason for dropped havingness, 117                 give birth
to children who have impaired ~, 404
      RemedyofHavingness,105,108,112,115
help,auditorsandpcsgetintoagamesconditiononly
            defn., remedy of a pc's native ability to acquire
      when auditor refuses help to pc, 180
                 things at will and reject them at will, 115
hidden standard, defn., special problem pc thinks
            defn, getting pc to mock up and shove into the
      must be resolved before auditing can be seen to
                 body enough masses to bring him to a point
      have worked, 262
                 where he can eventually throw one away,
fixated attention shows up as a problem but is
                 124              usually a hidden standard, 262
            defn, having him mock up and shove in and    High
Crime, course, 41
                 throw away the same type of mock-up;    High
Crimes, study tech, 42
                 Remedy of Havingness is always a super- High
Crime, word clearing words on test is, 32
                 ior operation to a Repair of Havingness,
highTA;see tone arm, high
                 124   Hi-Lo TA Assessment, 1
            body disappears while remedying havingness,  honest,
honesty,
                 how to handle, 124          auditor, honesty of,
determines his results, 26
            commands for, 114           happiness is only attained
by those who are, 101
            End of Cycle Processing is a cousin process to
is road to sanity, 79
                 Remedy of Havingness, 118         most successful
student is ~ student, 1 72,1 74
            Expanded Gita related to Remedy of Having-        road
to truth is begun with honesty, 150
                 ness, 115        sanity is basically honesty and
truth, 31
            Exteriorization by Remedy of Havingness [pro-
Hubbard Graduate Dianetic Specialist, 69, 88
                 cess] ,116  Hubbard, L. Ron, hat of finder of lost
tech worn by,
            have pc shove  or push  things into his body,
      202
                 never pull, 116  Hubbard, L. Ron, personally C/Sed
sessions; seeDia       how to run Remedy of Havingness, 116
      netics Today
            is done and can be done at any time during any
hypnotism, defn., a monotony and a central fixation
                 of the Six Basic Processes as long as pc is
      on some one object, 109
                 even vaguely in communication with audi-
Opening Procedure by Duplication runs out, 109
                 tor, 118
            process, 115
            Waterloo Station Iprocess], difficulties with,
                 due to pc inability toremedyhavingness, 125
                 I
            what it addresses, 113
            will actually give pc enough energy masses to
                 permit his starved condition to let go of
ideas,fixed ideas follow a period of confusion,237
                 energy masses he is holding to him, 108 ideas,
words symbolize ideas, 316
      Repair of Havingness, defn, having pc mock up      ill,
illness(es); see also injury
                 anything he can mock up, and in any way it
assist illness only by lightest possible address to
                 can be done get him to shove (never pull)
      mental factors, 206, 238
                 that mock-up into the body, and by similar
cause of illness, 209
                 means to get rid of the residue which went
deserve to be handled with thorough and complete
                 alongwithmock-up, 124             assists, 189
            is a one-way flow; it is an inflow, 124
exchange, ~ can result from out exchange, 79
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


ill, illness(es) (cont.)     injured, injury, injuries (cont.)
      flows, illness can come from by-passed flows, 286,      occur
in presence of suppression, 237
            287, 380, 381         person is out of present time,
237
      healing, two sides to, spiritual and structural or
physical facts of, 190
            physical, 189,191     insane are insane because they
have evil intentions;
      loss, person who has just experienced a loss may
but they can't even make these stick, 230
            become ill, 237  insane, truly insane cannot control or
withhold their
      pc illness during grade auditing, 192              evil
purposes and dramatize them, 128
      pcs should not be run on PTS RD as a standard      Integrity
Processing,
            practice, 331, 339          generalities, best way to
"miss" Integrity Process person who doesn't produce becomes
mentally or            ing question is to let pc indulge in, 176
            physically ill, 80          "Have I missed a withhold
on you?" can be used if
      physical ailments can resist spiritual improvement,
      pc gets upset or critical, 179
            205        how to prevent ~ being left unflat, 175
      physical facts of injuries, ~ and stresses, 190         new
auditors routinely believe that in ~ pc knows
      predisposition, precipitation and prolongation of
answer and won't give it; this is an error, 180
            illness, 189, 210           pc withholdy, insert "Have
I missed an Integrity
      PTS,             Processing question on you?", 177
            all sick persons are, 95, 209          questions must
be F/Ned, 175
            becoming PTS is first thing that happened to
specialist who cannot read a meter is dangerous,
                 person on subject of illness or accidents, 211
            why, 179
            people who are ill are PTS and are out-ethics
intention, communication and, 185
                 toward person or thing they are PTS to, 101
intentions,
            person who is chronically ill always is PTS, 19
don't ask for interest on intentions before running
            results in illness and roller-coaster and is the
      the item, 161,169
                 cause of illness and roller-coaster, 91, 92
good, are never run, 277
      Q and A and illness, 224, 225, 232           in AEI Treble
Assessments, 277
      stress is basic cause in physical illness, 206          you
can only list and run connected with termi
      student is ill, handled by Dianetics, 76                nal
or mass or somatic, never significance, 277
      temperature, when illness is accompanied by, anti-
interest,
            biotics is usually the first thought, 403
Dianetic "no interest" items, 161,169
illiteracy and work, 170          drug items that have read are run
R3R without
imaginary incidents as past life remedy, 330, 339, 388
asking for interest, 161, 169
impingement needed to make a list read, 234        Expanded
Dianetics running of evil purposes or
implants, when Word Clearing too heavy or doesn't
intentions, don't ask for interest, 161
            clear up, suspect implants, handling of, 96
repair of "no interest" items, 169
inactivity, how it comes about, 1 27, 1 30, 370, 37 1
Interiorization Remedy, theory of, 38 1
incident(s),     Interiorization Rundown, 291
      pc stuck in upsetting incidents from movies or          and
the 4th flow, 373, 377, 386
            books, how to handle, 389        auditor auditing pc
over Int-Ext misunderstoods,
      thetan has to be at earliest end of incidents to
handlingof,410
            erase them, 286, 381        C/Sing Int RD, 280
      thetan is incident hungry, 286, 381          disability of
auditor in running Int RD, 281
incompetent, basic Why for being, 130        end phenomena, 280
indication, wrong, can cause a psychotic break, 239,          Full
Flow Table and , 285, 375
            241, 249, 346, 353          HCO Bs covering, 279
inertia, physical, and robotism, 129         headache and ~, 307
infections, germ and virus infections, 403         is a remedy, 280
infections, Vitamin C is excellent for helping colds          is
essentially a Dianetic, not a Scientology, action,
            and ~, 407            291, 386
inflow, repair of havingness is, 124         out, source of high
TA, 24
information; see datum; knowledge       overrun, it usually happens
that an ~ is, 280
information, vital; see vital information          pc goes exterior
in auditing, later his TA goes high,
injured, injury, injuries; see also illness              then you
do an Int RD, 280
      acute and severe, assist only by lightest possible
purpose of, 281, 381
            address to mental factors, 206         repair of Int
RD, 280
      auditing of injured people, keep light, 238             L3RD-
Dianetics and Int RD Repair List, 265
      causes of predisposition, precipitation and pro-
requires flawless auditing and C/Sing, 292, 386
            longation of, 189           roller-coaster can also be
caused by a bad , 339
      don't confine handling to touch assist, 190        two-way
comm step follows a day or so after, 280
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


Interiorization Rundown (cont.)   justice (cont.)
      unnecessary, when is Int RD unnecessary, 279       group
justice, 100,128
      when to run, 279, 280        savage justice aberrates because
it prevents getting
interneships, 12             off withholds, 172
Interviews, PTS, 98
intestinal bacteria, 408
Int RD; see Interiorization Rundown                           K
introspection, defn., (L. from introspicere, to look
            within) a looking into one's own mind, feelings,  Key
Word Clearing; see Word Clearing Method 6
            reactions, etc.; observation and analysis of one-
knowingness, 118
            self, 240, 250, 347         awareness of awareness unit
builds space to cut
Introspection Rundown, 239, 249, 260, 262, 346                down
knowingness, 112
      auditor requirements for, 240, 250, 347            circuits
key out with knowingness, 181
      caution, 296           cutting down of knowingness and Remedy
of
      dominant flow is Flow 0, 295                 Havingness have
opposite vectors, 113
      end phenomena of, 241, 256, 353        thetan cuts down ~ to
create a game, 112,113
      essence of, 240, 250, 347   knowledge; see also datum; vital
information
      fixated attention, 262      basic knowledge of man is
essential to any im
      Flow Zero command for, 275             provement in any area
of human race, 171
      programming ~ to fit the pc, 260       organization, main
product of, is knowledge and
      steps of, 240, 250, 260, 295, 347            results obtained
with it, 337
      theory of, 240, 250, 347          Scientologists and public,
knowledge bridge must
introversion, defn., (from intro + L. vertere, to turn)
be in, 202
            a tendency to direct one's interest upon oneself
to the average person is only this: a knowledge of
            rather than upon external objects or events,
hisorherwithholds,l78
            240, 250, 347    Know to Mystery Scale described, 112
      attention and introversion, 262
      evidence of, 262
invalidate, invalidating, invalidation,                       L
      button on lists, 213
      past lives, don't invalidate, 330, 338 L&N; see listing and
nulling
      pc being made to go on past a win acts as, 194     latent
reads, caused by too high sensitivity, 271
      remedy for invalidation of past lives, 388   laziness and
dishonesty, source of out tech, 426
"Invent a problem that person (weak universe) could      lazy and
inactive, how a person becomes, 370
            be to you" [process] ,125   liability, non-compliance
as Liability, 79
IP; see Integrity Processing life in body, thetan puts it there,
126
"irresponsible pc", how to get withholds off, 176  life is a
repeating pulse and ebb and surge of motion,
isolation of person in psychotic break, 260              299
item(s),         Life Repair is not a prerequisite for Drug RD, 311
      found out of session or by a non-auditor is suspect     list
(s); see also listing and nulling
            of being a listing and nulling error even though
auditor failure to get a list to respond or note it
            no list was made, 96             then defeats C/S
completely, 234
      list, nothing produces as much case upset as a
auditormustcleareachandeverywordon,94
            wrong list item or a wrong list, 97          auditors
who can't assess lists, results of, 426
       "Whys have been found" but person is not doing         case
upset, wrong list item or a wrong list, 97
            well; this is case of wrong item, 157        correction
lists; see prepared lists, correction lists
                             Dianetic list can produce wrong list
reactions, 97
                                  failed sessions, most common
reason for, is in                       J                ability of
auditor to get reads on lists, 233
                             if a pc lists to a question the rules
of L&N apply,
Johannesburg Confessional List, 419                419
justice,               it takes correct metering and impingement to
      defn, 1. moral rightness, equity; 2. honor, fair-
make alist read, 234
            ness; 3. good reason; 4. fair handling, due re-
no-case-gain, slow-case-gain, sickie and "failed
            ward or treatment; 5. administration and pro-
      cases", handled by basic lists, 426
            cedure of law, 102          out lists, 157
      defn action of group against individual when he
all of more violent or bad reactions on part of
            has failed to get his own ethics in, 172
            pc come from, 97
      causing withholds, results of, 172                 (meaning
overlist or wrong items) produces
      executive's Ethics and Justice hats, 100
      most fantastic H E & R, 194
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


list(s) (cont.)  malnutrition, defn, general breakdown of body func

      out lists (cont.)                 tions due to lack of
adequate nourishment, 207
            roller-coastercanalsobecausedby,339    man is basically
good, but reactive mind tends to
            symptoms of out lists, 97              force him into
evil actions, 78, 370
                 listing questions used accidentally in two-
mass(es),massy,
                       way comm can give out list symptoms,
are more important than perceptions, 106
                       270        degradation begins when thetan is
interiorized into
       prepared lists; see prepared lists                unwanted
mass, 105
       remedy for an auditor who can't get reads on lists,
flows, missing flows are still potential mass, 274,
            233, 234              286, 287, 377, 380, 381
       wrong lists or upset people, what can cause, 97
havingness is mass or objects, 115
listing; see listing and nulling        Havingness, Remedy of, what
it is, 124
listing and nulling,         preclear has felt massy, sometimes
even ill, cause
      auditor must grab the actual sense of answer,
of, 287, 381, 382
            395        thetan's loss of mass, 105
      errors, L4BR, 138           thetans, massy, 286, 380
      item must BD and F/N, 96    Material Clearing, Word Clearing
Method 5, 152
      listing out of session, cause of, 96   meanings,
conceptualization of, 316
      listing question, don't use in two-way comm, why,  medical
doctor(s),
            270        minister and medical doctor, no conflict
between,
      listing questions governed by rules of ~, 270
192
       pc upset, look into two-way comm processes in
Scientology sends sick to medical doctor, 203
            folder and treat them as L&N processes where medical
examination and treatment and assists, 189
            pc has answered with items, 270  mest, thetan creates
mest to have a game, 112
      PTS Rundown, L&N for places and planets should     mest
universe, dwindling spiral of, 105
            be restricted to planets only on VA pcs and an
meter; see E-Meter
            L4BR used at first sign of trouble, 142      methods of
Word Clearing; see Word Clearing
      PTS Rundown two-way comm question converted  Method 4; see
Word Clearing Method 4
            to ~,142   mind monitors structure, 205
      reconstructing the list, 96 minister, actions and tools of,
191
       self-auditing, commonest reason for, is a wrong or
missed withhold(s); see also rudiments
            unfound L&N item, 96        ARC broken pc, how to ask
for ~,179
      Why finding, purpose or product, suspect listing
continuous missed withhold, 235, 236
            errors when repairing, 96              is often falsely
labeled PTS, 236
literacy, defn, ability to read and write, 314           Integrity
Processing and , 179
locations, PTS to, 98        is a should have known, 179
loss, person who has just experienced a loss may be-
natterings, upsets, ARC breaks, critical tirades, lost
            come ill, 237               students, ineffective
motions are restimulated
low TA; see tone arm, low               but missed or partially
~,178
LRH Model Auditing Tapes, use of, 33    mistakes or accidents or
injuries occur in presence of
Iying, pc's sanity and continued happiness absolutely
suppression, 237
            depend upon his ability to create new facts,
misunderstood word(s);seealso Word Clearing
            114        auditing pc over, references to handle, 410
Iying, Routine 2-29: "Start Lying", 114      confusion, underneath
confusion is a ~, 29
L3 EXD RB-Expanded Dianetics Repair List, 70       person with
technical query has ~, how to handle,
L3RC-Dianetics and Ext RD Repair List, 245               424
L3RD-Dianetics and Int RD Repair List, 265         student with,
will pour out a torrent of queries, 42
L3RD, how to use, 290, 384        tests, misunderstoods on, 32
L4BR-for assessment of all listing errors, 138           use Method
4 Word Clearing when fishing for, 301
L4BR is used at first sign of trouble on L&N, 142  morale,
L IX Hi-Lo TA List revised, 1           production is basis of ~,
38, 80,129
L10 prerequisites, 392       production, morale and exchange
factor, 80
L10, when done between R6EW and OT III, will fail,       robot goes
into morale declines easily, 1 29
            20   morals, defn, principles of right and wrong
conduct,
                                  102; see also ethics
                       motions, ineffective, are restimulated but
missed or
                       M                partially missed withholds,
178
                       motion slowness, 236
magnesium, nervous reactions are diminished by, 354,
motivators, persons looking for overt to explain ~,
            369              371
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


Multiple-Flow E. Purp Rundown, 277      Operating Thetan (cont.)
muscles, nervous muscles can be cured with calcium-           EPs,
OTs and, 273
            magnesium, 369        is particularly subject to F/N
abuse as he can blow
muscular spasms are caused by lack of calcium, 354
things quite rapidly, 273
musicianandstagemanners,293       levels, there are perhaps 15
levels above OTVII
music, six distinct types of rhythm, 298                 fully
developed, 202
Mutter TR, 395         materials, why they are confidential, 23
mutual out ruds, 259         OT III, OT VII, OT IIIX, explanation
of sequence
muzzled auditing; see auditing, muzzled            of, 23
M/W/H; see missed withhold        R6EW-OT III No Interference Area,
20
mystery, Know to Mystery Scale described, 112      operations
handled with assists, 189
mystery, thetan could be called a "mystery sand-   oral penicillin
is worthless, it has to be shot vith a
            wich" in that he tends to stick in on mysteries,
      needle, 407
            237  orders, auditor giving ~ that are not part of any
pro
M4; see Word Clearing Method 4               cess is very bad, 160
                       orders, basic Why for needing, 37,127,130
                       organization and ethics, 78, 100; see also
ethics
                       N     organization's main product, 337
                       origination(s), 183, 395; see also TR 4
narrative, when to triple narrative items or multiple
arguments caused by failure to handle, 183
            somatic items, 275, 378          how to handle, 183,184
natterings means there are missed withholds, 178
originations of a child, 183
needle; see EMeter; needle characteristics by name OT; see
Operating Thetan
nervous reactions are diminished by magnesium, 354 OT Zero and TR 0
are a routine action for auditors,
no-case-gain, slow-case-gain, sickie and "failed cases",
164
            handled by basic lists, 426; see also case gain   out
basics and how to get them in, 409
no game conditions, 112      out-ethics; see ethics, out-ethics
No Interference Area, R6EW-OT III, 20   outflow and exchange, 79
non-compliance as Liability, and false report as   out lists; see
lists, out
            Doubt, in Ethics, 79  out tech; see technology, out
nulling and F/Ning prepared lists, 213  overload, what it is, 319
null prepared list, auditor outnesses causing, 213 overrun(s),
overrunning,
nutrition, 203, 401, 407          are demonstrated by a rising TA,
290, 385
                             auditor ~ due to false TA, handling
of, 411
                             cause of overrun and underrun, 273
                       O          chains can be overrun, how, 291,
385
                             Full Flow Dianetics, if pc's TA begins
to average
objective, defn., of or having to do with a material
higher, overrun is occurring, 290, 385
            object as distinguished from a mental concept,
when is Int RD overrun, 280
            idea or belief; means here and now objects in
Zero Flow in Dianetics is easily ~, 288, 382
            PT as opposed to "subjective", 393     overt(s), overt
act(s),
objective processes, anyone can be brought more into
auditor ARC breaks pc by demanding more than is
            present time with, 393                 there or leaving
an overt undisclosed that will
objective processes, cure for Q and A with body, 232
later make pc upset with auditor, 370
objective processes vs. subjective processes, 393        commonest
cause of failure in running, is "clean
objective rundown, 393            ing cleans", 370
OCA/APA,         continuous overt act, 235, 236
      does not measure OT band of abilities, 22
effectiveness of ~ in processing, 370
      Ex Dn uses Dianetics to change ~, 68, 87, 328           give
highest gain in raising cause level, why, 370
      is a graph which shows desirable and undesirable        high
TA, overt is a common source of, 24
            characteristicsin a case, 22           pc who dives
into past lives when asked for ~,
Opening Procedure by Duplication, effects of, 108,            371
            109        perception decreases in proportion to number
of
Opening Procedure of 8-C, 107, 108                 ~,128
Operating Thetan,            products, 128
      band of abilities, OCA/APA does not measure, 22         PTS
handling, person not responding to PTS hand
      behavior, 206               ling, check continuous overts,
236
      degraded being and OT, difference between, 230          PTS's
overts on SP person make him blind and
      Dianetics, when doing Triple on Clears and OTs,
non-self-determined, 129
            chains may be missing or just copies, 275
withholds and overts, two special cases of, 235
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


overweight, defn., residual elements of food, sub- potential
trouble source('s) (PTS), 19, 89, 91, 95,
            stances or gases which are not totally elimi-
      98, 141, 209, 330, 338; see also roller-coaster
            nated or utilized by body after ingestion, 401
defn., someone connected to a person or group
overwhelm and illness can result from out exchange,
opposed to Scientology, 91
            79         defn., person connected to a suppressive
person, 95
overwhelm, chronic, handling of, 224, 225          characteristics
of PTS persons, 95
Oxford Capacity Analysis; see OCA/APA        condition is actually
a problem and a mystery and
                                  a withdrawal, 98
                             C/S must put a yellow tab marked PTS
on a PTS
                       P                pc folder, 92
                             false PTS, 236
pan-determined, beings basically prosper only when       handling,
209, 330, 338; see also PTS Rundown
            they are self-determined and can be ~ to help
      alternate wordings for "PTS", 97
            in prosperity of all, 130              basic actions:
discover, handle or disconnect, 209
paresis, condition of untreated syphilis; it is a lifetime
      must be handled in Ethics and given a PTS Run           cycle
and drives one crazy, 406                          down, 76
particle, communication and, 185             person does not
respond to PTS handling easily,
past lives; see also Mission Into Time                        check
continuous missed withholds and/or
      don't invalidate, 330, 338                         continuous
overts, 236
      pc who dives into ~ when asked for overts, 371
steps, 91, 210, 330, 338
      pc who doesn't go past lives in Dianetics doesn't
"unburdening", 211
            recover, 330, 339           illness and PTS; see
illness
      remedies, 388          Interviews, 98
            AESPs that "would make one unwilling to go
past PTS Interviews, 342
                 earlier than this life", 388
questions, 98
            running past lives as imaginary incidents, 330,
      to discover PTS condition are done on meter
                 339, 388                          with all reads
marked, 98
"patty-cake", 224            out-ethics conduct toward suppressive
personality
pc; see preclear             he is connected with for person to
have become
pc completions-second revision, 214                PTS in first
place, 101
PCRD; see Primary Correction Rundown         overts on SP person
make him blind and non-self
penicillin, oral penicillin is worthless, it has to be shot
      determined, 129
            with a needle, 407          pcs who do not hold their
gains are PTS, 95, 330,
people, Fear of People List-R, 219                 338
pep, 207               phenomena, 330, 338
perceive, if one is aware one can perceive and act,
psychotic, relation of PTS person to, 209
            182        robots and PTS, 129
perception(s),         robot toward SP person or group or thing,
129
      decreases in proportion to number of overt acts-
roller-coaster, cause of, is PTS, 19, 92, 330, 338
            and therefore withholds-which person has
situation, only PTS situation that is serious and
            committedonwholetrack,128              lasting and can
cause a roller-coaster comes
      how to turn on, 106               from having known the
person before this life,
      is affected by out-ethics, 101               330, 339
      masses are more important than perceptions, 106
suppressive persons are themselves PTS to them
personal ethics, 100              selves, 95
Personnel Enhancement, Department of, 65           to someone or
something, 97
personnel pools for auditor trainees, 12           to SP people,
groups, things or locations, 98
philosophy, silence in, 327       when someone is suppressed he
becomes a ~, 330,
physical, body is a physical object, it is not the being
338
            himself, 129          when you do get person or group
or thing or loca
physical illness; see illness                tion PTS person will
F/N VGI and begin to get
physical inertia, 129             well, 98
physical treatment of body, nutrition is in field of,
withholding himself from a suppressive person or
            205              group or thing, 129
planets, PTS RD step, 142, 343    Power,
Post Purpose Clearing, 363        auditor waits for specific EP,
272
post trouble remedied by Word Clearing Method 6,         can be
done quickie simply by not hanging on for
            153              EP and only going to F/N, 93
postulate aberration, Q and A is simply , 230            is
available at Saint Hill Orgs, 23
postulatingness, 118         requires flawless auditing and C/Sing,
292, 386
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


"PR", defn., putting up a lot of false reports to serve
preclear(s)('s) (cont.)
            as a smoke screen for idleness or bad actions,
past lives (cont.)
            78               pc who doesn't go past lives in
Dianetics
PRD; see Primary Rundown                     doesn't recover, 330,
339
preclear(s)('s); see also case               pc who won't go
backtrack, reasons for, 276,
      ARC broken pc should be asked "What withhold
388
            have I missed on you?" or "What have I failed
      Scientology Review action to make pc go back       to find
out about you?" or "What should I have                   track, 389
            known about you?", 179           protest against a
question, how it is demonstrated,
      attention fixated, manifestations of, 262               370
      attention must be on his own case in session, not       red
tabbed must be repaired within 24 hours, 303
            on meter or his hands, 27        responsibility,
raising pc's, 263
      attention on chronic somatic, how to handle, 126        rock
slams indicate an area of psychosis which will
      auditor actions regarding pc; see auditor               ruin
pc's life if allowed to go unhandled, hand
      bank, pc + auditor is greater than bank, 86             ling,
345
      being made to go on past a win acts as invalidation,
self-auditing pc, cure for, 242, 256, 353
            194        sick pcs should not be run on PTS RD as
standard
      blows, reasons for, 193,194            practice, 331, 339;
see also illness
      Case Supervisor actions regarding pc; see case super-
stuck in upsetting incidents from movies or books,
            vising                how to handle, 389
      completions, 214       suppressed pcs and PTS tech, 95; see
also potential
      critical, upset, ARC breaky pc, handling, 179
trouble source
      doesn't want auditing, handling of, 412            upset,
look into two-way comm processes in folder
      "dog pcs", 147              and treat them as L&N processes
where pc has
            are problems in repair, 149            answered with
items, 270
            cause of, 149         withholds, pc giving another's,
176
            errors behind "dog pcs", 148           withholdy on IP,
insert "Have I missed an Integrity
            HGC, whole HGC getting "dog pcs", 147
Processing question on you?", 177
      do not hold their gains are PTS, 330, 338; see also
predisposition, precipitation and prolongation of ill
potential trouble source                ness, 210
      dopey or "boil off", cause and remedy of, 117      pregnant,
Streptomycin can cause pregnant mothers
      engrams, pc cannot run, reasons for, 276                to
give birth to children who have impaired
      exteriorization, handling; see Interiorization Run-
      hearing, 404
            down pre-OT, C/S plus pre-OT is greater than bank, 86
      exteriorization, pc misemotion about, how to han-  pre-OT
must not self-audit, 85
            dle, 124   pre-OTs do not C/S their own folders, 86
      exteriorizes on good win, how to end session, 397  prepared
list(s), defn., is one which is issued in an
      flubbed pcs, handling, 320             HCO B and is used to
correct cases, 213
      folder; see folder          auditor outnesses causing a null
, 213
      goal of pc, 110        clear up "failed cases", 426
      Grade Chart is basic program of pc, 313            correction
list(s),
      illness; see illness              Auditor Correction List, 60
      in psychotic break, C/S would have to locate last
Course Supervisor Correction List, 52
            severe wrong indication, indicate fact to pc, and
      Cramming can assess correction lists, 66
            get it corrected as first action, 241, 256, 353
      pc is flubbed or red tagged, auditor takes pc
      in recent shock of having died won't go backtrack,
      back in at once and repairs any error with
            388                   correction list for that action,
320
      in trouble and not in trouble, 287, 382                 PTS
RD Correction List, 89
      is always wiUing to reveal, 180              Study Correction
List, 16
      is as well as he can originate a communication, 183
      Word Clearing Correction List, 304
      Iying, pc's sanity and continued happiness abso-
Word Clearing or auditing, commonest error in,
            lutely depend upon his ability to create new
      is failure to use correction lists, 67
            facts, 114       C/S's main tool for discovery and
correction, 234
      massy, sometimes even ill, cause of, 287, 381
F/Ning, defn., on calling it whole list item by item
      new pcs, auditing, 291, 373; see also Dn Today
is to F/N, 213
      out lists, all of more violent or bad reactions on
missing items on, leaves BPC on pc, 426
            part of pc come from, 97         not reading but not
F/Ning, 213
      past lives,            use of suppress and invalidate buttons
and mis          pc who dives into past lives when asked for
      understood word tech on prepared list, 213
            overts, 371           word clearing lists for prepared
lists, 366
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


prepcheck, never prepcheck while doing Dianetics,  produce, person
     who doesn't produce becomes men-
            this mushes up engrams, 291, 385             tally or
     physically ill, 80
present time, anyone can be brought more into pres-      product,
     defn., always something someone can have,
            ent time with objective processes, 393            44
Present Time Differentiation; Exteriorization by         hat on
product before doing anything else, 38
            Scenery [process] ,121            orders and products,
37
      run psychotic cases on, 121       org's main product, 337
present time, Opening Procedure of 8-C is putting pc          overt
products, 128
            into contact with what is present time, 108
people not knowing their products require con
present time problems, ARC breaks and withholds all
stant orders, 37
            keep a session from occurring, 178; see also Product
Clearing,
            problem; rudiments          correction, 96
pressures, high TAs, heavy pressures and even illness          Full
Product Clearing Long Form, 44
            can come from by-passed flows, 286, 380
"quickie" Product Clearing, 39
pretense, def~, false reason or excuse; a mere show           steps
of, 39
            without reality, 102        TA and Product Clearing, 49
Primary Correction Rundown, 65, 133, 157; see also production is
the basis of morale, 38, 80
            Primary Rundown  production, morale and exchange
factor, 80,129
      checklist, 134   Product Officers, 40
      end phenomena of a ~,159    program, programming,
      handling, 157          F/N what you ask or program, 222
      pre-PCRD steps, 158         Grade Chart is basic program of
pc, 313
      purpose of the PCRD is to get the person through
Introspection Rundown to fit the pc, 260
            the PRD, 137,157      major Why of falling hours,
incomplete programs
      when the PCRD is given, 133            and other confusions,
149
Primary Rundown, 135; see also Primary Correction  protein, sugar
vs., 207
            Rundown    protest, pc's protest against a question,
how it is
      actions in HGC are case handling and Word Clear-
demonstrated, 24, 370
            ing Method 1, 76 protest reads come from just plain
annoyance with hav
      consists of Word Clearing and study tech; it makes
ing to go on, 10
            a student super-literate, 135    provisional
certificate expires after one year if not
      handling of Study Tapes, 75            validated, 162
      keynote of Primary Rundown is honesty, 135   psychiatry and
psychology, primitive though pretend non-PRDs, 163            ing
being advanced, 202
      product, 77,135  psychos, C/Sing and auditing psychos, 264
            super-literacy is end product of PRD, 155    psychosis,
rock slams indicate an area of which will
      steps, 136             ruin pc's life if allowed to go
unhandled, 345
      Tech Div Primary Rundown, 76,135  psychotic(s),
      use of Word Clearing Method 4, 77      are PTS if only to
themselves, 209
      Word Clearing Method 8 is an action used in the
break,
            Primary Rundown, 155             isolation of person
in, 260, 263
primitiveculture,exampleofeducatinga~,170                pc in, C/S
would have to locate last severe
prior confusion, 237                    wrong indication, indicate
the fact to pc and
problem; see also present time problems                  get it
corrected as first action, 241, 256, 353
      fixated attention shows up as a problem but is
what it is, 239, 249, 346
            usually a hidden standard, 262               wrong
indication can cause, 239, 249, 346
      hidden standard is special problem pc thinks must
relation of PTS person to psychotic, 209
            be resolved before auditing can be seen to have
run psychotic cases on Present Time Differentia          worked,
262              tion, 121
      "Invent a problem that person (weak universe)      PT; see
present time
            could be to you" [process] ,125  PTP; see present time
problem
      PTS condition is actually a problem and a mystery  PTS; see
potential trouble source
            andawithdrawal,98     PTS Rundown, 19, 89, 91, 95, 98,
141, 209, 330,
process, auditors asking odd non-process questions
338;seealsopotentialtroublesource
            while "doing a process" and giving odd orders is
administrative tech of PTS Rundown, 95
            very bad, 160         commands of PTS Rundown, 332, 340
processes, energy reducing processes at length           Correction
List, 89
            "starve" thetan for energy, 105        C/Sing a PTS
Rundown, 91
processing; see auditing          end phenomena, 331, 340
produce, one has to produce to have, 80            attained when
person is well and stable, 92
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


PTS Rundown (cont.)    Quadruple Dianetics (cont.)
      end phenomena (cont.)       pcs, new and old, rules about
Triple and Quad,
            whole point of a PTS Rundown is to make a
373
                 person not PTS any longer, 91
quadrupling earlier Dianetic items, 377
      flows of PTS Rundown, 332, 340         reinstated, 373
      L&N for places and planets should be restricted to      unrun
F0 is checked for read before running, 373,
            planets only on VA pcs and an L4BR used at
374
            first sign of trouble, 142       use of Quadruple
Dianetics, 374, 377
      points of breakdown of the ~, 331, 339       who to run on,
373
      PTS must be handled in Ethics and given a ~, 76    Qual('s),
      reasons a PTS RD does not work, 19           Admin, product
of, 188
      references, 340        C/S has to straighten out Qual
cramming, 233
      repair of ~,19, 340, 343          C/S makes sure Qual has a
Cramming Officer, 164
      sick pcs should not be run on PTS RD as standard        does
not take orders on what to do to correct, 188
            practice, 331, 339          function is correction, 188
      steps, 141, 331, 340        pcs, Qual does not correct pcs,
Tech does, 320
      that does not work has not been done correctly,         Tech
and Qual actions, 320
            19   queries, technical queries, 42, 424
      two-way comm question converted to L&N, 142  "quickie", 93
      valence shifts occur rapidly and frequently in PTS
defn., brush-off "lick and a promise", 39
            RDs, 331, 339         defn., not doing all steps and
actions that could be
      when to run, 339            done to make a perfect whole, 93
      who does PTS Rundown, 330, 338         defn., omitting
actions for whatever reason that
      Why of robotism can be added to ~,130              would
satisfy all demands or requirements and
punishment, why it doesn't cure criminality, 371              doing
something less than could be achieved, 93
Purpose Clearing, instant, 363          defn, something done or
made in a hurry; a hur                                   riedly
planned and executed program (as of
                                  studies), 93
                       Q

Q and A, 223, 230                            R
      defn, one did not get an answer to his question;
            not getting compliance with an order but ac- rapport,
defn., relationship, especially, one of mutual
            cepting something else, 230            trust or
affinity, 298
      defn., Q and A is simply postulate aberration, 230
audience in rapport participates, 298
      administrator Q and A, 223  RD; see rundown
      auditor Q and A, 222, 223   reach, havingness is concept of
being able to ~, 181
      body Q and A, 231      reactive mind,
            cure for, is objective processes, 232        dramatize
is to act under influence of past inci
      cause and Q and A, 225            dents as dictated by those
incidents in bank,
      C/S Q and A, 222, 223             336
      cure of Q and A, 223, 224, 225, 232          exchange
maintains inflow and outflow that gives
      effect and Q and A, 231                a person space around
him and keeps the bank
      illness and Q and A, 232               off of him, 79
      is a kind of illness; chronic overwhelm; handling       man
is basically good, but reactive mind tends to
            of, 224, 225                force him into evil
actions, 370
      reason for Q and A, 224, 230           pc + auditor is
greater than bank, 86
      state of person who Qs and As, 231           Solo auditing:
C/S + pre-OT is greater than bank,
      TR4 exists so that pc's origins are accepted and
86
            not Qed and Aed with or invalidated, 289, 383
read(s); see also E-Meter
Quad and Triple reruns, 380       latent reads, caused by too high
sensitivity, 271
Quad Flows and high TA, 381       prepared list either reads or
F/Ns, 213
Quadruple Dianetics,         protest reads come from just plain
annoyance with
      auditor errors in running Quad Dianetics, 383
having to go on, 10
      auditor requirements for ~, 375, 383, 386          remedy for
an auditor who can't get reads on lists,
      cancelled, 279              233
      Clears and OTs, Quadruple Dianetics on, 379
requirements for making a list read, 234
      C/Sing Quad Dianetics, 374, 376        wrong ways to get a pc
to read between 2.0 and
      narrative items or multiple somatic items, when to
3.0 on an E-Meter, 24
            triple or quad, 378   reading aloud is Word Clearing
Method 7, 154
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


receipt-point, 185     rock slam(s) (cont.)
recruiting staff auditors, 12           handling, also called the
Responsibility RD, 277
red tab; see red tag         indicate an area of psychosis which
will ruin pc's
red tag, red tagged,              life if allowed to go unhandled,
345
      handling, 320          pcs who R/S are given Ex Dn, 76, 345
      pc is flubbed or ~, auditor takes pc back in at         real
R/S also has a crazy meter, 344
            once and repairs any error with correction list
rings on pc's hands cause a false ~, 364
            for that action, 320        where a pc R/Ses he will
have evil purposes and be
      pc ~ must be repaired within 24 hours, 303              on a
succumb as a result, 345
      Word Clearing errors are red tabbed, 303, 304      rock
slammer(s), 344
refund, overloaded C/Ses can be reason for huge           are
considered security risks for staff purposes,
            refund ratio in org's GI-CGI, 318                 344
rehab(s), rehabbing,          checklist to assist identification of
~, 344
       chains, 289, 384            is different from someone with a
rock slam, 345
       erasures, you can't rehab erasures with "How      roller-
coaster, defn, a slump after a gain, 330, 338;
            many times?", 290, 384                 see also
potential trouble source
       flows, when doing additional, one must also check       can
also be caused by a bad Int RD or Int repair,
            or rehab flows run to F/N, 287, 288, 381, 382
      out lists, BPC of other descriptions, 339
       liability of rehabs, 286, 380          cause of, is PTS, 91,
92, 330, 338
religion, role of, 192        only PTS situation that is serious
and lasting and
religion, why Scientologyis, 107             can cause a roller-
coaster comes from having
remedy, remedies, defn., correction of any aberrated
known the person before this life, 330, 339
            condition, 115         pcs who roller-coaster
(regularly lose gains) are
       Interiorization Rundown is a remedy, 280, 281
PTS, 95
Remedy of Havingness; see havingness, Remedy of           person
who roller-coasters is always PTS, 19
repaired, pc red tabbed must be ~ within 24 hours, 303   Ron; see
Hubbard, L. Ron
repairing the pc instead of the auditor, 412 Route 1-5,117
Repair of Havingness; see havingness, Repair of    Route 2-29:
"Start Iying", 114
repair of "no interest" items, 169      R/S; see rock slam
repetition, rhythm is rhythm because of ~, 298     rudiment(s)
(ruds); see also ARC break; missed withreports, false, 129
      hold; present time problem
resistive students, 158            ARC breaks, PTPs and withholds
all keep a session
Responsibility Rundown, 277             from occurring, 178
responsible, responsibility,       end phenomena, 272
       raising pc's, 263           mutual out ruds, defn, two or
more people who
       refusal to take ~ for actions, 127
mutually have ruds out on wider group or
       service facsimile, facsimile part is actually a self-
            other dynamics and do not get them in, 259
                 installed disability that "explains" how he is
            can stall cases, 259
                 not responsible for not being able to cope; so
            C/S checks for mutual out ruds, 259
                 he is not wrong for not coping, 258
handling of mutual out ruds, 259
       step, Expanded Dianetics, 260          out ruds, don't cram
over out ruds, 334
restimulation, starvation for energy is keynote of case  rundowns,
integrity of, 264
                 which maintains facsimiles in ~,105          R
(number); see Routine (number), except R3R and
retread and retrain, 164                     R6 [below]
reveal, pc is always willing to reveal, 180        R3R; see also
Dianetics; engrams
rhythm, 298, defn., any kind of movement character-
commands, 378
                 ized by regular recurrence of strong and weak
                 background data of, 243
                 elements, 298           drug items and Ev Purps
that have read are run
rightness, insistence on rightness is a last refuge of
      R3R without asking for interest, 161
                 beingness, 257          evil purposes, common
error on R3Ring, 296
rings on pc's hands cause a false rock slam, 364          evil
purposes, R3R all Ev Purps culled from folder
road to truth is begun with honesty, 150                      is
done as first action in Ex Dn, 277
robotism, 127           flubs, 285, 375
       key to presence of continuous M/W/Hs and/or
imaginaryincidents canbe run R3R,388
                 overts, 236       inadequacy of a completely rote
system, 244
rock slam(s), defn, crazy irregular slashing motion of
procedure; see also Dianetics Today
                 needle; it can be as narrow as one inch or more
      R6EW-OT III No Interference Area, 20
                 than a full dial in width, but it's crazy; it
slams
                 back and forth; it is actually quite startling to
                 see one, 344
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


                       session(s) (cont.)
                       S          auditor is responsible for ~
environment, 409
                             exteriorization and ending session,
397
S&Ds; see Search and Discovery          failed sessions, most
common reason for, is inabili
sanity,                      ty of auditor to get reads on lists,
233
      basically honesty and truth, 31        false TA must be
handled before , 411, 414
      hattedness is basic of 3rd dynamic ~, 38           listing
out of session, 96
      honesty is road to sanity, 79          LRH model tape
sessions, 33
      pc's ~ and continued happiness absolutely depend        pc
out of session, 410
            upon his ability to create new facts, 114         pc's
attention must be on his own case in session,
Scientologists and public, knowledge bridge must be
not on meter or his hands, 27
            in, 202          TR 0 exists so auditor is not ducking
~ but can sit
Scientology('s),             there relaxed, doing his job, 289, 383
      current state of the subject and materials, 201    Short Hi-
Lo TA Assessment C/S, 228, 282, 308, 356,
      development of Scientology, 201, 202               398
      Dianetics and ~, essential difference between,     SHSBC
checksheet should consist only of chronologi       107
cal materials, studied in chronological order,
      isn't just processing, that's only one use of funda-
      201
            mentals, 202     sick; see ill
      medical doctors and Scientology,203,204      significance,
Attention Subjective Repetitive, never
      relation to healing, 203               run on significance,
263
      road to truth; he who would follow it must take
significance, you can only list and run intentions con        true
steps, 203             nected with terminal or mass or somatic
never
      uses of Scientology, 202               significance, 277
      why Scientology is a religion, 107     slowness, 128
Search and Discovery (S&D),       robotness or slowness are keys to
presence of con
      errors, 211                 tinuous missed withholds or
overts, 236
      new S&Ds (3 S&Ds), PTS RD step, 342    society, actual
barrier in society is failure to practice
      past S&Ds, PTS RD step, 340            truth, 203
Self Analysis in Scientology, ARC Straight Wire using    Solo
auditing; see auditing, Solo
            next-to last list of, 121   somatic(s),
self-audit; see auditing, self          chronic somatic, pc
attention on chronic somatic,
self-determined, beings basically prosper only when
how to handle, 126
            they are self-determined, 130          chronic
somatics, remedy, 121
self-determined, PTS's overts on SP make him blind       multiple,
when to triple or quad narrative items or
            and non-self-determined, 129                 multiple
somatic items, 275, 378
self-determinism, fixed attention results in unaware-    SP; see
suppressive person
            ness of other things than object of fixation and
space, exchange maintains inflow and outflow that
            lessening of ~ to a point of other-determinism,
      gives a person space around him and keeps bank
            262              off of him, 79
self-listing, cause of, 96   space, thetan, awareness of awareness
unit, builds
sensitivity, E-Meter, errors, 271            space to cut down
knowingness, 112
service facsimile, defn, picture containing an explana-
spectators, audience in rapport is different than audi        tion
of self condition and also a fixed method                ence of
spectators, 298
            of making others wrong, 258 spirit; see thetan
      by Dynamics, Ex Dn RD, 257  spiritual state of person
predisposes injury and illness,
      facsimile part is actually a self-installed disability
      189
            that "explains" how he is not responsible for     stage
manners, 293
            not being able to cope; so he is not wrong for
Standard Dianetics; see Dianetics
            not coping, 258  stats of C/Ses and auditors, D of P
and Dir of Tech
      handling, 258               Services, 150
session(s), steering pc, 180
      antibiotics, person on antibiotics is given vitamins
stomach and bowel complaints, handling of, 407,
            before session, 405              408
      ARC breaks, PTPs and withholds all keep a session
Straightwire, ARC; see ARC Straight Wire
            from occurring, 178   Straightwire, Elementary; see
Elementary Straight
      ARC break that comes up in session must be han-
wire
            dled,409   Streptomycin can cause pregnant mothers to
give
      auditing itself is a sort of time track, earliest ses-
      birth to children who have impaired hearing,
            sion blows later sessions, 274               404
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


stress(es), Success, meter check at, 31
      is basic cause in physical illness, 206      succumb, where a
pc R/Ses he will have evil purposes
      nutrition and biochemistry may not work at all
and be on a succumb as a result, 345
            until stress is relieved by processing, 206  sugar,
result of heavy intake of, 207
      person under stress is actually under a suppression     sugar
vs. protein, 207
            on one or more dynamics, 209     sulfa drugs, 406
structure, mind monitors, 205     super, defn, superiority in size,
quality, number or
stuck point, handling, 238              degree, 314
student(s); see also training     super-literacy, super-literate,
314
      blows, reasons for, 193           end product of Primary
Rundown, 135, 155
            interrupted too often when F/Ning may also
Supervisor; see Case Supervisor; Course Supervisor
                 blow, on a "w/h of nothingness", 193    suppress
and invalidate, use of on prepared lists, 213
            restimulated but missed or partially missed
suppressed, suppression; see also potential trouble
                 withholds, 178              source
      Confessionals on students, 173         mistakes or accidents
or injuries occur in presence
      drugs fog up a student and prevent gains, 137; see
of, 237
            also drugs       pcs and PTS tech, 95
      fast flow student, 162,163        person under stress is
actually under a suppression
            passes courses by attestation, 162                on
one or more dynamics, 209
      glib student can confront the words and ideas; he       PTS,
when someone is ~ he becomes, 330, 338
                 cannot confront the physical universe or
PTS who finds the "good hats" suppressive, 98
                 people around him and so cannot apply, 99
suppressive person(s),
      handling of students or even executives who will        are
SPs because they deny hav and enforce un
            not even go to study, 158              wanted hav, 141
      honesty of a student, 172,174          are themselves PTS to
themselves, 95
      idle student, 158           cleared, situation of, 260
      paying students, 15    syphilis, effects of and cure, 406
      queries, handling of student queries by Course
            Supervisor, 29, 42, 302, 424
      questions about "What is meant", reason for, 29,
            T
            42, 302, 424
      real Why of failed students, 41   TA; see tone arm
      recovering students and pcs, 193  tapes, LRH Model Auditing,
33
      resistive students, 158     tapes, Study Tapes, 75, 76, 77
      symptoms of students who are withholding, 173
tapes,WordClearingMethod4Of,166,305
      who succeed, 172 teachers, "teaching" vs. using study tech,
42
Student Hat and Study Tapes, 76, 77     Tech Div corrects its own
flubbed pcs; it does not
Student Rehabilitation List, 359             send them to Qual, 320
study,           technical, technology (tech),
      Correction List, 16         aspects of out-ethics, 101
      cramming a person is a waste of time if he never
ethics must be in to get tech in, 172
            learned to study, 65        ethics, tech, admin
sequence, 78,172
      part-time study on next level while auditing is a       hat
of finder of lost tech worn by Ron, 202
            failure, 15           out tech,
      students or even executives who will not even go
course supervision, it is out tech to fail to know
            to study, handling of, 158                   and use
study tech, 41
      Tapes, Primary Rundown handling of, 75, 76              C/S
overloaded is a potential cause of, 318
      tech,            source of, is only laziness and dishonesty,
426
            course supervision, it is out tech to fail to know
      queries, cause of, and handling, 424
                 and use study tech, 41      quickie tech is a
symptom of out-ethics, 94
            Course Supervisor is a specialist in, 43
standard tech, how a Class VIII gets in, 391
            cramming, it is obviously senseless to cram
study; see study tech
                 someone whose study tech is out, 66
verbal tech explanations, result of, 424
            High Crimes, 42  teeth or gums get sore, push in lots
of Vitamin C,
            Primary Rundown and, 135               407
            Supervisor has to know study tech, not neces-
temperature,
                 sarily subject taught, 41, 42           Assists,
238
subjective, defn, proceeding from or taking place in
bringing down, with antibiotics, 403, 404, 405
            an individual'smind, 393         illness, when
accompanied by temperature, anti-
      objective vs. subjective processes, 393
biotics is usually the first thought, 403
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


test line is a check on C/S and auditing quality, 31     tone arm
(TA) (cont.)
tests, why question sheets for tests must not be word
footplates generally give wrong TA position and
            cleared, 30, 32             obscure F/Ns and reads, 414
thetan(s)('s),         high TA,
      cannot die; his only out is to try to stop something
      and low TAs do not widely F/N, 227, 416
            as he himself cannot stop living, 257
assessment (L IX) to detect reasons for, 1
      copying or picturing incidents and then getting
being high, there are exact reasons for, 25
            stuck in later portion of them, 286, 380
can come from by-passed flows, 286, 380
      could be called a "mystery sandwich" in that he
commonest sources of, 24
            tends to stick in on mysteries, 237               C/S
53, 228, 282, 308, 356, 398
      creates mest to have a game, 112                        if
C/S 53 done and TA still high, 1
      cuts down knowingness to create a game, 112
handling, 25, 287, 381
      degradation begins when thetan is interiorized into
      pc goes exterior in auditing, later his TA goes
            unwanted mass, 105                           high, then
you do an Int RD, 280
      efforts to be right continue to stop him in a reverse
      Quad Flows and high TA, 381
            flow, 257             source of high TA, 24, 286, 380
      energy reducing processes at length "starve" thetan
      talking the TA down, 25
            for energy, 105             Triple Flows and high TA,
287
      gets in trouble by being only one viewpoint, 116        Hi-Lo
TA Assessment (C/S 53), 228, 282, 308,
      has to be at earliest end of incidents to erase them,
      356, 398
            286, 381         low TAs, 26
      is incident hungry, 286, 381                 answer to low TA
because of wet hands is foot
      life in body, thetan puts it there, 126
plates, 27
      mass, loss of, 105                commonest sources of, 24,
27
      massy thetans, 286, 380                don't get pc to wipe
hands every minute, 27
      relation to energy, 105                false, overly wet
condition of hands or feet pro
      right, thetan even when pressed or suppressed to
      duces, 226, 415
            absolute limit of near extinction will still try,
L IX Hi-Lo TA List revised, 1
            even when "cooperating", to some way be
overruns are demonstrated by a rising TA, 290,
            right, 257            385
      viewpoint scarcity of thetan, remedy of, 116       Product
Clearing and TA, 49
third dynamic; see dynamic, 3rd         talking the TA down, 25
tone arm (TA),         Word Clearing, high or low TA at start of
W/C ses
      auditor calling pc's attention to, handling of, 410,
      sion, how to handle, 304
            414        Word Clearing red tab with high or low TA,
303
      conditions that make an auditor mess up a pc's          Word
Clearing, TA must be in normal range to
            TA, 227, 416                start Word Clearing on
meter, 303, 304
      depends on normally moist hands, 226, 415    Touch Assist,
191
      false TA, 24, 26, 34, 226, 414         don't confine handling
of injuries to, 190
            auditing pc over false TA, handling of, 409  training;
see also course; drills; student; TRs
            auditor not getting false TA handled before
duplicationand training, 110
                 session, handling of, 411         education
mustn't skip gradients, 171
            auditor overrunning due to false TA, handling
fast flow training, 162
                 of, 411          part-time study on next level
while auditing is a
            checklist, 34, 417               failure, 15
            dry and wet hands make false TA, 226, 415
Scientology training gives more fundamentals than
            E-Meter trim knob thrown off gives false TA,
exist in all other subjects combined, 202
                 24          sending auditors to upper orgs for
training, 13
            F/N wide persistent with TA too high or low       skill
and training of a Class VIII auditor, 391
                 means false TA, 227, 416          staff auditors,
12
            footplates generally give a wrong TA position,
value of training; see also Dianetics Today
                 414   training drills or routines; see TRs
            hand cream and false TA, 226, 414      tranquilizer,
Cal-Mag replaces any, 355
            handling of, 41 1, 414      transfer, tendency to, how
to handle, 50
            high TA caused by dry hands, remedy of,      Treason,
out-ethics people go rapidly into, 101
                 226, 415    Treble Assessments, AEI, intentions
in, 277
            low TA, dry condition of hands or feet pro-  trim, E-
Meter trim knob thrown off gives false TA, 24
                 duces, 226, 415  Triple Flows; see Dianetics, Full
Flow; flows
            must be handled before session, 414    Trouble Area
Assessment, 83
            vanishing cream, why one doesn't use, 414    Trouble
Area Short Form, 84
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


troubled/worried, PTS RD step, 342      understand, understanding,
understood,
TRs,                   defn, to have a clear and true idea or
conception,
      Anti-Q and A TR, 221              or full and exact
knowledge, of something; in
      cramming order, every cramming order includes ~,
general it may be said that understand refers to
                 164              result of a mental process or
processes (a clear
      C/S trouble comes from factors of, 292, 386             and
exact idea or notion, or full knowledge);
      gradients in TRs, 186             understand implies power to
receive and regis
      honest TRs, 33              ter a clear and true impression,
317
      LRH Model Auditing Tapes are models of correct
cleared word is a word which has been cleared to
                 use of, 33             point of full conceptual
understanding, 317
      Mutter TR, ~purpose, commands, position and
communicationand, 185
                 training stress of, 395            superliterate,
when one is superliterate one reads
      overwhelming TRs is commonest reason for low            not
words but understandings, and so one can
                 TAs, 27                act, 316
      reason for TRs, 289, 383    underweight or debility, defn.,
inadequate or lacking
      result of poor TRs, 33            foods, substances or gases
which are needed for
      TR 0,            activity, maintenance or repair of body, 402
            "auditors mustn't do TR 0 in Cramming as it
unhappiness, relation to reduced energy (havingness),
                 stirs up their cases" is a complete lie, 194
            105
            blinkless TR 0, there is no such thing, 369
unproductive, basic Why for being, 130
            exists so an auditor is not ducking session but   unrun
flows; see flows, unrun
                 can sit there relaxed, doing his job, 289, 383
upset pc, handling of, 179
            going over and over TR 04,186    upsets and missed
withholds, 178
            OT TR0 and TR0 are a routine action for      upstats,
when you reward a downstat you not only
                 auditors, 164          deprive ~, you also cave
the downstat in, 80
      TR 1 ,
            Case Supervisor gets auditor's TR 1 corrected,
                 233                         V
            must be done so pc can hear and understand
                 auditor (without blowing pc's head off  valence,
person whose ethics have been out over a
                 either), 289, 383                 - long period
goes "out of valence", 101
      TR 2       valences, all valences are circuits are valences,
181
            must be done so that pc gets acknowledged,   valence
shifts occur rapidly and frequently in PTS
                 289, 383               RDs, 331, 339
                 note on TR 2 and TR 4, 395  vanishing cream,
unsuitable as solution to dry hands,
      TR 3 basically exists so that auditor will continue
      414
                 to give pc commands and not squirrel off or
verbal tech explanations, result of, 424
                 packupwithtotalsilence,289,383    virus, effect of
most antibiotics on virus is zero,
      TR 4; see also originations                  403
            exists so that pc's origins are accepted and vital
information, 327, 336
                 not Qed and Aed with or invalidated, 289,
auditor not writing down ~ in worksheets, hand
383              ling of, 412
            how to do, 183,184          dramatization of withholds
on vital information
            note on TR 2 and TR 4, 395             lines, 336
            three steps in handling an origin, 183 Vital
Information Rundown, 328, 337
      truth,                 Expanded Dianetics OCA right-hand side
handling,
            actual barrier in society is failure to practice truth,
      Vital Info RD belongs on, 328
                 203   vitamins, antibiotics and, 405, 407, 408
            datum and truth, 114
            road to truth is begun with honesty, 150
            sanity is basically honesty and truth, 31
            W
            Scientology is road to truth and he who would
                 follow it must take true steps, 203     Wants
Handled Rundown, 277
      two-way comm; see communication, two-way     Waterloo Station
[process], difficulties with, due to
                                  pc inability to remedy
havingness, 125
                       W/C; see Word Clearing
                       welfare states, why they get lots of
criminals, 79
                       U     W/H; see withhold
                       what is a course-High Crime, 41
      underrun, cause of overrun and, 273    whole track recall;
see Mission Into Time
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


Why(s),          word(s) (cont.)
      administrative Whys, below, there is usually an
Primary Rundown, student looks up every , 75
            Ethics situation, 100       superliterate, when one is,
one reads not words
      evaluation, long times to do, handling of, 145
but understandings, and so one can act, 316
      finding W/Ses must go into pc folder, 96, 303      Word
Clearing; see also misunderstood
      found, correction of, suspect listing errors, 96        case
trouble and Word Clearing, 304
      self-listing for, 96        chain of words, all must F/N, 303
      "Whys have been found" but person is not doing
correction, 96
            well; this is case of vrong items, 157       errors,
304
win, how to end session when pc exteriorizes on a             are
red tabbed, 304
            good win, 397, 410               commonest is failure
to use correction lists, 67
win, pc being made to go on past a win acts as invali-
correction is done by Word Clearing Correction
            dation, 194                      List, 96, 304
withdrawal symptoms of drugs, how to handle, 354;        F/N,
always F/N a word being cleared on meter,
            see also drugs              303, 304
withhold(s), withholding,         Grammar Course before Word
Clearing, 143
      continuous missed withhold, 235        grammatical words and
small words should be
      dramatization of withholds, 336              looked up in a
simple grammar textbook, 143
      evil purpose, individual with, has to ~ himself         lists
forprepared lists, 366
            because he may do destructive things, 127
Method 1 ,
      false reads on ~ and asking for some ~ more than
comes first, 10
            once will ARC break pc, 409            done by normal
Word Clearing procedures in
      general, handling general withholds and other
      HGC, 76
            people's withholds, 176                drug case who
cannot be gotten through, how
      Havingness must be run to get the benefit of
to handle, 137,163
            having pulled ~,181              end phenomena, 76, 132
      "irresponsible pc", how to get ~ off, 176
procedure, 132
      keep session from occurring, 178       Method 1, 2 or 4,
don't use on person whose TA is
      level below withholding, some pcs "have no with-
high at session start, 303
            holds" and "have done nothing", 371          Method 2,
don't do before Method 1,10
      missed and partial, 178           Method 2 EP, 10
      out-ethics ~, people with, cannot see, 101              can
be many times repeated on different sub
      overts are biggest reason why person restrains him-
            jects or branches of subjects, 10
            self and withholds self from action, 370
protest reads, 10
      pc giving another's, 176          Method 3, use of, 10
      perception decreases in proportion to number of,
Method 4, 28, 301
            128              books, Method 4 of, 166, 305
      PTS person is withholding himself, 129             break down
the materials when doing, 166
      pulling, "don't know" version of, 176              E-Meter
Drill 21 to be drilled for use on, 28,
      pulling, use of steering, 180                      301
      savage justice aberrates because it prevents getting
      errors in Word Clearing Method 4,166
            off withholds, 172               limitations, 152
      symptoms of students who are withholding, 173
Method 1 is not a prerequisite, 28, 301
      vital information, 327, 328            misunderstood word,
use M4 when fishing for,
"withhold of nothingness", students who are inter-
301
            rupted too often when F/Ning may blow on a
Primary Rundown, use of, 77
            ~,193                 procedure,28,301
word(s),                     questions to use, 75, 77, 305
      auditor must clear each and every word of every
requires no C/S OK for it to be done, 28, 301
            command or list used, 93, 94
Supervisor's use of, 29, 302
      classes, 167                tapes, Method 4 of, 166, 305
      clearedwords,defn.,317            too heavy on pc or doesn't
clean up, suspect
      glib student can confront words but cannot apply,
      implants, 96
            99         Method 5, Material Clearing, 152
      grammar is a systematic description of the ways in
Method 6, Key Word Clearing, 153
            which words are used in a particular language,
      post trouble remedied by, 153
            167        Method 7, Reading Aloud, 154
      meanings are embodied in basic concept or idea
Method 8,155
            symbolized by that word, 316                 used in
the Primary Rundown, 155
      misunderstood; see misunderstood word        OCAs, word
clearing OCAs is forbidden, 30
                           SUBJECT INDEX-1972/1975


Word Clearing (cont.)
      Primary Rundown consists of ~ and study tech,
            X
            135
      red tabs, 303    XDn; see Expanded Dianetics
      TA trouble at start of , handling of, 303, 304
      tests at any time is a High Crime, 32
Y
      worksheet must show truthfully all words F/Ned,
            303  yellow, Case Supervisor must put a yellow tab
      worksheets must be placed in folders, 303, 304
marked PTS on a PTS pc folder, 92
work and illiteracy, 170
worksheet(s) (W/S); see also Auditor Admin Series
      Z
                 [IX-1]
      C/S not reading ~ or missing corny errors and not  Zero Flow;
see Flow 0
            correcting auditor, handling of, 413
      illegible worksheets, handling of, 412
Numerals
      Why finding ~ must go into pc folder, 96, 303
      Word Clearing worksheet must show truthfully all   3 May PL,
Danger Rundown, 100
            words F/Ned, 303 VA pcs, PTS Rundown, L&N for places
and planets,
      Word Clearing worksheets must go into pc's folder,
how to do, 142
            96, 303, 304
                         ALPHABETICAL LIST OF TITLES


Anti-biotics, Administering of    403   Dianetics  289
Anti-Q and A TR-Reissued from 21st           Dianetics and Ext RD
Repair List-L3RC       245
      Advanced Clinical Course Training      Dianetics and Int RD
Repair List-L3RD       265
      Drills     221   Dianetics and Scientology Technical Dictionary
423
Art, More About  196   Dianetics-R3R Commands Have Background
Assists     Vol.VII-322           Data  243
Assists-A Flag Expertise Subject  Vol.VII-335      Dianetics Today
396
Assists in Scientology Vol.VII-415      Diet, Theory of a Natural Diet
401
Assist Summary   189   Dinky Dictionaries    151
Assist Summary Addition      237  Distractive and Additive Questions
and Orders  160
Auditing Folders, Omissions in Completeness  452   "Dog Pcs"  147
Auditing Reports, Falsifying of,  450   Dramatization of Withholds on
Vital
Auditor Correction List-Auditor Recovery     60          Information
Lines, The  336
Auditor's Code, The    Vol.VI-269 Drug Data  Vol.VI-244
Auditor's Rights Modified    149  Drugs & Trippers Vol.VI-258
Auditor's Worksheets   Vol.VII-433      Drugs, More About     354
Axiom 28 Amended 185   Dry and Wet Hands Make False TA   226, 415
Barriers to Study      Vol.VII-293      Effectiveness of Overts in
Processing  370
Basic Processes, The-Case Supervisor-        E-Meters-Sensitivity
Errors      271
      Class VIII       Vol.VI-278 End Phenomena    272
Bypassed Charge  144   End Phenomenas   Vol.VII-451
Case Supervisor-Class VIII-The Basic         Establishment Of ~icer
Serles Lectures  36
      Processes  Vol.VI-278  Ethics     78
Catastrophes From and Repair of "No Interest"            Ethics and
Executives  100
      Items 169  Expanded Dianetics Developments Since the
CCHs 5, 6 & 7    Vol.VII-408      Original Lectures      276
Change Brackets and Commands Vol.IV-258 Expanded DianeticsLectures  67
Clear to F/N     303   Expanded Dianetics Repair List-
Code of a Scientologist      OEC Vol.  0-25        L3 EXD RB  70
Communication Cycle in       Expanded Dianetics Requisites    297, 372
      Auditing, The    Vol.VII-248      Expanded Dianetics Series 1
68, 87
Communication Cycles Within the         Expanded GF 40 RB     Vol.VII-
304
      Auditing Cycle   Vol.VII-244      Expanded Gita    120
Confront    182  Ext and Ending Session 397
Confronting Vol.VII-264      Exteriorization Vol.VII-420
Continuous Missed W/H and Continuous Overt         "Failed" Cases
426
      with Data on Degraded Beings and False PTS         False TA
Addition    Vol.VII-438
      Conditions, The  235   False TA Addition 2   24
Continuous PT Overts   Vol.VI-260 False TA Addition 3    26
Correct Danger Condition Handling 82    False TA Checklist    34, 417
Course Supervisor Correction List-Study Corr       Fast Flow Training
162
      List 2R    52    Fear of People List-R 219
Course Translation to Tape        Vol.VII-441      Fixed Attention-
Introspection RD-Second
Cramming    188        Addition-Information to C/Ses     262
Cramming Over Out Ruds 334   Flubless C/Sing 164
C/Ses and Overload-Reduction of Refunds 318  F/N and Erasure  Vol.VII-
117
C/Sing a PTS Rundown   91    F/N Everything  Vol.VII-196
C/Sing Checklist 11    F/N What You Ask or Program 222
Cure of Q and A, The-Man's Deadliest         Former Therapy-Resistive
Cases Vol.VII-449
      Disease    223   Full Product Clearing Long Form   44
Current State of the Subject and Materials-        Generalities Won't
Do    176
      Scientology      201   Glib Student, The     99
Delivery Repair Lists  445   Grammar    143
Dianetic HCO B-Interest      161  Grammar Definition     167
Gradients in TRs 186   Mutual Out Ruds  259
Green Form  321  New Grade Chart  311
Green Form S & D Vol.VI-250  Notes on Blinking-TR 0      369
Handling Flubbed Pcs   320   Nulling and F/Ning Prepared Lists
213
Handling Originations-Step Four   183   Objective Rundown, An 393
      HAS Specialist and Establishment Officer           Objectives-An
Early Release    see-393
      Auditing Program 50    Obnosis and the Tone Scale  Vol.VII-148
      Havingness (3 May 72)  105  Old Lists Are Not To Be Copied
Vol.VI-256
      Havingness (17 Dec. 72)     181   Orders and Products-Production
and
HC Out-Point Plus-Point Lists RA  Vol.VII-132            Establishment
37
Help the Pc 180  OrganizationExecutiveCourseand Management
Honest TRs  see-33           Series     269
How to Get Results In an HGC Vol.VII-365     Out Basics and How to Get
Them In     409
Hymn of Asia     390   Out-Point Plus-Point Lists RA, HC Vol.VII-132
Illiteracy and Work    170   Overt-Motivator Sequence    Vol.VI-231
Importance of Havingness, The     123   Overts-Order of Effectiveness
in
Integrity Processing Questions               Processing  see-370
      Must Be F/Ned    175   Past Life Remedies    388
Interest-Dianetic HCO B      161  Pc Application Form for Any Major
Interiorization Errors Vol.VII-456           Auditing Action  Vol.VII-
16
Interiorization Summary      279  Pc Completions-Second Revision
214
Introspection RD-Additional Actions     260  Pep   207
Introspection RD-Second Addition-       Post Purpose Clearing 363
      Information to C/Ses-Fixated Attention 262   Preclear Declare?
Procedure   218
Introspection RD-The Technical          PreOTs Don't C/S 85
      Breakthrough of 1973!  239, 249, 346   Primary Correction
Rundown-First
IntrospectionRD-Third Addition-Additional                Cramming
Correction  65
      Introspection RD Steps 295  Primary Correction Rundown Handling
157
Int Rundown Correction List-Revised     Vol.VII-429      Primary
Correction Rundown Revised, The   133
Johannesburg Confessional List-Revised  419  Primary Failure, The
233
Johannesburg Security Check-      Primary Rundown  135
      Revised    see footnote-422 Primary Rundown Note   75
Keeping Scientology Working  Vol.VI- 4  Production and Establishment-
Orders and
Length of Time to Evaluate   145        Products   37
Lists Vol.VI-263 Product Purpose and Why and WC Error
LRH Model Tape Sessions      33         Correction 96
L3 EXD RB-Expanded Dianetics      PTS Handling     209
      Repair List      70    PTS Interviews  98
L3RC-Dianetics and Ext RD Repair List   245  PTS RD Addition  19
L3RD-Dianetics and Int RD Repair List   265  PTS RD Correction List 89
L4BR-For Assessment of All Listing Errors    138   PTS Rundown
330, 338, 429
L IX Hi-Lo TA List Revised   1    PTS Rundown and Vital Info RD
Position
L10 Prerequisites      392        Corrected  428
Magic of the Communication Cycle,       PTS Rundown, Final Step
141
      The   Vol.VII-238      Purpose of Class VIII, The  391
Man's Deadliest Disease-The Cure of          Quadruple Dianetics-
Dangers of  383
      Q and A    223   Quads Cancelled  Vol.VII-324
Meter Use in Qual      397   Quads Reinstated      373
Method 1-Standard C/S for Word Clearing in         "Quickie" Defined
93
      Session    131   Reason for Q and A, The     230
Method 4 Notes   166, 305    Recognition of Rightness of the
Method 5    152        Being Vol.VII-257
Method 6    153  Recovering Students and Pcs 193
Method 7    154  Reduction of Refunds-C/Ses and Overload 318
Method 8    155  Reissued from 21st Advanced Clinical Course
Mission Into Time      212        Training Drills-Anti-Q and A TR
221
Mutter TR   395  Remedy of Havingness, The   112
Remedy of Havingness-The Process        115  Teaching a Tape Course
      Vol.VII-446
Resistive Cases-Former Therapy    Vol.VII-449      Teaching the Class
VIII  Vol.VI-276
Re: Study Series 5     see footnote-67  Tech Div Primary Rundown    76
Rhythm      298  Technical Breakthrough of 1973!, The-
Robotism    127        The Introspection RD  239, 249, 346
Rock Slams and Rock Slammers 344  Technical Breakthrough of 1974-
R/Ses, What They Mean  440        The Vital Information Rundown
327, 436
R3R Commands Have Background Data-           Technical Queries
424
      Dianetics  243   Theory of a Natural Diet    401
R6EW-OT III No Interference Area  20    Thirty-Six New Presessions
Vol.IV-156
S & D, Green Form      Vol.VI-250 Three Important Communication
Scales Vol.  VI-200               Lines, The Vol.VII-243
Scientology, Current State of the Subject and            Tone Scale in
Full  Vol.VII-404
      Material   201   Touch Assists-Correct Ones  Vol.IX-502
Security of Data       Vol.VI-105 Training and CCH Processes  Vol.III-
61
Sensitivity Errors-E-Meters  271  Training and Interning Staff
Auditors    12
Service Facsimile Theory and Expanded        Triple and Quad Reruns
380
      Dianetics  257   Triple Reruns    286
Short Hi-Lo TA Assessment C/S           TR 0-Notes on Blinking
369
            228, 282, 308, 356, 398     TWC Checksheets-TWC, Using
Wrong
Six Basic Processes    107        Questions  270
Six Zones of Action    Vol.VI-252 Two Parts of Auditing, The  Vol.VII-
240
Stage Manners    293   Unhandled Drugs and Ethics  300
Standard C/S for Word Clearing in Session-         Use of Dianetics (4
Apr. 71RA)  274
      Method 1   131   Use of Dianetics (7 Mar. 71RA)    284
Step Four-Handling Orginations    183   Use of Quad Dianetics 377
Student Rehabilitation List  359  Use of Quadruple Dianetics  374
Student Rescue Intensive     Vol.VI-451 Vanishing Cream and False TA
414
Students Who Succeed   172   Vital Info RD Position Corrected, PTS
Study Correction List  16         Rundown and      428
Study Corr List 2R-Course Supervisor         Vital Information
Rundown, The-
      Correction List  52         The Technical Breakthrough of 1974
327, 436
Summary of How to Write an Auditor's Report        WCI Comes First  10
      and Worksheets for HQS Co-Audit   Vol.VII-215      What is a
Course?     Vol.VII-198
Super-literacy   see-314     What is a Course-High Crime 41
Super-literacy and the Cleared Word     314  Withholds, Missed and
Partial     178
Supervisor Two-Way Comm and the         Word Clearing Errors  304
      Misunderstood Word     Vol.VII-299     Word Clearing Lists for
Prepared Lists   366
Supervisor Two-Way Comm Explained       Vol.VII-302      Word Clearing
Method 4    28, 301
Suppressed Pcs and PTS Tech  95   Word Clearing OCAs     30
Talking the TA Down Modified 25   Word Clearing Series 15R    32
Tapes, How to Use      Vol.VII-434      XDN Case B 307
                 VIII Actions     Vol.VII-100